Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 513

ASME A17.

1-2000
The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers

SAFETY CODE
FOR ELEVATORS
AND ESCALATORS
Includes Requirements for

Elevators, Escalators
Dumbwaiters, Moving Walks
Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices

A N A M E R I C A N N A T I O N A L S T A N D A R D
p. 1 02-16-01 13:05:04 Unit: UCP textfile: A17Y2K$CPE p.1

This edition was approved by the American National Standards Institute on


October 16, 2000. It was issued on March 23, 2001 and is effective as of March
23, 2002.

This edition of the Code is being issued with an automatic addenda


subscription service. The use of an addenda allows revisions made in
response to public review comments or committee actions to be published
on a regular basis; revisions published in addenda will become effective 1
year after the Date of Issuance of the addenda. The next edition of this Code
is scheduled for publication in 2003.

ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of


technical aspects of this Code. The interpretations will be included with the
above addenda service.

ASME is the registered trademark of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

This code was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American
National Standards. The Standards Committee that approved the code was balanced to assure
that individuals from competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate.
The proposed code was made available for public review and comment that provides an
opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the
public-at-large.
ASME does not “approve,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device,
or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in
connection with any items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone
utilizing a standard against liability for infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assume
any such liability. Users of a code are expressly advised that determination of the validity
of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own
responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to
be interpreted as government or industry endorsement of this code.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in
accordance with the established ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance
of interpretations by individuals.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,


in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016

Copyright © 2001 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 3 02-16-01 13:30:15 Unit: UCT Textfile: A17Y2K$$CT p.3

CONTENTS

Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Committee Roster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Cross-Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii

Part 1
General

1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Purpose and Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Part 2
Electric Elevators

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2 Pits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Standard Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.15 Car Frames and Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.16 Capacity and Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.18 Speed Governors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement Protection . . . . . . 84
2.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.21 Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.22 Buffers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

iii
p. 4 02-16-01 13:30:15 Unit: UCT Textfile: A17Y2K$$CT p.4

2.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and


Fastenings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.25 Terminal-Stopping Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.28 Layout Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.29 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Part 3
Hydraulic Elevators

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.2 Pits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.4 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Hoistway and Machine
Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.10 Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.11 Protection of Hoistway-Landing Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices, Car-Door or Gate Electric Contacts, and
Hoistway Access Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.13 Power Operation, Power Opening, and Power Closing of Hoistway Doors
and Car Doors or Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.15 Car Frames and Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.16 Capacity and Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.18 Hydraulic Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.19 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.20 Ropes and Rope Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.21 Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.22 Buffers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.23 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.24 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.25 Terminal-Stopping Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.28 Layout Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.29 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

iv
p. 5 02-16-01 13:30:15 Unit: UCT Textfile: A17Y2K$$CT p.5

Part 4
Elevators With Other Types of
Driving Machines

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.1 Rack and Pinion Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.2 Screw-Column Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
4.3 Hand Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Part 5
Special Application Elevators

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.1 Inclined Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.3 Private Residence Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
5.6 Rooftop Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
5.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
5.8 Shipboard Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.9 Mine Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.10 Elevators Used for Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Part 6
Escalators and Moving Walks

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
6.1 Escalators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
6.2 Moving Walks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Part 7
Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

7.1 Power and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . 245

7.2 Electric and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . 250

7.3 Hydraulic Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

7.4 Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

7.5 Electric Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

7.6 Hydraulic Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

7.7 Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

7.8 Power Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

7.9 Electric Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

7.10 Hydraulic Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

7.11 Material Lifts With Obscured Transfer Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

v
p. 6 02-16-01 13:30:15 Unit: UCT Textfile: A17Y2K$$CT p.6

Part 8
General Requirements

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
8.1 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
8.2 Design Data and Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
8.3 Engineering Tests, Type Tests, and Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
8.4 Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or Greater . . . . . . . . . 304
8.5 Escalator and Moving Walk Safety Requirement for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or
Greater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
8.6 Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
8.7 Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
8.8 Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
8.9 Code Data Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
8.10 Acceptance and Periodic Inspections and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
8.11 Periodic Inspections and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Part 9
Reference Codes, Standards, and Specifications

9.1 Reference Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388


9.2 Procurement Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Appendices

A Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397


B Door Landing and Unlocking Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
C Location of Top Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
D Rated Load and Capacity Plates for Passenger Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
E CSA B44 Elevator Requirements for Persons With Physical
Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
F Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement Protection . . . . . . 407
G Top of Car Clearance (3.4.4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
H Private Residence Elevator Guarding (5.3.1.6.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
I Escalator and Moving Walk Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
J CSA B44 Maintenance Requirements and Intervals for Elevators,
Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
K Beveling and Clearance Requirements (7.4.7.4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
L Index of Alteration Requirements for Electric Elevators, Hydraulic
Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
M Inertia Application for Type A Safety Device Location of Test Weight
[8.10.2.2.2(bb)(2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
N Recommended Inspection and Test Intervals in “Months” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
O Elevator Corridor Call Station Pictograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

vi
p. 7 02-16-01 13:30:45 Unit: UFW Textfile: A17Y2K$$FW p.7

FOREWORD

The first edition of this Code was published committee was changed to “Executive Commit-
in January 1921. It was prepared by an American tee for the Elevator Safety Code.”
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Com- The information gained as a result of these
mittee on Protection of Industrial Workers with tests and the experience derived from the adop-
the assistance of representatives of a number tion and enforcement of the 1925 Code by vari-
of interests including manufacturers, insurance ous states and municipal enforcing bodies, to-
carriers, regulatory bodies, and technical soci- gether with the developments which had
eties. occurred in the design of the equipment as a
The application of this Code in the formulation result of installations made in very tall buildings,
of various state and municipal codes empha- prompted the Sectional Committee to prepare
sized the need for its further development and and issue the third edition of the Code in 1931.
extension. Accordingly, ASME requested the The third edition was approved by the Sectional
American Engineering Standards Committee Committee in February 1931, and subsequently
(AESC) to authorize the organization of a Sec- by the sponsors and by the American Standards
Association (formerly the AESC) in July 1931.
tional Committee to undertake this revision.
Further experience derived from the adoption
They acted favorably on this request, and in
and enforcement of the 1931 edition, and devel-
January 1922, assigned sponsorship for the
opments in the design of elevator equipment,
project jointly to the American Institute of Archi-
led the Sectional Committee, in line with its
tects, the National Bureau of Standards, and
policy of revising the Code periodically, to pre-
ASME, all three of whom had taken an active
pare the fourth edition in 1937, which was ap-
part in the preparation of the first edition of
proved by the sponsors and by the American
the Code.
Standards Association (ASA) in July 1937.
The organization meeting of the Sectional
A fifth edition of the Code was well under
Committee A17 was held in November 1922. A
way in 1940 when it was necessary to suspend
number of meetings of the Committee were
the work due to the Second World War. How-
held during the next two years and in July 1925, ever, a number of the revisions already agreed
a revision of the 1921 Code was completed, upon by the Sectional Committee and approved
approved by the AESC, and published as an by the sponsors and by the ASA in April 1942,
American Standard. were issued as a supplement to the 1937 edition.
Subsequent to the publication of the 1925 They were subsequently incorporated in a re-
revision of the Code, the necessity for develop- print of the 1937 edition in 1945. In response
ment research on the design and construction to public demand, requirements for private resi-
of car safeties and oil buffers and for the devel- dence elevators were also issued in a separate
opment of test specifications for various parts supplement, ASA A17.1.5–1953, and incorpo-
of elevator equipment was realized. rated into the Code as Part V in the 1955 edition.
As a result, a Subcommittee on Research, The Sectional Committee reinitiated consider-
Recommendations, and Interpretations was ap- ation of the fifth edition of the Code in 1946.
pointed in 1926. This subcommittee held regular Due to the considerable period which had
meetings thereafter until interrupted by the war elapsed since the fourth revision in 1937, and
in 1940, and carried on an extensive test pro- to the very extensive developments in the eleva-
gram at the National Bureau of Standards in tor art, the committee decided that the Code
connection with oil buffers and car safeties. should be completely rewritten and brought up
Subsequent to the war, the name of this sub- to date.

vii
p. 8 02-16-01 13:30:45 Unit: UFW Textfile: A17Y2K$$FW p.8

Special subcommittees were appointed to sponsors, and the ASA. The title of the Code
prepare the revisions of the various require- was also changed to the American Standard
ments. The membership of each subcommittee Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escala-
consisted of persons especially familiar with the tors, and Moving Walks.
requirements to be covered by that subcommit- On August 24, 1966, the American Standards
tee. Fifteen subcommittees were set up with a Association was reconstituted as the United
total membership of over 150 persons. The States of America Standards Institute. The des-
membership of these subcommittees was not ignation of standards approved as American
confined to members of the Sectional Commit- Standards was changed to USA Standards.
tee. It also included other persons having expert There was no change in the index identification
knowledge of the subjects under consideration or the technical content of the standards. At
by the subcommittees. These subcommittees the same time, the ASA Sectional Committee,
and their personnel were listed in the 1955 A17 on A Safety Code for Elevators, was
edition of the Code. changed to the USA Standards Committee, A17
The drafts prepared by these subcommittees on A Safety Code for Elevators. Four supple-
were widely circulated to interested groups for ments to this edition were published from 1967
comment. After review of the comments and through 1970.
correlation of the drafts, the fifth edition of the The United States of America Standards Insti-
Code was approved by the Sectional Committee, tute later changed its name to American Na-
subsequently by the sponsors, and by the ASA tional Standards Institute, Incorporated (ANSI)
in June 1955. on October 6, 1969. At the time that the new
In December 1957, a Supplement to the Code name became effective, the designation USA
listing a number of revisions was approved by Standard was changed to American National
the ASA and published by ASME. Standard and the name of committees changed
A sixth edition was published in 1960 which from USA Standards Committees to American
incorporated the revisions contained in the 1957 National Standards Committees. The alphabeti-
Supplement as well as approximately 96 revi- cal designation of standard documents was
sions which were approved by the Sectional changed from USA to ANSI.
Committee in March 1960. The eighth edition of the Code (1971) incorpo-
In 1958 the scope of the A17 Code was en- rated the revisions covered by the four supple-
larged to include moving walks. The member- ments and an additional 94 revisions. Seven
ship of the Sectional Committee was expanded supplements were issued from 1972 through
to include manufacturers whose primary inter- 1976. Part XIV covering Material Lifts and Dumb-
est in the Committee was the development waiters with Automatic Transfer Devices was
of rules and regulations on moving walks. A added in supplement ANSI A17.1d–1975.
subcommittee prepared a Safety Code for Mov- The ninth edition of the Code (1978) incorpo-
ing Walks which was approved by the Sectional rated 75 revisions in addition to those covered
Committee, the sponsors, and by the ASA on by the previous supplements. Part XV covering
March 20, 1962. This Code was published as Special Purpose Personnel Elevators was added
Part XIII of the A17.1 Code, and was designated and the Reference Codes, Standards, and Speci-
ASA A17.1.13–1962. fications were moved from the Preface to a new
During 1962 and 1963, 38 additional changes Part XVI. Two supplements to this edition were
to Parts I through XII of A17.1 were approved issued in 1979 and 1980.
by the Sectional Committee, the sponsors, and The tenth edition of the Code (1981) incorpo-
the ASA, and were published as the 1963 Sup- rated the revisions covered by Supplements
plement to the 1960 edition of the Code. ANSI A17.1a–1979 and ANSI A17.1b–1980, as
A seventh edition was published in 1965 well as the following new material: Part XVII,
which incorporated the rules of the Safety Code Inclined Elevators; Appendix F, Seismic Regula-
for Moving Walks, ASA A17.1.13–1962, as Part tions; and Appendix G, Recommended Practice
XIII, the revisions covered by the 1963 Supple- for Accelerating Moving Walks. Rule 211.3 and
ment as well as approximately 90 other revi- Part V were also completely revised, with the
sions approved by the Sectional Committee, the Private Residence Inclined Lifts moved to Part

viii
p. 9 02-16-01 13:30:45 Unit: UFW Textfile: A17Y2K$$FW p.9

XVIII. Numerous other revisions and additions walk elevators in Part IV, and alterations in Part
were also included which were approved since XII, were completely revised.
the time of the 1980 supplement. The twelfth edition of the Code incorporated
The tenth edition of the Code was approved the changes made in supplements A17.1a–1985
by the A17 Standards Committee. Since that through A17.1e–1987, as well as additional revi-
time, the committee was reorganized in accord- sions. Among these changes was a complete
ance with the ANSI Accredited Organization revision of the requirements for dumbwaiters
Method under the sponsorship of ASME. With in Part VII. The format of the Code was also
this reorganization, the National Bureau of Stan- changed editorially to incorporate Exceptions
dards and the American Institute of Architects into the body of the Rules.
relinquished their roles as cosecretariats. The The thirteenth edition of the Code incorpo-
Standards, Conference, and Executive Commit- rated the changes made in A17.1a–1988 and
tees were also restructured as the Main Commit- A17.1b–1989 as well as additional revisions. Part
tee and the National Interest Review Committee, XXII, Shipboard Elevators, was added in A17.1b–
with the Working Committees (subcommittees) 1989. Part XXIII, Rooftop Elevators, appeared
continuing to operate as before. for the first time in this edition.
This reorganization also prompted a change The fourteenth edition of the Code incorpo-
in the title of the Code to the ANSI/ASME A17.1 rates the changes made in A17.1a–1991 and
Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. The A17.1b–1992 as well as the revisions shown in
title was also shortened for convenience, and the Summary of Changes. Safety requirements
it should not be construed that the Code no
for seismic risk zone 3 and greater were moved
longer covers dumbwaiters, moving walks, or
from Appendix F into new Part XXIV, Elevator
the other equipment included within the Scope
Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 2
of the Code.
or Greater. Requirements for seismic risk zone
Two supplements to the 1981 edition were
2 were added to Part XXIV.
issued: ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1982 and ANSI/
The fifteenth edition of the Code incorporates
ASME A17.1b–1983. The 1982 supplement in-
the changes made in A17.1a–1994 and A17.1b–
cluded a new Part XIX covering Elevators Used
1995 as well as the revisions shown in the
for Construction. In the 1983 supplement, the
Summary of Changes. Part XXV, Limited Use/
requirements for Private Residence Inclined Lifts
Limited Application Elevators, was added in
in Part XVIII were expanded and incorporated
into a new Part XXI covering Private Residence A17.1b–1995. The rules in Part III have been
Inclined Stairway Chairlifts and Inclined and harmonized with the CAN/CSA B44, Elevator
Vertical Wheelchair Lifts. Part XX was added to Safety Standard, Sections 4 and 11, and Appen-
cover these same devices installed in buildings dix G4.
other than private residences. Requirements for This sixteenth edition of the Code incorpo-
Screw Column Elevators were also added and rates changes made in A17.1a-1997 through
designated as Part XVIII. A17.1d–2000. Requirements for Mine Elevators
The eleventh edition of the Code (1984) incor- have also been added in Section 5.9 of this
porated the changes made in the 1982 and 1983 edition. In addition, the entire Code was re-
supplements, as well as additional revisions. formatted to incorporate a decimal numbering
The eleventh edition was updated with five system. For this edition of the Code cross-
supplements which were issued approximately reference tables have been provided in order to
every 6 months in 1985 through the spring of facilitate the correlation between requirements
1987. Appendix I (since redesignated as Appen- from the fifteenth edition of the Code to the
dix E) was added in ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1985. renumbered requirements of the sixteenth edi-
Requirements for rack and pinion elevators were tion and vice versa. It is also noted, that this
added in ANSI/ASME A17.1c–1986, designated edition of A17.1 was the result of a joint effort
as Part XVI. The previous Part XVI (Reference between the ASME A17 Elevator and Escalator
Codes, Standards, and Specifications) was Committee and the CSA B44 Technical Commit-
moved to Section 4 of the Introduction. In ANSI/ tee to harmonize requirements between the
ASME A17.1d–1986, the requirements for side- ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Esca-

ix
p. 10 02-16-01 13:30:45 Unit: UFW Textfile: A17Y2K$$FW p.10

lators and the CSA B44 Safety Code for Ele- ceived final approval. The dates of issuance are
vators. also included for the documents published since
The following is a complete list of past edi- 1974, and the dates on which they became
tions and supplements to the Code that have effective are included for those published since
been published and the dates when they re- 1978.

Editions and Supplements Approved Issued Effective

First Edition 1921 January 1921 ) )

Second Edition A17–1925 April 1925 ) )

Third Edition ASA A17–1931 July 1931 ) )

Fourth Edition ASA A17.1–1937 July 1937 ) )


Supplements ASA A17.3–1942 April 1942 ) )
ASA A17.1.5–1953 June 9, 1953 ) )

Fifth Edition ASA A17.1–1955 June 15, 1955 ) )


Supplements ASA A17.1a–1957 December 10, 1957 ) )

Sixth Edition ASA A17.1–1960 August 29, 1960 ) )


Supplements ASA A17.1.13–1962 March 20, 1962 ) )
ASA A17.1a–1963 August 16, 1963 ) )

Seventh Edition ASA A17.1–1965 July 29, 1965 ) )


Supplements USAS A17.1a–1967 July 7, 1967 ) )
USAS A17.1b–1968 December 11, 1968 ) )
USAS A17.1c–1969 May 6, 1969 ) )
ANSI A17.1d–1970 March 2, 1970 ) )

Eighth Edition ANSI A17.1–1971 July 27, 1971 ) )


Supplements ANSI A17.1a–1972 February 16, 1972 ) )
ANSI A17.1b–1973 October 11, 1973 ) )
ANSI A17.1c–1974 April 26, 1974 September 15, 1974 )
ANSI A17.1d–1975 February 26, 1975 October 31, 1975 )
ANSI A17.1e–1975 March 26, 1975 October 31, 1975 )
ANSI A17.1f–1975 April 2, 1975 October 31, 1975 )
ANSI A17.1g–1976 August 12, 1976 November 30, 1976 )

Ninth Edition ANSI A17.1–1978 May 4, 1978 June 15, 1978 September 15, 1978
Supplements ANSI A17.1a–1979 February 5, 1979 March 30, 1979 June 30, 1979
ANSI A17.1b–1980 March 20, 1980 May 15, 1980 August 15, 1980

Tenth Edition ANSI/ASME A17.1–1981 September 8, 1981 October 22, 1981 April 22, 1982
Supplements ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1982 October 5, 1982 November 30, 1982 May 30, 1983
ANSI/ASME A17.1b–1983 October 24, 1983 December 23, 1983 June 23, 1984

Eleventh Edition ANSI/ASME A17.1–1984 August 16, 1984 September 16, 1984 March 16, 1985
Supplements ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1985 February 27, 1985 April 15, 1985 October 15, 1985
ANSI/ASME A17.1b–1985 August 6, 1985 October 15, 1985 April 15, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1c–1986 March 5, 1986 April 30, 1986 October 31, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1d–1986 September 8, 1986 November 30, 1986 May 31, 1987
ANSI/ASME A17.1e–1987 February 18, 1987 April 30, 1987 October 30, 1987

Twelfth Edition ASME/ANSI A17.1–1987 October 20, 1987 January 15, 1988 July 16,1988
Supplements ASME/ANSI A17.1a–1988 October 6, 1988 November 15, 1988 May 16, 1989
ASME/ANSI A17.1b–1989 November 10, 1989 November 30, 1989 May 31, 1989

Thirteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1990 October 8, 1990 February 8, 1991 August 9, 1991
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1991 October 21, 1991 February 28, 1992 August 29, 1992
ASME A17.1b–1992 October 28, 1992 December 29, 1992 June 30, 1993

Fourteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1993 October 18, 1993 December 31, 1993 July 1, 1994
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1994 August 17, 1994 December 31, 1994 July 1, 1995
ASME A17.1b–1995 October 5, 1995 January 31, 1996 August 1, 1996

x
p. 11 02-16-01 13:30:45 Unit: UFW Textfile: A17Y2K$$FW p.11

Fifteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1996 October 3, 1996 December 31, 1996 July 1, 1997
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1997 January 8, 1998 February 27, 1998 August 28, 1998
ASME A17.1b–1998 November 13, 1998 February 19, 1999 August 20, 1999
ASME A17.1c–1999 May 13, 1999 June 30, 1999 December 31, 1999
ASME A17.1d–2000 October 12, 2000 November 30, 2000 January 31, 2001
Sixteenth Edition ASME A17.1–2000 October 16, 2000 March 23, 2001 March 23, 2002

xi
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 13 02-16-01 13:52:31 Unit: UCR Textfile: A17Y2K$$CR p.13

ASME A17 ELEVATOR


AND ESCALATOR COMMITTEE
(January 2000)

STANDARDS COMMITTEE R. L. Phillips, Georgia Department of Labor

R. L. Seymour, Chair V. P. Robibero, Schindler Elevator Corp.


J. W. Coaker, Vice Chair A. Rehman, Alternate, Schindler Elevator Corp.
D. L. Steel, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary R. L. Seymour, Robert L. Seymour and Associates, Inc.
R. S. Seymour, Alternate, Robert L. Seymour and
Associates, Inc.
L. Bialy, Otis Elevator Co.
D. McColl, Alternate, Otis Canada, Inc. C. F. Starmer, GAL Manufacturing
B. D. Black, Eastern Paralyzed Veterans Association
D. L. Steel, David L. Steel Escalators
W. C. Burklund, Montgomery Elevator Co.
A. P. Juhasz, Alternate, Montgomery Kone, Inc. A. H. Verschell, Consulting Engineer
D. J. Camp, Dover Elevator Systems
C. E. Vlahovic, TSSA
J. W. Coaker, U.S. Postal Service
L. E. White, McHale & White
E. A. Donoghue, Edward A. Donoghue Associates
H. H. Hayes, Alternate, Hubert H. Hayes, Inc.
R. E. Droste, Otis Elevator Co.
S. H. Benjamin, Alternate, Otis Elevator Co. D. M. Winkle, IUEC Local #14
R. T. Farley, NAESA International
C. H. Murphy, Alternate, Massachusetts Department of
Public Safety
J. A. Filippone, Port Authority of New York and New
Jersey
J. H. Humphrey, Alternate, Port Authority of New York and
New Jersey Ex Officio Members
C. C. Fox, Rainbown Security Control Ltd. E. J. Crawford B. L. O’Neill
G. W. Gibson, George W. Gibson and Associates, Inc. R. S. Caporale A. J. Saxer
D. L. Turner, Alternate, Davis L. Turner and Associates G. L. Harmon

H. E. Godwin, North Carolina Department of Labor


G. A. Kappenhagen, Schindler Elevator Corp.
M. P. Lamb, Alternate, Schindler Elevator Corp.
K. S. Lloyd, Abell Elevator International
Z. R. McCain, Jr., McCain Engineering Associates, Inc.
R. A. Gregory, Alternate, Vertex Corp. Honorary Members
J. L. Meyer, State of California, Division of Occupational L. Blaiotta A. A. Mascone
Safety and Health F. W. Bowman J. McCaulay, Jr.
W. E. Chamberlain H. E. Peelle, Jr.
E. F. Parvis, Fujitec America, Inc.
B. J. Fanguy E. M. Philpot
M. Boutelle, Alternate, Fujitec America, Inc.
W. J. Figiel R. L. Rogers
H. E. Peelle III, Peelle Co. C. E. Hempel S. Wagoner
S. P. Reynolds, Alternate, Peelle Co. C. L. Kort R. W. Young

xiii
p. 14 02-16-01 13:52:31 Unit: UCR Textfile: A17Y2K$$CR p.14

NATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW COMMITTEE CODE COORDINATION COMMITTEE


J. P. Andrew R. A. Molinari E. A. Donoghue, Chair G. A. Kappenhagen
J. Antona N. J. Montesano G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary M. J. Pfeiffer
G. G. Apostle T. S. Mowrey P. D. Armstrong F. J. Rommel
L. C. Arnold J. Murphy L. Bialy D. S. Snyder
W. Baehr H. E. Newcomb D. J. Camp W. J. Sterling
T. D. Barkand F. G. Newman P. Caploon R. D. Weber
R. Barker J. S. Nicksic G. W. Gibson
P. E. Borders J. J. O’Donoghue
M. A. Boyle D. J. O’Keefe III
J. E. Brannon E. J. Orrico III
W. J. Braun F. Padgett
E. G. Cable A. Patel
J. A. Caluori M. S. Peck DUMBWAITER AND ATD COMMITTEE
P. Caploon J. W. Persohn H. E. Peelle III, Chair E. J. Matot II, Alternate
M. A. Chavez B. Y. Peyton G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary H. E. Peelle, Jr.
J. I. Clark M. J. Pfeiffer R. Dolan D. A. White, Jr.
H. J. Clifford K. M. Pierce E. A. Donoghue
R. F. Dieter R. B. Pohlman, Jr. J. B. Peskuski
J. L. Donnelly J. Powell
R. C. Duncan P. M. Puno
S. M. Eisenman L. S. Rigby
B. Faerber J. R. Runyan
J. J. Faup R. D. Schloss
S. E. Fisher S. Shanes EARTHQUAKE SAFETY COMMITTEE
E. J. Gaurin J. T. Shanholtzer
L. A. Giovannetti M. Shipley G. W. Gibson, Chair S. Goulet
J. M. Gould H. Simpkins M. Brookes, Secretary S. J. Koinoff
R. A. Gregory K. J. Smith D. J. Camp J. L. Meyer
R. E. Haukeness M. L. Smith R. E. Droste A. J. Schiff
H. H. Hayes D. S. Snyder R. E. Fleming J. Smith
J. E. Herwig J. L. Stabler S. L. Wagner, Alternate
S. J. Hickory A. J. Stanbury
J. Inglis R. B. Sweeney
D. J. Jolly D. A. Swerrie
F. A. Kilian M. B. Taylor
S. J. Koinoff S. M. Thacker
EDITORIAL COMMITTEE
J. W. Koshak D. L. Turner
M. L. Lane F. D. Waardenburg E. A. Donoghue, Chair D. McColl
M. R. Liberatore A. W. Whaley G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary C. E. Vlahovic
M. A. Malek D. A. White, Jr. J. A. Filippone
J. J. Mancuso D. J. Wilson
C. C. Mann W. J. Witt
N. E. Marchitto R. E. Younkin
N. B. Martin E. K. Zimpritsch
J. M. McKinley
M. J. Mellon, Jr. ELECTRICAL COMMITTEE
R. E. Droste, Chair J. H. Hidaka
A. P. Juhasz, Vice Chair Y. C. Ho
J. M. Weber, Alternate A. Rehman, Alternate
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary R. W. Madison
B44.1/A17.5 ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR S. M. Artise N. E. Marchitto
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT COMMITTEE
T. D. Barkand A. L. Peck
H. E. Godwin, Jr., Chair R. F. Hadaller S. H. Benjamin R. B. Pohlman, Jr.
J. W. Blain M. L. Hite J. D. Busse P. M. Puno
A. D. Brown J. M. Weber, Alternate J. Caldwell V. P. Robibero
J. D. Busse S. J. Koinoff J. P. Donnelly J. W. Blain, Alternate
J. Caldwell M. R. Liberatore R. C. Duncan C. E. Vlahovic
B. Colavecchio R. Mackenzie S. E. Fisher M. Stergulc, Alternate
J. H. Hidaka, Alternate A. Rehman H. E. Godwin, Jr. M. Yonemoto
S. E. Fisher C. E. Vlahovic R. F. Hadaller S. H. Grainer, Alternate
S. Fridlyand G. Henry

xiv
p. 15 02-16-01 13:52:31 Unit: UCR Textfile: A17Y2K$$CR p.15

ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE EXISTING INSTALLATIONS COMMITTEE


R. A. Gregory, Chair C. C. Fox A. J. Saxer, Chair S. K. Lloyd, Alternate
E. A. Donoghue R. L. Phillips L. M. Taylor, Vice Chair D. McColl
E. S. Yoo, Secretary P. McPartland
V. A. Amatulli G. Nyborg III
W. C. Burklund F. Padgett
J. H. Butler A. F. Pernas
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMITTEE E. A. Donoghue R. L. Phillips
D. J. Camp, Chair C. L. Kort M. A. Fortin J. M. Pohlman
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary M. Martin A. P. Gallo B. Pounders
M. W. Bunker, Jr. J. C. Carlson, Alternate R. A. Gregory J. S. Rearick
W. Sterling, Alternate D. McColl H. H. Hayes D. S. Snyder
P. Caploon C. H. Murphy B. R. Hines G. Stiffler
D. Chu T. F. Norton A. P. Jolly C. E. Vlahovic
D. Cook J. J. O’Donoghue M. L. Lane P. J. Welch
E. A. Donoghue R. B. Pohlman, Jr. K. S. Lloyd L. E. White
J. J. Faup A. Rehman
B. R. Fraser J. B. Semple
A. J. Gatfield R. L. Seymour
R. F. Hadaller S. Shanes
R. Haukeness R. Smith HAND AND SIDEWALK ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
H. Ickes C. F. Starmer R. S. Caporale, Chair G. Greenberg
C. Koenig C. E. Vlahovic V. G. Bahna H. J. Macuga
J. P. Merkel, Alternate N. J. Montesano
E. A. Donoghue

ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK COMMITTEE


D. L. Steel, Chair J. K. Kraft
A. M. McClement, Alternate M. R. Liberatore HOISTWAY COMMITTEE
R. Schaeffer, Vice Chair J. Marcusky L. M. Capuano, Chair U. S. Kharbanda
R. Mohamed, Secretary T. Matsui D. McColl, Vice Chair P. Labadie
P. E. Burge D. McColl M. Brookes, Secretary M. R. Liberatore
A. Rehman, Alternate T. G. Moskal L. Bialy J. E. Morrissey
P. A. Carrajat T. R. Nurnberg P. Winey, Alternate R. L. Phillips
R. A. Di Piero B. T. McClintock, Alternate D. J. Camp R. Quinlan
S. H. Grainer E. F. Parvis G. B. Cassini K. Uerling, Alternate
Y. Haruta, Alternate K. A. Apperson, Alternate F. R. Cooper A. Rehman
R. F. Hadaller D. S. Snyder E. A. Donoghue H. M. Reis
H. H. Hayes D. L. Turner G. W. Gibson S. P. Reynolds, Alternate
G. A. Kappenhagen C. E. Vlahovic S. Goulet S. W. Smith
D. R. Evans, Alternate P. J. Welch H. J. Gruszynski N. K. Tandon, Alternate
J. W. Kenneally C. J. White J. J. Urban, Alternate C. F. Starmer
R. F. Hadaller C. E. Vlahovic

EVACUATION GUIDE COMMITTEE


J. Meyer, Chair J. McAulay, Jr.
L. Boudreau R. S. Seymour
E. A. Donoghue D. S. Snyder
C. C. Fox

xv
p. 16 02-16-01 13:52:31 Unit: UCR Textfile: A17Y2K$$CR p.16

HYDRAULIC COMMITTEE LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION


G. A. Kappenhagen, Chair D. McColl ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary M. G. Miller B. D. Black, Chair M. E. Mahoney
L. Bialy R. V. Mistry E. S. Yoo, Secretary S. L. Whittenburg, Alternate
P. Winey, Alternate T. S. Mowrey D. C. Balmer E. J. Matot II
P. E. Burge L. S. Rigby P. M. Bass M. L. McDonald
A. Rehman, Alternate W. M. Shrum, Jr. G. L. Harmon, Alternate C. H. Murphy
C. C. Fox H. Simpkins E. A. Donoghue M. W. Schumacher
R. F. Hadaller R. J. Walker, Alternate C. C. Fox A. H. Verschell
H. A. Hammerstrom C. E. Vlahovic F. M. Hoch R. B. Weber
D. E. English, Alternate S. L. Wagner G. A. Kappenhagen D. M. Winkle, Sr.
N. L. Keylin J. Strzelec, Alternate
M. L. Lane L. E. White
M. R. Liberatore

MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND REPLACEMENT


INCLINED ELEVATOR COMMITTEE COMMITTEE

A. H. Verschell, Chair H. H. Hayes Z. R. McCain, Chair G. M. Losey


J. R. Carrick R. A. Gregory, Vice Chair J. A. Marinelli
E. S. Yoo, Secretary D. McColl
R. E. Baxter J. Murphy
J. A. Caluori J. S. Nicksic
J. J. DeLorenzi W. B. Pletch
E. A. Donoghue A. Priestman
INSPECTORS’ MANUAL COMMITTEE M. V. Farinola J. R. Quackenbush
J. Filippone J. S. Rearick
K. S. Lloyd, Chair M. R. Liberatore M. T. Cage A. Rehman
S. K. Lloyd, Alternate N. B. Martin R. F. Hadaller V. P. Robibero
W. F. Barkman, Vice Chair Z. R. McCain, Jr. R. Haukeness A. Saxer
D. G. McDonald, Vice Chair D. McColl H. H. Hayes R. D. Schloss
R. Mohamed, Secretary J. L. Meyer A. S. Hopkirk D. S. Snyder
R. J. Burke J. Murphy B. Hulgan J. Strzelec
J. J. Knolmajer, Alternate B. L. O’Neill J. E. Jaster L. M. Taylor
J. A. Caluori D. C. Randall A. P. Jolly M. Tevyaw
J. W. Coaker J. D. Rosenberger K. S. Lloyd C. E. Vlahovic
E. A. Donoghue R. D. Schloss S. K. Lloyd, Alternate D. M. Winkle, Sr.
M. V. Farinola R. S. Seymour
R. T. Farley G. Simard
J. A. Filippone R. Smith
H. S. Frank D. S. Snyder
R. F. Hadaller J. Strzelec
R. Haukeness M. B. Taylor
H. H. Hayes R. D. Troiano
J. T. Herrity C. E. Vlahovic
R. L. Kugel MECHANICAL DESIGN COMMITTEE
G. W. Gibson, Chair M. P. Lamb
M. Brookes, Secretary M. L. Lane
L. Bialy A. A. Mascone
G. Di Francesco, Alternate D. McColl
R. J. Bolen M. J. Prock
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE
M. Boutelle A. Jahn, Alternate
G. W. Gibson, Chair R. E. Droste R. V. Mistry, Alternate A. Rehman
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary R. T. Farley D. J. Camp W. C. Ribeiro
V. Q. Bates A. P. Juhasz R. E. Fleming D. S. Snyder
L. Bialy G. A. Kappenhagen S. Wagner, Alternate M. B. Taylor
T. Derwinski, Alternate D. L. Steel C. C. Fox D. L. Turner
B. D. Black J. Strzelec H. S. Frank C. E. Vlahovic
D. J. Camp D. L. Turner R. F. Hadaller S. P. Wurth
E. A. Donoghue

xvi
p. 17 02-16-01 13:52:31 Unit: UCR Textfile: A17Y2K$$CR p.17

MINE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE RESIDENCE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE


A. J. Saxer, Chair D. C. Lewetag A. H. Verschell, Chair J. C. Lund, Alternate
T. D. Barkand, Vice Chair A. L. Martin E. S. Yoo, Secretary M. E. Mahoney
E. S. Yoo, Secretary N. B. Martin D. C. Balmer S. L. Whittenburg, Alternate
C. D. Barchet H. E. Newcomb P. M. Bass M. L. McDonald
B. Bertram D. J. Podobinski G. L. Harmon, Alternate A. Norton, Alternate
P. E. Fernatt J. K. Taylor P. Chance H. E. Peelle III
M. G. Kalich F. M. Hoch J. B. Peskuski
M. J. Holat E. J. Matot II, Alternate
H. K. Inderdahl R. L. Phillips

RACK AND PINION AND SPECIAL PURPOSE


PERSONNEL ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
A. J. Marchant, Chair B. L. O’Neill
E. P. Banke R. Turner
P. E. Borders B. E. Viola
G. A. Cox C. E. Vlahovic SHIPBOARD ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
J. A. Harrison S. Wagoner E. J. Crawford, Chair S. J. Koinoff
R. Haukeness E. B. Wahlberg H. E. Bush, Jr. M. R. Tilyou
T. E. Meinen W. D. George

xvii
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 19 02-16-01 13:52:50 Unit: UPR Textfile: A17Y2K$$PR p.19

PREFACE

GENERAL (a) prior to adoption, all pertinent state, pro-


vincial, and local laws/regulations be reviewed
This Code is one of the numerous codes
and where there is a conflict with any of the
and standards developed and published by The
requirements of this Code an exception to such
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
conflicting requirements should be noted;
(ASME) under the general auspices of the Amer-
(b) assignment of the responsibility for com-
ican National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI).
pliance to any particular party;
The Code is intended to serve as the basis
(c) establishment of a frequency for periodic
for state, provincial, municipal, and other au-
inspections and tests. See Appendix N for rec-
thorities having jurisdiction in drafting regula-
ommended inspections and test intervals;
tions governing the design construction, instal-
(d) assignment of responsibility for persons
lation, operation, testing, inspection,
authorized to make and witness inspections and
maintenance, alteration, and repair of elevators,
tests.
dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, and
material lifts. It is also intended as a standard
reference of safety requirements for the guid-
APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS TO NEW
ance of architects, engineers, insurance compa-
TECHNOLOGY
nies, manufacturers, and contractors, and as a
standard of safety practices for owners and Where present requirements are not applica-
managers of equipment within the Scope of ble or do not describe new technology, the
the Code. authority having jurisdiction should recognize
Safety codes and standards are intended to the need for exercising latitude and granting
enhance public health and safety. Revisions re- exceptions where the product or system is
sult from committee consideration of factors equivalent in quality, strength or stability, fire
such as technological advances, new data, and resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety
changing environmental and industry needs. to that intended by the present Code require-
Revisions do not imply that previous editions ments.
were inadequate.
Not all of the requirements of the Code apply
to equipment installed prior to its adoption by FORM AND ARRANGEMENT
authorities having jurisdiction, but those which This Code consists of parts and sections, each
do apply to existing as well as to new installa- covering a specific subject so as to facilitate
tions are outlined in 1.1.3. See ASME A17.3, reference to the requirements.
Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escala- The Foreword, Preface, Notes, and Appendi-
tors, for further requirements. ces that are included in this document, and the
Interpretations that are provided as a separate
booklet are not part of this American National
ADOPTION CONSIDERATIONS
Standard. They are advisory in nature and are
The following conditions are not addressed intended for clarification only.
in this Code and it is recommended that the In this edition, since the Code was reorganized
authority having jurisdiction, adopting this Code and renumbered, a table of Cross-Reference to
in their legislation or regulation, should address the previous edition (A17.1–1996 with addendas)
the following: has been added, following this Preface.

xix
p. 20 02-16-01 13:52:50 Unit: UPR Textfile: A17Y2K$$PR p.20

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS CODE


Abbreviation Unit Abbreviation Unit
A Ampere lb pound (mass)
°C degree Celsius lbf pound (force)
deg degree (angle) lx lux
°F degree Fahrenheit m meter
ft/min foot per minute m2 square meter
ft/s foot per second m3 cubic meter
ft foot mA milliampere
fc footcandle m/s meter per second
ft2 square foot m/s2 meter per second per second
ft3 cubic foot mm millimeter
ft/s2 foot per second per second mm2 square millimeter
h hour mm3 cubic millimeter
Hz hertz MPa megapascal
in. inch N Newton
in.2 square inch psi pound per square inch
in.3 cubic inch s second
kg kilogram V volt
kPa kilopascal

METRIC (SI) UNITS ASME Order Department


22 Law Drive
This edition of the Code uses hard metric
Box 2300
(SI) units wherever practical. The acceptable Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300
equivalent imperial units are shown in parenthe- Tel: 800-843-2763
sis. Information on the usage of SI units and Fax: 973-882-1717
conversion to imperial units is contained in E-Mail: infocentral@asme.org
IEEE/ASTM SI 10-1997 Standard for the Use ASME Website: www.asme.org/catalog
of the International System of Units (SI): The
Modern Metric System, ASME Guide SI-1, Orien-
ASME A17.2.1 Inspectors’ Manual for Electric
tation and Guide for Use of SI (Metric) Units,
Elevators. This Manual gives detailed
or CAN/CSA-Z234.1, Canadian Metric Practice
procedures for the inspection and testing of
Guide.
electric elevators conforming to the require-
Tables related to speed and load use the ments of this Code and for the testing and
hard metric and hard imperial units in common inspection of electric elevators installed prior
practice, even though they are not exactly equiv- to the adoption of this edition of the Code.
alent (e.g., see Table 2.22.4.1, Minimum Buffer Subsections are arranged to focus on routine
Strokes). The tabular values have been derived inspection requirements, followed by periodic
using 8.2.1 formulas and the metric and imperial and acceptance criteria. Included are pertinent
values for buffer strokes, safety stopping dis- requirements from A17.1–1955 and later
tances, etc., are therefore not equivalent. editions, which differ from the latest edition of
A17.1.
ASME A17.2.2 Inspectors’ Manual for
Hydraulic Elevators. This Manual gives detailed
procedures for the inspection and testing of
ASME ELEVATOR PUBLICATIONS hydraulic elevators conforming to the
requirements of this Code and for the testing
The following ASME publications are of spe- and inspection of hydraulic elevators installed
cial interest to users of this Code. For prices prior to the adoption of this edition of the Code.
and availability, contact: Subsections are arranged to focus on routine

xx
p. 21 02-16-01 13:52:50 Unit: UPR Textfile: A17Y2K$$PR p.21

inspection requirements, followed by periodic Published Interpretations. Interpretations of


and acceptance criteria. Included are pertinent the various A17 standards are published
requirements from A17.1–1955 and later periodically.
editions, which differ from the latest edition of Interpretations of A17.1 and A17.2 approved
A17.1. by the A17 Committee from June 14, 1972
ASME A17.2.3 Inspectors’ Manual for through June 1979, were published in a separate
Escalators and Moving Walks. This Manual book in 1980.
gives detailed procedures for the inspection Starting with the 1981 edition of the Code,
and testing of escalators and moving walks interpretations are published with each new
conforming to the requirements of this Code edition and supplement of the applicable stan-
and for the testing and inspection of escalators dard. A compilation of Interpretations Nos. 2-
and moving walks installed prior to the adoption 13 (June 1979–May 1989) has also been pub-
of this edition of the Code. Subsections are lished by ASME. A compilation of all interpreta-
arranged to focus on routine inspection tions can also be obtained through the A17 CD-
requirements, followed by periodic and ROM.
acceptance criteria. Included are pertinent Handbook on A17.1 Safety Code. This
requirements from A17.1–1955 and later handbook augments the A17.1 Code with
editions, which differ from the latest edition of commentary, diagrams, and illustrations that
A17.1. are intended to explain the requirements of the
A17.1 Code.
ASME A17.3 Safety Code for Existing
The commentary contained in the Handbook
Elevators and Escalators. This Code covers
is the opinion of the author and has not been
retroactive requirements for existing elevators
approved by the A17 Committee.
and escalators. The purpose of this Code is
QEI-1 Standard for the Qualification of
to establish minimum requirements that will
Elevator Inspectors. This Standard covers
provide a reasonable degree of safety for the
requirements for the qualification and duties of
general public. While many of these
inspectors and inspection supervisors engaged
requirements will also increase the degree of in the inspection and testing of equipment
safety for the elevator mechanic and inspector, within the scope of the A17.1 Code. It also
this area has not been specifically addressed includes requirements for the accreditation of
at this time. organizations that certify inspectors and
ASME A17 CD-ROM for Elevators and inspection supervisors as meeting the QEI
Escalators. This CD-ROM contains the ASME criteria.
A17.1, A17.2.1, A17.2.2, A17.2.3, and A17.3 ASME A18.1 Safety Standard for Platform
standards. In addition it contains the published Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts. This safety
interpretations applicable to these standards. Standard covers the design, construction,
ASME A17.4 Guide for Emergency Personnel. installation, operation, inspection, testing,
This guide for emergency personnel (fire, police, maintenance, and repair of inclined stairway
etc.), building owners, lessees, and building chairlifts and inclined and vertical platform lifts
operating managers explains the proper intended for transportation of a mobility
procedures to be used for the safe removal of impaired person only.
passengers from stalled cars.
CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5 Elevator and
Escalator Electrical Equipment. This Code
contains requirements for obtaining, labeling,
and listing of drive machine controllers, logic CORRESPONDENCE WITH A17 COMMITTEE
controllers, and operating devices for stating, ASME codes and standards are developed
stopping, regulating, controlling, or protecting and maintained with the intent to represent
electric motors, generators, and all other the consensus of concerned interests. As such,
electrical equipment, for elevators, escalators, users of this and other ASME A17 codes and
moving walks, dumbwaiters, wheelchair lifts, standards may interact with the committee by
and stairway lifts. requesting interpretations, proposing revisions,

xxi
p. 22 02-16-01 13:52:50 Unit: UPR Textfile: A17Y2K$$PR p.22

and attending committee meetings. Correspon- that the inquirer submit his request utilizing the
dence should be addressed to: following format:
Subject: Cite the applicable Section number(s)
Secretary, A17 Standards Committee and a concise description.
The American Society of Mechanical Edition: Cite the applicable edition and supple-
Engineers ment of the Code for which the inter-
Three Park Avenue pretation is being requested.
New York, NY 10016 Question: Phrase the question as a request for
an interpretation of a specific require-
E-mail: infocentral@asme.org
ment suitable for general understand-
ing and use, not as a request for an
approval of a proprietary design or
All correspondence to the Committee must situation. The question shall be
include the individual’s name and post office phrased, where possible, to permit a
address in case the Committee needs to request specific “yes” or “no” answer. The
further information. inquirer may also include any plans or
Proposing Revisions. Revisions are made drawings that are necessary to explain
periodically to the Code to incorporate changes the question; however, they should
that appear necessary or desirable, as not contain proprietary names or in-
demonstrated by the experience gained from formation.
the application of the procedures, and in order Requests that are not in this format will be
to conform to developments in the elevator art. rewritten in this format by the Committee prior
Approved revisions will be published to being answered, which may inadvertently
periodically. change the intent of the original request.
The Committee welcomes proposals for revi- ASME procedures provide for reconsideration
sions to this Code. Such proposals should be of any interpretation when or if additional infor-
mation that might affect an interpretation is
as specific as possible: citing the Section num-
available. Further, persons aggrieved by an in-
ber(s), the proposed wording, and a detailed
terpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME
description of the reasons for the proposal in-
committee or subcommittee. ASME does not
cluding any pertinent documentation.
“approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any
Requesting Interpretations. On request, the item, construction, proprietary device, or ac-
A17 Committee will render an interpretation of tivity.
any requirement of the Code. Interpretations Attending Committee Meetings. The A17
can only be rendered in response to a written Standards Committee and the various Working
request sent to the Secretary of the Standards Committees regularly hold meetings all of which
Committee. are open to the public. Persons wishing to
The request for interpretation should be clear attend any meeting should contact the Secretary
and unambiguous. It is further recommended of the Standards Committee.

xxii
p. 23 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.23

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
ASME A17.1-1996 Including A17.1a-1997 Through A17.1d–2000 vs. ASME A17.1-2000

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1 1.1 102.3 2.8.3 109.1 2.6


1.1 1.1.1 102.4 2.8.4 110 2.11
1.2 1.1.2 103 2.3 110.1 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2
1.3 1.1.3 103.1 2.3.1 110.2 2.11.2
1.4 1.1.4 103.2 2.3.2 110.2a 2.11.2.1
2 1.2 103.3 2.3.3 110.2b 2.11.2.2
3 1.3 103.4 2.3.4 110.2c 2.11.2.3
4 Part 9 104 2.10 110.3 2.11.3
100 2.1 104.1 2.10.1 110.4 2.11.4
100.1 2.1.1 105 2.9 110.5 2.11.5
100.1a 2.1.1.1 105.1 2.9.1 110.6 2.11.6
100.1b 2.1.1.2 105.2 2.9.2 110.7 2.11.7
100.1c 2.1.1.3 105.2a 2.9.2.1 110.7a 2.11.7.1
100.1d 2.1.1.4 105.2b 2.9.2.2 110.7b 2.11.7.2
100.1e 2.1.1.5 105.3 2.9.3 110.8 2.11.8
100.2 2.1.2 105.3a 2.9.3.1 110.9 2.11.9
100.2a 2.1.2.1 105.3b 2.9.3.2 110.9a 2.11.9.1
100.2b 2.1.2.2 105.3c 2.9.3.3 110.9b 2.11.9.2
100.2c 2.1.2.3 105.3d 2.9.3.4 110.10 2.11.10
100.3 2.1.3 105.4 2.9.4 110.10a 2.11.10.1
100.3a 2.1.3.1 105.5 2.9.5 110.10b 2.11.10.2
100.3b 2.1.3.2 106 2.2 110.10c –
100.3c 2.1.3.3 106.1 – 110.10d 2.11.10.3
100.3d 2.1.3.4 106.1a 2.2.1 110.11 2.11.11
100.3e 2.1.3.5 106.1b 2.2.2 110.11a 2.11.11.1
100.3f 2.1.3.6 106.1c 2.2.3 110.11b 2.11.11.2
100.4 2.1.4 106.1d 2.2.4 110.11c 2.11.11.3
100.5 2.1.5 106.1e 2.2.5 110.11d 2.11.11.4
100.6 2.1.6 106.1f 2.2.6 110.11e 2.11.11.5
100.7 2.29.2 106.1g 2.2.7 110.11f 2.11.11.6
101 2.7 107 2.4 110.11g 2.11.11.7
101.1 2.7.1 107.1 – 110.11h 2.11.11.8
101.1a 2.7.1.1 107.1a 2.4.1 110.11i 2.11.11.9
101.1b 2.7.1.2 107.1b 2.4.2 110.11j 2.11.11.10
101.2 2.7.2.1 107.1c 2.4.3 110.12 2.11.12
101.3 2.7.3 107.1d 2.4.4, 2.4.5 110.12a 2.11.12.1
101.3a 2.7.3.1 107.1e 2.4.6 110.12b 2.11.12.2
101.3b 2.7.3.2 107.1f 2.4.7 110.12c 2.11.12.3
101.3c 2.7.3.3 107.1g 2.4.8 110.12d 2.11.12.4
101.3d 2.7.3.4 107.1h 2.4.9 110.12e 2.11.12.5
101.3e 2.7.3.5 107.1i 2.4.10 110.12f 2.11.12.6
101.4 2.7.4 107.1j 2.4.11 110.12g 2.11.12.7
101.5 2.7.5 107.1k 2.4.12 110.12h 2.11.12.8
101.5a 2.7.5.1 108 2.5 110.13 2.11.13
101.5b 2.7.5.2 108.1 2.5.1 110.13a 2.11.13.1
101.5c – 108.1a 2.5.1.1 110.13b 2.11.13.2
101.6 2.7.6 108.1b 2.5.1.2 110.13c 2.11.13.3
101.7 2.7.7 108.1c 2.5.1.3 110.13d 2.11.13.4
101.8 2.7.8 108.1d 2.5.1.4 110.13e 2.11.13.5
102 2.8 108.1e 2.5.1.5 110.14 2.11.14
102.1 2.8.1 108.1f 2.5.1.7 110.15 2.11.15
102.2 2.8.2 109 2.6 110.15a 2.11.15.1

xxiii
p. 24 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.24

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

110.15b 2.11.15.2 200.4a 2.23.4.1 203.5 2.15.5


110.15c 2.11.15.3 200.4b 2.23.4.2 203.6 2.15.6
110.16 2.11.16 200.4c 2.23.4.3 203.6a 2.15.6.1
110.17 2.11.17 200.5 2.23.5 203.6b 2.15.6.2
110.18 2.11.18 200.5a 2.23.5.1 203.6c 2.15.6.3
110.19 2.11.19 200.5b 2.23.5.2 203.6d 2.15.6.4
111 2.12 200.6 2.23.6 203.7 2.15.7
111.1 2.12.1 200.7 2.23.7 203.7a 2.15.7.1
111.1a 2.12.1 200.7a 2.23.7.1 203.7b 2.15.7.2
111.1b 2.12.1 200.7b 2.23.7.2 203.7c 2.15.7.3
111.2 2.12.2 200.8 2.23.8 203.8 2.15.8
111.2a 2.12.2.1 200.9 2.23.9 203.9 2.15.9
111.2b 2.12.2.2 200.9a 2.23.9.1 203.10 2.15.10
111.2c 2.12.2.3 200.9b 2.23.9.2 203.11 2.15.11
111.2d 2.12.2.4 200.10 2.23.10 203.12 2.15.12
111.2e 2.12.2.5 200.10a 2.23.10.1 203.13 2.15.13
111.2f 2.12.2.6 200.10b 2.23.10.2 203.14 2.15.14
111.3 2.12.3 200.10c 2.23.10.3 203.15 2.15.15
111.3a 2.12.3.1 201 2.22 203.16 2.15.16
111.3b 2.12.3.2 201.1 2.22.1 204 2.14
111.3c 2.12.3.3 201.1a 2.22.1.1 204.1 2.14.1
111.3d 2.12.3.4 201.1b 2.22.1.2 204.1a 2.14.1.1
111.3e 2.12.3.5 201.2 2.22.2 204.1b 2.14.1.2
111.4 2.12.4 201.3 2.22.3 204.1c 2.14.1.3
111.4a 2.12.4.1 201.3a 2.22.3.1 204.1d 2.14.1.4
111.4b 2.12.4.2 201.3b 2.22.3.2 204.1e 2.14.1.5
111.4c 2.12.4.3 201.3c 2.22.3.3 204.1f 2.14.1.6
111.5 2.12.5 201.4 2.22.4 204.1g 2.14.1.7
111.6 2.12.6 201.4a 2.22.4.1 204.1h 2.14.1.8
201.4b 2.22.4.2 204.1i 2.14.1.9
111.6a 2.12.6.1
204.1j 2.14.1.10
111.6b 2.12.6.2 201.4c 2.22.4.3
204.2 2.14.2
111.7 2.12.7 201.4d 2.22.4.4
204.2a 2.14.2.1
111.7a 2.12.7.1 201.4e 2.22.4.5
204.2b 2.14.2.2
111.7b 2.12.7.2 201.4f 2.22.4.6
204.2c 2.14.2.3
111.7c 2.12.7.3 201.4g 2.22.4.7
204.2d 2.14.2.4
112 2.13 201.4h 2.22.4.8
204.2e 2.14.2.5
112.1 2.13.1 201.4i 2.22.4.9
204.3 2.14.3
112.2 2.13.2 201.4j 2.22.4.10
204.3a 2.14.3.1
112.2a 2.13.2.1 201.4k 2.22.4.11
204.3b 2.14.3.2
112.2b 2.13.2.2 202 2.21 204.3c 2.14.3.3
112.3 2.13.3 202.1 2.21.1 204.4 2.14.4
112.3a 2.13.3.1 202.1a 2.21.1.1 204.4a 2.14.4.1
112.3b 2.13.3.2 202.1b 2.21.1.2 204.4b 2.14.4.2
112.3c 2.13.3.3 202.1c 2.21.1.3 204.4c 2.14.4.3
112.3d 2.13.3.4 202.1d 2.21.1.4 204.4d 2.14.4.4
112.4 2.13.4.1, 2.13.4.2.1, 202.2 2.21.2 204.4e 2.14.4.5
2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3 202.2a 2.21.2.1 204.4f 2.14.4.6
112.5 2.13.5 202.2b 2.21.2.2 204.4h 2.14.4.7
112.6 2.13.6 202.2c 2.21.2.3 204.4i 2.14.4.8
112.6a 2.13.6.1 202.2d 2.21.2.4 204.4j 2.14.4.9
112.6b 2.13.6.2 202.2e 2.21.2.5 204.4k 2.14.4.10
112.6c – 202.2f 2.21.2.6 204.4m 2.14.4.11
200 2.23 202.3 2.21.3 204.5 2.14.5
200.1 2.23.1 202.4 2.21.4 204.5a 2.14.5.1
200.2 2.23.2 203 2.15 204.5b 2.14.5.2
200.2a 2.23.2.1 203.1 2.15.1 204.5c 2.14.5.3
200.2b 2.23.2.2 203.2 2.15.2 204.5d 2.14.5.4
200.3 2.23.3 203.3 2.15.3 204.5e 2.14.5.5
200.4 2.23.4 203.4 2.15.4 204.5f –

xxiv
p. 25 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.25

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

204.5g 2.14.5.6 207.1b 2.16.1.3 210.4 2.26.4


204.5h 2.14.5.7 207.2 2.16.2 210.5 –
204.5i 2.14.5.8 207.2a 2.16.2.1 210.6 2.26.6
204.6 2.14.6 207.2b 2.16.2.2 210.7 2.26.7
204.6a 2.14.6.1 207.3 2.16.3 210.8 2.26.8
204.6b 2.14.6.2 207.3a 2.16.3.1 210.9 2.26.9
204.6c 2.14.6.3 207.3b 2.16.3.2 210.10 2.26.10
204.7 2.14.7 207.3c 2.16.3.3 210.11 –
204.7a 2.14.7.1 207.4 2.16.4 210.12 –
204.7b 2.14.7.2 207.5 2.16.5 210.13 2.26.12
204.7c 2.14.7.3 207.5a 2.16.5.1 210.14 2.26.1.5
204.7d 2.14.7.4 207.5b 2.16.5.2 210.15 2.26.5
205 2.17 207.6 2.16.6 211 2.27
205.1 2.17.1 207.7 2.16.7 211.1 2.27.1
205.2 2.17.2 207.8 2.16.8 211.2 2.27.2
205.3 2.17.3 207.9 2.16.9 211.3 2.27.3
205.4 2.17.4 208 2.24 211.3a 2.27.3.1
205.5 2.17.5 208.1 2.24.1 211.3b 2.27.3.2
205.6 – 208.2 2.24.2 211.3c 2.27.3.3
205.7 2.17.7 208.2a 2.24.2.1 211.3d 2.27.3.4
205.8 2.17.8 208.2b 2.24.2.2 211.3e 2.27.3.5
205.8a 2.17.8.1 208.2c 2.24.2.3 211.4 2.27.4
205.8b 2.17.8.2 208.2d 2.24.2.4 211.4a 2.27.4.1
205.9 2.17.9 208.3 2.24.3 211.4b 2.27.4.2
205.9a 2.17.9.1 208.4 2.24.4 211.5 2.27.5
205.9b 2.17.9.2 208.5 2.24.5 211.6 2.27.6
205.9c 2.17.9.3 208.6 2.24.6 211.7 2.27.7
205.9d 2.17.9.4 208.7 2.24.7 211.8 2.27.8
205.10 2.17.10 208.8 2.24.8.3 211.9 2.29.1
205.11 2.17.11 208.9 2.24.9 212 2.20
205.12 2.17.12 208.9a 2.24.9.1 212.1 2.20.1
205.13 2.17.13 208.9b 2.24.9.2 212.2 2.20.2
205.14 2.17.14 208.9c 2.24.9.3 212.2a 2.20.2.1
205.15 2.17.15 208.9d – 212.2b 2.20.2.2
205.16 2.17.16 208.10 – 212.3 2.20.3
205.17 2.17.17 208.11 2.24.10 212.4 2.20.4
206 2.18 209 2.25 212.5 2.20.5
206.1 2.18.1 209.1 2.25.1 212.6 2.20.6
206.2 2.18.2 209.2 2.25.2 212.7 2.20.7
206.2a 2.18.2.1 209.2a 2.25.2.1 212.8 2.20.8
206.2b 2.18.2.2 209.2b 2.25.2.2 212.9 2.20.9
206.3 2.18.3 209.2c 2.25.2.3 212.9a 2.20.9.1
206.4 2.18.4 209.3 2.25.3 212.9b 2.20.9.2
206.4a 2.18.4.1 209.3a 2.25.3.1 212.9c 2.20.9.3
206.4b 2.18.4.2 209.3b 2.25.3.2 212.9d 2.20.9.4
206.4c 2.18.4.3 209.3c 2.25.3.3 212.9e 2.20.9.5
206.5 2.18.5 209.3d 2.25.3.4 212.9f 2.20.9.6
206.5a 2.18.5.1 209.3e 2.25.3.5 212.9g 2.20.9.7
206.5b – 209.4 2.25.4 212.9h 2.20.9.8
206.5c 2.18.5.2 209.4a 2.25.4.1 212.10 2.20.10
206.5d – 209.4b 2.25.4.2 213 8.8
206.5e 2.18.5.3 210 2.26 213.1 8.8.1
206.6 2.18.6 210.1 2.26.1 213.2 8.8.2
206.7 2.18.7 210.1a 2.26.1.1 213.3 8.8.3
206.8 2.18.8 210.1b 2.26.1.2 214 2.28
206.9 2.18.9 210.1c 2.26.1.3 214.1 2.28.1
207 2.16 210.1d 2.26.1.4 215 8.9
207.1 2.16.1.1 210.1e 2.26.1.6 215.1 8.9.1, 8.9.2,
207.1a 2.16.1.2 210.2 2.26.2 8.9.3

xxv
p. 26 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.26

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

Part III Part 3 302.3d 3.18.3.4 306.1 3.26.1


300 – 302.3e 3.18.3.5 306.2 3.26.2
300.1 3.1 302.3f 3.18.3.6 306.3 3.26.3
300.1a 3.1.1 302.3g 3.18.3.7 306.3a 3.26.3.1
300.1b 3.1.2 302.3h 3.18.3.8 306.3b 3.26.3.2
300.2 3.7 302.3l 3.18.3.9 306.4 3.26.4
300.2a 3.7.1 302.4 3.18.4 306.5 3.26.5
300.3 3.8 302.4a 3.18.4.1 306.6 3.26
300.4 3.3 302.4b 3.18.4.2 306.8 3.26
300.5 3.10 302.5 3.18.5 306.9 3.26.6
300.6 3.9 303 3.19 306.10 –
300.7 3.2 303.1 3.19.1 306.11 3.27
300.7a 3.2.1 303.1a 3.19.1.1 306.12 –
300.8 3.4 303.1b 3.19.1.2 306.13 3.26.7
300.8a 3.4.1 303.1c 3.19.1.3 306.14 3.26.8
300.8b 3.4.2 303.1d 3.19.1.4 306.15 3.26.9
300.8c 3.4.3 303.2 3.19.2 307 –
300.8d 3.4.4 303.2a 3.19.2.1 307.1 3.20
300.8e 3.4.5 303.2b 3.19.2.2 307.2 3.24.5
300.8f 3.4.6 303.2c 3.19.2.3 308 3.28
300.8g 3.4.7 303.2d 3.19.2.4 308.1 3.28.1
300.8h 3.4.8 303.3 3.19.3 309 8.9
300.9 3.5 303.3a 3.19.3.1 309.1 8.9.1, 8.9.2,
300.10 3.6 303.3b 3.19.3.2 8.9.3
300.11 3.11 303.3c 3.19.3.3 Part IV 5.5
300.11a 3.11.1 303.4 3.19.4 400 –
300.12 3.12 303.4a 3.19.4.1 400.1 5.5.1.1
300.13 3.13 303.4b 3.19.4.2 400.2 5.5.1.7
301 – 303.4c 3.19.4.3 400.3 5.5.1.8
301.1 3.23 303.4d 3.19.4.4 400.4 5.5.1.3
301.1a 3.23.1 303.4e 3.19.4.5 400.5 5.5.1.10
301.1b 3.23.2 303.4f 3.19.4.6 400.6 5.5.1.9
301.3 3.22.1 303.5 3.19.5 400.7 5.5.1.2
301.4 3.22.2 303.5a 3.19.5.1 400.8 5.5.1.4
301.5 3.21 303.5b 3.19.5.2 400.9 5.5.1.5
301.6 3.15 303.6 3.19.6 400.10 5.5.1.6
301.6a 3.15.1 303.7 3.19.7 400.11 5.5.1.11
301.6b 3.15.2 304 3.24 400.11a 5.5.11.1
301.6c 3.15.3 304.1 3.24.1 400.11b 5.5.1.11.2
301.7 3.14 304.1a 3.24.1.1 400.11c 5.5.1.11.3
301.8 3.17.1 304.2 3.24.2 400.11d 5.5.1.11.4
301.9 3.17.2 304.2a 3.24.2.1 400.12 5.5.1.12
301.10 3.16 304.2b 3.24.2.2 400.13 5.5.1.13
302 3.18 304.3 3.24.3 401 –
302.1 3.18.1 304.3a 3.24.3.1 401.1 5.5.1.22
302.1a 3.18.1.1 304.3b 3.24.3.2 401.2 5.5.1.21
302.1b 3.18.1.2 304.3c 3.24.3.3 401.3 5.5.1.20
302.2 3.18.2 304.4 3.24.4 401.4 5.5.1.15
302.2a 3.18.2.1 305 3.25 401.4a 5.5.1.15.1
302.2b 3.18.2.2 305.1 3.25.1 401.4b 5.5.1.15.2
302.2c 3.18.2.3 305.1a 3.25.1.1 401.5 5.5.1.14
302.2d 3.18.2.4 305.1b 3.25.1.2 401.5a 5.5.1.14.1
302.2e 3.18.2.5 305.1c 3.25.1.3 401.5b 5.5.1.14.2
302.2f 3.18.2.6 305.1d 3.25.1.4 401.5c 5.5.1.14.3
302.2g 3.18.2.7 305.2 3.25.2 401.6 5.5.1.17
302.3 3.18.3 305.2a 3.25.2.1 401.7 5.5.1.18
302.3a 3.18.3.1 305.2b 3.25.2.2 401.8 5.5.1.16
302.3b 3.18.3.2 305.3 3.25.3 401.9 5.5.1.23
302.2c 3.18.3.3 306 3.26 401.10 5.5.1.24

xxvi
p. 27 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.27

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

401.11 5.5.1.25 501.2c 5.3.1.8.1(c) 510.2 5.3.1.10.2


401.11a 5.5.1.25.1 501.2d 5.3.1.8.1(d) 510.3 5.3.1.10.3
401.11b 5.5.1.25.2 501.3 5.3.1.8.1(e) 511 5.3.1.20
401.11c 5.5.1.25.3 501.4 5.3.1.8.2 511.1 5.3.1.20.1
401.11d 5.5.1.25.4 501.4a 5.3.1.8.2(a) 511.2 5.3.1.20.2
401.12 5.5.1.26 501.4b 5.3.1.8.2(b) 511.3 8.9
401.13 5.5.1.19 501.4c 5.3.1.8.2(c) 512 5.3.1.12
401.14 5.5.1.28 501.5 5.3.1.8.3 512.1 5.3.1.12.1
401.15 5.5.1.27 502 5.3.1.13 512.2 5.3.1.12.2
401.16 8.9 502.1 5.3.1.13.1 512.3 5.3.1.12.3
402 5.5.2 502.2 5.3.1.13.2 512.4 5.3.1.12.4
402.1 5.5.2.1 502.2a 5.3.1.13.2(a) 512.5 5.3.1.12.5
402.1a 5.5.2.4 502.2b 5.3.1.13.2(b) 512.6 5.3.1.12.6
402.1b 5.5.2.2 502.2c 5.3.1.13.2(c) 512.7 5.3.1.12.7
402.1c 5.5.2.3 503 5.3.1.11 512.8 5.3.1.12.8
402.1d 5.5.2.5 503.1 5.3.1.11.1 512.9 5.3.1.12.9
402.2 – 503.2 5.3.1.11.2 513 5.4
402.2a 5.5.2.14 503.3 5.3.1.11.3 513.1 5.4.1
402.2b 5.5.2.13 503.4 5.3.1.11.4 513.2 5.4.2
402.2c 5.5.2.12 503.5 5.3.1.11.5 513.2a 5.4.2.1
402.2d 5.5.2.7 503.6 5.3.1.11.6 513.2b 5.4.2.2
402.2e 5.5.2.6 503.7 5.3.1.11.7 513.2c 5.4.2.3
402.2f 5.5.2.9 504 – 513.2d 5.4.2.4
402.2g 5.5.2.8 504.1 5.3.1.15 513.2e 5.4.2.5
402.3 5.5.2.10 505 – 513.3 5.4.10
402.4 5.5.2.11 505.1 5.3.1.14 513.3a 5.4.10.1
402.5 5.5.2.15 506 5.3.1.16 513.3b 5.4.10.2
402.6 5.5.2.16 506.1 5.3.1.16.1 513.3c 5.4.10.3
402.7 5.5.2.17.1 506.1a 5.3.1.16.1(a) 513.3d 5.4.10.4
402.7a 5.5.2.17.2, 5.5.2.17.3 506.1b 5.3.1.16.1(b) 513.4 5.4.3
402.8 5.5.2.18 506.1c 5.3.1.16.1(c) 513.4a 5.4.3.1
402.9 8.9 506.2 5.3.1.16.2 513.4b 5.4.3.2
Part V 5.3 506.2a 5.3.1.16.2(a) 513.4c 5.4.3.3
500 – 506.2b 5.3.1.16.2(b) 513.4d 5.4.3.4
500.1 5.3.1.1 506.2c 5.3.1.16.2(c) 513.5 5.4.6
500.2 5.3.1.2 506.2d 5.3.1.16.2(d) 513.5a 5.4.6.1
500.2a 5.3.1.2.1 506.2e 5.3.1.16.2(e) 513.5b 5.4.6.2
500.2b 5.3.1.2.2 506.2f 5.3.1.16.2(f) 513.6 5.4.6.3
500.3 5.3.1.3 506.2g 5.3.1.16.2(g) 513.7 5.4.5
500.4 5.3.1.7 506.2h 5.3.1.16.2(h) 513.7a 5.4.5.1
500.4a 5.3.1.7.1 506.2i 5.3.1.16.2(i) 513.7b 5.4.5.2
500.4b 5.3.1.7.2 506.3 5.3.1.16.3 513.7c 5.4.5.3
500.4c 5.3.1.7.3 506.4 5.3.1.16.4 513.7d 5.4.5.4
500.4d 5.3.1.7.4 507 5.3.1.17 513.8 5.4.4.1
500.4e 5.3.1.7.5 507.1 5.3.1.17.1 513.8a 5.4.4.1.1
500.4f 5.3.1.7.6 507.2 5.3.1.17.2 513.8b 5.4.4.1.2
500.4g 5.3.1.7.7 508 5.3.1.18 513.8c 5.4.4.1.3
500.5 5.3.1.5 508.1 5.3.1.18.1 513.9 5.4.4.2
500.6 5.3.1.4 508.2 5.3.1.18.2 513.9a 5.4.4.2.1
500.6a 5.3.1.4.1 508.3 5.3.1.18.3 513.9b 5.4.4.2.2
500.6b 5.3.1.4.2 508.4 5.3.1.18.4 513.9c 5.4.4.2.3
500.7 5.3.1.6 508.5 5.3.1.18.5 513.9d 5.4.4.2.4
500.7a 5.3.1.6.1 508.6 5.3.1.18.6 513.10 5.4.4.3
500.7b 5.3.1.6.2 508.7 5.3.1.18.7 513.10a 5.4.4.3.1
501 5.3.1.9 508.8 5.3.1.18.8 513.10b 5.4.4.3.2
501.1 5.3.1.9.1 508 5.3.1.19 513.11 5.4.16
501.2 5.3.1.8.1 509.1 – 513.11a 5.4.16.1
501.2a 5.3.1.8.1(a) 510 5.3.1.10 513.11b 5.4.16.2
501.2b 5.3.1.8.1(b) 510.1 5.3.1.10.1 513.11c 8.9

xxvii
p. 28 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.28

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

513.12 5.4.11 600 4.3.1 700.8 7.1.4


513.12a 5.4.11.1 600.1 – 700.9 7.1.5
513.12b 5.4.11.2 600.2 4.3.4 700.10 7.1.6
513.12c 5.4.11.3 600.3 4.3.2 700.11 7.1.11
513.13 5.4.9 600.4 4.3.3 700.11a 7.1.11.1
513.13a 5.4.9.1 600.4a 4.3.3.1 700.11b 7.1.11.2
513.13b 5.4.9.2 600.4b 4.3.3.2 700.11c 7.1.11.3
513.13c 5.4.9.3 600.5 4.3.6 700.11d 7.1.11.4
513.14 5.4.7 600.5a 4.3.6.1 700.11e 7.1.11.5
513.14a 5.4.7.1 600.5b 4.3.6.2 700.11f 7.1.11.6
513.14b 5.4.7.2 600.5c 4.3.6.3 700.11g 7.1.11.7
513.14c 5.4.7.3 600.6 4.3.7 700.11h 7.1.11.8
513.14d 5.4.7.4 600.7 4.3.8 700.11i 7.1.11.9
513.14e 5.4.7.5 601 – 700.11j 7.1.11.10
513.14f 5.4.7.6 601.1 4.3.9 700.11k 7.1.11.11
513.14g 5.4.7.7 601.2 4.3.11 700.11m 7.1.11.12
513.14h 5.4.7.8 601.3 4.3.10 700.11n 7.1.11.13
513.14i 5.4.7.9 601.4 4.3.12 700.12 7.1.12
513.15 5.4.13 601.5 4.3.13 700.12a 7.1.12.1
513.15a 5.4.13.1 602 – 700.12b 7.1.12.2
513.15b 5.4.13.2 602.1 4.3.15 700.12c 7.1.12.3
513.15c 5.4.13.3 603 – 700.12d 7.1.12.4
513.15d 5.4.13.4 603.1 4.3.14 700.13 7.1.13
513.15e 5.4.13.5 603.1a 4.3.14.1 701 7.2
513.15f 5.4.13.6 603.1b 4.3.14.2 701.1 7.2.9
513.15g 5.4.13.7 604 4.3.22 701.1a 7.2.9.1
513.15h 5.4.13.8 604.1 – 701.2 7.2.8
513.15i 5.4.13.9 605 4.3.18 701.2a 7.2.8.1
513.16 5.4.14 605.1 4.3.18.1 701.2b 7.2.8.2
513.16a 5.4.14.1 605.2 4.3.18.2 701.3 7.2.7
513.16b 5.4.14.2 605.3 4.3.18.3 701.4 7.2.2
513.16c 5.4.14.3 606 4.3.17 701.5 7.2.1
513.17 5.4.15 606.1 4.3.17.1 701.5a 7.2.1.1
513.17a 5.4.15.1 607 4.3.19 701.5b 7.2.1.2
513.17b 5.4.15.2 607.1 4.3.19.1 701.5c 7.2.1.3
513.17c 5.4.15.3 607.2 4.3.19.2 701.6 7.2.4
513.17d 5.4.15.4 608 4.3.5 701.6a 7.2.4.1
513.18 5.4.8 608.1 4.3.5.1 701.6b 7.2.4.2
513.18a 5.4.8.1 608.2 4.3.5.2 701.6c 7.2.4.4
513.18b 5.4.8.2 609 4.3.20 701.6d 7.2.4.5
513.18c 5.4.8.3 609.1 4.3.20.1 701.6e 7.2.4.7
513.18d 5.4.8.4 610 4.3.16 701.6f 7.2.4.8
513.18e 5.4.8.5 610.1 4.3.16.1 701.6g 7.2.4.6
513.18f 5.4.8.6 610.2 4.3.16.2 701.7 7.2.5
513.18g 5.4.8.7 610.3 4.3.16.3 701.8 7.2.3
513.18h 5.4.8.8 610.4 4.3.16.4 701.8a 7.2.3.1
513.18i 5.4.8.9 610.5 4.3.16.5 701.8b 7.2.3.2
513.19 5.4.10 611 4.3.21 701.8c 7.2.3.3
513.20 5.4.15.5 612 8.9 701.8d 7.2.3.4
513.20a 5.4.15.5.1 612.1 8.9 701.9 7.2.10
513.20b 5.4.15.5.2 Parts VII, XIV 7 701.9a 7.2.10.1
513.21 5.4.12 700 7.1 701.9b 7.2.10.2
513.22 5.4.13.10 700.1 7.1.1 701.9c 7.2.10.3
514 5.3.2 700.2 7.1.7 701.9d 7.2.10.4
514.1 5.3.2.1 700.3 7.1.8 701.10 7.2.11
514.2 5.3.2.2 700.4 7.1.3 701.11 7.2.12
514.3 5.3.2.3 700.5 7.1.10 701.12 –
514.4 5.3.2.4 700.6 7.1.9 701.13 7.2.6
514.5 8.9 700.7 7.1.2 701.13a 7.2.6.1

xxviii
p. 29 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.29

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

701.13b 7.2.6.2 802.4b 6.1.3.4.2 805.11 6.1.6.12


701.13c 7.2.6.3 802.4c 6.1.3.4.3 805.12 6.1.6.13
701.13d 7.2.6.4 802.5 6.1.3.5 805.13 6.1.6.14
701.13e 7.2.6.5 802.5a 6.1.3.5.1 806 6.1.7
701.13f 7.2.6.6 802.5b 6.1.3.5.2 806.1 6.1.7.1
701.13g 7.2.6.8 802.5c 6.1.3.5.3 806.1a 6.1.7.1.1
701.14 7.2.13 802.5d 6.1.3.5.5 806.1b 6.1.7.1.2
701.15 8.9 802.5e 6.1.3.5.8 806.2 6.1.7.2
702 7.3 802.6 6.1.3.6 806.3 6.1.7.3
702.1 – 802.6a 6.1.3.6.1 806.4 6.1.7.4
702.1a 7.3.9 802.6b 6.1.3.6.2 807 6.1.8
702.1b – 802.6c 6.1.3.6.3 807.1 6.1.8.1
702.1c 7.3.8.1 802.6d 6.1.3.6.4 807.2 6.1.8.2
702.1d 7.3.8.2 802.6e 6.1.3.6.5 807.3 6.1.8.3
702.1e 7.3.7 802.7 6.1.3.7 808 8.9
702.1f 7.3.2 802.8 6.1.3.8 Part IX 6.2
702.1g 7.3.1 802.9 6.1.3.9 900 6.2.1
702.1h 7.3.4.1 802.9a 6.1.3.9.1 900.1 6.2.1.1
702.1l 7.3.4.2 802.9b 6.1.3.9.2 901 6.2.2
702.1j 7.3.3 802.9c 6.1.3.9.3 901.1 6.2.2.1
702.2 7.3.5 802.9d 6.1.3.9.4 902 6.2.3
702.3 7.3.10 802.10 6.1.3.10 902.1 6.2.3.1
702.4 7.3.11 802.11 6.1.3.11 902.2 6.2.3.2
702.4a 7.3.11.1 802.12 6.1.3.12 902.3 6.2.3.3
702.4b 7.3.11.2 803 6.1.4 902.3a 6.2.3.3.1
702.4c 7.3.11.3 803.1 6.1.4.1 902.3b 6.2.3.3.2
702.4d 7.3.11.4 804 6.1.5 902.3c 6.2.3.3.3
702.4e 7.3.11.5 804.1 6.1.5.1 902.3d 6.2.3.3.4
702.4f 7.3.11.6 804.2 6.1.5.2 902.3e 6.2.3.3.5
702.4g 7.3.11.7 804.3 6.1.5.3 902.3f 6.2.3.3.6
702.4h 7.3.11.8 804.3a 6.1.5.3.1 902.3g 6.2.3.3.7
702.4i 7.3.11.9 804.3b 6.1.5.3.2 902.3h 6.2.3.3.8
702.5 7.3.6 805 6.1.6 902.4 6.2.3.4
702.5a 7.3.6.1 805.1 6.1.6.1 902.4a 6.2.3.4.1
702.5b 7.3.6.2 805.2 6.1.6.2.1 902.4b 6.2.3.4.2
702.6 7.3.12 805.3 6.1.6.3 902.4c 6.2.3.4.3
702.7 8.9 805.3a 6.1.6.3.1 902.5 6.2.3.5
Part VIII 6.1 805.3b 6.1.6.3.2 902.5a 6.2.3.5.1
800 6.1.1 805.3c 6.1.6.3.3 902.5b 6.2.3.5.2
800.1 6.1.1.1 805.3d 6.1.6.3.4 902.5c 6.2.3.5.3
801 6.1.2 805.3e 6.1.6.3.5 902.5d 6.2.3.5.4
801.1 6.1.2.1 805.3f 6.1.6.3.6 902.5e 6.2.3.5.5
802 6.1.3 805.3g 6.1.6.3.7 902.6 6.2.3.6
802.1 6.1.3.1 805.3h 6.1.6.3.8 902.6a 6.2.3.6.1
802.2 6.1.3.2 805.3i 6.1.6.3.9 902.6b 6.2.3.6.2
802.3 6.1.3.3 805.3j 6.1.6.3.10 902.7 6.2.3.7
802.3a 6.1.3.3.1 805.3k 6.1.6.3.11 902.8 6.2.3.8
802.3b 6.1.3.3.2 805.3m 6.1.6.3.12 902.8a 6.2.3.8.1
802.3c 6.1.3.3.3 805.3n 6.1.6.3.13 902.8b 6.2.3.8.2
802.3d 6.1.3.3.4 805.3p 6.1.6.3.14 902.8c 6.2.3.8.4
802.3e 6.1.3.3.5 805.4 6.1.6.4 902.8d 6.2.3.8.5
802.3f 6.1.3.3.6 805.5 6.1.6.5 902.9 6.2.3.9
802.3g 6.1.3.3.9 805.6 6.1.6.6 902.9a 6.2.3.9.1
802.3h 6.1.3.3.10 805.7 6.1.6.7 902.10 6.2.3.10
802.3i 6.1.3.3.11 805.8 6.1.6.8 902.10a 6.2.3.10.1
802.3j 6.1.3.3.8 805.9 6.1.6.9 902.10b 6.2.3.10.2
802.3k 6.1.3.3.7 805.9a 6.1.6.9.1 902.10c 6.2.3.10.3
802.4 6.1.3.4 805.9b 6.1.6.9.2 902.11 6.2.3.10.4
802.4a 6.1.3.4.1 805.10 6.1.6.10 902.12 6.2.3.11

xxix
p. 30 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.30

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

902.13 6.2.3.12 1001.2 – 1005.3 8.11.3.3


902.14 6.2.3.13 1001.2a 8.11.2.1.1 1005.3a 8.11.3.3.1
902.15 6.2.3.14 1001.2b 8.11.2.1.2 1005.3b 8.11.3.3.2
902.16 6.2.3.15 1001.2c 8.11.2.1.3 1005.4 8.11.3.4
903 6.2.4 1001.2d 8.11.2.1.4 1006 8.10.3
904 6.2.5 1001.2e 8.11.2.1.5 1006.1 8.10.3.1
904.1 6.2.5.1 1001.2f 8.11.2.1.6 1006.2 8.10.3.2
904.2 6.2.5.2 1002.1 8.11.2.2 1006.2a 8.10.3.2.2(s)
904.3 6.2.5.3 1002.2a 8.11.2.2.1 1006.2b 8.10.3.2.2(m)
904.3a 6.2.5.3.1 1002.2b 8.11.2.2.2 1006.2c 8.10.3.2.3(d)
904.3b 6.2.5.3.2 1002.2c 8.11.2.2.3 1006.2d 8.10.3.2.5(b)
905 6.2.6 1002.2d 8.11.2.2.4 1006.2e 8.10.3.2.5(c)
905.1 6.2.6.1 1002.2e 8.11.2.2.5 1006.2f 8.10.3.2.2(q)
905.2 6.2.6.2.1 1002.2f 8.11.2.2.6 1006.2g 8.10.3.2.3(cc)
905.3 6.2.6.3 1002.2g 8.11.2.2.7 1006.2h 8.10.3.2.3(r)
905.3a 6.2.6.3.1 1002.2h 8.11.2.2.8 1006.3 8.10.3.3.2
905.3b 6.2.6.3.2 1002.2i 8.11.2.2.9 1006.4 8.10.3.3.2(o)
905.3c 6.2.6.3.3 1002.3 8.11.2.3 1007 8.11.4
905.3d 6.2.6.3.4 1002.3a 8.11.2.3.1 1007.1 –
905.3e 6.2.6.3.5 1002.3b 8.11.2.3.2 1007.2 8.11.4.1
905.3f 6.2.6.3.6 1002.3c 8.11.2.3.3 1008 8.11.4.2
905.3g 6.2.6.3.7 1002.3d 8.11.2.3.4 1008.1 8.11.4.2
905.3h 6.2.6.3.8 1002.3e 8.11.2.3.5 1008.2 –
905.3i 6.2.6.3.9 1002.3f 8.11.2.3.6 1008.2a 8.11.4.2.1
905.3j 6.2.6.3.10 1002.3g 8.11.2.3.7 1008.2b 8.11.4.2.2
905.3k 6.2.6.3.11 1002.3h 8.11.2.3.8 1008.2c 8.11.4.2.3
905.4 6.2.6.4 1002.3i 8.11.2.3.9 1008.2d 8.11.4.2.4
905.5 6.2.6.5 1003 8.10.2 1008.2e 8.11.4.2.5
905.6 6.2.6.6 1003.1 8.10.2.1 1008.2f 8.11.4.2.6
905.7 6.2.6.7 1003.2 8.10.2.2 1008.2g 8.11.4.2.7
905.8 6.2.6.8 1003.2a 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(1) 1008.2h 8.11.4.2.8
905.8a 6.2.6.8.1 1003.2b 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(2) 1008.2i 8.11.4.2.9
905.8b 6.2.6.8.2 1003.2c 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(3) 1008.2j 8.11.4.2.10
905.9 6.2.6.9 1003.2d 8.10.2.2.2(cc)(4) 1008.2k 8.11.4.2.11
905.10 6.2.6.11 1003.2e 8.10.2.2.5(c) 1008.2l 8.11.4.2.12
905.11 6.2.6.12 1003.2f 8.10.2.2.2(z) 1008.2m 8.11.4.2.13
905.12 6.2.6.13 1003.2g 8.10.2.2.3(w)(3) 1008.2n –
906 6.2.7 1003.2h 8.10.2.2.2(m) 1008.2o –
906.1 6.2.7.1 1003.2i 8.10.2.2.2(m)(3) 1008.2p 8.11.4.2.14
906.1a 6.2.7.1.1 1003.2j 8.10.2.2.2(t) 1008.2q 8.11.4.2.18
906.1b 6.2.7.1.2 1003.2k 8.10.2.2.2(u) 1008.2r 8.11.4.2.13
906.2 6.2.7.2 1003.3 8.10.2.3.2 1008.2s 8.11.4.2.19
906.3 6.2.7.3 1004 8.11.3 1008.2t 8.11.4.2.20
906.4 6.2.7.4 1004.1 8.11.3.1 1009 8.10.4
907 6.2.8 1004.2 – 1009.1 8.10.4.1
907.1 6.2.8.1 1004.2a 8.11.3.1.1 1009.2 8.10.4.1.1, 8.10.4.1.3
907.2 6.2.8.2 1004.2b 8.11.3.1.2 1009.2a 8.10.4.1.1(a)
907.3 6.2.8.3 1004.2c 8.11.3.1.3 1009.2b 8.10.4.1.1(b)
908 8.9 1004.2d – 1009.2c 8.10.4.1.1(c)
Part X 8.10, 8.11 1004.2e 8.11.3.1.5 1009.2d 8.10.4.1.1(e)
1000 8.10.1, 8.11.1 1005 8.11.3.2 1009.2e 8.10.4.1.1(g)
1000.1 8.10.1.1(c), 8.11.1.1 1005.1 – 1009.2f 8.10.4.1.1(h)
1000.1a 8.11.1.1.1, 8.11.1.1.2 1005.2 – 1009.2g 8.10.4.1.1(n)
1000.1b 8.11.1.1.1, 8.11.1.1.2 1005.2a 8.11.3.2.1 1009.2h 8.10.4.1.2(q)
1000.1c 8.10.1.1 1005.2b 8.11.3.2.2 1009.2i 8.10.4.1.1(q)
1000.2 8.10.1.2, 8.11.1.2 1005.2c 8.11.3.2.3 1009.2j 8.10.4.1.2(a)
1000.3 8.11.1.4 1005.2d 8.11.3.2.4 1009.2k 8.10.4.1.2(b)
1001 8.11.2 1005.2e 8.11.3.2.5 1009.2l 8.10.4.1.2(c)
1001.1 8.11.2.1 1005.2f – 1009.2m 8.10.4.1.2(e)

xxx
p. 31 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.31

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1009.2n 8.10.4.1.2(k) 1103 8.3.10 1201.5 8.7.2.9


1009.2o 8.10.4.1.2(l) 1103.1 8.3.10.1 1201.6 8.7.2.2
1009.2p 8.10.4.1.2(o) 1103.2 8.3.10.2 1201.7 8.7.2.4
1009.3 8.10.4.2 1103.3 8.3.10.3 1201.8 8.7.2.5
1010 8.10.5, 8.11.5 1104 8.3.7 1201.9 8.7.2.6
1010.1 8.10.5.1, 8.11.5.1 1104.1 8.3.7.1 1201.10 8.7.2.10
1010.2 8.10.5.2, 8.11.5.2 1104.2 8.3.7.2 1201.10a 8.7.2.10.1
1010.3 8.10.5.3, 8.11.5.3 1104.3 8.3.7.3 1201.10b 8.7.2.10.2
1010.4 8.10.5.4, 8.11.5.4 1104.4 8.3.7.4 1201.10c 8.7.2.10.3
1010.5 8.10.5.5, 8.11.5.5 1104.5 8.3.7.5 1201.10d 8.7.2.10.4
1010.6 8.10.5.6, 8.11.5.6 1104.6 8.3.7.6 1201.10e 8.7.2.10.5
1010.7 8.10.5.7, 8.11.5.7 1105 8.3.11 1201.11 8.7.2.11
1010.8 8.10.5.8, 8.11.5.8 1105.1 8.3.11.1 1201.11a 8.7.2.11.1
1010.9 8.10.5.9, 8.11.5.9 1106 8.3.8 1201.11b 8.7.2.11.2
1010.11 8.10.5.11, 8.11.5.10 1107 8.3.5 1201.11c 8.7.2.11.3
1010.12 8.10.5.12, 8.11.5.11 1107.1 8.3.5.1 1201.11d 8.7.2.11.4
1010.13 8.10.5.13, 8.11.5.12 1107.2 8.3.5.2 1201.12 8.7.2.12
1011 8.10.5.10, 8.11.5.13 1107.3 8.3.5.3 1202 –
1011.1 – 1107.3a 8.3.5.3.1 1202.1 8.7.2.24
1011.2 8.11.5.13.1 1107.3b 8.3.5.3.2 1202.2 8.7.2.23
1011.3 8.11.5.13.2 1107.3c 8.3.5.3.3 1202.3 8.7.2.22
1011.4 8.11.5.13.2 1107.3d 8.3.5.3.4 1202.4 8.7.2.15
1011.5 8.11.5.13.3 1107.3e 8.3.5.3.5 1202.4a 8.7.2.15.1
1011.6 8.11.5.13.4 Part XII 8.7 1202.4b 8.7.2.15.2
1011.7 8.10.5.10 1200 8.7.1 1202.5 8.7.2.14
1011.8 8.10.5.10 1200.1 8.7.1.1 1202.6 8.7.2.18
Part XI 8.3 1200.2 8.7.1.2 1202.7 8.7.2.19
1100 8.3.2 1200.3 8.7.1.3 1202.8 8.7.2.16
1100.1 8.3.2.1 1200.4 8.6.2 1202.8a 8.7.2.16.1
1100.2 8.3.1.2 1200.4a 8.6.2.1 1202.8b 8.7.2.16.2
1100.2a 8.3.1.2.2 1200.4b 8.6.2.2 1202.8c 8.7.2.16.3
1100.2b 8.3.1.3.3 1200.4c 8.6.2.2 1202.8d 8.7.2.16.4
1100.2c 8.3.1.4.1 1200.4d 8.6.2.5 1202.9 8.7.2.25
1100.2d 8.3.1.3.4 1200.4e 8.6.3.5 1202.9a 8.7.2.25.1
1100.3 8.3.2.3 1200.4f 8.6.3.7 1202.9b 8.7.2.25.2
1100.4 8.3.2.4 1200.5 8.6.3 1202.10 8.7.2.17
1100.4a 8.3.2.4.1 1200.5a 8.6.3.2, 8.6.3.3, 1202.10a 8.7.2.17.1
1100.4b 8.3.2.4.2 8.6.3.4 1202.10b 8.7.2.17.2
1100.4c 8.3.2.4.3 1200.5b – 1202.10c 8.7.2.17.3
1100.4d 8.3.2.4.4 1200.5c 8.6.3.7 1202.11 8.7.2.26
1100.5 8.3.2.5 1200.5d 8.6.3.8 1202.12 8.7.2.27
1100.5a 8.3.2.5.1 1200.6 8.7.1.8 1202.12a 8.7.2.27.1
1100.5b 8.3.2.5.2 1201 8.7.2 1202.12b 8.7.2.27.2
1100.5c 8.3.2.5.3 1201.1 8.7.2.1 1202.12c 8.7.2.27.3
1100.5d 8.3.2.5.4 1201.1a 8.7.2.1.1 1202.12d 8.7.2.27.4
1100.5e 8.3.2.5.5 1201.1b 8.7.2.1.2 1202.12e 8.7.2.27.5
1100.5f 8.3.2.6 1201.1c 8.7.2.1.3 1202.12f 8.7.2.27.6
1101 8.3.3 1201.1d 8.7.2.1.4 1202.13 8.7.2.28
1101.1 8.3.3.1 1201.1e 8.7.2.1.5 1202.14 8.7.2.21
1101.2 8.3.3.2 1201.2 8.7.2.7 1202.14a 8.7.2.21.1
1101.3 8.3.3.3 1201.2a 8.7.2.7.1 1202.14b –
1101.3a 8.3.3.3.1 1201.2b 8.7.2.7.2 1202.14c 8.7.2.21.2
1101.3b 8.3.3.3.2 1201.2c 8.7.2.7.3 1202.14d 8.7.2.21.3
1101.3c 8.3.3.3.3 1201.2d 8.7.2.7.4 1203 8.7.3
1101.3d 8.3.3.3.4 1201.2e 8.7.2.7.5 1203.1 –
1101.4 8.3.3.4 1201.2f 8.7.2.7.6 1203.1a 8.7.3.1
1102 8.3.4 1201.2g 8.7.2.7.7 1203.1b 8.7.3.7
1102.1 8.3.4.1 1201.3 8.7.2.8 1203.1c 8.7.3.9
1102.2 8.3.4.1 1201.4 8.7.2.3 1203.1d 8.7.3.3

xxxi
p. 32 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.32

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1203.1e 8.7.3.8 1206.1f 8.6.1.6.3 1210 8.7.5.7


1203.1f 8.7.3.2 1206.1g 8.6.4.5 1211 8.7.4.1
1203.1g 8.7.3.4 1206.1h 8.6.1.6.5 1212 8.7.5.1
1203.1h 8.7.3.5 1206.1i 8.6.1.5 1213 8.7.4.2
1203.1i 8.7.3.6 1206.2 – 1214 –
1203.1j 8.7.3.10 1206.2a 8.6.4.7 1215 –
1203.1k 8.7.3.11 1206.2b 8.6.4.8 1216 8.7.5.8
1203.1m 8.7.3.12 1206.2c 8.6.4.9 1217 8.7.5.6
1203.2 – 1206.2d 8.6.1.6.4 1218 8.7.7.1
1203.2a 8.7.3.28 1206.2e – 1218.1 8.7.7.1.1
1203.2b 8.7.3.27 1206.3 8.6.4.10 1218.2 8.7.7.1.1
1203.2c 8.7.3.26 1206.3a 8.6.4.10.1 1218.2 8.7.7.1.2
1203.2d 8.7.3.14 1206.3b 8.6.4.10.2 1219 8.7.4.3
1203.2e 8.7.3.13 1206.3c 8.6.4.10.3 1219.1 8.7.4.3.1
1203.2f 8.7.3.15 1206.4 8.6.1.6.1 1219.2 8.7.4.3.2
1203.2g 8.7.3.16 1206.5 8.6.5, 8.6.9 1219.3 8.7.4.3.3
1203.2h 8.7.3.17 1206.5a 8.6.5 1219.4 8.7.4.3.4
1203.2i 8.7.3.18 1206.5b 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 1219.5 8.7.4.3.5
1203.2j 8.7.3.19 8.6.5.5, 8.6.5.6 1219.6 8.7.4.3.6
1203.2k 8.7.3.20 1206.6 8.6.8 1219.7 8.7.4.3.7
1203.2m 8.7.3.21 1206.6a 8.6.8.14 1219.8 8.7.4.3.8
1203.3 8.7.3.23 1206.6b 8.6.8.5 1219.9 8.7.4.3.9
1203.3a 8.7.3.23.1 1206.6c 8.6.8.3 1219.10 8.7.4.3.10
1203.3b 8.7.3.23.2 1206.7 8.6.10.1 1220 8.7.5.5
1203.3c 8.7.3.23.3 1206.8 8.6.4.11 1220.1 8.7.5.5.5
1203.3d 8.7.3.23.4 1206.9 8.6.10.3 1220.2 8.7.5.5.6
1203.3e 8.7.3.23.5 1206.10 8.6.7.3 1220.3 8.7.5.5.2
1203.3f 8.7.3.23.6 1207 8.7.6.1 1220.4 8.7.5.5.1
1203.4 8.7.3.22 1207.1 8.7.6.1.1 1220.5 8.7.5.5.8
1203.4a 8.7.3.22.1 1207.2 8.7.6.1.2 1220.6 8.7.5.5.3
1203.4b 8.7.3.22.2 1207.3 8.7.6.1.3 1220.7 8.7.5.5.2
1203.4c 8.7.3.22.3 1207.4 8.7.6.1.4 1220.8 8.7.5.5.4
1203.5 8.7.3.24 1207.5 8.7.6.1.5 Part XIII 8.2
1203.6 8.7.3.29 1207.6 8.7.6.1.6 1300 –
1203.7 8.7.3.30 1207.7 8.7.6.1.7 1300.1 8.2.1
1203.8 8.7.3.31 1207.8 8.7.6.1.8 1301 8.2.2
1203.8a 8.7.3.31.1 1207.9 8.7.6.1.9 1301.1 8.2.2.1
1203.8b 8.7.3.31.2 1207.10 8.7.6.1.10 1301.1a 8.2.2.1.1
1203.8c 8.7.3.31.3 1207.11 8.7.6.1.11 1301.2 8.2.2.2
1203.8d 8.7.3.31.4 1207.12 8.7.6.1.12 1301.3 8.2.2.3
1203.8e 8.7.3.31.5 1207.13 8.7.6.1.13 1301.4 8.2.2.4
1203.8f 8.7.3.31.6 1207.14 8.7.6.1.14 1301.5 8.2.2.5
1203.8g 8.7.3.31.7 1207.15 8.7.6.1.15 1301.6 8.2.2.6
1203.8h 8.7.3.31.8 1208 8.7.6.2 1301.7 8.2.2.7
1203.9 8.7.3.25 1208.1 8.7.6.2.1 1302 8.2.8
1203.9a 8.7.3.25.1 1208.2 8.7.6.2.2 1302.1 8.2.8.1
1203.9b – 1208.3 8.7.6.2.3 1302.2 8.2.8.2
1203.9c 8.7.3.25.2 1208.4 8.7.6.2.4 1302.3 8.2.8.3
1204 8.7.4.3 1208.5 8.7.6.2.5 1302.4 8.2.8.4
1204.1 – 1208.6 8.7.6.2.6 1302.5 8.2.8.5
1205 – 1208.7 8.7.6.2.7 1302.5a 8.2.8.5.1
1205.1 8.7.7.2 1208.8 8.7.6.2.8 1302.5b 8.2.8.5.2
1206 8.6 1208.9 8.7.6.2.9 1303 8.2.9
1206.1 8.6.1.2 1208.10 8.7.6.2.10 1303.1 8.2.9.1
1206.1a 8.6.1.6.2 1208.11 8.7.6.2.11 1303.1a 8.2.9.1.1
1206.1b 8.6.4.1 1208.12 8.7.6.2.12 1303.1b 8.2.9.1.2
1206.1c 8.6.4.2 1208.13 8.7.6.2.13 1303.1c 8.2.9.1.3
1206.1d 8.6.4.3 1208.14 8.7.6.2.14 1303.1d 8.2.9.1.4
1206.1e 8.6.4.4 1209 8.7.7.3 1304 8.2.4

xxxii
p. 33 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.33

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1305 8.2.5 1500.2 5.7.5 1502.10b 5.7.18.2


1306 8.2.6 1500.3 – 1502.10c 5.7.18.3
1307 8.2.7 1500.3a 5.7.2 1502.10d 5.7.18.4
1308 8.2.3 1500.3b 5.7.6 1502.10e 5.7.18.5
1308.1 8.2.3.1 1500.3c 5.7.4.1 1502.10f 5.7.18.6
1308.2 8.2.3.2 1500.3d 5.7.4.2 1502.10g 5.7.18.7
1309 8.2.10 1500.3e 5.7.1.2 1502.10h 5.7.18.8
1310 8.2.11 1500.4 5.7.7 1502.10i 5.7.18.9
Part XIV Part 7 1500.4a 5.7.7.1 1502.11 5.7.14
1400 7.9 1500.4b 5.7.7.2 1502.11a 5.7.4.1
1400.1 7.9.1 1500.4c 5.7.7.3 1502.11b 5.7.4.2
1400.2 7.9.2 1500.4d 5.7.7.4 1502.11c 5.7.4.3
1400.3 7.10 1500.5 5.7.3 1502.11d 5.7.4.4
1401 7.12 1500.5a 5.7.3.1 1502.11e 5.7.4.5
1402 7.8 1500.5b 5.7.3.2 1502.11f 5.7.4.6
1402.1 7.8.1 1500.6 5.7.8 1502.11g 5.7.4.7
1402.2 7.8.2 1500.6a 5.7.8.1 1502.11h 5.7.4.8
1402.3 7.8.3 1500.6b 5.7.8.2 1502.12 5.7.21
1402.4 7.8.4 1500.6c 5.7.8.3 1502.13 8.9
1403 7.7 1500.6d 5.7.8.4 1600 –
1403.1 7.7.1, 7.7.2, 7.7.3, 1500.6e 5.7.8.5 1600.1 4.1.1
7.7.4 1500.6f 5.7.8.6 1600.2 4.1.2
1404 – 1501 5.7.19 1600.3 4.1.5
1405 8.2.12 1501.1 – 1601 4.1.3
1406 7.4 1501.2 5.7.9 1602 4.1.4
1406.1 7.4.3 1501.3 5.7.20 1603 –
1406.1a 7.4.3 1501.3a 5.7.20.1 1603.1 4.1.12
1406.1b 7.4.9 1501.3b 5.7.20.2 1603.2 4.1.11
1406.1c 7.4.10 1502 – 1603.3 4.1.10
1406.1d 7.4.5 1502.1 5.7.17 1603.4 4.1.7
1406.1e 7.4.12 1502.1a 5.7.17.1 1603.5 4.1.6
1406.1f 7.4.11 1502.1b 5.7.17.2 1603.6 4.1.9
1406.1g 7.4.4 1502.1c 5.7.17.3 1603.6a 4.1.9.1
1406.1h 7.4.6 1502.2 5.7.16 1603.7 4.1.8
1406.1i 7.4.7 1502.3 5.7.15 1604 –
1406.1j 7.4.8 1502.3a 5.7.15.1 1604.1 4.1.13
1406.1k 7.4.13 1502.3b 5.7.15.2 1604.2 4.1.18
1406.1l 7.4.14 1502.3c 5.7.15.3 1605 4.1.14
1406.1m 7.4.15 1502.4 5.7.11 1605.1 4.1.14.1
1406.2 7.5 1502.4a 5.7.11.1 1605.2 4.1.14.2
1406.2a 7.5.9 1502.4b 5.7.11.2 1606 4.1.15
1406.2b 7.5.8 1502.4c 5.7.11.3 1606.1 4.1.15.1
1406.2c 7.5.7 1502.4d 5.7.11.4 1606.2 4.1.15.2
1406.2d 7.5.2 1502.5 5.7.10 1607 –
1406.2e 7.5.1 1502.5a 5.7.10.1 1607.1 4.1.16
1406.2f 7.5.4 1502.5b 5.7.10.2 1608 –
1406.2g 7.5.5 1502.5c 5.7.10.3 1608.1 4.1.17
1406.2h 7.5.3 1502.5d 5.7.10.4 1609 8.9
1406.2i 7.5.10 1502.6 5.7.10.5 1609.1 8.9
1406.2j 7.5.11 1502.7 5.7.13 Part XVII 5.1
1406.2k 7.5.12 1502.7a 5.7.13.1 1700 –
1406.2l – 1502.7b 5.7.13.2 1700.1 5.1.1
1406.2m 7.5.6 1502.7c 5.7.13.3 1700.1a 5.1.2.1
1406.2n 7.5.14 1502.7d 5.7.13.4 1700.1b 5.1.2.2
1406.2o 7.5.13 1502.7e 5.7.13.5 1700.1c –
1406.3 7.6 1502.8 5.7.12.1 1700.2 –
Part XV 5.7 1502.9 5.7.12.2 1701 5.1.3
1500 5.7.1 1502.10 5.7.18 1701.1 5.1.3.1
1500.1 5.7.1.1 1502.10a 5.7.18.1 1701.2 5.1.4

xxxiii
p. 34 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.34

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1702 5.1.5 1716.1 5.1.22.1 1900.3c 5.10.1.4


1702.1 5.1.5.1 1716.2 5.1.22.2 1900.4 5.10.1.8
1702.2 5.1.5.2 1716.3 5.1.22.3 1900.5 5.10.1.3
1703 5.1.8 1716.4 5.1.22.4 1900.5a 5.10.1.3.1
1703.1 5.1.8.1 1716.5 5.1.22.5 1900.5b 5.10.1.3.2
1703.2 – 1716.6 5.1.22.6 1900.5c 5.10.1.3.3
1703.3 5.1.8.2 1717 5.1.7 1900.6 5.10.1.9
1703.4 – 1717.1 5.1.7.1 1900.6a 5.10.1.9.1
1703.5 – 1717.2 5.1.7.2 1900.6b 5.10.1.9.2
1704 5.1.10 1800 – 1900.6c 5.10.1.9.3
1704.1 5.1.10.1 1800.1 4.2.1 1900.6d 5.10.1.9.4
1705 5.1.1.2 1800.2 4.2.5 1900.6e 5.10.1.9.5
1706 5.1.18 1800.3 4.2.2 1900.6f 5.10.1.9.6
1706.1 5.1.18.1 1800.3a 4.2.2.1 1900.6g 5.10.1.9.7
1706.2 5.1.18.2 1800.3b 4.2.2.2 1901 5.10.1.21
1706.3 5.1.18.3 1800.3c 4.2.2.3 1901.1 5.10.1.21.1
1707 5.1.17 1800.3d 4.2.2.4 1901.2 5.10.1.21.2
1707.1 5.1.17.1 1800.4 4.2.3 1901.3 5.10.1.21.3
1707.2 5.1.17.2 1800.5 4.2.4 1902 –
1707.3 5.1.17.3 1801 – 1902.1 5.10.1.19
1707.4 5.1.17.4 1801.1 4.2.6 1902.2 5.10.1.18
1708 5.1.12 1802 – 1902.3 5.10.1.17
1708.1 5.1.12.1 1802.1 4.2.7 1902.4 5.10.1.11
1708.2 5.1.12.2 1803 – 1902.5 5.10.1.10
1708.3 5.1.11.1 1803.1 4.2.14 1902.5a 5.10.1.10.1
1708.3a 5.1.11.1.1 1803.2 4.2.13 1902.5b 5.10.1.10.2
1708.3b 5.1.11.1.2 1803.3 4.2.9 1902.5c 5.10.1.10.3
1708.3c 5.1.11.1.3 1803.4 4.2.8 1902.5d 5.10.1.10.4
1708.4 5.1.11.2 1803.5 4.2.11 1902.5e 5.10.1.10.5
1708.5 5.1.11.3 1803.6 4.2.12 1902.5f 5.10.1.10.6
1709 – 1803.7 4.2.10 1902.6 5.10.1.10.7
1709.1 – 1804 – 1902.7 5.10.1.10.8
1709.2 – 1804.1 4.2.15 1902.8 –
1709.3 – 1804.2 4.2.20 1902.8a 5.10.1.13
1710 5.1.14 1805 4.2.16 1902.8b 5.10.1.14
1710.1 5.1.14.1 1805.1 4.2.16.1 1902.9 5.10.1.23
1710.2 5.1.14.2 1805.2 4.2.16.2 1902.9a 5.10.1.23.1
1710.3 5.1.14.3 1805.3 4.2.16.3 1902.9b 5.10.1.23.2
1710.3a 5.1.14.3.1 1806 4.2.17 1902.9c 5.10.1.23.3
1710.3b 5.1.14.3.2 1806.1 4.2.17.1 1902.10 5.10.1.12
1710.4 5.1.15 1807 4.2.18 1902.10a 5.10.1.12.1
1710.4a 5.1.15.1 1807.1 – 1902.10b 5.10.1.12.2
1710.4b 5.1.15.2 1808 – 1902.10c 5.10.1.12.3
1711 5.1.13 1808.1 4.2.19 1902.11 5.10.1.20
1711.1 5.1.13.1 1809 8.9 1902.11a 5.10.1.20.1
1711.2 5.1.13.2 1809.1 – 1902.11b 5.10.1.20.2
1712 5.1.19 Part XIX 5.10 1902.11c 5.10.1.20.3
1712.1 5.1.19 1900 5.10.1 1902.11d 5.10.1.20.4
1712.2 5.1.19.1 1900.1 5.10.1.1 1902.11e 5.10.1.20.5
1713 5.1.20 1900.1a 5.10.1.1.1 1902.11f 5.10.1.20.6
1713.1 – 1900.1b 5.10.1.1.2 1902.11g 5.10.1.20.7
1713.2 5.1.20.5 1900.1c 5.10.1.7.1 1902.12 5.10.1.16
1713.3 5.1.20.6 1900.1d 5.10.1.7.2 1902.12a 5.10.1.16.1
1714 5.1.21 1900.1e 5.10.1.9.2 1902.12b 5.10.1.16.2
1714.1 5.1.21.1 1900.1f 5.10.1.22 1902.12c 5.10.1.16.3
1714.2 – 1900.2 5.10.1.5 1902.12d 5.10.1.16.4
1715 5.1.16 1900.3 – 1902.12e 5.10.1.16.5
1715.1 5.1.16.1 1900.3a 5.10.1.2 1902.12f 5.10.1.16.6
1716 5.1.22 1900.3b 5.10.1.6 1902.12g 5.10.1.16.7

xxxiv
p. 35 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.35

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

1902.12h 5.10.1.16.8 2300.12 5.6.1.12 2403.3 8.4.8.3


1903 5.10.2 2300.13 5.6.1.13 2403.4 8.4.8.4
1903.1 5.10.2.1 2301 – 2403.5 8.4.8.5
1903.1a 5.10.2.2 2301.1 5.6.1.22 2403.6 8.4.8.6
1903.1b 5.10.2.3 2301.2 5.6.1.21 2403.7 8.4.8.7
1903.1c 5.10.2.4 2301.3 5.6.1.20 2403.8 8.4.8.8
1903.1d 5.10.2.5 2301.4 5.6.1.15 2403.9 8.4.8.9
1903.2 5.10.2.6 2301.4a 5.6.1.15.1 2404 8.4.7
1903.3 5.10.2.7 2301.4b 5.6.1.15.2 2404.1 8.4.7.1
1903.4 5.10.2.8 2301.5 5.6.1.14 2404.2 8.4.7.2
1903.5 5.10.2.10 2301.6 5.6.1.17 2405 8.4.5
1903.6 5.10.2.11 2301.7 5.6.1.18 2405.1 8.4.5.1
1903.7 5.10.2.12 2301.8 5.6.1.16 2405.2 8.4.5.2
1903.8 5.10.2.9 2301.9 5.6.1.23 2406 8.4.4
Part XXII 5.8 2301.10 5.6.1.24 2406.1 8.4.4.1
2200 5.8.1 2301.11 5.6.1.25 2407 8.4.6
2200.1 5.8.1 2301.11a 5.6.1.25.1 2407.1 8.4.6.1
2200.2 5.8.1.1 2301.11b 5.6.1.25.2 2408 8.4.9
2200.3 5.8.1.2 2301.11c 5.6.1.25.3 2408.1 8.4.9.1
2200.4 5.8.1.3 2301.11d 5.6.1.25.4 2409 8.4.10
2200.5 5.8.1.4 2301.11e 5.6.1.25.5 2409.1 8.4.10.1
2201 – 2301.12 5.6.1.26 2409.1a 8.4.10.1.1
2201.1 5.8.1 2301.13 5.6.1.19 2409.1b 8.4.10.1.2
2201.2 5.8.1.5 2301.14 5.6.1.27 2409.1c 8.4.10.1.3
2201.3 5.8.1.6 2301.15 8.9 2409.1d 8.4.10.1.4
2201.4 5.8.1.7 2302 5.6.2 2410 8.4.11
2201.5 5.8.1.8 2302.1 5.6.2.1 2410.1 8.4.11.1
2201.6 5.8.1.9 2302.1a 5.6.2.4 2410.2 8.4.11.5
2201.7 5.8.1.10 2302.1b 5.6.2.2 2410.3 8.4.11.7
2201.8 5.8.1.11 2302.1c 5.6.2.3 2410.4 8.4.11.4
2202 5.8.2 2302.1d 5.6.2.5 2410.5 8.4.11.3
2202.1 5.8.2 2302.2 – 2410.6 8.4.11.2
2202.2 5.8.2.2 2302.2a 5.6.2.14 2410.7 8.4.11.6
2202.3 5.8.2.1 2302.2b 5.6.2.13 2411 8.4.12
2202.4 5.8.2.3 2302.2c 5.6.2.12 2411.1 8.4.12.1
2202.5 5.8.2.4 2302.2d 5.6.2.7 2411.1a 8.4.12.1.1
2203 5.8.3 2302.2e 5.6.2.6 2411.1b 8.4.12.1.2
2203.1 5.8.3 2302.2f 5.6.2.9 2411.2 8.4.12.2
2203.2 5.8.3.1 2302.2g 5.6.2.8 2411.2a 8.4.12.2.1
2203.3 5.8.3.2 2302.3 5.6.2.10 2411.2b 8.4.12.2.2
2203.4 5.8.3.3 2302.4 5.6.2.11 Part XXV 5.2
Part XXIII 5.6 2302.5 5.6.2.15 2500 5.2.1
2300 5.6.1 2302.6 5.6.2.16 2500.1 5.2.1.1
2300.1 5.6.1.1 2302.7 5.6.2.17 2500.2 5.2.1.7
2300.2 5.6.1.7 2302.7a 5.6.2.17.1 2500.3 5.2.1.8
2300.3 5.6.1.8 2302.8 8.9 2500.4 5.2.1.3
2300.4 5.6.1.3 Part XXIV 8.4 2500.5 5.2.1.10
2300.5 5.6.1.10 2400 8.4.3 2500.6 5.2.1.9
2300.6 5.6.1.9 2400.1 8.4.3.1 2500.7 5.2.1.2
2300.7 5.6.1.2 2400.2 8.4.3.2 2500.8 5.2.1.4
2300.8 5.6.1.4 2401 8.4.2 2500.8a 5.2.1.4.1
2300.9 5.6.1.5 2401.1 8.4.2.1 2500.8b 5.2.1.4.2
2300.10 5.6.1.6 2401.2 8.4.2.2 2500.8c 5.2.1.4.3
2300.11 5.6.1.11 2401.3 8.4.2.3 2500.8d 5.2.1.4.4
2300.11a 5.6.1.11.1 2402 8.4.1 2500.9 5.2.1.5
2300.11b 5.6.1.11.2 2402.1 8.4.1.1 2500.10 5.2.1.6
2300.11c 5.6.1.11.3 2403 8.4.8 2500.11 5.2.1.11
2300.11d 5.6.1.11.4 2403.1 8.4.8.1 2500.12 5.2.1.12
2300.11e 5.6.1.11.5 2403.2 8.4.8.2 2500.13 5.2.1.13

xxxv
p. 36 01-04-01 14:19:07 Unit: UT2 Textfile: A17Y2KT002 p.36

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000

2501 – 2501.8 5.2.1.16 2502.1 5.2.2.1


2501.1 5.2.1.23 2501.8a 5.2.1.16.1 2502.1a 5.2.2.2
2501.1a 5.2.1.23.1 2501.8b 5.2.1.16.2 2502.2 5.2.2.3
2501.1b 5.2.1.23.2 2501.8c 5.2.1.16.3 2502.2a 5.2.2.10
2501.2 5.2.1.22 2501.8d 5.2.1.16.4 2502.2b 5.2.2.9
2501.2a 5.2.1.22.1 2501.8e 5.2.1.16.5 2502.2c 5.2.2.5
2501.3 5.2.1.21 2501.9 5.2.1.24 2502.2d 5.2.2.4
2501.3a 5.2.1.21.1 2501.10 5.2.1.25 2502.2e 5.2.2.6
2501.4 5.2.1.15 2501.11 5.2.1.26 2502.3 5.2.2.7
2501.4a 5.2.1.15.1 2501.12 5.2.1.27 2502.4 5.2.2.8
2501.4b 5.2.1.15.2 2501.13 5.2.1.20 2502.5 5.2.2.11
2501.5 5.2.1.14 2501.14 5.2.1.30 2502.6 5.2.2.12
2501.6 5.2.1.17 2501.15 5.2.1.28 2502.7 5.2.2.13
2501.6a 5.2.1.17.1 2501.16 8.9 2502.8 5.2.2.14
2501.7 5.2.1.18 2502 5.2.2 2502.9 8.9

xxxvi
p. 37 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.37

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
ASME A17.1-2000 vs. ASME A17.1-1996 Including A17.1a-1997 Through A17.1d-2000

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

1.1 1 2.4.11 107.1j 2.11 110


1.1.1 1.1 2.4.12 107.1k 2.11.1.1 110.1
1.1.2 1.2 2.5 108 2.11.1.2 110.1
1.1.3 1.3 2.5.1 108.1 2.11.1.3 –
1.1.4 1.4 2.5.1.1 108.1a 2.11.1.4 –
1.2 2 2.5.1.2 108.1b 2.11.2 110.2
1.3 3 2.5.1.3 108.1c 2.11.2.1 110.2a
2.1 100 2.5.1.4 108.1d 2.11.2.2 110.2b
2.1.1 100.1 2.5.1.5 108.1e 2.11.2.3 110.2c
2.1.1.1 100.1a 2.5.1.6 – 2.11.3 110.3
2.1.1.2 100.1b 2.5.1.7 108.1f 2.11.4 110.4
2.1.1.3 100.1c 2.6 109, 109.1 2.11.5 110.5
2.1.1.4 100.1d 2.7 101 2.11.6 110.6
2.1.1.5 100.1e 2.7.1 101.1 2.11.7 110.7
2.1.2 100.2 2.7.1.1 101.1a 2.11.7.1 110.7a
2.1.2.1 100.2a 2.7.1.2 101.1b 2.11.7.2 110.7b
2.1.2.2 100.2b 2.7.2.1 101.2 2.11.8 110.8
2.1.2.3 100.2c 2.7.2.2 – 2.11.9 110.9
2.1.3 100.3 2.7.3 101.3 2.11.9.1 110.9a
2.1.3.1 100.3a 2.7.3.1 101.3a 2.11.9.2 110.9b
2.1.3.2 100.3b 2.7.3.2 101.3b 2.11.10 110.10
2.1.3.3 100.3c 2.7.3.3 101.3c 2.11.10.1 110.10a
2.1.3.4 100.3d 2.7.3.4 101.3d 2.11.10.2 110.10b
2.1.3.5 100.3e 2.7.3.5 101.3e 2.11.10.3 110.10d
2.1.3.6 100.3f 2.7.4 101.4 2.11.11 110.11
2.1.4 100.4 2.7.5 101.5 2.11.11.1 110.11a
2.1.5 100.5 2.7.5.1 101.5a 2.11.11.2 110.11b
2.1.6 100.6 2.7.5.2 101.5b 2.11.11.3 110.11c
2.2 106 2.7.6 101.6 2.11.11.4 110.11d
2.2.1 106.1a 2.7.7 101.7 2.11.11.5 110.11e
2.2.2 106.1b 2.7.8 101.8 2.11.11.6 110.11f
2.2.3 106.1c 2.8 102 2.11.11.7 110.11g
2.2.4 106.1d 2.8.1 102.1 2.11.11.8 110.11h
2.2.5 106.1e 2.8.2 102.2 2.11.11.9 110.11i
2.2.6 106.1f 2.8.3 102.3 2.11.11.10 110.11j
2.2.7 106.1g 2.8.4 102.4 2.11.12 110.12
2.3 103 2.9 105 2.11.12.1 110.12a
2.3.1 103.1 2.9.1 105.1 2.11.12.2 110.12b
2.3.2 103.2 2.9.2 105.2 2.11.12.3 110.12c
2.3.3 103.3 2.9.2.1 105.2a 2.11.12.4 110.12d
2.3.4 103.4 2.9.2.2 105.2b 2.11.12.5 110.12e
2.4 107 2.9.3 105.3 2.11.12.6 110.12f
2.4.1 107.1a 2.9.3.1 105.3a 2.11.12.7 110.12g
2.4.2 107.1b 2.9.3.2 105.3b 2.11.12.8 110.12h
2.4.3 107.1c 2.9.3.3 105.3c 2.11.13 110.13
2.4.4 107.1d 2.9.3.4 105.3d 2.11.13.1 110.13a
2.4.5 107.1d 2.9.4 105.4 2.11.13.2 110.13b
2.4.6 107.1e 2.9.5 105.5 2.11.13.3 110.13c
2.4.7 107.1f 2.9.6 – 2.11.13.4 110.13d
2.4.8 107.1g 2.10 104 2.11.13.5 110.13e
2.4.9 107.1h 2.10.1 104.1 2.11.14 110.14
2.4.10 107.1i 2.10.2 – 2.11.15 110.15

xxxvii
p. 38 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.38

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

2.11.15.1 110.15a 2.14.1.5 204.1e 2.15.7.1 203.7a


2.11.15.2 110.15b 2.14.1.6 204.1f 2.15.7.2 203.7b
2.11.15.3 110.15c 2.14.1.7 204.1g 2.15.7.3 203.7c
2.11.16 110.16 2.14.1.8 204.1h 2.15.8 203.8
2.11.17 110.17 2.14.1.9 204.1i 2.15.9 203.9
2.11.18 110.18 2.14.1.10 204.1j 2.15.10 203.10
2.11.19 110.19 2.14.2 204.2 2.15.11 203.11
2.12 111 2.14.2.1 204.2a 2.15.12 203.12
2.12.1 111.1, 111.1a, 111.1b 2.14.2.2 204.2b 2.15.13 203.13
2.12.2 111.2 2.14.2.3 204.2c 2.15.14 203.14
2.12.2.1 111.2a 2.14.2.4 204.2d 2.15.15 203.15
2.12.2.2 111.2b 2.14.2.5 204.2e 2.15.16 203.16
2.12.2.3 111.2c 2.14.2.6 – 2.15.17 –
2.12.2.4 111.2d 2.14.3 204.3 2.16 207
2.12.2.5 111.2e 2.14.3.1 204.3a 2.16.1.1 207.1
2.12.2.6 111.2f 2.14.3.2 204.3b 2.16.1.2 207.1a
2.12.3 111.3 2.14.3.3 204.3c 2.16.1.3 207.1b
2.12.3.1 111.3a 2.14.4 204.4 2.16.2 207.2
2.12.3.2 111.3b 2.14.4.1 204.4a 2.16.2.1 207.2a
2.12.3.3 111.3c 2.14.4.2 204.4b 2.16.2.2 207.2b
2.12.3.4 111.3d 2.14.4.3 204.4c 2.16.3 207.3
2.12.3.5 111.3e 2.14.4.4 204.4d 2.16.3.1 207.3a
2.12.4 111.4 2.14.4.5 204.4e 2.16.3.2 207.3b
2.12.4.1 111.4a 2.14.4.6 204.4f 2.16.3.3 207.3c
2.12.4.2 111.4b 2.14.4.7 204.4h 2.16.4 207.4
2.12.4.3 111.4c 2.14.4.8 204.4i 2.16.5 207.5
2.12.5 111.5 2.14.4.9 204.4j 2.16.5.1 207.5a
2.12.6 111.6 2.14.4.10 204.4k 2.16.5.2 207.5b
2.12.6.1 111.6a 2.14.4.11 204.4m 2.16.6 207.6
2.12.6.2 111.6b 2.14.5 204.5 2.16.7 207.7
2.12.7 111.7 2.14.5.1 204.5a 2.16.8 207.8
2.12.7.1 111.7a 2.14.5.2 204.5b 2.16.9 207.9
2.12.7.2 111.7b 2.14.5.3 204.5c 2.17 205
2.12.7.3 111.7c 2.14.5.4 204.5d 2.17.1 205.1
2.13 112 2.14.5.5 204.5e 2.17.2 205.2
2.13.1 112.1 2.14.5.6 204.5g 2.17.3 205.3
2.13.2 112.2 2.14.5.7 204.5h 2.17.4 205.4
2.13.2.1 112.2a 2.14.5.8 204.5i 2.17.5 205.5
2.13.2.2 112.2b 2.14.6 204.6 2.17.6 –
2.13.3 112.3 2.14.6.1 204.6a 2.17.7 205.7
2.13.3.1 112.3a 2.14.6.2 204.6b 2.17.8 205.8
2.13.3.2 112.3b 2.14.6.3 204.6c 2.17.8.1 205.8a
2.13.3.3 112.3c 2.14.7 204.7 2.17.8.2 205.8b
2.13.3.4 112.3d 2.14.7.1 204.7a 2.17.9 205.9
2.13.4.1 112.4 2.14.7.2 204.7b 2.17.9.1 205.9a
2.13.4.2.1 112.4 2.14.7.3 204.7c 2.17.9.2 205.9b
2.13.4.2.2 112.4 2.14.7.4 204.7d 2.17.9.3 205.9c
2.13.4.2.3 112.4 2.15 203 2.17.9.4 205.9d
2.13.4.2.4 – 2.15.1 203.1 2.17.10 205.10
2.13.5 112.5 2.15.2 203.2 2.17.11 205.11
2.13.6 112.6 2.15.3 203.3 2.17.12 205.12
2.13.6.1 112.6a 2.15.4 203.4 2.17.13 205.13
2.13.6.2 112.6b 2.15.5 203.5 2.17.14 205.14
2.14 204 2.15.6 203.6 2.17.15 205.15
2.14.1 204.1 2.15.6.1 203.6a 2.17.16 205.16
2.14.1.1 204.1a 2.15.6.2 203.6b 2.17.17 205.17
2.14.1.2 204.1b 2.15.6.3 203.6c 2.18 206
2.14.1.3 204.1c 2.15.6.4 203.6d 2.18.1 206.1
2.14.1.4 204.1d 2.15.7 203.7 2.18.2 206.2

xxxviii
p. 39 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.39

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

2.18.2.1 206.2a 2.22.3.2 201.3b 2.24.8.4 –


2.18.2.2 206.2b 2.22.3.3 201.3c 2.24.8.5 –
2.18.3 206.3 2.22.4 201.4 2.24.8.6 –
2.18.4 206.4 2.22.4.1 201.4a 2.24.9 208.9
2.18.4.1 206.4a 2.22.4.2 201.4b 2.24.9.1 208.9a
2.18.4.2 206.4b 2.22.4.3 201.4c 2.24.9.2 208.9b
2.18.4.3 206.4c 2.22.4.4 201.4d 2.24.9.3 208.9c
2.18.5 206.5 2.22.4.5 201.4e 2.24.10 208.11
2.18.5.1 206.5a 2.22.4.6 201.4f 2.25 209
2.18.5.2 206.5c 2.22.4.7 201.4g 2.25.1 209.1
2.18.5.3 206.5e 2.22.4.8 201.4h 2.25.2 209.2
2.18.6 206.6 2.22.4.9 201.4i 2.25.2.1 209.2a
2.18.7 206.7 2.22.4.10 201.4j 2.25.2.2 209.2b
2.18.8 206.8 2.22.4.11 201.4k 2.25.2.3 209.2c
2.18.9 206.9 2.23 200 2.25.3 209.3
2.19 – 2.23.1 200.1 2.25.3.1 209.3a
2.20 212 2.23.2 200.2 2.25.3.2 209.3b
2.20.1 212.1 2.23.2.1 200.2a 2.25.3.3 209.3c
2.20.2 212.2 2.23.2.2 200.2b 2.25.3.4 209.3d
2.20.2.1 212.2a 2.23.3 200.3 2.25.3.5 209.3e
2.20.2.2 212.2b 2.23.4 200.4 2.25.4 209.4
2.20.3 212.3 2.23.4.1 200.4a 2.25.4.1 209.4a
2.20.4 212.4 2.23.4.2 200.4b 2.25.4.2 209.4b
2.20.5 212.5 2.23.4.3 200.4c 2.26 210
2.20.6 212.6 2.23.5 200.5 2.26.1 210.1
2.20.7 212.7 2.23.5.1 200.5a 2.26.1.1 210.1a
2.20.8 212.8 2.23.5.2 200.5b 2.26.1.2 210.1b
2.20.9 212.9 2.23.5.3 – 2.26.1.3 210.1c
2.20.9.1 212.9a 2.23.6 200.6 2.26.1.4 210.1d
2.20.9.2 212.9b 2.23.7 200.7 2.26.1.5 210.14
2.20.9.3 212.9c 2.23.7.1 200.7a 2.26.1.6 210.1e
2.20.9.4 212.9d 2.23.7.2 200.7b 2.26.2 210.2
2.20.9.5 212.9e 2.23.8 200.8 2.26.3 –
2.20.9.6 212.9f 2.23.9 200.9 2.26.4 210.4
2.20.9.7 212.9g 2.23.9.1 200.9a 2.26.5 210.15
2.20.9.8 212.9h 2.23.9.2 200.9b 2.26.6 210.6
2.20.10 212.10 2.23.9.3 – 2.26.7 210.7
2.21 202 2.23.10 200.10 2.26.8 210.8
2.21.1 202.1 2.23.10.1 200.10a 2.26.9 210.9
2.21.1.1 202.1a 2.23.10.2 200.10b 2.26.10 210.10
2.21.1.2 202.1b 2.23.10.3 200.10c 2.26.11 –
2.21.1.3 202.1c 2.24 208 2.26.12 210.13
2.21.1.4 202.1d 2.24.1 208.1 2.27 211
2.21.2 202.2 2.24.2 208.2 2.27.1 211.1
2.21.2.1 202.2a 2.24.2.1 208.2a 2.27.2 211.2
2.21.2.2 202.2b 2.24.2.2 208.2b 2.27.3 211.3
2.21.2.3 202.2c 2.24.2.3 208.2c 2.27.3.1 211.3a
2.21.2.4 202.2d 2.24.2.4 208.2d 2.27.3.2 211.3b
2.21.2.5 202.2e 2.24.3 208.3 2.27.3.3 211.3c
2.21.2.6 202.2f 2.24.3.1 – 2.27.3.4 211.3d
2.21.3 202.3 2.24.3.2 – 2.27.3.5 211.3e
2.21.4 202.4 2.24.4 208.4 2.27.4 211.4
2.22 201 2.24.5 208.5 2.27.4.1 211.4a
2.22.1 201.1 2.24.6 208.6 2.27.4.2 211.4b
2.22.1.1 201.1a 2.24.7 208.7 2.27.5 211.5
2.22.1.2 201.1b 2.24.8 – 2.27.6 211.6
2.22.2 201.2 2.24.8.1 – 2.27.7 211.7
2.22.3 201.3 2.24.8.2 – 2.27.8 211.8
2.22.3.1 201.3a 2.24.8.3 208.8 2.28 214

xxxix
p. 40 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.40

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

2.28.1 214.1 3.18.3.8 302.3h 3.25.1.4 305.1d


2.29.1 211.9 3.18.3.9 302.3i 3.25.2 305.2
2.29.2 100.7 3.18.4 302.4 3.25.2.1 305.2a
3.1 300.1 3.18.4.1 302.4a 3.25.2.2 305.2b
3.1.1 300.1a 3.18.4.2 302.4b 3.25.3 305.3
3.1.2 300.1b 3.18.5 302.5 3.26 306
3.2 300.7 3.19 303 3.26.1 306.1
3.2.1 300.7a 3.19.1 303.1 3.26.2 306.2
3.3 300.4 3.19.1.1 303.1a 3.26.3 306.3
3.4 300.8 3.19.1.2 303.1b 3.26.3.1 306.3a
3.4.1 300.8a 3.19.1.3 303.1c 3.26.3.2 306.3b
3.4.2 300.8b 3.19.1.4 303.1d 3.26.4 306.4
3.4.3 300.8c 3.19.2 303.2 3.26.5 306.5
3.4.4 300.8d 3.19.2.1 303.2a 3.26.6 306.9
3.4.5 300.8e 3.19.2.2 303.2b 3.26.7 306.13
3.4.6 300.8f 3.19.2.3 303.2c 3.26.8 306.14
3.4.7 300.8g 3.19.2.4 303.2d 3.26.9 306.15
3.4.8 300.8h 3.19.3 303.3 3.26.10 –
3.5 300.9 3.19.3.1 303.3a 3.27 306.11
3.6 300.10 3.19.3.2 303.3b 3.28 308
3.7 300.2 3.19.3.3 303.3c 3.28.1 308.1
3.7.1 300.2a 3.19.4 303.4 3.29 –
3.8 300.3 3.19.4.1 303.4a 4.1.1 1600.1
3.9 300.6 3.19.4.2 303.4b 4.1.2 1600.2
3.10 300.5 3.19.4.3 303.4c 4.1.3 1601
3.11 300.11 3.19.4.4 303.4d 4.1.4 1602
3.11.1 300.11a 3.19.4.5 303.4e 4.1.5 1600.3
3.12 300.12 3.19.4.6 303.4f 4.1.6 1603.5
3.13 300.13 3.19.4.7 – 4.1.7 1603.4
3.14 301.7 3.19.5 303.5 4.1.8 1603.7
3.15 301.6 3.19.5.1 303.5a 4.1.9 1603.6
3.15.1 301.6a 3.19.5.2 303.5b 4.1.9.1 1603.6a
3.15.2 301.6b 3.19.6 303.6 4.1.10 1603.3
3.15.3 301.6c 3.19.7 303.7 4.1.11 1603.2
3.16 301.10 3.20 307.1 4.1.12 1603.1
3.16.1 301.10 3.21 301.5 4.1.13 1604.1
3.17 – 3.22 – 4.1.14 1605
3.17.1 301.8 3.22.1 301.3 4.1.14.1 1605.1
3.17.2 301.9 3.22.2 301.4 4.1.14.2 1605.2
3.18 302 3.23 301.1 4.1.15 1606
3.18.1 302.1 3.23.1 301.1a 4.1.15.1 1606.1
3.18.1.1 302.1a 3.23.2 301.1b 4.1.15.2 1606.2
3.18.1.2 302.1b 3.24 304 4.1.16 1607.1
3.18.2 302.2 3.24.1 304.1 4.1.17 1608.1
3.18.2.1 302.2a 3.24.1.1 304.1a 4.1.18 1604.2
3.18.2.2 302.2b 3.24.2 304.2 4.2.1 1800.1
3.18.2.3 302.2c 3.24.2.1 304.2a 4.2.2 1800.3
3.18.2.4 302.2d 3.24.2.2 304.2b 4.2.2.1 1800.3a
3.18.2.5 302.2e 3.24.3 304.3 4.2.2.2 1800.3b
3.18.2.6 302.2f 3.24.3.1 304.3a 4.2.2.3 1800.3c
3.18.2.7 302.2g 3.24.3.2 304.3b 4.2.2.4 1800.3d
3.18.3 302.3 3.24.3.3 304.3c 4.2.3 1800.4
3.18.3.1 302.3a 3.24.4 304.4 4.2.4 1800.5
3.18.3.2 302.3b 3.24.5 307.2 4.2.5 1800.2
3.18.3.3 302.3c 3.25 305 4.2.6 1801.1
3.18.3.4 302.3d 3.25.1 305.1 4.2.7 1802.1
3.18.3.5 302.3e 3.25.1.1 305.1a 4.2.8 1803.4
3.18.3.6 302.3f 3.25.1.2 305.1b 4.2.9 1803.3
3.18.3.7 302.3g 3.25.1.3 305.1c 4.2.10 1803.7

xl
p. 41 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.41

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

4.2.11 1803.5 5.1.1.1 1700.1 5.1.17.1 1707.1


4.2.12 1803.6 5.1.1.2 1705 5.1.17.2 1707.2
4.2.13 1803.2 5.1.2 – 5.1.17.3 1707.3
4.2.14 1803.1 5.1.2.1 1700.1a 5.1.17.4 1707.4
4.2.15 1804.1 5.1.2.2 1700.1b 5.1.17.4.1 1707.4(a)
4.2.16 1805 5.1.2.2.1 1700.1b(1) 5.1.17.4.2 1707.4(b)
4.2.16.1 1805.1 5.1.2.2.2 1700.1b(2) 5.1.17.4.3 1707.4(c)
4.2.16.2 1805.2 5.1.2.2.3 1700.1b(3) 5.1.17.4.4 1707.4(d)
4.2.16.3 1805.3 5.1.2.2.4 1700.1b(4) 5.1.17.4.5 1707.4(e)
4.2.17 1806 5.1.3 1701 5.1.18 1706
4.2.17.1 1806.1 5.1.3.1 1701.1 5.1.18.1 1706.1
4.2.18 1807 5.1.3.2 – 5.1.18.2 1706.2
4.2.19 1808.1 5.1.4 1701.2 5.1.18.3 1706.3
4.2.20 1804.2 5.1.5 1702 5.1.18.4 –
4.3.1 600 5.1.5.1 1702.1 5.1.19 1712
4.3.2 600.3 5.1.5.2 1702.2 5.1.19.1 1712.1
4.3.3 600.4 5.1.6 – 5.1.19.2 1712.2
4.3.3.1 600.4a 5.1.7 1717 5.1.20 1713
4.3.3.2 600.4b 5.1.7.1 1717.1 5.1.20.1 –
4.3.4 600.2 5.1.7.2 1717.2 5.1.20.2 –
4.3.5 608 5.1.8 1703 5.1.20.3 –
4.3.5.1 608.1 5.1.8.1 1703.1 5.1.20.4 –
4.3.5.2 608.2 5.1.8.2 1703.3 5.1.20.5 1713.2
4.3.6 600.5 5.1.9 – 5.1.20.6 1713.3
4.3.6.1 600.5a 5.1.10 1704 5.1.20.6.1 1713.3(a)
4.3.6.2 600.5b 5.1.10.1 1704.1 5.1.20.6.2 1713.3(b)
4.3.6.3 600.5c 5.1.10.2 – 5.1.21 1714
4.3.7 600.6 5.1.10.3 – 5.1.21.1 1714.1
4.3.8 600.7 5.1.11 – 5.1.22 1716
4.3.9 601.1 5.1.11.1 1708.3 5.1.22.1 1716.1
4.3.10 601.3 5.1.11.1.1 1708.3a 5.1.22.2 1716.2
4.3.11 601.2 5.1.11.1.2 1708.3b 5.1.22.3 1716.3
4.3.12 601.4 5.1.11.1.3 1708.3c 5.1.22.4 1716.4
4.3.13 601.5 5.1.11.2 1708.4 5.1.22.5 1716.5
4.3.14 603.1 5.1.11.3 – 5.1.22.6 1716.6
4.3.14.1 603.1a 5.1.12 1708 5.2 Part XXV
4.3.14.2 603.1b 5.1.12.1 1708.1 5.2.1 2500
4.3.15 602.1 5.1.12.2 1708.2 5.2.1.1 2500.1
4.3.16 610 5.1.12.2.1 1708.2(a) 5.2.1.2 2500.7
4.3.16.1 610.1 5.1.12.2.2 1708.2(b) 5.2.1.3 2500.4
4.3.16.2 610.2 5.1.12.2.3 1708.2(c) 5.2.1.4 2500.8
4.3.16.3 610.3 5.1.12.2.4 1708.2(d) 5.2.1.4.1 2500.8a
4.3.16.4 610.4 5.1.12.2.5 1708.2(e) 5.2.1.4.2 2500.8b
4.3.16.5 610.5 5.1.13 1711 5.2.1.4.3 2500.8c
4.3.17 606 5.1.13.1 1711.1 5.2.1.4.4 2500.8d
4.3.17.1 606.1 5.1.13.2 1711.2 5.2.1.5 2500.9
4.3.18 605 5.1.14 1710 5.2.1.6 2500.10
4.3.18.1 605.1 5.1.14.1 1710.1 5.2.1.7 2500.2
4.3.18.2 605.2 5.1.14.2 1710.2 5.2.1.8 2500.3
4.3.18.3 605.3 5.1.14.3 1710.3 5.2.1.9 2500.6
4.3.19 607 5.1.14.3.1 1710.3a 5.2.1.10 2500.5
4.3.19.1 607.1 5.1.14.3.2 1710.3b 5.2.1.11 2500.11
4.3.19.2 607.2 5.1.15 1710.4 5.2.1.12 2500.12
4.3.20 609 5.1.15.1 1710.4a 5.2.1.13 2500.13
4.3.20.1 609.1 5.1.15.2 1710.4b 5.2.1.14 2501.5
4.3.21 611 5.1.15.3 – 5.2.1.15 2501.4
4.3.22 604 5.1.16 1715 5.2.1.15.1 2501.4a
5.1 Part XVII 5.1.16.1 1715.1 5.2.1.15.2 2501.4b
5.1.1 1700.1 5.1.17 1707 5.2.1.16 2501.8

xli
p. 42 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.42

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

5.2.1.16.1 2501.8a 5.3.1.5 500.5 5.3.1.17.2 507.2


5.2.1.16.2 2501.8b 5.3.1.6 500.7 5.3.1.18 508
5.2.1.16.3 2501.8c 5.3.1.6.1 500.7a 5.3.1.18.1 508.1
5.2.1.16.4 2501.8d 5.3.1.6.2 500.7b 5.3.1.18.2 508.2
5.2.1.16.5 2501.8e 5.3.1.7 500.4 5.3.1.18.3 508.3
5.2.1.17 2501.6 5.3.1.7.1 500.4a 5.3.1.18.4 508.4
5.2.1.17.1 2501.6a 5.3.1.7.2 500.4b 5.3.1.18.5 508.5
5.2.1.18 2501.7 5.3.1.7.3 500.4c 5.3.1.18.6 508.6
5.2.1.19 – 5.3.1.7.4 500.4d 5.3.1.18.7 508.7
5.2.1.20 2501.13 5.3.1.7.5 500.4e 5.3.1.18.8 508.8
5.2.1.20.1 – 5.3.1.7.6 500.4f 5.3.1.19 509
5.2.1.20.2 – 5.3.1.7.7 500.4g 5.3.1.20 511
5.2.1.21 2501.3 5.3.1.8 – 5.3.1.20.1 511.1
5.2.1.21.1 2501.3a 5.3.1.8.1 501.2 5.3.1.20.2 511.2
5.2.1.22 2501.2 5.3.1.8.1(a) 501.2(a) 5.3.2 514
5.2.1.22.1 2501.2a 5.3.1.8.1(b) 501.2(b) 5.3.2.1 514.1
5.2.1.23 2501.1 5.3.1.8.1(c) 501.2(c) 5.3.2.2 514.2
5.2.1.23.1 2501.1a 5.3.1.8.1(d) 501.2(d) 5.3.2.2.1 514.2a
5.2.1.23.2 2501.1b 5.3.1.8.1(e) 501.3 5.3.2.2.2 514.2b
5.2.1.24 2501.9 5.3.1.8.2 501.2 5.3.2.3 514.3
5.2.1.24.1 – 5.3.1.8.3 501.5 5.3.2.4 514.4
5.2.1.24.2 – 5.3.1.9 501 5.4 513
5.2.1.24.3 – 5.3.1.9.1 501.1 5.4.1 513.1
5.2.1.25 2501.10 5.3.1.9.2 – 5.4.2 513.2
5.2.1.26 2501.11 5.3.1.10 510 5.4.2.1 513.2a
5.2.1.27 2501.12 5.3.1.10.1 510.1 5.4.2.2 513.2b
5.2.1.28 2501.15 5.3.1.10.2 510.2 5.4.2.3 513.2c
5.2.1.29 – 5.3.1.10.3 510.3 5.4.2.4 513.2d
5.2.1.30 2501.14 5.3.1.11 503 5.4.2.5 513.2e
5.2.2 2502 5.3.1.11.1 503.1 5.4.3 513.4
5.2.2.1 2502.1 5.3.1.11.2 503.2 5.4.3.1 513.4a
5.2.2.2 2502.1a 5.3.1.11.3 503.3 5.4.3.2 513.4b
5.2.2.3 2502.2 5.3.1.11.4 503.4 5.4.3.3 513.4c
5.2.2.4 2502.2d 5.3.1.11.5 503.5 5.4.3.4 513.4d
5.2.2.5 2502.2c 5.3.1.11.6 503.6 5.4.4 –
5.2.2.6 2502.2e 5.3.1.11.7 503.7 5.4.4.1 513.8
5.2.2.7 2502.3 5.3.1.12 512 5.4.4.1.1 513.8a
5.2.2.8 2502.4 5.3.1.12.1 512.1 5.4.4.1.2 513.8b
5.2.2.9 2502.2b 5.3.1.12.2 512.2 5.4.4.1.3 513.8c
5.2.2.10 2502.2a 5.3.1.12.3 512.3 5.4.4.2 513.9
5.2.2.11 2502.5 5.3.1.12.4 512.4 5.4.4.2.1 513.9a
5.2.2.12 2502.6 5.3.1.12.5 512.5 5.4.4.2.2 513.9b
5.2.2.13 2502.7 5.3.1.12.6 512.6 5.4.4.2.3 513.9c
5.2.2.14 2502.8 5.3.1.12.7 512.7 5.4.4.2.4 513.9d
5.2.2.15 – 5.3.1.13 502 5.4.4.3 513.10
5.3 Part V 5.3.1.13.1 502.1 5.4.4.3.1 513.10a
5.3.1 – 5.3.1.13.2 502.2 5.4.4.3.2 513.10b
5.3.1.1 500.1 5.3.1.14 505.1 5.4.4.3.3 513.40c
5.3.1.1.1 500.1a 5.3.1.14.1 505.1a 5.4.5 513.7
5.3.1.1.2 500.1b 5.3.1.14.2 505.1b 5.4.5.1 513.7a
5.3.1.1.3 500.1c 5.3.1.14.3 505.1c 5.4.5.2 513.7b
5.3.1.1.4 500.1d 5.3.1.15 504.1 5.4.5.3 513.7c
5.3.1.2 500.2 5.3.1.16 506 5.4.5.4 513.7d
5.3.1.2.1 500.2a 5.3.1.16.1 506.1 5.4.6 513.5
5.3.1.2.2 500.2b 5.3.1.16.2 506.2 5.4.6.1 513.5a
5.3.1.3 500.3 5.3.1.16.3 506.3 5.4.6.2 513.5b
5.3.1.4 500.6 5.3.1.16.4 506.4 5.4.6.3 513.6
5.3.1.4.1 500.6a 5.3.1.17 507 5.4.7 513.14
5.3.1.4.2 500.6b 5.3.1.17.1 507.1 5.4.7.1 513.14a

xlii
p. 43 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.43

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

5.4.7.2 513.14b 5.4.15.5.2 513.20b 5.5.2.10 402.3


5.4.7.3 513.14c 5.4.16 513.11 5.5.2.11 402.4
5.4.7.4 513.14d 5.4.16.1 513.11a 5.5.2.12 402.2c
5.4.7.5 513.14e 5.4.16.2 513.11b 5.5.2.13 402.2b
5.4.7.6 513.14f 5.5 Part IV 5.5.2.14 402.2a
5.4.7.6.1 – 5.5.1 – 5.5.2.15 402.5
5.4.7.6.2 – 5.5.1.1 400.1 5.5.2.16 402.6
5.4.7.7 513.14g 5.5.1.2 400.7 5.5.2.17 402.7
5.4.7.8 513.14h 5.5.1.3 400.4 5.5.2.17.1 402.7
5.4.7.9 513.14i 5.5.1.4 400.8 5.5.2.17.2 402.7a
5.4.8 513.18 5.5.1.5 400.9 5.5.2.17.3 402.7a
5.4.8.1 513.18a 5.5.1.6 400.10 5.5.2.18 402.8
5.4.8.2 513.18b 5.5.1.7 400.2 5.6 Part XXIII
5.4.8.3 513.18c 5.5.1.8 400.3 5.6.1 –
5.4.8.4 513.18d 5.5.1.8.1 – 5.6.1.1 2300.1
5.4.8.5 513.18e 5.5.1.8.2 – 5.6.1.2 2300.7
5.4.8.6 513.18f 5.5.1.8.3 – 5.6.1.3 2300.4
5.4.8.7 513.18g 5.5.1.9 400.6 5.6.1.4 2300.8
5.4.8.8 513.18h 5.5.1.10 400.5 5.6.1.5 2300.9
5.4.8.9 513.18i 5.5.1.11 400.11 5.6.1.6 2300.10
5.4.8.10 513.19 5.5.1.11.1 400.11a 5.6.1.7 2300.2
5.4.9 513.13 5.5.1.11.2 400.11b 5.6.1.8 2300.3
5.4.9.1 513.13a 5.5.1.11.3 400.11c 5.6.1.9 2300
5.4.9.2 513.13b 5.5.1.11.4 400.11d 5.6.1.10 2300.5
5.4.9.3 513.13c 5.5.1.12 400.12 5.6.1.11 2300.11
5.4.10 513.3e 5.5.1.13 400.13 5.6.1.11.1 2300.11a
5.4.10.1 513.3a 5.5.1.14 401.5 5.6.1.11.2 2300.11b
5.4.10.2 513.3b 5.5.1.14.1 401.5a 5.6.1.11.3 2300.11c
5.4.10.3 513.3c 5.5.1.14.2 401.5b 5.6.1.11.4 2300.11d
5.4.10.4 513.3d 5.5.1.14.3 401.5c 5.6.1.11.5 2300.11e
5.4.11 513.12 5.5.1.15 401.4 5.6.1.12 2300.12
5.4.11.1 513.12a 5.5.1.15.1 401.4a 5.6.1.13 2300.13
5.4.11.2 513.12b 5.5.1.15.2 401.4b 5.6.1.14 2301.5
5.4.11.3 513.12c 5.5.1.16 401.8 5.6.1.15 2301.4
5.4.12 513.21 5.5.1.17 401.6 5.6.1.15.1 2301.4a
5.1.13 513.15 5.5.1.18 401.7 5.6.1.15.2 2301.4b
5.4.13.1 513.15a 5.5.1.19 401.13 5.6.1.16 2301.8
5.4.13.2 513.15b 5.5.1.20 401.3 5.6.1.17 2301.6
5.4.13.3 513.15c 5.5.1.21 401.2 5.6.1.18 2301.7
5.4.13.4 513.15d 5.5.1.22 401.1 5.6.1.19 2301.13
5.4.13.5 513.15e 5.5.1.23 401.9 5.6.1.20 2301.3
5.4.13.6 513.15f 5.5.1.24 401.10 5.6.1.21 2301.2
5.4.13.7 513.15g 5.5.1.25 401.11 5.6.1.22 2301.1
5.4.13.8 513.15h 5.5.1.25.1 401.11a 5.6.1.23 2301.9
5.4.13.9 513.15i 5.5.1.25.2 401.11b 5.6.1.24 2301.10
5.4.13.10 513.22 5.5.1.25.3 401.11c 5.6.1.25 2301.11
5.4.14 513.16 5.5.1.26 401.12 5.6.1.25.1 2301.11a
5.4.14.1 513.16a 5.5.1.27 401.15 5.6.1.25.2 2301.11b
5.4.14.2 513.16b 5.5.1.28 401.14 5.6.1.25.3 2301.11c
5.4.14.3 513.16c 5.5.2 402 5.6.1.25.4 2301.11d
5.4.15 513.17 5.5.2.1 402.1 5.6.1.25.5 2301.11e
5.4.15.1 513.17a 5.5.2.2 402.1b 5.6.1.26 2301.12
5.4.15.2 513.17b 5.5.2.3 402.1c 5.6.1.27 2301.14
5.4.15.3 513.17c 5.5.2.4 402.1a 5.6.2 2302
5.4.15.3.1 – 5.5.2.5 402.1d 5.6.2.1 2302.1
5.4.15.3.2 – 5.5.2.6 402.2e 5.6.2.2 2302.1b
5.4.15.4 513.17d 5.5.2.7 402.2d 5.6.2.3 2302.1c
5.4.15.5 513.20 5.5.2.8 402.2g 5.6.2.4 2302.1a
5.4.15.5.1 513.20a 5.5.2.9 402.2f 5.6.2.5 2302.1d

xliii
p. 44 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.44

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

5.6.2.6 2302.2e 5.7.13.4 1502.7d 5.9 –


5.6.2.7 2302.2d 5.7.13.5 1502.7e 5.10 Part XIX
5.6.2.8 2302.2g 5.7.14 1502.11 5.10.1 1900
5.6.2.9 2302.2f 5.7.14.1 1502.11a 5.10.1.1 1900.1
5.6.2.9.1 – 5.7.14.2 1502.11b 5.10.1.1.1 1900.1a
5.6.2.9.2 – 5.7.14.3 1502.11c 5.10.1.1.2 1900.1b
5.6.2.10 2302.3 5.7.14.4 1302.11d 5.10.1.2 1900.3a
5.6.2.11 2302.4 5.7.14.5 1502.11e 5.10.1.3 1900.5
5.6.2.12 2302.2c 5.7.14.6 1502.11f 5.10.1.3.1 1900.5a
5.6.2.13 2302.2b 5.7.14.7 1502.11g 5.10.1.3.2 1900.5b
5.6.2.14 2302.2a 5.7.14.8 1502.11h 5.10.1.3.3 1900.5c
5.6.2.15 2302.5 5.7.15 1502.3 5.10.1.4 1900.3c
5.6.2.16 2302.6 5.7.15.1 1502.3a 5.10.1.5 1900.2
5.6.2.17 2302.7 5.7.15.2 1502.3b 5.10.1.6 1900.3b
5.6.2.17.1 2302.7a 5.7.15.3 1502.3c 5.10.1.7 1900.1c
5.7 Part XV 5.7.16 1502.2 5.10.1.7.1 1900.1c
5.7.1 1500 5.7.17 1502.1 5.10.1.7.2 1900.1d
5.7.1.1 1500.1 5.7.17.1 1502.1a 5.10.1.8 1900.4
5.7.1.2 1500.3e 5.7.17.2 1502.1b 5.10.1.9 1900.6
5.7.2 1500.3a 5.7.17.3 1502.1c 5.10.1.9.1 1900.6a
5.7.3 1500.5 5.7.18 1502.10 5.10.1.9.2 1900.1e
5.7.3.1 1500.5a 5.7.18.1 1502.10a 5.10.1.9.3 1900.6b
5.7.3.2 1500.5b 5.7.18.2 1502.10b 5.10.1.9.4 1900.6c
5.7.4 – 5.7.18.3 1502.10c 5.10.1.9.5 1900.6d
5.7.4.1 1500.3c 5.7.18.4 1502.10d 5.10.1.9.6 1900.6e
5.7.4.2 1500.3d 5.7.18.5 1502.10e 5.10.1.9.7 1900.6f
5.7.5 1500.2 5.7.18.6 1502.10f 5.10.1.9.8 1900.6g
5.7.6 1500.3b 5.7.18.7 1502.10g 5.10.1.10 1902.5
5.7.7 1500.4 5.7.18.8 1502.10h 5.10.1.10.1 1902.5a
5.7.7.1 1500.4a 5.7.18.9 1502.10i 5.10.1.10.2 1902.5b
5.7.7.2 1500.4b 5.7.18 1501 5.10.1.10.3 1902.5c
5.7.7.3 1500.4c 5.7.20 1501.3 5.10.1.10.4 1902.5d
5.7.7.4 1500.4d 5.7.20.1 1501.3a 5.10.1.10.5 1902.5e
5.7.8 1500.6 5.7.20.2 1501.3b 5.10.1.10.6 1902.5f
5.7.8.1 1500.6a 5.7.21 1502.12 5.10.1.10.7 1902.6
5.7.8.2 1500.6b 5.7.22 – 5.10.1.10.8 1902.7
5.7.8.3 1500.6c 5.7.23 – 5.10.1.11 1902.4
5.7.8.4 1500.6d 5.8 Part XXII 5.10.1.12 1902.10
5.7.8.5 1500.6e 5.8.1 – 5.10.1.12.1 1902.10a
5.7.8.6 1500.6f 5.8.1.1 2200.2 5.10.1.12.2 1902.10b
5.7.9 1501.2 5.8.1.2 2200.3 5.10.1.12.3 1902.10c
5.7.10 1502.5 5.8.1.3 2200.4 5.10.1.13 1902.8a
5.7.10.1 1502.5a 5.8.1.4 2200.5 5.10.1.14 1902.8b
5.7.10.2 1502.5b 5.8.1.5 2201.2 5.10.1.15 –
5.7.10.3 1502.5c 5.8.1.6 2201.3 5.10.1.16 1902.12
5.7.10.4 1502.5d 5.8.1.7 2201.4 5.10.1.16.1 1902.12a
5.7.10.5 1502.6 5.8.1.8 2201.5 5.10.1.16.2 1902.12b
5.7.11 1502.4 5.8.1.9 2201.6 5.10.1.16.3 1902.12c
5.7.11.1 1502.4a 5.8.1.10 2201.7 5.10.1.16.4 1902.12d
5.7.11.2 1502.4b 5.8.1.11 2201.8 5.10.1.16.5 1902.12e
5.7.11.3 1502.4c 5.8.2 2202 5.10.1.16.6 1902.12f
5.7.11.4 1502.4d 5.8.2.1 2202.3 5.10.1.16.7 1902.12g
5.7.12 – 5.8.2.2 2202.2 5.10.1.16.8 1902.12h
5.7.12.1 1502.8 5.8.2.3 2202.4 5.10.1.17 1902.3
5.7.12.2 1502.9 5.8.2.4 2202.5 5.10.1.18 1902.2
5.7.13 1502.7 5.8.3 2203 5.10.1.19 1902.1
5.7.13.1 1502.7a 5.8.3.1 2203.2 5.10.1.20 1902.11
5.7.13.2 1502.7b 5.8.3.2 2203.3 5.10.1.20.1 1902.11a
5.7.13.3 1502.7c 5.8.3.3 2203.4 5.10.1.20.2 1902.11b

xliv
p. 45 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.45

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

5.10.1.20.3 1902.11c 6.1.3.5.5 802.5d 6.1.6.9.2 805.9b


5.10.1.20.4 1902.11d 6.1.3.5.6 – 6.1.6.10 805.10
5.10.1.20.5 1902.11e 6.1.3.5.8 802.5e 6.1.6.11 –
5.10.1.20.6 1902.11f 6.1.3.5.9 – 6.1.6.12 805.11
5.10.1.20.7 1902.11g 6.1.3.6 802.6 6.1.6.13 805.12
5.10.1.21 1901 6.1.3.6.1 802.6a 6.1.6.14 805.13
5.10.1.21.1 1901.1 6.1.3.6.2 802.6b 6.1.6.15 –
5.10.1.21.2 1901.2 6.1.3.6.3 802.6c 6.1.7 806
5.10.1.21.3 1901.3 6.1.3.6.4 802.6d 6.1.7.1 806.1
5.10.1.22 1900.1f 6.1.3.6.5 802.6e 6.1.7.1.1 806.1a
5.10.1.23 1902.9 6.1.3.6.6 – 6.1.7.1.2 806.1b
5.10.1.23.1 1902.9a 6.1.3.7 802.7 6.1.7.2 806.2
5.10.1.23.2 1902.9b 6.1.3.8 802.8 6.1.7.3 806.3
5.10.1.23.3 1902.9c 6.1.3.9 802.9 6.1.7.4 806.4
5.10.2 1903 6.1.3.9.1 802.9a 6.1.8 807
5.10.2.1 1903.1 6.1.3.9.2 802.9b 6.1.8.1 807.1
5.10.2.2 1903.1a 6.1.3.9.3 802.9c 6.1.8.2 807.2
5.10.2.3 1903.1c 6.1.3.9.4 802.9d 6.1.8.3 807.3
5.10.2.4 1903.1b 6.1.3.10 802.10 6.2 Part IX
5.10.2.5 1903.1d 6.1.3.11 802.11 6.2.1 900
5.10.2.6 1903.2 6.1.3.12 802.12 6.2.1.1 900.1
5.10.2.7 1903.3 6.1.3.13 – 6.2.2 901
5.10.2.8 1903.4 6.1.3.14 – 6.2.2.1 901.1
5.10.2.9 1903.8 6.1.4 803 6.2.3 902
5.10.2.10 1903.5 6.1.5 804 6.2.3.1 902.1
5.10.2.11 1903.6 6.1.5.1 804.1 6.2.3.2 902.2
5.10.2.12 1903.7 6.1.5.2 804.2 6.2.3.3 902.3
6.1 Part VIII 6.1.5.3 804.3 6.2.3.3.1 902.3a
6.1.1 800 6.1.5.3.1 804.3a 6.2.3.3.2 902.3b
6.1.1.1 800.1 6.1.5.3.2 804.3b 6.2.3.3.3 902.3c
6.1.2 801 6.1.5.3.3 – 6.2.3.3.4 902.3d
6.1.2.1 801.1 6.1.6 805 6.2.3.3.5 902.3e
6.1.3 802 6.1.6.1 805.1 6.2.3.3.6 902.3f
6.1.3.1 802.1 6.1.6.1.1 – 6.2.3.3.7 902.3g
6.1.3.2 802.2 6.1.6.2.1 805.2 6.2.3.3.8 902.3h
6.1.3.3 802.3 6.1.6.2.2 – 6.2.3.4 902.4
6.1.3.3.1 802.3a 6.1.6.3 805.3 6.2.3.4.1 902.4a
6.1.3.3.2 802.3b 6.1.6.3.1 805.3a 6.2.3.4.2 902.4b
6.1.3.3.3 802.3c 6.1.6.3.2 805.3b 6.2.3.4.3 902.4c
6.1.3.3.4 802.3d 6.1.6.3.3 805.3c 6.2.3.4.4 –
6.1.3.3.5 802.3e 6.1.6.3.4 805.3d 6.2.3.4.5 –
6.1.3.3.6 802.3f 6.1.6.3.5 805.3e 6.2.3.5 902.5
6.1.3.3.7 802.3g 6.1.6.3.6 805.3f 6.2.3.5.1 902.5a
6.1.3.3.8 802.3k 6.1.6.3.7 805.3g 6.2.3.5.2 902.5b
6.1.3.3.9 802.3j 6.1.6.3.8 805.3h 6.2.3.5.3 902.5c
6.1.3.3.10 802.3h 6.1.6.3.9 805.3i 6.2.3.5.4 902.5d
6.1.3.3.11 802.3i 6.1.6.3.10 805.3j 6.2.3.5.5 902.5e
6.1.3.4 802.4 6.1.6.3.11 805.3k 6.2.3.5.6 –
6.1.3.4.1 802.4a 6.1.6.3.12 805.3m 6.2.3.6 902.6
6.1.3.4.2 802.4b 6.1.6.3.13 805.3n 6.2.3.6.1 902.6a
6.1.3.4.3 802.4c 6.1.6.3.14 805.3p 6.2.3.6.2 902.6b
6.1.3.4.4 – 6.1.6.3.15 – 6.2.3.7 902.7
6.1.3.4.5 – 6.1.6.4 805.4 6.2.3.8 902.8
6.1.3.4.6 – 6.1.6.5 805.5 6.2.3.8.1 902.8a
6.1.3.5 802.5 6.1.6.6 805.6 6.2.3.8.2 902.8b
6.1.3.5.1 802.5a 6.1.6.7 805.7 6.2.3.8.3 902.8c
6.1.3.5.2 802.5b 6.1.6.8 805.8 6.2.3.8.4 902.8d
6.1.3.5.3 802.5c 6.1.6.9 805.9 6.2.3.8.5 –
6.1.3.5.4 – 6.1.6.9.1 805.9a 6.2.3.9 902.9

xlv
p. 46 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.46

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

6.2.3.9.1 902.9a 6.2.8.1 907.1 7.2.6.1 701.13a


6.2.3.10 902.10 6.2.8.2 907.2 7.2.6.2 701.13b
6.2.3.10.1 902.10a 6.2.8.3 907.3 7.2.6.3 701.13c
6.2.3.10.2 902.10b Part 7 Parts VII and XIV 7.2.6.4 701.13d
6.2.3.10.3 902.10c 7.1 700 7.2.6.5 701.13e
6.2.3.10.4 902.11 7.1.1 700.1 7.2.6.6 701.13f
6.2.3.11 902.12 7.1.2 700.7 7.2.6.7 –
6.2.3.12 902.13 7.1.3 700.4 7.2.6.8 701.13g
6.2.3.13 902.14 7.1.4 700.8 7.2.7 701.3
6.2.3.14 902.15 7.1.5 700.9 7.2.8 701.2
6.2.3.15 902.16 7.1.6 700.10 7.2.8.1 701.2a
6.2.3.16 – 7.1.7 700.2 7.2.8.2 701.2b
6.2.3.17 – 7.1.8 700.3 7.2.9 701.1
6.2.4 903 7.1.9 700.6 7.2.9.1 701.1a
6.2.5 904 7.1.10 700.5 7.2.10 701.9
6.2.5.1 904.1 7.1.11 700.11 7.2.10.1 701.9a
6.2.5.2 904.2 7.1.11.1 700.11a 7.2.10.2 701.9b
6.2.5.3 904.3 7.1.11.2 700.11b 7.2.10.3 701.9c
6.2.5.3.1 904.3a 7.1.11.3 700.11c 7.2.10.4 701.9d
6.2.5.3.2 904.3b 7.1.11.4 700.11d 7.2.11 701.10
6.2.6 905 7.1.11.5 700.11e 7.2.12 701.11
6.2.6.1 905.1 7.1.11.6 700.11f 7.2.13 701.14
6.2.6.1.1 – 7.1.11.7 700.11g 7.2.14 –
6.2.6.2.1 905.2 7.1.11.8 700.11h 7.3 702
6.2.6.2.2 – 7.1.11.9 700.11i 7.3.1 702.1g
6.2.6.3 905.3 7.1.11.10 700.11j 7.3.2 702.1f
6.2.6.3.1 905.3a 7.1.11.11 700.11k 7.3.3 702.1j
6.2.6.3.2 905.3b 7.1.11.12 700.11m 7.3.4 –
6.2.6.3.3 905.3c 7.1.11.13 700.11n 7.3.4.1 702.1h
6.2.6.3.4 905.3d 7.1.11.14 – 7.3.4.2 702.1i
6.2.6.3.5 905.3e 7.1.12 700.12 7.3.5 702.2
6.2.6.3.6 905.3f 7.1.12.1 700.12a 7.3.6 702.5
6.2.6.3.7 905.3g 7.1.12.2 700.12b 7.3.6.1 702.5a
6.2.6.3.8 905.3h 7.1.12.3 700.12c 7.3.6.2 702.5b
6.2.6.3.9 905.3i 7.1.12.4 700.12d 7.3.6.3 –
6.2.6.3.10 905.3j 7.1.13 700.13 7.3.7 702.1e
6.2.6.3.11 905.3k 7.1.14 – 7.3.8 –
6.2.6.3.12 – 7.2 701 7.3.8.1 702.1c
6.2.6.4 905.4 7.2.1 701.5 7.3.8.2 702.1d
6.2.6.5 905.5 7.2.1.1 701.5a 7.3.9 702.1a
6.2.6.6 905.6 7.2.1.2 701.5b 7.3.10 702.3
6.2.6.7 905.7 7.2.1.3 701.5c 7.3.11 702.4
6.2.6.8 905.8 7.2.2 701.4 7.3.11.1 702.4a
6.2.6.8.1 905.8a 7.2.3 701.8 7.3.11.2 702.4b
6.2.6.8.2 905.8b 7.2.3.1 701.8a 7.3.11.3 702.4c
6.2.6.9 905.9 7.2.3.2 701.8b 7.3.11.4 702.4d
6.2.6.10 – 7.2.3.3 701.8c 7.3.11.5 702.4e
6.2.6.11 905.10 7.2.3.4 701.8d 7.3.11.6 702.4f
6.2.6.12 905.11 7.2.4 701.6 7.3.11.7 702.4g
6.2.6.13 905.12 7.2.4.1 701.6a 7.3.11.8 702.4h
6.2.6.14 – 7.2.4.2 701.6b 7.3.11.9 702.4i
6.2.7 906 7.2.4.3 – 7.3.12 702.6
6.2.7.1 906.1 7.2.4.4 701.6c 7.4 1406
6.2.7.1.1 906.1a 7.2.4.5 701.6d 7.4.1 –
6.2.7.1.2 906.1b 7.2.4.6 701.6g 7.4.2 –
6.2.7.2 906.2 7.2.4.7 701.6e 7.4.3 1406.1, 1406.1a
6.2.7.3 906.3 7.2.4.8 701.6f 7.4.4 1406.1g
6.2.7.4 906.4 7.2.5 701.7 7.4.5 1406.1d
6.2.8 907 7.2.6 701.13 7.4.6 1406.1h

xlvi
p. 47 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.47

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

7.4.7 1406.1i 8.2.2 1301 8.3.3.3 1101.3


7.4.8 1406.1j 8.2.2.1 1301.1 8.3.3.3.1 1101.3a
7.4.9 1406.1b 8.2.2.1.1 1301.1a 8.3.3.3.2 1101.3b
7.4.10 1406.1c 8.2.2.2 1301.2 8.3.3.3.3 1101.3c
7.4.11 1406.1f 8.2.2.3 1301.3 8.3.3.3.4 1101.3d
7.4.12 1406.1e 8.2.2.4 1301.4 8.3.3.4 1101.4
7.4.13 1406.1k 8.2.2.5 1301.5 8.3.4 1102
7.4.14 1406.1l 8.2.2.6 1301.6 8.3.4.1 1102.1, 1102.2
7.4.15 1406.1m 8.2.2.7 1301.7 8.3.5 1107
7.4.16 – 8.2.3 1308 8.3.5.1 1107.1
7.5 1406.2 8.2.3.1 1308.1 8.3.5.2 1107.2
7.5.1 1406.2e 8.2.3.2 1308.2 8.3.5.3 1107.3
7.5.2 1406.2d 8.2.4 1304 8.3.5.3.1 1107.3a
7.5.3 1406.2h 8.2.5 1305 8.3.5.3.2 1107.3b
7.5.4 1406.2f 8.2.6 1306 8.3.5.3.3 1107.3c
7.5.5 1406.2g 8.2.7 1307 8.3.5.3.4 1107.3d
7.5.6 1406.2m 8.2.8 1302 8.3.5.3.5 1107.3e
7.5.7 1406.2c 8.2.8.1 1302.1 8.3.6 –
7.5.8 1406.2b 8.2.8.2 1302.2 8.3.7 1104
7.5.9 1406.2a 8.2.8.3 1302.3 8.3.7.1 1104.1
7.5.10 1406.2i 8.2.8.4 1302.4 8.3.7.2 1104.2
7.5.11 1406.2j 8.2.8.5 1302.5 8.3.7.3 1104.3
7.5.12 1406.2k 8.2.8.5.1 1302.5a
8.3.7.4 1104.4
7.5.13 1406.2o 8.2.8.5.2 1302.5b
8.3.7.5 1104.5
7.5.14 1406.2n 8.2.9 1303
8.3.7.6 1104.6
7.6 – 8.2.9.1 1303.1
8.3.8 1106
7.6.1 1406.3 8.2.9.1.1 1303.1a
8.3.9 –
7.6.2 1406.3(a) 8.2.9.1.2 1303.1b
8.3.10 1103
7.6.3 1406.3(b) 8.2.9.1.3 1303.1c
8.3.10.1 1103.1
7.6.4 1406.3(c) 8.2.9.1.4 1303.1d
8.3.10.2 1103.2
7.6.5 1406.3(g) 8.2.10 1309
8.3.10.3 1103.3
7.6.6 1406.3(d) 8.2.11 1310
8.3.11 1105
7.6.7 1406.3(e) 8.2.12 1405
8.3.11.1 1105.1
7.6.8 1406.3(f) 8.3 Part XI
8.4 Part XXIV
7.6.9 1406.3(h) 8.3.1 –
8.4.1 2402
7.7 1403 8.3.1.1 –
8.4.1.1 2402.1
7.7.1 1403.1(a) 8.3.1.2 1100.2
8.4.2 2401
7.7.2 1403.1(b) 8.3.1.3 –
7.7.3 1403.1(c) 8.3.1.4 – 8.4.2.1 2401.1
7.7.4 – 8.3.1.5 – 8.4.2.2 2401.2
7.8 1402 8.3.2 1100 8.4.2.3 2401.3
7.8.1 1402.1 8.3.2.1 1100.1 8.4.3 2400
7.8.2 1402.2 8.3.2.2 – 8.4.3.1 2400.1
7.8.3 1402.3 8.3.2.3 1100.3 8.4.3.2 2400.2
7.8.4 1402.4 8.3.2.4 1100.4 8.4.4 2406
7.9 1400 8.3.2.4.1 1100.4a 8.4.4.1 2406.1
7.9.1 1400.1 8.3.2.4.2 1100.4b 8.4.5 2405
7.9.2 1400.2 8.3.2.4.3 1100.4c 8.4.5.1 2405.1
7.10 1401 8.3.2.4.4 1100.4d 8.4.5.2 2405.2
7.11 1400.3 8.3.2.5 1100.5 8.4.6 2407
Part 8 – 8.3.2.5.1 1100.5a 8.4.6.1 2407.1
8.1 – 8.3.2.5.2 1100.5b 8.4.7 2404
8.1.1 – 8.3.2.5.3 1100.5c 8.4.7.1 2404.1
8.1.2 – 8.3.2.5.4 1100.5d 8.4.7.2 2404.2
8.1.3 – 8.3.2.5.5 1100.5e 8.4.8 2403
8.1.4 – 8.3.2.6 1100.5f 8.4.8.1 2403.1
8.1.5 – 8.3.3 1101 8.4.8.2 2403.2
8.2 Part XIII 8.3.3.1 1101.1 8.4.8.3 2403.3
8.2.1 1300.1 8.3.3.2 1101.2 8.4.8.4 2403.4

xlvii
p. 48 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.48

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

8.4.8.5 2403.5 8.6.3.4 1200.5a 8.6.8.1 –


8.4.8.6 2403.6 8.6.3.5 1200.4e 8.6.8.2 –
8.4.8.7 2403.7 8.6.3.6 – 8.6.8.3 1206.6c
8.4.8.8 2403.8 8.6.3.7 – 8.6.8.4 –
8.4.8.9 2403.9 8.6.3.7.1 1200.5c 8.6.8.5 1206.6b
8.4.9 2408 8.6.3.7.2 1200.4f 8.6.8.6 –
8.4.9.1 2408.1 8.6.3.8 1200.5d 8.6.8.7 –
8.4.10 2409 8.6.3.9 – 8.6.8.8 –
8.4.10.1 2409.1 8.6.3.10 – 8.6.8.9 –
8.4.10.1.1 2409.1a 8.6.3.11 – 8.6.8.10 –
8.4.10.1.2 2409.1b 8.6.4 – 8.6.8.11 –
8.4.10.1.3 2409.1c 8.6.4.1 1206.1b 8.6.8.12 –
8.4.10.1.4 2409.1d 8.6.4.2 1206.1c 8.6.8.13 –
8.4.11 2410 8.6.4.3 1206.1d 8.6.8.14 1206.6a
8.4.11.1 2410.1 8.6.4.4 1206.1e 8.6.9 1206.5
8.4.11.2 2410.6 8.6.4.5 1206.1g
8.4.11.3 2410.5 8.6.9.1 –
8.6.4.6 – 8.6.9.2 –
8.4.11.4 2410.4 8.6.4.7 1206.2a
8.4.11.5 2410.2 8.6.10 –
8.6.4.8 1206.2b 8.6.10.1 1206.7
8.4.11.6 2410.7 8.6.4.9 1206.2c
8.4.11.7 2410.3 8.6.10.2 –
8.6.4.10 1206.3 8.6.10.3 1206.9
8.4.12 2411
8.6.4.10.1 1206.3a 8.6.10.4 –
8.4.12.1 2411.1
8.6.4.10.2 1206.3b
8.4.12.1.1 2411.1a 8.6.10.5 –
8.6.4.10.3 1206.3c
8.4.12.1.2 2411.1b 8.7 Part XII
8.4.12.2 2411.2 8.6.4.11 1206.8
8.7.1 1200
8.4.12.2.1 2411.2a 8.6.4.12 –
8.7.1.1 1200.1
8.4.12.2.2 2411.2b 8.6.4.13 –
8.7.1.2 1200.2
8.4.13 – 8.6.4.14 –
8.7.1.3 1200.3
8.4.13.1 – 8.6.4.15 –
8.7.1.4 1200.4b
8.4.13.2 – 8.6.4.16 –
8.7.1.5 1200.4c
8.5 – 8.6.4.17 –
8.7.1.6 –
8.5.1 – 8.6.5 1206.5a
8.7.1.7 –
8.5.2 – 8.6.5.1 1206.5b(1), 1206.5b(3)
8.7.1.8 1200.6
8.5.3 – 8.6.5.2 1206.5b(2)
8.7.2 1201
8.5.4 – 8.6.5.3 –
8.7.2.1 1201.1
8.6 1206 8.6.5.4 –
8.6.1 – 8.7.2.1.1 1201.1a
8.6.5.5 1206.5b(4), 1206.5b(5)
8.6.1.1 – 8.7.2.1.2 1201.1b
8.6.5.6 1206.5b(6)
8.6.1.2 1206.1 8.6.5.7 – 8.7.2.1.3 1201.1c
8.6.1.3 – 8.6.5.8 – 8.7.2.1.4 1201.1d
8.6.1.4 – 8.6.5.9 – 8.7.2.1.5 1201.1e
8.6.1.5 1206.1i 8.6.5.10 – 8.7.2.2 1201.6
8.6.1.6 – 8.6.5.11 – 8.7.2.3 1201.4
8.6.1.6.1 1206.4 8.6.6 – 8.7.2.4 1201.7
8.6.1.6.2 1206.1a 8.7.2.5 1201.8
8.6.6.1 –
8.6.1.6.3 1206.1f 8.7.2.6 1201.9
8.6.6.2 –
8.6.1.6.4 1206.2d 8.7.2.7 1201.2
8.6.6.3 –
8.6.1.6.5 1206.1h 8.7.2.7.1 1201.2a
8.6.7 –
8.6.1.6.6 – 8.7.2.7.2 1201.2b
8.6.1.6.7 – 8.6.7.1 –
8.6.7.2 – 8.7.2.7.3 1201.2c
8.6.2 1200.4
8.6.7.3 1206.10 8.7.2.7.4 1201.2d
8.6.2.1 1200.4a
8.6.7.4 – 8.7.2.7.5 1201.2e
8.6.2.2 1200.4b, 1200.4c
8.6.2.3 – 8.6.7.5 – 8.7.2.7.6 1201.2f
8.6.2.4 – 8.6.7.6 – 8.7.2.7.7 1201.2g
8.6.2.5 1200.4d 8.6.7.7 – 8.7.2.8 1201.3
8.6.3 1200.5 8.6.7.8 – 8.7.2.9 1201.5
8.6.3.1 – 8.6.7.9 – 8.7.2.10 1201.10
8.6.3.2 1200.5a 8.6.7.10 – 8.7.2.10.1 1201.10a
8.6.3.3 1200.5a 8.6.8 1206.6 8.7.2.10.2 1201.10b

xlviii
p. 49 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.49

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

8.7.2.10.3 1201.10c 8.7.3.15 1203.2f 8.7.5.5.4 1220.8


8.7.2.10.4 1201.10d 8.7.3.16 1203.2g 8.7.5.5.5 1220.1
8.7.2.10.5 1201.10e 8.7.3.17 1203.2h 8.7.5.5.6 1220.2
8.7.2.11 1201.11 8.7.3.18 1203.2i 8.7.5.5.7 1220.7
8.7.2.11.1 1201.11a 8.7.3.19 1203.2j 8.7.5.5.8 1220.5
8.7.2.11.2 1201.11b 8.7.3.20 1203.2k 8.7.5.6 1217
8.7.2.11.3 1201.11c 8.7.3.21 1203.2m 8.7.5.7 1210
8.7.2.11.4 1201.11d 8.7.3.22 1203.4 8.7.5.8 1216
8.7.2.11.5 – 8.7.3.22.1 1203.4a 8.7.5.9 –
8.7.2.12 1201.12 8.7.3.22.2 1203.4b 8.7.6 –
8.7.2.13 – 8.7.3.22.3 1203.4c 8.7.6.1 1207
8.7.2.14 1202.5 8.7.3.23 1203.3 8.7.6.1.1 1207.1
8.7.2.15 1202.4 8.7.3.23.1 1203.3a 8.7.6.1.2 1207.2
8.7.2.15.1 1202.4a 8.7.3.23.2 1203.3b 8.7.6.1.3 1207.3
8.7.2.15.2 1202.4b 8.7.3.23.3 1203.3c 8.7.6.1.4 1207.4
8.7.2.16 1202.8 8.7.3.23.4 1203.3d 8.7.6.1.5 1207.5
8.7.2.16.1 1202.8a 8.7.3.23.5 1203.3e 8.7.6.1.6 1207.6
8.7.2.16.2 1202.8b 8.7.3.23.6 1203.3f 8.7.6.1.7 1207.7
8.7.2.16.3 1202.8c 8.7.3.24 1203.5 8.7.6.1.8 1207.8
8.7.2.16.4 1202.8d 8.7.3.25 1203.9 8.7.6.1.9 1207.9
8.7.2.17 1202.10 8.7.3.25.1 1203.9a 8.7.6.1.10 1207.10
8.7.2.17.1 1202.10a 8.7.3.25.2 1203.9c 8.7.6.1.11 1207.11
8.7.2.17.2 1202.10b 8.7.3.26 1203.2c 8.7.6.1.12 1207.12
8.7.2.17.3 1202.10c 8.7.3.27 1203.2b
8.7.2.18 1202.6 8.7.6.1.13 1207.13
8.7.3.28 1203.2a 8.7.6.1.14 1207.14
8.7.2.19 1202.7 8.7.3.29 1203.6
8.7.2.20 – 8.7.6.1.15 1207.15
8.7.3.30 1203.7
8.7.2.21 1202.14 8.7.6.2 1208
8.7.3.31 1203.8
8.7.2.21.1 1202.14a 8.7.6.2.1 1208.1
8.7.3.31.1 1203.8a
8.7.2.21.2 1202.14c 8.7.6.2.2 1208.2
8.7.3.31.2 1203.8b
8.7.2.21.3 1202.14d 8.7.6.2.3 1208.3
8.7.3.31.3 1203.8c
8.7.2.22 1202.3 8.7.6.2.4 1208.4
8.7.3.31.4 1203.8d
8.7.2.23 1202.2 8.7.6.2.5 1208.5
8.7.3.31.5 1203.8e
8.7.2.24 1202.1 8.7.6.2.6 1208.6
8.7.3.31.6 1203.8f
8.7.2.25 1202.9 8.7.6.2.7 1208.7
8.7.3.31.7 1203.8g
8.7.2.25.1 1202.9a 8.7.6.2.8 1208.8
8.7.3.31.8 1203.8h
8.7.2.25.2 1202.9b 8.7.6.2.9 1208.9
8.7.3.31.9 –
8.7.2.26 1202.11 8.7.6.2.10 1208.10
8.7.4 –
8.7.2.27 1202.12 8.7.6.2.11 1208.11
8.7.4.1 1211
8.7.2.27.1 1202.12a 8.7.6.2.12 1208.12
8.7.2.27.2 1202.12b 8.7.4.2 1213
8.7.4.3 1204, 1219 8.7.6.2.13 1208.13
8.7.2.27.3 1202.12c 8.7.6.2.14 1208.14
8.7.2.27.4 1202.12d 8.7.4.3.1 1219.1
8.7.4.3.2 1219.2 8.7.7 –
8.7.2.27.5 1202.12e 8.7.7.1 1218
8.7.2.27.6 1202.12f 8.7.4.3.3 1219.3
8.7.4.3.4 1219.4 8.7.7.1.1 1218.1
8.7.2.28 1202.13
8.7.4.3.5 1219.5 8.7.7.1.2 1218.2
8.7.3 1203
8.7.4.3.6 1219.6 8.7.7.2 1205.1
8.7.3.1 1203.1a
8.7.4.3.7 1219.7 8.7.7.3 1209
8.7.3.2 1203.1f
8.7.3.3 1203.1d 8.7.4.3.8 1219.8 8.8 213
8.7.3.4 1203.1g 8.7.4.3.9 1219.9 8.8.1 213.1
8.7.3.5 1203.1h 8.7.4.3.10 1219.10 8.8.2 213.2
8.7.3.6 1203.1i 8.7.5 – 8.8.3 213.3
8.7.3.7 1203.1b 8.7.5.1 1212 8.9 215, 309, 401.16,
8.7.3.8 1203.1e 8.7.5.2 – 402.9, 511.1, 513.11c,
8.7.3.9 1203.1c 8.7.5.3 – 514.5, 612, 612.1,
8.7.3.10 1203.1j 8.7.5.4 – 701.15, 702.7, 808,
8.7.3.11 1203.1k 8.7.5.5 1220 908, 1406.3i, 1502.13,
8.7.3.12 1203.1m 8.7.5.5.1 1220.4 1609, 1609.1, 1809,
8.7.3.13 1203.2e 8.7.5.5.2 1220.3 2301.15, 2302.8,
8.7.3.14 1203.2d 8.7.5.5.3 1220.6 2501.16, 2502.9

xlix
p. 50 02-16-01 14:23:44 Unit: UT1 Textfile: A17Y2KT001 p.50

A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996 A17.1-1996


A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda A17.1-2000 With Addenda

8.9.1 215.1, 309.1 1010.4, 1010.5, 1010.6, 8.11.3.2.2 1005.2b


8.9.2 215.1, 309.1 1010.7, 1010.8, 1010.9, 8.11.3.2.3 1005.2c
8.9.3 215.1, 309.1 1010.11, 1010.12, 8.11.3.2.4 1005.2d
8.10 Part X 1010.13, 1011.1, 1011.3 8.11.3.2.5 1005.2e
8.10.1 1000 8.11.1.4 1000.3 8.11.3.3 1005.3
8.10.1.1 1000.1, 1001.1c 8.11.1.5 – 8.11.3.3.1 1005.3a
8.10.1.2 1000.2 8.11.1.6 1002.3a, 1002.3b, 8.11.3.3.2 1005.3b
8.10.1.3 – 1002.3c, 1005.4a 8.11.3.4 1005.4
8.10.2 1003 8.11.2 1001, 1002 8.11.4 1007, 1008
8.10.2.1 1003.1 8.11.2.1 1001.1, 1002.1 8.11.4.1 1007.1, 1008.1
8.10.2.2 1003.2 8.11.2.1.1 1001.2(a) 8.11.4.2 1008
8.10.2.3 1003.3 8.11.2.1.2 1001.2(b) 8.11.4.2.1 1008.2a
8.10.3 1006 8.11.2.1.3 1001.2(c) 8.11.4.2.2 1008.2b
8.10.3.1 1006.1 8.11.2.1.4 1001.2(d) 8.11.4.2.3 1008.2c
8.10.3.2 1006.2 8.11.2.1.5 1001.2e 8.11.4.2.4 1008.2d
8.10.3.3 1006.3 8.11.2.1.6 1001.2f 8.11.4.2.5 1008.2e
8.10.3.3.1 – 8.11.2.2 1002.1 8.11.4.2.6 1008.2f
8.10.3.3.2 1006.3 8.11.2.2.1 1002.2a 8.11.4.2.7 1008.2g
8.10.4 1009 8.11.2.2.2 1002.2b 8.11.4.2.8 1008.2h
8.10.4.1 1009.1 8.11.2.2.3 1002.2c 8.11.4.2.9 1008.2i
8.10.4.1.2 1009.2 8.11.2.2.4 1002.2d 8.11.4.2.10 1008.2j
8.10.4.1.3 1008.2 8.11.2.2.5 1002.2e 8.11.4.2.11 1008.2k
8.10.4.2 1009.3 8.11.2.2.6 1002.2f 8.11.4.2.12 1008.2l
8.10.4.2.1 1009.3 8.11.2.2.7 1002.2g 8.11.4.2.13 1008.2m, 1008.2r
8.10.4.2.2 1009.3 8.11.2.2.8 1002.2h 8.11.4.2.14 1008.2p
8.10.5 1010 8.11.2.2.9 1002.2i 8.11.4.2.15 –
8.10.5.1 1010.1 8.11.2.3 1002.3 8.11.4.2.16 1008.2f
8.10.5.2 1010.2 8.11.2.3.1 1002.3a 8.11.4.2.17 –
8.10.5.3 1010.3 8.11.2.3.2 1002.3b 8.11.4.2.18 1008.2q
8.10.5.4 1010.4 8.11.2.3.3 1002.3c 8.11.5 1010
8.10.5.5 1010.5 8.11.2.3.4 1002.3d 8.11.5.1 1010.1
8.10.5.6 1010.6 8.11.2.3.5 1002.3e 8.11.5.2 1010.2
8.10.5.7 1010.7 8.11.2.3.6 1002.3f 8.11.5.3 1010.3
8.10.5.8 1010.8 8.11.2.3.7 1002.3g 8.11.5.4 1010.4
8.10.5.9 1010.9 8.11.2.3.8 1002.3h 8.11.5.5 1010.5
8.10.5.10 1011.7, 1011.8 8.11.2.3.9 1002.3i 8.11.5.6 1010.6
8.10.5.11 1010.11 8.11.2.3.10 – 8.11.5.7 1010.7
8.10.5.12 1010.12 8.11.3 1004, 1005 8.11.5.8 1010.8
8.10.5.13 1010.13 8.11.3.1 1004.1, 1005.1 8.11.5.9 1010.9
8.11.1 1000 8.11.3.1.1 1004.2(a) 8.11.5.10 1010.11
8.11.1.1 1000.1 8.11.3.1.2 1004.2(b) 8.11.5.11 1010.12
8.11.1.1.1 1000.1a 8.11.3.1.3 1004.2(c) 8.11.5.12 1010.13
8.11.1.1.2 1000.1b 8.11.3.1.4 – 8.11.5.13 1011
8.11.1.2 1000.2 8.11.3.1.5 1004.2(e) 8.11.5.13.1 1011.2
8.11.1.3 1001.1, 1002.1, 1004.1, 8.11.3.1.6 1004.2(d)(12) 8.11.5.13.2 1011.3, 1011.4
1005.1, 1007.1, 1008.1, 8.11.3.2 1005 8.11.5.13.3 1011.5
1010.1, 1010.2, 1010.3, 8.11.3.2.1 1005.2a 8.11.5.13.4 1011.6

l
p. 1 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.1

PART 1
GENERAL

SECTION 1.1 rior and interior building maintenance within


SCOPE the scope of ASME A120.1 and CSA-Z271;
(g) conveyors and related equipment within
1.1.1 Equipment Covered by This Code the scope of ASME B20.1;
This Code covers the design, construction, (h) cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and
operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, al- slings within the scope of ASME B30, CSA Z150,
teration, and repair of the following equipment, CSA B167, CSA Z202, and CSA Z248;
its associated parts, and its hoistways, where (i) industrial trucks within the scope of ASME
located in or adjacent to a building or structure B56 and CSA B335;
(except as modified by 1.2): (j) portable equipment, except for portable
(a) hoisting and lowering mechanisms, escalators, which are covered by 6.1;
equipped with a car or platform, which move (k) tiering or piling machines used to move
between two or more landings. This equipment material to and from storage located and op-
includes, but is not limited to elevators (see 1.3). erating entirely within one story;
(b) power-driven stairways and walkways for (l) equipment for feeding or positioning mate-
carrying persons between landings. This equip- rial at machine tools, printing presses, etc.;
ment includes, but is not limited to escalators (m) skip or furnace hoists;
and moving walks (see 1.3). (n) wharf ramps;
(c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms (o) amusement devices;
equipped with a car which serves two or more (p) stage and orchestra lifts;
landings and is restricted to the carrying of (q) lift bridges;
material by its limited size or limited access to (r) railroad car lifts and dumpers;
the car. This equipment includes, but is not (s) mechanized parking garage equipment;
limited to dumbwaiters and material lifts (see (t) line jacks, false cars, shafters, moving plat-
1.3). forms, and similar equipment used for installing
an elevator;
(u) platform elevators installed in a ship or
1.1.2 Equipment Not Covered by This Code
offshore drilling rig and used for the purpose
Equipment not covered by this Code includes, of loading and unloading cargo, equipment, and
but is not limited to, the following: personnel;
(a) personnel hoists within the scope of ANSI (v) dock levelers (freight platform lifts) having
A10.4 and CSA-Z185; a travel of 500 mm (12 in.) or less;
(b) material hoists within the scope of ANSI (w) in Canadian jurisdictions, devices having
A10.5 and CSA-Z256; a travel of 2 000 mm (79 in.) or less and used
(c) platform lifts and stairway chairlifts within only for the transfer of materials or equipment.
the scope of ASME A18.1, CSA B355, and CSA
B613;
1.1.3 Application of Parts
(d) manlifts within the scope of ASME A90.1
and CSA B311; This Code applies to new installations only,
(e) mobile scaffolds, towers, and platforms except Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.9, 8.10,
within the scope of ANSI A92 and CSA-B354; and 8.11, which apply to both new and existing
(f) powered platform and equipment for exte- installations.

1
p. 2 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.2

1.1.4–SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

1.1.4 Effective Date SECTION 1.3


DEFINITIONS
The requirements of this Edition of and subse-
quent Addenda to the Code are effective as of Section 1.3 defines various terms used in
the date established by the local regulations of this Code. In addition, some nomenclature and
the authority having jurisdiction. Where the terminology used in the elevator industry and
Code has not been adopted by local regulation other ASME publications are defined.
and a specific edition or addenda has not been access switch: see hoistway access switch.
stipulated by contractual agreement, compli-
ance with this Edition or Addenda is recom- alteration: any change to equipment, includ-
mended as of the effective date listed in the ing its parts, components, and/or subsystems,
front of the document. other than maintenance, repair, or replacement.
alternate level: a floor level identified by the
building code or fire authority, other than the
designated level.
annunciator, car: an electrical device in the
car that indicates visually the landings at which
an elevator landing signal registering device
has been actuated.
SECTION 1.2 applied frame entrance: a wraparound or
PURPOSE AND EXCEPTIONS partial addition to an existing entrance frame
used to improve the appearance or to provide
The purpose of this Code is to provide for the required clearances.
the safety of life and limb, and to promote the
public welfare. approved: acceptable to the authority having
The provisions of this Code are not intended jurisdiction.
to prevent the use of systems, methods, or authority having jurisdiction: the organiza-
devices of equivalent or superior quality, tion, office, or individual responsible for enforce-
strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durabil- ment of this Code. Where compliance with this
ity, and safety to those prescribed by this Code, Code has been mandated by legislation or regu-
provided that there is technical documentation lation, the “authority having jurisdiction” is the
to demonstrate the equivalency of the system, regulatory authority (see regulatory authority).
method, or device. authorized personnel: persons who have
The specific requirements of this Code may been instructed in the operation of the equip-
be modified by the authority having jurisdiction ment and designated by the owner to use the
based upon technical documentation or physical equipment.
performance verification to allow alternative ar-
automatic transfer device: a power-operated
rangements that will assure safety equivalent
mechanism that automatically moves a load
to that which would be provided by confor-
consisting of a cart, tote box, pallet, wheeled
mance to the corresponding requirements of
vehicle, box, or other similar object from and/
this Code.
or to the car.
This Code contains requirements that are also
covered in the National Building Code of Canada auxiliary power lowering device: an alterna-
(NBCC). Reference to the NBCC is recognition tively powered auxiliary control system that will,
that said requirements are not within the scope upon failure of the main power supply, allow a
of this Code in Canada. hydraulic elevator to descend to a lower landing.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the brake, driving-machine, elevator, dumb-
use of the NBCC is not intended. Exceptions waiter, or material lift: an electro-mechanically
shall be based on the requirements of the above or electro-hydraulically released spring, or grav-
paragraphs. ity applied device, which is part of the electric

2
p. 3 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.3

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

driving machine of the elevator, dumbwaiter, dissipating the kinetic energy of the car or
or material lift used to apply a controlled force at counterweight.
a braking surface to hold or retard the elevator, oil buffer: a buffer using oil as a medium
dumbwaiter, or material lift. See Appendix F. which absorbs and dissipates the kinetic energy
electro-hydraulically released: a means of re- of the descending car of counterweight.
lease in which an electric current applied to a gas spring-return oil buffer: an oil buffer
solenoid valve or the motor of a hydraulic pump utilizing the pressure of a compressed gas to
directs pressurized hydraulic fluid to an actuator return the buffer plunger or piston to its fully
(such as a hydraulic jack) that overcomes a extended position.
resisting force (such as a spring) as long as mechanical spring-return oil buffer: an oil
the electric current flows. buffer utilizing the force of the compressed
electro-mechanically released: a means of mechanical spring or springs to return the buffer
release in which an electric current applied to plunger or piston to its fully extended position.
actuator (such as a solenoid) causes an electro- oil buffer stroke: the oil-displacing move-
magnetic force that overcomes a resisting force ment of the buffer plunger or piston, excluding
(such as a spring) as long as the electric current the travel of the buffer-plunger accelerating
flows. device.
spring buffer: a buffer utilizing one or more
brake, driving-machine, escalator, or moving springs to cushion the impact force of the de-
walk: an electro-mechanical device that is part scending car or counterweight.
of the electric driving machine of the escalator spring buffer load rating: the load required
or moving walk, used to apply a controlled to compress the spring buffer an amount equal
force to a braking surface to stop and hold the to its stroke.
escalator/moving walk system. spring buffer stroke: the distance the con-
tact end of the spring can move under a com-
braking, electrically assisted: retardation of pressive load until all coils are essentially in
the elevator, assisted by energy generated by contact or until a fixed stop is reached.
the driving machine motor. See Appendix F.
building code: an ordinance that sets forth
brake, emergency: a mechanical device in- requirements for building design and construc-
dependent of the braking system used to retard tion, or where such an ordinance has not been
or stop an elevator should the car overspeed enacted, one of the following model codes:
or move in an unintended manner. Such devices (a) National Building Code (NBC)
include, but are not limited to, those that apply (b) Standard Building Code (SBC)
braking force on one or more of the following: (c) Uniform Building Code (UBC)
(a) car rails; (d) National Building Code of Canada (NBCC)
(b) counterweight rails;
(c) suspension or compensation ropes; NOTE: Local regulations or laws take precedence. In the
(d) drive sheaves; and absence of local regulation a model building code is appli-
(e) brake drums. cable.
For further information, see Appendix F.
brake, main drive shaft, escalator and moving bumper: a device, other than an oil or spring
walk: a device located on the main drive shaft buffer, designed to stop a descending car or
of the escalator or moving walk used to apply counterweight beyond its normal limit of travel
a controlled force to the braking surface to stop by absorbing the impact.
and hold the escalator or moving walk system.
cable, traveling: see traveling cable.
braking system: driving machine brake
alone, or in combination with electrically as- capacity: see rated load.
sisted braking, which operates to slow down
car-door interlock: a device having two re-
and stop the elevator. See Appendix F.
lated and interdependent functions, which are:
buffer: a device designed to stop a descend- (a) to prevent the operation of the driving
ing car or counterweight beyond its normal machine by the normal operating device unless
limit of travel by storing or by absorbing and the car door is locked in the closed position; and

3
p. 4 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.4

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) to prevent the opening of the car door car platform frame: a structural frame, com-
from inside the car unless the car is within the posed of interconnecting members, that sup-
landing zone and is either stopped or being ports the car platform floor.
stopped.
car top access panel: a car top access panel
car-door or gate, power-closed: a door or is similar in design to a car top emergency
gate that is closed by a door or gate power exit panel. Used on mine elevators to permit
operator. frequent inspection of mine elevator hoistways
for damage caused by environmental condi-
car-door or gate electric contact: an electri-
tions. Such panels are openable without the
cal device, the function of which is to prevent
use of tools or keys.
operation of the driving machine by the normal
operating device unless the car door or gate is NOTE: Subject to the modifications specified in 5.9.14.1(c).
in the closed position.
car-door or gate power closer: a device or ceramic permanent magnet: a magnet of the
assembly of devices that closes a manually type which has a force that does not deteriorate
opened car door or gate by power other than with time.
hand, gravity, springs, or the movement of certified: see listed/certified.
the car.
certifying organization: an approved or ac-
car, dumbwaiter, material lift: the load-car- credited, independent organization concerned
rying unit which includes a platform or transfer with product evaluation that maintains periodic
device and may include an enclosure and/or inspection of production of listed/certified equip-
car frame. ment or material and whose listing/certification
car, elevator: the load-carrying unit includ- states whether that equipment meets appro-
ing its platform, car frame, enclosure, and car priate standards or has been tested and found
door or gate. suitable for use in a specified manner.

car enclosure: the top and the walls of the NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means
that an organization has been evaluated and approved
car resting on and attached to the car platform.
by an Authorized Agency to operate a Certification/Listing
car frame: the supporting frame to which program, and is designated as such in a publication of the
Authorized Agency.
the car platform, upper and lower sets of guide
shoes, car safety, and the hoisting ropes or
hoisting-rope sheaves, or the plunger or cylinder chain, suspension (hoisting): chain used to
of a direct-acting elevator, are attached. raise and lower a dumbwaiter or material lift
car frame, overslung: a car frame to which car or its counterweight.
the hoisting-rope fastenings or hoisting-rope chassis: that portion of an inclined elevator
sheaves are attached to the crosshead or top
which serves as a car frame with weight-bearing
member of the car frame.
car frame, sub-post: a car frame all of whose guide rollers.
members are located below the car platform. clearance, bottom car: the clear vertical dis-
car frame, underslung: a car frame to which tance from the pit floor to the lowest structural
the hoisting-rope fastenings or hoisting-rope or mechanical part, equipment, or device in-
sheaves are attached at or below the car
stalled beneath the car platform, except guide
platform.
shoes or rollers, safety jaw assemblies, and
car platform: the structure which forms the platform or guards, when the car rests on its
floor of the car and that directly supports the fully compressed buffers.
load.
clearance, top car, electric elevators: the
car platform, laminated: a self-supporting shortest vertical distance between the top of
platform constructed of plywood, with a bonded the car crosshead, or between the top of the
steel sheet facing on both top and bottom sur- car where no crosshead is provided, and the
faces. nearest part of the overhead structure of any

4
p. 5 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.5

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

other obstruction when the car floor is level control, AC motor, DC injection: a motion
with the top terminal landing. control for an AC motor that produces retarda-
tion torque by injecting a DC current into either
clearance, top car, hydraulic elevators: the a stator winding of the motor or a separate
shortest vertical distance within the hoistway eddy-current brake.
between the horizontal plane described by the control, single speed AC: a motion control
top of the car enclosure and the horizontal plane for an AC motor that has a single synchronous
described by the lowest part of the overhead speed.
structure or other obstruction when the car floor control, two speed AC: a motion control
is level with the top terminal landing. for an AC motor that has two different synchro-
nous speeds by connecting the motor windings
clearance, top car, inclined elevators: the so as to obtain a different number of poles.
shortest distance in the direction of travel be- control, variable voltage, variable frequency
tween the upwardmost portion of the chassis (VVVF): a motion control that changes the
(car frame) and the nearest obstruction when magnitude and frequency of the voltage applied
the car is level with the top terminal landing. to the motor.
control, variable voltage AC (VVAC): a mo-
clearance, top counterweight: the shortest tion control for an AC motor that varies the
vertical distance between any part of the coun- amount and direction of output torque by con-
terweight structure and the nearest part of the trolling the magnitude and phase sequence of
overhead structure or any other obstruction the voltage to the motor.
when the car floor is level with the bottom control, DC motor: a motion control that
terminal landing. uses a DC motor to drive the machine.
control, dual bridge thyristor converter: a
comb, escalator and moving walk: the motion control for a DC motor that supplies
toothed portion of a combplate designed to the armature with variable voltage of either
mesh with a grooved step, pallet, or treadway polarity, and is capable of current flow in both
surface. directions.
control, generator-field: a motion control
combplate, escalator and moving walk: that which is accomplished by the use of an individ-
portion of the landing adjacent to the step, ual generator for each driving machine motor
pallet, or treadway consisting of one or more wherein the voltage applied to the motor arma-
plates to which the combs are fastened. ture is adjusted by varying the strength and
direction of the generator field current.
compensating-rope sheave switch: a device control, multi-voltage: a motion control
that automatically causes the electric power to that is accomplished by impressing successively
be removed from the elevator, dumbwaiter, or on the armature of the driving-machine motor
material lift driving-machine motor and brake a number of substantially fixed voltages such
when the compensating sheave approaches its as may be obtained from multi-commutator
upper or lower limit of travel. generators common to a group of elevators.
control, rheostatic: a motion control that
compensation means: wire rope, chain, or is accomplished by varying resistance and/or
other mechanical means used to counterbal- reactance in the armature and/or field circuit of
ance, or partially counterbalance, the weight of the driving-machine motor.
the suspension ropes. control, single bridge thyristor converter: a
motion control for a DC motor that supplies
component rated pressure: the pressure to the armature with variable voltage of fixed po-
which a hydraulic component can be subjected. larity. The field is reversed to control direction
and to cause regeneration.
control, motion: that portion of a control control, electro-hydraulic: a motion control
system that governs the acceleration, speed, in which the acceleration, speed, retardation,
retardation, and stopping of the moving and stopping are governed by varying fluid flow
member. to the hydraulic jack.
control, AC motor: a motion control that control, static: a motion control in which
uses an alternating current motor to drive the control functions are performed by solid state
machine. devices.

5
p. 6 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.6

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

control, operation: that portion of a control momentary actuation of the landing buttons are
system that initiates the starting, stopping, and made in the order in which the landings are
direction of motion, in response to a signal reached in each direction of travel after the
from an operating device. buttons have been actuated. With this type of
operation, automatic: operation control operation, all “UP” landing calls are answered
wherein the starting of the elevator, dumb- when the car is traveling in the up direction
waiter, or material lift car is effected in response and all “DOWN” landing calls are answered
to the momentary actuation of operating devices when the car is traveling in the down direction,
at the landing, and/or of operating devices in except in the case of the uppermost or lower-
the car identified with the landings, and/or in most calls, which are answered as soon as they
response to an automatic starting mechanism, are reached, irrespective of the direction of
and wherein the car is stopped automatically travel of the car.
at the landings. operation, single automatic: automatic op-
operation, group automatic: automatic op- eration by means of one button in the car for
eration of two or more nonattendant elevators each landing served and one button at each
equipped with power-operated car and hoistway landing, so arranged that if any car or landing
doors. The operation of the cars is coordinated button has been actuated the actuation of any
by a supervisory control system including auto- other car or landing operating button will have
matic dispatching means whereby selected cars no effect on the operation of the car until the
at designated dispatching points automatically response to the first button has been completed.
close their doors and proceed on their trips in operation, car-switch: operation control
a regulated manner. It includes one button in wherein the movement and direction of travel
each car for each floor served and “UP” and of the car are directly and solely under the
“DOWN” buttons at each landing (single but- control of the attendant by means of a manually
tons at terminal landings). The stops set up by operated car switch or of continuous-pressure
the momentary actuation of the car buttons buttons in the car.
are made automatically in succession as a car operation, car-switch automatic floor-
reaches the corresponding landing, irrespective stop: operation in which the stop is initiated
of its direction of travel or the sequence in by the attendant from within the car with a
which the buttons are actuated. The stops set definite reference to the landing at which it is
up by the momentary actuation of the landing desired to stop, after which the slowing down
buttons may be accomplished by any elevator and stopping of the elevator is effected automat-
in the group, and are made automatically by the ically.
first available car that approaches the landing in operation, continuous-pressure: operation
the corresponding direction. control by means of buttons or switches in the
operation, nonselective collective auto- car and at the landings, any one of which may
matic: automatic operation by means of one be used to control the movement of the car
button in the car for each landing served and as long as the button or switch is manually
one button at each landing, wherein all stops maintained in the actuating position.
registered by the momentary actuation of land- operation, pre-register: operation control in
ing or car buttons are made irrespective of the which signals to stop are registered in advance
number of buttons actuated or of the sequence by buttons in the car and at the landings. At
in which the buttons are actuated. With this the proper point in the car travel, the attendant
type of operation, the car stops at all landings in the car is notified by a signal, visual, audible,
for which buttons have been actuated, making or otherwise, to initiate the stop, after which
the stops in the order in which the landings the landing stop is automatic.
are reached after the buttons have been actu- operation, signal: operation control by
ated, but irrespective of its direction of travel. means of single buttons or switches (or both)
operation, selective collective auto- in the car, and up-or-down direction buttons (or
matic: automatic operation by means of one both) at the landings, by which predetermined
button in the car for each landing served and landing stops may be set up or registered for
by up-and-down buttons at the landings, an elevator or for a group of elevators. The
wherein all stops registered by the momentary stops set up by the momentary actuation of
actuation of the car buttons are made as defined the car buttons are made automatically in suc-
under nonselective collective automatic opera- cession as the car reaches those landings, irre-
tion, but wherein the stops registered by the spective of its direction of travel or the sequence

6
p. 7 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.7

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

in which the buttons are actuated. The stops door: the movable portion(s) of an entrance
set up by the momentary actuation of the up- that closes the openings. It consists of one or
and-down buttons at the landing are made auto- more solid face panels which are permitted to
matically by the first available car in the group be equipped with a vision panel.
approaching the landings in the corresponding door, horizontally sliding: a door that moves
direction, irrespective of the sequence in which horizontally.
the buttons are actuated. With this type of opera- center-opening: a horizontally sliding door
tion, the car can be started only by means of consisting of two panels, so arranged to open
a starting switch or button in the car. away from each other.
control system: the overall system govern- center-opening, multiple-speed: a horizon-
ing the starting, stopping direction of motion, tally sliding door consisting of more than two
acceleration, speed, and retardation of the mov- panels, so arranged that the panels or groups
of panels open away from each other.
ing member. See Appendix A.
multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding door
controller: a device or group of devices that with two or more panels, so arranged to open
serves to control in a predetermined manner away from one side.
the apparatus to which it is connected. single-speed: a one-panel horizontally
sliding door.
controller, motion: an operative unit com- door or gate, manually operated: a door or
prising a device or group of devices for actuating gate that is opened and closed by hand.
the moving member. door or gate, power-operated: a door or gate
that is opened and closed by a door or gate
controller, motor: the operative units of a power-operator.
motion control system comprising the starter door or gate, self-closing: a manually
devices and power conversion equipment re- opened door or gate that closes when released.
quired to drive an electric motor. door, swinging: a door that pivots around
a vertical axis.
controller, operation: an operative unit com- door, vertically sliding: a counterweighted
prising a device or group of devices for actuating or counterbalanced door consisting of one or
the motion control. more panels that move vertically to open or
deck, escalator: see escalator deck. close.
door, biparting: a vertically sliding door
designated attendant: where elevator opera- consisting of two or more sections, so arranged
tion is controlled solely by authorized personnel that the sections or groups of sections open
(attendant service, independent, hospital ser- away from each other.
vice, and other similar operations).
door locked out of service: a hoistway en-
designated level: the main floor or other trance in which the door is mechanically locked
floor level that best serves the needs of emer- by means other than the interlock to prevent
gency personnel for firefighting or rescue pur- the door being opened from the car side without
poses identified by the building code or fire keys or special equipment.
authority.
door or gate closer: a device that closes a
dispatching device, elevator automatic: a door or gate by means of a spring or gravity.
device, the principal function of which is to
either: door or gate electric contact: an electrical
(a) operate a signal in the car to indicate when device, the function of which is to prevent opera-
the car should leave a designated landing; or tion of the driving machine by the normal op-
(b) actuate its starting mechanism when the erating device unless the door or gate is in the
car is at a designated landing. closed position.
displacement switch: a device actuated by door or gate power-operator: a device or
the displacement of the counterweight, at any assembly of devices that opens a hoistway
point in the hoistway, to provide a signal that door(s) and/or a car door or car gate by power
the counterweight has moved from its normal other than hand, gravity, springs, or the move-
lane of travel or has left its guide rails. ment of the car; and that closes them by power

7
p. 8 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.8

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

other than hand, gravity, or the movement of tor and the persons necessary for unloading
the car. and loading the freight are permitted to ride.

driving machine: see machine, driving.


NOTE (elevator, freight): Its use is subject to the modifica-
dumbwaiter: a hoisting and lowering mech- tions specified in 2.16.
anism equipped with a car of limited size which
moves in guide rails and serves two or more elevator, hand: an elevator utilizing manual
landings that is used exclusively for carrying energy to move the car.
materials, and is classified by the following elevator, inclined: an elevator that travels at
types. an angle of inclination of 70 deg or less from
dumbwaiter, hand: a dumbwaiter utilizing the horizontal.
manual energy to move the car. elevator, mine: an elevator installed in the
dumbwaiter, power: a dumbwaiter utilizing mine hoistway, used to provide access to the
energy other than gravitational or manual to mine for personnel, materials, equipment, and
move the car. supplies. To meet the requirements of a mine
dumbwaiter, electric: a power dumbwaiter elevator, the components must be designed and
where the energy is applied by means of an installed in conformance to Part 2 of this Code,
electric driving machine. except as modified in 5.9. Mine elevators are
dumbwaiter, hydraulic: a power dumb- similar to electric passenger elevators but are
waiter where the energy is applied, by means modified to operate in the mine environment.
of a liquid under pressure, in a cylinder elevator, multicompartment: an elevator
equipped with a plunger or piston. having two or more compartments located one
dumbwaiter, direct-plunger hydraulic: a above the other.
hydraulic dumbwaiter having a plunger or cylin- elevator, observation: an elevator designed
der directly attached to the car frame or to permit exterior viewing by passengers while
platform. the car is traveling.
dumbwaiter, electro-hydraulic: a direct- elevator, passenger: an elevator used pri-
plunger dumbwaiter where liquid is pumped marily to carry persons other than the operator
under pressure directly into the cylinder by a and persons necessary for loading and un-
pump driven by an electric motor. loading.
dumbwaiter, maintained-pressure hy- elevator, power: an elevator utilizing energy
draulic: a direct plunger dumbwaiter where other than gravitational or manual to move
liquid under pressure is available at all times the car.
for transfer into the cylinder. elevator, electric: a power elevator where
dumbwaiter, roped-hydraulic: a hydrau- the energy is applied by means of an electric
lic dumbwaiter having its piston connected to driving machine.
the car with wire rope. elevator, hydraulic: a power elevator in
dumbwaiter, undercounter: a dumbwaiter which the energy is applied, by means of a
that has its top terminal landing located under- liquid under pressure, in a hydraulic jack.
neath a counter. elevator, direct-acting hydraulic: a hy-
draulic elevator in which the energy is applied
earthquake protective devices: a device or by a direct hydraulic driving machine.
group of devices that serve to regulate the elevator, electro-hydraulic: a hydraulic
operation of an elevator or group of elevators elevator in which liquid under pressure is sup-
in a predetermined manner during or after an plied by a hydraulic machine.
earthquake. elevator, maintained-pressure hydrau-
lic: a direct-acting hydraulic elevator in which
elevator: a hoisting and lowering mecha- liquid under pressure is available at all times
nism, equipped with a car, that moves within for transfer into the hydraulic jack.
guides and serves two or more landings and elevator, roped-hydraulic: a hydraulic el-
is classified by the following types evator in which the energy is applied by a
roped-hydraulic driving machine.
NOTE: See 1.1.2, Equipment Not Covered by This Code. elevator, limited-use/limited application: a
power passenger elevator in which the use and
elevator, freight: an elevator used primarily application is limited by size, capacity, speed,
for carrying freight and on which only the opera- and rise.

8
p. 9 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.9

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

elevator, private residence: a power passen- inform persons outside the hoistway that help
ger elevator which is limited in size, capacity, is required.
rise, and speed, and is installed in a private
residence or in a multiple dwelling as a means emergency stop switch: a device located as
of access to a private residence. required and readily accessible for operation,
elevator, rack and pinion: a power elevator which, when manually operated, causes the
with or without a counterweight that is sup- electric power to be removed from the driving-
ported, raised, and lowered by a motor or mo- machine motor and brake of an electric elevator;
tors which drive a pinion or pinions on a station-
or from the electrically operated valves and
ary rack mounted in the hoistway.
elevator, rooftop: a power passenger or pump motor of a hydraulic elevator; or of a
freight elevator operating between a landing at dumbwaiter; or of a material lift.
roof level and one landing below. It opens onto
the exterior roof level of a building through a endurance limit of a component: the maxi-
horizontal opening. mum stress that can be alternated or reversed
elevator, screw column: a power elevator within specified limits without producing frac-
having an uncounterweighted car which is sup- ture of the component material.
ported, raised, and lowered by means of a screw
thread. enforcing authority: see authority having ju-
elevator, shipboard: lifting equipment in- risdiction and regulatory authority.
stalled in ships, in offshore drilling rigs, or
offshore oil production platforms for the pur- engineering test: a test carried out by or
pose of transporting personnel, maintenance witnessed by a registered or licensed profes-
equipment, and ship stores which serves de- sional engineer, testing laboratory, or certifying
fined landing levels; comprised of an enclosed organization to ensure conformance to Code
car running between rigid guides, the dimen- requirements.
sions and means of construction of which permit
the access of persons. entrance, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material
elevator, sidewalk: an elevator of the freight lift: the protective assembly that closes the
type operating between a landing in a sidewalk openings normally used for loading and un-
or other exterior area and floors below the loading, including the door(s), gate(s), transom
sidewalk or grade level. It opens onto the exte- panel, fixed side panel, hardware, and frame,
rior area through a horizontal opening. if provided.
elevator, special purpose personnel: an ele- entrance, horizontally sliding type: an en-
vator that is limited in size, capacity, and speed, trance in which the door(s) slides horizontally.
and permanently installed in structures such as entrance, swinging type: an entrance in
grain elevators, radio antenna, bridge towers, which the door(s) swings around vertical hinges.
underground facilities, dams, power plants, and entrance, vertically sliding type: an entrance
similar structures to provide vertical transporta- in which the door(s) slides vertically.
tion of authorized personnel and their tools and entrance frame, applied: see applied frame
equipment only. entrance.
elevator, used for construction: an elevator
being used temporarily, only for construction entrance hardware: all components of an
purposes. entrance, exclusive of the frame, door(s), and
interlocks, that are necessary to maintain the
elevator personnel: persons who have been position of the doors within the assembly.
trained in the construction, maintenance, repair,
inspection, or testing of equipment. escalator: power-driven, inclined, continu-
ous stairway used for raising or lowering pas-
emergency personnel: persons who have sengers.
been trained in the operation of emergency escalator, conventional: an escalator on
or standby power and firefighters’ emergency which the running gear is driven by a single
operation or emergency evacuation. drive shaft at a terminal.
escalator, modular: an escalator on which
emergency signal device: a device that can the running gear along the incline is driven by
be operated from within the elevator car to one or more drive units.

9
p. 10 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.10

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

escalator deck: the transverse members of fixed side panel: a panel used to close a
the balustrade, having an interior or exterior hoistway enclosure opening on the side of a
section, or both. A high deck is located immedi- hoistway entrance.
ately below the handrail stand. A low deck is
flat steps: the distance, expressed in step
located immediately above the skirt panel.
lengths, that the leading edge of the escalator
escalator molding: the connecting means step travels after emerging from the comb be-
between the various portions of the balustrade. fore moving vertically.
escalator newel: the balustrade termination gate: the moveable portion(s) of an entrance
at the landing. that closes the opening. A gate has through
openings.
escalator newel base: the panel located im-
horizontally sliding collapsible gate: a series
mediately under the newel. of horizontally sliding vertical members, joined
escalator panel, exterior: the panel enclos- by a scissors-like linkage that allows the assem-
ing the exterior side of the balustrade. bly to collapse.
horizontally sliding noncollapsible gate: a
escalator panel, interior: the panel located noncollapsible assembly consisting of one or
between the skirt and the escalator high deck more sections that slide horizontally.
or the handrail stand. vertically sliding gate: a counterweighted or
counterbalanced assembly, consisting of one or
escalator skirt: the panels located immedi- more sections that move vertically to open or
ately adjacent to the steps or treadway. close.
escalator wellway: an opening in a floor gate, semi-automatic: a gate that is opened
provided for escalator installation between two manually and that is closed automatically as
levels of a building. the car leaves the landing.
escalators, tandem operation: escalators governor: see speed governor.
used in series with common intermediate
landings. governor pull-through tension (force): the
magnitude of the tensile load developed in the
factor of safety: the ratio of the ultimate moving governor rope after the governor rope-
strength to the working stress of a member retarding means is actuated.
under maximum static loading, unless other-
wise specified in a particular requirement. governor rope-retarding means: a mechani-
cal means of developing a sufficient force in
fail safe: a characteristic of a system or its the governor rope to activate the car or counter-
elements whereby any failure or malfunction weight safeties or to trip the governor-rope
affecting safety will cause the system to revert releasing carrier, where used. Such mechanical
to a state that is known to be safe. means include, but are not limited to, rope-
fire endurance: a measure of the elapsed gripping jaws, clutch mechanisms, and traction
time during which a material or assembly con- arrangements.
tinues to exhibit fire resistance under specified hoistway (shaft), elevator, dumbwaiter, or
conditions of test and performance, expressed material lift: an opening through a building or
as a fire-resistance rating. structure for the travel of elevators, dumbwait-
fire-resistance rating: the measured time in ers, or material lifts, extending from the pit
hours or fractions thereof that the material or floor to the roof or floor above.
construction will withstand fire exposure, as hoistway, blind: the portion of a hoistway
where hoistway entrances are not provided.
determined by fire tests conducted in conformity
hoistway, multiple: a hoistway with more
to recognized standards. than one elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.
fire-resistive construction: a method of con- hoistway, single: a hoistway with a single
struction that prevents or retards the passage elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.
of hot gases or flames, as defined by the fire- hoistway, mine: The area within a mine
resistance rating. shaft, and its above ground structure required

10
p. 11 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.11

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

for the elevator equipment, associated supports, entirely independent of the car-door or
and operations, including a minimum of 450 hoistway-door power-operator.
mm (18 in.) around same. hoistway-gate separate mechanical lock: a
mechanical device the function of which is to
hoistway access switch: a switch, located at lock a hoistway gate in the closed position after
a landing, the function of which is to permit the car leaves a landing and prevent the gate
operation of the car with the hoistway door at from being opened from the landing side unless
this landing and the car door or gate open, in the car is within the landing zone.
order to permit access to the top of the car or
to the pit. hoistway enclosure: the fixed structure, con-
sisting of vertical walls or partitions, that isolates
hoistway door: see door. the hoistway from all other areas or from an
hoistway-door electric contact: see door or adjacent hoistway and in which entrances are
gate electric contact. installed.

hoistway-door or gate locking device: a de- hoistway gate: usually a counterweighted


vice that secures a hoistway door or gate in (counterbalanced) assembly, consisting of one
the closed position and prevents it from being or more sections that are guided in the vertical
opened from the landing side except under direction to open or close. The gate may be of
certain specified conditions. wood or metal construction. Wood gates may
hoistway-door combination mechanical lock consist of either horizontal or vertical slats.
and electric contact: a combination mechanical Metal gates are usually constructed of perfora-
and electrical device with two related, but en- ted or expanded metal.
tirely independent functions, which are:
(a) to prevent operation of the driving ma- hospital service: a special case of operation
chine by the normal operating device unless by a designated attendant used only for medical
the hoistway door is in the closed position; and emergencies.
(b) to lock the hoistway door in the closed hydraulic jack: a unit consisting of a cylinder
position and prevent it from being opened from equipped with a plunger (ram) or piston, which
the landing side unless the car is within the applies the energy provided by a liquid under
landing zone. pressure.
NOTE: As there is no positive mechanical connection be- hydraulic machine: a unit consisting of
tween the electric contact and the door-locking mechanism,
pump, motor, valves, and associated internal
this device ensures only that the door will be closed, but
not necessarily locked, when the car leaves the landing. piping, which converts electrical energy and
Should the lock mechanism fail to operate as intended supplies it as a liquid under pressure.
when released by a stationary or retiring car-cam device,
the door can be opened from the landing side even though in-car stop switch: a device located in the
the car is not at the landing. If operated by a stationary car and accessible for operation by elevator
car-cam device, it does not prevent opening the door from personnel only, which, when manually oper-
the landing side as the car passes the floor. ated, causes the electric power to be removed
hoistway-door interlock: a device having two from the driving-machine motor and brake of an
related and interdependent functions, which are: electric elevator or from the electrically operated
(a) to prevent the operation of the driving valves and pump motor of a hydraulic elevator.
machine by the normal operating device unless inclined elevator: see elevator, inclined.
the hoistway door is locked in the closed posi-
tion; and installation: a complete elevator, dumb-
(b) to prevent the opening of the hoistway waiter, escalator, material lift, or moving walk,
door from the landing side unless the car is including its hoistway, hoistway enclosures and
within the landing zone and is either stopped related construction, and all machinery and
or being stopped. equipment necessary for its operation.
hoistway-door interlock retiring cam de- installation, existing: an installation that has
vice: a device that consists of a retractable been completed or is under construction prior
cam and its actuating mechanism and that is to the effective date of this Code.

11
p. 12 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.12

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

installation, new: any installation not classi- car-platform sill relative to the hoistway-landing
fied as an existing installation by definition, sill to attain a predetermined accuracy.
or an existing elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator,
material lift, inclined lift, or moving walk moved leveling device, elevator, dumbwaiter, or ma-
to a new location subsequent to the effective terial lift car: any mechanism that will either,
date of this Code. automatically or under control of the operator,
interlock: see car-door interlock and move the car within the leveling zone toward
hoistway-door interlock. the landing only, and automatically stop it at
the landing.
labeled/marked: equipment or material to leveling device, anti-creep: a leveling device
which has been attached a label, symbol, or used on hydraulic elevators to correct automati-
other identifying mark of an approved or accred- cally a change in car level caused by leakage
ited independent certifying organization, con- or contraction of fluid in the hydraulic system.
cerned with product evaluation, that maintains leveling device, inching: a leveling device
periodic inspection of production of labeled/ that is controlled by the operator by means of
continuous-pressure switches.
marked equipment or material, and by whose
leveling device, one-way automatic: a device
labeling/marking the manufacturer indicates that corrects the car level only in case of under-
compliance with appropriate standards or per- run of the car, but will not maintain the level
formance in a specified manner. during loading and unloading.
NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means
leveling device, two-way automatic main-
that an organization has been evaluated and approved taining: a device that corrects the car level on
by an Authorized Agency to operate a Certification/Listing both under-run and over-run, and maintains the
program, and is designated as such in a publication of the level during loading and unloading.
Authorized Agency. leveling device, two-way automatic nonmain-
taining: a device that corrects the car level
landing, dumbwaiter: that portion of a floor, on both under-run and over-run, but will not
balcony, platform, or landing door used to dis- maintain the level during loading and unloading.
charge and receive materials. leveling zone: the limited distance above or
landing, elevator or material lift: that portion below an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
of a floor, balcony, or platform used to receive landing within which the leveling device is per-
and discharge passengers or freight. mitted to cause movement of the car toward
landing, bottom terminal: the lowest landing the landing.
served by the elevator or material lift that is
equipped with a hoistway entrance. listed/certified: equipment or materials ac-
landing, top terminal: the highest landing cepted for inclusion in a publication by a certi-
served by the elevator or material lift that is fying organization.
equipped with a hoistway entrance.
NOTE: The means for identifying listed/certified equipment
landing, escalator or moving walk: the sta- may vary for each organization concerned with product
tionary area at the entrance to or exit from evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment as
an escalator, a moving walk, or moving walk listed/certified unless it is also labeled/marked. The authority
system. having jurisdiction utilizes the system employed by the
listing/certifying organization to identify a listed/certified
landing, next available: the first landing in product.
the direction of travel that the elevator is electri-
cally and mechanically capable of serving with load, dynamic: the load applied as a result
a normal slowdown and stop. of acceleration or deceleration.
landing-zone: a zone extending from a point load, impact: a suddenly applied load.
450 mm (18 in.) below a landing to a point 450
mm (18 in.) above the landing. load, static: the load applied as a result of
the weight.
leveling: controlled car movement toward
the landing, within the leveling zone, by means machine, driving: the power unit that applies
of a leveling device, which vertically aligns the the energy necessary to drive an elevator or

12
p. 13 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.13

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

other equipment covered by the scope of this of a car is obtained through a connection be-
Code. tween a driven sprocket and the suspension
driving machine, electric: a driving machine chains.
in which the energy is applied by an electric driving machine, hydraulic: a driving ma-
motor. It includes the motor, driving-machine chine in which the energy is provided by a
brake, and the driving sheave or drum, together hydraulic machine and applied by a hydraulic
with its connecting gearing, belt, or chain, if jack.
any. See Appendix F. direct hydraulic driving machine: a hy-
driving machine, direct: an electric driving draulic driving machine in which the driving
machine, the motor of which is directly con- member of the hydraulic jack is directly attached
nected mechanically to the driving sheave, to the car frame or platform.
drum, or shaft without the use of belts or chains, roped-hydraulic driving machine: a hy-
either with or without intermediate gears. draulic driving machine in which the driving
geared-driving machine: a direct-driving member of the hydraulic jack is connected to
machine in which the energy is transmitted the car by wire ropes or indirectly coupled to
from the motor to the driving sheave, drum, the car by means of wire ropes and sheaves.
or shaft through gearing. It includes multiplying sheaves, if any, and their
winding drum machine: a geared-driv- guides.
ing machine in which the suspension ropes are
fastened to and wind on a drum. main floor: the floor providing normal
traction machine: a direct-driving ma- egress from a building.
chine in which the motion of a car is obtained
maintained pressure: the hydraulic pressure
through friction between the suspension ropes
and a traction sheave. between the pressure source and the control
geared-traction machine: a geared- valves of a maintained pressure hydraulic ele-
drive traction machine. vator.
gearless-traction machine: a traction
machine, without intermediate gearing, that has maintenance: a process of routine examina-
the traction sheave and the brake drum mounted tion, lubrication, cleaning, and adjustment of
directly on the motor shaft. parts, components, and/or subsystems for the
worm-geared machine: a direct-driving purpose of ensuring performance in accordance
machine in which the energy from the motor with the applicable Code requirements. (See
is transmitted to the driving sheave or drum also repair and replacement.)
through worm gearing.
driving machine, indirect: an electric driv- manual reset, escalator and moving walk: a
ing machine, the motor of which is connected means, not accessible to the general public,
indirectly to the driving sheave, drum, gear requiring personal intervention by an authorized
reducer, or shaft by means of a belt drive or person prior to restarting the escalator or mov-
chain drive. ing walk.
belt-driving machine: an indirect driving
machine equipped with a belt system as the material lift: a hoisting and lowering mecha-
connecting means. nism normally classified as an elevator,
chain-driving machine: an indirect-driv- equipped with a car which moves within a guide
ing machine with a chain system as the connect- system installed at an angle of greater than 70
ing means.
deg from the horizontal, serving two or more
driving machine, rack and pinion: an elec-
tric driving machine in which the motion of landings, for the purpose of transporting materi-
the car is obtained by power-driven rotation als which are manually or automatically loaded
pinion(s) mounted on the car, traveling on a or unloaded. Material lifts without an automatic
stationary rack mounted in the hoistway. transfer device are Type A or Type B. On Type
driving machine, screw: an electric driving A material lifts no persons are permitted to
machine, the motor of which drives a nut on ride. On Type B material lifts authorized person-
a vertical screw or rotates a vertical screw to nel are permitted to ride.
raise or lower an elevator car.
driving machine, chain, dumbwaiter or mate- may: indicates permission, not a mandatory
rial lift: a driving machine in which the motion requirement.

13
p. 14 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.14

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

mechanical lock: see hoistway-door combi- normal stopping means: that portion of the
nation mechanical lock and electric contact and operation control which initiates stopping of the
hoistway-gate separate mechanical lock. car in normal operation at landings.
modernization: see alteration. operating device: the car switch, push but-
tons, key or toggle switches, or other devices
module: the increment of rise in a modular used to actuate the operation control.
escalator that one drive unit is capable of pow-
ering. operating speed in the down direction: the
speed at which a hydraulic elevator, dumb-
molding, escalator: see escalator molding. waiter, or material lift is set to lower with
moving walk: a type of passenger-carrying rated load.
device on which passengers stand or walk, and operation, inspection: a special case of con-
in which the passenger-carrying surface remains tinuous-pressure operation used for trouble-
parallel to its direction of motion and is uninter- shooting, maintenance, repair, adjustments, res-
rupted. cue, and inspection.
moving walk, belt pallet type: a moving walk
with a series of connected and power-driven overhead structure: all of the structural
pallets to which a continuous belt treadway is members, walls, platforms, etc., supporting the
fastened. elevator machinery, sheaves, and equipment at
moving walk, belt type: a moving walk with the top of the hoistway.
a power-driven continuous belt treadway.
moving walk, edge-supported belt type: a pallet, moving walk: one of a series of rigid
moving walk with the treadway supported near platforms that together form an articulated
its edges by a succession of rollers. treadway or the support for a continuous
moving walk, pallet type: a moving walk treadway.
with a series of connected and power-driven
panel, exterior escalator: see escalator
pallets that together constitute the treadway.
moving walk, roller-bed type: a moving walk panel, exterior.
with the treadway supported throughout its panel, interior escalator: see escalator panel,
width by a succession of rollers. interior.
moving walk, slider-bed type: a moving walk
with the treadway sliding upon a supporting parking device, elevator: an electrical or me-
surface. chanical device, the function of which is to
permit the opening of the hoistway door from
moving walk newel: the balustrade termina-
the landing side when the car is within the
tion at the landing.
landing zone of that landing. The device may
moving walk newel base: the panel located also be used to close the door.
imediately under the newel. penetrate a floor: to pass through or pierce
moving walk wellway: an opening in a floor a floor in such a way that the opening has a
provided for moving walk installation. continuous perimeter and is provided only to
allow the equipment to pass through the floor.
newel, escalator: see escalator newel.
periodic tests, category: a grouping of tests
newel, moving walk: see moving walk performed at common time intervals required
newel. by the authority having jurisdiction.
newel base, escalator: see escalator newel Phase I Emergency Recall Operation: the op-
base. eration of an elevator where it is automatically
or manually recalled to the recall level and
newel base, moving walk: see moving walk removed from normal service because of activa-
newel base. tion of firefighters’ emergency operation.
nonstop switch, elevator: a switch that, Phase II Emergency In-car Operation: the op-
when operated, will prevent the elevator from eration of an elevator by firefighters where the
making registered landing stops. elevator is under their control.

14
p. 15 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.15

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

piston: a short cylindrical member that is rated load performance: the operation of the
provided with a sealing means that travels with elevator with its rated load at rated speed.
the member within a hydraulic cylinder. Pistons
rated speed: the speed at which the elevator,
may be coupled to the elevator, dumbwaiter,
dumbwaiter, escalator, moving walk, or material
or material lift by a coupling means that passes
lift is designed to operate under the following
through a sealing means provided in the cylin-
conditions:
der head.
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift: the
pit, dumbwaiter, material lift: the portion of speed in the up direction with rated load in the
a hoistway extending from the floor level of car. (See also operating speed in the down
direction.)
the bottom terminal landing to the floor at the
escalator: the rate of travel of the steps,
bottom of the hoistway. measured along the centerline of the steps in
pit, elevator: the portion of a hoistway ex- the direction of travel, with rated load on the
tending from the sill level of the bottom terminal steps. In the case of a reversible escalator, the
rated speed shall be the rate of travel of the
landing to the floor at the bottom of the
steps in the up direction, measured along the
hoistway. centerline of the steps on the incline, with rated
plunger (ram): a long cylindrical compres- load on the steps.
sion member that is directly or indirectly cou- moving walk: the rate of travel of the
treadway, horizontally or at an incline, with
pled to the car frame. This member is not
rated load on the treadway. In the case of
provided with a sealing means. Where used in reversible inclined moving walks, the rated
assembly with a cylinder, the sealing means is speed is the rate of travel of the treadway in
provided on the cylinder head. In the case of the up direction, measured along the centerline
telescopic plungers and cylinders, a sealing of the treadway surface in the direction of travel,
means may be used in the moving plunger, with rated load on the treadway.
that is also a cylinder.
readily accessible: capable of being reached
position indicator: a device that indicates the quickly for operation, renewal, or inspection,
position of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material without requiring those to whom ready access
lift car in the hoistway. It is called a hall position is a requisite to climb over or remove obstacles
indicator when placed at a landing or a car or resort to portable ladders, chairs, etc.
position indicator when placed in the car.
recall level: the designated or alternate level
power unit, hydraulic: see hydraulic ma- that cars are returned to when Phase I Emer-
chine. gency Recall Operation is activated.

pressure piping: the piping for a hydraulic recycling operation, telescope plunger: an
elevator between the pump and the hydraulic operation for restoring the relative vertical posi-
jack. tions of the multiple plungers in a telescoping
plunger arrangement.
private residence: a separate dwelling or a
separate apartment in a multiple dwelling which regulatory authority: the person or organiza-
is occupied only by the members of a single tion responsible for the administration and en-
family unit. forcement of the applicable legislation or regula-
tion governing the design, construction,
private residence elevator: see elevator. installation, operation, inspection, testing, main-
tenance, or alteration of equipment covered by
rated load, elevator, dumbwaiter, material
this Code. (See also authority having juris-
lift, or escalator: the load that the equipment
diction.)
is designed and installed to lift at the rated
speed. rehabilitation: see alteration; maintenance;
repair; and replacement.
rated load, moving walk: the load that the
moving walk is designed and installed to move, releasing carrier, governor-rope: a mechani-
horizontally or at an incline, at the rated speed. cal device to which the governor rope may be

15
p. 16 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.16

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

fastened, calibrated to control the activation of rope equalizer, suspension: a device in-
a safety at a predetermined tripping force. stalled on an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material
lift car or counterweight to equalize automati-
remote machine and control rooms: rooms
cally the tensions in the suspension wire ropes.
that do not share a common wall, floor, or
ceiling with the hoistway. rope-fastening device, auxiliary: a device
attached to the car or counterweight or to the
repair: reconditioning or renewal of parts,
overhead dead-end rope-hitch support that will
components, and/or subsystems necessary to
function automatically to support the car or
keep equipment in compliance with applicable
counterweight in case the regular wire-rope fas-
Code requirements. (See also replacement and
tening fails at the point of connection to the
maintenance.)
car or counterweight or at the overhead dead-
replacement: the substitution of a device or end hitch.
component and/or subsystems, in its entirety,
rope sprocket drive: a driving means con-
with a unit that is basically the same as the
sisting of wire rope with fixed links at constant
original for the purpose of ensuring perform-
intervals throughout its length. The links engage
ance in accordance with applicable Code re-
in slots on a grooved drive cog to provide a
quirements. (See also repair and maintenance.)
positive drive force.
restricted area: (applicable to Part 7) an area
runby, bottom, elevator car: the distance be-
accessible only to authorized personnel who
tween the car buffer striker plate and the striking
have been instructed in the use and operation
surface of the car buffer when the car floor is
of the equipment.
level with the bottom terminal landing.
rise: the vertical distance between the bot-
tom terminal landing and the top terminal land- runby, bottom, elevator counterweight: the
distance between the counterweight buffer
ing of an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.
striker plate and the striking surface of the
rise, escalator and moving walk: the vertical counterweight buffer when the car floor is level
distance between the top and bottom landings with the top terminal landing.
of the escalator or moving walk.
runby, top, direct-plunger hydraulic eleva-
rope, aircraft cable: a wire rope built for a tor: the distance the elevator car can run above
special purpose having special flexibility proper- its top terminal landing before the plunger
ties, zinc-coating, high breaking strength, and strikes its mechanical stop.
anti-rust qualities. Designed originally for use
with aircraft controls. running gear, escalator: all the components
of an escalator moving along the tracks.
rope, car-counterweight: wire rope used to
connect the car and counterweight that does running gear, moving walk: all the compo-
not pass over the driving means. nents of a moving walk moving along the tracks.

rope, counterweight: wire rope used to raise safety, car or counterweight: a mechanical
and lower the counterweight on an electric ele- device attached to the car, car frame, or to
vator, dumbwaiter, or material lift having a an auxiliary frame; or to the counterweight or
winding drum machine. counterweight frame; to stop and hold the car
or counterweight under one or more of the
rope, governor: wire rope with at least one following conditions: predetermined overspeed,
end fastened to the safety activating means or free fall, or if the suspension ropes slacken.
governor rope releasing carrier, passing over safety, self-resetting: a car or counterweight
and driving the governor sheave, and providing safety released and reset by movement in the
continuous information on the speed and direc- up direction.
tion of the car or counterweight.
safety bulkhead: a closure at the bottom of
rope, suspension (hoisting): wire rope used the cylinder located above the cylinder head
to raise and lower an elevator, dumbwaiter, or and provided with an orifice for controlling the
material lift car or its counterweight, or both. loss of fluid in the event of cylinder head failure.

16
p. 17 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.17

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

screw column: a vertical structural member slack-rope switch: a device that automati-
provided with screw threads that support the cally causes the electric power to be removed
car of a screw column elevator, dumbwaiter, from the elevator driving machine motor and
or material lift. The screw column may be either brake when the suspension ropes of a winding
in tension or compression. drum machine become slack.
seismic switch: a device activated by ground sleeving (liner): the insertion of a smaller
movement to provide a signal that a potentially diameter cylinder inside the existing cylinder
damaging earthquake is imminent. of a hydraulic driving machine.
shaft: see hoistway. sling: see car frame.
shall: indicates a mandatory requirement. slope, moving walk: the angle which the
centerline of the treadway makes with the hori-
should: indicates a recommendation, not a
zontal.
mandatory requirement.
software system failure: a behavior of the
sight guard: a vertical member mounted on
software, including its support (host) hardware,
the hoistway side of the leading edge of the
that is not in accordance with the intended
hoistway door. It is used to reduce the opening
function.
between the leading edges of the hoistway door
and the car door. solid state device: an element that can con-
trol current flow without moving parts.
signal device, elevator car flash: one provid-
ing a signal light in the car, which is illuminated speed governor: a continuously operating
when the car approaches the landings at which speed monitoring and detection device that, at
a landing signal registering device has been predetermined speeds, provides signals to the
actuated. controller and imparts a retarding force to acti-
vate the car or counterweight safety.
signal registering device, elevator landing: a
button or other device located at the elevator speed governor, escalator and moving
landing, which, when actuated by a waiting walk: a continuously operating speed monitor-
passenger, causes a stop signal to be registered ing and detection device which, at predeter-
in the car. mined speeds, provides signals to the controller
to stop the escalator or moving walk.
signal system, elevator separate: one con-
sisting of buttons or other devices located at starters control panel, elevator: an assembly
the landings, which, when actuated by a waiting of devices by means of which the starter may
passenger, illuminates a flash signal or operates control the manner in which an elevator or
an annunciator in the car indicating floors at group of elevators function.
which stops are to be made.
static switching: switching of circuits by
signal transfer device, elevator automatic: a means of solid state devices.
device by means of which a signal to be regis-
tandem operation escalators: see escalators,
tered in a car is automatically transferred to
tandem operation.
the next car following, in case the first car
passes a floor for which a signal has been terminal landing: see landing, elevator or
registered without making a stop. material lift.
signal transfer switch, elevator: a manually terminal-speed limiting device, emer-
operated switch, located in the car, by means gency: a device that automatically reduces the
of which the operator can transfer a signal to car and counterweight speed to within the rated
the next car approaching in the same direction, buffer striking speed prior to buffer en-
when the operator desires to pass a floor at gagement.
which a signal has been registered in the car.
terminal speed reducing device, hydraulic: a
skirt, escalator: see escalator skirt. device on hydraulic elevators that will reduce

17
p. 18 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.18

SECTION 1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

the speed prior to contacting the stop ring in freight elevator within the truck zone with the
the up direction. car door or gate and a hoistway door open.
terminal-stopping device, emergency: a de- type test: a test carried out by or witnessed
vice that automatically causes the power to be by a certifying organization concerned with
removed from the driving machine motor and product evaluation and the issuing of certificates
brake if the car fails to slow down as intended to ensure conformance to Code requirements.
when approaching the terminal landing.
unlocking device, hoistway door: a mechani-
terminal-stopping device, final: a device that cal device, the function of which is to unlock
automatically causes the power to be removed and permits the opening of a hoistway door
from a driving-machine motor and brake, or from a landing irrespective of the position of
from a hydraulic machine, independent of the the car.
functioning of the normal stopping means, nor-
mal terminal-stopping device, and any emer- unlocking zone: a zone extending from the
gency terminal-speed limiting device, after the landing floor level to a point not less than 75
car has passed a terminal landing. mm (3 in.) nor more than 450 mm (18 in.) above
and below the landing.
terminal stopping device, machine final (stop-
motion switch): final terminal stopping device valley break: a broken wire in a wire rope
operated directly by the driving machine. in which the outside wire of a strand breaks in
the immediate vicinity of the point where it
terminal stopping device, normal: device(s) contacts a wire or wires of an adjacent strand,
to slow down and stop an elevator, dumbwaiter, generally at a point not visible when the wire
or material lift car automatically at or near a rope is examined externally. One end of the
terminal landing, independently of the function- broken wire is long enough to reach from one
ing of the normal stopping means. valley to the next one and the other end of the
threshold comb, moving walk: see comb, broken wire generally cannot be seen.
escalator and moving walk.
valve, overspeed: a device installed in the
threshold plate, moving walk: see comb- pressure piping of a hydraulic elevator, between
plate, escalator and moving walk. the hydraulic machine and the hydraulic jack,
which restricts and ceases oil flow from the
transom: a panel or panels used to close a
hydraulic jack through the pressure piping when
hoistway enclosure opening above a hoistway
such flow exceeds a preset value.
entrance.
travel: distance measured along the center volatile memory: memory lost when op-
of the path of motion between the bottom termi- erating power is removed.
nal landing and the top terminal landing. waiting-passenger indicator: an indicator
traveling cable: a cable made up of electric that shows at which landings and for which
conductors, which provides electrical connec- direction elevator hall stop-or-signal calls have
tion between an elevator, dumbwaiter, material been registered and are unanswered.
lift car, or counterweight, and a fixed outlet in weatherproof: so constructed or protected
the hoistway or machine room. that exposure to the weather will not interfere
treadway, moving walk: the passenger- with successful operation.
carrying member of a moving walk. width, moving walk: the exposed width of
truck zone, elevator: the limited distance the treadway.
above an elevator landing within which the
window: an assembly consisting of a sur-
truck-zoning device permits movement of the
rounding frame and one or more sashes, ventila-
elevator car.
tors, or fixed lights, or a combination of these,
truck-zoning device, elevator: a device that designed to be installed in a wall opening for
will permit the operator in the car to move a the purpose of admitting light or air, or both.

18
p. 19 02-16-01 10:39:44 Unit: U1 Textfile: A17Y2K$100 p.19

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 1.3

working pressure: the pressure measured at


the hydraulic machine when lifting car and its
rated load at rated speed, or with Class C2
loading when leveling up with maximum
static load.
yield strength: the tensile stress that is suf-
ficient to produce a permanent deformation of
0.2%.

19
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 21 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.21

PART 2
ELECTRIC ELEVATORS

SCOPE 2.1.1.2.2 The hoistway shall be fully en-


closed conforming to 2.1.1.2.2(a), (b), and (c),
Part 2 applies to electric elevators installed
or 2.1.1.2.2(a) and (d).
at an angle greater than 70 deg from the hori-
(a) Enclosures and doors shall be unperfora-
zontal. It applies to other equipment only as
ted to a height of 2 000 mm (79 in.) above each
referenced in the applicable Part.
floor or landing and above the treads of adjacent
stairways. The enclosure shall be unperforated,
adjacent to, and for 150 mm (6 in.) on either
side of any moving equipment that is within
100 mm (4 in.) of the enclosure.
SECTION 2.1
(b) Openwork enclosures, where used above
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AND the 2 000 mm (79 in.) level, shall reject a ball
HOISTWAY ENCLOSURES 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
2.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures (c) Openwork enclosures shall be
(1) at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) thick wire, if
Hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1.1.1, of steel wire grille;
2.1.1.2, or 2.1.1.3. (2) at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) thick, if of
2.1.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction expanded metal; and
(3) so supported and braced as to deflect
2.1.1.1.1 Where fire-resistive construction not over 15 mm (0.6 in.) when subjected to a
is required, hoistways shall be enclosed in con- force of 450 N (100 lbf) applied horizontally at
formance with the requirements of the building any point.
code (see 1.3). (d) Enclosures shall be permitted to be glass,
2.1.1.1.2 Partitions between hoistways and provided it is laminated glass conforming to
machine rooms having fire-resistive enclosures ANSl Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201, or CAN/CGSB-
shall be of noncombustible solid or openwork 12.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Mark-
construction that meets the requirements of ings as specified in the applicable standard shall
2.1.1.2.2(c)(1), (2), and (3). Openwork construc- be on each separate piece of glass and shall
tion shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter, remain visible after installation.
except where there are openings essential for
ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator 2.1.1.2.3 Entrances shall be in conformance
equipment. with 2.11, except 2.11.14, 2.11.15, 2.11.16, and
2.11.18.
2.1.1.1.3 Hoistway enclosure openings
shall be protected with entrances or access 2.1.1.3 Partially Enclosed Hoistways. For ele-
doors having a fire-protection rating conforming vators that are not fully enclosed, protection at
to the requirements of the building code. least 2 400 mm (94.5 in.) high shall be provided
on the hoistway sides that are located 1 500
2.1.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction
mm (59 in.) or less from elevator equipment
2.1.1.2.1 Where fire-resistive construction to areas accessible to other than elevator per-
is not required by the building code, hoistway sonnel. Such protection shall comply with
construction shall conform to 2.1.1.2.2 or 2.1.1.3. 2.1.1.2.

21
p. 22 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.22

2.1.1.4–2.1.3.5.1 ASME A17.1–2000

2.1.1.4 Multiple Hoistways. The number of tion-type machines located over the hoistway;
elevators permissible in a hoistway shall be in and
conformance with the building code. (b) overhead sheaves, governors, and other
equipment where the elevator machine is lo-
2.1.1.5 Strength of Enclosure. The hoistway
cated below or at the side of the hoistway,
enclosure adjacent to a landing opening shall
provided that
be of sufficient strength to maintain in true
(1) means of access for inspection and ser-
lateral alignment the hoistway entrances. Op-
vicing of governors conforming to 2.7.3.3 is
erating mechanisms and locking devices shall
provided from outside the hoistway; and
be supported by the building wall, if load-bear-
(2) sheaves and other equipment (except
ing, or by other building structure. Adequate
governors) can be inspected and serviced from
consideration shall be given to pressure exerted
the top of the car or means of access from
on hoistway enclosures as a result of windage
outside the hoistway conforming to 2.7.3.3 may
and elevator operation.
be provided.
2.1.2 Construction at Top and Bottom of the 2.1.3.2 Location of Floor. The floor shall be
Hoistway located
2.1.2.1 Construction at Top of the Hoistway. (a) above or level with the top of the machine
The top of the hoistway shall be enclosed as beams where the machine is located over the
required by the building code. hoistway; or
(b) below the overhead sheaves where the
2.1.2.2 Construction at Bottom of Hoistway. machine is not located over the hoistway.
Pits extending to the ground shall have noncom-
bustible floors, and shall be designed to prevent 2.1.3.3 Strength of Floor. The strength of the
entry of ground water into the pit. The pit floor overhead floor shall be capable of sustaining
of any hoistway not extending to the ground a concentrated load of 1 000 N (225 lb) on any
shall be of construction having a fire-resistance 2 000 mm2 (3 in.2) area, and in addition, where
rating at least equal to that required for the it constitutes the floor of the main or secondary
hoistway enclosure. (See also 2.2 and 2.6.) level machinery space, it shall be designed for
a live load of not less than 6 kPa (125 lb/ft2)
2.1.2.3 Strength of Pit Floor. The pit equip-
in all open areas.
ment, beams, floor, and their supports shall be
Where the elevator machine is to be sup-
designed and constructed to meet the applicable
ported solely by the machine room floor slab,
building code requirements and to withstand
the floor slab shall be designed in accordance
the following loads, without permanent defor-
with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5.
mation, in the manner in which they occur:
(a) the impact load due to car or counter- 2.1.3.4 Construction of Floors. Floors shall be
weight buffer engagement at 125% of the rated of concrete or metal construction with or with-
speed or 125% of the striking speed where out perforations. Metal floors shall conform to
reduced stroke buffers are used (see 8.2.3); the following:
(b) the part of the load transmitted due to (a) If of bar-type grating, the openings be-
the application of the car safety, or where appli- tween bars shall reject a ball 20 mm (0.8 in.)
cable, the counterweight safety; and in diameter.
(c) compensation up-pull load where compen- (b) If of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated
sation tie-down is applied (see 2.17.17). openwork construction, the openings shall reject
a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
2.1.3 Floor Over Hoistways
2.1.3.5 Area to Be Covered by Floor
2.1.3.1 General Requirements
2.1.3.5.1 Where a floor over a hoistway is
2.1.3.1.1 A metal or concrete floor shall
required by 2.1.3.1, the floor shall extend over
be provided at the top of the hoistway.
the entire area of the hoistway where the cross-
2.1.3.1.2 Floors are not required below sectional area is 10 m2 (108 ft2) or less. Where
(a) secondary and deflecting sheaves of trac- the cross-sectional area is greater, the floor

22
p. 23 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.23

ASME A17.1–2000 2.1.3.5.1–2.2.1

shall extend not less than 600 mm (24 in.) 2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in
beyond the general contour of the machine or Hoistway Enclosures
sheaves or other equipment, and to the entrance
Hoistway enclosures shall have flush surfaces
to the machinery space at or above the level
on the hoistway side, subject to the require-
of that floor. Where the floor does not cover
ments of 2.1.6.1 and 2.1.6.2.
the entire horizontal area of the hoistway, the
open or exposed sides shall be provided with
a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2. 2.1.6.1 On sides for loading and unloading,
landing sills, hoistway doors, door tracks, and
hangers shall be permitted to project inside the
2.1.3.5.2 Where a floor over the hoistway hoistway enclosure. Sills shall be guarded as
is not required by 2.1.3.1 and the access door required by 2.11.10.1.
is not located so that the overhead sheaves
and governor can be serviced from outside 2.1.6.2 On sides not used for loading and
the hoistway, a catwalk or platform shall be unloading
provided in the hoistway from the access door to (a) recesses, except those necessary for instal-
the machinery. The construction of the platform lation of elevator equipment, shall not be per-
shall comply with 2.1.3.4 and it shall be mitted;
equipped on the exposed sides with a standard (b) beams, floor slabs, or other building con-
railing conforming to 2.10.2. struction making an angle less than 75 deg with
the horizontal shall not project more than 100
2.1.3.6 Difference in Floor Levels. Differences mm (4 in.) inside the hoistway enclosure unless
in levels of machine room and machinery-space the top surface of the projection is beveled at
floors shall be avoided where practicable. Where an angle not less than 75 deg with the horizontal;
there is a difference in level in such floors (c) separator beams between adjacent eleva-
exceeding 400 mm (16 in.), a standard railing tors are not required to have bevels;
conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided. (d) where setbacks exceeding 100 mm (4 in.)
occur in the enclosure wall, the top of the
setback shall be beveled at an angle of not less
2.1.4 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases than 75 deg with the horizontal;
(e) bevels are not required if the projections
When required by the building code, and setbacks are covered with material conform-
hoistways shall be provided with means to pre- ing to the following:
vent the accumulation of smoke and hot gases. (1) it shall be equal to or stronger than
Where air pressurization of the hoistway is 1.110 mm (0.0437 in.) wire;
utilized as a means of smoke and hot gas (2) it shall have openings not exceeding 25
control, the air shall not be introduced into the mm (1 in.); and
hoistway in such a manner as to cause erratic (3) it shall be supported and braced such
operation by impingement of traveling cables, that it will not deflect more than 25 mm (1 in.)
selector tapes, governor ropes, compensating when subjected to a force of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf/
ropes, and other components sensitive to exces- ft2) applied horizontally at any point.
sive movement or deflection.

2.1.5 Windows and Skylights


In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, win-
dows in the walls of hoistway enclosures are SECTION 2.2
prohibited. PITS
Windows and skylights and their frames and
2.2.1 General
sashes in machine rooms shall conform to the
requirements of the building code (see 1.3). A pit shall be provided for every elevator.

23
p. 24 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.24

2.2.2–2.2.4.4 ASME A17.1–2000

2.2.2 Design and Construction of Pits 2.2.3.2 Where the difference in level is 600
mm (24 in.) or less, a standard railing conform-
2.2.2.1 The construction of the pit walls, the
ing to 2.10.2 shall be permitted to be installed
pit floor, and any pit access doors (see 2.2.4)
in lieu of the guard.
shall conform to 2.1.1 and 2.1.2.
2.2.2.2 The floor of the pit shall be approxi- 2.2.4 Access to Pits
mately level, except that Safe and convenient access shall be provided
(a) trenches or depressions may be provided to all pits, and shall conform to 2.2.4.1 through
for the installation of buffers, compensating 2.2.4.4.
sheaves and frames, and vertically sliding bi-
parting hoistway doors, where structural condi- 2.2.4.1 Access shall be by means of the
tions make such trenches or depressions neces- lowest hoistway door or by means of a separate
sary; and pit access door.
(b) in existing buildings, where new elevators 2.2.4.2 There shall be installed in the pit of
are installed or existing elevators are altered, each elevator, where the pit extends more than
existing foundation footings extending above 900 mm (35 in.) below the sill of the pit access
the general level of the pit floor may remain door, a fixed vertical ladder of noncombustible
in place, provided the maximum encroachment material, located within reach of the access
of such footings does not exceed 15% of the door. The ladder shall extend not less than
cubic content of the pit, and further provided 1 200 mm (48 in.) above the sill of the access
that it is impracticable to remove the footing. door, or handgrips shall be provided to the
2.2.2.3 Permanent provisions shall be made same height. The rungs, cleats, or steps shall
to prevent accumulation of ground water in the be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in.) wide. When
pit (see 2.1.2.2). unavoidable obstructions are encountered, the
width shall be permitted to be decreased to
2.2.2.4 Drains and sump pumps, where pro- less than 300 mm (12 in.). The reduced width
vided, shall comply with the applicable plumb- shall be as wide as the available space permits,
ing code, and they shall be provided with a but not less than 225 mm (9 in.). The rungs,
positive means to prevent water, gases, and cleats, or steps shall be spaced 300 mm (12
odors from entering the hoistway. in.) on center. A clear distance of not less than
115 mm (4.5 in.) from the centerline of the
2.2.2.5 In elevators provided with Firefight-
rungs, cleats, or steps to the nearest permanent
ers‘ Emergency Operation a drain or sump
object in back of the ladder shall be provided.
pump shall be provided.
Handgrips, if provided, shall have a clear dis-
2.2.2.6 Sumps and sump pumps in pits, tance of not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from
where provided, shall be covered. The cover their centerline to the nearest permanent object.
shall be secured and level with the pit floor. The nearest point of the ladder shall be within
1 000 mm (39 in.), measured horizontally from
2.2.2.7 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC
the means to unlock the egress door from
sump pumps and their control equipment shall
the pit.
not be installed in any elevator pit.
Pit access by a ladder shall not be permitted
2.2.3 Guards Between Adjacent Pits when the pit floor is more than 3 000 mm (120
in.) below the sill of the access door except
2.2.3.1 Where there is a difference in level where there is no building floor below the bot-
between the floors of adjacent pits, a metal tom terminal landing this height shall be permit-
guard, unperforated, or perforated with open- ted to be greater but not more than 4 200 mm
ings that will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in (165 in.).
diameter, shall be installed for separating such
2.2.4.3 Pits shall be accessible only to eleva-
pits. Guards shall extend not less than 2 000
tor personnel.
mm (79 in.) above the level of the higher pit
floor and may be provided with a self-closing 2.2.4.4 Separate pit door, when provided,
access door. shall be subject to the following requirements:

24
p. 25 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.25

ASME A17.1–2000 2.2.4.4–2.3.1

(a) If the door swings into the pit, it shall be 2.2.6.1 This switch shall be so located as to
located so that it does not interfere with moving be accessible from the pit access door. Where
equipment. access to the pits of elevators in a multiple
(b) If the door swings out, and the lowest hoistway is by means of a single access door,
structural or mechanical part, equipment, or the stop switch for each elevator shall be located
device installed beneath the car platform, except adjacent to the nearest point of access to its
guide shoes or rollers or safety jaw assemblies, pit from the access door.
projects below the top of the separate pit access
door opening when the car is level with the 2.2.6.2 In elevators where access to the pit
bottom terminal landing is through the lowest landing hoistway door, a
(1) an electric contact conforming to stop switch shall be located approximately 450
2.26.2.26 shall be provided to prevent operation mm (18 in.) above the floor level of the landing,
of the elevator when the door is open; and within reach from this access floor and adjacent
(2) the door shall be provided with a vision to the pit ladder, if provided. When the pit
panel(s) that is glazed with clear wired glass exceeds 1 700 mm (67 in.) in depth, an additional
not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) thick, will reject stop switch is required adjacent to the pit ladder
a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diameter, and have an and approximately 1 200 mm (47 in.) above the
area of not more than 0.03 m2 (47 in.2). pit floor.
(c) The door shall provide a minimum open- 2.2.6.3 Where more than one switch is pro-
ing of 750 mm (29.5 in.) in width and 1 825 vided, they shall be wired in series.
mm (72 in.) in height.
(d) The door shall be equipped with a barrier
2.2.7 Minimum Pit Depths Required
conforming to 2.11.1.2(i), where the door sill is
located more than 300 mm (12 in.) above the The pit depth shall be not less than is required
pit floor. for the installation of the buffers, compensating
(e) The door shall be self-closing and provided sheaves, if any, and all other elevator equipment
with a spring-type lock arranged to permit the located therein and to provide the minimum
door to be opened from inside of the pit without bottom car clearance and runby required by
a key. Such doors shall be kept closed and 2.4.1.
locked. The key shall be of Group 1 Security
(see 8.1). 2.2.8 Access to Underside of Car
Where the distance from the pit floor to the
2.2.5 Illumination of Pits underside of the plank channels or slings ex-
A permanent lighting fixture shall be provided ceeds 2 100 mm (83 in.), with the car at the
and shall conform to 2.2.5.1 through 2.2.5.3. lowest landing, a means shall be permanently
installed or permanently stored in the pit to
2.2.5.1 The lighting shall provide an illumina- provide access to the equipment on the under-
tion of not less than 100 lx (10 fc) at the pit side of the car.
floor and at a pit platform, when provided.
2.2.5.2 The light bulb(s) shall be externally
guarded to prevent contact and accidental
breakage.
SECTION 2.3
2.2.5.3 The light switch shall be so located LOCATION AND GUARDING OF
as to be accessible from the pit access door.
COUNTERWElGHTS
2.2.6 Stop Switch in Pits 2.3.1 Location of Counterweights
There shall be installed in the pit of each Counterweights shall be located in the
elevator an enclosed stop switch or switches hoistway of the elevator that they serve, or in
meeting the requirements of 2.26.2.7 and 2.2.6.1 a remote hoistway subject to the limitations
through 2.2.6.3. and requirements of 2.3.3.

25
p. 26 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.26

2.3.2–2.3.4.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.3.2 Counterweight Guards rails, and counterweight buffers or bumpers.


Entry doors into the separate counterweight
2.3.2.1 Metal guards shall be installed in the
hoistway shall be provided at top, bottom, and
pit and/or machine room located underneath the
center of counterweight hoistway, but in no
hoistway on all open sides of the counterweight
case shall the entry doors be more than 11 m
runway, except that
(36 ft) from sill to sill. Doors shall be located and
(a) the guard, or portion thereof, is not re-
of such width to provide unobstructed access to
quired on the side facing the car where there is
the space between the counterweight guides.
no space greater than 500 mm (20 in.) between
The height of the door shall be at least 1 975
compensating ropes (chains), or between com-
mm (78 in.). Doors shall conform to 2.11.1.2(b)
pensating ropes (chains) and counterweight
through (e), inclusive. An enclosed stop switch,
rails, or between compensating ropes (chains)
meeting the requirements of 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and
and guards;
(c), a permanent electric light switch, outlet,
(b) where pit-mounted buffers are used, the
and light shall be provided in the hoistway
guard is not required where the bottom of the
immediately inside the entry door.
counterweight resting on its compressed buffer
is 2 130 mm (84 in.) or more above the pit 2.3.3.4 Ropes and sheaves leading to the
floor, or above the machine or control room separate counterweight hoistways shall be pro-
floor if located underneath the hoistway. tected against unauthorized access.
2.3.2.2 Guards shall 2.3.3.5 Not more than four counterweights
(a) extend from the lowest part of the counter- shall be located in a single separate counter-
weight assembly when the counterweight is weight hoistway. Multiple counterweights lo-
resting on the fully compressed buffer to a point cated in a single hoistway shall be separated
not less than 2 100 mm (83 in.) and not more by means of an unperforated metal guard at
than 2 450 mm (96 in.) above the pit floor; the top, bottom, and center of the hoistway.
(b) be the full width of the area being guarded; Guards shall extend a minimum of 2 450 mm
(c) not prevent determination of the counter- (96 in.) in length opposite the entry door. Doors
weight runby; and all other means described in 2.3.3.3 shall
(d) be fastened to a metal frame reinforced be provided for each counterweight.
and braced to be at least equal in strength and
2.3.3.6 There shall be a clearance of not less
stiffness to 2 mm (0.074 in.) thick sheet steel; and
than 600 mm (24 in.) between the weight in
(e) if perforated, reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
the counterweight frame and the wall containing
in diameter.
the entry door.
2.3.3 Remote Counterweight Hoistways
2.3.4 Counterweight Runway Enclosures
Where elevators are not provided with either
Where a counterweight is located in the same
compensating means or counterweight safeties,
hoistway as the car, the runway for the counter-
the counterweights shall be permitted to be
weight shall be permitted to be separated from
located in a remote hoistway conforming to
the runway for the car, provided it conforms
2.3.3.1 through 2.3.3.6.
to 2.3.4.1 and 2.3.4.2.
2.3.3.1 The hoistway shall be fully enclosed
2.3.4.1 The partition shall be noncombusti-
and shall be fire resistive, conforming to 2.1.1.1
ble. Unperforated metal partitions shall be equal
if it penetrates separate fire-resistive areas of
to or stronger than 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) thick
the structure.
sheet steel. Openwork partitions shall be either
2.3.3.2 Construction at the top and bottom wire grille at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) in diameter
of the hoistway shall conform to 2.1.2. or expanded metal at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
in thickness.
2.3.3.3 Permanent means shall be provided
for inspection, repair, and maintenance of the 2.3.4.2 The counterweight runway may be
counterweight, deflecting and secondary fully enclosed for the full height, provided the
sheaves, hoistway, ropes, counterweight guide partitions are removable in sections weighing

26
p. 27 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.27

ASME A17.1–2000 2.3.4.2–2.4.3

not more than 25 kg (55 lb) that permit inspec- 2.4.1.6 In any area in the pit, outside the
tion and maintenance of the entire counter- refuge space, where the vertical clearance is
weight assembly and the inspection of the coun- less than 600 mm (24 in.), that area shall be
terweight guide rails and guide-rail brackets. clearly marked on the pit floor. Markings shall
not be required in the area under the platform
guard and guiding means if that is the only
area in the pit where the vertical clearance is
SECTION 2.4 less than 600 mm (24 in.). The marking shall
VERTICAL CLEARANCES AND RUNBYS consist of alternating 100 mm (4 in.) diagonal
FOR CARS AND COUNTERWEIGHTS red and white stripes. In addition, a sign with
the words “DANGER LOW CLEARANCE“ shall
2.4.1 Bottom Car Clearances
be prominently posted on the hoistway enclo-
2.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully com- sure and be visible from within the pit and the
pressed buffers or bumpers, there shall be a entrance to the pit. The sign shall conform to
vertical clearance of not less than 600 mm ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is
(24 in.) between the pit floor and the lowest applicable (see Part 9). The sign shall be of
structural or mechanical part, equipment, or such material and construction that the letters
device installed beneath the car platform, except and figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise
as specified in 2.4.1.2. applied to the face shall remain permanently
and readily legible.
2.4.1.2 The 600 mm (24 in.) clearance does
not apply to the following:
(a) any equipment on the car within 300 mm 2.4.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for
(12 in.) horizontally from any side of the car Counterweighted Elevators
platform; The bottom runby of cars and counterweights
(b) any equipment located on or traveling with shall be not less than the requirements stated
the car located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizon- in 2.4.2.1 and 2.4.2.2.
tally from either side of the car frame centerline
parallel to the plane of the guide rails; and 2.4.2.1 Where oil buffers are used, the bot-
(c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit tom runby shall be not less than 150 mm (6
floor located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally in.), except that
from either side of the car frame centerline (a) where practical difficulties prevent a suffi-
parallel to the guide rail. cient pit depth or where a top clearance cannot
be provided to obtain the runby specified, it
2.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge
shall be permitted to be reduced; and
space be less than the following:
(b) where spring-return type oil buffers are
(a) a horizontal area of 600 mm (24 in.) by
used, the runby shall be permitted to be elimi-
1 200 mm (48 in.) with a height of 600 mm (24
nated so that the buffers are compressed by
in); or
amounts not exceeding those permitted by
(b) a horizontal area of 450 mm (18 in.) by
2.22.4.8, when the car floor is level with the
900 mm (35 in.) with a height of 1 070 mm
terminal landings.
(42 in.).
2.4.1.4 Trenches and depressions or founda- 2.4.2.2 Where spring buffers or solid bump-
tion encroachments permitted by 2.2.2.2 shall ers are used, the bottom runby shall be not
not be considered in determining these clear- less than 150 mm (6 in.), except for rheostatic
ances. and single-speed AC control, not less than
shown in Table 2.4.2.2.
2.4.1.5 When the car is resting on its fully
compressed buffers or bumpers, no part of
2.4.3 Minimum Bottom Runby for
the car, or any equipment attached thereto or
Uncounterweighted Elevators
equipment traveling with the car, shall strike
any part of the pit or any equipment mounted The bottom runby of uncounterweighted ele-
therein. vators shall be not less than the following:

27
p. 28 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.28

2.4.3–2.4.7 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 2.4.2.2 MINIMUM BOTTOM RUNBY FOR COUNTERWEIGHT


ELEVATORS WITH SPRING BUFFERS OR SOLID BUMPERS AND
RHEOSTATIC CONTROL OR SINGLE-SPEED AC CONTROL
Rated Speed Runby
m/s ft/min mm in.

Not over 0.13 Not over 25 75 3


Over 0.13 to 0.25 Over 25 to 50 150 6
Over 0.25 to 0.50 Over 50 to 100 225 9
Over 0.50 to 1.0 Over 100 to 200 300 12

(a) 75 mm (3 in.) where the rated speed does buffer is compressed with the car at the top
not exceed 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min); and terminal landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8); or
(b) 150 mm (6 in.) where the rated speed (2) for reduced stroke oil buffers (see
exceeds 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min). 2.22.4.1.2), the full stroke required by 2.22.4.1.1.
(c) 600 mm (24 in.) or the distance which any
2.4.4 Maximum Bottom Runby sheave or any other equipment mounted in or
In no case shall the maximum bottom runby on the car crosshead projects above the top of
exceed the following: the car crosshead, whichever is greater, but in
(a) 600 mm (24 in.) for cars; and no case shall there be less than 150 mm (6 in.)
(b) 900 mm (35 in.) for counterweights. clearance above the equipment, exclusive of
guide-shoe assemblies or gate posts for verti-
2.4.5 Counterweight Runby Data Plate cally sliding gates, mounted on the car top or
in or on the car crosshead when the car has
A data plate permanently and securely reached its maximum upward movement.
attached shall be provided in the pit, in the
vicinity of the counterweight buffer, indicating NOTE [2.4.6.2(c)]: See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge
the maximum designed counterweight runby. space on top of car enclosure.
The data plate shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except
(d) 1⁄2 the gravity stopping distance, based on:
that the letters shall not be less than 25 mm
(1) 115% of the rated speed where oil buff-
(1 in.) in height.
ers are used, or 115% of the reduced striking
speed when emergency terminal-speed limiting
2.4.6 Top Car Clearances for
devices meeting the requirements of 2.25.4 are
Counterweighted Elevators
used and no compensating rope tie-down device
2.4.6.1 General Requirements. The top car in conformance with 2.17.17 is provided (see
clearance shall be not less than the sum of the 8.2.5 for gravity stopping distances); or
following: (2) the governor tripping speed where
(a) dimensions specified in 2.4.6.2(a) through spring buffers are used.
(d); or (e) the distance to which the compensating
(b) dimensions specified in 2.4.6.2(a), (b), (c), rope tie-down device, if provided (see 2.17.17)
and (e). limits the jump of the car when the counter-
weight strikes the buffers at speeds specified
2.4.6.2 Components of the Top Car Clear-
in 2.4.6.2(d).
ances. The following shall be considered when
calculating the minimum top car clearances:
2.4.7 Top Car Clearance for
(a) the designed maximum bottom counter-
Uncounterweighted Elevators
weight runby [see 2.4.4(b)];
(b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer, The top car clearance shall be not less than
determined as follows: the greater of the following:
(1) for full stroke buffers, the stroke of the (a) 750 mm (29.5 in.); or
buffer used, or the remaining stroke when the (b) 150 mm (6 in.), plus the amount that any

28
p. 29 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.29

ASME A17.1–2000 2.4.7–2.4.12.1

equipment mounted on the car crosshead, or (1) 115% of the rated speed where oil buff-
above the car top when no crosshead is pro- ers are used, or 115% of the reduced striking
vided, projects vertically above the crosshead speed when emergency terminal speed-limiting
or top. devices meeting the requirements of 2.25.4 are
used and no provision is made to prevent the
NOTE (2.4.7): See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge space
jump of the car at counterweight buffer engage-
on top of car enclosure.
ment; or
(2) the governor tripping speed where
2.4.8 Vertical Clearances With Underslung spring buffers are used (see 8.2.5 for gravity
Car Frames stopping distances).
Where an underslung car frame is used, the 2.4.10 Overhead Clearances Where Overhead
clearances between the overhead car rope dead Beams Are Not Over Car Crosshead
end hitch or overhead car sheave and the por-
tions of the car structure vertically below them, Where overhead beams or other overhead
when the car floor is level with the top terminal hoistway construction, except sheaves, are lo-
landing, shall be not less than the following: cated vertically over the car, but not over the
(a) where no counterweight is used, 230 mm crosshead, the requirements of 2.4.10.1 and
(9 in.); and 2.4.10.2 shall be met.
(b) where a counterweight is used, the sum 2.4.10.1 The clearance from the car top to
of the following items: such beams or construction, when the car is
(1) the bottom counterweight runby (see level with the top landing, shall be not less
2.4.2); than the amount specified in 2.4.6 and 2.4.7.
(2) the stroke of the counterweight buffer
used, or the remaining stroke when the buffer 2.4.10.2 Such beams or construction shall
is compressed with the car at the top terminal be located not less than 600 mm (24 in.) horizon-
landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8); tally from the crosshead.
(3) 150 mm (6 in.); and
(4) 1⁄2 the gravity stopping distance based 2.4.11 Equipment on Top of Car Not
on 115% of the rated speed where oil buffers Permitted to Strike Overhead
are used, or 115% of the reduced striking speed Structure
when emergency terminal speed-limiting de- When the car crosshead, or car top where
vices meeting the requirements of 2.25.4 are no crosshead is provided, is at a distance equal
used and no provision is made to prevent the to that specified in 2.4.6.2(c) from the nearest
jump of the car at counterweight buffer engage- obstruction above it, no equipment on top of
ment, or on governor tripping speed where the car shall strike any part of the overhead
spring buffers are used (see 8.2.5 for gravity structure or the equipment located in the
stopping distances). hoistway.
NOTE [2.4.8(b)(4)]: See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge
2.4.12 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure
space on top of car enclosure.
2.4.12.1 An unobstructed horizontal area of
not less than 0.5 m2 (5.4 ft2) shall be provided
2.4.9 Top Counterweight Clearances
on top of the car enclosure for refuge space.
The top counterweight clearance shall be not It shall measure not less than 600 mm (24 in.)
less than the sum of the following items: on any side. This area shall be permitted to
(a) the bottom car runby (see 2.4.2); include the space utilized for the top emergency
(b) the stroke of the car buffer used, or the exit [see 2.14.1.5.1(f)]. The minimum vertical
remaining stroke when the buffer is compressed distance in the refuge area between the top of
with the car at the bottom terminal landing (see the car enclosure and the overhead structure
2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8); or other obstruction shall be not less than
(c) 150 mm (6 in.); and 1 100 mm (43 in.) when the car has reached
(d) 1⁄2 the gravity stopping distance based on its maximum upward movement.

29
p. 30 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.30

2.4.12.2–SECTION 2.6 ASME A17.1–2000

2.4.12.2 In any area outside the refuge space of any vertically sliding counterbalanced bipart-
where the vertical clearance between the top ing hoistway door, shall be not less than 13
of the car enclosure and the overhead structure mm (0.5 in.) where side guides are used, and
or other obstructions is less than specified in not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.) where corner
2.4.12.1, the top of the car enclosure shall be guides are used. The maximum clearance shall
clearly marked. The marking shall consist of be not more than 32 mm (1.25 in.).
alternating 100 mm (4 in.) diagonal red and
2.5.1.5 Clearance Between Loading Side of
white stripes. In addition, a sign with the words
Car Platforms and Hoistway Enclosures
“DANGER LOW CLEARANCE” shall be promi-
nently posted on the crosshead and be visible 2.5.1.5.1 The clearance between the edge
from the entrance. The sign shall conform to of the car platform sill and the hoistway enclo-
ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is sure or fascia plate for the full width of the clear
applicable (see Part 9). The sign shall be of hoistway door opening shall be not more than
such material and construction that the letters (a) for vertically sliding doors, 190 mm (7.5
and figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise in.); and
applied to the face shall remain permanently (b) for other doors, 125 mm (5 in.).
and readily legible.
2.5.1.5.2 This clearance shall be main-
tained to the location of the car sill when the
car is resting on fully compressed buffer.

SECTION 2.5 2.5.1.5.3 The clearance is not limited on


HORIZONTAL CAR AND passenger elevators, provided that
(a) a car-door interlock conforming to
COUNTERWEIGHT CLEARANCES
2.14.4.2.3 is provided to prevent a door from
2.5.1 Clearances Between Cars, being opened unless the car is within the un-
Counterweights, and Hoistway locking zone (see 2.14.4.2); and
Enclosures (b) the strength of the door complies with
2.11.11.2, 2.11.11.4, 2.11.11.6, 2.11.11.7, and
2.5.1.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclo-
2.11.11.8.
sures. The clearance between the car and
the hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 2.5.1.6 Clearance Between Car Platform
20 mm (0.8 in.), except on the sides used for Apron and Pit Enclosure. Where the lowest
loading and unloading. landing sill projects into the hoistway, the clear-
2.5.1.2 Between Car and Counterweight and ance between the car platform apron and the
Counterweight Guard. The clearance between pit enclosure or fascia plate shall be not more
the car and the counterweight shall be not less than 32 mm (1.25 in.). This clearance shall be
than 25 mm (1 in.). The clearance between the maintained to the location of the car platform
car and the counterweight guard, counterweight apron when the car is resting on its fully com-
and the counterweight guard, and between the pressed buffer.
counterweight and the hoistway enclosure shall 2.5.1.7 Measurement of Clearances. The
be not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.). clearances specified in 2.5.1 shall be measured
2.5.1.3 Between Cars in Multiple Hoistways. with no load on the car platform.
The running clearance between the cars and
any equipment attached thereto, of elevators
operating in a multiple hoistway, shall be not
less than 50 mm (2 in.).
SECTION 2.6
2.5.1.4 Between Car and Landing Sills. The
PROTECTION OF SPACE BELOW
clearance between the car platform sill and the
HOlSTWAYS
hoistway edge of any landing sill, or the
hoistway side of any vertically sliding counter- Where a hoistway does not extend to the
weighted or counterbalanced hoistway door, or lowest floor of the building and there is space

30
p. 31 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.31

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 2.6–2.7.3.2

below the hoistway that is accessible, require- 2.7.1.1.2 Openings in the machine room
ments of 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall be complied with. enclosure shall be protected with access doors
having a fire protection rating conforming to
2.6.1 Where the Space Is Underneath the the requirements of the building code.
Counterweight and/or its Guides
NOTES (2.7.1.1):
Where the space is underneath the counter- (1) See 2.1.3 for floors of machine rooms and machinery
weight and/or its guides spaces over the hoistways.
(2) See 2.7.2.1 for separating elevator machinery from
(a) the counterweight shall be provided with a
building machinery.
counterweight safety conforming to 2.17.4; and (3) See 2.1.1.1.2 for partitions between machine rooms
(b) spring buffers, if used, shall conform to and hoistways.
2.22, except that they shall not be fully com-
pressed when struck by the counterweight at 2.7.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction.
the following speeds (see 2.1.2.3): Where fire-resistive construction is not required
(1) at governor tripping speed where the by the building code, the requirements of
counterweight safety is governor operated; or 2.7.1.2.1 and 2.7.1.2.2 shall be conformed to.
(2) 125% of the rated speed where the coun-
terweight safety is not governor operated. 2.7.1.2.1 Machine rooms and machinery
spaces shall be enclosed with noncombustible
2.6.2 Where the Space Is Underneath the Car material extending to a height of not less than
and/or its Guides 2 000 mm (79 in.).

Where the space is underneath the car and/ 2.7.1.2.2 The enclosure, if of openwork
or its guides and if spring buffers are used, material, shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in
they shall be so designed and installed that diameter.
they will not be fully compressed solid or to a
fixed stop when struck by the car with its rated 2.7.2 Equipment in Machine Rooms
load at the governor tripping speed (see 2.1.2.3). 2.7.2.1 Equipment Permitted. Only machinery
and equipment used in conjunction with the
function or use of the elevator shall be permitted
in the elevator machine room.
2.7.2.2 Maintenance Clearance
SECTION 2.7
MACHINE ROOMS AND MACHINERY 2.7.2.2.1 A clear path of not less than 450
SPACES mm (18 in.) shall be provided to all components
that require maintenance.
2.7.1 Enclosure of Machine Rooms and
Machinery Spaces 2.7.2.2.2 A clearance of not less than 450
mm (18 in.) shall be provided in the direction(s)
Machines, control equipment, sheaves, and required for maintenance access.
other machinery shall not be exposed to the
weather. Machine room and machinery-space 2.7.3 Access to Machine Rooms and
enclosures shall conform to 2.7.1.1 or 2.7.1.2. Machinery Spaces
2.7.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction. Where 2.7.3.1 General Requirements. A permanent
fire-resistive construction is required by the and unobstructed means of access to elevator
building code, the requirements of 2.7.1.1.1 and machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces
2.7.1.1.2 shall be conformed to. shall be provided.
2.7.1.1.1 Spaces containing machines, con- 2.7.3.2 Access Across Roofs. Where passage
trol equipment, sheaves, and other machinery over roofs is necessary to reach the means of
shall be separated from the remainder of the access to machine rooms or machinery spaces,
building by a fire-resistive enclosure conforming the requirements of 2.7.3.2.1 and 2.7.3.2.2 shall
to the requirements of the building code. be conformed to.

31
p. 32 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.32

2.7.3.2.1–2.7.3.4.3 ASME A17.1–2000

2.7.3.2.1 A stairway with a swinging door 2.7.3.3.5 A permanent, noncombustible


and platform at the top level, conforming to platform or floor shall be provided at the top
2.7.3.3, shall be provided from the top floor of of the stairs with noncombustible railings con-
the building to the roof level. Hatch covers, forming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3 on
as a means of access to roofs, shall not be each open side. In jurisdictions not enforcing
permitted. the NBCC, the size of the platform shall be
sufficient to permit the full swing of the door
2.7.3.2.2 Where the passage is over a roof
plus 600 mm (24 in.) from the top of the riser
having a slope exceeding 15 deg from the hori-
to the swing line of the door. The floor of the
zontal, or over a roof where there is no parapet
platform shall be at the level of not more than
or guard rail at least 1 070 mm (42 in.) high
200 mm (8 in.) below the level of the access-
around the roof or passageway, a permanent,
door sill. Where the door swings inward, the
unobstructed and substantial walkway not less
width of the platform shall be not less than
than 600 mm (24 in.) wide, equipped on the
750 mm (29.5 in.), and the length not less than
side sloping away from the walk with a railing
the width of the door.
conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3
shall be provided from the building exit door 2.7.3.4 Access Doors and Openings
at the roof level to the means of access to the
2.7.3.4.1 Access doors to machine rooms
machine room or machinery spaces.
and overhead machinery spaces shall
2.7.3.3 Means of Access. The means of access (a) for machine rooms, be of a minimum
to machine rooms, machinery spaces, and dif- width of 750 mm (29.5 in.) and a minimum
ferent floor levels in machine rooms shall con- height of 2 030 mm (80 in.); for other spaces as
form to 2.7.3.3.1 through 2.7.3.3.5. specified in 2.7.4.2 and 2.7.4.3, be of a minimum
width and height of 750 mm (29.5 in.);
2.7.3.3.1 A permanent, fixed, noncombusti-
(b) be self-closing and self-locking;
ble ladder or stair shall be provided where the
(c) be provided with a spring-type lock ar-
floor of the machine room or the machinery
ranged to permit the doors to be opened from
space above or below the floor or roof from
the inside without a key; and
which the means of access leads, or where the
(d) be kept closed and locked. Keys to unlock
distance between the machine room floor levels,
the access doors shall be of Group 2 Security
is more than 200 mm (8 in.).
(see 8.1).
2.7.3.3.2 A permanent, noncombustible
2.7.3.4.2 Doors are not required at open-
stair shall be provided where the floor of the
ings in machine room floors for access to de-
machine room or the machinery space above
flecting and secondary-sheave spaces, provided
or below the floor or roof from which the means
the access opening is provided on all four sides
of access leads, or where the distance between
with a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2,
the machine room floor levels, is 900 mm (35
one side of which is arranged to slide or swing
in.) or more. Vertical ladders with handgrips
to provide access to the ladder or stairs leading
may be used in lieu of stairs for access from
to the secondary-sheave space. Trap doors,
building floors or machine rooms to machinery
where provided, shall have a standard railing
spaces containing overhead sheaves, secondary
conforming to 2.10.2 or guard wings on all open
and deflecting sheaves, governors, and auxiliary
nonaccess sides.
equipment, not including controllers and motor
generators. 2.7.3.4.3 Access openings in elevator
hoistway enclosures where complete bodily en-
2.7.3.3.3 Permanent, fixed, noncombusti-
try is not necessary for maintenance and inspec-
ble ladders shall conform to ANSl A14.3.
tion of components shall be
2.7.3.3.4 Permanent, noncombustible (a) of adequate size and located to permit the
stairs shall have a maximum angle of 60 deg required maintenance and inspection;
from the horizontal, and shall be equipped with (b) of maximum width of 600 mm (24 in.) and
a noncombustible railing conforming to 2.10.2.1, a maximum height of 600 mm (24 in.); and
2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3. (c) provided with doors that shall be kept

32
p. 33 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.33

ASME A17.1–2000 2.7.3.4.3–2.7.7.3

closed and locked. Keys to unlock the access switch shall be located on the lock-jamb side
doors to the elevator hoistways shall be of of the access door.
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
2.7.5.2 Temperature and Humidity. Machine
2.7.3.5 Stop Switch in Overhead Machinery rooms shall be provided with natural or mechan-
Space in the Hoistway. A stop switch, conform- ical means to keep the ambient air temperature
ing to 2.26.2.24, shall be provided for each and humidity in the range specified by the
elevator in the overhead machinery space in elevator equipment manufacturer to ensure safe
the hoistway, adjacent to the lock jamb side of and normal operation of the elevator. The tem-
the door or adjacent to the nearest point of perature and humidity range shall be perma-
access to its overhead machinery space from nently posted in the machine room.
the access door.
2.7.6 Location of Machine Rooms and
2.7.4 Headroom in Machine Rooms and Control Rooms
Overhead Machinery Spaces
Elevator machine and control rooms shall not
2.7.4.1 Elevator machine rooms and machin- be located in the hoistway. Drive and deflector
ery spaces not located over the hoistway sheaves and machine parts and supports are
shall have a clear headroom of not less than permitted to project into the hoistway (see
2 130 mm (84 in.). 2.1.3.1).
2.7.4.2 Where a floor is provided at the top
of the hoistway (see 2.1.3), elevator machine 2.7.7 Machine and Control Rooms
rooms and overhead machinery spaces above Underneath the Hoistway
such floor shall have a clear headroom of not When a machine or control room is located
less than the following: underneath the hoistway, it shall conform to
(a) machine, control, and motor-generator 2.7.7.1 through 2.7.7.5.
rooms, 2 130 mm (84 in.);
(b) spaces containing only overhead, second- 2.7.7.1 The machine or control room shall
ary, or deflecting sheaves, 1 070 mm (42 in.); and have a solid ceiling (pit floor, at the normal pit
(c) spaces containing overhead, secondary, or depth) of concrete or steel above the machine
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal ma- or control room, with a minimum 2 130 mm
chines, or other equipment, 1 350 mm (53 in.). (84 in.) clearance above the machine or control
room floor.
2.7.4.3 Where floors are provided under over-
head, secondary, or deflecting sheaves [see 2.7.7.2 The ceiling of the machine or control
2.7.4.2(b) and (c)] the machine and supporting room shall be capable of sustaining a concen-
beams may encroach on the required head- trated load of 1 000 N (225 lbf) on any 2 000
room, provided there is a clearance of not less mm2 (3 in.2) area, and it shall be designed for
than 900 mm (35 in.) high and minimum width a live load of 6 kPa (125 lbf/ft2) and loads
of 750 mm (29.5 in.) in the path of access to imposed by rails and/or buffers, if applicable.
sheaves, governors, signal machines, or other
2.7.7.3 The car and counterweight guide rails
equipment.
and buffer supports shall be permitted to extend
into the machine room and be supported by
2.7.5 Lighting, Temperature, and Humidity in
the machine room floor. If the counterweight
Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
buffer or buffer support extends to the machine
2.7.5.1 Lighting. Permanent electric lighting room or control room floor, a counterweight
shall be provided in all machine rooms and safety is not required unless the space below
machinery spaces. The illumination shall be not the machine room is not permanently secured
less than 200 lx (19 fc) at the floor level. The against access. If a counterweight buffer is sup-
lighting control switch shall be located within ported at the machine room ceiling (pit floor),
easy reach of the access to such rooms or a counterweight safety is required. (See 2.6.1
spaces. Where practicable, the light control for additional requirements.)

33
p. 34 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.34

2.7.7.4–2.8.2.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.7.7.4 The solid ceiling (pit floor at normal SECTION 2.8


pit depth) shall be permitted to be slotted for the EQUIPMENT IN HOISTWAYS AND
penetration of equipment (suspension ropes, MACHINE ROOMS
selector drives, electrical conduit, rails, buffers,
etc.). Passage and guards shall be provided in 2.8.1 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
conformance with 2.3.2 and 2.10.1 for both the
2.8.1.1 Installation of electrical equipment
machine or control room and pit. A counter-
and wiring shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-
weight guard shall be installed at the pit floor
C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
as well as the machine or control room floor
if the counterweight extends into the machine 2.8.1.2 Only such electrical wiring, raceways,
or control room and 2.3.2.1(a) does not apply. and cables used directly in connection with
the elevator, including wiring for signals, for
2.7.7.5 Compensating ropes or chains and communication with the car, for lighting, heat-
traveling cables shall not extend into the ma- ing, air conditioning, and ventilating the car,
chine room located underneath the hoistway. for fire detecting systems, for pit sump pumps,
and for heating and lighting the hoistway and/or
machine room shall be permitted to be installed
2.7.8 Remote Machine and Control Rooms
inside the hoistway.
Elevators that are provided with remote ma-
chine and/or control rooms shall conform to 2.8.1.3 Bonding conductors from the light-
2.7.8.1 through 2.7.8.4. ning protection system grounding down con-
ductor to long vertical metal bodies in the
2.7.8.1 Ropes and sheaves leading to the hoistway such as elevator rails and vertical
remote machine room that penetrate separate wireways shall be permitted to be installed in
fire-resistive areas of the structure shall be fully the hoistway as required by NFPA 780, or CAN/
enclosed, and the enclosures shall conform to CSA-B72, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
2.1.1.1. The lightning protection system grounding
down conductor shall not be permitted in the
hoistway, and the elevator rails shall not be
2.7.8.2 Rope and sheave enclosures leading
used as the lightning protection system ground-
to the remote machine room shall be protected
ing down conductor. Bonding conductors in-
against unauthorized access.
stalled in the hoistway shall not interfere with
the operation of the elevator.
2.7.8.3 Permanent means of access shall be
provided to the enclosures for inspection, repair,
and maintenance of hoist ropes passing over 2.8.2 Pipes, Ducts, Tanks, and Sprinklers
sheaves that are not located in the hoistway 2.8.2.1 Steam and hot water pipes shall be
or remote machine rooms. Access doors to permitted to be installed in hoistways, machine
these enclosures shall be provided at each rooms, and machinery spaces for the purpose
sheave location, conforming to 2.7.3.4. Access of heating these areas only, subject to the re-
openings shall be provided for inspection and quirements of 2.8.2.1.1 through 2.8.2.1.3.
maintenance of hoist ropes passing over
sheaves and shall conform to 2.7.3.4. A stop 2.8.2.1.1 Heating pipes shall convey only
switch meeting the requirements of 2.26.2.23, low-pressure steam [100 kPa (15 psi) or less]
a permanent electric outlet, a light switch, and or hot water [100°C (212°F) or less].
light shall be provided in the enclosures immedi-
ately inside the access doors and openings. 2.8.2.1.2 All risers and return pipes shall be
located outside the hoistway. When the machine
2.7.8.4 A permanent means of communica- room is located above the roof of the building,
tion between the elevator car and remote ma- heating pipes for the machine room shall be
chine room and or control room shall be pro- permitted to be located in the hoistway between
vided. the top floor and the machine room.

34
p. 35 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.35

ASME A17.1–2000 2.8.2.1.3–2.8.4.5

2.8.2.1.3 Traps and shutoff valves shall 2.8.2.4 Other pipes or ducts conveying gases,
be provided in accessible locations outside the vapors, or liquid and not used in connection
hoistway. with the operation of the elevator shall not be
installed in any hoistway, machine room, or
2.8.2.2 Ducts shall be permitted to be in- machinery space. Where a machine room or
stalled in the hoistway, machine room, and hoistway or both extend above the roof of a
machinery space for the purpose of heating, building, pipes shall be permitted from roof
cooling, ventilating, and venting these areas drains to the closest point where they can be
only and shall not encroach upon the required diverted out of this space. Pipes shall be covered
clearances. to prevent leakage or condensate from entering
2.8.2.3 Sprinkler systems conforming to the machine room or hoistway.
NFPA 13 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable 2.8.2.5 Where permitted and provided, pipes,
(see Part 9) shall be permitted to be installed drains, and tanks, or similar equipment that
in the hoistway, machine room, and machinery contains liquids, shall not be located directly
spaces, subject to the requirements of 2.8.2.3.1 above the elevator equipment and shall not
through 2.8.2.3.4. encroach upon the required clearances in the
hoistway, machine room, or machinery spaces.
2.8.2.3.1 All risers and returns shall be
located outside these spaces. Branch lines in
2.8.3 Electrical Heaters
the hoistway shall supply sprinklers at not more
than one floor level. When the machine room Listed/certified electrical heaters shall be per-
is located above the roof of the building, risers, mitted.
return pipes, and branch lines for the machine
room sprinkler(s) shall be permitted to be lo- 2.8.4 Air Conditioning
cated in the hoistway between the top floor Air conditioning equipment is permitted to
and the machine room. be installed in machine rooms or machinery
spaces for the purpose of cooling these areas
2.8.2.3.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
only, subject to the requirements of 2.8.4.1
NBCC, means shall be provided to automatically
through 2.8.4.5.
disconnect the main line power supply to the
affected elevator upon or prior to the application 2.8.4.1 Air conditioning equipment shall not
of water from sprinklers located in the machine be located directly above elevator equipment.
room or in the hoistway more than 600 mm
(24 in.) above the pit floor. This means shall 2.8.4.2 The clear headroom below suspended
be independent of the elevator control and shall air conditioning equipment shall conform to
not be self-resetting. The activation of sprinklers 2.7.4.
outside of the hoistway or machine room shall 2.8.4.3 Means shall be provided to collect and
not disconnect the main line power supply. drain condensation water from these spaces.
Condensation drains shall not be located directly
2.8.2.3.3 Smoke detectors shall not be used
above elevator equipment. Drains connected
to activate sprinklers in these spaces or to dis-
directly to sewers shall not be installed.
connect the main line power supply.
2.8.4.4 Safe and convenient access within
2.8.2.3.4 In jurisdictions not enforcing the the elevator machine room shall be provided
NBCC, when sprinklers are installed in the to the air conditioning equipment for servicing
hoistway all electrical equipment, except and maintaining.
earthquake protective devices conforming to
8.4.10.1.2(d), located less than 1 225 mm 2.8.4.5 There shall be no exposed gears,
(48 in.) above the pit floor, shall be sprockets, belts, pulleys, or chains.
(a) weatherproof (NEMA4); and
NOTES (2.8.4):
(b) wiring shall be identified for use in wet (1) See 2.8.2.2 for requirements for duct work.
locations in accordance with the requirements (2) These requirements do not pertain to air conditioning
in NFPA 70. equipment used to cool selective elevator equipment.

35
p. 36 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.36

SECTION 2.9–2.9.3.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 2.9 2.9.2.2.2 The sheave beams and the foun-


MACHINERY AND SHEAVE BEAMS, dation bolts shall withstand two times the verti-
SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS cal force component acting thereon as a result
of the tension in all the suspension ropes, less
2.9.1 Beams and Supports Required the weight of the machine or sheaves.
2.9.1.1 Machines, machinery, and sheaves
shall be so supported and maintained in place 2.9.2.2.3 The sheave beams and the foun-
as to prevent any part from becoming loose dation bolts shall withstand two times the hori-
or displaced under the conditions imposed in zontal force component, if any, acting thereon
service. as a result of the tension in all the suspension
ropes.
2.9.1.2 Supporting beams, if used, shall be
of steel or reinforced concrete. 2.9.2.2.4 The foundation shall withstand
two times the overturning moment, if any, act-
2.9.1.3 Beams are not required under ma- ing thereon as a result of the tension in all the
chine(s), sheave(s), and machinery or control suspension ropes.
equipment that is supported on floors, provided
such floors are designed and installed to support
the load imposed thereon. 2.9.3 Securing of Machinery and Equipment
to Beams, Foundations, or Floors

2.9.2 Loads on Machinery and Sheave 2.9.3.1 Overhead Beams and Floors
Beams, Floors, or Foundations and
Their Supports 2.9.3.1.1 Machinery or equipment shall be
secured to and supported on or from the top
2.9.2.1 Overhead Beams, Floors, and Their
of overhead beams or floors, except for the
Supports. Overhead beams, floors, and their
following equipment:
supports shall be designed for not less than
(a) secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction
the sum of the following loads:
elevators; and
(a) the load resting on the beams and sup-
(b) devices and their accessories for limiting
ports, which shall include the complete weight
or retarding car speed.
of the machine, sheaves, controller, governor,
and any other equipment, together with that
2.9.3.1.2 Securing bolts or fastenings are
portion, if any, of the machine room floor sup-
not required where sound isolation is used be-
ported thereon; and
tween bases of machinery or equipment and
(b) two times the sum of the tensions in all
supporting beams or floors.
wire ropes supported by the beams with rated
load in the car.
2.9.3.2 Beams or Foundations Supporting
Machinery and Sheaves Not Located Directly
NOTE [2.9.2.1(b)]: These tensions are doubled to take care
of accelerations and decelerations. Over the Hoistway

2.9.3.2.1 Machines and sheaves located


2.9.2.2 Foundations, Beams, and Floors for below or at one side of a hoistway shall be
Machinery and Sheaves Not Located Directly anchored to beams, foundations, or floors with
Over the Hoistway. The supports for machines bolts, conforming to ASTM A 307, of sufficient
and sheaves located below or at the sides of size and number to withstand the applicable
the hoistway shall meet the requirements of load conditions specified in 2.9.2.2. Based on
2.9.2.2.1 through 2.9.2.2.4. these initial loads, total tension in anchor bolts
shall not exceed 85 MPa (12,000 psi) of net
2.9.2.2.1 The foundation shall support the section, and the total shear shall not exceed
total weight of the machine, sheaves, and other 60 MPa (9,000 psi) of actual area in the shear
equipment, and the floor, if any. plane.

36
p. 37 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.37

ASME A17.1–2000 2.9.3.2.2–2.9.6

2.9.3.2.2 Bolts made of steel having a 2.9.3.3.6 Total stresses in hitch plates and
greater strength than specified by ASTM A 307 hitch-plate shapes shall not exceed 85 MPa
may be used, and the maximum allowable (12,000 psi).
stresses increased proportionally based on the
ratio of the ultimate strengths. Elongation shall 2.9.3.4 Cast Metals in Tension or Bending.
conform to the requirements of the correspond- Cast metals having an elongation of less than
ing ASTM specification. 20% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.), when measured
2.9.3.2.3 Where bolts are used through in accordance with ASTM E 8, which are subject
to tension or bending, shall not be used to
greater than 5 deg sloping flanges of structural
support machinery or equipment from the un-
shapes, the bolt heads shall be of the tipped
or beveled head type or shall be fitted with derside of overhead beams or floors.
beveled steel washers, and nuts on greater than
5 deg sloping flanges shall seat on beveled
2.9.4 Allowable Stresses for Machinery and
steel washers.
Sheave Beams or Floors and Their
2.9.3.3 Overhead Hoisting Rope Hitches Supports

2.9.3.3.1 Where hoisting ropes are secured 2.9.4.1 The unit stresses for all machinery
to the structure above a hoistway, the hitch and sheave beams and floors and their supports,
plates and hitch-plate blocking beams, where based on the loads computed as specified in
used, shall be secured to and mounted on top 2.9.2 or 2.9.6, whichever is greater, shall not
of overhead beams, machine beams, or on top exceed 80% of those permitted for static loads
of auxiliary beams connected to the webs of by the following standards:
overhead beams. (a) Structural Steel. AlSC Book No. S326 or
CAN/CSA-S16.1, whichever is applicable (see
2.9.3.3.2 Hitch plates, blocking, or auxiliary Part 9).
beams shall be secured by bolts conforming to (b) Reinforced Concrete. ANSl/ACl 318 or
ASTM A 307, rivets conforming to ASTM A 502, CAN3-A23.3, whichever is applicable (see Part
or welding conforming to 8.8, and shall be so 9).
located that the tension in the hoisting ropes
will not develop direct tensions in the bolts or 2.9.4.2 Where stresses due to loads, other
rivets. Where bolts and rivets are subjected to than elevator loads supported on the beams or
shearing stresses due to tension in the hoisting floor, exceed those due to the elevator loads,
ropes, the total shear shall not exceed 60 MPa 100% of the permitted stresses are permitted.
(9,000 psi) of actual area in the shear plane.
The stresses in welds due to tensions in the
hoisting ropes shall not exceed 55 MPa (8,000 2.9.5 Allowable Deflections of Machinery and
psi) on the throat area of the welds. Sheave Beams and Their Supports
2.9.3.3.3 Bolts made of steel having greater The allowable deflections of machinery and
strength than specified by ASTM A 307 may sheave beams and their immediate supports
be used, and the maximum allowable stresses under static load shall not exceed 1⁄1666 of the
increased proportionally based on the ratio of span.
the ultimate strengths.

2.9.3.3.4 Elongation shall conform to the 2.9.6 Allowable Stresses Due to Emergency
requirements of the corresponding ASTM speci- Braking
fication.
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and
2.9.3.3.5 The hitch plate supporting beams their fastenings subject to forces due to the
shall be designed to withstand two times the application of the emergency brake (see 2.19.4)
sum of the tensions in all hoisting ropes shall be designed to withstand the maximum
attached to the hitch plates. (See also 2.15.13.) forces developed during the retardation phase

37
p. 38 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$200 p.38

2.9.6–2.11.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

of the emergency braking so that the resulting SECTION 2.11


stresses due to the emergency braking and all PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY OPENINGS
other loading acting simultaneously, if applica-
ble, shall not exceed those specified in 2.9.4.
2.11.1 Entrances and Emergency Doors
Required
2.11.1.1 Hoistway Landing Entrances. All ele-
vator hoistway-landing openings shall be pro-
vided with entrances that shall guard the full
SECTION 2.10 height and width of the openings. Entrances
GUARDING OF EQUIPMENT AND shall be at least 2 030 mm (80 in.) in height
STANDARD RAILING and 800 mm (31.5 in.) in width.

2.10.1 Guarding of Equipment 2.11.1.2 Emergency Doors in Blind


Hoistways. Where an elevator is installed in a
In machine rooms and secondary machinery single blind hoistway, there shall be installed
spaces, the following shall be guarded to protect in the blind portion of the hoistway an emer-
against accidental contact: gency door at every third floor, but not more
(a) driving machine sheaves and ropes whose than 11 m (36 ft) from sill to sill, conforming
vertical projection upon a horizontal plane ex- to the following:
tends beyond the base of the machine; (a) The clear opening shall be at least 700
(b) sheaves; mm (28 in.) wide and 2 030 mm (80 in.) high.
(c) exposed gears, sprockets, tape or rope (b) It shall be easily accessible and free from
sheaves, or drums of selectors, floor controllers, fixed obstructions.
or signal machines, and their driving ropes, (c) It shall be either of the horizontally sliding
chains, or tapes; and or swinging single-section type, irrespective of
(d) keys, keyways, and screws in projecting the type of door installed at other landings.
shafts. (d) It shall be self-cIosing and self-locking and
Handwinding wheels and flywheels that are shall be marked, in letters not less than 50 mm
not guarded shall have yellow markings. (2 in.) high, “DANGER, ELEVATOR HOISTWAY.”
(e) It shall be provided with an electromechan-
2.10.2 Standard Railing ical device that will prevent the operation of
the driving machine unless the door is closed
A standard railing shall be substantially con- and locked (see 2.26.2.25).
structed of metal and shall consist of a top rail, (f) It shall be unlocked from the landing side
intermediate rail, posts, and toe-board. only through the use of a cylinder-type lock,
having not less than five pins or five discs. The
2.10.2.1 Top Rail. The top rail shall have a
cylinder lock shall
smooth surface, and the upper surface shall be
(1) not be unlocked by any key that will
located at a vertical height of 1 070 mm (42 in.)
open any other lock or device used for any
from the surface on which the railing is installed.
purpose in the building; and
2.10.2.2 Intermediate Rail. The intermediate (2) be so designed that the key shall be
rail shall be located approximately halfway be- removable only in the locked position.
tween the top rail and the surface on which (g) It shall be openable from the hoistway
the railing is installed. side without the use of a key.
(h) The key shall be of Group 1 Security (see
2.10.2.3 Post. Posts shall be located not more 8.1). This key shall also be made available to
than 2 400 mm (94.5 in.) apart. emergency personnel during an emergency.
(i) A hinged self-closing barrier independent
2.10.2.4 Toe-Board. The toe-board shall be of the door shall be installed horizontally across
securely fastened to the posts and extend from the entrance on the hoistway side at a height
the surface on which the railing is installed to of 1 070 mm (42 in.). The barrier shall not open
a height not less than 100 mm (4 in.). into the hoistway.

38
p. 39 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.39

ASME A17.1–2000 2.11.1.3–2.11.4.1

2.11.1.3 Telephone as Alternative to Emer- general public that can be operated from outside
gency Doors. Where an elevator is installed in a the hoistway, and which are located in factories,
single blind hoistway, and there are no landings warehouses, garages, and similar industrial
from which to gain access through an emer- buildings.
gency door, a means of two-way conversation
conforming to 2.27.1.2 shall be provided. 2.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
NOTE (2.11.1.3): Examples are pulp mills, grain elevators, 2.11.3.1 Horizontally sliding or single-section
dams, or similar locations.
swinging doors of automatic-operation eleva-
tors shall be provided with door closers ar-
2.11.1.4 Access Openings for Cleaning of Car ranged to close an open door automatically if
and Hoistway Enclosures. Nonremovable slid- the car, for any reason, leaves the landing zone.
ing or swing panels or doors in the hoistway
conforming to 2.11.1.2(d), (f), (g), and (i) shall 2.11.3.2 Horizontally sliding doors shall be
be permitted for access to car or hoistway trans- closed when the car is at a landing, except
parent enclosures for cleaning purposes. An when
electromechanical device shall be provided that (a) the car is operated by a designated atten-
will prevent the operation of the driving machine dant in the car;
unless the access panels or doors are closed (b) loading or unloading; or
and locked (see 2.26.2.32). Key shall be Group (c) the elevator conforms to 2.27.3.2.1 and
2 Security (see 8.1). 2.27.3.2.3 through 2.27.3.2.6, Phase I Emergency
Recall Operation by fire alarm initiating device;
2.11.2 Types of Entrances (d) the car is at the recall level when Phase
2.11.2.1 Passenger Elevators. For passenger I is in effect [see 2.27.3.1.6(a)].
elevators, entrances shall be one of the follow-
2.11.3.3 On center-opening doors, if there is
ing types:
an interlock on only one panel, the door closer
(a) horizontally sliding;
required by 2.11.3.1 shall be provided on the
(b) horizontally swinging, single-section;
leading panel that operates in the opposite di-
(c) combination horizontally sliding and
rection (see 2.11.11.7).
swinging; or
(d) hand- or power-operated vertically sliding
that slide up to open. 2.11.4 Location of Horizontally Sliding or
Swinging Hoistway Doors
2.11.2.2 Freight Elevators. For freight eleva-
tors, entrances shall be one of the following Horizontally sliding or swinging doors shall
types: be so located that the distance from the
(a) horizontally sliding; hoistway face of the doors to the edge of the
(b) swinging, single-section; hoistway landing sill, measured from the face
(c) combination horizontally sliding and of the door section nearest to the car, shall be
swinging; not more than the requirements specified in
(d) center-opening, two-section horizontally 2.11.4.1 and 2.11.4.2.
swinging, subject to restrictions of 2.11.2.3;
2.11.4.1 For elevators that can be operated
(e) vertically sliding biparting counterbal-
only from the car, 100 mm (4 in.), except that
anced (see 2.16.4); or
where new elevators are installed in existing
(f) vertically sliding counterweighted, single
multiple hoistways or where alterations involv-
or multisection.
ing replacement of the doors are made to ex-
2.11.2.3 Limitations of Use of Center-Opening isting elevators in multiple hoistways, and the
Swinging Entrances. Center-opening swinging location of the door openings is such that the
entrances shall be permitted only 100 mm (4 in.) dimension specified cannot be
(a) for freight elevators which can be operated maintained, the distance specified is permitted
only from the car; or to be increased to not more than 125 mm (5
(b) for freight elevators not accessible to the in.) where horizontally sliding doors are used.

39
p. 40 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.40

2.11.4.2–2.11.7.1.5 ASME A17.1–2000

2.11.4.2 For elevators with automatic or con- the back of any panel, jamb, or sash to operate
tinuous-pressure operation, 19 mm (0.75 in.) for them.
swinging doors and 57 mm (2.25 in.) for sliding
doors, except that 2.11.7 Glass in Hoistway Doors
(a) freight elevators not accessible to the gen-
eral public, and which are located in factories, Glass in hoistway doors shall conform to
warehouses, garages, and similar industrial 2.11.7.1 and 2.11.7.2.
buildings are permitted to have single-section 2.11.7.1 Vision Panels. Manually operated or
or center-opening two-section horizontally self-closing hoistway doors of the vertically or
swinging doors conforming to 2.11.4.1; or horizontally sliding type, for elevators with auto-
(b) for swinging doors used on elevators with matic or continuous-pressure operation, shall
automatic and continuous-pressure operation, be provided with a vision panel. Vision panels
the distance shall be permitted to be increased shall not be required at landings of automatic
from 19 mm to 57 mm (0.75 in. to 2.25 in.) if operation elevators where a hall position indica-
such doors are emergency doors conforming tor is provided. In multisection doors, the vision
to 2.11.1. (See also 2.14.4.5.) panel is required in one section only, but is
permitted to be placed in all sections. All hori-
2.11.5 Projection of Entrances and Other
zontally swinging elevator doors shall be pro-
Equipment Beyond the Landing Sills
vided with vision panels. Vision panels are per-
Entrances and equipment shall not project mitted for any type of hoistway door.
into an elevator hoistway beyond the line of Where required or used, vision panels shall
the landing sill, except for conform to 2.11.7.1.1 through 2.11.7.1.7.
(a) equipment required for interlocking, indi-
cator and signal devices, and door operating 2.11.7.1.1 The area of any single vision
devices; and panel shall be not less than 0.015 m2 (24 in.2),
(b) vertical slide entrances. and the total area of one or more vision panels
in any hoistway door shall be not more than
2.11.6 Opening of Hoistway Doors 0.055 m2 (85 in.2).
2.11.6.1 When the car is within the unlocking 2.11.7.1.2 Each clear panel opening shall
zone, the hoistway doors shall be openable by reject a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diameter.
hand from within the car without the use of
tools. 2.11.7.1.3 Muntins used between panel
sections shall be of noncombustible material
2.11.6.2 Means shall not be provided for
and of substantial construction.
locking out of service the doors at
(a) the top terminal landing; 2.11.7.1.4 Panel opening shall be glazed
(b) the bottom terminal landing; with
(c) the designated and alternate landings for (a) clear wire glass not less than 6 mm (0.25
elevators equipped with Phase I Emergency Re- in.); or
call Operation, when Phase I is effective; and (b) other transparent glazing material not less
(d) no landing for elevators equipped with than 6 mm (0.25 in.) thick that meets the impact
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation when safety standard 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/CGSB-
Phase II is effective. 12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12,
2.11.6.3 Automatic fire doors, the functioning whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
of which is dependent on the action of heat,
2.11.7.1.5 The center of the panel shall be
shall not lock any elevator hoistway door so
located not less than 1 300 mm (51 in.) and not
that it cannot be opened manually from inside
more than 1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing,
the hoistway.
except that for vertically sliding biparting coun-
2.11.6.4 Handles or other means provided terbalanced doors, it shall be located to conform
for operation of manually operated doors shall to the dimensions specified insofar as the door
be so located that it is not necessary to reach design will permit.

40
p. 41 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.41

ASME A17.1–2000 2.11.7.1.6–2.11.10.1.3

2.11.7.1.6 Vision panels in power-operated restraining means shall be so constructed as


doors shall be substantially flush with the sur- to retain the weights if the weight suspension
face of the landing side of the door. means breaks.
2.11.7.1.7 Vision panels shall be protected 2.11.9 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and
by protective grilles made of steel not less than Power Operation
1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick, in accordance with the
following specifications: 2.11.9.1 Locking Devices. Doors shall be pro-
(a) Grilles shall be sized to fit within or over vided with door-locking devices conforming
the vision panel frame and completely cover to 2.12.
the vision panel opening in the hoistway door.
2.11.9.2 Power-Operation. Where hoistway
(b) Grilles shall be secured by means that
doors are power operated or are opened or
deter removal by common tools.
closed by power, their operation shall conform
(c) Grilles shall contain openings that shall
to 2.13.
be not larger than 19 mm by 19 mm (0.75 in.
by 0.75 in.) in diameter. Such openings shall 2.11.10 Landing-Sill Guards, Landing-Sill
be spaced at 25 mm (1 in.) center-to-center. Illumination, Hinged Landing Sills,
(d) Grille edges shall be free of burrs and and Tracks on Landings
beveled.
(e) Grilles shall be installed on the hoistway 2.11.10.1 Landing-Sill Guards
side of the door. 2.11.10.1.1 Landing sills shall be guarded
2.11.7.2 Glass Doors. Where provided, glass on the underside with guard plates of smooth
hoistway doors shall conform to 2.11.7.2.1 metal not less than 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick,
through 2.11.7.2.5. extending the full width of the car sill exposed
to the landing entrance, and securely fastened
2.11.7.2.1 The glass shall be laminated in place. Landing sill guards are not required for
glass conforming to 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/ (a) vertically sliding biparting counterbal-
CGSB-12.1. Markings as specified in the applica- anced doors;
ble standard shall be on each separate piece of (b) vertically sliding counterweighted doors
glass and shall remain visible after installation. that slide down to open; and
2.11.7.2.2 The glass shall be not less than (c) elevators where the landing sills do not
60% of the total visible door panel surface area project into the hoistway.
as seen from the landing side of the doors. Door 2.11.10.1.2 Where a car-leveling device is
lap shall not be used in calculating glass size. provided and the hoistway edge of the sill is
2.11.7.2.3 In power-operated doors, the either flush with or projects into the hoistway,
glass panel shall be substantially flush with the the guard shall have a straight vertical face
surface of the landing side of the door. extending below the sill not less than the depth
of the leveling zone plus 75 mm (3 in.). Where
2.11.7.2.4 A non-glass edge shall be pro- the sill projects inward from the hoistway enclo-
vided on the leading edge of the door panel. sure, the bottom of the guard shall also be
2.11.7.2.5 The glass door shall conform to beveled at an angle of not less than 60 deg
2.11.11.5.7 for horizontal sliding type entrances, and not more than 75 deg from the horizontal,
2.11.12.4 for vertical sliding type entrances, or or the guard shall be extended from the
2.11.13.3 for swinging entrances. hoistway edge of the landing sill to the top of
door hanger pocket of the entrance next below.
2.11.8 Weights for Closing or Balancing
2.11.10.1.3 Where no car-leveling device
Doors
is provided and the sill projects inward from
Hoistway door weights, where used for clos- the general line of the hoistway, the guard shall
ing or balancing doors, shall be guided or re- be either beveled at an angle of not less than
strained to prevent them from coming out of 60 deg and not more than 75 deg from the
their runway. The bottom of the guides or other horizontal, or have a straight vertical face ex-

41
p. 42 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.42

2.11.10.1.3–2.11.11.5.5 ASME A17.1–2000

tending from the hoistway edge of the landing 2.11.11.4 Hangers. Hangers shall conform to
sill to the top of door hanger pocket of the 2.11.11.4.1 and 2.11.11.4.2.
entrance below.
2.11.11.4.1 Means shall be provided to pre-
2.11.10.2 Illumination at Landing Sills. The vent the hangers from jumping the track.
building corridors shall be so lighted that the
illumination at the landing sills, when an eleva- 2.11.11.4.2 Stops shall be provided in the
tor is in service, shall be not less than 100 lx entrance assembly to prevent hangers from
(10 fc). overrunning the end of the track.

2.11.10.3 Hinged Hoistway Landing Sills. 2.11.11.5 Panels. Panels shall conform to
Hinged hoistway landing sills provided in con- 2.11.11.5.1 through 2.11.11.5.8.
nection with vertically sliding, biparting, coun-
terbalanced doors of freight elevators shall be 2.11.11.5.1 The panels shall overlap the
hinged on the landing side so that they can be top and sides of the opening, and each other,
lowered only when the landing doors are in in the case of multispeed entrances, by not less
the fully opened position. than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
Where entrances without frames are used,
the overlap shall extend the thickness of the
2.11.11 Entrances, Horizontal Slide Type
facing used to finish the opening plus 13 mm
2.11.11.1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall (0.5 in.) or more.
(a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to
support the loads to be carried by the sills when 2.11.11.5.2 The clearance shall not exceed
loading and unloading the car, and be secured 10 mm (0.375 in.) between
in place; (a) the panel and the frame;
(b) be substantially flush with the floor surface (b) the panel and the wall, where entrances
of the elevator landings; and without frames are used in masonry or concrete;
(c) be so designed and maintained as to pro- (c) related panels of multispeed entrances;
vide a secure foothold over the entire width of and
the door opening. (d) the panel and the sill measured vertically.

2.11.11.2 Hangers, Tracks, and Track Sup- 2.11.11.5.3 The leading panel edge of side-
ports. Hangers, tracks, and their supports and opening entrances shall not close into pockets
fastenings for doors shall be constructed to in the strike jamb and shall be smooth and free
withstand, without damage or appreciable de- of sharp projections.
flection, an imposed static load equal to four
times the weight of each panel as applied suc- 2.11.11.5.4 The meeting panel edges of
cessively downward and upward at the vertical center-opening entrances shall be smooth and
centerline of the panel. (See 2.11.11.5.7 and free of sharp projection.
2.11.11.5.8.) The meeting panel edges of center-opening
entrances shall be protected with not less than
2.11.11.3 Entrance Frames one resilient male member extending the full
height of the panel. The resilient members shall
2.11.11.3.1 Where used, entrance frames be permitted to interlock by not more than 10
shall be anchored to the sills and to the building mm (0.375 in.).
structure or the track supports. The head of the When in the closed position, the distance
entrance frame shall not be used to support between the metal parts of the meeting panels
the weight of the wall over the frame. shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.).

2.11.11.3.2 Where decorative material is 2.11.11.5.5 No areas shall be depressed


applied to listed/certified frames it shall conform or raised more than 3 mm (0.125 in.) from the
to the requirements of the certifying organi- adjacent area and edges shall be beveled at
zation. not more than 30 deg to the panel surface.

42
p. 43 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.43

ASME A17.1–2000 2.11.11.5.6–2.11.11.10

2.11.11.5.6 Where decorative material is multiple panel doors moving in the same direc-
applied to listed/certified panels it shall conform tion cannot become separated from the panel
to the requirements of the certifying organi- that is locked by the interlock in the event that
zation. the normal interconnecting means fails.
2.11.11.5.7 The entrance assembly shall be
capable of withstanding a force of 2 500 N (560 2.11.11.7.4 Where cable and pulleys are
lbf) applied on the landing side at right angles used to connect panels of multisection sliding
to and approximately at the center of a panel. doors, each pulley shall be equipped with a
This force shall be distributed over an area of guard to prevent the cable from leaving the
approximately 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 pulley.
in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent
displacement or deformation of any parts of
2.11.11.8 Hoistway Door Safety Retainers.
the entrance assembly resulting from this test.
The top and bottom of horizontally sliding doors
2.11.11.5.8 Means shall be provided to pre- shall be provided with a means of retaining the
vent opening of locked doors more than 20 mm closed door panel in position if the primary
(0.8 in.) per panel at the farthest point from the guiding means fail, and preventing displace-
interlock when a force of 135 N (30 lbf) is ment of the door panel top and bottom by more
applied in the opening direction at the leading than 20 mm (0.8 in.) when the door panel is
edge of the door at the farthest point from the subjected to a force of 5 000 N (1,125 lbf) in
interlock. the direction of the hoistway applied at right
2.11.11.6 Bottom Guides. Bottom guides shall angles to the panel over an area of 300 mm
conform to the following: by 300 mm (12 in. by 12 in.) at the approximate
(a) The bottom of each panel shall be guided center of the panel.
by one or more members. The retaining means shall also withstand,
(b) Guide members shall be securely fastened. without detachment or permanent deformation,
(c) The guide members and any reinforce- a force of 1 000 N (225 lbf) applied upward at
ments or guards shall engage the corresponding any point along the width of the door panel
member by not less the 6 mm (0.25 in.). (See and, while this force is maintained, an additional
2.11.11.5.7.) force of 1 100 N (250 lbf) applied at right angles
to the door at the center of the panel. This
2.11.11.7 Multipanel Entrances. Panels of force shall be distributed over an area of 300
multipanel doors shall conform to either mm by 300 mm (12 in. by 12 in.).
2.11.11.7.1 or 2.11.11.7.2. Multiple-speed and The retaining means shall not be subjected
center-opening multiple-speed doors shall also to wear or stress during normal door operation
conform to 2.11.11.7.3. or maintenance.
2.11.11.7.1 Panels shall be interconnected
directly or through their hangers so as to assure 2.11.11.9 Beams, Walls, Floors, and Supports.
simultaneous movement of all panels. The fac- The building structural supports of the entrance,
tor of safety of the interconnecting means shall such as building beams, walls, and floors, shall
not be less than 10 for cast iron or 5 for other be designed to withstand the horizontal forces
materials. stipulated in 2.11.11.8.
2.11.11.7.2 Panels shall be equipped with
hoistway-door interlocks on each driven panel
2.11.11.10 Hoistway Door to Sill Clearance.
and provided with door closer(s) installed to
The horizontal distance from the hoistway side
comply with 2.11.3.1. All panels shall move
of the leading edge of the hoistway door, or
simultaneously when the car is at the landing.
sight guard, if provided, to the edge of the
2.11.11.7.3 Multiple speed and center- landing sill, shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.).
opening multiple-speed panels shall be pro- The vertical clearance between the sight guard,
vided with secondary mechanical interconnect- if provided, and the landing sill shall not exceed
ing means to ensure that individual panels of 13 mm (0.5 in.).

43
p. 44 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.44

2.11.12–2.11.12.4.8 ASME A17.1–2000

2.11.12 Entrances, Vertical Slide Type (b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and non-
crushing member of either the meeting or over-
2.11.12.1 Landing Sills
lapping type shall be provided on the upper
2.11.12.1.1 Landing sills shall be of metal panel to close the distance between the rigid
and of sufficient strength to support the loads door sections when in contact with the stops.
to be carried by the sills when loading and This member shall allow a minimum compress-
unloading the car, and be secured in place (see ible clearance of 20 mm (0.8 in.).
2.16.2.2 for classes of loading); the load on (c) Rigid members that overlap the meeting
the sill during loading and unloading shall be edge, and center-latching devices, are pro-
considered to be the same as that on the plat- hibited.
form members specified in 8.2.2.6.
2.11.12.4.4 The panels, with their attach-
2.11.12.1.2 Landing sills shall be secured
ments for doors that slide up to open, shall
to the building structure in substantially the
overlap the sides and top of the entrance open-
same plane as the elevator landing floor.
ing by at least 50 mm (2 in.) when in the closed
2.11.12.2 Entrance Frames. The uprights and position. Other vertically sliding panels and their
lintels used to frame the opening shall be se- attachments shall overlap their entrance open-
cured to the building structure at the top and ings and sills by at least 50 mm (2 in.) when
bottom and to the wall. in the closed position. The overlap shall extend
at least 50 mm (2 in.) beyond the thickness of
2.11.12.3 Rails. The panel guide rails shall be
any facing used to finish the opening.
securely fastened to the building structure and
the entrance frame, at intervals, throughout their 2.11.12.4.5 The clearance between a panel
entire length. and the frame lintel, between a panel and the
Rails and their supports shall withstand the sill, and between related panels of multispeed
forces specified in 2.11.12.4.6. Where truckable entrances, shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in.).
sills are provided as specified in 2.11.12.4.2, the
rails shall withstand any reactions that may be 2.11.12.4.6 Panels, rails, and door guides
transmitted to the rails as a result of loading shall conform to the strength requirements of
and unloading operations. 2.11.11.5.7. Hangers, guides, and guide shoes
2.11.12.4 Panels. Panels shall conform to shall not be permanently displaced or deformed
2.11.12.4.1 through 2.11.12.4.8. by more than 20 mm (0.8 in.) when their panel
is subjected to a force of 5 000 N (1,125 lbf) in
2.11.12.4.1 The panels shall be constructed the direction of the hoistway applied at right
of noncombustible material, or of a structural angles to the panel over an area of 300 mm
core made of combustible material if covered by 300 mm (12 in. by 12 in.) at the approximate
with not less than 0.45 mm (0.0175 in.) sheet center of the panel.
metal.
2.11.12.4.2 The lower panel of biparting 2.11.12.4.7 Means shall be provided to
entrances and the top of the panel of vertical close the opening between the upper panel of
slide entrances that slide down to open shall pass-type entrances and the entrance frame
be provided with a truckable sill designed for lintel. The sum of the clearance between the
the loads specified in 2.11.12.1.1. Provisions panel, the device used to close the opening,
shall be made to transmit the panel sill load and the entrance lintel shall not exceed 25 mm
to the building structure. (1 in.).

2.11.12.4.3 Panels of biparting counterbal- 2.11.12.4.8 Means shall be provided to pre-


anced entrances shall conform to the following: vent the opening of locked doors more than 25
(a) They shall be provided with means to stop mm (1 in.) per panel at the farthest point from
the closing panels when the distance between the interlock when a force of 135 N (30 lbf) is
the closing rigid members of the panel is not applied in the opening direction at the leading
less than 20 mm (0.8 in.) and no more than 50 edge of the door at the farthest point from the
mm (2 in.). interlock.

44
p. 45 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.45

ASME A17.1–2000 2.11.12.5–2.11.13.3.5

2.11.12.5 Guides. Panel guides shall conform 2.11.13 Entrances, Swinging Type
to 2.11.12.5.1 through 2.11.12.5.3.
2.11.13.1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall
2.11.12.5.1 Each panel shall be equipped (a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to
with not less than four guide members or with support the loads to be carried by the sills when
continuous guides. loading and unloading the car, and be secured
in place;
2.11.12.5.2 Guide members shall be se- (b) be substantially flush with the floor surface
curely fastened to the panels. of the elevator landings; and
(c) be so designed and maintained as to pro-
2.11.12.5.3 Guide members shall be de- vide a secure foothold over the entire width of
signed to withstand the forces specified in the door opening.
2.11.12.4.6.
2.11.13.2 Entrance Frames. Frames shall con-
2.11.12.6 Counterweighting or Counterbal- form to 2.11.13.2.1 and 2.11.13.2.2.
ancing. Single or multisection vertically sliding
2.11.13.2.1 They shall be designed to sup-
panels shall be so counterweighted, and verti-
port in place the panels with their hinges or
cally sliding biparting panels shall be so counter-
pivots, closer if attached to the frame and inter-
balanced, that they will not open or close by
lock. They shall withstand the forces referred
gravity.
to in 2.11.13.3.5, and the forces resulting from
Fastenings shall be provided to prevent the
the normal opening of the door or normal at-
fall of a counterweight, and the detachment
tempts to open it when locked in the closed
or dislodgment of counterweight parts or of
position.
balancing weights. Suspension means and their
connections, for vertically sliding biparting 2.11.13.2.2 Where decorative material is
counterbalanced doors and for the counter- applied to listed/certified panels it shall conform
weights of vertically sliding counterweighted to the requirements of the certifying organi-
doors, shall have a factor of safety of not less zation.
than 5.
2.11.13.3 Panels. Panels shall conform to
2.11.12.7 Sill Guards. Where the panel sill or 2.11.13.3.1 through 2.11.13.3.7.
other structural member projects more than 13 2.11.13.3.1 The panels shall overlap the
mm (0.5 in.) into the hoistway or beyond the part of the frame against which they close by
panel surface below it, the projection shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
provided with a metal guard not less than 1.4
mm (0.055 in.) thick and beveled at an angle 2.11.13.3.2 The clearance between a panel
of not less than 50 deg and not more than 75 and its sill shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.).
deg from the horizontal. 2.11.13.3.3 The panels of entrances used
with automatic-operation passenger elevators
2.11.12.8 Pull Straps. Manually operated ver-
shall have no hand latches or other hand-oper-
tically sliding biparting entrances shall be pro-
ated door-fastening devices, nor shall such pan-
vided with pull straps on the inside and outside
els have any handles or knobs on the
of the door.
hoistway side.
The length of the pull straps shall conform
to 2.11.12.8.1 and 2.11.12.8.2. 2.11.13.3.4 Where decorative material is
applied to listed/certified panels it shall conform
2.11.12.8.1 The bottom of the strap shall to the requirements of the certifying organi-
be not more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above the zation.
landing when the panel is in the fully opened
position. 2.11.13.3.5 Panels and their assembled ac-
cessories shall
2.11.12.8.2 The length of the strap shall (a) be capable of withstanding attempts to
not be extended by means of ropes or other open a closed and locked door by manually
materials. pulling the handle;

45
p. 46 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.46

2.11.13.3.5–2.11.15.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) conform to 2.11.11.5.7; and 2.11.14.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the


(c) not be permanently displaced or deformed NBCC, 2.11.15 through 2.11.18, and 2.11.14.2.1
by more than 20 mm (0.75 in.) when the panel through 2.11.14.2.3 apply.
is subjected to a force of 5 000 N (1,125 lbf) in
the direction of the hoistway, applied at right 2.11.14.2.1 Entrances shall be subjected to
angles to the panel over an area of 300 mm the type tests specified in 8.3.4.
by 300 mm (12 in. by 12 in.) at the approximate 2.11.14.2.2 The following basic types of
center of the panel. entrances shall be tested:
2.11.13.3.6 Center-opening horizontally (a) Horizontally Sliding Type. Test a side slid-
swinging doors shall have one door section ing and a center opening assembly.
provided with an overlapping astragal on its (b) Swinging Type. Test a single swinging
vertical edge, except where each door section assembly.
is provided with a landing-door interlock [see (c) Vertically Sliding Type. Test a biparting
2.12.2.4.4(c)]. assembly.

2.11.13.3.7 Center-opening horizontally 2.11.14.2.3 When an entrance assembly


swinging doors shall have door stops provided has been tested for one type of wall construc-
at the top entrances that will stop each door tion, i.e., masonry or drywall, only the frame-
panel when closed and that will meet the re- to-wall interface shall be acceptable to the certi-
quirements specified in 2.11.13.3.5. fying organization for other types of con-
struction.
2.11.13.4 Hinges. Hinges of the mortise and
surface type shall conform to the requirements 2.11.15 Marking
of NFPA 80, Table #2-8A.
2.11.15.1 Labeling of Tested Assembly. In ju-
2.11.13.5 Entrances With Combination risdictions not enforcing the NBCC, 2.11.15.1.1
Horizontally Sliding and Swinging Panels. and 2.11.15.1.2 apply.
Where both the sliding and swinging panels
are not equipped with hoistway-door interlocks 2.11.15.1.1 Each entrance shall be labeled.
or locks and contacts conforming to 2.12, the Each label shall be permanently attached to the
horizontally sliding and swinging panels form- equipment and shall be readily visible after
ing a part of the entrance shall be so intercon- installation. The following data shall be on the
nected that label:
(a) the swinging panel can be opened only (a) certifying organization’s name or identi-
when the sliding panel is in the open posi- fying symbol;
tion; and (b) the name, trademark, or file number by
(b) both panels swing as a unit. which the organization that manufactured the
product can be identified; and
(c) statement of compliance with 8.3.3.
2.11.14 Fire Tests
2.11.14.1 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC 2.11.15.1.2 Labels shall be provided for
(a) the fire protection rating of entrances and each entrance as follows:
doors shall be determined in accordance with (a) One label shall be provided for the door
the requirements specified in the NBCC (CAN4- panels.
S104); (b) One label shall be provided for the frame,
(b) where required, the hoistway door inter- except that no label is required where frames
lock mechanism and associated wiring shall are installed in masonry or concrete and the
remain operational for a period of 1 h when panel overlaps the wall in conformance with
subjected to the standard fire exposure test 2.11.11.5.1 and 2.11.11.5.2 or 2.11.12.4.4.
described in CAN4-S104. (c) One label shall be provided for the transom
panel. One label may be provided for the frame
NOTE (2.11.14.1): Requirements 2.11.14.2 through 2.11.18 and transom, provided that the label states that
do not apply in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC. it includes both the frame and the transom.

46
p. 47 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.47

ASME A17.1–2000 2.11.15.1.2–2.11.19.4

(d) Where entrance hardware components 2.11.17 Transoms and Fixed Side Panels
have not all been tested in complete assembly,
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC the
individually labeled hardware components that
following shall apply. Transoms and fixed side
are designed to be compatible with the entrance
panels shall be permitted to close openings
assembly shall be provided. A single label may
above and beside the horizontally sliding or
be provided for the entrance hardware where
horizontally swinging type entrances, pro-
the entrance hardware components are equiva-
vided that
lent to those tested in a complete assembly.
(a) the opening closed by the transom and
(e) A single label may be provided for the
fixed side panel does not exceed in width or
entire entrance assembly where components
height the dimensions of the entrance in which
are equivalent to those tested as a complete
it is installed; and
assembly.
(b) the transom panels and fixed side pan-
2.11.15.2 Other Assemblies. In jurisdictions els are
not enforcing the NBCC the following shall (1) constructed in a manner equivalent to
apply. Other assemblies of the three basic types the construction of the entrance panels; and
(see 2.11.14) shall qualify for labeling or listing/ (2) secured.
certification
(a) when composed of panel(s), frame, and 2.11.18 Installation Instructions
hardware of the same type as tested and not In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC the
exceeding the overall height and width of any following shall apply. Where frames are used,
panel and frame of the largest size tested; or the frame-to-wall interface details shall be pro-
(b) when such panel(s), frame, and hardware vided for ensuring conformance with the labeled
are modified, and test or technical data demon- entrance interface construction.
strates that the modifications will meet the per-
formance requirements of the test procedure in 2.11.19 Gasketing of Hoistway Entrances
8.3.3.
All other elements of the assembly shall con- Where gasketing material is applied to fire-
form to all other applicable requirements of this resistive entrances, it shall conform to 2.11.19.1
Code. through 2.11.19.4.
2.11.19.1 The gasketing material shall be
2.11.15.3 Entrances Larger Than Tested As-
subjected to the tests specified in UL 10B, NFPA
semblies. In jurisdictions not enforcing the
252, or CAN4-S104, whichever is applicable (see
NBCC the following shall apply. When the en-
Part 9).
trance is too large for the regularly available
test facilities, the certifying organization shall 2.11.19.2 The gasketing material shall with-
be permitted to issue oversize certificates or stand the maximum elevated temperature tests
oversize labels, or such entrances shall be per- as defined by UL 1784 standard without deterio-
mitted to be used subject to approval by the ration.
authority having jurisdiction.
2.11.19.3 Each section of the gasketing mate-
2.11.16 Factory Inspections rial shall be labeled. Each label shall bear the
name of the manufacturer and a statement indi-
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC the cating conformance with 2.11.19.1 and 2.11.19.2.
following shall apply. The manufacturing facili- The label shall be visible after installation
ties for the production of entrances or compo-
nents thereof shall be inspected by the certifying 2.11.19.4 Labeled gasketing material shall
organization at random at least quarterly, or if conform to 2.11.16 or the NBCC, whichever is
they are not manufactured on a continuous applicable.
basis, at the time they are being produced, to
NOTES (2.11.19):
assure that production methods are such that (1) See also 2.1.1.5, 2.11.3, and 2.13.4 for additional re-
entrances or components thereof similar to quirements to be considered when gasketing material is
those tested are being produced. applied to a hoistway entrance.

47
p. 48 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.48

2.11.19.4–2.12.2.4.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(2) These requirements do not evaluate the air and/or jamb or when the panels of center-opening
smoke leakage performance of the gasketing material. doors are within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of contact
with each other;
(b) for vertically sliding counterweighted
doors, when the leading edge of the door is
within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the sill for doors
which slide up to open, or 10 mm (0.375 in.)
SECTION 2.12 of the lintel for doors which slide down to
HOISTWAY-DOOR LOCKING DEVICES open; and
AND ELECTRIC CONTACTS, AND (c) for vertically sliding biparting counterbal-
HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCHES anced doors, when the astragal on the upper
panel is within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower
2.12.1 General
panel.
2.12.1.1 When the car is stopped within the
unlocking zone, the hoistway doors shall be 2.12.2.3 Operation of the Driving Machine
unlocked, or locked but openable from the land- With a Hoistway Door Unlocked or Not in the
ing side either manually or by power. Closed Position. Operation of the driving ma-
chine when a hoistway door is unlocked or not
2.12.1.2 When the car is outside the un- in the closed position (see 2.12.2.2) shall be
locking zone, the hoistway doors shall be open- permitted under the following conditions:
able from the landing side only by a hoistway (a) by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device
door unlocking device (see 2.12.6, 2.12.7, and (see 2.26.1.6);
Appendix B). (b) when a hoistway access switch is operated
(see 2.12.7); or
2.12.1.3 For security purposes, hoistway (c) when a bypass switch is activated (see
doors shall be permitted to be locked out of 2.26.1.5).
service, subject to the requirements of 2.11.6.
2.12.2.4 General Design Requirements. Inter-
2.12.1.4 Passenger elevator hoistway doors
locks shall conform to 2.12.2.4.1 through
shall be equipped with interlocks conforming
2.12.2.4.7.
to 2.12.2.
2.12.2.4.1 Interlock contacts shall be posi-
2.12.1.5 Freight elevator hoistway doors shall
tively opened by the locking member or by a
be equipped with interlocks conforming to
member connected to and mechanically oper-
2.12.2 or combination mechanical locks and
ated by the locking member, and the contacts
electric contacts conforming to, and where per-
shall be maintained in the open position by the
mitted by, 2.12.3.
action of gravity, or by a restrained compression
spring, or by both, or by means of the opening
2.12.2 Interlocks
member (see 2.26.2.14). If the contacts are main-
2.12.2.1 General. Each entrance at a landing tained in the open position by other than the
to an elevator used for passengers or freight locking member, the interlock shall be located
and not conforming to 2.12.3.1 shall be such that the contacts cannot be closed by hand
equipped with one or more interlocks meeting from the car or landing when the doors are
the design requirements of 2.12.2.4. open.
The electrical contact bridging means shall
2.12.2.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors. withstand a separating force of 200 N (45 lbf)
Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the in any direction from the locking member.
closed position under the following conditions.
These dimensions apply to the doors in their 2.12.2.4.2 The locking member of the inter-
normal operating condition (see 2.14.4.11): lock shall hold the door in the locked position
(a) for horizontally sliding or swinging doors, by means of gravity, or by a restrained compres-
when the leading edge of the door is within sion spring, or by both, or by means of a
10 mm (0.375 in.) of the nearest face of the positive linkage.

48
p. 49 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.49

ASME A17.1–2000 2.12.2.4.3–2.12.3.1

2.12.2.4.3 The interlock shall lock the door unless the sliding and swinging panels are both
in the closed position with a minimum engage- locked in the closed position, as defined in
ment of 7 mm (0.28 in.) of the locking members 2.12.2.2.
before the interlock contacts are closed and (e) Where a door closer, used with a combina-
before the driving machine can be operated, tion sliding and swinging door, is arranged to
except as permitted in 2.12.2.3. be disconnected to allow the sliding panel to
Devices that permit operation of the driving swing, it shall be so designed and installed that
machine by the normal operating device when it shall not make the interlock contact when
the door is closed but before it is locked are disconnected and released.
not interlocks and are not permitted where inter-
locks are required by this Code. 2.12.2.4.5 Interlock systems employing a
single master switch for more than one door
2.12.2.4.4 Interlocks, used with multisec- are prohibited.
tion doors, shall conform to the following re- 2.12.2.4.6 The locking member shall not
quirements: disengage when the door is subjected to a
(a) They shall lock all sections of the door, repetitive force of 450 N (100 lbf) in the direction
but may be applied to only one section of the of opening and at a right angle.
door, provided the device used to interconnect
the door sections is so arranged that locking one 2.12.2.4.7 Mercury tube switches shall not
section will prevent the opening of all sections. be used.
(b) Where used with vertically sliding bipart-
ing counterbalanced doors, they shall be so 2.12.2.5 Interlock Retiring Cam Device. Retir-
arranged that the interlock contacts are mechan- ing cams used to actuate an interlock shall
ically held in the open position by the door or exert a force at least double the average force
devices attached thereto, unless the door is in required to operate the interlock and shall have
the closed position. a movement at least 13 mm (0.5 in.) more than
(c) Where used with center-opening horizon- the average movement required to operate the
tally swinging doors, either interlock.
(1) both door panels shall be equipped with An interlock retiring cam device shall be per-
interlocks; or manently marked by the manufacturer with
(2) where the door panels are so arranged (a) its rated horizontal force; and
that one panel can be opened only after the (b) its rated horizontal movement.
other panel has been opened, the interlock may The rated horizontal force shall be the static
be omitted on the section which opens last, if force exerted by a retiring cam device in the
that door panel is provided with a door electric horizontal direction when extended a distance
contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3, 2.14.4.2.5, and equal to 75% of its rated horizontal movement.
2.26.2.15, except that terms “door or gate” and The rated horizontal movement shall be the
“car door or gate” shall be replaced with the horizontal distance traveled by the retiring cam
“hoistway door” or “hoistway door section” device from the fully retired position to the fully
and the term “accessible from inside the car extended position.
panel” with the term “accessible from the land- 2.12.2.6 Location. Interlocks shall be so lo-
ing side when the hoistway doors are closed.” cated that they are not accessible from the
(d) Where used with combination horizontally landing side when the hoistway doors are
sliding and swinging doors, either closed.
(1) the sliding and swinging panels shall
both be equipped with interlocks; or
2.12.3 Hoistway-Door Combination
(2) where the sliding and swinging panels
Mechanical Locks and Electric
are interconnected in conformity with the re-
Contacts
quirements of 2.11.13.5, the interlock may be
omitted on the swinging panel, provided that 2.12.3.1 Where Permitted. Hoistway-door
the interlock on the sliding panel is so designed combination mechanical lock and electric con-
and installed that the car cannot be operated tact shall be permitted only on freight elevators

49
p. 50 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.50

2.12.3.1–2.12.3.5 ASME A17.1–2000

equipped with manually operated vertically slid- closes. In order to prevent motion of the door
ing doors and only at the following landings: from opening the electric contact while the door
(a) the top terminal landing and the landing is locked in the closed position, multiple-locking
located not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.) below points shall, where necessary, be provided on
the top terminal landing, provided that the ele- the locking mechanism.
vator travel does not exceed 4 570 mm (15
ft); and
(b) any landing whose sill is within 1 525 mm 2.12.3.4.2 The electric contact shall be posi-
(60 in.) of the pit floor, regardless of the elevator tively opened by the locking bar of the mechani-
travel. cal lock or by a lever or other device attached
to and operated by the door, and the electric
2.12.3.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors. contact shall be maintained in the open position
Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the by the action of gravity or by a restrained
closed position under the following conditions. compression spring, or by both, or by positive
These dimensions apply to the doors in their mechanical means. (See 2.26.2.14.)
normal operating condition (see also 2.14.4.11):
(a) for vertically sliding counterweighted
doors, when the leading edge of the door is 2.12.3.4.3 The mechanical lock shall hold
within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the sill for doors the door in the locked position by means of
which slide up to open, or 10 mm (0.375 in.) gravity or by a restrained compression spring,
of the lintel for doors which slide down to or by both.
open; and
(b) for vertically sliding biparting counterbal- 2.12.3.4.4 Combination mechanical locks
anced doors, when the astragal on the upper and electric contacts used with vertical-slide
panel is within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower multiple-panel doors shall conform to the fol-
panel. lowing requirements:
2.12.3.3 Operation of the Driving Machine (a) They shall lock all panels of the door, but
With a Hoistway Door Not in the Closed Posi- may be applied to only one section of the door,
tion. Operation of the driving machine when a provided the device used to interconnect the
hoistway door is not in the closed position shall door sections is so arranged that locking one
be permitted under the following conditions: panel will prevent the opening of all panels.
(a) by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device (b) Where used with vertically sliding bipart-
(see 2.12.2.2 and 2.26.1.6); ing counterbalanced doors, the electric contact
(b) when a hoistway access switch is operated shall be so arranged that it is mechanically held
(see 2.12.7); or in the open position by the door or a device
(c) when bypass switch is activated (see attached thereto, unless the door is in the closed
2.26.1.5). position.
2.12.3.4 General Design Requirements. Com-
bination mechanical locks and electric contacts 2.12.3.4.5 The locking member shall not
shall conform to 2.12.3.4.1 through 2.12.3.4.6. disengage when the door is subjected to a
2.12.3.4.1 They shall be so designed that repetitive force of 450 N (100 lbf) in the direction
the locking member and the electric contact are of opening and at a right angle.
mounted on and attached to a common base,
in such a manner that there is a fixed relation 2.12.3.4.6 Mercury tube switches shall not
between the location of the contact and the be used.
location of the locking member.
They shall be so installed and adjusted that
the electric contact cannot close until the door 2.12.3.5 Location. Combination mechanical
is in the closed position as specified in 2.12.3.2, locks and electric contacts shall be so located
and so that the locking member is in a position that they are not accessible from the landing
to lock the door when or before the contact side when the hoistway doors are closed.

50
p. 51 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.51

ASME A17.1–2000 2.12.4–2.12.6.2.4

2.12.4 Listing/Certification Door Locking 2.12.5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway or Car


Devices and Door or Gate Electric Doors
Contacts
Hoistway and car doors of passenger eleva-
tors shall conform to 2.12.5.1 through 2.12.5.3.
2.12.4.1 Type Tests. Each type and make of
hoistway-door interlock, hoistway-door combi- 2.12.5.1 When a car is outside the unlocking
nation mechanical lock and electric contact, and zone, the hoistway doors or car doors shall be
door or gate electric contact, shall conform to so arranged that the hoistway doors or car
the type tests specified in 8.3.3, unless tested doors cannot be opened more than 100 mm (4
prior to in.) from inside the car.
(a) August 1, 1996, and shall have been sub- 2.12.5.2 When the car doors are so arranged
jected to the tests specified in A17.1a–1994, that they cannot be opened when the car is
Section 1101; or outside the unlocking zone, the car doors shall
(b) (insert effective date of ASME A17.1 be openable from outside the car without the
or CSA B44 Code) in jurisdictions enforcing CSA use of a special tool(s).
B44 and shall have been subjected to the tests
2.12.5.3 The doors shall be openable from
specified in CSA B44S1-1997, Clause 11.4.
within the car (see 2.14.5.7) when the car is
The tests shall be done by or under the within the unlocking zone.
supervision of a certifying organization.
NOTE (2.12.5): See also 2.12.1 and Appendix B, Un-
locking Zone.
2.12.4.2 Listing/Certification. Each type and
make of hoistway-door interlock, hoistway-door
combination mechanical lock and electric con- 2.12.6 Hoistway Door Unlocking Devices
tact, and door or gate electric contact shall 2.12.6.1 General. Except in jurisdictions that
conform to the general requirements for tests limit the use of hoistway-door unlocking de-
and certification specified in 8.3.1. vices, they shall be provided for use by elevator
and emergency personnel for each elevator at
2.12.4.3 Identification Marking. Each listed/ every landing where there is an entrance.
certified device shall be labeled. It shall be 2.12.6.2 Location and Design. Hoistway-door
permanently attached to the device, and shall unlocking devices shall conform to 2.12.6.2.1
be so located as to be readily visible when the through 2.12.6.2.5.
device is installed in its operating position.
2.12.6.2.1 The device shall unlock and per-
The labels shall include the following data:
mit the opening of a hoistway-door from a
(a) the name, trademark, or certifying organi- landing irrespective of the position of the car.
zation file number by which the organization
that manufactured the product can be identified; 2.12.6.2.2 The device shall be designed to
(b) the certifying organization name or identi- prevent unlocking the door with common tools.
fying symbol; 2.12.6.2.3 Where a hoistway unlocking de-
(c) statement of compliance with ASME A17.1 vice consists of an arrangement whereby a
or CSA B44; releasing chain, permanently attached to a door-
(d) a distinctive type, model, or style letter or locking mechanism, is kept under a locked panel
number; adjacent to the landing door, such a panel shall
(e) rated voltage and current, and whether AC be self-closing and self-locking and shall not
or DC; have identifying markings on its face.
(f) rated test force and rated test movement 2.12.6.2.4 The operating means for un-
when the device is of a type released by an locking the door shall be Group 1 Security (see
interlock retiring cam (see 8.3.3.4.7); and 8.1). The operating means shall also be made
(g) date (month and year) devices subjected available to emergency personnel during an
to type test specified in 2.12.4.1. emergency.

51
p. 52 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.52

2.12.6.2.5–2.12.7.3.8 ASME A17.1–2000

2.12.6.2.5 The unlocking-device keyway the car door or gate not in the closed position,
and locked panel (see 2.12.6.2.3) if provided subject to the requirements of 2.12.7.3.1 through
shall be located at a height not greater than 2.12.7.3.8.
2 100 mm (83 in.) above the landing.
2.12.7.3.1 The operation of the switch shall
not render ineffective the hoistway-door inter-
2.12.7 Hoistway Access Switches lock or electric contact at any other landing,
nor shall the car move if any other hoistway
2.12.7.1 General
door is unlocked.
2.12.7.1.1 Hoistway access switches shall 2.12.7.3.2 The car cannot be operated at
be provided when the rated speed is greater a speed greater than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) at
(a) the lowest landing for access to the pit, 2.12.7.3.3 For automatic and continuous-
when a separate pit access door is not pro- pressure operation elevators, provided
vided; and (a) car and landing operating devices shall
(b) the top landing for access to the top of first be made inoperative by means within the
the car. car. This means shall enable the hoistway access
switches and shall be key-operated or behind
2.12.7.1.2 For elevators with a speed of a locked cover. The key shall be Group 1 Security
0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) or less, hoistway access (see 8.1); and
switches shall be provided at the top landing (b) power operation of the hoistway door and/
when the distance from the top of the car to or car door or gate is inoperative.
the landing sill exceeds 900 mm (35 in.) when
the car platform is level with the landing imme- 2.12.7.3.4 Automatic operation by a car-
diately below the top landing. leveling device is inoperative.

2.12.7.2 Location and Design. Hoistway ac- 2.12.7.3.5 Both top-of-car inspection opera-
cess switches shall conform to 2.12.7.2.1 tion (see 2.26.1.4.2) and in-car inspection opera-
through 2.12.7.2.3. tion (see 2.26.1.4.3) are not in effect.

2.12.7.3.6 The movement of the car initi-


2.12.7.2.1 The switch shall be installed ad-
ated and maintained by the access switch at
jacent to the hoistway entrance at the landing
the lowest landing, if this landing is the normal
with which it is identified.
means of access to the pit, shall be limited in
the up direction to the point where the bottom
2.12.7.2.2 The switch shall be of the contin-
of the platform guard is even with hoistway
uous-pressure spring-return type, and shall be
entrance header.
operated by a cylinder-type lock having not less
than a five-pin or five-disk combination, with 2.12.7.3.7 The movement of the car initi-
the key removable only when the switch is in ated and maintained by the upper access switch
the “OFF” position. The key shall be Group 1 shall be limited in the down direction to a travel
Security (see 8.1). not greater than the height of the car crosshead
above the car platform, and limited in the up
2.12.7.2.3 The electric contacts in the direction to the distance the platform guard
switch shall be positively opened mechanically; extends below the car platform.
their openings shall not be solely dependent
on springs. 2.12.7.3.8 The access switch shall only con-
trol the movement of the car within the zone
2.12.7.3 Operating Requirements. The opera- specified in 2.12.7.3.6 or 2.12.7.3.7. Control cir-
tion of the switch shall permit movement of cuits related to, or operated by, the hoistway
the car with the hoistway door at this landing access switches shall comply with 2.26.9.3(c),
unlocked or not in the closed position, and with (d), and (e) and 2.26.9.4.

52
p. 53 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.53

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 2.13–2.13.3.2.4

SECTION 2.13 2.13.3 Power Closing


POWER OPERATION OF HOISTWAY 2.13.3.1 Power Closing or Automatic Self-
DOORS AND CAR DOORS Closing of Car Doors or Gates Where Used With
2.13.1 Types of Doors and Gates Permitted Manually Operated or Self-Closing Hoistway
Doors
Where both a hoistway door and a car door
or gate are opened and/or closed by power, 2.13.3.1.1 Where a car door or gate of
the hoistway door and the car door or gate shall an automatic or continuous-pressure operation
(a) both be of the horizontally sliding type; or passenger elevator is closed by power, or is of
(b) both be of the vertically sliding type. the automatically released self-closing type, and
faces a manually operated or self-closing
2.13.2 Power Opening hoistway door, the closing of the car door or
gate shall not be initiated unless the hoistway
2.13.2.1 Power Opening of Car Doors or
door is in the closed position, and the closing
Gates. Power opening of a car door or gate
mechanism shall be so designed that the force
shall be subject to the requirements of 2.13.2.1.1
necessary to prevent closing of a horizontally
and 2.13.2.1.2.
sliding car door or gate from rest shall be not
2.13.2.1.1 Power opening shall occur only more than 135 N (30 lbf).
at the landing where the car is stopping, or is
2.13.3.1.2 Requirement 2.13.3.1.1 does not
leveling, or at rest, and shall start only when
apply where a car door or gate is closed by
the car is within the landing zone where an
power through continuous pressure of a door-
automatic car-leveling device is provided, ex-
closing switch, or of the car-operating device,
cept that on elevators with static control, power
and where the release of the closing switch or
shall not be applied to open car doors until the
operating device will cause the car door or gate
car is within 300 mm (12 in.) of the landing.
to stop or to stop and reopen.
2.13.2.1.2 Collapsible car gates shall not
be power opened to a distance exceeding one- 2.13.3.2 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors
third of the clear gate opening, and in no case and Car Doors or Gates by Continuous-Pressure
more than 250 mm (10 in.). Means. Horizontally or vertically sliding
hoistway doors with manually closed, or power-
2.13.2.2 Power Opening of Hoistway Doors. operated, or power-closed car doors or gates
Power opening of a hoistway door shall conform shall be permitted to be closed by continuous-
to 2.13.2.2.1 through 2.13.2.2.3. pressure means, subject to the requirements of
2.13.2.2.1 Power opening shall occur only 2.13.3.2.1 through 2.13.3.2.5.
at the landing where the car is stopping, level- 2.13.3.2.1 The release of the closing means
ing, or at rest, and shall start only when the shall cause the hoistway door, and a power-
car is within the landing zone where an auto- operated or power-closed car door or gate, to
matic car-leveling device is provided, except stop or to stop and reopen.
that on elevators with static control, opening
shall not start until the car is within 300 mm 2.13.3.2.2 The operation of the closing
(12 in.) of the landing. means at any landing shall not close the
hoistway door at any other landing, nor the car
2.13.2.2.2 Power opening may be initiated door or gate when the elevator car is at any
automatically through control circuits, provided other landing.
that the car is being automatically stopped or
leveled, and that, when stopping under normal 2.13.3.2.3 Any closing means at a landing
operating conditions, the car shall be at rest or shall close only that hoistway door and the car
substantially level with the landing before the door or gate at the side where such means is
hoistway door is fully opened. located.
2.13.2.2.3 Sequence opening of vertically 2.13.3.2.4 For elevators having more than
sliding hoistway doors and adjacent car doors one hoistway opening at any landing level, a
or gates shall comply with 2.13.6. separate closing means shall be provided in

53
p. 54 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.54

2.13.3.2.4–2.13.4.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

the car for each car door or gate and its adjacent ing vertically sliding hoistway door faces a bi-
hoistway door, except that a separate closing parting vertically sliding car door or gate.
means need not be furnished for a horizontally
2.13.3.4.3 The car door or gate shall be
sliding hoistway door and adjacent car door or
equipped with a reopening device conforming
gate that conform to 2.13.4.
to 2.13.5.
2.13.3.2.5 For sequence closing of verti-
2.13.3.4.4 A momentary-pressure switch or
cally sliding hoistway doors and adjacent car
button shall be provided in the car and at each
doors or gates, see 2.13.6.
landing, which, when operated, shall cause the
2.13.3.3 Power Closing of Horizontally Sliding car door or gate and the hoistway door at the
Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car landing to stop or to stop and reopen.
Doors or Gates by Momentary Pressure or by
2.13.3.4.5 The average closing speed shall
Automatic Means. Power closing by momentary
not exceed 0.3 m/s (1 ft/s) for a vertically sliding
pressure or by automatic means shall be permit-
counterweighted hoistway door or for each
ted only for automatic or continuous-pressure
panel of a biparting counterbalanced hoist-
operation elevators. The closing of the doors
way door or car gate, and shall not exceed
shall be subject to the requirements of 2.13.3.3.1
0.6 m/s (2 ft/s) for a vertically sliding counter-
and 2.13.3.3.2.
weighted car door or gate.
2.13.3.3.1 The closing of the doors shall
conform to 2.13.4. 2.13.4 Closing Limitations for Power-
Operated Horizontally Sliding
2.13.3.3.2 A momentary-pressure switch or Hoistway Doors and Horizontally
button shall be provided in the car, the operation Sliding Car Doors or Gates
of which shall cause the doors to stop or to
stop and reopen. The switch or button shall be 2.13.4.1 Where Required. Where a power-op-
identified as required by 2.26.12. erated horizontally sliding hoistway door or car
door/gate or both is closed by momentary-pres-
2.13.3.4 Power Closing of Vertically Sliding sure or by automatic means (see 2.13.3.3), or
Hoistway Doors and Vertically Sliding Car Doors is closed simultaneously with another door or
or Gates by Momentary Pressure or by Auto- car door/gate or both from one continuous-
matic Means. Power closing by momentary pressure means (see 2.13.3.2.3 and 2.13.3.2.4),
pressure or by automatic means shall be permit- the closing mechanism shall be designed and
ted only for automatic or continuous-pressure installed to conform to 2.13.4.2 and the re-
operation elevators. opening device shall be designed and installed
Vertically sliding hoistway doors used with to conform to 2.13.5.
vertically sliding power-operated car doors or
gates may be closed by momentary pressure 2.13.4.2 Closing Mechanism
or automatic means, subject to the requirements 2.13.4.2.1 Kinetic Energy
of 2.13.3.4.1 through 2.13.3.4.5. (a) Where the hoistway door and the car door/
gate are closed in such a manner that stopping
2.13.3.4.1 A warning bell or other audible
either one manually will stop both, the kinetic
signal shall be provided on the car, which shall
energy of the closing door system shall be
start to sound at least 5 s prior to the time the car
based upon the sum of the hoistway and the
door or gate starts to close and shall continue to
car door weights, as well as all parts rigidly
sound until the hoistway door is substantially
connected thereto, including the rotational iner-
closed. When the doors are closed by a closing
tia effects of the door operator and the connect-
switch in the car, the 5 s time interval shall be
ing transmission to the door panels.
permitted to be omitted.
(b) Where a reopening device conforming to
2.13.3.4.2 Sequence closing of the 2.13.5 is used, the closing door system shall
hoistway door and adjacent car door or gate conform to the following requirements:
shall be provided and shall conform to 2.13.6. (1) The kinetic energy computed for the ac-
Sequence closing is not required when a bipart- tual closing speed at any point in the code zone

54
p. 55 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.55

ASME A17.1–2000 2.13.4.2.1–2.13.5.4

distance defined by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed as specified in 2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the
23 J (17 ft-lbf); and kinetic energy limits specified in 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2);
(2) The kinetic energy computed for the av- (b) minimum door closing time in seconds
erage closing speed as determined in accord- for the doors to travel the Code zone distance
ance with 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 10 J (7.37 as specified in 2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the
ft-lbf). kinetic energy limits specified in 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2),
(c) Where a reopening device is not used, or if applicable [see 2.27.3.1.6(e)];
has been rendered inoperative (see 2.13.5), the (c) where heavier hoistway doors are used at
closing door system shall conform to the follow- certain floors, the minimum door closing time
ing requirements: in seconds corresponding to the kinetic energy
(1) The kinetic energy computed for the ac- limits specified in 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2) and
tual closing speed at any point in the code zone 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2), if applicable, for the correspond-
distance defined by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed ing floors shall be included on the data plate.
8 J (6 ft-lbf).
(2) The kinetic energy computed for the av-
erage closing speed within the code zone dis- 2.13.5 Reopening Device for Power-Operated
tance (see 2.13.4.2.2), or in any exposed opening Car Doors or Gates
width, including the last increment of door
travel, shall not exceed 3.5 J (2.5 ft-lbf). 2.13.5.1 Where required by 2.13.3.4 or 2.13.4,
2.13.4.2.2 Door Travel in Code Zone a power-operated car door shall be provided
Distance with a reopening device that will function to
(a) For all side sliding doors using single or stop and reopen a car door and the adjacent
multiple speed panels, the code zone distance landing door sufficiently to permit passenger
shall be taken as the horizontal distance from transfer in the event that the car door or gate
a point 50 mm (2 in.) away from the open jamb is obstructed while closing. If the closing kinetic
to a point 50 mm (2 in.) away from the opposite energy is reduced to 3.5 J (2.5 ft-lb) or less,
jamb. the reopening device shall be permitted to be
(b) For all center-opening sliding doors using rendered inoperative. The reopening device
single or multiple speed panels, the code zone used shall be effective for substantially the full
distance shall be taken as the horizontal distance vertical opening of the door (see 2.13.4.2).
from a point 25 mm (1 in.) away from the open
jamb to a point 25 mm (1 in.) from the center 2.13.5.2 For center-opening doors, the re-
meeting point of the doors. opening device shall be so designed and in-
(c) The average closing speed shall be deter- stalled that the obstruction of either door panel
mined by measuring the time required for the when closing will cause the reopening device
leading edge of the door to travel the code to function.
zone distance.
2.13.4.2.3 Door Force. The force necessary 2.13.5.3 For vertically sliding doors or gates,
to prevent closing of the hoistway door (or the reopening devices shall respond to any obstruc-
car door or gate if power operated) from rest tion within the width of the opening to a point
shall not exceed 135 N (30 lbf) (see 2.13.3.1). 125 mm (5 in.) maximum from each side of
This force shall be measured on the leading the opening.
edge of the door with the door at any point
between one third and two thirds of its travel.
2.13.5.4 Where Phase I Emergency Recall
2.13.4.2.4 Data Plate. A data plate conform- Operation by a fire alarm initiating device (see
ing to 2.16.3.3 shall be attached to the power 2.27.3.2.3) is not provided, door reopening de-
door operator or to the car crosshead and shall vices that can be affected by smoke or flame
contain the following information: shall be rendered inoperative after the doors
(a) minimum door closing time in seconds have been held open for 20 s. Door closing for
for the doors to travel the code zone distance power-operated doors shall conform to 2.13.5.

55
p. 56 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.56

2.13.6–2.14.1.4.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.13.6 Sequence Operation for Power- safety, on buffer engagement, or the application
Operated Hoistway Doors With Car of the emergency brake (see 2.19).
Doors or Gates
2.14.1.2.2 The car enclosure shall be so
2.13.6.1 Where Required constructed that removable portions cannot be
2.13.6.1.1 Sequence opening and closing dismantled from within the car.
shall be provided between hoistway doors and 2.14.1.2.3 Enclosure linings, decorative
car doors or gates on passenger elevators and panels, light fixtures, suspended ceilings, and
freight elevators permitted to carry passengers other apparatus or equipment attached within
(see 2.16.4) when the elevator is equipped with the car enclosure shall be securely fastened and
power-operated vertically sliding slide-up-to- so supported that they will not loosen or be-
open type car doors or gates and come displaced in ordinary service, on car safety
(a) power-operated vertically sliding biparting application, or on buffer engagement.
counterbalanced hoistway doors; or
(b) power-operated vertically sliding counter- 2.14.1.2.4 Panels attached to the car enclo-
weighted hoistway doors that slide down to sure for decorative or other purposes shall either
open. (a) not be unfastened from inside the car by
the use of common tools; or
2.13.6.1.2 Sequence opening and/or clos- (b) be permitted to be removed from inside
ing shall be permitted for vertically sliding the car when perforations, exceeding that which
power-operated hoistway doors and car doors would reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter,
or gates that are closed by continuous pressure in the enclosure used for panel hanging or
means. support have permanent means to prevent
2.13.6.2 Operating Requirements. The se- straight through passage beyond the running
quence operation of a hoistway door and adja- clearance.
cent power-operated vertically sliding car door 2.14.1.3 Strength and Deflection of Enclosure
or gate shall conform to 2.13.6.2.1 and 2.13.6.2.2. Walls. The enclosure walls shall be designed
2.13.6.2.1 In opening, the hoistway door and installed to withstand a force of 330 N (75
shall be opened at least two-thirds of its travel lbf) applied horizontally at any point on the
before the car door or gate can start to open. walls of the enclosure without permanent defor-
mation and so that the deflection will not reduce
2.13.6.2.2 In closing, the car door or gate the running clearance below the minimum spec-
shall be closed at least two-thirds of its travel ified in 2.5.1, nor cause the deflection to exceed
before the hoistway door can start to close. 25 mm (1 in.).
2.14.1.4 Number of Compartments in
Passenger and Freight Elevator Cars. Cars shall
not have more than two compartments. Where
SECTION 2.14 elevators have two compartments, one shall be
CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND located above the other, and the elevator shall
GATES, AND CAR ILLUMINATION conform to 2.14.1.4.1 through 2.14.1.4.6.
2.14.1 Passenger and Freight Enclosures, 2.14.1.4.1 The elevator shall be used exclu-
General sively for passengers or exclusively for freight
at any one time. If freight is to be carried in
2.14.1.1 Enclosure Required. Elevators shall
only one compartment, means shall be provided
be equipped with a car enclosure.
to lock the other compartment out of service.
2.14.1.2 Securing of Enclosures
2.14.1.4.2 Each compartment shall con-
2.14.1.2.1 The enclosure shall be securely form to the requirements of this Section, except
fastened to the car platform and so supported that a trap door in the floor of the upper com-
that it cannot loosen or become displaced in partment shall provide access to the top emer-
ordinary service, on the application of the car gency exit for the lower compartment.

56
p. 57 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.57

ASME A17.1–2000 2.14.1.4.3–2.14.1.5.1

2.14.1.4.3 Where either or both compart- 300 mm by 500 mm by 1 500 mm (12 in. by
ments are intended for passenger service, the 20 in. by 59 in.) at an angle not less than 60
minimum rated load for each compartment shall deg from the horizontal (see Appendix C).
conform to 2.16.1. (c) The top emergency exit cover shall open
Where one compartment is intended for outward. It shall be hinged or securely attached
freight use, its minimum rated load shall con- with a chain when in both the open and closed
form to 2.16.1 or shall be based on the freight positions. If a chain is used, it shall be not
loads to be handled, if greater than the mini- more than 300 mm (12 in.) in length and have
mum rated load required by 2.16.1. a factor of safety of not less than 5. The exit
Where both compartments are used exclu- cover shall only be openable from the top of
sively for freight, the minimum rated load of the car, where it shall be openable without the
each compartment shall conform to 2.16.2. use of special tools. The exit cover of the lower
The rated load of the elevator shall be the compartment of a multideck elevator shall be
sum of the rated loads of the individual compart- openable from both compartments. On eleva-
ments. tors with two compartments, if the emergency
exit of the lower compartment does not open
2.14.1.4.4 An emergency stop switch, directly into the upper compartment, a guarded
where required by 2.26.2.5, shall be provided passageway shall be provided between the
in each compartment, and these emergency lower compartment roof and the upper compart-
stop switches shall be so connected that the car ment floor.
cannot run unless both are in the run position. (d) The movable portion (exit panel) of the
2.14.1.4.5 An in-car stop switch, where suspended ceiling that is below the top exit
required by 2.26.2.21, shall be provided in each opening shall be restrained from falling. It shall
compartment, and these switches shall be so be permitted to be hinged upward or downward,
connected that the car cannot run unless both provided that the exit will permit a clear opening
are in the run position. with the top exit opening.
(1) A minimum clear headroom of 2 030
2.14.1.4.6 All hoistway doors shall be mm (80 in.) above the car floor shall be main-
closed and locked and the car doors for each tained when downward-swinging suspended
compartment closed before the car can be op- ceiling exit panels are used.
erated. (2) Upward-opening suspended ceiling exit
2.14.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. An emergency panels shall be restrained from closing when
exit with a cover shall be provided in the top in use and shall not diminish the clear opening
of all elevator cars, except cars in partially area of the corresponding top exit opening.
enclosed hoistways (see 2.14.1.5.2). (3) The movable portion and the fixed por-
tion of a suspended ceiling shall not contain
2.14.1.5.1 Top emergency exits shall con- lamps that could be shattered by the rescue
form to the following requirements: operation using the top emergency exit. The
(a) The top emergency exit opening shall have movable portion of the suspended ceiling shall
an area of not less than 0.26 m2 (400 in.2) and be permitted to contain light fixtures connected
shall measure not less than 400 mm (16 in.) to the stationary portion of the suspended ceil-
on any side. ing wiring by means of a plug and socket or
(b) The top emergency exit and suspended by flexible armored wiring. Flexible wiring shall
ceiling opening, if any, shall be so located as not be used to support or restrain the exit
to provide a clear passageway, unobstructed opening in the suspended ceiling in the open
by fixed equipment located in or on top of the position.
car. Equipment is permitted directly above the (e) Where elevators installed in enclosed
exit opening, provided that hoistways are provided with special car top
(1) it is not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.) treatments such as domed or shrouded cano-
above the top of the car; or pies, the exit shall be made accessible, including
(2) the exit is located to allow unobstructed the car top refuge space as specified in 2.4.12.
passage of a parallel piped volume measuring (f) Immediately adjacent to the top emer-

57
p. 58 02-16-01 11:03:32 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.58

2.14.1.5.1–2.14.1.9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

gency exit there shall be a space available for (a) be constructed of laminated glass that
standing when the emergency exit cover is complies with the requirements of 16 CFR Part
open. This space shall be permitted to include 1201, Sections 1201.1 and 1201.2; or be con-
a portion of the refuge area (see 2.4.12). All structed of laminated glass, safety glass, or
exit covers shall be provided with a car top safety plastic that comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1,
emergency exit electrical device (see 2.26.2.18) CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12; which-
that will prevent operation of the elevator car ever is applicable (see Part 9);
if the exit cover is open more than 50 mm (2 (b) be provided with a handrail or framing
in.), and the device shall be so designed that it designed to guard the opening should the panel
(1) is positively opened; become detached, where wall panels are wider
(2) cannot be closed accidentally when the than 300 mm (12 in.); and
cover is removed; (c) be mounted in the structure so that the
(3) must be manually reset from the top of assembly shall withstand the required elevator
the car and only after the cover is within 50 tests without damage (see 2.14.1.2).
mm (2 in.) of the fully closed position; and 2.14.1.8.2 Glass used for lining walls or
(4) shall be protected against mechanical ceilings shall conform to 2.14.1.8.1(a) and (c)
damage. except that tempered glass shall be permitted
2.14.1.5.2 On elevators in partially en- provided that
closed hoistways, means shall be provided to (a) it conforms to ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part
facilitate emergency evacuation of passengers. 1201, Sections 1201.1 and 1201.2, or CAN/CGSB-
Such means shall not require a top emergency 12.1; whichever is applicable (see Part 9);
exit. A top emergency exit shall be permitted. (b) the glass is not subjected to further treat-
ment such as sandblasting, etching, heat treat-
2.14.1.6 Car Enclosure Tops. Tops of car en-
ment, painting, etc., that could alter the original
closures shall be so designed and installed as
properties of the glass;
to be capable of sustaining a load of 135 kg
(c) the glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric
(300 lb) on any area 600 mm by 600 mm (24
coating, sheeting, or film backing having a phys-
in. by 24 in.), or 45 kg (100 lb) applied to
ical integrity to hold the fragments when the
any point, without permanent deformation. The
glass breaks; and
resulting deflection under these loads shall be
(d) the glass is tested and conforms to the
limited to prevent damage to any equipment,
acceptance criteria for laminated glass as speci-
devices, or lighting assemblies fastened to or
fied in ANSI Z97.1, or 16 CFR Part 1201, Section
adjacent to the car enclosure top.
1201.4, or CAN/CGSB-12.11, whichever is appli-
2.14.1.7 Railing and Equipment on Top of cable (see Part 9).
Cars
2.14.1.8.3 In jurisdictions enforcing the
2.14.1.7.1 A standard railing conforming NBCC, type 3C film reinforced silvered mirror
to 2.10.2 shall be provided on the outside perim- glass that conforms to CAN/CGSB-12.5 shall be
eter of the car top on all sides where the permitted for lining walls or ceilings.
perpendicular distance between the edges of
2.14.1.8.4 Markings as specified in the ap-
the car top and the adjacent hoistway enclosure
plicable glazing standard shall be on each sepa-
exceeds 300 mm (12 in.) horizontal clearance.
rate piece, and shall remain visible after instal-
2.14.1.7.2 A working platform or equip- lation.
ment that is not required for the operation of
2.14.1.9 Equipment Inside Cars
the elevator or its appliances, except where
specifically provided herein, shall not be located 2.14.1.9.1 Apparatus or equipment not
above the top of an elevator car. used in connection with the function or use of
the elevator shall not be installed inside of any
2.14.1.8 Glass in Elevator Cars
elevator car, except as follows:
2.14.1.8.1 Where enclosures include panels (a) Support rails (handrails) are permitted.
of glass, or transparent or translucent plastic, (b) Fastening devices for padded protective
the panels shall linings are permitted.

58
p. 59 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.59

ASME A17.1–2000 2.14.1.9.1–2.14.2.1.2

(c) Lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and support (f) be provided with a lock so arranged that
beams for freight handling, mounted in the the door shall be openable from inside the car
ceiling of passenger elevator, shall clear the car only by a specially shaped removable key, and
floor to a height of 2 450 mm (96 in.) (see from outside the car by a nonremovable handle.
2.16.9). Locks shall be so designed that they cannot be
(d) Picture frames, graphic display boards, opened from the inside by the use of ordinary
plaques, and other similar visual displays shall tools or instruments. Keys shall be Group 1
be mounted to withstand the required elevator Security (see 8.1) and made available to emer-
tests without damage. All edges shall be beveled gency personnel during an emergency.
or rounded. The material shall conform to (g) be provided with door or gate electric
2.14.1.2 and 2.14.2.1. When attached to the car contacts that conform to 2.14.7.2.3(b) through
wall less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) above the floor, (e) and 2.26.2.17, and are located so as to be
projections from the car wall, excluding support inaccessible from the inside of the car.
rails, shall not be greater than 38 mm (1.5 in.). (1) When opened, the contact shall cause
(e) Conveyor tracks shall be permitted in power to be removed from the driving-machine
freight elevators cars. motor and brake.
(f) Heating equipment, ventilating fans, and (2) When opened, the contact shall cause
air conditioning equipment, if used, shall be power to be removed from the driving-machine
securely fastened in place and located above motor and brake.
the car ceiling or outside the enclosure. (h) be of the same material and construction
as required for the enclosure.
2.14.1.9.2 Passenger car floors shall have
no projections or depressions greater than 6
mm (0.25 in.). 2.14.2 Passenger-Car Enclosures
2.14.1.10 Side Emergency Exits 2.14.2.1 Material for Car Enclosures,
2.14.1.10.1 Side emergency exits shall be Enclosure Linings, and Floor Coverings. All ma-
permitted for cars in multiple hoistways where terials exposed to the car interior and the
the following conditions are met: hoistway shall be metal, glass, or shall conform
(a) the distance between the car platforms to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.6.
does not exceed 750 mm (30 in.); and
2.14.2.1.1 Materials in their end use con-
(b) there are no intervening hoistway parti-
figuration, other than those covered by
tions, counterweights, or any fixed obstructions
2.14.2.1.2 through 2.14.2.1.6 shall conform to
other than separator beams.
the following requirements, based on the tests
2.14.1.10.2 Where side emergency exit conducted in accordance with the requirements
doors are provided, they shall of ASTM E 84, UL 723, NFPA 252 or CAN/ULC-
(a) be of such size, shape, and location to S102.2, whichever is applicable:
align with a side emergency exit door on at (a) flame spread rating of 0 to 75; and
least one adjacent car; (b) smoke development of 0 to 450.
(b) be of the hinged type;
(c) open only into the car; 2.14.2.1.2 In jursidictions enforcing the
(d) extend from the floor or base moulding NBCC materials in their end use configuration
to a clear height of not less than 1 500 mm (59 where the elevator is designed as a firefighters‘
in.), and shall have a width sufficient to provide elevator shall have
not less than 350 mm (14 in.) of clear passage- (a) a flame spread rating for walls and ceiling
way when the door is open; of 0 to 25 with smoke development of 0 to 100
(e) be so located as to provide a free passage- based on the test conducted in accordance with
way that is not obstructed by hoisting or coun- the requirements of CAN/ULC-S102.2; and
terweight ropes, car-frame members, or by fixed (b) a flame spread rating for floor surfaces of
elevator equipment; There shall be no obstruc- 0 to 300 with smoke development of 0 to 300,
tion on the inside of the enclosure which will based on the test conducted in accordance with
prevent opening of the door from either side; the requirements of CAN/ULC-S102.2.

59
p. 60 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.60

2.14.2.1.3–2.14.2.5 ASME A17.1–2000

2.14.2.1.3 Napped, tufted, woven, looped, in.) above the floor to a point 1 825 mm (72
and similar materials in their end use configura- in.) above the floor.
tion on car enclosure walls shall conform to (b) Openings less than 300 mm (12 in.) above
8.3.7 or the NBCC and National Fire Code of the floor shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in
Canada, whichever is applicable. The enclosure diameter and be guarded to prevent straight-
walls to which this material is attached shall through passage.
conform to 2.14.2.1.1. (c) Openings above the 1 825 mm (72 in.)
level shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter
2.14.2.1.4 Padded protective linings, for and be guarded to prevent straight-through
temporary use in passenger cars during the passage.
handling of freight, shall be of materials con- (d) Openings in the car ceiling shall be pro-
forming to either 2.14.2.1.1 or 2.14.2.1.3, which- tected and shall conform to 2.14.1.6.
ever is applicable. The protective lining shall (e) The total area of natural ventilation open-
clear the floor by not less than 100 mm (4 in.). ings shall not be less than 3.5% of the inside
2.14.2.1.5 Floor covering, underlayment, car floor area divided equally between the bot-
and its adhesive shall have a critical radiant tom and top of the car enclosure.
flux of not less than 0.45 W/cm2 as measured (f) The total unrestricted opening in or around
by ASTM D 648 or conform to the requirements the car doors or gates shall be permitted to be
of the NBCC and ULC standard CAN/ULC-S102.2, included as part of the total natural ventilation
whichever is applicable. required.
(g) The unrestricted opening provided by
2.14.2.1.6 Handrails, operating devices, forced ventilation systems may be treated as
ventilating devices, signal fixtures, audio and part of the natural ventilation area on the part
visual communication devices, and their hous- of the car in which it is located.
ings are not required to conform to 2.14.2.1.1
2.14.2.3.2 Forced ventilation conforming to
through 2.14.2.1.4.
the following shall be provided on observation
2.14.2.2 Openings Prohibited. Openings or elevators with glass walls exposed to direct
hinged or removable panels in an enclosure sunlight:
are prohibited, other than as required for the (a) There shall be a minimum air handling
following: capacity to provide one air change per min
(a) signal, operating, and communication based on net inside car volume.
equipment; (b) An auxiliary power source capable of pro-
(b) entrances; viding the minimum air handling capacity for
(c) vision panels; a continuous period of at least 1 h shall be
(d) emergency exits; provided on each elevator car.
(e) ventilation; and 2.14.2.3.3 Ventilating fans or blowers, if
(f) access panels for maintenance of equip- used, shall be located above the car ceiling or
ment or cleaning glass on observation elevators outside the enclosure and shall be securely
(see 2.14.2.6). fastened in place.
Such panels, where provided, shall con-
form to 2.14.1.10.2(b), (c), (f), (g), and (h), except 2.14.2.4 Headroom in Elevator Cars. A mini-
that they are not required to be openable from mum clear headroom of 2 025 mm (80 in.) above
the outside. the car floor shall be provided.

2.14.2.3 Ventilation 2.14.2.5 Vision Panels. Vision panels are not


required, but where used, shall
2.14.2.3.1 Natural ventilation openings (a) be of a total area of not more than 0.1
conforming to the following shall be provided m2 (155 in.2) and contain no single glass panel
in car enclosures: having a width exceeding 150 mm (6 in.);
(a) Openings exposed to the inside of the car (b) be provided with wire-glass panels or lami-
shall not be located in the portion of the enclo- nated-glass panels conforming to 16 CFR Part
sure walls extending from a point 300 mm (12 1201 or CAN/CGSB-12.11, whichever is applica-

60
p. 61 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.61

ASME A17.1–2000 2.14.2.5–2.14.4.2.3

ble (see Part 9). Markings as specified in the 2.14.3.2 Openings in Car Tops. Hinged or re-
applicable standard shall be on each separate movable panels shall not be provided in car
piece of laminated glass, and shall remain visi- tops except for emergency exits.
ble after installation;
2.14.3.3 Ventilation. If ventilating grilles or
(c) be located in the car door or in the front
Iouvers are provided in the enclosure below
return panel of the car enclosure;
the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level, they shall be located
(d) have the inside face of a car door vision
not more than 300 mm (12 in.) above the floor
panel, grille, or cover located substantially flush
and shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
with the inside surface of the car door; and
(e) have fasteners that are located on the 2.14.4 Passenger and Freight Car Doors and
hoistway side. It shall not be possible to remove Gates, General Requirements
the fasteners with common tools.
2.14.4.1 Where Required. A door shall be pro-
2.14.2.6 Access Panels. Non-removable slid- vided at each entrance to a passenger car and
ing or swing panels shall be permitted for access a door or gate shall be provided at each entrance
to the car or hoistway transparent enclosures for to a freight car.
cleaning purposes. Such panels or doors shall
(a) if hinged, open only into the car; 2.14.4.2 Door and Gate Electric Contacts and
(b) be provided with cylinder type locks, hav- Door Interlocks
ing not less than a five-pin or a five-disc combi- 2.14.4.2.1 Each car door or gate shall be
nation, or a lock that provides equivalent secu- provided with a door or gate electric contact
rity, arranged so that they can be unlocked with conforming to 2.26.2.15, 2.14.4.2.3, and
a key from the car side, and the key shall be 2.14.4.2.5, or a car-door interlock conforming
Group 2 Security (see 8.1); to 2.26.2.28, 2.14.4.2.4, and 2.14.4.2.5.
(c) be openable by hand from the hoistway
side; 2.14.4.2.2 A car-door interlock shall be re-
(d) be self-locking; quired for
(e) be provided with a device arranged so (a) car doors of elevators where the clearance
that the panel must be in the closed and locked between the loading side of the car platform
position (see 2.26.2.31) before the elevator can and hoistway enclosure exceeds the maximum
operate; and specified in 2.5.1.5; and
(f) have a bottom edge a minimum of 1 070 (b) car doors of elevators that face an unen-
mm (42 in.) from the floor in cases where the closed portion of the hoistway during the travel
adjacent hoistway wall is more than 140 mm of the car.
(5.5 in.) from the car enclosure or where there
2.14.4.2.3 Car-door and gate electric con-
is no adjacent hoistway wall.
tacts shall
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine
2.14.3 Freight-Car Enclosure
when the car-door or gate is not in the closed
2.14.3.1 Enclosure Material. Enclosures shall position, except under the following conditions:
be of metal without perforations to a height of (1) when a hoistway access switch is oper-
not less than 1 825 mm (72 in.) above the floor. ated (see 2.12.7);
Above the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level, the walls (2) when a car-leveling or truck-zoning de-
and top of the enclosure shall be metal with vice is operated (see 2.26.1.6); or
or without perforations, except that portion of (3) when a bypass switch is activated (see
the enclosure wall in front of and extending 2.26.1.5).
150 mm (6 in.) on each side of the counter- (b) be positively opened by a lever or other
weight, which shall be without perforations. device attached to and operated by the door
Perforated portions of enclosures shall reject or gate;
a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. (c) be maintained in the open position by the
Freight elevators that are permitted to carry action of gravity or by a restrained compression
passengers (see 2.16.4) shall conform to spring, or by both, or by positive mechanical
2.14.2.2. means;

61
p. 62 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.62

2.14.4.2.3–2.14.4.7.1 ASME A17.1–2000

(d) be so designed or located that they shall (b) where a swinging-type hoistway door and
not be accessible from within the car; and a car door are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.);
(e) not utilize mercury tube switches. (c) where a sliding-type hoistway door and a
car door or gate are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.); and
2.14.4.2.4 Car-door interlocks shall
(d) on freight elevators that are equipped with
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine
horizontally swinging doors and that are not
when the car door is not in the closed and
accessible to the general public (i.e., located
locked position except
in factories, warehouses, garages, and similar
(1) when the car is within the unlocking
buildings), the distance specified in 2.14.4.5.1(a),
zone for that entrance; and
(b), and (c) shall be not more than 165 mm
(2) under the conditions specified in
(6.5 in.).
2.14.4.2.3(a).
(b) prevent opening of the car door from 2.14.4.5.2 The distances specified shall be
within the car except when the car is in the measured as follows:
unlocking zone for that entrance; (a) where a multisection car door and multi-
(c) hold the car door in the locked position by section hoistway door are used, or where one
means of gravity or by a restrained compression of these doors is multisection and the other is
spring, or by both, or by means of a positive single section, between the sections of the car
linkage; door and the hoistway door nearest to each
(d) be so located that they are not accessible other;
from within the car when the car doors are (b) where a multisection car door and a swing-
closed; and ing-type hoistway door are used, between the
(e) be designed in accordance with 2.12.2.4. hoistway door and the section of the car door
2.14.4.2.5 Each type and make of car door farthest from it; and
electric contact, car gate electric contact, and (c) where a car gate is used, between the car
car door interlock shall gate and that section of the hoistway door
(a) be type tested in conformance with nearest to the car gate.
2.12.4.1;
2.14.4.6 Strength of Doors, Gates and Their
(b) be listed/certified in conformance with
Guides, Guide Shoes, Tracks, and Hangers.
2.12.4.2; and
Doors and gates and their guides, guide shoes,
(c) be marked in conformance with 2.12.4.3.
tracks, and hangers shall be so designed, con-
2.14.4.3 Type and Material for Doors. Doors structed, and installed that when the fully closed
shall be of the horizontally or vertically sliding door or gate is subjected to a force of 335 N
type and of material conforming to 2.14.2.1. (75 lbf), applied on an area 300 mm (12 in.)
square at right angles to and approximately at
2.14.4.4 Type of Gates. Gates, where permit-
the center of the door or gate, it will not deflect
ted, shall be of the horizontally sliding or verti-
beyond the line of the car sill.
cally sliding type, conforming to 2.14.4.7, 2.14.5,
When subjected to a force of 1 100 N (250
and 2.14.6.
lbf) similarly applied, doors and vertically sliding
2.14.4.5 Location gates shall not break or be permanently de-
formed and shall not be displaced from their
2.14.4.5.1 Doors or gates for automatic or
guides or tracks.
continuous-pressure operation elevators, except
Where multisection doors or gates are used,
freight elevators equipped with horizontally
each panel shall withstand the forces specified.
swinging doors and not accessible to the gen-
eral public, located in factories, warehouses, 2.14.4.7 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates.
garages, and similar buildings, shall be so lo- Vertically sliding doors or gates shall conform
cated that the distance from the face of the car to 2.14.4.7.1 through 2.14.4.7.5.
door or gate to the face of the hoistway door
shall be not more than the following: 2.14.4.7.1 They shall be of the balanced
(a) where a swinging-type hoistway door and counterweighted type or the biparting counter-
a car gate are used, 100 mm (4 in.); balanced type.

62
p. 63 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.63

ASME A17.1–2000 2.14.4.7.2–2.14.5.6.2

2.14.4.7.2 Gates shall be constructed of of the jamb does not exceed 50 mm (2 in.)
wood or metal, and shall be of a design that except where car-doors are provided with a car
will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, door interlock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.);
except that if multisection vertical lift gates are (b) for vertically sliding counterweighted
used, the panel shall be designed to reject a doors or gates, when the clear open space
ball 10 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter. between the leading edge of the door or gate
and the car platform sill does not exceed 50
2.14.4.7.3 Doors shall be constructed of
mm (2 in.); and
material conforming to 2.14.2.1.
(c) for horizontally sliding center-opening
2.14.4.7.4 Doors or gates shall guard the doors, or vertically sliding biparting counterbal-
full width of the car-entrance openings, and their anced doors, when the door panels are within
height shall conform to 2.14.5.4 or 2.14.6.2.3. 50 mm (2 in.) of contact with each other, except
2.14.4.7.5 Balanced counterweighted doors where horizontally sliding center opening car
or gates shall be either single or multiple sec- doors are provided with a car door interlock(s),
tion, and shall slide either up or down to open, 10 mm (0.375 in.).
conforming to 2.14.5.3 and 2.14.6.2.
2.14.5 Passenger Car Doors
2.14.4.8 Weights for Closing or Balancing
Doors or Gates. Weights used to close or bal- 2.14.5.1 Number of Entrances Permitted.
ance doors or gates shall be located outside There shall be not more than two entrances
the car enclosure and shall be guided or re- to the car, except in existing buildings where
strained to prevent them from coming out of structural conditions make additional entrances
their runway. necessary.
The bottom of the guides or other restraining 2.14.5.2 Type Required. Horizontally or verti-
means shall be so constructed as to retain the cally sliding doors subject to the restrictions of
weights if the weight suspension means breaks. 2.14.5.3 shall be provided at each car entrance.
Weights that extend beyond the hoistway side
of the car door or gate guide rail shall be 2.14.5.3 Vertically Sliding Doors. Vertically
guarded to prevent accidental contact. sliding doors shall be
(a) of the balanced counterweighted type that
2.14.4.9 Factor of Safety for Suspension slide in the up direction to open; and
Members. Suspension members of vertically (b) power-operated where facing a power-op-
sliding car doors or gates, and of weights used erated vertically sliding counterbalanced or a
with car doors or gates, shall have a factor of vertically sliding-down-to-open hoistway door.
safety of not less than 5. At least two indepen-
dent suspension means shall be provided so 2.14.5.4 Dimensions of Doors. Doors, when
that the failure of one suspension means shall in the fully closed position, shall protect the full
not permit the car doors or gates to fall; or a width and height of the car-entrance opening.
safety device shall be provided to prevent the 2.14.5.5 Openings in Doors. There shall be
doors or gates from falling, if the suspension no openings in doors, except where vision pan-
means fails. els are used.
2.14.4.10 Power-Operated and Power- 2.14.5.6 Door Panels
Opened or Closed Doors or Gates. The operation
of power-operated and power-opened or -closed 2.14.5.6.1 Door panels shall have a flush
doors or gates shall conform to 2.13. surface on the side exposed to the car interior.
The panels shall have no area or molding de-
2.14.4.11 Closed Position of Car Doors or
pressed or raised more than 3 mm (0.125 in.)
Gates. Car doors or gates shall be considered
and areas raised or depressed shall be beveled
to be in the closed position under the following
at not more than 30 deg to the panel surface.
conditions:
(a) for horizontally sliding doors or gates, 2.14.5.6.2 Panels shall overlap the top and
when the clear open space between the leading sides of the car entrance opening by not less
edge of the door or gate and the nearest face than 13 mm (0.5 in.) when in the closed position.

63
p. 64 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.64

2.14.5.6.3–2.14.6.2.3 ASME A17.1–2000

2.14.5.6.3 The vertical clearance between quirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1, whichever is ap-


a panel and the sill, or in the case of a vertically plicable (see Part 9). Markings as specified shall
sliding door the vertical clearance between the be on each separate piece, and shall remain
leading edge and the sill, shall not exceed 10 visible after installation.
mm (0.375 in.) when in the fully closed position. (b) The glass shall not be less than 60% of
the total visible door panel surface area as seen
2.14.5.6.4 The horizontal clearance shall
from the car side of the doors. Door lap shall
not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontally
not be used in calculating glass size.
sliding panels and 25 mm (1 in.) for vertically
(c) In power-operated doors, the glass panel
sliding panels between
shall be substantially flush with the surface of
(a) the car side of a panel and the related car
the car side of the door.
entrance jamb;
(d) The glass shall conform to the applicable
(b) related panels of multispeed entrances;
strength requirements of 2.14.4.6.
(c) the car side of the panel and the related
(e) The glass shall be so mounted that it
car head jamb.
and its mounting structure will withstand the
2.14.5.6.5 The leading edges of doors shall required elevator tests without becoming dam-
be free of sharp projections. aged or dislodged.
(f) A non-glass edge shall be provided on the
2.14.5.6.6 The meeting panel edges of cen-
leading edge of the door panel.
ter-opening entrances shall be protected with
not less than one resilient male member ex- 2.14.6 Freight Elevator Car Doors and Gates
tending the full height of the panel. The meeting
edges shall be permitted to interlock by not 2.14.6.1 Type of Gates
more than 10 mm (0.375 in.). When in the closed 2.14.6.1.1 For elevators designed for Class
position, the distance between the metal parts A loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be either
of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm of the vertically sliding type (see 2.14.6.2) or
(0.5 in.). the horizontally sliding collapsible type (see
2.14.5.6.7 The clearance between the lead- 2.14.6.3).
ing edge of the trailing panel of multiple-speed 2.14.6.1.2 For elevators designed for Class
panels and the jamb shall not exceed: B or Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates
(a) for horizontal slide 13 mm (0.5 in.); shall be of the vertically sliding type (see
(b) for vertical slide 25 mm (1 in.). 2.14.6.2).
2.14.5.7 Manual Opening of Car Doors. Car 2.14.6.2 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates
doors shall be so arranged that when the car
is stopped within the unlocking zone (see 2.14.6.2.1 On elevators used exclusively
2.12.5.3) and power to the door operator is cut for freight, car doors and gates shall be either
off, they and the mechanically related hoistway of the balanced counterweighted type that slide
door, if any, shall be movable by hand from up or down to open, or of the biparting counter-
balanced type. They may be manually operated
inside the car. The force required at the edge
or power operated.
of sliding doors to move them shall not exceed
330 N (75 lbf). 2.14.6.2.2 Where used on freight elevators
permitted to carry passengers (see 2.16.4), car
2.14.5.8 Glass in Car Doors
doors shall conform to 2.14.5.
2.14.5.8.1 Vision panels, where provided,
2.14.6.2.3 Car doors and gates shall protect
shall conform to 2.14.2.5.
the full width of the car entrance opening, and
2.14.5.8.2 Glass doors, where provided, their height shall be determined as follows:
shall conform to the following requirements: (a) car doors and gates shall extend from a
(a) The glass shall be laminated glass con- point not more than 25 mm (1 in.) above the
forming to the requirements of ANSI Z97.1, or car floor to a point not less than 1 825 mm (72
16 CFR Part 1201, or be laminated glass, safety in.) above the car floor; and
glass, or safety plastic conforming to the re- (b) where a vertically sliding car gate with a

64
p. 65 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.65

ASME A17.1–2000 2.14.6.2.3–2.14.7.2.2

door reopening device is provided, the 25 mm 2.14.7.1.1 Not less than two lamps shall
(1 in.) maximum dimension specified shall be be provided.
measured from the car floor to the bottom of
2.14.7.1.2 The minimum illumination at the
the leading member.
car threshold, with the door closed, shall be
not less than
2.14.6.2.4 The horizontal clearance be-
(a) 50 lx (5 fc) for passenger elevators; and
tween the car side of a panel and the related
(b) 25 lx (2.5 fc) for freight elevators.
car entrance jamb or between related panels
of multispeed doors or gates shall not exceed 2.14.7.1.3 Passenger elevators shall be pro-
25 mm (1 in.). vided with auxiliary lighting on each elevator
conforming to the following:
2.14.6.3 Collapsible-Type Gates (a) The intensity of auxiliary lighting illumina-
tion 1 225 mm (48 in.) above the car floor and
2.14.6.3.1 Collapsible-type gates shall pro- approximately 300 mm (12 in.) in front of the
tect the full width of the car entrance opening, car-operating device shall be not less than 2 lx
and they shall extend from the car floor to a (0.2 fc). Auxiliary Lights shall be automatically
height of not less than 1 825 mm (72 in.) when turned on in all elevators in service after normal
fully closed. car lighting power fails. The power system shall
be capable of maintaining the above light inten-
2.14.6.3.2 When in the fully closed (ex- sity for a period of at least 4 h.
tended) position, the opening between vertical (b) Not less than two lamps of approximately
members shall not be more than 115 mm equal wattage shall be used and battery-oper-
(4.5 in.). ated units shall
(1) comply with CSA C22.2 No. 141 (see
2.14.6.3.3 Every vertical member shall be Part 9);
restricted from moving perpendicular to the (2) have a 4 h rating;
direction of travel more than 13 mm (0.5 in.). (3) be permanently connected to the car
light branch circuit; and
2.14.6.3.4 They shall not be power-opened, (4) have an output rating that includes the
except as permitted by 2.13.2.1.2. auxiliary lights and if connected, the emergency
signaling device (see 2.17.1.1.3).
2.14.6.3.5 When in the fully opened (col-
lapsed) position, collapsible gates shall be per- 2.14.7.1.4 Each elevator shall be provided
mitted to be arranged to swing inward. with an electric light and convenience outlet
fixture on the car top.
2.14.6.3.6 Handles of manually operated 2.14.7.2 Light Control Switches
collapsible gates nearest the car-operating de-
vice on elevators operated from the car only 2.14.7.2.1 Light control switches for in-
shall be so located that the nearest handle is car lighting shall be permitted. When provided
not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.) from the they shall
car operating device when the gate is closed (a) be located in or adjacent to the operating
(extended position), and not more than 1 225 device in the car; and
mm (48 in.) above the car floor. Gate handles (b) in elevators having automatic operation,
shall be provided with finger guards. be of the key-operated type or located in a
fixture with a locked cover. The key shall be
Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
2.14.7 Illumination of Cars and Lighting
Fixtures 2.14.7.2.2 Automatic operation of the car
lights shall be permitted. When provided, the
2.14.7.1 Illumination and Outlets Required. operating circuit shall be arranged to turn off
Cars shall be provided with an electric light or the lights only when the following conditions
lights conforming to 2.14.7.1.1 through exist for not less than 5 min:
2.14.7.1.4. (a) the car is at a floor;

65
p. 66 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.66

2.14.7.2.2–2.15.5.5 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) the doors are closed; Retention means shall be provided to prevent
(c) there is no demand for service; and the car from being displaced by more than 13
(d) the car is on automatic operation. mm (0.5 in.) from its normal running position
Momentary interruption of any of the above should any part of the guiding means fail, ex-
conditions shall cause the car lights to turn on. cluding the guiding member base and its attach-
ment to the frame. The retention means may
2.14.7.3 Car Lighting Devices
be integral with the base.
2.14.7.3.1 Glass used for lighting fixtures
shall conform to 2.14.1.8. 2.15.3 Design of Car Frames and Guiding
2.14.7.3.2 Suspended glass used in lighting Members
fixtures shall be supported by a metal frame The frame and its guiding members shall be
secured at not less than three points. designed to withstand the forces resulting under
the loading conditions for which the elevator
2.14.7.3.3 Fastening devices shall not be
is designed and installed (see 2.16).
removable from the fixture.
2.14.7.3.4 Glass shall not be drilled for 2.15.4 Underslung or Sub-Post Frames
attachment.
The vertical distance between the center lines
2.14.7.3.5 Light troughs supporting wiring of the top and bottom guide shoes of an elevator
raceways and other auxiliary lighting equip- car having a sub-post car frame or having an
ment, where used, shall be of metal, except underslung car frame located entirely below the
where lined with noncombustible materials. car platform shall be not less than 40% of the
2.14.7.3.6 Materials for light diffusion or distance between guide rails.
transmission shall be of metal, glass, or materi-
als conforming to 2.14.2.1.1 and shall not come 2.15.5 Car Platforms
in contact with light bulbs and tubes. 2.15.5.1 Every elevator car shall have a plat-
2.14.7.4 Protection of Light Bulbs and Tubes. form consisting of a nonperforated floor
Light bulbs and tubes within the car shall attached to a platform frame supported by the
(a) be equipped with guards, be recessed, or car frame, and extending over the entire area
be mounted above a drop ceiling to prevent within the car enclosure.
accidental breakage. Cars that operate with the 2.15.5.2 The platform frame members and
drop ceiling removed shall have a permanent the floor shall be designed to withstand the
separate guard for the light bulb or tube; and forces developed under the loading conditions
(b) be so mounted in the structure that the for which the elevator is designed and installed.
structure and the bulb or tube will withstand
the required elevator tests without being dam- 2.15.5.3 Platform frames are not required
aged or becoming dislodged. where laminated platforms are provided.
2.15.5.4 Laminated platforms shall be permit-
ted to be used for passenger elevators having
a rated load of 2 300 kg (5,000 lb) or less.
SECTION 2.15 2.15.5.5 The deflection at any point of a
CAR FRAMES AND PLATFORMS laminated platform, when uniformly loaded to
2.15.1 Car Frames Required rated capacity, shall not exceed 1⁄960 of the span.
The stresses in the steel facing shall not exceed
Every elevator shall have a car frame (see 1.3). one-fifth of its ultimate strength, and the
stresses in the plywood core shall not exceed
2.15.2 Guiding Members
60% of the allowable stresses in Section 3.14
Car frames shall be guided on each guide of the American Plywood Association Plywood
rail by upper and lower guiding members Design Specification or CSA O86.1, as applicable
attached to the frame. (see Part 9).

66
p. 67 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.67

ASME A17.1–2000 2.15.6–2.15.7.3.2

2.15.6 Materials for Car Frames and Platform allowable stresses increased proportionally,
Frames based on the ratio of the ultimate strengths.
Elongation shall conform to the requirements
2.15.6.1 Materials Permitted. Materials used
of the corresponding ASTM specifications.
in the construction of car frames and platforms
shall conform to 2.15.6.1.1 through 2.15.6.1.4. 2.15.6.3 Requirements for Metals Other Than
2.15.6.1.1 Car frames and outside mem- Steel. Metals other than steel may be used in
bers of platform frames shall be made of steel the construction of car frames and platforms,
or other metals. provided the metal used has the essential prop-
erties to meet all the requirements for the pur-
2.15.6.1.2 Platform stringers of freight ele- pose in accordance with good engineering prac-
vators designed for Class B or Class C loading tice, and provided the stresses and deflections
shall be of steel or other metals. conform to 2.15.10 and 2.15.11, respectively.
2.15.6.1.3 Platform stringers of passenger
elevators and of freight elevators designed for 2.15.6.4 Requirements for Wood for Platform
Class A loading shall be made of steel or other Floors and Stringers. Wood used for platform
metals, or of wood. stringers and platform floors and sub-floors
shall be of structural quality lumber or exterior
2.15.6.1.4 Cast iron shall not be used for type plywood conforming to the requirements
any part subject to tension, torsion, or bending, of the following:
except for (a) ASTM D 245, Structural Grades of Lumber;
(a) guiding supports; (b) ASTM D 198, Static Tests of Structural
(b) guide shoes; and Timbers;
(c) compensating rope anchorages. (c) ANSI Voluntary Product Standard PS 1-74
2.15.6.2 Requirements for Steel. Steel used or CSA O151, Softwood Plywood, Construction
in the construction of car frames and platforms and Industrial.
shall conform to 2.15.6.2.1 through 2.15.6.2.3.
2.15.7 Car-Frame and Platform Connections
2.15.6.2.1 Car-Frame and Platform-Frame
Members. Steel shall be rolled, formed, forged, 2.15.7.1 Internal Connections. Connections
or cast, conforming to the requirements of the between members of car frames and platforms
following specifications: shall be riveted, bolted, or welded, and shall
(a) Rolled and Formed Steel. ASTM A 36 or conform to 2.15.7.3.
ASTM A 283 Grade D or CAN/CSA-G40.21.
(b) Forged Steel. ASTM A 668 Class B. 2.15.7.2 Connection Between Car Frame and
(c) Cast Steel. ASTM A 27 Grade 60/30. Platform. The attachment of the platform to the
car frame shall be done in accordance with
2.15.6.2.2 Rivets, Bolts, and Rods. Steel good engineering practice and shall develop
used for rivets, bolts, and rods shall conform the required strength to transmit the forces
to the following specifications: safely from the platform to the car frame in
(a) ASTM A 502, Rivets; accordance with 2.15.10. Bolts, nuts, and weld-
(b) ASTM A 307, Bolts and Rods. ing, where used, shall conform to 2.15.7.3.
2.15.6.2.3 Steels of Other Strength. Steels
2.15.7.3 Bolts, Nuts, and Welding
of greater or lesser strength than those specified
by 2.15.6.2.1 shall be permitted to be used, 2.15.7.3.1 Bolts, where used through
provided they have an elongation of not less greater than 5 deg sloping flanges of structural
than 20% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.) when members, shall have bolt heads of the tipped-
tested in accordance with ASTM E8, and pro- head type or shall be fitted with bevelled
vided that the stresses and deflections conform washers.
to 2.15.10 and 2.15.11, respectively.
Rivets, bolts, and rods made of steel having 2.15.7.3.2 Nuts used on greater than 5 deg
greater strength than specified by ASTM A 307 sloping flanges of structural members shall sit
and ASTM A 502 may be used and the maximum on beveled washers.

67
p. 68 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.68

2.15.7.3.3–2.15.11 ASME A17.1–2000

2.15.7.3.3 All welding shall conform to 8.8. Where the car entrance on the truck-loading
side is provided with a collapsible-type gate
2.15.8 Protection of Platforms Against Fire and the height of the hoistway-door opening
is greater than the distance from the car floor
All platform materials exposed to the to the car top, a head guard extending the full
hoistway shall be either width of the door opening shall be provided
(a) metal; or on the car to close the space between the car
(b) other materials that, in their end use con- top and the soffit of the hoistway-door opening
figuration, conform to the following require- when the car platform is level with the floor at
ments, based on the tests conducted in accord- the truck-loading landing entrance.
ance with the requirements of ASTM E 84, UL
723, NFPA 255, or CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever
is applicable (see Part 9):
2.15.10 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car-
(1) flame spread rating of 0 to 75; and
Frame and Platform Members and
(2) smoke development of 0 to 450.
Connections
2.15.9 Platform Guards (Aprons) 2.15.10.1 The stresses in car-frame and plat-
form members and their connections, based on
The entrance side of the platform of passenger
the static load imposed upon them, shall not
and freight elevators shall be provided with
exceed the following:
smooth metal guard plates of not less than
(a) for steels meeting the requirements of
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick steel, or material of
2.15.6.2.1 and 2.15.6.2.2, as listed in Table
equivalent strength and stiffness, adequately
2.15.10.1;
reinforced and braced to the car platform and
(b) for steels of greater or lesser strength, as
conforming to 2.15.9.1 through 2.15.9.4.
permitted by 2.15.6.2.3, the allowable stresses
2.15.9.1 The guard plate shall extend not listed in Table 2.15.10.1 are to be adjusted pro-
less than the full width of the widest hoistway- portionally, based on the ratio of the ultimate
door opening. strengths;
(c) for metals other than steel, as permitted
2.15.9.2 The guard plate shall have a straight by 2.15.6.3, the allowable stresses listed in Table
vertical face, extending below the floor surface 2.15.10.1 are to be adjusted proportionally,
of the platform, conforming to one of the fol- based on the ratio of the ultimate strengths.
lowing:
(a) where the elevator is required to conform 2.15.10.2 Car frame members, brackets and
to 2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the truck zone, where their connections subject to forces due to the
provided, plus 75 mm (3 in.), but in no case application of the emergency brake (see 2.19.4)
less than 1 220 mm (48 in.); shall be designed to withstand the maximum
(b) where the elevator is not required to con- forces developed during the retardation phase
form to 2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the leveling of the emergency braking so that the resulting
zone or truck zone, where provided, plus 75 stresses due to the emergency braking and all
mm (3 in.); but in no case less than 525 mm other loading acting simultaneously, if applica-
(21 in.). ble, shall not exceed 190 MPa (27,500 psi).

2.15.9.3 The lower portion of the guard shall 2.15.11 Maximum Allowable Deflections of
be bent back at an angle of not less than 60 Car-Frame and Platform Members
deg nor more than 75 deg from the horizontal.
The deflections of car-frame and platform
2.15.9.4 The guard plate shall be securely members based on the static load imposed
braced and fastened in place to withstand a upon them shall be not more than the following:
constant force of not less than 650 N (145 lbf) (a) for crosshead, plank, and platform-frame
applied at right angles to and at any position members 1⁄960 of the span;
on its face without deflecting more than 6 mm (b) for uprights (stiles), as determined by
(0.25 in.), and without permanent deformation. 8.2.2.5.3.

68
p. 69 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.69

ASME A17.1–2000 2.15.12–2.15.12.3.2

TABLE 2.15.10.1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN CAR FRAME AND


PLATFORM MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS, FOR STEELS SPECIFIED IN 2.15.6.2.1
AND 2.15.6.2.2
Maximum Stress
Member Type Stress Type MPa psi Area Basis

Car crosshead Bending 95 14,000 Gross section


Car-frame plank Bending 95 14,000 Gross section
(normal loading)
Car-frame plank Bending 190 27,500 Gross section
(buffer reaction)
Car-frame uprights Bending plus tension 115 17,000 Gross section
(stiles) 140 20,200 Net section

Hoisting-rope hitch Bending plus tension 75 11,000 Net section


plate and shapes

Platform framing Bending 95 14,000 Gross section


Platform stringers Bending 115 17,000 Gross section

Threaded brace rods Tension 60 9,000 Net section


and other tension
members except bolts

Bolts Tension 55 8,000 Net section


Bolts in clearance holes Shear 55 8,000 Actual area in
shear plane
Bolts in clearance holes Bearing 120 17,500 Gross section
Rivets or tight body-fit Shear 75 11,000 Actual area in
bolts shear plane
Rivets or tight body-fit Bearing 140 20,000 Gross section
bolts

Any framing member Compression Note (1) Note (1) Gross section
normal loading

NOTE:
(1) The maximum allowable compressive stress in any member at normal loading shall not exceed 80%
of those permitted for static loads by the AISC #S326 or CSA S16.1.

2.15.12 Car Frames With Sheaves welded or riveted to the member to provide the
required strength. The bearing pressure shall in
Where a hoisting-rope sheave is mounted on
no case be more than that permitted in Table
the car frame, the construction shall conform
2.15.10.1 for bolts in clearance holes.
to 2.15.12.1 through 2.15.12.3.
2.15.12.3 Where the sheave is attached to
2.15.12.1 Where multiple sheaves mounted
the car crosshead by means of a single threaded
on separate sheave shafts are used, provision
rod or specially designed member or members
shall be made to take the compressive forces,
in tension, the requirements of 2.15.12.3.1 and
developed by tension in the hoisting ropes be-
2.15.12.3.2 shall be conformed to.
tween the sheaves, on a strut or struts between
the sheave-shaft supports, or by providing addi- 2.15.12.3.1 The single rod, member, or
tional compressive strength in the car frame or members shall have a factor of safety 50%
car-frame members supporting sheave shafts. higher than the factor of safety required for the
suspension wire ropes, but in no case shall
2.15.12.2 Where the sheave shaft extends
have a factor of safety of less than 15.
through the web of a car-frame member, the
reduction in area of the member shall not reduce 2.15.12.3.2 The means for fastening the
the strength of the member below that required. single threaded rod, member, or members to
Where necessary, reinforcing plates shall be the car frame shall conform to 2.15.13.

69
p. 70 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.70

2.15.13–2.16.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.15.13 Suspension-Rope Hitch Plates or SECTION 2.16


Shapes CAPACITY AND LOADING
Where cars are suspended by hoisting ropes 2.16.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger
attached to the car frame or to the overhead Elevators
supporting beams by means of rope shackles,
the shackles shall be attached to steel hitch 2.16.1.1 Minimum Load Permitted. The rated
plates or to structural or formed steel shapes. load in kg (lb) for passenger elevators shall be
Such plates or shapes shall be secured to based on the inside net platform area, and shall
the underside or to the webs of the car-frame be not less than shown by Figs. 8.2.1.2-1 and
member with bolts, rivets, or welds so located 8.2.1.2-2 (see Appendix D and 2.26.11).
that the tensions in the hoisting ropes will not The inside net platform area shall be deter-
develop direct tension in the bolts or rivets. mined at a point 1 000 mm (39 in.) above the
The stresses shall not exceed those permitted floor and inside of any panels or wall surfaces,
by 2.9.3.3. but exclusive of any handrails and space for
doors as shown in Fig. 2.16.1. To allow for
2.15.14 Calculation of Stresses in Car-Frame variations in car designs, an increase in the
and Platform Frame Members maximum inside net area not exceeding 5%
shall be permitted for the various rated loads.
The calculation of the stresses and deflection See Table 2.16.1.
in the car-frame plank and uprights and platform
frames shall be based on the formulas and data 2.16.1.2 Use of Partitions for Reducing Inside
in 8.2.2. Net Platform Area. Where partitions are in-
stalled in elevator cars for the purpose of re-
2.15.15 Platform Side Braces stricting the platform net area for passenger
use, they shall be permanently bolted, riveted,
Where side bracing and similar members are or welded in place. Gates, doors, or handrails
attached to car-frame uprights, the reduction in shall not be used for this purpose. Partitions
area of the upright shall not reduce the strength shall be so installed as to provide for approxi-
of the upright below that required by 2.15. mately symmetrical loading.
2.15.16 Hinged Platform Sills 2.16.1.3 Carrying of Freight on Passenger Ele-
vators. When freight is to be carried on a pas-
Hinged platform sills, where used, shall con- senger elevator, the requirements of 2.16.1.3.1
form to 2.15.16.1 through 2.15.16.3. and 2.16.1.3.2 shall be conformed to.
2.15.16.1 Hinged platform sills shall be pro- 2.16.1.3.1 The minimum rated load shall
vided with electric contacts conforming to conform to 2.16.1 or 2.16.2, whichever is greater.
2.12.5, which will prevent operation of the eleva-
tor by the normal operating device unless the 2.16.1.3.2 The elevator shall be designed
hinged sill is within 50 mm (2 in.) of its fully for applicable class of freight elevator loading.
retracted position, provided that when in this
position, the sill shall not reduce the clearance 2.16.2 Minimum Rated Load for Freight
specified in 2.5.1.4. Elevators
2.16.2.1 Minimum Load Permitted. The mini-
2.15.16.2 The elevator shall be permitted to
mum rated load for freight elevators in pounds
be operated by the leveling device in the leveling
shall be based on the weight and class of the
zone with the sill in any position.
load to be handled, but shall in no case be less
2.15.16.3 The strength of the sills shall con- than the minimum specified in 2.16.2.2 for each
form to 2.11.11.1. class of loading based on the inside net plat-
form area.
2.15.17 Fastening of Compensation Means
2.16.2.2 Classes of Loading and Design Re-
Fastenings to the car of the suspension ropes‘ quirements. Freight elevators shall be designed
compensation means shall conform to 2.21.4. for one of the following classes of loading.

70
p. 71 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.71

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 2.16.1, TABLE 2.16.1

Inside net platform Inside net platform


area = A × B area = A × B

B B

A A

FIG. 2.16.1 INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREAS FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS

TABLE 2.16.1 MAXIMUM INSIDE NET PLATFORM AREAS FOR THE


VARIOUS RATED LOADS
SI Units Imperial Units
Inside Net Inside Net
Rated Load, Platform Area, Rated Load, Platform Area,
kg m2 lb ft2

230 0.65 500 7.0


270 0.77 600 8.3
320 0.89 700 9.6
450 1.23 1,000 13.3
550 1.45 1,200 15.6
700 1.76 1,500 18.9
800 2.05 1,800 22.1
900 2.25 2,000 24.2
1 150 2.70 2,500 29.1
1 350 3.13 3,000 33.7
1 600 3.53 3,500 38.0
1 800 3.92 4,000 42.2
2 000 4.29 4,500 46.2
2 250 4.65 5,000 50.0
2 700 5.36 6,000 57.7
3 200 6.07 7,000 65.3
3 600 6.77 8,000 72.9
4 100 7.48 9,000 80.5
4 500 8.18 10,000 88.0
5 400 9.57 12,000 103.0
7 000 11.62 15,000 125.1
8 000 13.65 18,000 146.9
9 000 14.98 20,000 161.2
11 500 18.25 25,000 196.5
13 500 21.46 30,000 231.0

GENERAL NOTE: To allow for variations in cab designs, an increase in the maximum inside net
platform area not exceeding 5% shall be permitted for the various rated loads.

71
p. 72 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.72

2.16.2.2.1–2.16.3.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

2.16.2.2.1 Class A: General Freight Loading. (2) For elevators with rated loads exceeding
Where the load is distributed, the weight of any 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), the car platform shall be
single piece of freight or of any single hand designed for a loaded truck weighing 9 000 kg
truck and its load is not more than 25% of the (20,000 lb), or for the actual weight of the loaded
rated load of the elevator, and the load is han- truck to be used, whichever is greater.
dled on and off the car platform manually or (c) For Class C2 loading, the following require-
by means of hand trucks. ments shall apply:
For this class of loading, the rated load shall (1) The maximum load on the car platform
be based on not less than 240 kg/m2 (49 lb/ft2) during loading or unloading shall not exceed
of inside net platform area. 150% of rated load.
(2) For any load in excess of rated load on
2.16.2.2.2 Class B: Motor Vehicle Loading. elevators with a rated load of 9 000 kg (20,000
Where the elevator is used solely to carry auto- lb) or less, the driving-machine motor, brake,
mobile trucks or passenger automobiles up to and traction relation shall be adequate to sustain
the rated capacity of the elevator. and level the full 150% of rated load.
For this class of loading, the rated load shall (3) For any load in excess of the rated
be based on not less than 145 kg/m2 (30 lb/ft2) load on elevators with a rated load exceeding
of inside net platform area. 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), the driving machine motor,
2.16.2.2.3 Class C. There are three types of brake, and traction relation shall be adequate
Class C Ioadings: to sustain and level the rated load plus either
(a) Class C1: Industrial Truck Loading. Where 4 500 kg (10,000 lb), or the weight of the un-
the static load during loading and unloading loaded truck to be used, whichever is greater.
does not exceed the rated load.
NOTES (2.16.2):
(b) Class C2: Industrial Truck Loading. Where (1) When the entire rated load is loaded or unloaded in
the static load during loading and unloading is increments by an industrial truck, the load imposed on the
permitted to exceed the rated load. car platform, while the last increment is being loaded or
(c) Class C3: Other Loading With Heavy Con- the first increment unloaded, will exceed the rated load by
centrations. Where the static load during loading part of the weight of the empty industrial truck.
(2) Requirement 2.16.2 does not prohibit the carrying of
and unloading does not exceed the rated load. an industrial truck on a freight elevator of Class C2 or Class
C3 loading, provided that the total weight on the elevator
2.16.2.2.4 Class C loadings in 2.16.2.2.3 does not exceed the rated load of the elevator, and the
apply where the weight of the concentrated elevator is designed to meet the requirements of 8.2.2 and
load including a powered industrial or hand 8.2.9, as appropriate, for the load involved.
truck, if used, is more than 25% the rated load
and where the load to be carried does not
exceed the rated load. (For concentrated loads 2.16.3 Capacity and Data Plates
exceeding the rated load, see 2.16.6.)
2.16.3.1 Plates Required and Locations. Every
The following are additional requirements:
elevator shall be provided with a capacity plate
(a) For Class C1, Class C2, and Class C3 load-
and a data plate permanently and securely
ings, the rated load of the elevator shall be not
attached.
less than the load (including any truck) to be
The capacity plate shall be located in a con-
carried, and shall in no case be less than 240
spicuous position inside the car.
kg/m2 (49 lb/ft2) of inside net platform area.
The data plate shall be located on the car
The elevator shall be provided with a two-
crosshead, or inside the car for underslung
way automatic leveling device (see 1.3).
elevators having no crosshead.
(b) For Class C1 and Class C2 Ioadings, the
following additional requirements shall apply: 2.16.3.2 Information Required on Plates
(1) For elevators with rated loads of 9 000
kg (20,000 lb) or less, the car platform shall be 2.16.3.2.1 Capacity plates shall indicate the
designed for a loaded truck of weight equal to rated load of the elevator in kilograms or pounds
the rated load or for the actual weight of the or both (see Appendix D), and, in addition, this
loaded truck to be used, whichever is greater. plate or a separate plate shall indicate

72
p. 73 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.73

ASME A17.1–2000 2.16.3.2.1–2.16.5.1.1

(a) the capacity lifting one-piece loads where 2.16.4.5 Car doors shall be provided, and
the elevator conforms to 2.16.7; and shall conform to 2.14.5.
(b) for freight elevators designed for Class
C2 loading, the maximum load the elevator 2.16.4.6 Openings in car enclosures shall
is designed to support while being loaded or conform to 2.14.2.2.
unloaded [see 2.16.2.2.4(c)].
2.16.4.7 Hoistway doors and/or car doors
2.16.3.2.2 Data plates shall indicate shall conform to 2.12.5.
(a) the weight of the complete car, including
the car safety and all auxiliary equipment 2.16.4.8 The factors of safety for suspension
attached to the car; wire ropes shall conform to Table 2.20.3 for
(b) the rated load and speed; passenger elevators.
(c) the wire rope data required by 2.20.2.1;
(d) the name or trademark of the manufacturer 2.16.4.9 Power-operated vertically sliding
and year manufactured; and doors shall be power closed conforming to the
(e) rail lubrication instructions (see 2.17.16). following:
(a) requirements 2.13.3.2 or 2.13.3.4; and
2.16.3.3 Material and Marking of Plates. (b) shall be provided with a reopening device
Plates shall be of such material and construction conforming to 2.13.5. The reopening device shall
that the letters and figures stamped, etched, detect obstruction in the path of closing door
cast, or otherwise applied to the faces shall travel without the necessity of physical contact.
remain permanently and readily legible. This can be provided by mounting the protection
The height of the letters and figures shall be device(s) on the car door itself or on the car
not less than or door jamb.
(a) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for passenger elevator (c) vertically sliding hoistway and car doors
capacity plates; shall conform to 2.13.6;
(b) 25 mm (1 in.) for freight elevator capacity (d) supporting chains, cables, or ropes shall
plates; not be exposed to the car interior;
(c) 3 mm (0.125 in.) for data plates. (e) when closed by automatic means shall be
provided with a visual warning to function over
the same period as the audible signal in
2.13.3.4.1.
2.16.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight
Elevators
Freight elevators conforming to 2.16.4.1 2.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevator
through 2.16.4.9 shall be permitted to carry Cars
passengers.
2.16.5.1 Signs Required. Signs, in addition to
the capacity and data plates required by 2.16.3.1,
2.16.4.1 The elevator shall not be accessible shall be provided inside the car and shall be
to the general public. located in a conspicuous position and perma-
nently and securely fastened to the car enclo-
2.16.4.2 The rated load shall not be less than sure, subject to the requirements of 2.16.5.1.1
that required by 2.16.1. through 2.16.5.1.3.

2.16.5.1.1 For every freight elevator, the


2.16.4.3 The elevator shall conform to 2.16.8.
sign shall specify the type of loading (see
2.16.2.2) for which the elevator is designed and
2.16.4.4 Hoistway entrances shall conform installed, with one of the following markings.
to 2.12.1.1 and 2.11.2.1, or shall be power- (a) “CLASS A LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR DE-
operated doors conforming to 2.11.2.2(f). SIGNED FOR GENERAL FREIGHT LOADING.”

73
p. 74 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.74

2.16.5.1.1–2.16.7.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) “CLASS B LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR DE- “CLASS C3 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
SIGNED TO TRANSPORT MOTOR VEHICLES DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT CONCENTRATED
HAVING A MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHT NOT LOADS NOT TO EXCEED KG ( LB).”
TO EXCEED KG”;
“CLASS B LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR DE- 2.16.5.1.2 For elevators not permitted to
SIGNED TO TRANSPORT MOTOR VEHICLES carry passengers, the sign shall read: “THIS IS
HAVING A MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHT NOT NOT A PASSENGER ELEVATOR. NO PERSONS
TO EXCEED LB”; or OTHER THAN THE OPERATOR AND FREIGHT
“CLASS B LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR DE- HANDLERS ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE ON THIS
SIGNED TO TRANSPORT MOTOR VEHICLES ELEVATOR.”
HAVING A MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHT NOT
TO EXCEED KG ( LB).” 2.16.5.1.3 For freight elevators permitted
(c) “CLASS C1 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR to carry passengers (see 2.16.4), a sign reading
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT LOADED INDUS- “PASSENGERS ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE THIS
TRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHT ELEVATOR.”
OF INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND LOAD NOT TO
EXCEED KG”; 2.16.5.2 Material and Marking of Signs. The
“CLASS C1 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR material and marking of all signs shall conform
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT LOADED INDUS- to 2.16.3.3, except that the letters shall be not
TRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHT less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high.
OF INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND LOAD NOT TO
EXCEED LB”; or 2.16.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators
“CLASS C1 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
Freight elevators shall not be loaded in excess
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT LOADED INDUS-
of their rated load as specified on the capacity
TRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHT
plate required by 2.16.3, except for
OF INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND LOAD NOT TO
(a) static loads on elevators loaded and un-
EXCEED KG ( LB).”
loaded by industrial trucks as noted on capacity
(d) “CLASS C2 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
or separate plate [see 2.16.2.2.3 and
DESIGNED FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING
2.16.3.2.1(b)];
BY INDUSTRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING
(b) elevators designed and installed to con-
AND UNLOADING WEIGHT WHILE PARKED
form to 2.16.7 to carry one-piece loads ex-
NOT TO EXCEED KG. MAXIMUM WEIGHT
ceeding their rated load.
TRANSPORTED NOT TO EXCEED KG”;
“CLASS C2 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING
BY INDUSTRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING 2.16.7 Carrying of One-Piece Loads Exceeding
AND UNLOADING WEIGHT WHILE PARKED the Rated Load
NOT TO EXCEED LB. MAXIMUM WEIGHT Passenger and freight elevators shall be per-
TRANSPORTED NOT TO EXCEED LB”; or mitted to be used, where necessary, to carry
“CLASS C2 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR one-piece loads greater than their rated load
DESIGNED FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING provided they are designed, installed, and oper-
BY INDUSTRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING ated to conform to 2.16.7.1 through 2.16.7.11.
AND UNLOADING WEIGHT WHILE PARKED
NOT TO EXCEED KG ( LB). MAXI- 2.16.7.1 A locking device shall be provided
MUM WEIGHT TRANSPORTED NOT TO EX- that will hold the car at any landing indepen-
CEED KG ( LB).” dently of the hoisting ropes while the car is
(e) ”CLASS C3 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR being loaded or unloaded.
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT CONCENTRATED
LOADS NOT TO EXCEED KG”; 2.16.7.2 The locking device shall be so de-
“CLASS C3 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR signed that it cannot be unlocked until the entire
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT CONCENTRATED weight of the car and load is suspended on the
LOADS NOT TO EXCEED LB”; or ropes.

74
p. 75 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.75

ASME A17.1–2000 2.16.7.3–2.16.8

2.16.7.3 A removable wrench or other device 2.16.7.8.4 Under the conditions described
shall be provided to operate the locking device. in 2.16.7.8.2 and 2.16.7.8.3, the car and counter-
weight safeties are not required to conform to
2.16.7.4 The locking device shall be so de- the safety stopping distances specified in Table
signed that the locking bars will be automatically 2.17.3 when the elevator is carrying a one-
withdrawn should they come into contact with piece load exceeding the rated load and the
the landing locks when the car is operated in counterweight is provided with additional
the up direction. weight as required by 2.16.7.9.
2.16.7.5 A special capacity plate shall be 2.16.7.9 For traction machines, where it
provided inside the elevator car and located in is necessary to secure adequate traction, an
a conspicuous place that shall bear the words additional counterweight shall be added during
“CAPACITY LIFTING ONE-PIECE LOADS” in let- the period of use with one-piece loads so that
ters, followed by figures giving the special ca- the total overbalance is at least equal to 45%
pacity in kilograms (pounds) for lifting one- of the “Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads.”
piece loads for which the machine is designed.
For material and size of letters, see 2.16.3.3. 2.16.7.10 A special operating device of the
car switch or continuous-pressure type shall be
2.16.7.6 The car frame, car platform, sheaves, provided in the machine room, located near the
shafts, ropes, and locking devices shall be de- driving machine, to operate the elevator. When
signed for the specified “Capacity Lifting One- this device is operative, all other operating de-
Piece Loads,” provided that vices shall be inoperative (see 2.26.1.3).
(a) in the design of the car frame, platform,
sheaves, shafts, and ropes, the allowable stress 2.16.7.11 The “Capacity Lifting One-Piece
is permitted to be 20% higher than those permit- Loads” of any passenger traction elevator shall
ted for normal loading; and not exceed 1.33 times the rated load of the
(b) the factor of safety for the locking device elevator.
shall be not less than 5.
2.16.8 Additional Requirements for Passenger
2.16.7.7 The car safeties shall be designed Overload in the Down Direction
to stop and hold the specified “Capacity Lifting
Passenger elevators and freight elevators per-
One-Piece Loads” with the ropes intact. The
mitted by 2.16.4 to carry passengers shall be
safety is not required to conform to the safety
designed and installed to safely lower, stop,
stopping distances specified in Table 2.17.3 if
and hold the car with an additional load up to
applied while the elevator is carrying a one-
25% in excess of the rated load.
piece load exceeding the rated load.
The elevator is not required to attain rated
2.16.7.8 Where there is an occupied space, load performance under the passenger overload
or an unoccupied space not secured against conditions specified but shall conform to
unauthorized access (see 2.6), under the (a) requirement 2.17.2, except that 125% of
hoistway, the requirements of 2.16.7.8.1 through the rated load shall be used in place of the
2.16.7.8.4 shall be conformed to. rated load;
(b) requirement 2.17.3, except that 125% of the
2.16.7.8.1 The machine shall be designed rated load shall be used in the first paragraph in
to operate the “Capacity Lifting One-Piece place of the rated load.
Loads” at slow speed. Second paragraph of 2.17.3, except that
2.16.7.8.2 The car safety shall be designed 125% of the rated load shall be used in place of
to stop and hold the car with this load indepen- the rated load, and the rated load performance
dently of the hoisting ropes. including safety stopping distance is not re-
quired.
2.16.7.8.3 The counterweight safety, where (c) requirement 2.24.2.3, except that 125% of
required by 2.6, shall be designed to stop and rated load shall be used in place of the rated
hold the entire weight of the counterweight load;
independently of the ropes. (d) requirement 2.24.8, except that 125% of

75
p. 76 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.76

2.16.8–2.17.5.1 ASME A17.1–2000

the rated load shall be used in place of the (see 2.16.8). Duplexed safety devices shall be
rated load; arranged so as to function approximately simul-
(e) requirement 2.25.2.1, except that 125% of taneously.
the rated load shall be used in place of the Type A or Type C safety devices (see 2.17.5)
rated load; shall not be used in multiple (duplexed).
(f) requirement 2.26.9.8, except that 125% of
the rated load shall be used in place of the
rated load; 2.17.3 Function and Stopping Distance of
(g) requirement 2.26.10, except that 125% of Safeties
the rated load shall be used in place of the The safety device, or the combined safety
rated load; devices where furnished, shall be capable of
(h) requirement 2.19.2.2(b), except that 125% stopping and sustaining the entire car with its
of the rated load shall be used in place of the rated load from governor tripping speed (see
rated load; and also 2.16.8).
(i) requirement 2.27.2.1, except that 125% of Type B safeties shall stop the car with its
rated load shall be used in place of rated load. rated load from governor tripping speed within
the range of the maximum and minimum stop-
2.16.9 Special Loading Means ping distances as determined by the formulas
Where special means (lift hooks, conveyor in 8.26. Table 2.17.3 and Figs. 8.2.6-1 through
tracks, and support beams) that exert loads 8.2.6-3 show the maximum and minimum stop-
upon the car frame or platform, or both, are ping distances for various governor tripping
used to carry loads other than as described in speeds, when tested in conformance with 8.10
2.16.2.2, the effects of their loading on the car and 8.11.
frame and platform shall be considered in ac-
cordance with 8.2.2.1 and 8.2.9.1. The allowable 2.17.4 Counterweight Safeties
stresses and deflections shall be as specified
in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11. The connections shall Counterweight safeties, where furnished [see
conform to 2.15.7. 2.6 and 2.19.3.2(a)(1)], shall conform to the re-
quirements for car safeties, except as specified
in 2.17.7 and 2.18.1.

2.17.5 Identification and Classification of


SECTION 2.17 Types of Safeties
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES
Car safety devices (safeties) are identified and
2.17.1 Where Required and Location classified on the basis of performance character-
istics after the safety begins to apply pressure
The car of every elevator suspended by wire
on the guide rails. On this basis, there are three
ropes shall be provided with one or more car
types of safeties.
safety devices of one of the types identified in
2.17.5. The safeties shall be attached to the car
2.17.5.1 Type A Safeties. Safeties that de-
frame, and one safety shall be located within
velop a rapidly increasing pressure on the guide
or below the car frame.
rails during the stopping interval, the stopping
All car safeties shall be mounted on a single
distance being very short due to the inherent
car frame and shall operate only on one pair of
design of the safety. The operating force is
guide rails between which the frame is located.
derived entirely from the mass and the motion
of the car or the counterweight being stopped.
2.17.2 Duplex Safeties
These safeties apply pressure on the guide rails
Where duplex (two) safeties are provided, through eccentrics, rollers, or similar devices,
the lower safety device shall be capable of without any flexible medium purposely intro-
developing not less than one-half of the force duced to limit the retarding force and increase
required to stop the entire car with rated load the stopping distance.

76
p. 77 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.77

ASME A17.1–2000 2.17.5.2–2.17.7.1

TABLE 2.17.3 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B


CAR SAFETIES WITH RATED LOAD AND TYPE B COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES
SI Units Imperial Units

Maximum Maximum
Rated Governor Stopping Rated Governor Stopping
Speed, Trip Speed, Distances, mm Speed, Trip Speed, Distances, in.
m/s m/s Min. Max. ft/min ft/min Min. Max.

0–0.63 0.09 25 380 0–125 175 1 15


0.75 1.05 50 415 150 210 2 16
0.87 1.25 75 485 175 250 3 19
1.00 1.40 100 540 200 280 4 22
1.12 1.55 125 605 225 308 5 24
1.25 1.70 150 675 250 337 6 27
1.50 2.00 200 840 300 395 8 33
1.75 2.30 250 1 025 350 452 10 40
2.00 2.55 330 1 200 400 510 13 48
2.25 2.90 430 1 480 450 568 17 58
2.50 3.15 505 1 700 500 625 20 68
3.00 3.70 710 2 250 600 740 28 91
3.50 4.30 940 2 950 700 855 38 128
4.00 4.85 1 200 3 680 800 970 49 150
4.50 5.50 1 540 4 660 900 1,085 61 183
5.00 6.00 1 835 5 500 1,000 1,200 75 222
5.50 6.60 2 220 6 600 1,100 1,320 90 268
6.00 7.20 2 640 7 800 1,200 1,440 107 316
6.50 7.80 3 100 9 110 1,300 1,560 126 371
7.00 8.40 3 595 10 530 1,400 1,680 146 427
7.50 9.00 4 125 12 050 1,500 1,800 168 490
8.00 9.60 4 695 13 670 1,600 1,920 191 555
8.50 10.20 5 300 15 400 1,700 2,040 215 628
9.00 10.80 5 940 17 240 1,800 2,160 241 700
9.50 11.40 6 620 19 180 1,900 2,280 269 779
10.00 12.00 7 335 21 220 2,000 2,400 299 862

2.17.5.2 Type B Safeties. Safeties that apply 2.17.6 Reserved for Future Use
limited pressure on the guide rails during the
stopping interval, and which provide stopping
distances that are related to the mass being 2.17.7 Governor-Actuated Safeties and Car-
stopped and the speed at which application Safety-Mechanism Switches Required
of the safety is initiated. Retarding forces are 2.17.7.1 Counterweight safeties, where pro-
reasonably uniform after the safety is fully ap- vided for rated speeds over 0.75 m/s (150 ft/
plied. Continuous tension in the governor rope
min), and car safeties, shall be actuated by
may or may not be required to operate the separate speed governors.
safety during the entire stopping interval. Mini-
Counterweight safeties for rated speeds of
mum and maximum distances are specified on not over 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) may be operated
the basis of governor tripping speed (see 2.17.3). as a result of the breaking or slackening of the
2.17.5.3 Type C Safeties (Type A With Oil suspension ropes and shall be permitted to be
Buffers). Safeties that develop retarding forces of the inertia or other approved type without
during the compression stroke of one or more governors.
oil buffers interposed between the lower mem- Where counterweight safeties are furnished
bers of the car frame and a governor-operated to provide ascending car overspeed protection
Type A auxiliary safety plank applied on the in accordance with 2.19.1.1, they shall be actu-
guide rails. The stopping distance is equal to ated by a counterweight speed governor (see
the effective stroke of the buffers. 2.17.4).

77
p. 78 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.78

2.17.7.2–2.17.9.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.17.7.2 Every car safety shall be provided the buffer stroke, to prevent excessive impact
with a switch, operated by the car safety mecha- on the buffer parts and the auxiliary safety
nism (see 2.26.2.9). plank.
A switch operated by the safety mechanism
2.17.8.2.4 Where the distance between
is not required on counterweight safeties.
guide rails exceeds 2 450 mm (96 in.), the safety
2.17.7.3 The car-safety mechanism switch shall be provided with two oil buffers of substan-
shall operate before or at the time of application tially identical calibration, and the buffers shall
of the safety. be so located as to develop minimum stresses
in the auxiliary safety plank during safety oper-
2.17.7.4 Switches operated by the car-safety
ation.
mechanism shall be of a type that cannot be
Buffers shall be located in line with and sym-
reset until the car-safety mechanism has been
metrically between the guide rails.
returned to the unapplied position.
2.17.8.2.5 The auxiliary safety plank shall
2.17.8 Limits of Use of Various Types of be so supported and guided below the car frame
Safeties that the clearances specified in 2.17.10 for the
2.17.8.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties. safety parts are maintained during normal oper-
Type A safeties shall be permitted on elevators ation.
having a rated speed of not more than 0.75 m/ The auxiliary safety plank shall be so designed
s (150 ft/min). that the maximum stresses in the plank shall
When overspeed occurs, with the hoisting not exceed those specified for similar car-frame
rope intact, such safeties shall be actuated by members in 2.15.
the governor. 2.17.8.2.6 The rail-gripping device of the
On the parting of the hoisting ropes (free auxiliary safety plank shall be so arranged and
fall), Type A governor-operated safeties shall connected as to prevent the plank from being
apply without appreciable delay, and their appli- out of level more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) in the
cation shall be independent of the speed action length of the plank when the safety is operated
of the governor and of the location of the break to stop the car.
in the hoisting ropes (inertia application), and
may be accomplished by the use of a governor 2.17.8.2.7 An electric switch shall be pro-
and governor rigging having a sufficiently high vided and so arranged and connected that the
value of inertia to apply the safety on free elevator cannot be operated by means of the
fall independently of the speed action of the normal operating device if any buffer is com-
governor (see 8.10 for inertia-application test pressed more than 10% of its stroke (see
of car safety). 2.26.2.13).

2.17.8.2 Type C (Combination Instantaneous 2.17.8.2.8 Means shall be provided to pre-


and Oil-Buffer Safety). Type C safeties shall vent operation of the elevator by means of the
be permitted subject to the requirements of normal operating device if the oil level in buffer
2.17.8.2.1 through 2.17.8.2.8. is below the minimum level (see 2.26.2.13).

2.17.8.2.1 The rated speed shall be not 2.17.9 Application and Release of Safeties
more than 2.5 m/s (500 ft/min).
2.17.9.1 Means of Application. Safeties shall
2.17.8.2.2 The oil buffers shall conform to be applied mechanically. Electric, hydraulic, or
all requirements specified in 2.22 for oil buffers, pneumatic devices shall not be used to apply
except that the stroke shall be based on gover- the safeties required by 2.17, nor to hold such
nor tripping speed and on an average retarda- safeties in the retracted position.
tion not exceeding 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2).
2.17.9.2 Level of Car on Safety Application.
2.17.8.2.3 After the buffer stroke, as de- The application of a Type A or Type B safety
fined in 2.17.8.2.2, has been completed, provi- to stop the car, with its rated load centered on
sion shall be made for an additional travel of each quarter of the platform symmetrically with
the plunger or piston of not less than 10% of relation to the centerlines of the platform, shall

78
p. 79 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.79

ASME A17.1–2000 2.17.9.2–2.17.12.5

not cause the platform to be out of level more (2) 1.01 m/s (201 ft/min) to 1.9 m/s (375 ft/
than 30 mm/m (0.36 in./ft) in any direction. (See min): 915 mm (36 in.); and
2.17.8.2.6 for Type C safeties.) (3) over 1.9 m/s (375 ft/min): 756 mm (30 in.).
(b) for counterweight safeties, all speeds:
2.17.9.3 Release. When car safeties are ap- 1 070 mm (42 in.).
Drum-operated car and counterweight safe-
plied, no decrease in tension in the governor
rope or motion of the car in the down direction ties, requiring continual unwinding of the safety
shall release the safeties, but such safeties shall drum rope to fully apply the safety, shall be
so designed that not less than three turns of
be permitted to be released by the motion of
the car in the up direction. the safety rope will remain on the drum after
the overspeed test of the safety has been made
with rated load in the car.
2.17.9.4 Force Providing Stopping Action to
Be Compressive. Safeties shall be so designed 2.17.12 Minimum Factors of Safety and
that, on their application, the forces that provide Stresses of Safety Parts and Rope
the stopping action shall be compressive forces Connections
on each side of the guide-rail section. 2.17.12.1 Parts of safeties, except springs,
safety-rope drums, leading sheaves, and their
supporting brackets and safety-jaw gibs, shall
2.17.10 Minimum Permissible Clearance have a factor of safety of not less than 3.5, and
Between Rail-Gripping Faces of the materials used shall have an elongation of
Safety Parts not less than 15% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.)
In the normally retracted position of the when tested in accordance with ASTM E 8.
safety, the distance between the rail-gripping Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress
faces of the safety parts shall be not less than relieved.
the thickness of the guide rail plus 3.5 mm 2.17.12.2 Springs are permitted in the opera-
(0.14 in.), and the clearance on any side between tion of car or counterweight safeties. Where
the gripping face and the guide rail shall be used, and where partially loaded prior to safety
not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.), as measured operation, the loading on the spring shall not
on the side of the rail toward which the car produce a fibre stress exceeding one-half the
frame is pressed with sufficient force to take elastic limit of the material. During operation
up all clearances in the guide-shoe assembly. of the safety, the fibre stress shall not exceed
Safety jaws, while in the retracted position, shall 85% of the elastic limit of the material. Helical
be so restrained as to prevent a reduction of springs, where used, shall be in compression.
this minimum clearance.
2.17.12.3 Safety-rope drums, leading
sheaves, and their supporting brackets and
2.17.11 Maximum Permissible Movement of safety-jaw gibs, are permitted to be made of
Governor Rope to Operate the Safety cast iron and other metals provided such parts
Mechanism have a factor of safety of not less than 10.
2.17.12.4 Rope used as a connection from
For all Type B safeties, the movement of
the safety to the governor rope, including rope
the governor rope, relative to the car or the
wound on the safety-rope drum, shall be not
counterweight, respectively, required to operate
less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) diameter, shall be
the safety mechanism from its fully retracted
made of metal, and shall be corrosion resistant.
position to a position where the safety jaws
The factor of safety of the rope shall be not
begin to exert pressure against the guide rails,
less than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall not
shall not exceed the following values based on
be used.
rated speed:
(a) for car safeties: 2.17.12.5 The factors of safety shall be based
(1) 1 m/s (200 ft/min) or less: 1 070 mm upon the maximum stresses developed in the
(42 in.); parts during the operation of the safety when

79
p. 80 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.80

2.17.12.5–2.18.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

stopping rated load from governor tripping 2.17.16 Rail Lubricants and Lubrication Plate
speed.
Rail lubricants or coatings that will reduce
the holding power of the safety or prevent its
2.17.12.6 Safety-rope leading-sheave brack-
functioning as required in 2.17.3 shall not be
ets and other safety operating parts shall not
used (see 8.7 for maintenance requirements).
be attached to or supported by wood platform
A metal plate as required by 2.16.3.2 shall
members.
be securely attached to the car crosshead in
an easily visible location, and, where lubricants
are to be used, shall carry the notation, “CON-
2.17.13 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in SULT MANUFACTURER OF THE SAFETY FOR
Safeties and Safety Operating THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE RAIL LUBRI-
Mechanisms CANT TO BE USED.” If lubricants are not to
be used, the plate shall so state.
Bearings in safeties and in the safety op- If lubricants other than those recommended
erating mechanisms shall be of corrosion-resis- by the manufacturer are used, a safety test shall
tant construction, with one or both members be made to demonstrate that the safety will
of the bearing made of, or electroplated with, function as required by 2.17.3.
a corrosion-resistant material.
2.17.17 Compensating Rope Tie-Down
2.17.14 Marking Plates for Safeties
For rated speeds greater than 3.5 m/s (700
A metal plate shall be securely attached to ft/min), a device shall be provided to tie the
each safety so as to be readily visible, and shall car and counterweight together to limit the jump
be marked in a legible and permanent manner of the car or counterweight as a result of buffer
with letters and figures not less than 6 mm engagement or application of car or counter-
(0.25 in.) in height indicating the following: weight safety.
(a) the type of safety, based on 2.17.5;
(b) the maximum tripping speed in m/s (ft/
min) for which the safety is permitted;
(c) the maximum weight in kg (lb) which the
safety is designed and installed to stop and
sustain;
(d) the force in N (lbf) required to activate the SECTION 2.18
safety or rope releasing carrier, if provided; and SPEED GOVERNORS
(e) the manufacturer’s name or trademark. 2.18.1 Speed Governors Required and
Location
2.17.15 Governor-Rope Releasing Carriers
2.18.1.1 Counterweight safeties, where pro-
Where a governor-rope releasing carrier is vided with rated speeds over 0.75 m/s (150
used to prevent actuation of the safety by the ft/min), and car safeties shall be actuated by
inertial forces of the governor-rope system, or separate speed governors.
used for any other purpose, the governor-rope Where counterweight safeties are furnished
releasing carrier on the car (or on the counter- to provide ascending car overspeed protection
weight) shall be set to require a tension in the in accordance with 2.19.1.1, they shall be actu-
governor rope, to pull the rope from the carrier, ated by a counterweight speed governor (see
of not more than 60% of the pull-through tension 2.17.4.)
developed by the governor. The means to regu-
late the governor-rope pull-out force shall be 2.18.1.2 The governor shall be located where
mechanical and shall be sealed. The carrier shall it cannot be struck by the car or the counter-
be designed so that the pull-out tension cannot weight in case of overtravel, and where there
be adjusted to exceed the amount specified is adequate space for full movement of governor
without breaking the seal. parts.

80
p. 81 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.81

ASME A17.1–2000 2.18.2–2.18.3.2

TABLE 2.18.2.1 MAXIMUM CAR SPEEDS AT WHICH SPEED GOVERNOR TRIPS AND GOVERNOR
OVERSPEED SWITCH OPERATES
SI Units Imperial Units
Maximum Car Speed Maximum Car Speed
Maximum at Which Governor Maximum at Which Governor
Rated Car Governor Overspeed Switch Rated Car Governor Overspeed Switch
Speed, Trip Speed, Operates, Down, m/s Speed, Trip Speed, Operates, Down, ft/min
m/s m/s [Note (1)] ft/min ft/min [Note (1)]

0–0.63 0.90 0.81 0–125 175 175


0.75 1.05 0.95 150 210 210
0.87 1.25 1.13 175 250 225
1.00 1.40 1.26 200 280 252
1.12 1.55 1.40 225 308 277
1.25 1.70 1.53 250 337 303
1.50 2.00 1.80 300 395 355
1.75 2.30 2.07 350 452 407
2.00 2.55 2.30 400 510 459
2.25 2.90 2.61 450 568 512
2.50 3.15 2.84 500 625 563
3.00 3.70 3.52 600 740 703
3.50 4.30 4.09 700 855 812
4.00 4.85 4.61 800 970 921
4.50 5.50 5.23 900 1,085 1,031
5.00 6.00 5.70 1,000 1,200 1,140
5.50 6.60 6.27 1,100 1,320 1,254
6.00 7.20 6.84 1,200 1,440 1,368
6.50 7.80 7.41 1,300 1,560 1,482
7.00 8.40 7.98 1,400 1,680 1,596
7.50 9.00 8.55 1,500 1,800 1,710
8.00 9.60 9.12 1,600 1,920 1,824
8.50 10.20 9.69 1,700 2,040 1,938
9.00 10.80 10.26 1,800 2,160 2,052
9.50 11.40 10.83 1,900 2,280 2,166
10.00 12.00 11.40 2,000 2,400 2,280

NOTE:
(1) See 2.18.4.2.5.

2.18.2 Tripping Speeds for Speed Governors overspeed greater than that at which the car
speed governor is to trip, but not more than
2.18.2.1 Car Speed Governors. Speed gover-
10% higher.
nors for car safeties shall be set to trip at car
speeds as follows: 2.18.3 Sealing and Painting of Speed
(a) at not less than 115% of the rated Governors
speed; and
(b) at not more than the tripping speed listed 2.18.3.1 Speed governors shall have their
opposite the applicable rated speed in Table means of speed adjustment sealed after test.
2.18.2.1. Maximum tripping speeds for interme- If speed governors are painted after sealing, all
diate rated speeds shall be determined from bearing and rubbing surfaces shall be kept free
Figs. 8.2.5-1 and 8.2.5-2. For rated speeds ex- or freed of paint and a hand test made to
ceeding 10 m/s (2,000 ft/min), the maximum determine that all parts operate freely as in-
tripping speeds shall not exceed 120% of the tended.
rated speed.
2.18.3.2 Where the rope retarding means
2.18.2.2 Counterweight Speed Governors. provides for adjustment of the rope pull-through
Speed governors, where provided for counter- force (tension), means shall be provided to seal
weight safeties, shall be set to trip at an the means of adjustment of the rope tension.

81
p. 82 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.82

2.18.3.3–2.18.5.3 ASME A17.1–2000

2.18.3.3 Seals shall be of a type that will in the down direction, subject to the following
prevent readjustment of the sealed governor requirements:
adjustments without breaking the seal. Provi- (a) A speed-reducing switch of the manually
sion shall be made so that seals may be affixed reset type is provided on the governor, which
after tests. will reduce the speed of the elevator in case
of overspeed, and which shall be set to open
2.18.4 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch as specified in 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2, or 2.18.4.2.3.
2.18.4.1 Where Required and Function (b) Subsequent to the first stop of the car
following the opening of the speed-reducing
2.18.4.1.1 A switch shall be provided on switch, the car shall remain inoperative until
every car and counterweight speed governor the switch is manually reset.
(see 2.26.2.10).
2.18.4.3 Setting of the Counterweight Gover-
2.18.4.1.2 The switches required in nor Switch. Where the counterweight governor
2.18.4.1.1 shall be operated by the overspeed switch is operated by the overspeed action (see
action of the governor except that the counter- 2.18.2.2), the switch shall be set to open when
weight governor switch shall be permitted to be the counterweight is descending at a speed
operated upon activation of the counterweight greater than the elevator rated speed, but not
governor-rope retarding means (see 2.18.6.1). more than the speed at which the counterweight
2.18.4.2 Setting of Car Speed-Governor governor is set to trip.
Overspeed Switches. The setting of the car 2.18.4.4 Type of Speed-Governor Overspeed
speed-governor overspeed switch shall conform Switches and Speed-Reducing Switches.
to 2.18.4.2.1 through 2.18.4.2.6. Switches used to perform the function specified
2.18.4.2.1 For rated speeds more than 0.75 shall be positively opened. Overspeed and
m/s (150 ft/min), up to and including 2.5 m/s speed-reducing switches permitted by 2.18.4.2.5
(500 ft/min), the car speed-governor overspeed and operated by the speed governor shall re-
switch shall open in the down direction of the main in the open position until manually reset.
elevator at not more than 90% of the speed at
2.18.5 Governor Ropes
which the governor is set to trip in the down
direction. 2.18.5.1 Material and Factor of Safety. Gover-
nor ropes shall be of iron, steel, monel metal,
2.18.4.2.2 For rated speeds more than 2.5
phosphor bronze, or stainless steel. They shall
m/s (500 ft/min), the car speed-governor
be of a regular lay construction and not less
overspeed switch shall open in the down direc-
than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter. The factor
tion of the elevator at not more than 95% of
of safety of governor ropes shall be not less
the speed at which the governor is set to trip
than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall not be
in the down direction.
used.
2.18.4.2.3 For elevators with static control,
2.18.5.2 Speed-Governor-Rope Clearance.
the car speed-governor overspeed switch shall
During normal operation of the elevator, the
open in the down direction of the elevator at
governor rope shall run free and clear of the
not more than 90% of the speed at which the
governor jaws, rope guards, or other stationary
governor is set to trip in the down direction.
parts.
2.18.4.2.4 The switch, when set as specified
2.18.5.3 Governor Rope Tag. A metal data
in either 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2, or 2.18.4.2.3, shall
tag shall be securely attached to the governor
open in the up direction at not more than 100%
rope fastening. This data tag shall bear the
of the speed at which the governor is set to
following wire rope data:
trip in the down direction.
(a) the diameter (mm or in.);
2.18.4.2.5 The speed-governor overspeed (b) the manufacturer’s rated breaking
switch shall be permitted to open in the down strength;
direction of the elevator at not more than 100% (c) the grade of material used;
of the speed at which the governor is set to trip (d) the year and month the rope was installed;

82
p. 83 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.83

ASME A17.1–2000 2.18.5.3–2.18.7.4

(e) whether nonpreformed or preformed; TABLE 2.18.7.4 MULTIPLIER FOR


(f) construction classification; DETERMINING GOVERNOR SHEAVE PITCH
(g) name of the person or organization who DIAMETER
installed the rope; and Rated Speed
(h) name or trademark by which the manufac-
m/s ft/min Number of Strands Multiplier
turer of the rope can be identified.
A new tag shall be installed at each rope 1.00 or less 200 or less 6 42
renewal. The material and marking of the rope 1.00 or less 200 or less 8 30
Over 1.00 Over 200 6 46
data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except that Over 1.00 Over 200 8 32
the height of the letters and figures shall be
not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).

2.18.6 Design of Governor Rope-Retarding


2.18.7 Design of Speed-Governor Sheaves
Means for Type B Safeties
and Traction Between Speed-Governor
Type B car and counterweight safeties shall be Rope and Sheave
activated by a speed governor with a governor-
rope-retarding means conforming to 2.18.6.1 2.18.7.1 The arc of contact between the gov-
through 2.18.6.5. ernor rope and the governor sheave shall, in
conjunction with a governor-rope tension de-
vice, provide sufficient traction to cause proper
2.18.6.1 Upon activation at the tripping functioning of the governor.
speeds given by 2.18.2, the means shall retard
the rope with a force that is at least 67% greater 2.18.7.2 Where the rope force imparted to
than the force required to activate the safety the governor rope (see 2.18.6.1) necessary to
or to trip the governor-rope releasing carrier, activate the safety, or to trip the releasing car-
where used (see 2.17.15). rier, if used, is dependent upon the tension in
the governor rope prior to governor tripping,
2.18.6.2 The means shall be set to allow a switch or switches mechanically opened by
the governor rope to slip through the speed the governor tension sheave before the sheave
governor at a rope tension (the governor pull- reaches its upper or lower limit of travel shall
through tension) higher than required to activate be provided. This switch shall be of the manually
the safety or to trip the releasing carrier as reset type and shall conform to 2.26.4.3. Subse-
specified in 2.17.15. The maximum tension in quent to the first stop of the car following the
the rope shall not exceed one-fifth of the rated opening of the switch, the car shall remain
ultimate strength of the rope. inoperative until the switch is manually reset.

2.18.6.3 The means shall be designed to 2.18.7.3 Governor sheave grooves shall have
prevent appreciable damage to or deformation machine-finished surfaces. Governor tension
of the governor rope resulting from its applica- sheaves shall have machine-finished grooves
tion (stopping action). for rated car speeds of more than 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min). Machined governor sheave grooves
shall have a groove diameter of not more than
2.18.6.4 The means shall provide a continu- 1.15 times the diameter of the governor rope.
ous tension in the governor rope as required
to operate the safety during the entire stopping
2.18.7.4 The pitch diameter of governor
interval in accordance with 2.17.5.2.
sheaves and governor tension sheaves shall be
not less than the product of the diameter of
2.18.6.5 The governor shall be arranged to be the rope and the applicable multiplier listed in
tripped by hand to facilitate the tests specified in Table 2.18.7.4, based on the rated speed and
8.10. the number of strands in the rope.

83
p. 84 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.84

2.18.8–2.19.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

2.18.8 Factors of Safety in Load-Bearing (b) the control system; and


Parts of Speed Governor (c) any other component upon which the
2.18.8.1 Material, except cast iron, used in speed of the car depends, except the suspension
load-bearing parts of speed governors shall ropes and the drive sheave of the traction ma-
have a factor of safety of not less than 3.5, and chine.
the materials used shall have an elongation of
not less than 15% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.) 2.19.1.2 Where Required and Function. All
when tested in accordance with ASTM E 8. electric traction elevators, except those whose
Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress empty car weight exceeds the total weight of
relieved. Cast iron shall have a factor of safety the suspension ropes and counterweight, shall
of not less than 10. be provided with a device to prevent an as-
2.18.8.2 The factors of safety shall be based cending elevator from striking the hoistway
upon the maximum stresses developed in the overhead structure. This device (see
parts during normal or governor tripping oper- 2.26.2.29) shall
ation. (a) detect an ascending car overspeed condi-
tion at a speed not greater than 10% higher
2.18.9 Speed-Governor Marking Plate than the speed at which the car governor is
A metal plate shall be securely attached to set to trip (see 2.18.2.1).
each speed governor and shall be marked in a (1) If the overspeed detection means re-
legible and permanent manner with letters and quires electrical power for its functioning
figures not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height (a) a loss of electrical power to the as-
indicating the following: cending car overspeed detection and control
(a) the speed in m/s (ft/min) at which the means shall cause the immediate activation of
governor is set and sealed to trip the governor- the emergency brake as required in 2.19.1.2(b);
rope-retarding means; (b) the occurrence of a single ground, or
(b) the size, material, and construction of the the failure of any mechanically operated switch
governor rope on which the governor rope- that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3,
retarding means were designed to operate; any single magnetically operated switch, con-
(c) the governor pull-through tension (force) tactor, or relay, or any single solid state device,
in N (lbf) (see 2.18.6.2); or a software system failure, shall not render
(d) manufacturer’s name or trademark; and the detection means inoperative.
(e) statement “DO NOT LUBRICATE GOVER-
(2) The failure of any single mechanically
NOR ROPE.”
operated switch that does not meet the require-
ments of 2.26.4.3 shall not render the detection
means inoperative.
(3) When a fault specified in 2.19.1.2(a)(1)(b)
or 2.19.1.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop
SECTION 2.19 at or before the next landing for which a demand
ASCENDING CAR OVERSPEED AND was registered, and shall not be permitted to
UNINTENDED CAR MOVEMENT restart.
PROTECTION (4) Once actuated by overspeed, the
overspeed detection means shall remain actu-
2.19.1 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection ated until manually reset, and the car shall not
2.19.1.1 Purpose. Ascending car overspeed start or run unless the detection means is reset.
protection shall be provided to prevent the car (b) decelerate the car when loaded with any
from striking the hoistway overhead structure load up to its rated load [see 2.16.8(h)] by
as a result of a failure in applying an emergency brake conforming to
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, 2.19.3. The car shall not start or run unless the
coupling, shaft, or gearing; emergency brake is reset.

84
p. 85 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.85

ASME A17.1–2000 2.19.2–2.19.3.2

2.19.2 Protection Against Unintended Car (4) Once actuated by unintended move-
Movement ment, the detection means shall remain actuated
until manually reset, and the car shall not start
2.19.2.1 Purpose. Protection shall be provided or run unless the detection means is reset.
with a device to prevent unintended car move- (b) upon detection of unintended car move-
ment away from the landing with the hoistway ment, stop and hold the car, with any load up
door not in the locked position and the car door to rated load [see also 2.16.8(h)], by applying
not in the closed position, as a result of failure in an emergency brake conforming to 2.19.3, with
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, the car movement limited in both directions, to
coupling, shaft, or gearing; a maximum of 1 220 mm (48 in.). The car shall
(b) the control system; and not start or run unless the emergency brake
(c) any other component upon which the provided for the unintended movement protec-
speed of the car depends, except the suspension tion is reset.
ropes and the drive sheave of the traction ma-
chine.
2.19.3 Emergency Brake (See Appendix F)

2.19.2.2 Where Required and Function. All 2.19.3.1 Where Required


electric traction elevators shall be provided with
a device (see 2.26.2.30) that shall 2.19.3.1.1 When required by 2.19.1 for pro-
(a) detect unintended car movement away tection against ascending car overspeed, an
from the landing with the hoistway door not emergency brake (see 1.3) conforming to
in the locked position and the car door not in 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.
the closed position.
2.19.3.1.2 When required by 2.19.2 for pro-
tection against unintended car movement, an
NOTE [2.19.2.2(a)]: Freight elevators provided with combina- emergency brake (see 1.3) conforming to
tion mechanical locks and contacts on the hoistway door 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.
shall detect the closed position of the hoistway door and
the closed position of the car door.
2.19.3.1.3 A single device shall be permit-
ted to meet the requirements of both 2.19.3.1.1
(1) If the detection means requires electrical and 2.19.3.1.2, or separate devices shall be pro-
power for its functioning vided.
(a) a loss of electrical power to the unin-
tended movement detection and control means 2.19.3.2 Requirements. The emergency brake
shall cause the immediate activation of the is permitted to consist of one or more devices
emergency brake as required in 2.19.2.2(b); and shall
(b) the occurrence of a single ground, or (a) function to decelerate the car by acting
the failure of any mechanically operated switch on one or more of the following (see also
that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3, 2.19.4):
any single magnetically operated switch, con- (1) counterweight [e.g., counterweight
tactor, or relay, or any single solid state device, safety (see 2.17.4 and 2.17.7)];
or software system failure, shall not render the (2) car;
detection means inoperative. (3) suspension or compensation rope
(2) The failure of any single mechanically system;
operated switch that does not meet the require- (4) drive sheave of a traction machine;
ments of 2.26.4.3, shall not render the detection (5) brake drum or braking surface of the
means inoperative. driving-machine brake, provided that the driv-
(3) When a fault specified in 2.19.2.2(a)(1)(b) ing-machine brake surface is integral (cast or
or 2.19.2.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop welded) with or directly attached to the driving-
at or before the next landing for which a demand machine sheave. Attachments, where used,
was registered, and shall not be permitted to shall conform to 2.24.3 and 2.24.4.1. Welding,
restart. where used, shall conform to 8.8.

85
p. 86 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$201 p.86

2.19.3.2–2.20.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) be independent of the driving-machine 2.19.4 Emergency Brake Supports


brake;
All components and structural members, in-
(c) not be used to provide, or assist in provid-
cluding their fastenings, subjected to forces due
ing, the normal stopping of the car. When the
to the application of the emergency brake shall
emergency brake is activated during normal
be designed to withstand the maximum forces
elevator stops, it shall only be applied to and
developed during the retardation phase of the
released from a stationary braking surface;
emergency braking so that the resulting stresses
(d) not require the application of electrical
shall not exceed those permitted for the applica-
power for its activation, nor be rendered inoper-
ble type of equipment as follows:
ative by the failure of any power supply;
(a) Machinery and sheave beams (see 2.9.6)
(e) not on its own cause the car average
(b) Guide rails and their supports (see 2.23.5.3)
retardation to exceed 9.8 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2) during
(c) Counterweight frames (see 2.21.2.3.3)
the stopping or slowdown phase during as-
(d) Car frames (see 2.15.10.2)
cending car overspeed;
(e) Machines, sheaves and bedplates (see
(f) be designed so that the factors of safety
2.24.3.2)
based on the maximum stresses developed in
the parts subject to load during the operation
of the emergency brake shall comply with the
following:
(1) Where an emergency brake is activated
only when protecting against either an as-
cending car overspeed condition or unintended
car movement with the car and hoistway doors
open, the minimum factors of safety, when SECTION 2.20
applied during the retardation phase of emer- SUSPENSION ROPES AND THEIR
gency braking, shall be not less than those CONNECTIONS
specified in 2.17.12.1.
(2) Where an emergency brake is activated 2.20.1 Suspension Means
during normal stops of the elevator, the mini- Elevator cars shall be suspended by steel wire
mum factors of safety, when applied during the ropes attached to the car frame or passing
retardation phase of emergency braking, shall around sheaves attached to the car frame speci-
be not less than those specified in 2.24.3.1 and fied in 2.15.1. Ropes that have previously been
2.24.3.2. installed and used on another installation shall
(3) Where an emergency brake acts on the not be reused.
suspension or compensation rope system Only iron (low carbon steel) or steel wire
(a) the factor of safety with respect to the ropes, having the commercial classification ”El-
breaking strength of the ropes shall not be evator Wire Rope,” or wire rope specifically
less than 5 at any time during the retardation constructed for elevator use, shall be used for
phase; and the suspension of elevator cars and for the
(b) it shall be designed to prevent appre- suspension of counterweights. The wire mate-
ciable damage or deformation to the ropes re- rial for ropes shall be manufactured by the
sulting from its activation. open-hearth or electric furnace process or their
(g) be arranged to be tested in accordance equivalent.
with the requirements specified in 8.10.2.
2.19.3.3 Marking Plate Requirements. The 2.20.2 Wire Rope Data
emergency brake shall be provided with a mark-
ing plate indicating the range of total masses 2.20.2.1 On Crosshead Data Plate. The cross-
(car with attachments and its load) for which head data plate required by 2.16.3 shall bear
it is permitted to be used, the range of speeds the following wire rope data:
at which it is set to operate, and the criteria (a) the number of ropes;
such as rail lubrication requirements that are (b) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or
critical to the performance. inches (in.);

86
p. 87 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.87

ASME A17.1–2000 2.20.2.1–2.20.4

(c) the manufacturer’s rated breaking strength TABLE 2.20.3 MINIMUM FACTORS OF
per rope in kilo Newton (kN) or pounds (lb). SAFETY FOR SUSPENSION WIRE ROPES
Minimum Factor
2.20.2.2 On Rope Data Tag. A metal data tag Rope Speed or Safety
shall be securely attached to one of the wire
m/s ft/min Passenger Freight
rope fastenings. This data tag shall bear the
following wire rope data: 0.25 50 7.60 6.65
(a) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or 0.37 75 7.75 6.85
inches (in.); 0.50 100 7.97 7.00
0.62 125 8.10 7.15
(b) the manufacturer’s rated breaking 0.75 150 8.25 7.30
strength; 0.87 175 8.40 7.45
(c) the grade of material used; 1.00 200 8.60 7.65
(d) the month and year the ropes were in- 1.12 225 8.75 7.75
stalled; 1.25 250 8.90 7.90
1.50 300 9.20 8.20
(e) the month and year the ropes were first 1.75 350 9.50 8.45
shortened; 2.00 400 9.75 8.70
(f) whether the ropes were nonpreformed or 2.25 450 10.00 8.90
preformed; 2.50 500 10.25 9.15
(g) construction classification; 2.75 550 10.45 9.30
3.00 600 10.70 9.50
(h) name of the person or organization who 3.25 650 10.85 9.65
installed the ropes; 3.50 700 11.00 9.80
(i) name or trademark of the manufacturer 3.75 750 11.15 9.90
of the ropes; and 4.00 800 11.25 10.00
(j) lubrication information. 4.25 850 11.35 10.10
4.50 900 11.45 10.15
A new tag shall be installed at each rope 4.75 950 11.50 10.20
renewal. 5.00 1,000 11.55 10.30
The material and marking of the rope data 5.25 1,050 11.65 10.35
tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the 5.50 1,100 11.70 10.40
height of the letters and figures shall be not 5.75 1,150 11.75 10.45
6.00 1,200 11.80 10.50
less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). 6.25 1,250 11.80 10.50
6.50 1,300 11.85 10.55
2.20.3 Factor of Safety 6.75 1,350 11.85 10.55
7.00–10.00 1,400–2,000 11.90 10.55
The factor of safety of the suspension wire
ropes shall be not less than shown in Table
2.20.3. Figure 8.2.7 gives the minimum factor
W p maximum static load imposed on all
of safety for intermediate rope speeds. The car ropes with the car and its rated
factor of safety shall be based on the actual load at any position in the hoistway
rope speed corresponding to the rated speed
of the car. 2.20.4 Minimum Number and Diameter of
The factor of safety shall be calculated by Suspension Ropes
the following formula:
The minimum number of hoisting ropes used
shall be three for traction elevators and two for
S×N drum-type elevators.
fp
W Where a car counterweight is used, the num-
ber of counterweight ropes used shall be not
less than two.
where
N p number of runs of rope under load. The term “diameter,” where used in reference
For 2:1 roping, N shall be two times to ropes, shall refer to the nominal diameter
the number of ropes used, etc. as given by the rope manufacturer.
S p manufacturer’s rated breaking strength The minimum diameter of hoisting and coun-
of one rope terweight ropes shall be 9.5 mm (0.375 in.).

87
p. 88 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.88

2.20.4–2.20.9.3.4 ASME A17.1–2000

Outer wires of the ropes shall be not less than portion inside the rope sockets shall be readily
0.56 mm (0.024 in.) in diameter. visible.
Fastening shall be
2.20.5 Suspension Rope Equalizers (a) by individual tapered rope sockets (see
2.20.9.4) or other types of rope fastenings that
2.20.5.1 Suspension rope equalizers, where
have undergone adequate tensile engineering
provided, shall be of the individual compression
tests provided that
spring type or shall meet the requirements of
(1) such fastenings conform to 2.20.9.2 and
2.20.5.3. Springs in tension shall not be used
2.20.9.3;
to attach suspension ropes.
(2) the rope socketing shall be such as to
2.20.5.2 Single-bar type equalizers shall be develop at least 80% of the ultimate breaking
permitted only for winding drum machines with strength of the strongest rope to be used in
two ropes, to attach the ropes to the dead-end such fastenings; or
hitch plate, providing it meets the requirements (b) by individual wedge rope sockets (see
of 2.20.5.3. 2.20.9.5); and
(c) U-bolt type rope clamps or similar devices
2.20.5.3 Equalizers other than the individual shall not be used for suspension rope fas-
compression spring type shall be permitted, tenings.
provided that their strength is established
through tensile engineering tests. Such tests 2.20.9.2 Adjustable Shackle Rods. The car
shall show the ultimate strength of the equaliz- ends, or the car or counterweight dead ends
ers and its fastenings in its several parts and where multiple roping is used, of all suspension
assembly to be not less than 10% in excess of wire ropes of traction type elevators shall be
the strength of the suspension ropes as required provided with shackle rods of a design that
by 2.20.3. will permit individual adjustment of the rope
lengths. Similar shackle rods shall be provided
2.20.6 Securing of Suspension Wire Ropes to on the car or counterweight ends of compensat-
Winding Drums ing ropes.
Suspension wire ropes of winding drum ma- 2.20.9.3 General Design Requirements. Wire
chines shall have the drum ends of the ropes rope fastenings shall conform to 2.20.9.3.1
secured on the inside of the drum by clamps. through 2.20.9.3.8.
Where the ropes extend beyond their clamps 2.20.9.3.1 The portion of the rope fastening
or sockets, means shall be provided to prevent that holds the wire rope (rope socket) and the
the rope ends from coming out of the inside shackle rod may be in one piece (unit construc-
of the drum and to prevent interference with tion), or they may be separate.
other parts of the machine.
2.20.9.3.2 The rope socket shall be either
2.20.7 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums cast or forged steel, provided that where the
rope socket and the shackle rod are in one
Suspension wire ropes of winding drum ma-
piece (unit construction), the entire fastening
chines shall have not less than one turn of the
shall be of forged steel.
rope on the drum when the car is resting on
the fully compressed buffers. 2.20.9.3.3 Where the shackle rod and rope
socket are not in one piece, the shackle rod
2.20.8 Reserved shall be of forged or rolled steel.
2.20.9.3.4 Cast or forged steel rope sockets,
2.20.9 Suspension Rope Fastening
shackle rods, and their connections shall be
2.20.9.1 Type of Rope Fastenings. The car made of unwelded steel, having an elongation
and counterweight ends of suspension wire of not less than 20% in a gauge length of 50
ropes, or the stationary hitch-ends where multi- mm (2 in.), when measured in accordance with
ple roping is used, shall be fastened in such a ASTM E 8, and conforming to ASTM A 668,
manner that all portions of the rope except the Class B for forged steel, and ASTM A 27, Grade

88
p. 89 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.89

ASME A17.1–2000 2.20.9.3.4–2.20.9.5.4

60/30 for cast steel, and shall be stress relieved. 2.20.9.4.3 The length of the straight bore
Steels of greater strength shall be permitted, L″ at the small end of the socket shall be not
provided they have an elongation of not less more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) nor less than 3 mm
than 20% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.). (0.125 in.), and its outer edge shall be rounded
and free from cutting edges.
2.20.9.3.5 Where the shackle rod is sepa-
rate from the rope socket, the fastening between 2.20.9.4.4 The diameter d of the hole at
the two parts shall be positive, and such as to the large end of the tapered portion of the
prevent their separation under all conditions of socket shall be not less than 2.25 times nor
operation of the elevator. more than 3 times the diameter of the wire
Where the connection of the two parts is rope used.
threaded, the thread design, tolerance, and man- 2.20.9.4.5 The diameter d′ of the hole at
ufacture shall conform to the requirements of the end of the tapered portion of the socket
ASME B1.13M, M-6H/6g, coarse or fine threads shall be not more than shown in Table 2.20.9.4.5.
(ASME B1.1, UNC or UNF Class 2A and Class
2.20.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets. Wedge socket
2B threads). The length of the thread engage-
assemblies shall be of a design as shown in
ment of the rod in the socket shall be not less
Fig. 2.20.9.5, and shall conform to 2.20.9.2 and
than 1.5 times the root diameter of the thread
2.20.9.3, and 2.20.9.5.1 through 2.20.9.5.6.
on the rod, and a cotter pin or equivalent means
shall in addition be provided to restrict the 2.20.9.5.1 A test specimen consisting of
turning to the rod in the socket and prevent the strongest elevator wire rope for a given
unscrewing of the connection in normal oper- diameter and wedge socket assembly shall be
ation. subjected to a destructive tensile engineering
Eye bolts used as connections with clevis- test. The rope socketing shall develop at least
type sockets shall be of forged steel conforming 80% of the ultimate breaking strength of the
to ASTM A 668, Class B (heat treated), without strongest rope to be used in such a fastening
welds. without the rope slipping through the assembly.

2.20.9.3.6 Rope sockets shall be of such 2.20.9.5.2 Wedge socket assemblies shall
strength that the rope will break before the be of such a strength that when tested as in
socket is materially deformed. 2.20.9.5.1, the rope shall break before the socket
or wedge is materially deformed.
2.20.9.3.7 The shackle rod, eye bolt, or
2.20.9.5.3 Suppliers of wedge sockets shall
other means used to connect the rope socket
submit certification showing that the sockets,
to the car or counter weight shall have a strength
with visible permanent manufacturer’s identifi-
at least equal to the manufacturer’s rated break-
cation, have successfully passed the tests de-
ing strength of the rope.
scribed in 2.20.9.5.1 and 2.20.9.5.2 at a testing
2.20.9.3.8 Rope fastenings incorporating laboratory.
antifriction devices that will permit free spinning 2.20.9.5.4 When the rope has been seated
of the rope shall not be used. in the wedge socket by the load on the rope,
the wedge shall be visible, and at least two
2.20.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets. Tapered rope
wire rope retaining clips shall be provided to
sockets shall be of a design as shown in Fig.
attach the termination side to the load carrying
2.20.9.4, and shall conform to 2.20.9.2 and
side of the rope (see Fig. 2.20.9.5). The first
2.20.9.3, and 2.20.9.4.1 through 2.20.9.4.5.
clip shall be placed a maximum of four times
2.20.9.4.1 The axial length L of the tapered the rope diameter above the socket, and the
portion of the socket shall be not less than 4.75 second clip shall be located within eight times
times the diameter of the wire rope used. the rope diameter above the first clip. The pur-
pose of the two clips is to retain the wedge
2.20.9.4.2 The axial length L′ of the open and prevent the rope from slipping in the socket
portion of the rope socket shall be not less than should the load on the rope be removed for
4 times the diameter of the wire rope used. any reason. The clips shall be designed and

89
p. 90 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.90

2.20.9.5.4–2.20.9.6.2 ASME A17.1–2000

d′
d

L″ See Note (1)

L L′

NOTE:
(1) Rope socket and shackle rod may be in one piece, as shown
(unit construction) or the socket and rod may be separate (see 2.20.9.3).

FIG. 2.20.9.4 TAPERED ROPE SOCKETS

TABLE 2.20.9.4.5 RELATION OF ROPE DIAMETER TO DIAMETER OF THE SMALL


SOCKET HOLE
Nominal Rope Maximum Diameter of Nominal Rope Maximum, Diameter of
Diameter, mm Hole, d ′, mm Diameter, in. Hole, d ′, in.
3
10 to 12 inclusive 2.5 larger than nominal ⁄8 to 7⁄16 inclusive 3
⁄32 larger than nominal
rope diameter rope diameter
1
13 to 19 inclusive 3 larger than nominal rope ⁄2 to 3⁄4 inclusive 1
⁄8 larger than nominal rope
diameter diameter
7
22 to 29 inclusive 4 larger than nominal rope ⁄8 to 11⁄8 inclusive 5
⁄32 larger than nominal
diameter rope diameter
32 to 40 inclusive 5 larger than nominal rope 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 inclusive 3
⁄16 larger than nominal
diameter rope diameter

installed so that they do not distort or damage sockets. The embedment material shall conform
the rope in any manner. to 2.20.9.6.1 through 2.20.9.6.3.
2.20.9.5.5 Markings on the wedge socket 2.20.9.6.1 Babbitt Metal. Babbitt metal shall
assembly components shall be as follows: contain at least 9% of antimony and shall be
(a) Each socket shall be permanently and legi- clean and free from dross.
bly marked or color-coded to identify the corres-
ponding wedge, or wedges, and rope size to 2.20.9.6.2 Thermosetting Resin Com-
be used in the assembly. The markings shall position
be visible after installation. (a) Physical Properties. The thermoset resin
(b) Each wedge shall be permanently and legi- composition shall have the following properties:
bly marked or color coded to identify the corres- (1) Uncured (Liquid) Material
ponding socket, or sockets, and rope size, within (a) Viscosity of Resin-Catalyst Mixture.
which it is to be inserted to form an assembly. The viscosity of the resin-catalyst mixture shall
The markings shall be visible after installation. be sufficiently low to permit rapid, complete
saturation of the rope rosette in order to prevent
2.20.9.5.6 Load carrying rope shall be in entrapment of air.
line with shackle rod, and the sockets may be (b) Flash Point. All components shall have
staggered in the direction of travel of the eleva-
a minimum flash point of 27°C (80°F).
tor and counterweight, where used. (c) Shelf Life. All components shall have
2.20.9.6 Rope Socket Embedment Medium. a minimum of 1 year shelf life at 21°C (70°F).
Only babbitt metal or thermosetting resin com- (d) Pot Life and Cure Time. After mixing,
positions intended for elevator wire rope sock- the resin-catalyst mixture shall be pourable for
eting shall be used to secure ropes in tapered a minimum of 8 min at 21°C (70°F) and shall

90
p. 91 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.91

ASME A17.1–2000 2.20.9.6.2–2.20.9.7

[16°C to 38°C (60°F to 100°F)] or elevated tem-


Load-carrying rope
peratures. At temperatures below 16°C (60°F),
8 times rope must be vertically an elevated temperature cure shall be used.
diameter max. in line with (b) Materials Required. The thermoset resin
shackle rod composition intended for elevator wire rope
socketing shall be supplied in two parts con-
sisting of preweighed resin and preweighed
Wire rope retaining catalyst, each packaged separately within a kit.
clips (non-load carrying)
[see 2.20.9.5.4]
Each kit containing the thermoset resin compo-
sition shall consist of the following:
(1) preweighed thermoset resin;
4 times rope Wedge (2) preweighed catalyst;
diameter max. (3) necessary materials for mixing and pour-
ing; and
(4) detachable label on resin container.
Wedge socket
(c) Marking
(1) Resin Container. The label on the resin
Anti-rotation container shall show the following information:
pin (a) product name;
(b) part designation (e.g., “Part A” or
Shackle rod [Note (1)] “Resin”);
(c) manufacturer’s name or trademark
and address;
NOTE: (d) mixing instructions;
(1) Rope socket and shackle rod may be (e) ICC information;
in one piece, as shown (unit construction) (f) safety warnings and cautions;
or the socket and rod may be separate (g) packaging date;
(see 2.20.9.3).
(h) flash point;
(i) shelf life;
FIG. 2.20.9.5 WEDGE ROPE SOCKETS (j) storage instructions;
(k) curing instructions;
cure within 1 h after hardening. Heating of the (l) net weight;
resin mixture in the socket to accelerate curing (m) a statement certifying that the product
shall follow the resin manufacturer’s instruc- conforms to 2.20.9.6.2 of ASME A17.1 or
tions. CSA B44.
(2) Cured Resin
(a) Socket Performance. Resin, when 2.20.9.6.3 Catalyst Container. The label on
cured, shall develop sufficient holding strength the catalyst container shall show the following
to solvent-washed wire in wire rope sockets to information:
develop 80% of the ultimate strength of all types (a) product name;
of elevator wire rope. No slippage of wire is (b) part designation (e.g., “Part B,” “Catalyst,”
permissible when testing resin-filled rope socket or “Hardener”);
assemblies in tension; however, after testing, (c) manufacturer’s name or trademark and
some seating of the resin cone shall be permit- address;
ted to be apparent and is acceptable. Resin (d) safety warnings and cautions;
terminations shall also be capable of withstand- (e) flash point;
ing tensile shock loading. (f) storage instructions; and
(b) Shrinkage. The volumetric shrinkage (g) net weight.
of fully cured resin shall not exceed 2%. The
use of an inert filler in the resin is permissible. 2.20.9.7 Method of Securing Wire Ropes in
(c) Curing. The resin-catalyst mixture Tapered Sockets. Where the tapered type of
shall be capable of curing either at ambient socket is used, the method and procedure to

91
p. 92 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.92

2.20.9.7–2.20.9.7.8 ASME A17.1–2000

be followed in making up the fastening shall tion turned in (rope rosette) shall have a length
conform to the following as applicable. of not less than 2.5 times the diameter of the
rope, and such that, when the rope is pulled
2.20.9.7.1 Handling. The rope to be sock- as far as possible into the socket, the bend of
eted shall be carefully handled to prevent twist- the turned-in strands shall be slightly overflush
ing, untwisting, or kinking. with the mouth of the tapered socket (large
2.20.9.7.2 Seizing of Rope Ends. The rope end) and will be visible when the socket has
ends to be socketed shall be seized before been completed (see 2.20.9.7.9). Where rope
cutting with seizing in accordance with the fol- with steel core is used, the steel core shall be
lowing: cut off even with tops of the looped strands.
(a) The seizing shall be done with annealed
2.20.9.7.6 Insertion of Bent-In Rope Strands
iron wire, provided that other methods of seizing
in Socket. The rope end shall be pulled as far
be permitted that give the same protection from
as possible into the socket, so that the remaining
loss of rope lay. Where iron wire is used for
seizing projects outside the hole at the small
seizing, the length of each seizing shall be not
end of the socket.
less than the diameter of the rope.
(b) For nonpreformed rope, three seizings 2.20.9.7.7 Position of Socket Preparatory to
shall be made at each side of the cut in the Pouring Embedment Medium. The socket shall
rope. The first seizing shall be close to the cut be held in a vertical position with the large end
end of the rope, and the second seizing shall up, and the rope held in a position truly axial
be spaced back from the first the length of the with the socket. Tape or waste may be wound
end of the rope to be turned in. The third seizing around the rope at the small end of the socket to
shall be at a distance from the second equal prevent the embedment medium from seeping
to the length of the tapered portion of the through, but shall be removed after completion
socket. of the socket.
(c) For preformed rope, one seizing shall be
made at each side of the cut in the rope. The 2.20.9.7.8 Preparation of Embedment
seizing shall be at a distance from the end of Medium
the rope equal to the length of the tapered (a) Babbitt Metal
portion of the socket plus the length of the (1) Heating of Babbitt. The babbitt shall be
portion of the rope to be turned in. heated to a fluidity just sufficient to char a piece
of soft wood such as white pine without igniting
2.20.9.7.3 Spreading of Rope Strands. After it. Care shall be taken not to overheat the babbitt
the rope has been seized, it shall be inserted sufficiently to damage the rope.
into the socket through the hole in the small (2) Heating of Socket-Basket and Pouring of
end, a sufficient distance for manipulation, and Babbitt. The rope socket-basket shall be heated
where nonpreformed rope is used, the first two by a blowtorch flame sufficiently to prevent
seizings shall be removed. The rope strands chilling of the babbitt and to ensure that the
shall then be spread apart, and where rope with babbitt, when poured will completely fill the
fibre core is used, the fibre core shall be cut basket, including all the spaces between the
away as close as possible to the remaining rope strands. Following this the molten babbitt
seizing. shall be poured slowly and evenly into the
2.20.9.7.4 Removal of Grease or Oil. Thor- basket until it is filled to a point level with the
ough cleaning of the outer wires of the strand top of the opening in the large end.
surface and the inside of the rope socket is (b) Thermosetting Resin Composition
required for good adhesion. Brush or dip in (1) The manufacturer’s directions shall be
clean solvents is recommended. strictly followed in handling, mixing, pouring,
and curing the resin material.
2.20.9.7.5 Turning in of Rope Strands. The (2) New containers of resin and catalyst
exposed rope strands shall then be bent, turned shall be utilized for each set of rope sockets.
in, and bunched closely together, each strand The entire quantity of resin and catalyst shall
being turned back the same distance. The por- be mixed when the containers are opened.

92
p. 93 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.93

ASME A17.1–2000 2.20.9.7.8–2.20.10.6

(3) Resin sockets shall not be poured at for in 2.20.9.2, means shall be provided to pre-
a temperature below 16°C (60°F) without first vent the rotation of the suspension ropes with-
warming the socket and the resin composition out restricting their movement horizontally or
to 21°C to 32°C (70°F to 90°F). The socket shall vertically.
be permitted to be warmed using the electrical
resistance heating devices intended for curing 2.20.10 Auxiliary Rope-Fastening Devices
resin sockets.
Auxiliary rope-fastening devices, designed to
(4) Curing of resin sockets shall be accom-
support elevator cars or counterweights if any
plished by heating at elevated temperature fol-
regular rope fastening fails, shall be permitted
lowing the manufacturer’s suggested schedule
to be provided, subject to the requirements of
and directions. Cure time shall not exceed 30
2.20.10.1 through 2.20.10.9.
min. Electrical resistance heating devices de-
signed to fit around the sockets, or other means 2.20.10.1 They shall be approved on the
of providing controlled, evenly distributed heat, basis of adequate tensile and fatigue engi-
shall be used to provide the elevated tempera- neering tests.
ture for curing. Open flames or exposed electri-
cal resistance heating elements shall not be 2.20.10.2 The device and its fastenings, in
used. its several parts and assembly, shall have a
(5) Upon completion of the socketing, the strength at least equal to that of the manufactur-
label from the container of resin shall be er’s breaking strength of the rope to which it
attached to one of the rope sockets for inspec- is to be attached.
tion purposes and shall be suitably protected. 2.20.10.3 Steel parts used in the device shall
be cast or forged with an elongation of not less
2.20.9.7.9 Inspection of Sockets After Com-
than 20%, conforming to ASTM A 668, Class
pletion. A visual inspection of the completed
B, for forgings and ASTM A 27, Grade 60/30
sockets shall be made after they have cooled
for cast steel, and shall be stress relieved.
and the tape or waste has been removed from
the small end of the sockets. The visual inspec- 2.20.10.4 The device shall be so designed
tion shall verify that and installed that
(a) the embedment medium is visible at the (a) it will not become operative unless there
small end of the socket; is a failure of the normal rope fastening;
(b) the bends of all of the individual rope (b) it will function in a rope movement of not
strands (see 2.20.9.7.5) are approximately the over 38 mm (1.5 in.);
same height above the embedment medium (c) it will not interfere with the vertical or
and visible within the range of not less than rotational movements of the rope during normal
one-half the diameter of the rope strand above service.
the embedment medium and that there is not
more than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) clearance between 2.20.10.5 Means shall be provided to cause
the embedment medium and the underside of the electric power to be removed from the
the bend in the rope strand; and driving-machine motor and brake when any
(c) no loss of rope lay has occurred where auxiliary fastening device operates. Such
the wire rope enters the socket. means shall
(a) have all electrical parts enclosed; and
2.20.9.7.10 Lubrication of Wire Rope After (b) be of the manually reset type that can be
Socket Attachment. After the resin has cured, reset only when the wire rope or ropes have
the wire ropes shall be lubricated at the base been resocketed and the auxiliary rope-fasten-
of the socket (small end) to replace the lubricant ing device has been restored to its normal
that was removed during the cleaning operation running position.
required under 2.20.9.7.4.
2.20.10.6 The method used to attach the
2.20.9.8 Anti-Rotation Devices. Following the device to the rope shall be such as to prevent
completion of the rope socketing and any adjust- injury to, or appreciable deformation of, the
ments of individual shackle rods as provided rope.

93
p. 94 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.94

2.20.10.7–2.21.2.5 ASME A17.1–2000

2.20.10.7 The installation of the device shall means fail, excluding the guiding member base
not reduce the required overhead clearances. and its attachment to the frame. The retention
means may be integral with the base.
2.20.10.8 The car-frame supports for the fas-
tening members of the device shall conform to 2.21.1.4 Independent Car Counterweights.
2.15.13, or where existing conditions will not Where an independent car counterweight is pro-
permit compliance with this requirement, other vided, it shall run in separate guide rails and
means of fastening may be used subject to the shall not be of sufficient weight to cause undue
approval of the enforcing authority. slackening of the hoisting ropes during accelera-
tion or retardation of the elevator car.
2.20.10.9 Each device shall be permanently
marked with the name or trademark of the
2.21.2 Design Requirements for Frames and
manufacturer by means of metal tags or plates
Rods
with the following data of the wire rope for
which they are designated to be used: 2.21.2.1 Material. Frames and rods shall be
(a) diameter of the rope in millimeters (mm) made of steel or other metals conforming to
or inches (in.); 2.15.6.2 and 2.15.6.3, provided that where steels
(b) manufacturer’s rated breaking strength of of greater strength than those specified, or
the rope; and where metals other than steel are used, the
(c) construction classification of the wire rope. factor of safety used in the design shall conform
The material and marking of the tags or plates to 2.21.2.3.
shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height
of the letters and figures shall be not less than 2.21.2.2 Frame Connections. Connections be-
1.5 mm (0.06 in.). tween frame members shall conform to 2.15.7.
2.21.2.3 Factor of Safety
2.21.2.3.1 The frame members and their
connections shall be designed with a factor of
SECTION 2.21 safety of not less than 5 with the elevator at
COUNTERWEIGHTS rest and the counterweight at the top of its
travel.
2.21.1 General Requirements
2.21.2.3.2 The counterweight frame shall
2.21.1.1 Frames. Weight sections of a coun- be designed with a factor of safety of not less
terweight shall be mounted in structural or than 2.5 at buffer engagement.
formed metal frames so designed as to retain
them securely in place (see 2.21.2.6). 2.21.2.3.3 The frame members, brackets,
and their connections subject to forces due to
2.21.1.2 Retention of Weight Sections. Means the application of the emergency brake (see
shall be provided to retain weight sections in 2.19.4) shall be designed to withstand the maxi-
place in the event of buffer engagement or mum forces developed during the retardation
safety application or if they become broken. phase of the emergency braking so that the
Where tie rods are used, a minimum of two resulting stresses due to the emergency braking
shall be provided which shall pass through all and all other loading acting simultaneously, if
weight sections. Tie rods shall be provided with applicable, shall not exceed 190 MPa (27,500
a lock nut and cotter pin at each end. psi).
2.21.1.3 Guiding Members. Counterweight
2.21.2.4 Sheaves. Where a hoisting sheave
frames shall be guided on each guide rail by
or sheaves are mounted in the frame, the re-
upper and lower guiding members attached to
quirements of 2.15.12 shall apply (see also 2.24.2
the frame.
and 2.24.3 for requirements for sheaves).
Retention means shall be provided to prevent
the counterweight from being displaced by 2.21.2.5 Suspension Rope Hitch or Shapes.
more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) from its normal Where counterweights are suspended by ropes
running position should any part of the guiding attached directly to the frames by means of

94
p. 95 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.95

ASME A17.1–2000 2.21.2.5–2.22.3.2.2

rope fastenings, the rope attachments shall con- TABLE 2.22.3.1 MINIMUM SPRING BUFFER
form to 2.15.13. STROKE
2.21.2.6 Securing of Weights in Frames. The Rated Car Speed Minimum Stroke
weights shall be so mounted and secured in m/s ft/min mm in.
the frames as to prevent shifting of the weights
0.5 or less 100 or less 38 1.5
by an amount that will reduce the running 0.51 to 0.75 101 to 150 63 2.5
clearances to less than those specified in 2.5.1.2. 0.76 to 1.00 151 to 200 100 4.0

2.21.3 Cars Counterbalancing One Another


An elevator car shall not be used to counter- 2.22.1.1.3 Where Type C safeties are used
balance another elevator car. (see 2.17.8.2), car buffers are not required if
solid bumpers are installed.
2.21.4 Compensation Means
2.22.1.2 Location. Buffers or bumpers shall be
2.21.4.1 Compensation means, such as com- located so as to retard the car and counterweight
pensating ropes or chains and their attachments without exceeding allowable design stresses in
(except for safety hooks, where used) to the the car frame and counterweight frame.
counterweight and car, shall be capable of with-
standing, with a factor of safety of 5 (see 1.3) 2.22.2 Solid Bumpers
any forces to which the means is subjected Solid bumpers, where permitted, shall be
during normal elevator operation, including its made of wood or other suitably resilient material
own weight. If chain compensation is used, the of sufficient strength to withstand without fail-
factor of safety shall be based on the proof load. ure the impact of the car with rated load, or the
2.21.4.2 When compensating ropes are used counterweight, descending at governor tripping
with a tension sheave, one end of each rope speed.
shall be provided with a means that provide The material used shall be of a type that will
for individual adjustment of rope length. resist deterioration or be so treated as to resist
deterioration.
2.21.4.3 Connections between the car or
counterweight and the compensation means 2.22.3 Spring Buffers
shall be bolted or welded and shall conform to
2.15.7.3. 2.22.3.1 Stroke. The stroke of the buffer
spring, as marked on its marking plate, shall
be equal to or greater than the value specified
in Table 2.22.3.1.
2.22.3.2 Load Rating
SECTION 2.22
BUFFERS AND BUMPERS 2.22.3.2.1 Buffers for cars and counter-
weights shall be capable of supporting, without
2.22.1 Type and Location being compressed solid or to a fixed stop, a
static load having a minimum of two times the
2.22.1.1 Type of Buffers. Buffers of the spring,
total weight of
oil, or equivalent type shall be installed under
(a) the car and its rated load for car buff-
the cars and counterweights of passenger and
ers; and
freight elevators subject to the requirements of
(b) the counterweight for counterweight
2.22.1.1.1 through 2.22.1.1.3.
buffers.
2.22.1.1.1 Spring buffers or their equivalent
2.22.3.2.2 Buffers for cars and counter-
shall be permitted to be used where the rated
weights shall be compressed solid or to a fixed
speed is not in excess of 1 m/s (200 ft/min).
stop with a static load of three times the
2.22.1.1.2 Oil buffers or their equivalent weight of
shall be used where the rated speed is in excess (a) the car and its rated load for car buff-
of 1 m/s (200 ft/min). ers; and

95
p. 96 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.96

2.22.3.2.2–2.22.4.5 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) the counterweight for counterweight load of 70 kg (154 lb), when the buffers are
buffers. struck with an initial speed of not more than
(a) 115% of the rated speed for buffers con-
2.22.3.2.3 Where the space below the
forming to 2.22.4.1.1; and
hoistway is not permanently secured against
(b) 115% of the predetermined reduced speed
access, the load rating specified in 2.22.3.2.1
for buffers conforming to 2.22.4.1.2.
shall be increased to meet the requirements of
2.6.1(b) and 2.6.2. 2.22.4.3 Factor of Safety for Oil-Buffer Parts.
The factor of safety of parts of oil buffers, based
2.22.3.3 Marking Plates. Each spring buffer
on the yield point for compression members
shall be provided with a marking plate showing
and on the ultimate strength and elongation
its load rating and stroke and the number of
for other parts, at gravity retardation with the
springs. Where the springs are removable, each
maximum load for which the buffer is designed,
spring shall be identified, and the assembly
when tested in accordance with ASTM E8 using
marking plate shall indicate this identification.
a 50 mm (2 in.) gauge length, shall be not
Markings shall be made in a permanent and
less than
legible manner.
(a) 3 for materials having an elongation 20%
or more;
2.22.4 Oil Buffers
(b) 3.5 for materials having an elongation from
2.22.4.1 Stroke. The minimum stroke of oil 15% to 20%;
buffers shall be based on the requirements of (c) 4 for materials having an elongation from
2.22.4.1.1 or 2.22.4.1.2. 10% to 15%;
(d) 5 for materials having an elongation less
2.22.4.1.1 The stroke shall be such that
than 10%; and
the car or the counterweight, on striking the
(e) 10 for cast iron parts.
buffer at 115% of the rated speed, shall be
brought to rest with an average retardation of 2.22.4.4 Slenderness Ratio for Members
not more than 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2). Under Compression as Columns. The slender-
2.22.4.1.2 Where terminal-speed reducing ness ratio (L/R) for members of oil buffers under
device is installed which conforms to 2.25.4.1, compression as columns shall be not more
and which will limit the speed at which the car than 80.
or counterweight can strike its buffer, the buffer The slenderness ratio (L/R) specified applies
stroke shall be based on at least 115% of such only to those main buffer members that are
reduced striking speed and on an average retar- subject to the impact of the fully loaded car
dation not exceeding 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2). In when striking the buffer.
no case shall the stroke used be less than 50% 2.22.4.5 Plunger Return Requirements. Oil
of the stroke required by 2.22.4.1.1 for rated buffers shall be so designed that
speeds under 4 m/s (800 ft/min), nor less than (a) the buffer plunger of gravity-return and
331⁄3%, or 450 mm (18 in.), whichever is greater, spring-return type oil buffers, when the buffer
for rated speeds of 4 m/s (800 ft/min) or more. is filled with oil shall, when released after full
compression, return to its fully extended posi-
NOTE (2.22.4.1): Figure 8.2.4 indicates the minimum buffer
strokes for various initial velocities. Table 2.22.4.1 indicates tion within 90 s;
the minimum buffer strokes for the most usual rated speeds. (b) the plunger of a spring-return type oil
See formula in 8.2.4 for calculation of buffer strokes differing buffer with a 20 kg (44 lb) weight resting on it
from or exceeding those listed in Table 2.22.4.1. shall, when released after being depressed 50
mm (2 in.), return to the fully extended position
2.22.4.2 Retardation. Oil buffers shall develop within 30 s; and
an average retardation not in excess of 9.81 (c) gas spring-return oil buffers shall be pro-
m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2), and shall develop no peak vided with a switch conforming to 2.26.2.22
retardation greater than 24.5 m/s2 (80.5 ft/s2), which shall be actuated if the plunger is not
having a duration exceeding 0.04 s with any within 13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully extended
load in the car, from rated load to a minimum position.

96
p. 97 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.97

ASME A17.1–2000 2.22.4.6–2.22.4.10.1

TABLE 2.22.4.1 MINIMUM OIL BUFFER STROKES


SI Units Imperial Units
115% of Minimum 115% of Minimum
Rated Speed, Rated Speed, Stroke, Rated Speed, Rated Speed, Stroke,
m/s m/s mm ft/min ft/min in.

1.00 1.15 65 200 230 2.75


1.12 1.29 85 225 269 3.50
1.25 1.44 105 250 288 4.25
1.50 1.73 155 300 345 6.25
1.75 2.01 205 350 402 8.25
2.00 2.30 270 400 460 11.00
2.25 2.59 340 450 517 13.75
2.50 2.88 425 500 575 17.00
3.00 3.45 605 600 690 24.75
3.50 4.03 825 700 805 33.25
4.00 4.60 1 080 800 920 43.75
4.50 5.18 1 365 900 1,035 55.50
5.00 5.75 1 685 1,000 1,150 68.50
5.50 6.32 2 040 1,100 1,265 83.00
6.00 6.90 2 425 1,200 1,380 98.50
6.50 7.48 2 845 1,300 1,495 115.50
7.00 8.05 3 300 1,400 1,610 134.50
7.50 8.63 3 790 1,500 1,725 154.00
8.00 9.20 4 310 1,600 1,840 175.25
8.50 9.78 4 870 1,700 1,955 197.75
9.00 10.35 5 460 1,800 2,070 221.75
9.50 10.93 6 080 1,900 2,105 247.00
10.00 11.50 6 740 2,000 2,300 273.75

2.22.4.6 Means for Determining Oil Level. Oil the Code or on submittal by the person or
buffers shall be provided with means for de- organization installing the buffers of the test
termining that the oil level is within the maxi- certificate stating that the buffer, when tested,
mum and minimum allowable limits. Glass sight met the specified test requirements of that edi-
gauges shall not be used. tion of the Code.
2.22.4.7 Type Tests and Certification for Oil 2.22.4.8 Compression of Buffers When Car Is
Buffers Level With Terminal Landings. Car and counter-
weight oil buffers of the mechanical spring-
2.22.4.7.1 Each type of oil buffer shall be
return type may be compressed not to exceed
subjected to the type tests as specified in 8.3.2
25% of their stroke when the car is level with
and to the certification process as specified in
the terminal landings (see 2.4.2.1).
8.3.1.
2.22.4.9 Buffer Oil Requirements. Oils used
2.22.4.7.2 A type test on an oil buffer shall
in oil buffers shall have a pour point of −18°C
be permitted to be acceptable for similarly de-
(0°F), or lower, as defined in ASTM D 97, and
signed buffers, provided that the longest stroke
a viscosity index of 75, or higher, as defined
of the type must be subjected to the type test;
in ASTM D 2270.
and the load range of the buffer is within the
maximum and minimum range for the oil port- 2.22.4.10 Load Ratings of Oil Buffers. The
ings of the given buffer. minimum and maximum load ratings of car and
counterweight oil buffers, as indicated on the
2.22.4.7.3 Oil buffers tested in accordance
buffer marking plate, shall conform to
with the test requirements of prior editions of
2.22.4.10.1 through 2.22.4.10.3.
ASME A17.1 or CSA B44 shall be acceptable
without being retested provided the buffer has 2.22.4.10.1 The minimum load rating shall
been listed/certified to a previous edition of be not greater than

97
p. 98 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.98

2.22.4.10.1–2.23.3 ASME A17.1–2000

(a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the 2.23.2 Material
car as marked on the car crosshead data plate
plus 70 kg (150 lb); and Guide rails, guide-rail brackets, rail clips,
(b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight fishplates, and their fastenings shall be either
of the counterweight used. (a) of steel or other metals conforming to
2.23; or
2.22.4.10.2 The maximum load rating shall (b) where steel may present an accident haz-
be not less than ard, as in chemical or explosive plants, guide
(a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the rails may be of selected wood or other suitable
car as marked on the crosshead data plate plus nonmetallic materials, provided the rated speed
the rated load; and of the car does not exceed 0.75 m/s (150 ft/
(b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight min).
of the counterweight used.

2.22.4.10.3 When compensating rope tie- 2.23.2.1 Requirements for Steel, Where Used
down is present, the increase in load shall be (a) Rails, brackets, fishplates, and rail clips
taken into account (see 2.17.17). shall be made of open-hearth steel, or its equiva-
lent, having a tensile strength of not less than
2.22.4.11 Buffer Marking Plate. Every in-
380 MPa (55,000 psi) and having an elongation
stalled oil buffer shall have permanently
of not less than 22% in a length of 50 mm (2
attached thereto a metal plate, marked by the
in.) when measured in accordance with ASTM
manufacturer in a legible and permanent man-
E 8.
ner, indicating
(a) the maximum and minimum loads and (b) Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 307.
the maximum striking speeds for which the (c) Rivets shall conform to ASTM A 502.
buffer may be used in conformity with 2.22; (d) Maximum permissible stresses and de-
(b) the permissible range in viscosity of the flections shall conform to 2.23.5.
buffer oil to be used, stated in Saybolt Seconds
Universal at 38°C (100°F); 2.23.2.2 Requirements for Metals Other Than
(c) the viscosity index number of the oil to Steel. Metals other than steel shall be permitted
be used; to be used, provided the factor of safety is not
(d) the pour point in degrees Celsius (Fahren- less than, and the deflections are not more
heit) of the oil to be used; than, the values specified in this section, and
(e) the stroke of the buffer in mm (in.); provided that cast iron is not used.
(f) the composition of the gas, if used;
(g) the name, trademark, or file number by
which the organization that manufactured the
2.23.3 Rail Section
product can be identified; and
(h) the certification marking in accordance Guide rails shall be either
with 8.3.1.3. (a) T-section, conforming to the nominal
weights and dimensions shown in Fig. 2.23.3
and Table 2.23.3; or
(b) other shapes, subject to the following re-
quirements:
SECTION 2.23 (1) They shall have a section modulus and
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT GUIDE moment of inertia equal to or greater than that
RAILS, GUIDE-RAIL SUPPORTS, AND of the section shown in Fig. 2.23.3 for a given
FASTENINGS loading condition.
(2) They shall have a sectional area suffi-
2.23.1 Guide Rails Required
cient to withstand the compressive forces re-
Elevator cars and counterweights shall be sulting from the application of the car or coun-
provided with guide rails. terweight safety device, if used.

98
p. 99 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.99

ASME A17.1–2000 2.23.4–2.23.4.3.1

TABLE 2.23.3 T-SECTION GUIDE RAIL DIMENSIONS


SI Units Imperial Units

Nominal Nominal
Nominal Dimensions, mm Nominal Dimensions, in.
Mass, Weight,
kg/m A B C D E lb/ft A B C D E

8.5 68.3 82.6 9.1 25.4 6.0 53⁄4 211⁄16 31⁄4 23


⁄64 1 15
⁄64
9.5 49.2 69.9 15.9 25.4 7.9 61⁄4 115⁄16 23⁄4 5
⁄8 1 5
⁄16
12.0 61.9 88.9 15.9 31.8 7.9 8 27⁄16 31⁄2 5
⁄8 11⁄4 5
⁄16
16.5 88.9 114.3 15.9 38.1 7.9 11 31⁄2 41⁄2 5
⁄8 11⁄2 5
⁄16
18.0 88.9 127.0 15.9 44.5 7.9 12 31⁄2 5 5
⁄8 13⁄4 5
⁄16
22.5 88.9 127.0 15.9 50.0 12.7 15 31⁄2 5 5
⁄8 131⁄32 1
⁄2
27.5 108.0 139.7 19.1 50.0 12.7 181⁄2 41⁄4 51⁄2 3
⁄4 131⁄32 1
⁄2
33.5 101.6 139.7 28.6 50.8 14.3 221⁄2 4 51⁄2 11⁄8 2 9
⁄16
44.5 127.0 139.7 31.8 57.2 17.5 30 5 51⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄4 11
⁄16

C the axis (x-x) parallel to the base of the rail


shall not be less than that required by Fig.
2.23.4.1-1 for the given weight of car plus load,
D or the counterweight with safety device, at the
bracket spacing used.
(c) Where the bracket spacings exceed those
A
shown on Figs. 2.23.4.1-1 and 2.23.4.1-2, the
rail system shall
(1) conform to 2.23.5; and
E (2) be designed to limit the deflection during
the application of the safety with a fully loaded
B car to not more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) per rail.

T Section Rail EXAMPLES [2.23.4.1(c)]:


(1) SI Units. For 5 500 kg total weight of car plus load
and a bracket spacing of 4 875 mm, there is required
FIG. 2.23.3 ELEVATOR GUIDE RAILS
(a) 27.5 kg/m rail without reinforcement; or
(b) 22.5 kg/m rail with reinforcement having a combined
2.23.4 Maximum Load on Rails in Relation to moment of inertia of 3.3 mm × 106 mm4.
the Bracket Spacing (2) Imperial Units. For 12,000 lb total weight of car plus
load and a bracket spacing of 16 ft 0 in., there is a required
2.23.4.1 With Single Car or Counterweight (a) 18.5 lb rail without reinforcement; or
Safety. Where a single car or counterweight (b) 15 lb rail with reinforcement having a combined
safety is used, the maximum suspended weight moment of inertia of 8 in.4
of the car and its rated load, or the maximum
2.23.4.2 With Two (Duplex) Car or Counter-
suspended weight of the counterweight, includ-
weight Safeties. Where the car or counterweight
ing the weight of any compensating ropes or
is provided with two safety devices, the loads
chains and of any traveling cables suspended
specified in Fig. 2.23.4.1-1 shall be permitted
therefrom per pair of guide rails, shall not ex-
to be increased by the factors specified in Table
ceed the maximum specified in Fig. 2.23.4.1-1
2.23.4.2.
for the size of the rail and the bracket spacing
used, except that the bracket spacing may ex- 2.23.4.3 Counterweight With No Safety
ceed the values specified in Fig. 2.23.4.1-1, pro-
vided that 2.23.4.3.1 Guide rails for counterweights
(a) the guide rail is reinforced or a rail of not provided with a safety device shall be fas-
larger size is used; and tened to the building structure at intervals speci-
(b) the moment of inertia of a single reinforced fied in Table 2.23.4.3.1 except as specified in
rail or of a single larger size T-section about 2.23.4.3.2, and the weight of the counterweight

99
p. 100 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.100

FIG. 2.23.4.1-1 ASME A17.1–2000

24 000 (52,863)
44.5 kg (30 lb) rail
23 000 (50,661)

22 000 (48,458)

21000 (46,256)

20 000 (44,053)

19 000 (41,850)

18 000 (39,648)

17 000 (37,445)

16 000 (35,242)

15 000 (33,040)
14 515 (31,971)
Load on Safety, kg (lb)

33.5 kg (22.5 lb) rail


14 000 (30,837)

13 000 (28,634)

12 000 (26,432)

11000 (24,229)

10 000 (22,026) 27.5 kg (18.5 lb) rail 9 980 (21,982)

9 000 (19,824)
8 165 (17,985)
8 000 (17,621)
22.5 kg (15 lb) rail
7 000 (15,419)

6 000 (13,216)
18 kg (12 lb) rail 5 443 (11,989)
5 000 (11,013)
16.5 kg (11.1 lb) rail 4 062 (8,991)
4 000 (8,811)
3 630 (7,996)
3 000 (6,608) 12 kg (8 lb) rail

2 000 (4,405)
1 814 1043
1000 (2,203) (3,996) (2,297)
0
1 2 3 4
(3.3) (6.6) (9.8) (13)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 2.23.4.1-1 MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF A CAR WITH RATED LOAD OR OF COUNTERWEIGHT WITH
SAFETY DEVICE FOR A PAIR OF GUIDE RAILS AS SPECIFIED IN 2.23.4.1(a)

100
p. 101 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.101

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 2.23.4.1-2

I I

I = 0.583
(1.40) g g
a cin acin
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

sp s p
ft) ft)
10 12
( (
3 000 (6,608) m m
0 6
2 495 3. 3.
(5,500)
2 000 (4,405)

1000 (2,203)

0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
(1.2) (2.4) (3.6) (4.8)

4 6
Moment of Inertia, mm × 10 (12 kg Rail)
4
Moment of Inertia, in. (8 lb Rail)

I = 1.79 g
in
(4.29) p ac
)s g
cin
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

ft spa
6 000 (13,216) 5 ft)
(1
m (16
5 000 (11,013) 5 m
4 540 4. 5.0
4 000 (8,811) (10,000)
g
3 000 (6,608) sp acin
7 ft)
2 000 (4,405) 5.2 m (1

1000 (2,203)

0
0 1 2 3 4
(2.4) (4.8) (7.2) (9.6)

4 6
Moment of Inertia, mm × 10 (16.5 kg Rail)
4
Moment of Inertia, in. (11 lb Rail)

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2 MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT X-X AXIS FOR A SINGLE GUIDE RAIL
WITH ITS REINFORCEMENT

101
p. 102 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.102

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2 ASME A17.1–2000

I I

g
I = 1.869 ac
in ing
p p ac
)s )s
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

(4.49) t ft
5f
(1 (16
6 000 (12,216) m m
5 000 4.5 5.0
5 000 (11,013)
(11,013)
4 000 (8,811)
cing
3 000 (6,608) spa
7 ft)
m (1
2 000 (4,405) 5.2
1 000 (2,203)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
(2.4) (4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12)

Moment of Inertia, mm4 × 106 (18 kg Rail)


Moment of Inertia, in.4 (12 lb Rail)

g g
a cin a cin
I = 1.99 sp sp
t) ft) ing
(4.77) 3f pac
(15 ft) s
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

(1
m m m (16
7 000 (15,421) 6 810 4.0 4.5 5.0
(15,000)
6 000 (13,216)

5 000 (11,013)
4 000 (8,811)
g
spacin
3 000 (6,608) (18 ft)
5.5 m
2 000 (4,405)
1 000 (2,203)

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(2.4) (4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12.0) (14.4) (16.8) (19.2)

4 6
Moment of Inertia, mm × 10 (22.5 kg Rail)
4
Moment of Inertia, in. (15 lb Rail)

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2 MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT X-X AXIS FOR A SINGLE GUIDE RAIL
WITH ITS REINFORCEMENT (CONT’D)

102
p. 103 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.103

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 2.23.4.1-2

I I

I = 4.025
ing
pac
(9.66) ft) s
m (15
10 000 (22,026) 9 525 4.5
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

9 000 (19,824) (20,980)


8 000 (17,621)
ing
pac
7 000 (15,421) ft) s
m (16
6 000 (13,216) 5.0
5 000 (11,013)
cing
8 ft) spa
4 000 (8,811) 5.5 m (1
3 000 (6,608)
2 000 (4,405)
1 000 (2,203)
0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12.0) (14.4) (16.8) (19.2) (21.6) (24.0) (26.4) (28.8) (31.2)

Moment of Inertia, mm4 × 106 (27.5 kg Rail)


Moment of Inertia, in.4 (18.5 lb Rail)

I = 4.65 ing
ac ing
(11.16) t ) sp pac
f t) s
(10 f
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

13
m m(
14 000 (30,837) 13 608 3.0 4.0
(29,974)
12 000 (26,432) g
pacin
5 ft) s
10 000 (22,026) m (1
4.5
g
8 000 (17,621) s pacin
( 16 ft)
6 000 (13,216) 5.0 m

4 000 (8,811) acing


8 ft) sp
5.5 m (1
2 000 (4,405)

0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12.0) (14.4) (16.8) (19.2) (21.6) (24.0) (26.4)(28.8) (31.2)

Moment of Inertia, mm4 × 106 (33.5 kg Rail)


Moment of Inertia, in.4 (22.5 lb Rail)

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2 MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT X-X AXIS FOR A SINGLE GUIDE RAIL
WITH ITS REINFORCEMENT (CONT’D)

103
p. 104 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.104

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2, TABLE 2.23.4.2 ASME A17.1–2000

I I

I = 10.0
(24.0)
ing ing
pac pac
t) s ft) s
24 000 (52,863) (8 f m (10
m 3.0
22 680 2.5
22 000 (48,458) (50,000) 3.5 m (11.5 ft) spacing
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kg (lb)

20 000 (44,053) 4.0 m (13 ft) spacing

18 000 (39,648)
4.5 m (15 ft) spacing
16 000 (35,242)
14 000 (30,837)
12 000 (26,432)
5.0 m (16 ft) spacing
10 000 (22,026)
8 000 (17,621)
6 000 (13,216)
5.5 m (18 ft) spacing
4 000 (8,811)
2 000 (4,405)

0
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
(21.6) (24.0) (26.4) (28.8) (31.2) (33.6) (38.4) (36.0) (40.8) (43.2) (45.6) (48.0) (56.4)

Moment of Inertia, mm4 × 106 (44.5 kg Rail)


Moment of Inertia, in.4 (30 lb Rail)

FIG. 2.23.4.1-2 MINIMUM MOMENT OF INERTIA ABOUT X-X AXIS FOR A SINGLE GUIDE RAIL
WITH ITS REINFORCEMENT (CONT’D)

TABLE 2.23.4.2 LOAD MULTIPLYING FACTOR


FOR DUPLEX SAFETIES
Vertical Distance
Between Safeties Multiply Load in
mm in. Fig. 2.23.4.1-1 by

5 400 212 or more 2.00


4 600 182 1.83
3 700 146 1.67
2 700 106 1.50

104
p. 105 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.105

ASME A17.1–2000 2.23.4.3.1–2.23.5.3

TABLE 2.23.4.3.1 GUIDE RAILS FOR COUNTERWEIGHT WITHOUT SAFETIES


SI Units Imperial Units
Nominal Maximum Bracket Nominal Maximum Bracket
Mass of Mass of Spacing Without Weight of Weight of Spacing Without
Counterweight, Guide Rail, Reinforcement, Counterweight, Guide Rail, Reinforcement,
kg kg/m mm lb lb/ft ft

3 000 9.5 3 000 6,600 61⁄4 10


4 000 8.5 4 400 8,800 53⁄4 14.5
7 000 12.0 4 900 15,000 8 16
12 000 16.5 4 900 27,000 11 16
13 000 18.0 4 900 29,000 12 16
18 000 22.5 4 900 40,000 15 16
25 000 27.5 4 900 56,000 181⁄2 16
36 000 33.5 4 900 80,000 221⁄2 16
60 000 44.5 4 900 133,000 30 16

TABLE 2.23.4.3.3 INTERMEDIATE TIE 2.23.5 Stresses and Deflections


BRACKETS
2.23.5.1 Guide Rails
Nominal Distance Between Number of
Fastenings to Building Structure, mm (in.) 2.23.5.1.1 For steels conforming to 2.23.2.1,
Intermediate
For 8.5 kg (61/4 lb) Rail For All Other Rails Tie Brackets the stresses in a guide rail, or in the rail and
its reinforcement, due to the horizontal forces
0–3 300 (0–130) 0–3 700 (0–146) 0
3 301–3 800 (130–150) 3 701–4 300 (147–169) 1 imposed on the rail during loading, unloading,
3 801–4 400 (150–173) 4 301–4 900 (170–193) 2 or running, calculated without impact, shall not
exceed 105 MPa (15,000 psi), based upon the
class of loading, and the deflection shall not
exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.) (see 2.16.2.2 and 8.2.2.6).
for each size of guide rail shall not exceed that
2.23.5.1.2 Where steels of greater strength
specified in Table 2.23.4.3.1.
than those specified in 2.23.2.1 are used, the
2.23.4.3.2 The bracket spacing specified stresses specified may be increased proportion-
shall be permitted to be increased by an amount ately, based on the ratio of the ultimate
determined by Figs. 2.23.4.1-1 and 2.23.4.1-2, strengths.
subject to the following requirements:
(a) where guide rails are reinforced or a larger 2.23.5.2 Brackets, Fastenings, and Supports.
rail section is used having a moment of inertia, The guide-rail brackets, their fastenings, and
about an axis parallel to the base [axis x-x in supports, such as building beams and walls,
Fig. 2.23.4.1-2], at least equal to that of the rail shall be capable of resisting the horizontal forces
sections shown in Table 2.23.3, based on the imposed by the class of loading (see 2.16.2.2
weight of the counterweight; and and 8.2.2.6) with a total deflection at the point
(b) where intermediate tie brackets, approxi- of support not in excess of 3 mm (0.125 in.).
mately equally spaced, are provided between
2.23.5.3 Allowable Stresses Due to Emer-
the guide rails at intervals of not over 2 130
gency Braking. Guide rails, brackets, supports,
mm (84 in.).
and their fastenings subject to forces due to
2.23.4.3.3 Intermediate tie brackets, ap- the application of the emergency brake (see
proximately equally spaced, shall be provided 2.19.4) shall be designed to withstand the maxi-
between the guide rails at intervals as specified mum forces developed during the retardation
in Table 2.23.4.3.3. Intermediate tie brackets are phase of the emergency braking so that the
not required to be fastened to the building resulting stresses due to the emergency braking
structure. and all other loading acting simultaneously, if

105
p. 106 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.106

2.23.5.3–2.23.8 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 2.23.7.2.1 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FISHPLATES AND MINIMUM


DIAMETER OF FASTENING BOLTS
SI Units Imperial Units
Minimum Minimum
Thickness Minimum Nominal Thickness Minimum
Nominal Mass of Fish Diameter Weight of of Fish Diameter
of Guide Rail, Plates, of Bolts, Guide Rail, Plates, of Bolts,
kg/m mm mm lb/ft in. in.

8.5 9.5 M12 53⁄4 3


⁄8 1
⁄2
9.5 9.5 M12 61⁄4 3
⁄8 1
⁄2
9 1
12.0 14.0 M12 8 ⁄16 ⁄2
11 5
16.5 17.0 M16 11 ⁄16 ⁄8
11 5
18.0 17.0 M16 12 ⁄16 ⁄8
11 5
22.5 17.0 M16 15 ⁄16 ⁄8
27.5 20.0 M20 181⁄2 13
⁄16 3
⁄4
33.5 20.0 M20 221⁄2 13
⁄16 3
⁄4
15 3
44.5 23.0 M20 30 ⁄16 ⁄4

applicable, shall not exceed 190 MPa (27,500 surfaces, to a uniform distance front to back of
psi). the rails to form a flat surface for the fishplates.
(c) The ends of each rail shall be bolted to
2.23.6 Guide-Rail Surfaces the fishplates with not fewer than four bolts
Guide-rail surfaces used for guiding a car or that conform to Table 2.23.7.2.1.
counterweight shall be sufficiently smooth and (d) The width of the fishplate shall be not less
true to operate properly with the guiding mem- than the width of the back of the rail.
bers. Those surfaces that the car or counter- (e) The thickness of the fishplates and the
weight safeties engage shall be smooth and
diameter of the bolts for each size of guide
true within the tolerances required to ensure
rail shall be not less than specified in Table
proper safety application without excessive re-
2.23.7.2.1.
tardation or excessive out-of-level platform con-
ditions resulting (see 2.17.3, 2.17.9.2, and (f) The diameter of bolt holes shall not exceed
2.17.16). the diameter of the bolts by more than 2 mm
(0.08 in.) for guide rails nor 3 mm (0.125 in.)
2.23.7 Rail Joints and Fishplates for fishplates.
2.23.7.1 Type and Strength of Rail Joints.
Metal guide-rail sections shall be joined together 2.23.7.2.2 Joints of different design and
as specified in 2.23.7.2. The jointed rail sections construction shall be permitted to be used, pro-
shall withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.1 vided they are equivalent in strength and will
without exceeding the stress and deflection limi-
adequately maintain the accuracy of the rail
tations.
alignment.
2.23.7.2 Design and Construction of Rail
Joints
2.23.7.2.1 The joints of metal guide rails 2.23.8 Overall Length of Guide Rails
with T-section profiles as specified in 2.23.3(a)
The car and counterweight guide rails shall
shall conform to the following requirements:
extend at the top and bottom to prevent the
(a) The ends of the rails shall be accurately
machined with a tongue and matching groove guiding members (see 2.15.2 and 2.21.1.3) from
centrally located in the web. disengaging from the guide rails in the event
(b) The backs of the rail flanges shall be accu- that either the car or counterweight reaches its
rately machined, in relation to the rail-guiding extreme limit of travel.

106
p. 107 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.107

ASME A17.1–2000 2.23.9–2.24.2.2

2.23.9 Guide-Rail Brackets and Building Bolts used for fastening shall be of such
Supports strength as to withstand the forces specified in
2.23.5.2 and 2.23.9.1.
2.23.9.1 Design and Strength of Brackets and
Welding, where used, shall conform to 8.8.
Supports
2.23.10.2 Size of Bolts for Fastening. The size
2.23.9.1.1 The building construction form-
of bolts used for fastening the guide rails or
ing the supports for the guide rails and the
rail clips to the brackets shall be not less than
guide-rail brackets shall be designed to
specified in Table 2.23.10.2.
(a) safely withstand the application of the car
or counterweight safety when stopping the car 2.23.10.3 Bolt Holes for Fastenings. The diam-
and its rated load or the counterweight; and eter of holes or the width of slots for fastening
(b) withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2 bolts shall not exceed the diameter of the bolt
within the deflection limits specified. by more than 2 mm (0.08 in.).
2.23.9.1.2 Walls of bricks, terra-cotta, hol-
low blocks, and similar materials shall not be
used for attachment of guide-rail brackets unless
adequately reinforced.
SECTION 2.24
2.23.9.1.3 Where necessary, the building
DRIVING MACHINES AND SHEAVES
construction shall be reinforced to provide ade-
quate support for the guide rails. 2.24.1 Type of Driving Machines
2.23.9.2 Bracket Fastenings All driving machines shall be of the traction
type, except that winding-drum machines shall
2.23.9.2.1 Guide-rail brackets shall be se- be permitted for freight elevators, subject to
cured to their supporting structure by one of the following:
the following means: (a) They shall not be provided with counter-
(a) by bolts or rivets; weights.
(b) by using clip fastenings to mount brackets (b) The rated speed of the elevator shall not
to the building structure, provided that exceed 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min).
(1) the friction force of such clips has a (c) The travel of the elevator car shall not
minimum factor of safety of 10; and exceed 12.5 m (40 ft).
(2) an additional means, having a safety
factor of not less than 5, of resisting horizontal NOTE (2.24.1): See 4.1 for rack and pinion machines and
shear is incorporated; or 4.2 for screw machines.
(c) by welding conforming to 8.8.

2.23.9.2.2 Fastening bolts and bolt holes 2.24.2 Sheaves and Drums
in brackets and their supporting beams shall
conform to 2.23.10. 2.24.2.1 Material and Grooving. Sheaves and
drums used with suspension and compensating
2.23.9.3 Slotted guide-rail brackets having ropes shall be of metal and provided with fin-
single bolt fastenings shall be provided with an ished grooves for ropes or shall be permitted
additional means to prevent lateral movement to be lined with nonmetallic groove material.
of the rail bracket. Such means shall have a
factor of safety of not less than 5. 2.24.2.2 Minimum Pitch Diameter. Sheaves
and drums used with suspension and compen-
2.23.10 Fastening of Guide Rails to Rail sating ropes shall have a pitch diameter of not
Brackets less than
(a) 40 times the diameter of the rope where
2.23.10.1 Type of Fastenings. Guide rails shall used with suspension ropes; and
be secured to their brackets by clips, welds, or (b) 32 times the diameter of the ropes where
bolts. used with compensating ropes.

107
p. 108 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.108

2.24.2.3–2.24.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 2.23.10.2 MINIMUM SIZE OF RAIL-FASTENING BOLTS


SI Units Imperial Units
Nominal Mass Minimum Diameter Nominal Weight Minimum Diameter
of Guide Rail, of Rail Bolts, of Guide Rail, of Rail Bolts,
kg/m mm lb/ft in.

8.5 M12 53⁄4 1


⁄2
9.5 M12 61⁄4 1
⁄2
1
12.0 M12 8 ⁄2
5
16.5 M16 11 ⁄8
5
18.0 M16 12 ⁄8
5
22.5 M16 15 ⁄8
27.5 M16 181⁄2 5
⁄8
33.5 M20 221⁄2 3
⁄4
3
44.5 M20 30 ⁄4

2.24.2.3 Traction of 50 mm (2 in.) when tested in accordance


with ASTM E 8.
2.24.2.3.1 Where the grooves are used to
The load to be used in determining the factor
transmit power, sufficient traction shall be pro-
of safety shall be the resultant of the maximum
vided between the rope and groove, and in the
tensions in the ropes leading from the sheave
event of nonmetallic lining failure, between the
or drum with the elevator at rest and with the
rope and the remaining sheave groove, to safely
rated load in the car.
stop and hold the car with rated load [see
2.16.8(c)] from rated speed in the down di- 2.24.3.1 Factors of Safety Based on
rection. Alternating/Reversing Stresses
2.24.2.3.2 If either the car or the counter- 2.24.3.1.1 Driving-machine components
weight bottoms on its buffers or becomes other- subjected to alternating or reversing stresses
wise immovable shall have a factor of safety of not less than 1.5.
(a) the ropes shall slip in the drive sheave
grooves and not allow the car or counterweight 2.24.3.1.2 This factor of safety shall be the
to be raised; or ratio of the endurance limit of the components
(b) the driving system shall stall and not allow (see 1.3) to the actual alternating or reversing
the car or counterweight to be raised. stress to which the components can be sub-
2.24.2.4 Minimum Sheave and Drum Diame- jected under any normal operating condition.
ter. Drive sheaves and drums shall be perma- The endurance limit shall be based on 107 cycles
nently and legibly marked to state the minimum of stress reversals. The actual stress shall in-
sheave or drum diameter, measured at the bot- clude all designed or anticipated load conditions
tom of the groove, that is required to maintain and stress risers, such as sharp corners, shock
structural integrity (see 2.24.3). loading, surface finish, key ways, material varia-
tions, alignment tolerances, etc.
2.24.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines
2.24.3.2 Factors of Safety at Emergency Brak-
and Sheaves
ing. Driving machine components including bed-
The factor of safety to be used in the design plate, where used, subject to forces due to the
of driving machines, and in the design of application of the emergency brake (see 2.19.4)
sheaves used with suspension and compensat- shall be designed to withstand the maximum
ing ropes, shall be not less than forces developed during the retardation phase
(a) 8 for metals having an elongation of at of the emergency braking so that the factor of
least 14% in a gauge length of 50 mm (2 in.) safety resulting from the emergency braking
when tested in accordance with ASTM E 8; and and all other loading acting simultaneously, if
(b) 10 for cast iron, or for metals having an applicable, shall be not less than those specified
elongation of less than 14% in a gauge length in 2.24.3(a) and 2.24.3(b).

108
p. 109 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.109

ASME A17.1–2000 2.24.4–2.24.8.6

2.24.4 Fasteners Transmitting Load 2.24.8.2.2 The braking system shall be ca-
pable of decelerating the car from its rated
2.24.4.1 Fasteners and Rigid Connections. Set
speed when it is carrying its rated load (see
screws or threaded portions located in the shear
2.16.8) in the down direction, or empty car in
plane of bolts and screws shall not be used to
the up direction from the speed at which the
transmit load.
governor overspeed switch is set. Any decelera-
Means shall be provided to ensure that there
tion not exceeding 9.8 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2) is accept-
is no relative motion between rigidly joined
able, provided that all factors such as, but not
components transmitting load.
limited to, system heat dissipation and allow-
The factors of safety to be used in the design
able buffer striking speeds are considered. The
of fasteners transmitting load in driving ma-
loss of main line power shall not reduce the
chines and sheaves shall be not less than those
braking system capacity below the requirements
specified in 2.24.3.
stated here.
2.24.4.2 Flexible Connections. Where flexible
couplings are used to transmit load, means 2.24.8.3 Driving-Machine Brake. The driving-
shall be provided to prevent disengagement of machine shall be equipped with a friction brake
the coupling components in the event of the applied by a spring or springs, or by gravity,
failure of or excessive motion in the flexible and released electromechanically or electrohy-
connection. draulically (see 1.3) in conformance with 2.26.8.
The driving-machine brake, on its own, shall
2.24.5 Shaft Fillets and Keys be capable of
(a) holding the car at rest with its rated load
A fillet shall be provided at any point of (see 2.16.8 and 2.26.8);
change in the diameter of driving-machine (b) holding the empty car at rest;
shafts and sheave shafts to prevent excessive (c) decelerating the empty car traveling in
stress concentrations in the shafts (see 2.24.3.1). the up direction from the speed at which the
Shafts that support drums, sheaves, gears, governor overspeed switch is set. Any decelera-
couplings, and other members, and that trans- tion not exceeding 9.8 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2) is accept-
mit torque, shall be provided with tight-fitting able provided that all factors such as, but not
keys. limited to, system heat dissipation and allow-
able buffer striking speeds are considered.
2.24.6 Cast-Iron Worms and Worm Gears
2.24.8.4 Means for Manual Release. Means
Worms and worm gears made of cast iron
shall be permitted for manual release of the
shall not be used in elevator driving machines.
driving-machine brake. The means shall permit
2.24.7 Friction Gearing and Clutches car movement in a gradual, controllable man-
ner. Provision shall be made to prevent unin-
Friction gearing or a clutch mechanism shall tended actuation of the device. The manual
not be used to connect a driving-machine drum release device shall be designed to be hand
or sheave to the main driving mechanism. applied only with continuous effort. The brake
shall reapply at its fully adjusted capacity in
2.24.8 Braking System and Driving-Machine the absence of the hand-applied effort.
Brakes (See Appendix F, Table F1)
2.24.8.5 Marking Plates for Brakes. The brake
2.24.8.1 General Requirements. The elevator setting and method of measurement shall be
shall be provided with a braking system con- permanently and legibly marked on the driving
forming to 2.24.8.2. machine.
2.24.8.2 Braking System
2.24.8.6 Driving Machine Brake Design. The
2.24.8.2.1 The braking system shall consist driving machine brake design shall ensure con-
of a driving machine brake and in addition shall tact of the friction material on the braking sur-
be permitted to include other braking means, face consistent with good engineering practice.
such as electrically assisted braking. Means shall be provided to protect the braking

109
p. 110 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.110

2.24.8.6–2.25.2.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

surfaces from contamination caused by any 2.24.10 Means for Inspection of Gears
driving machine fluid leak.
Each gear case of geared machines shall have
access to permit inspection of the contact sur-
2.24.9 Indirect-Driving Machines
faces of the gears. Such access need not provide
2.24.9.1 Belt and Chain Drives. Indirect-driv- a direct view of all gears, but shall be located
ing machines, utilizing V-belt drives, tooth drive and sized adequately to allow access by fibre
belts, or drive chains, shall include not less optic or similar visual inspection instrumen-
than three belts or chains operating together tation.
in parallel as a set. Belt and chain drive sets shall
be preloaded and matched for length in sets.
2.24.9.2 General Requirements
2.24.9.2.1 Belt sets shall be selected on SECTION 2.25
the basis of the manufacturer’s rated breaking TERMINAL-STOPPING DEVICES
strength and a factor of safety of 10. Chain and 2.25.1 General Requirements
sprocket sets shall be selected on the basis of
recommendations set forth in the Supplemen- 2.25.1.1 Normal terminal-stopping devices
tary Information section of ASME B29.1M, using required by 2.25.2, emergency terminal-stop-
a service factor of 2. Offset links in chain are ping devices required by 2.25.4.2, and emer-
not permitted. gency terminal-speed limiting devices required
by 2.25.4.1 shall be permitted to use mechani-
2.24.9.2.2 Sprockets in a chain drive set cally operated, magnetically operated, optical,
and also a driven set shall be assembled onto or solid state devices for determining car posi-
a common hub, with teeth cut in-line after as- tion and speed.
sembly to assure equal load distribution on all
chains. Tooth sheaves for a belt drive shall be 2.25.1.2 Final-terminal stopping devices re-
constructed in a manner to assure equal load quired by 2.25.3 shall use only mechanically
distribution on each belt in the set. operated switches for determining car position.

2.24.9.2.3 Load determination for both the 2.25.1.3 Terminal-stopping devices that are
belt and chain sets shall be based on the maxi- located on the car or in the hoistway shall be
mum static loading on the elevator car, which of the enclosed type and securely mounted in
is the full load in the car at rest and at a position such a manner that horizontal movement of the
in the hoistway which creates the greatest load, car shall not affect the operation of the device.
including either the car or counterweight resting
on its buffer. 2.25.2 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices
2.25.2.1 Where Required and Function. Nor-
2.24.9.2.4 Chain drives and belt drives shall
mal terminal stopping devices shall conform to
be guarded to protect against accidental contact
2.25.2.1.1 through 2.25.2.1.3.
and to prevent foreign objects from interfering
with the drives. 2.25.2.1.1 Normal terminal-stopping de-
vices shall be provided and arranged to slow
2.24.9.3 Monitoring and Brake Location. Each
down and stop the car automatically, at or near
belt or chain in a set shall be continuously
the top and bottom terminal landings, with any
monitored by a broken belt or chain device,
load up to and including rated load in the car
which shall function to automatically interrupt
and from any speed attained in normal opera-
power to the machine and apply the brake in
tion (see 2.16.8).
the event that any belt or chain in the set breaks
or becomes excessively slack. The driving-ma- 2.25.2.1.2 Such devices shall function inde-
chine brake shall be located on the traction pendently of the operation of the normal stop-
sheave or drum assembly side of the driving ping means and of the final terminal-stopping
machine so as to be fully effective in the event device, except that on elevators with a rated
that the entire belt set or chain set should break. speed of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) or less, the normal

110
p. 111 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.111

ASME A17.1–2000 2.25.2.1.2–2.25.3.3.2

terminal-stopping device shall be permitted to 2.25.3 Final Terminal-Stopping Devices


be used as the normal stopping means.
2.25.3.1 General Requirements. Final termi-
2.25.2.1.3 The device shall be so designed nal-stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.1 and
and installed that it will continue to function the following:
until the final terminal-stopping device operates. (a) They shall be mechanically operated.
(b) Operating cams shall be of metal.
2.25.2.2 Location of Stopping Devices. Nor- (c) The switch contacts shall be directly
mal terminal-stopping devices shall be located opened mechanically.
as specified in 2.25.2.2.1 and 2.25.2.2.2.
2.25.3.2 Where Required and Function. Final
2.25.2.2.1 Stopping devices for traction terminal-stopping devices shall be provided and
machines shall be located on the car, in the arranged to cause the electric power to be
hoistway, or in the machine room, and shall removed automatically from the elevator driv-
be operated by the movement of the car. ing-machine motor and brake after the car has
passed a terminal landing.
2.25.2.2.2 Stopping devices for winding The device shall be set to function as close
drum machines shall be located on the car or to the terminal landing as practicable, but so
in the hoistway, and shall be operated by the that under normal operating conditions it will
movement of the car. not function when the car is stopped by the
normal terminal-stopping device.
2.25.2.3 Indirectly Operated Normal Where spring buffers are provided, the device
Terminal-Stopping Devices. Stopping devices shall function before the buffer is engaged.
that are not located on the car or in the hoistway The device shall be so designed and installed
shall conform to 2.25.2.3.1 through 2.25.2.3.3. that it will continue to function
(a) at the top terminal landing, until the car
2.25.2.3.1 The stopping device shall be has traveled above this landing a distance equal
mounted on and operated by a stopping means to the counterweight runby plus 1.5 times the
mechanically connected to and driven by the buffer stroke, but in no case less than 0.6 m
car. (2 ft); and
Stopping means depending on friction or trac- (b) at the bottom terminal landing, until the
tion shall not be used. car rests on its fully compressed buffer.
The operation of final terminal-stopping de-
2.25.2.3.2 Tapes, chains, ropes, or similar vices shall prevent movement of the car by the
devices mechanically connecting the stopping normal operating devices in both directions of
device to the car and used as a driving means travel.
shall be provided with a device that will cause
the electric power to be removed from the 2.25.3.3 Location. Final terminal-stopping de-
elevator driving-machine motor and brake if the vices shall be located as specified in 2.25.3.3.1
driving means fails (see 2.26.2.6). and 2.25.3.3.2.

2.25.2.3.3 If mechanically operated 2.25.3.3.1 Traction machine elevators shall


switches are used, only one set of floor stopping have final terminal-stopping switches located in
contacts is necessary for each terminal landing the hoistway and operated by cams attached
on floor controllers or other similar devices to the car.
used to stop the car automatically at the land-
ings (such as automatic operation, signal opera- 2.25.3.3.2 Winding drum machine eleva-
tion, etc.), provided these contacts and the tors shall have two sets of final terminal-stop-
means for operating them conform to 2.25.2.3.1 ping switches, one located on and operated by
and 2.25.2.3.2. These contacts shall be permitted the driving machine, and the other located in
to serve also as the normal terminal stopping the hoistway and operated by cams attached
devices. to the car (see 2.25.3.5).

111
p. 112 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.112

2.25.3.4–2.25.4.1.9 ASME A17.1–2000

2.25.3.4 Controller Switches Controlled by 2.25.4.1.1 The operation of the emergency


Final Terminal-Stopping Device. The normal and terminal-speed limiting devices shall be entirely
final terminal-stopping devices shall not control independent of the operation of the normal
the same controller switches unless two or more terminal-stopping device. The emergency termi-
separate and independent switches are pro- nal-speed limiting device shall automatically re-
vided, two of which shall be closed to complete duce the car and counterweight speed by re-
the driving-machine motor and brake circuit in moving power from the driving-machine motor
either direction of travel. and brake, such that the rated buffer striking
Where a two- or three-phase alternating-cur- speed is not exceeded if the normal terminal-
rent driving-machine motor is used, these stopping device fails to slow down the car at
switches shall be of the multipole type. the terminal as intended.
The control shall be so designed and installed
2.25.4.1.2 The car speed sensing device
that a single ground or short circuit may permit
shall be independent of the normal speed con-
either, but not prevent both, the normal or final
trol system.
stopping device circuits from stopping the car.
2.25.4.1.3 The emergency terminal-speed
2.25.3.5 Additional Requirements for limiting device shall provide a retardation not
Winding Drum Machines. Final terminal stop- in excess of 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2).
ping-devices for winding drum machines shall
conform to 2.25.3.5.1 through 2.25.3.5.3. 2.25.4.1.4 The emergency terminal-speed
limiting devices shall not apply the car safety.
2.25.3.5.1 Stopping switches, located on
and operated by the driving machine, shall not 2.25.4.1.5 The emergency terminal-speed
be driven by chains, ropes, or belts. limiting devices shall be so designed and in-
stalled that a single short circuit caused by a
2.25.3.5.2 Where a two- or three-phase combination of grounds, or by other conditions,
alternating-current driving-machine motor is shall not render the device ineffective.
used, the mainline circuit to the driving-machine
motor and the circuit of the driving-machine 2.25.4.1.6 The emergency terminal-speed
brake coil shall be directly opened either by limiting devices shall be located on the car, in
the contacts of the machine stop switch or by the hoistway, or in the machine room, and shall
stopping switches mounted in the hoistway and be operated by the movement of the car.
operated by a cam attached to the car. The 2.25.4.1.7 Mechanically operated switches,
opening of these contacts shall occur before or where located on the car or in the hoistway,
coincident with the opening of the final terminal- shall conform to 2.25.3.1.
stopping switch required by 2.25.3.2.
2.25.4.1.8 Where the operation of emer-
2.25.3.5.3 Driving machines equipped with gency terminal-speed limiting devices is depen-
a direct-current brake and having a direct-cur- dent on car position relative to the terminal
rent mainline control switch in the driving-ma- landings
chine motor circuit controlled by a final terminal- (a) friction or traction drives shall not be
stopping switch located in the hoistway and used; and
operated by a cam attached to the car need (b) if tape, chain, or rope is used for connec-
not conform to 2.25.3.5.2. This does not elimi- tion to the car, a switch shall be provided
nate the need for a machine-operated switch. to remove electrical power from the driving-
machine motor and brake should this connec-
2.25.4 Emergency Terminal-Stopping Means tion fail (see 2.26.2.6).
2.25.4.1 Emergency Terminal-Speed Limiting 2.25.4.1.9 Where magnetically operated,
Device. Emergency terminal-speed limiting de- optical, or solid state devices are used for posi-
vices shall be installed on all elevators where tion sensing, a single short circuit caused by a
reduced stroke buffers are used (see 2.22.4.1.2 combination of grounds or by other conditions,
and 2.26.2.12), and shall conform to 2.25.4.1.1 or the failure of any single magnetically oper-
through 2.25.4.1.9. ated, optical, or solid state device shall not

112
p. 113 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.113

ASME A17.1–2000 2.25.4.1.9–2.26.1.4.1

(a) render the emergency terminal-speed lim- tional operating device of the continuous-pres-
iting device inoperative; and sure type, located near the driving machine, to
(b) permit the car to restart after a normal operate the elevator at a speed not exceeding
stop. 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) under such conditions. The
2.25.4.2 Emergency Terminal-Stopping De- normal operating devices shall be inoperative
during such operation (see 2.16.7.10).
vice. Elevators with static control and rated
speeds over 1 m/s (200 ft/min) shall be provided
with an emergency terminal-stopping device 2.26.1.4 Inspection Operation
that will cause power to be removed from the
driving-machine motor and brake should the 2.26.1.4.1 General Requirements
normal stopping means and the normal termi- (a) Operating devices for inspection operation
nal-stopping device fail to cause the car to slow shall be provided on the top of the car and
down at the terminal as intended. shall also be permitted in the car and in the
machine room.
The emergency terminal-stopping device shall
function independently of the normal terminal- (b) A switch for transferring control of the
stopping device and the normal speed control elevator to the operating devices for inspection
operation shall be provided, which shall
system.
(1) be manually operated;
Elevators with static generator-field control
(2) be labeled “INSPECTION”;
that use the normal terminal-stopping device
to limit the generator-field current directly, or (3) have two positions, labeled “INSPEC-
elevators that have an emergency terminal- TION” or “INSP” and “NORMAL” or “NORM”;
(4) when in the “INSPECTION” position
speed limiting device that complies with
(a) enable inspection operation by means
2.25.4.1, are not required to have an emergency
of the inspection operating devices;
terminal-stopping device.
(b) except as provided, in 2.26.1.4.2(f),
cause the movement of the car to be solely
under the control of the inspection operating
devices through a contact that shall be positively
SECTION 2.26 opened mechanically and whose opening shall
OPERATING DEVICES AND CONTROL not depend solely on springs; and
EQUIPMENT (c) disable automatic power door opening
and closing and car leveling, except as provided
2.26.1 Operation and Operating Devices in 2.26.1.4.2(f); and
2.26.1.1 Types of Operating Devices. All op- (5) when in the “NORMAL” position, disable
erating devices shall be of the enclosed elec- inspection operation by means of the inspection
tric type. operating devices.
Rope- or rod-operating devices actuated di- (c) Inspection operating devices shall
rectly by hand, or rope-operating devices actu- (1) be of the continuous-pressure type; and
ated by wheels, levers, or cranks, shall not be (2) be labeled “UP” and ”DOWN,” respec-
used. tively.
(d) Inspection operation shall conform to the
2.26.1.2 For Car-Switch Operation Elevators. following:
Handles of lever-type operating devices of car- (1) the speed of the car shall not exceed
switch operation elevators shall be so arranged 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min);
that they will return to the stop position and (2) be subject to the electrical protective
latch there automatically when the hand of the devices required by 2.26.2, except as permitted
operator is removed. by 2.26.1.5; and
2.26.1.3 Additional Operating Devices for (3) fully closed doors shall be permitted
Elevators Equipped to Carry One-Piece Loads to be held in the closed position with power
Greater Than the Rated Load. Elevators applied.
equipped to carry one-piece loads greater than (e) Inspection operation shall be used only
their rated load shall be provided with an addi- by elevator personnel.

113
p. 114 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.114

2.26.1.4.2–2.26.1.5.8 ASME A17.1–2000

2.26.1.4.2 Top-of-Car Inspection Operation. (a) located in the machine room; and
Top-of-car inspection operation shall conform (b) rendered ineffective if either the top-of-
to 2.26.1.4.1 and the following: car inspection operation, or in-car inspection
(a) A stop switch (see 2.26.2.8) shall be perma- operation, or hoistway access operation is acti-
nently located on the car top and readily accessi- vated.
ble to a person, while standing at the hoistway
2.26.1.5 Inspection Operation with Open
entrance normally used for access to the car top.
Door Circuits. The machine room elevator con-
(b) The transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall
troller shall have switches marked “CAR DOOR
be located on the car top and shall be so
BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS”
designed as to prevent accidental transfer from
that will prepare the control system so that,
the ”INSPECTION” to “NORMAL” position.
when inspection operation is activated, the car
(c) A separate device of the continuous-pres-
shall be permitted to be moved with open door
sure type labeled “ENABLE” shall be provided
contacts. The switches shall conform to
adjacent to the inspection operating devices.
2.26.1.5.1 through 2.26.1.5.10.
(d) The inspection operating devices shall be-
come effective only when the “ENABLE” device 2.26.1.5.1 They shall have contacts that
is activated. are positively opened mechanically, when
(e) The inspection operating devices [see switching to either “BYPASS” or “OFF” posi-
2.26.1.4.1(c)], shall be permitted to be of the tions, and their opening shall not be solely
portable type provided that dependent on springs.
(1) the “ENABLE” device [see 2.26.1.4.2(c)], 2.26.1.5.2 The positions of the “BYPASS”
and a stop switch, in addition to the stop switch switches shall be clearly marked “BYPASS” and
required in 2.26.1.4.2(a) are included in the por- “OFF.”
table unit; and
(2) the flexible cord is permanently attached 2.26.1.5.3 The related circuits shall comply
so that the portable unit cannot be detached with 2.26.9.3 and 2.26.9.4.
from the car top. 2.26.1.5.4 When either or both of the
(f) Separate additional devices of the continu- switches are in the “BYPASS” position, all
ous-pressure type shall be permitted to be pro- means of operation shall be made inoperative
vided on the car top to make power door open- except inspection operation.
ing and closing and automatic car-leveling
operative from the top of the car for testing 2.26.1.5.5 When the “CAR-DOOR BYPASS”
purposes. switch is in the “BYPASS” position, it shall
permit inspection operation with open car door
2.26.1.4.3 In-Car Inspection Operation. (or gate) contacts, subject to the requirements
When in-car inspection operation is provided, of 2.26.1.5.8 through 2.26.1.5.10, if applicable.
it shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1, and the transfer
switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] 2.26.1.5.6 When the “HOISTWAY DOOR
(a) shall be located in the car; BYPASS” switch is in the “BYPASS” position,
(b) shall be key-operated or placed behind a it shall permit inspection operation with open
locked cover. Keys to operate or access the hoistway door interlocks or contacts, subject to
switch shall be Group 1 Security (see 8.1); the requirements of 2.26.1.5.8 and 2.26.1.5.10,
(c) shall be rendered ineffective if top-of-car if applicable.
inspection operation is activated; and 2.26.1.5.7 Each of the “BYPASS” switches
(d) when in the “INSPECTION” position, shall shall be permitted to be replaced by a set of
not enable hoistway access switch(es). A third switches used to bypass individual groups of
switch position shall be permitted to enable the door contacts. Each switch in this set shall be
hoistway access switches [see 2.12.7.3.3(a)]. marked to identify the specific door contacts
bypassed.
2.26.1.4.4 Machine Room Inspection Opera-
tion. When machine room inspection operation 2.26.1.5.8 When both switches in 2.26.1.5.5
is provided, it shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1, and and 2.26.1.5.6 are in the “BYPASS” position,
the transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall be movement of the car shall be permitted only

114
p. 115 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.115

ASME A17.1–2000 2.26.1.5.8–2.26.1.6.6

during top-of-car inspection operation (see 2.26.1.6 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone.
2.26.1.4.2) or in-car inspection operation (see Operation of an elevator in a leveling or truck
2.26.1.4.3). zone at any landing by a car-leveling or truck-
zoning device, when the hoistway doors, or the
2.26.1.5.9 A warning sign shall be mounted car doors or gates, or any combination thereof,
adjacent to the “BYPASS” switches stating, are not in the closed position, is permissible,
“Jumpers shall not be used to bypass hoistway- subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1 through
door or car-door electric contacts.” 2.26.1.6.7.
2.26.1.6.1 Operating devices of manually
2.26.1.5.10 When provided, machine-room
operated car-leveling devices or truck-zoning
inspection with open door circuits shall conform
devices shall be of the continuous-pressure type
to 2.26.1.5.1 through 2.26.1.5.9 and the fol-
and located in the car.
lowing:
(a) The elevator shall be equipped with power- 2.26.1.6.2 Car platform guards, conforming
operated horizontally sliding car and landing to 2.15.9, shall be provided. Where a car-leveling
doors that are mechanically coupled while the device is used, landing sill guards, conforming
car is in the landing zone. to 2.11.12.7, shall also be provided.
(b) The car shall operate at a speed not ex-
2.26.1.6.3 The leveling zone at any landing
ceeding 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min).
shall not extend more than 450 mm (18 in.)
(c) A means of two-way communication be-
above and below any landing where an auto-
tween the machine room and the interior of
matic leveling device is used, and not more
the car shall be provided.
than 250 mm (10 in.) above and below any
(d) When the “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS”
landing where a manually operated leveling
switch is in the “BYPASS” position, it shall be
device is used.
permitted to enable machine room inspection
operation with open landing door circuits only 2.26.1.6.4 The truck zone at any landing
if means are provided to monitor the car door shall not extend more than 1 700 mm (67 in.)
position and to prevent movement of the car above the landing.
by machine room inspection operating means
2.26.1.6.5 Where a truck or leveling zone
if the car door is not closed (see 2.14.4.11)
for one hoistway entrance extends into the door
regardless of whether the circuits incorporating
interlocking zone for a second entrance, the
the car door contacts are closed or open.
truck-zoning or leveling operation shall be inop-
(e) A permanent sign shall be placed near the
erative unless the hoistway door at the second
machine room inspection operating device. The
entrance is in the closed position.
sign shall include, as a minimum, instructions
Where a truck or leveling zone for one
that, prior to initiation of the machine room
hoistway entrance extends into the leveling zone
inspection operation with bypassed door cir-
for a second entrance, the leveling operation
cuits, the following procedures shall be com-
for the second entrance shall be inoperative
pleted:
while the hoistway door at the first entrance is
(1) the location of the car shall be estab-
open. The car shall be permitted to be operated
lished;
by a car-leveling device at any landing having
(2) all landing doors, in the vicinity that the
two hoistway entrances within 50 mm (2 in.)
car will be traveling, shall be checked to ensure
of the same level, with both car doors or gates
that they are closed and locked or secured;
and the corresponding hoistway doors open,
(3) communication with passengers in the
provided landing sill guards, conforming to
car (if any) shall be established to ensure that
2.11.12.7, are installed at both floors.
the car door is closed or the passengers are
safely away from the open car door; and 2.26.1.6.6 A leveling or truck-zoning device
(4) if no communication with passengers in shall not move the car at a speed exceeding
the car is established, the state of the car, its 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
door, and passengers (if any) shall be visually For elevators with static control, an indepen-
examined. dent means shall be provided to limit the level-

115
p. 116 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.116

2.26.1.6.6–2.26.2.10 ASME A17.1–2000

ing speed to a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/ in the shunt field of the motor, except for static
min) with the doors open, should the normal control elevators provided with a device to de-
means to control this speed (mechanical, electri- tect an overspeed condition prior to, and inde-
cal, or solid state devices) fail to do so. pendent of, the operation of the governor
overspeed switch. This device shall cause power
2.26.1.6.7 For elevators with static control,
to be removed from the elevator driving-ma-
an inner landing zone extending not more than
chine motor armature and machine brake.
75 mm (3 in.) above and 75 mm (3 in.) below
the landing shall be provided. A car shall not 2.26.2.5 Emergency Stop Switch. An emer-
move if it stops outside of the inner landing gency stop switch shall not be provided on
zone unless the doors are fully closed. passenger elevators. On all freight elevators,
an emergency stop switch shall be provided in
2.26.2 Electrical Protective Devices the car, and located in or adjacent to each car
When an electrical protective device is acti- operating panel.
vated (operated, opened), it shall cause the When open (“STOP” position), this switch
electric power to be removed from the elevator shall cause the electric power to be removed
driving machine motor and brake. [See also from the elevator driving-machine motor and
2.26.3, 2.26.4.3, 2.26.4.4, 2.26.7, 2.26.8.3(c), brake.
2.26.9.3, and 2.26.9.4]. Electrical protective de- Emergency stop switches shall
vices shall be provided as specified in 2.26.2.1 (a) be of the manually opened and closed
through 2.26.2.32. type;
(b) have red operating handles or buttons;
2.26.2.1 Slack-Rope Switch. Winding drum (c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
machines shall be provided with a slack-rope “STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and
device equipped with a slack-rope switch of the “RUN” positions; and
enclosed manually reset type. This switch shall (d) while opened, cause the audible device to
operate whenever the ropes are slack. sound (see 2.27.1.1.1).
2.26.2.2 Motor-Generator Running Switch.
NOTE (2.26.2.5): See 2.26.2.21 for in-car stop switch require-
Where generator-field control is used, means ments for passenger elevators.
shall be provided to prevent the application of
power to the elevator driving machine motor
and brake unless the motor generator set con- 2.26.2.6 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain
nections are properly switched for the running Switches. The switch or switches that shall be
condition of the elevator. It is not required that opened by a failure of a rope, tape, or chain,
the electrical connections between the elevator shall be provided when required by 2.25.2.3.2
driving machine motor and the generator be or 2.25.4.1.8(b).
opened in order to remove power from the 2.26.2.7 Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch
elevator motor. conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), (c) shall be pro-
2.26.2.3 Compensating-Rope Sheave Switch. vided in the pit of every elevator (see 2.2.1.6).
Compensating-rope sheaves shall be provided 2.26.2.8 Stop Switch on Top of Car. A stop
with a compensating-rope sheave switch or switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c)
switches mechanically opened by the compen- shall be provided on the top of every eleva-
sating-rope sheave before the sheave reaches tor car.
its upper or lower limit of travel.
2.26.2.9 Car-Safety Mechanism Switch. A
2.26.2.4 Motor Field Sensing Means. Where switch, conforming to 2.17.7 shall be required
direct current is supplied to an armature and where a car safety is provided.
shunt field of an elevator driving-machine mo-
tor, a motor field current sensing means shall be 2.26.2.10 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch.
provided, which shall cause the electric power to A speed-governor overspeed switch shall be
be removed from the driving-machine motor provided when required by 2.18.4.1 and shall
armature, and brake unless current is flowing conform to 2.18.4.1.2, 2.18.4.2, and 2.18.4.3.

116
p. 117 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.117

ASME A17.1–2000 2.26.2.11–2.26.2.30

2.26.2.11 Final Terminal-Stopping Devices. Fi- 2.26.2.21 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger
nal terminal stopping devices, conforming to elevators, a stop switch, either key operated or
2.25.3, shall be provided for every electric ele- behind a locked cover, shall be provided in the
vator. car and located in or adjacent to the car op-
erating panel. The key shall be Group 1 Security
2.26.2.12 Emergency Terminal-Speed Lim-
(see 8.1).
iting Devices. Where reduced-stroke oil buffers
The switch shall be clearly and permanently
are provided, as permitted by 2.22.4.1.2, emer-
marked “STOP” and shall indicate the “STOP”
gency terminal-speed limiting devices conform-
and “RUN” positions.
ing to 2.25.4.1 shall be provided.
When opened (“STOP” position), this switch
2.26.2.13 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used shall cause the electric power to be removed
With Type C Car Safeties. Oil-level and compres- from the elevator driving-machine motor and
sion switches conforming to 2.17.8.2.7 and brake.
2.17.8.2.8 shall be provided for all oil buffers 2.26.2.22 Buffer Switches for Gas Spring-
used with Type C safeties (see 2.17.5.3). Return Oil Buffers. Buffer switches conforming
2.26.2.14 Hoistway-Door Interlocks and to 2.22.4.5(c) shall be provided.
Hoistway-Door Electric Contacts. Hoistway-door 2.26.2.23 Stop Switch in Remote Machine
interlocks or hoistway-door electric contacts and Control Rooms. A stop switch conforming
conforming to 2.12 shall be provided for all to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided
elevators. in remote machine and control rooms where
2.26.2.15 Car-Door and Gate Electric Con- required by 2.7.8.
tacts. Car door or gate electric contacts, con- 2.26.2.24 Stop Switch in Overhead Machinery
forming to 2.14.4.2, shall be provided for all Space in the Hoistway. A stop switch conform-
elevators; except when car-door interlock, con- ing to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided in
forming to 2.26.2.28 is provided. the overhead machinery space in the hoistway
where required by 2.7.3.5.
2.26.2.16 Emergency Terminal Stopping De-
vices. Emergency terminal stopping devices 2.26.2.25 Blind Hoistway Emergency Door
conforming to 2.25.4.2 shall be provided for all Locking Device. A locking device conforming
elevators where static control is used, unless to 2.11.1.2(e) shall be provided on every emer-
exempted by 2.25.4.2. gency door in a blind hoistway.
2.26.2.17 Car Side-Emergency-Exit Door Con- 2.26.2.26 Pit Access Door Electric Contact. An
tact Switches. A car door electric contact con- electric contact shall be provided on each pit
forming to 2.14.1.10.2(g) shall be provided on access door where required by 2.2.1.4.4.
every car side-emergency-exit door. 2.26.2.27 Stop Switch in Remote Counter-
2.26.2.18 Car Top-Emergency-Exit Electrical weight Hoistways. A stop switch conforming
Device. An electrical device conforming to to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided
2.14.1.5.1(f) shall be provided on the car top- in the remote counterweight hoistway where
emergency-exit cover. required by 2.3.3.3.

2.26.2.19 Motor-Generator Overspeed Pro- 2.26.2.28 Car-Door Interlock. An interlock


tection. Means shall be provided to cause the conforming to 2.14.4.2 shall be provided where
electric power to be removed automatically from required by 2.14.4.2.1.
the elevator driving-machine motor and brake 2.26.2.29 Ascending Car Overspeed Protec-
should a motor-generator set, driven by a direct- tion Device. An overspeed device shall be pro-
current motor, overspeed excessively. vided when required by 2.19.1 and shall meet
the requirements of 2.19.1.2(a).
2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car
Platform Sills. Hinged car platform sills, where 2.26.2.30 Unintended Car Movement Device.
provided, shall be equipped with electric con- An unintended car movement device shall be
tacts conforming to 2.15.16. provided when required by 2.19.2 and shall

117
p. 118 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.118

2.26.2.30–2.26.5 ASME A17.1–2000

meet the requirements of 2.19.2.2(a). Where 2.26.4.4 Control equipment shall meet the
generator-field control is used, this electrical requirements of EN 12016, Part 2. When the
protective device shall also cause the power to control equipment is exposed to interference
be removed from the drive motor of the motor- levels at the test values specified for “safety
generator set. circuits” in EN 12016, the interference shall
not cause any of the conditions described in
2.26.2.31 Car Access Panel Locking Device. 2.26.9.3(a) through (e) and shall not cause the
A locking device conforming to 2.14.2.6 shall car to move while on inspection operation.
be provided where required by 2.14.2.6(e).
If enclosure doors or suppression equipment
2.26.2.32 Hoistway Access Opening Locking must remain installed to meet the above require-
Device. Access openings in the hoistway shall ments, warning signs to that effect shall be
be provided with a locking device where re- posted on the control equipment.
quired by 2.11.1.4.
2.26.4.5 In jurisdictions enforcing CSA
2.26.3 Contactors and Relays for Use in C22.1SB, power supply line disconnecting
Critical Operating Circuits means, shall not be opened automatically by a
fire alarm system.
Where electromechanical contactors or relays
are provided to fulfill the requirements of
2.26.8.2, and 2.26.9.3 through 2.26.9.7, they shall
be considered to be used in critical operating 2.26.5 System to Monitor and Prevent
circuits. If contact(s) on these electromechanical Automatic Operation of the Elevator
contactors or relays are used for monitoring With Faulty Door Contact Circuits
purposes, they shall be prevented from chang-
Means shall be provided to monitor the posi-
ing state if the contact(s) utilized in a critical
tion of power-operated car doors that are me-
operating circuit fail to open in the intended
chanically coupled with the landing doors while
manner. The ability of the monitoring contact(s)
the car is in the landing zone, in order
to perform this function shall not be solely
dependent upon springs. (a) to prevent the operation of the car if the
car door is not closed (see 2.14.4.11), regardless
whether the portion of the circuits incorporating
2.26.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
the car-door contact or the interlock contact of
2.26.4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring the landing door coupled with car door, or both,
shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA C22.1SB, are closed or open, except as permitted in 2.12.7,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). 2.26.1.5, and 2.26.1.6; and
(b) to prevent, except as permitted in 2.26.1.5,
2.26.4.2 Drive-machine controllers, logic con- the power closing of the doors if the car door
trollers, and operating devices accessory thereto is fully open and any of the following conditions
for starting, stopping, regulating, controlling, or exist:
protecting electric motors, generators, or other (1) the car-door contact is closed or the
equipment shall be listed/certified and labeled/
portion of the circuit, incorporating this contact
marked to the requirements of CAN/CSA-B44.1/
is bypassed;
ASME A17.5.
(2) the interlock contact of the landing door
2.26.4.3 The devices covered by 2.26.2 shall that is coupled to the opened car door is closed
have contacts that are positively opened me- or the portion of the circuit, incorporating this
chanically; their opening shall not be solely contact is bypassed; and
dependent on springs. Exceptions are devices (3) the car-door contact and the interlock
described by 2.26.2.4, 2.26.2.19, 2.26.2.29, and contact of the door that is coupled to the opened
2.26.2.30; and 2.26.2.12 and 2.26.2.16 where car door are closed, or the portions of the
magnetically operated, optical, or static-type circuits incorporating these contacts are by-
switches are used. passed.

118
p. 119 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.119

ASME A17.1–2000 2.26.6–2.26.9.4

2.26.6 Phase Protection of Motors 2.26.9 Control and Operating Circuits


Elevators having a polyphase alternating-cur- The design and installation of the control
rent power supply shall be provided with means and operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.9.1
to prevent the starting of the elevator drive through 2.26.9.8.
motor or door motor if a reversal of phase
rotation, or phase failure of the incoming poly- 2.26.9.1 If springs are used to actuate
phase alternating-current power, will cause the switches, contactors, or relays to break the cir-
elevator car or elevator door(s) to operate in cuit to stop an elevator at the terminal landings,
the wrong direction. they shall be of the compression type.
2.26.9.2 The completion or maintenance of
2.26.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other an electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt
Devices to Make Electrical Protective the power to the elevator driving-machine motor
Devices Ineffective or brake at the terminal landings, nor to stop
The installation of capacitors or other devices, the car when any of the electrical protective
the operation or failure of which will cause an devices (see 2.26.2) operate. Requirement
unsafe operation of the elevator, is prohibited. 2.26.9.2 does not apply to dynamic braking, nor
No permanent device that will make any re- to speed control switches.
quired electrical protective device ineffective 2.26.9.3 The occurrence of a single ground or
shall be installed except as provided in 2.12.7.1, the failure of any single magnetically operated
2.26.1.5, 2.26.1.6, and 2.27.3.1.6(c) (see 8.6.1.6.1). switch, contactor, or relay, or any single device
that limits the leveling or truck zone, or any
2.26.8 Release and Application of Driving- single solid state device; or a software system
Machine Brakes failure, shall not
(a) render any electrical protective device inef-
2.26.8.1 Driving-machine brakes shall not be
fective (see 2.26.2);
electrically released until power has been ap-
(b) permit the car to move beyond the leveling
plied to the driving machine motor.
or truck zone if any hoistway-door interlock is
2.26.8.2 Two devices shall be provided to unlocked or if any hoistway door or car door
independently remove power from the brake. or gate electric contact is not in the closed
If the brake circuit is ungrounded, all power position (see 2.26.1.6);
feed lines to the brake shall be opened. (c) permit speeds in excess of those specified
in 2.12.7.3.2, 2.26.1.4.1(d)(1), 2.26.1.5.10(b), and
2.26.8.3 The brake shall apply automatically 2.26.1.6.6;
when (d) permit the car to revert to normal opera-
(a) the operating device of a car-switch or tion when on hoistway access switch operation
continuous-pressure operation elevator is in the (see 2.12.7.3) or on inspection operation (see
stop position; 2.26.1.4) or on bypass operation (see
(b) a normal stopping means functions; 2.26.1.5); and
(c) any electrical protective devices is acti- (e) continue to make ineffective any hoistway-
vated; and door interlock or car-door or gate electric contact
(d) there is a loss of power to the driving when either a hoistway access switch (see
machine brake. 2.12.7.3) or a “BYPASS” switch (see 2.26.1.5)
is turned to the “OFF” position.
2.26.8.4 The application of the brake shall
be permitted to occur on or before the comple- 2.26.9.4 Redundant devices used to satisfy
tion of the slowdown and leveling operations, 2.26.9.3 in the determination of the occurrence
under conditions described in 2.26.8.3(a) and (b). of a single ground, or the failure of any single
magnetically operated switch, contactor or re-
2.26.8.5 The brake shall not be permanently lay, or of any single solid state device, or any
connected across the armature or field of a single device that limits the leveling or truck
direct-current elevator driving machine motor. zone, or a software system failure, shall be

119
p. 120 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.120

2.26.9.4–2.26.10 ASME A17.1–2000

checked prior to each start of the elevator from 2.26.9.6.2 The relay shall be arranged to
a landing, when on automatic operation. When a open each time the car stops.
single ground or failure, as specified in 2.26.9.3,
2.26.9.6.3 The relay shall cause the driving-
occurs, the car shall not be permitted to restart.
machine brake circuit to open.
Implementation of redundancy by a software
system is permitted, provided that the removal 2.26.9.6.4 An additional contactor shall be
of power from the driving-machine motor and provided to also open the driving-machine brake
brake shall not be solely dependent on software- circuit. This contactor is not required to have
controlled means. contacts in the driving machine motor circuit.
2.26.9.5 Except for elevators employing alter- 2.26.9.6.5 The electrical protective devices
nating-current hoist motors driven from a direct- required by 2.26.2 shall control both the means
current source through a static inverter (see that inhibit the flow of alternating current
2.26.9.6), elevators with driving motors em- through the solid state devices and the con-
ploying static control without motor-generator tactors in the brake circuit, except that leveling
sets shall conform to 2.26.9.5.1 through shall be permitted to take place with power
2.26.9.5.6. opening of the doors and gates as restricted
by 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1.
2.26.9.5.1 Two devices shall be provided to
remove power independently from the driving- 2.26.9.6.6 After each elevator stop, the car
machine motor. At least one device shall be an shall not respond to a signal to start unless the
electromechanical contactor. relay that inhibits the flow of alternating current
through the solid state devices, as well as the
2.26.9.5.2 The contactor shall be arranged
contactors in the brake circuit, are in the de-
to open each time the car stops.
energized position.
2.26.9.5.3 The contactor shall cause the
2.26.9.7 Where generator-field control is
driving-machine brake circuit to open.
used, means shall be provided to prevent the
2.26.9.5.4 An additional contactor shall be generator from building up and applying suffi-
provided to also open the driving-machine brake cient current to the elevator driving-machine
circuit. This contactor is not required to have motor to move the car when the elevator motor
contacts in the driving-machine motor circuit. control switches are in the “OFF” position. The
2.26.9.5.5 The electrical protective devices means used shall not interfere with maintenance
required by 2.26.2 shall control the solid state of an effective dynamic-braking circuit during
device and both contactors, except that leveling stopping and standstill conditions.
shall be permitted to take place with power 2.26.9.8 The control circuits shall be so de-
opening of doors and gates in conformance signed and installed that the car speed in the
with 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1. down direction with rated load in the car, under
2.26.9.5.6 After each elevator stop, the car normal operating conditions with the power
shall not respond to a signal to start unless supply on or off, shall not exceed governor
both contactors are in the de-energized position. tripping speed, or 125% of rated speed, which-
ever is the lesser (see also 2.16.8).
2.26.9.6 Elevators employing alternating-cur-
rent driving motors driven from a direct-current 2.26.10 Absorption of Regenerated Power
power source through a static inverter shall
When a power source is used that, in itself,
conform to 2.26.9.6.1 through 2.26.9.6.6.
is incapable of absorbing the energy generated
2.26.9.6.1 Two separate means shall be by an overhauling load, means for absorbing
provided to independently inhibit the flow of sufficient energy to prevent the elevator from
alternating-current through the solid state de- attaining governor tripping speed or a speed
vices that connect the direct-current power in excess of 125% of rated speed, whichever
source to the alternating-current driving motor. is less, shall be provided on the load side of
At least one of the means shall be an electrome- each elevator power supply line disconnecting
chanical relay. means (see 2.16.8).

120
p. 121 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.121

ASME A17.1–2000 2.26.11–2.27.1.3

2.26.11 Car Platform to Hoistway Door Sills operating panel. The “ALARM” switch or visual
Vertical Distance identification shall illuminate when the
“ALARM” switch is actuated. One audible sig-
Where ANSI/ICC A117.1 or ADAAG is not
naling device shall be permitted to be used for
applicable, the vertical distance between the
a group of elevators.
car platform sill and the hoistway door sill on
The audible signaling device shall
passenger elevators shall be in accordance with
(a) have a rated sound pressure rating of not
the following:
less than 80 dBA and no more than 90 dBA at
(a) it shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) on
3 m (10 ft);
initial stop at a landing; and
(b) respond without delay after the switch has
(b) the car shall relevel if the vertical distance
been activated;
exceeds 25 mm (1 in.) while loading or un-
(c) be located inside the building and audible
loading.
inside the car and outside the hoistway; and
(d) for elevators with a travel greater than 30
2.26.12 Symbols
m (100 ft), be duplicated as follows:
2.26.12.1 Where reference is made requiring (1) one device shall be mounted on the
wording to designate a specific function, the car; and
symbols as shown in Table 2.26.12.1 shall be (2) a second device shall be placed at the
substituted for, or used in conjunction with, the designated level.
required wording.
2.27.1.1.2 Where the elevator travel is 18
2.26.12.2 The emergency stop switch shall m (60 ft) or more, a means of two-way conversa-
have the ”STOP” and “RUN” positions conspic- tion (telephone, intercom, etc.) shall be provided
uously and permanently marked as required by between the car and a readily accessible point
2.26.2.5(c). outside the hoistway, within the building, that
is available to emergency personnel. The means
2.26.12.3 Where Braille is provided it shall to activate the two-way conversation system
conform to the requirements in Table 2.26.12.1. shall not be required to be provided in the car.
NOTE (2.26.12): See also ANSI/ICC A117.1, ADAAG and B44 2.27.1.1.3 The audible signaling device(s),
Appendix F.
and the means of two-way conversation, when
provided, shall remain operable during a failure
of the normal building power supply. The power
source shall be capable of providing for the
operation of
(a) the audible signaling device and illumina-
SECTION 2.27 tion of the alarm switch or visual identification
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND for at least 1 h; and
SIGNALING DEVICES (b) the means of two-way conversation for at
least 4 h.
NOTE (2.27): Additional requirements may be found in the
building code. 2.27.1.2 In buildings where authorized per-
sonnel are not continuously available, the eleva-
tors shall be provided with a means within
2.27.1 Car Emergency Signaling Devices
the car for communicating with or signaling
2.27.1.1 Each elevator shall conform to to authorized personnel responsible for taking
2.27.1.1.1 through 2.27.1.1.3. appropriate action.
The signaling and communications means
2.27.1.1.1 An audible signaling device shall shall conform to 2.27.1.1.3.
be provided. It shall be operable from the emer-
gency stop switch, where required by 2.26.2.5, 2.27.1.3 A means of two-way communication
and from a switch identified as “ALARM,” which between the car and the machine room shall
shall be provided in or adjacent to each car be provided as required by 2.26.1.5.10(c).

121
p. 122 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U2 p.122

TABLE 2.26.12.1 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 2.26.12.1 SYMBOL IDENTIFICATION


Proportions
Braille Message (Open Circles Indicate Unused Dots Within
Function Tactile Symbol Where Provided Each Braille Cell)

3.0 mm typical
2.0 mm
between elements

Door Open 16.0 mm

2.0 mm
OP“EN”
4.8 mm

Rear/Side
Door Open
REAR/SIDE OP“EN”

Door Close
CLOSE

Rear/Side
Door Close
REAR/SIDE CLOSE

Main
MA“IN”

Alarm
AL“AR”M

Phone
PH“ONE”

Emergency
Stop
“ST”OP

122
p. 123 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.123

ASME A17.1–2000 2.27.2–2.27.3.1.1

2.27.2 Emergency or Standby Power System inspection operation or Phase II In-Car Emer-
gency Operation, one or more at a time, to the
Where an emergency or standby power sys-
recall level. Failure of the selected car to move
tem is provided to operate an elevator in the
shall cause power to be transferred to an-
event of normal power supply failure, the re-
other car.
quirements of 2.27.2.1 through 2.27.2.5 shall be
complied with. 2.27.2.4.5 The selector switch(es) positions
2.27.2.1 The emergency or standby power corresponding to the elevator identification
system shall be capable of operating the eleva- numbers (see 2.29.1) shall override the auto-
tor(s) with rated load (see 2.16.8), at least one matic power selection. Operation of the selector
at a time, unless otherwise required by the switch(es) shall not cause power to be removed
building code. from any elevator until the elevator is stopped.

2.27.2.2 The transfer between the normal NOTE (2.27.2.4): The selector switch(es) should normally
and the emergency or standby power system be placed in the “AUTO” position.
shall be automatic.
2.27.2.3 An illuminated signal marked “ELE- 2.27.2.5 When the emergency or standby
VATOR EMERGENCY POWER” shall be provided power system is designed to operate only one
in the elevator lobby at the designated level to elevator at a time, the energy absorption means
indicate that the normal power supply has failed (if required) shall be permitted to be located
and the emergency or standby power is in on the supply side of the elevator power discon-
effect. necting means, provided all other requirements
of 2.26.10 are conformed to when operating
2.27.2.4 Where the emergency or standby any of the elevators the power might serve.
power system is not capable of operating all Other building loads, such as power and lights
elevators simultaneously, requirements of that can be supplied by the emergency or
2.27.2.4.1 through 2.27.2.4.5 shall be con- standby power system, shall not be considered
formed to. as a means of absorbing the regenerated energy
2.27.2.4.1 A selector switch(es) marked for the purposes of conforming to 2.26.10, un-
“ELEVATOR EMERGENCY POWER” in red let- less such loads are normally powered by the
tering a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height, emergency or standby power system.
which is key-operated or under a locked cover
(see 2.27.8), shall be provided to permit the 2.27.3 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation —
selection of the elevator(s) to operate on the Automatic Elevators
emergency or standby power system. The key Firefighters’ Emergency Operation shall apply
shall be Group 3 Security (see 8.1). to all automatic elevators except
2.27.2.4.2 The selector switch(es) positions (a) where the hoistway or a portion thereof
shall be marked to correspond with the elevator is not required to be fire-resistive construction
identification number (see 2.29) and a position (see 2.1.1.1), the travel does not exceed 2 000
marked “AUTO.” mm (80 in.), and the hoistway does not pene-
trate a floor;
2.27.2.4.3 The selector switch(es) shall be (b) in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC where
located at the designated level in view of all the NBCC does not require Firefighters’ Emer-
elevator entrances, or if located elsewhere gency Operation.
means shall be provided adjacent to the selector Where Firefighters’ Emergency Operation is
switch(es) to indicate that the elevator is at the provided voluntarily these requirements shall
designated level with the doors in the normally also apply.
open position.
2.27.3.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
2.27.2.4.4 When the selector switch is in
the “AUTO” position, automatic power selection 2.27.3.1.1 A three-position key-operated
shall be provided which will return each elevator switch shall be
that is not on designated attendant operation, (a) provided only at the designated level for

123
p. 124 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.124

2.27.3.1.1–2.27.3.1.6 ASME A17.1–2000

each single elevator or for each group of ele- (c) A stopped car shall have the in-car stop
vators; switch (see 2.26.2.21) and the emergency stop
(b) labeled “FIRE RECALL” and its positions switch in the car (see 2.26.2.5) when provided,
marked “RESET,” “OFF,” and “ON” (in that rendered inoperative as soon as the car moves
order), with the “OFF” position as the center away from the landing. A moving car shall have
position. The “FIRE RECALL” letters shall be a the in-car stop switch and the emergency stop
minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) high in red or a switch in the car when provided, rendered inop-
color contrasting with a red background; erative without delay. Once the emergency stop
(c) located in the lobby within sight of the switch in the car and the in-car stop switch have
elevator or all elevators in that group and shall been rendered inoperative, they shall remain
be readily accessible. inoperative while the car is on Phase I Emer-
gency Recall Operation. All other stop switches
2.27.3.1.2 An additional key-operated required by 2.26.2 shall remain operative.
“FIRE RECALL” switch, with two-positions, (d) A car standing at a landing other than the
marked “OFF” and “ON” (in that order), shall designated level, with the doors open and the
be permitted only at the building fire control in-car stop switch and the emergency stop
station. switch in the car when provided, in the run
position, shall conform to the following:
2.27.3.1.3 The switch(es) shall be rotated (1) Elevators having automatic power-oper-
clockwise to go from the “RESET” (designated ated horizontally sliding doors shall close the
level switch only), to “OFF” to “ON” positions. doors without delay and proceed to the desig-
Keys shall be removable only in the “OFF” and nated level.
“ON” positions. (2) Elevators having power-operated verti-
cally sliding doors provided with automatic or
2.27.3.1.4 Only the “FIRE RECALL” momentary-pressure closing operation per
switch(es) or fire alarm initiating device located 2.13.3.4 shall have the closing sequence initiated
at floors that are served by the elevator, or in without delay in accordance with 2.13.3.4.1,
the hoistway, or in the elevator machine room 2.13.3.4.2, 2.13.3.4.3, and 2.13.3.4.5, and the car
(see 2.27.3.2) shall initiate Phase I Emergency shall proceed to the designated level.
Recall Operation. (3) Elevators having power-operated doors
provided with continuous pressure closing oper-
2.27.3.1.5 All “FIRE RECALL” switches shall ation (see 2.13.3.2), or elevators having manual
be provided with an illuminated visual signal doors, shall be provided with a visual and audi-
to indicate when Phase I Emergency Recall Op- ble signal system [see 2.27.3.1.6(h)] to alert an
eration is in effect. operator to close the doors and shall, when the
doors are closed, proceed to the designated
2.27.3.1.6 When a “FIRE RECALL” switch level. Sequence operation, if provided, shall
is in the “ON” position all cars controlled by remain effective.
the switch shall operate as follows: (e) Door reopening devices for power-oper-
(a) A car traveling towards the designated ated doors that are sensitive to smoke or flame
level shall continue nonstop to the designated shall be rendered inoperative without delay.
level and power-operated doors shall open and Door reopening devices not sensitive to smoke
remain open. or flame (e.g., mechanically actuated devices)
On cars with two entrances, if both en- are permitted to remain operative. Door closing
trances can be opened at the designated level, for power-operated doors shall conform to
only the doors serving the lobby where the 2.13.5.
“FIRE RECALL” switch is located shall open and (f) All car and corridor call buttons shall be
remain open. rendered inoperative. All call registered lights
(b) A car traveling away from the designated and directional lanterns shall be extinguished
level shall reverse at or before the next available and remain inoperative. Car position indicators,
landing without opening its doors and proceed where provided, shall remain operative. Where
to designated level. provided, landing position indicators shall be

124
p. 125 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.125

ASME A17.1–2000 2.27.3.1.6–2.27.3.2.2

25 mm 25 mm
(1 in.) (1 in.)
min. min.

25 mm (1 in.) min.

GENERAL NOTE: Grid is for scaling purposes only.

FIG. 2.27.3.1.6(h) VISUAL SIGNAL

extinguished and remain inoperative, except at CALL” switch, where provided, is in the “OFF”
the designated level and the building fire control position; and
station, where they shall remain operative. (2) no fire alarm initiating device is activated
(g) Where provided on elevators with verti- (see 2.27.3.2).
cally sliding doors, corridor door open and close (l) Means used to remove elevators from nor-
buttons shall remain operative. mal operation, other than as specified in this
(h) All cars shall be provided with an illumi- Code, shall not prevent Phase I Emergency Re-
nated visual and audible signal system which call Operation.
shall be activated to alert the passengers that (m) No device, which measures load, shall pre-
the car is returning nonstop to the designated vent operation of the elevator at or below the
level. The visual graphic shall be as shown capacity and loading required in 2.16.
in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h). The signals shall remain
activated until the car has returned to the desig- 2.27.3.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
nated level. by Fire Alarm Initiating Devices
(i) A car stopped at a landing shall have the
in-car door open button rendered inoperative 2.27.3.2.1 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
as soon as the car moves away from the landing NBCC, fire alarm initiating devices shall be in-
The in-car door open button shall remain inoper- stalled in conformance with the requirements
ative when a car stops to reverse direction. of NFPA 72, and shall be located
Once the in-car door open button has been (a) at each floor served by the elevator;
rendered inoperative, it shall remain inoperative (b) in the associated elevator machine
until the car has returned to the designated room; and
level. (c) in the elevator hoistway, when required.
(j) Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch
is provided, both “FIRE RECALL” switches shall 2.27.3.2.2 In jurisdictions enforcing the
be in the “ON” position to recall the elevator NBCC, automatic Emergency Recall Operation
to the designated level if the elevator was re- shall be permitted when the following devices,
called to the alternate level (see 2.27.3.2.4). complying with the requirements in the NBCC,
(k) To remove the elevator(s) from Phase I initiate the operation:
Emergency Recall Operation, the “FIRE RE- (a) smoke detectors installed in each elevator
CALL” switch shall be rotated first to the “RE- lobby, or the building fire alarm system;
SET,” and then to the “OFF” position, pro- (b) smoke detectors installed in the elevator
vided that lobby at the designated level, if that floor area
(1) the additional two-position “FIRE RE- is not sprinklered throughout; and

125
p. 126 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.126

2.27.3.2.2–2.27.3.3.1 ASME A17.1–2000

(c) smoke detectors installed in the machine 2.27.3.2.6 When activated, a fire alarm ini-
room if the machine room is sprinklered. tiating device in the machine room shall cause
2.27.3.2.3 Phase I Emergency Recall Opera- the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig.
tion to the designated level shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(h)] to illuminate intermittently only in
the following: car(s) with equipment in that machine room.
(a) The activation of a fire alarm initiating When activated, a fire alarm initiating device
device specified in 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2(a) at in the hoistway shall cause the visual signal [see
any floor, other than at the designated level, 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] to illuminate
shall cause all elevators that serve that floor, and intermittently only in car(s) with equipment in
any associated elevator of a group automatic that hoistway.
operation, to be returned nonstop to the desig- 2.27.3.3 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
nated level. A three-position (“OFF,” “HOLD,” and “ON,” in
(b) The activation of a fire alarm initiating that order) key-operated switch shall be labeled
device specified in 2.27.3.2.1(b) or 2.27.3.2.2(c) “FIRE OPERATION”; provided in an operating
shall cause all elevators having any equipment
panel in each car; and shall be readily accessible.
located in that machine room, and any associ-
The label “FIRE OPERATION” lettering shall be
ated elevators of a group automatic operation,
a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) high in red or
to be returned nonstop to the designated level.
If the machine room is located at the designated a color contrasting with a red background. It
level, the elevator(s) shall be returned nonstop shall become effective only when Phase I Emer-
to the alternate level. gency Recall Operation is in effect and the car
(c) The activation of a fire alarm initiating has been returned to the recall level. The switch
device specified in 2.27.3.2.1(c) shall cause all shall be rotated clockwise to go from “OFF” to
elevators having any equipment in that “HOLD” to “ON.”
hoistway, and any associated elevators of a The key shall only be removable in the “OFF”
group automatic operation, to be returned non- and “HOLD” position. The “OFF,” “HOLD,” and
stop to the designated level, except that initiat- “ON” positions shall not change the mode of
ing device(s) installed at or below the lowest operation within Phase II Emergency In-Car Op-
landing of recall shall cause the car to be sent eration until the car is at a landing with the
to the upper recall level. doors in the normal open position, except as
(d) The Phase I Emergency Recall Operation required by 2.27.3.3.4.
to the designated level shall conform to 2.27.3.3.1 When the “FIRE OPERATION”
2.27.3.1.6(a) through (m). switch is in the “ON” position, the elevator
2.27.3.2.4 Phase I Emergency Recall Opera- shall be on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation,
tion to an alternate level (see 1.3) shall conform for use by emergency personnel only, and the
to the following: elevator shall operate as follows:
(a) the activation of a fire alarm initiating (a) The elevator shall be operable only by a
device specified in 2.27.3.2.1(a) or 2.27.3.2.2(a) person in the car.
that is located at the designated level, shall (b) The car shall not respond to landing calls.
cause all elevators serving that level to be re- Directional lanterns, where provided, shall re-
called to an alternate level, unless a “FIRE RE- main inoperative. Car position indicators, where
CALL” switch is already in the “ON” position; provided, shall remain operative. Landing posi-
(b) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(f), (j), and tion indicators, where provided, shall remain
(m); inoperative, except at the designated level and
(c) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(a), (b), (c), the building fire control station, where they
(d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), and (l), except that all shall remain operative.
references to the “designated level” shall be (c) Door open and close buttons shall be pro-
replaced with “alternate level.” vided for power operated doors. The door open
2.27.3.2.5 The recall level shall be deter- and close buttons shall be labeled “OPEN” and
mined by the first activated fire alarm initiating “CLOSE.”
device for that group [see 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2, (d) The opening of power-operated doors
see also 2.27.3.1.6(j)]. shall be controlled only by a continuous-pres-

126
p. 127 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.127

ASME A17.1–2000 2.27.3.3.1–2.27.3.3.6

sure door open button. If the button is released (l) No device, which measures load, shall pre-
prior to the doors reaching the normal open vent operation of the elevator at or below the
position, the doors shall automatically reclose. capacity and loading required in 2.16.
Requirements 2.13.3.3, 2.13.3.4, 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2),
and 2.13.4.2.1(c) do not apply. 2.27.3.3.2 When the car is at a landing,
On cars with multiple entrances, if more with the doors open, and the “FIRE OPERA-
than one entrance can be opened at the same TION” switch is in the “HOLD” position, the
landing, separate door open buttons shall be car shall remain at the landing with the doors
provided for each entrance. open. The door close buttons shall be inopera-
(e) Open power-operated doors shall be tive, and car calls shall not be registered.
closed only by continuous pressure on the door
close button. If the button is released prior to 2.27.3.3.3 When the car is at a landing
the doors reaching the fully closed position, other than the recall level, with the doors in
horizontally sliding doors shall automatically the normal open position, and, the “FIRE OPER-
reopen, and vertically sliding doors shall auto- ATION” switch is in the ”OFF” position, power
matically stop or stop and reopen. operated doors shall operate as follows:
On cars with multiple entrances, if more (a) Horizontal sliding doors shall close auto-
than one entrance can be opened at the same matically. All door reopening devices shall re-
landing, a separate door-close button shall be main inoperative. Door open buttons shall re-
provided for each entrance. main operative. Full-speed closing is permitted.
(f) Opening and closing of power-operated If the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is turned to
car doors or gates that are opposite manual the “ON” or ”HOLD” position prior to the com-
swing or manual slide hoistway doors shall pletion of door closing, the doors shall reopen.
conform to 2.27.3.3.1(d) and (e). (b) Elevators having vertically sliding doors
(g) All door reopening devices except the door shall have corridor door open and close buttons
open button shall be rendered inoperative. Full rendered operative. All door reopening devices
speed closing shall be permitted. shall remain inoperative. Door closing shall be
Landing door opening and closing buttons, in accordance with 2.27.3.3.1(e). Full-speed clos-
where provided, shall be rendered inoperative. ing is permitted. If the “FIRE OPERATION”
(h) Every car shall be provided with a button switch is turned to the “ON” or “HOLD” position
marked ”CALL CANCEL,” located in the same prior to the completion of door closing, the
car operating panel as the “FIRE OPERATION” doors shall reopen.
switch, which shall be effective during Phase II 2.27.3.3.4 When the car is stopped with
Emergency In-Car Operation. When activated, the doors in the closed position, or in motion,
all registered calls shall be canceled and a and the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is in the
traveling car shall stop at or before the next “OFF” position, the elevator remains on Phase
available landing. II Emergency In-Car Operation and shall return
(i) Floor selection buttons shall be provided to the designated level in conformance with
in the car to permit travel to all landings served 2.27.3.1.6(a) through (m).
by the car, and they shall be operative at all
times, except as in 2.27.3.3.2. Means to prevent 2.27.3.3.5 Elevators shall be removed from
the operation of the floor selection buttons or Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation only when
door-operating buttons shall be rendered inop- the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is in the “OFF”
erative. position and the car is at the designated level
(j) A traveling car shall stop at the next avail- and the doors are in the normal open position.
able landing for which a car call was registered.
When a car stops at a landing, all registered 2.27.3.3.6 The occurrence of an accidental
car calls shall be canceled. ground or short circuit in elevator electrical
(k) Means used to remove elevators from nor- equipment located on the landing side of the
mal operation, other than as specified in this hoistway enclosure, and in associated wiring,
Code, shall not prevent Phase II Emergency In- shall not disable Phase II Emergency In-Car
Car Operation. Operation once it has been activated.

127
p. 128 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.128

2.27.3.4–2.27.4.1 ASME A17.1–2000

2.27.3.4 Interruption of Power. Upon the re- shall be located in the lobby within sight of the
sumption of power (normal, emergency, or elevator or all elevators in that group and shall
standby), the car shall be permitted to move be readily accessible.
to reestablish absolute car position. Restoration An additional “FIRE RECALL” switch with two-
of electrical power following a power interrup- positions, “OFF” and “ON” (in that order), shall
tion shall not cause any elevator to be removed be permitted only at the building fire control
from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation or station.
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. The switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to
go from the “RESET” (designated level switch
2.27.3.5 Multicompartment Elevators. Multi- only), to the “OFF” and to the “ON” positions.
compartment elevators shall also conform to All keys shall be removable only in the “OFF”
2.27.3.5.1 and 2.27.3.5.2. and “ON” positions.
Only the “FIRE RECALL” switch(es) or fire
2.27.3.5.1 The “FIRE RECALL” switch alarm initiating devices located at floors that
(2.27.3.1) shall be located at the designated level are served by the elevator, or in the hoistway,
served by the upper compartment. or in the elevator machine room (see 2.27.3.2)
shall initiate Phase I Emergency Recall Opera-
2.27.3.5.2 The “FIRE OPERATION” switch
tion. All “FIRE RECALL” switches shall be pro-
(see 2.27.3.3) shall be located in the upper
vided with an illuminated visual signal to indi-
compartment. The elevator shall be provided
cate when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
with a means for placing the lower compartment
is in effect.
out of service, located in that compartment or
When all switches are in the “OFF” position,
adjacent to the entrance at the lower lobby
normal elevator service shall be in effect and
landing.
the fire alarm initiating devices required by
2.27.4.2 shall be operative.
2.27.4 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation — When a “FIRE RECALL” switch is in the “ON”
Non-Automatic Elevators position, a visual and audible signal shall be
Firefighters’ Emergency Operation shall apply provided to alert the attendant to return nonstop
to all non-automatic elevators except as follows: to the designated or alternate level. The visual
(a) where the hoistway or a portion thereof signal shall read “FIRE RECALL — RETURN
is not required to be fire-resistive construction TO ” [insert level to which the car should
(see 2.1.1.1), the travel does not exceed 2 000 be returned (the designated or alternate level)].
mm (80 in.), and the hoistway does not pene- The signal system shall be activated when Phase
trate a floor; I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
(b) in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC where Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch
the NBCC does not require Firefighters’ Emer- is provided, both “FIRE RECALL” switches must
gency Operation; be in the “ON” position to recall the elevator
(c) where Firefighters’ Emergency Operation to the designated level if the elevator was re-
is provided voluntarily these requirements shall called to the alternate level.
also apply. Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch
is provided, it shall not affect the visual signal
2.27.4.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. if the designated level fire alarm initiating device
A three-position key-operated switch shall be (see 2.27.3.2.4) has been activated.
provided at the designated level for each single To extinguish the audible and visual signals,
elevator or for each group of elevators. The the “FIRE RECALL” switch shall be rotated first
three-position switch shall be labeled “FIRE RE- to the “RESET” and then to the “OFF” position,
CALL” and its positions marked “RESET,” provided that:
“OFF,” and “ON” (in that order), with the “OFF” (a) the additional two-position “FIRE RECALL”
position as the center position. The “FIRE RE- switch, where provided, is in the ”OFF” posi-
CALL” letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm tion; and
(0.25 in.) high in red or a color contrasting with (b) no fire alarm initiating device is activated
a red background. The three-position switch (see also 2.27.3.2.4).

128
p. 129 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.129

ASME A17.1–2000 2.27.4.1–2.27.7.1

No device, which measures load, shall prevent


operation of the elevator at or below the capac-
ity and loading required in 2.16. FIREFIGHTERS’ OPERATION

To recall elevators
2.27.4.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Insert fire key and turn to “ON”
by Fire Alarm Initiating Devices. Fire alarm ini-
tiating devices shall be installed at each floor
served by the elevator, and in the associated
machine room and elevator hoistway, in compli- FIG. 2.27.7.1 PHASE I EMERGENCY RECALL
ance with the requirements in NFPA 72 or NBCC, OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdic-
tions enforcing the NBCC, compliance with
2.27.4.2 is not required where the NBCC speci-
fies manual Emergency Recall operations only. 2.27.5.3 When on hospital service, the eleva-
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, conform- tor shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(h) while Phase I
ing to 2.27.4.1, shall be initiated when any Phase Emergency Recall Operation is in effect. An
I Emergency Recall Operation fire alarm initiat- elevator on firefighter emergency operation
ing device at the elevator lobbies, machine shall not be placed on hospital service.
room, or hoistway is activated.
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, when
initiated by a Phase I Emergency Recall Opera- 2.27.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation —
tion fire alarm initiating device, shall be main- Inspection Operation
tained until canceled by moving the “FIRE RE-
CALL” switch to the “RESET” position. When an elevator that is provided with fire-
When activated a fire alarm initiating device fighters’ service is on inspection operation (see
in the machine room shall cause the visual 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5) or when the hoistway
signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] access switch(es) have been enabled [see
to illuminate intermittently only in car(s) with 2.12.7.3.3(a)], a continuous audible signal, audi-
equipment in that machine room. When acti- ble at the location where the operation is acti-
vated a fire alarm initiating device in the vated shall sound when the “FIRE RECALL”
hoistway shall cause the visual signal [see switch(es) (see 2.27.3.1) is in the “ON” position
2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] to illuminate or when the fire alarm initiating device (see
intermittently only in car(s) with equipment in 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert the operator of an
that hoistway. emergency. The car shall remain under the
control of the operator until removed from in-
spection operation or hoistway access opera-
2.27.5 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation — tion. Inspection operation or hoistway access
Automatic Elevators With Designated- operation shall take precedence over Phase I
Attendant Operation Emergency Recall Operation and Phase II Emer-
gency In-Car Operation.
2.27.5.1 When designated-attendant opera-
tion is not in effect, elevators shall conform to
2.27.3.
2.27.7 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation —
Operating Procedures
2.27.5.2 When operated by a designated at-
tendant in the car, except hospital service: 2.27.7.1 Instructions for operation of eleva-
(a) elevators parked at a floor shall conform tors under Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
to 2.27.3.1.6(h). At the completion of a time shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the
delay of not less than 10 s and not more than “FIRE RECALL” switch at the designated level.
30 s, elevators shall conform to 2.27.3. They shall include the wording shown in Fig.
(b) A moving car shall conform to 2.27.3. 2.27.7.1.

129
p. 130 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.130

2.27.7.2–2.27.8 ASME A17.1–2000

FIRE OPERATION

When Flashes, exit elevator

To operate car Insert fire key and turn to “ON.”


Press desired button.

To cancel Press “CALL CANCEL” button.


floor selection

To close power- Press and hold “DOOR CLOSE” button.


operated door

To open power- Press and hold “DOOR OPEN” button.


operated door

To hold car Turn key to “HOLD.”


at floor

To automatically send With doors open, turn key to “OFF.”


car to recall floor

FIG. 2.27.7.2 PHASE II EMERGENCY IN-CAR OPERATION

2.27.7.2 Instructions for operation of eleva- entrance frame, or adjacent to it, shall be a
tors under Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) in height.
shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the
switch, in or adjacent to the operating panel in 2.27.8 Switch Keys
each car. They shall include the wording shown
The key switches required by 2.27.2 through
in Fig. 2.27.7.2.
2.27.5 for all elevators in a building shall be
2.27.7.3 Instructions shall be in letters not operable by the same key. The keys shall be
less than 3 mm (0.125 in.) in height and shall Group 3 Security (see 8.1). There shall be a key
be permanently installed and protected against for each switch provided.
removal or defacement. These keys shall be kept on the premises in
2.27.7.4 In jurisdictions that enforce the a location readily accessible to firefighters and
NBCC, a symbol showing a red firefighters’ hat emergency personnel, but not where they are
on a contrasting background, as shown in Fig. available to the public. Where provided, a lock
2.27.3.1.6(h) (figure not to scale), shall be used box, including its lock and other components,
exclusively to identify elevators that comply shall conform to the requirements of UL 1037
with 2.27.3 and additional NBCC requirements. (see Part 9).
This identification shall be located on the eleva- NOTE (2.27.8): Local authorities may specify additional re-
tor entrance frame or adjacent to it at each quirements for a uniform keyed lock box and its location
emergency recall level. The identification on the to contain the necessary keys.

130
p. 131 02-16-01 11:03:33 Unit: U2 Textfile: A17Y2K$202 p.131

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 2.28–2.29.2

SECTION 2.28 (i) the horizontal forces on the building struc-


LAYOUT DRAWINGS ture stipulated by 2.11.11.8 and 2.11.11.9.

2.28.1 Information Required on Layout


Drawings
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to SECTION 2.29
other data, indicate the following: IDENTIFICATION
(a) the maximum bracket spacing (see 2.23); 2.29.1 Identification of Equipment
(b) the estimated maximum vertical forces on In buildings with more than one elevator,
the guide rails on application of the safety or each elevator in the building shall be assigned
other retarding device (see 2.23 and 2.19.3); a unique alphabetical or numerical identifica-
(c) in the case of freight elevators for Class tion, a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) in height
B or C loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal unless otherwise specified. The identification
forces on the guide-rail faces during loading shall be painted on, engraved, or securely
and unloading, and the estimated maximum attached to
(a) the driving machine;
horizontal forces in a post-wise direction on the (b) MG set;
guide-rail faces on the application of the safety (c) controller;
device (see 2.23); (d) selector;
(d) the size and linear weight kg/m (lb/ft) of (e) governor;
any rail reinforcement, where provided (see (f) main line disconnect switch;
(g) the crosshead, or where there is no cross-
2.23);
head, the car frame, such that it is visible from
(e) the impact loads imposed on machinery the top of the car;
and sheave beams, supports, and floors or foun- (h) the car operating panel, minimum of 13
dations (see 2.9); mm (0.5 in.) in height; and
(f) the impact load on buffer supports due to (i) adjacent to or on every elevator entrance
buffer engagement at the maximum permissible at the designated level, minimum of 75 mm (3
speed and load (see 8.2.3); in.) in height.
(g) where compensation tie-down is applied
(see 2.17.17), the load on the compensation tie- 2.29.2 Identification of Floors
down supports; Hoistways shall have floor numbers, not less
(h) the total static and dynamic loads from than 100 mm (4 in.) in height, on the hoistway
the governor, ropes, and tension system; side of the enclosure or hoistway doors.

131
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 133 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$300 p.133

PART 3
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS

SCOPE SECTION 3.2


Part 3 applies to direct-acting hydraulic eleva- PITS
tors and the roped-hydraulic types. Pits shall conform to 2.2, except 2.2.7.

3.2.1 Minimum Pit Depths Required


The pit depth shall not be less than is required
for the installation of the buffers, hydraulic jack,
SECTION 3.1 platform guard (apron), and all other elevator
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AND equipment located therein, and to provide the
HOISTWAY ENCLOSURES minimum bottom clearance and runby required
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related by 3.4.1 and 3.4.2, respectively.
construction shall conform to 2.1.1 through 2.1.6
and 2.29.2, except 2.1.2.3, 2.1.3.1.2, and 2.1.3.2.

3.1.1 Strength of Pit Floor


SECTION 3.3
The pit equipment, beams, floor, and their LOCATION AND GUARDING OF
supports shall be designed and constructed to COUNTERWEIGHTS
meet the applicable building code requirements
and to withstand the following loads in the The location and guarding of counterweights,
manner in which they occur: where provided, shall conform to 2.3.
(a) the impact load due to car buffer engage-
ment (see 8.2.3 and 3.22.2);
(b) where a car or counterweight safety is
furnished, the part load transmitted by the appli- SECTION 3.4
cation of such safety(s);
BOTTOM AND TOP CLEARANCES AND
(c) loads imposed by the hydraulic jack
(1) to the cylinder during normal opera-
RUNBYS FOR CARS AND
tion; and COUNTERWEIGHTS
(2) to the buffer when resting on the buffer Requirement 2.4 does not apply to hydraulic
or during conditions described in 3.1.1(a); and elevators.
(d) hoist rope up-pull, where applicable, for
indirect roped-hydraulic elevators. 3.4.1 Bottom Car Clearance
3.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully com-
3.1.2 Floors Over Hoistways
pressed buffers or bumpers, there shall be a
The floor shall be located entirely above the vertical clearance of not less than 600 mm
horizontal plane required for hydraulic elevator (24 in.) between the pit floor and the lowest
top car clearance. structural or mechanical part, equipment, or
When a hydraulic pump unit and/or control device installed beneath the car platform, includ-
equipment is located on a floor over the ing a plunger-follower guide, if provided, except
hoistway, access shall comply with 2.7.3. as specified in 3.4.1.2.

133
p. 134 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$300 p.134

3.4.1.2–3.4.5 ASME A17.1–2000

3.4.1.2 The 600 mm (24 in.) clearance does speed(s) in the down direction up to 0.50 m/s
not apply to the following: (100 ft/min);
(a) any equipment on the car within 300 mm (b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm
(12 in.) horizontally from any side of the car (6 in.) in proportion to the increase in operating
platform; speed(s) in the down direction from 0.50 m/s
(b) any equipment located on or traveling with (100 ft/min) to 1 m/s (200 ft/min); and
the car located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizon- (c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for operating
tally from either side of the car frame centerline speed(s) in the down direction exceeding 1 m/
parallel to the guide rails; and s (200 ft/min).
(c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit 3.4.2.2 Car Top Minimum Runby. The top
floor located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally runby of the car shall be
from either side of the car frame centerline (a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds
parallel to the guide rails. up to 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min);
3.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge (b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm
space be less than the following: (6 in.) in proportion to the increase in rated
(a) a horizontal area 600 mm by 1 200 mm speed from 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min) to 1 m/s (200
(24 in. by 47 in.), with a height of 600 mm (24 ft/min); and
in.); or (c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for rated
(b) a horizontal area 450 mm by 900 mm (18 speeds exceeding 1 m/s (200 ft/min).
in. by 35 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.).
3.4.3 Car Top and Bottom Maximum Runby
3.4.1.4 Trenches and depressions or founda-
tion encroachments permitted by 2.2.2 shall not Neither the top nor the bottom runby of the
be considered in determining these clearances. car shall be more than 600 mm (24 in.).

3.4.1.5 When the car is resting on its fully 3.4.4 Top Car Clearance
compressed buffers or bumpers, no equipment
The top car clearance shall not be less than
traveling with the car, including a plunger-fol-
the sum of the following two items (see Appen-
lower guide, if provided, shall strike any part
dix F):
of the pit or any equipment mounted therein.
(a) the top car runby;
3.4.1.6 Where the vertical clearance outside (b) the height of the refuge space on top of
the refuge space is less than 600 mm (24 in.), the car (see 3.4.7) or the clearance required
that area shall be clearly marked on the pit for equipment projecting above the car top or
floor. Markings shall not be required in the crosshead (see 3.4.5), whichever is greater.
area under the apron and guiding means. The
marking shall consist of alternating 100 mm (4 3.4.5 Equipment Projecting Above the Car
in.) diagonal red and white stripes. In addition, Top
a sign with the words “DANGER LOW CLEAR- When the car reaches its maximum upward
ANCE” shall be prominently posted on the movement
hoistway enclosure and shall be visible from (a) all equipment attached to and projecting
within the pit and at the entrance to the pit. above the car top, other than equipment men-
The sign shall conform to ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/ tioned in 3.4.5(b) shall be at least 150 mm
CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). (6 in.) from striking any part of the overhead
The sign shall be of such material and construc- structure or any equipment located in the
tion that the letters and figures stamped, etched, hoistway;
cast, or otherwise applied to the face remain (b) guide shoe assemblies or gate posts for
permanently and readily legible. vertically sliding gates shall not strike any part
of the overhead structure; and
3.4.2 Minimum Bottom and Top Car Runby
(c) the car crosshead shall have a minimum
3.4.2.1 Bottom Car Runby. The bottom car of 300 mm (12 in.) vertical clearance to the
runby shall be horizontal plane described by the lowest point
(a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for operating of the overhead structure (see 1.3).

134
p. 135 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$300 p.135

ASME A17.1–2000 3.4.6–3.6.3

3.4.6 Top Clearance and Bottom Runby of (1) the bottom counterweight runby (see
Counterweight 3.4.6.2);
(2) 150 mm (6 in.).
Where a counterweight is provided, the top
clearance and the bottom runby of the counter-
weight shall conform to 3.4.6.1 and 3.4.6.2.
3.4.6.1 Top Clearance. The top clearance shall
not be less than the sum of the following: SECTION 3.5
(a) the bottom car runby; HORIZONTAL CAR AND
(b) the stroke of the car buffers used; and COUNTERWEIGHT CLEARANCES
(c) 150 mm (6 in.).
The horizontal car and counterweight clear-
3.4.6.2 Bottom Runby. The bottom runby ances shall conform to 2.5.
shall not be less than the sum of the following:
(a) the distance the car can travel above its
top terminal landing until the plunger strikes
its mechanical stop; and
(b) 150 mm (6 in.).
The minimum runby specified shall not be
SECTION 3.6
reduced by rope stretch. (See 3.22.2 prohibiting PROTECTION OF SPACES BELOW
counterweight buffers.) HOISTWAY
Requirement 2.6 does not apply to hydraulic
3.4.7 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure elevators.
An unobstructed horizontal area of not less Where there is space below the hoistway that
than 0.51 m2 (5.49 ft2) shall be provided on top is accessible to persons, requirements of 3.6.1
of the car enclosure for refuge space. It shall through 3.6.4 shall be conformed to.
measure not less than 600 mm (24 in.) on any
side. The area shall be permitted to include 3.6.1 Jack Supporting Structure
the space utilized for top emergency exit [see The hydraulic jack shall be supported by a
2.14.1.5.1(f)]. The minimum vertical distance in structure of sufficient strength to support the
the refuge area between the top of the car entire static load at rated capacity that may be
enclosure and the horizontal plane described imposed upon it. The design factor of safety
by the lowest point of the overhead structure shall not be less than 5, based on ultimate
or other obstruction shall be not less than 1 100 strength for static loads transmitted.
mm (43 in.) when the car has reached its maxi-
mum upward movement. 3.6.2 Counterweight Safety Actuation
3.4.8 Vertical Clearances With Underslung Where the space referred to in 3.6 falls under-
Car Frames neath the counterweight and/or its guides, the
counterweight shall be provided with a safety
Where an underslung car frame is used, the
device that functions as a result of the breaking
clearances between the overhead car rope dead-
or slackening of the counterweight suspension
end hitch, or overhead car sheave, and the
ropes.
portions of the car structure vertically below
them, when the car floor is level with the top
3.6.3 Buffer Types
terminal landing, shall be not less than the
following: The car shall be provided with buffers of one
(a) where no counterweight is used, the sum of the following types:
of the following items: (a) oil buffers conforming to 3.22.1; or
(1) the car top runby; and (b) spring buffers of a design that will not be
(2) 200 mm (8 in.); and fully compressed when struck by a car with
(b) where a counterweight is used, the sum rated load at the operating speed in the down
of the following items: direction (see 3.22.1).

135
p. 136 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$300 p.136

3.6.4–SECTION 3.13 ASME A17.1–2000

3.6.4 Buffer Supports SECTION 3.10


Car buffer supports shall be provided that GUARDING OF EXPOSED AUXILIARY
will withstand, without permanent deformation, EQUIPMENT
the impact resulting from buffer engagement Guarding of exposed auxiliary equipment
by a car with rated load at the operating speed shall conform to 2.10.
in the down direction. The design factor of
safety shall conform to 2.26.4.3.

SECTION 3.11
PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY-LANDING
SECTION 3.7 OPENINGS
MACHINE ROOMS AND MACHINERY Protection of hoistway-landing openings shall
SPACES conform to 2.11, except as excluded by 3.11.1.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall 3.11.1 Emergency Doors
conform to 2.7.1 through 2.7.5 and 2.7.7.
Emergency doors, where required by 2.11.1,
3.7.1 Location of Machine Rooms are required only when car safeties are pro-
vided.
Hydraulic elevator machine and control rooms
may be located overhead, adjacent to, under-
neath the hoistway, or at a remote location.
They shall not be located in the hoistway.
Where hydraulic machines and electrical con- SECTION 3.12
trol equipment are located in spaces separated HOISTWAY-DOOR LOCKING DEVICES,
from the hoistway enclosure (see 2.1.1), such CAR-DOOR OR GATE ELECTRIC
spaces shall be separated from other parts of CONTACTS, AND HOISTWAY ACCESS
the building by enclosures conforming to 2.7.1.2 SWITCHES
and having an access door conforming to 3.12.1 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and
2.7.3.4. Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches
Hoistway-door locking devices and electric
contacts, and hoistway access switches shall
conform to 2.12.
SECTION 3.8
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, WIRING, PIPES, 3.12.2 Car-Door or Gate Electric Contacts and
AND DUCTS IN HOISTWAY AND Car-Door Interlocks
MACHINE ROOMS Car-door or gate electric contacts and car-
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts door interlocks shall conform to 2.14.4.2.
shall conform to 2.8.

SECTION 3.13
POWER OPERATION, POWER OPENING,
SECTION 3.9 AND POWER CLOSING OF HOISTWAY
MACHINERY AND SHEAVE BEAMS, DOORS AND CAR DOORS OR GATES
SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS
Power operation, power opening, and power
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and closing of hoistway doors and car doors or
foundations shall conform to 2.9. gates shall conform to 2.13.

136
p. 137 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.137

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 3.14–3.15.3.2

SECTION 3.14 3.15.1.1.6 Car safeties shall not be pro-


CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND vided.
GATES, AND CAR ILLUMINATION
3.15.1.2 Roped-hydraulic elevators shall be
Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car provided with car frames and platforms con-
illumination shall conform to 2.14, except that forming to 2.15.
side emergency exits permitted by 2.14.1.10
shall be permitted only when a car safety is
provided. 3.15.2 Maximum Allowable Stresses and
Deflections in Car Frame and Platform
Members
3.15.2.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators.
The stresses and deflections in car frame and
platform members and their connections, based
SECTION 3.15
on the static load imposed upon them, shall
CAR FRAMES AND PLATFORMS be not more than those permitted by 2.15,
3.15.1 Requirements provided that the maximum stresses in the car
frame uprights that are normally subject to
3.15.1.1 Direct-acting hydraulic elevators compression shall conform to 8.2.9.1.1.
shall be provided with car frames and platforms
conforming to 2.15, subject to the modification 3.15.2.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. The
hereinafter specified. (See 3.18.2.3 for connec- stresses and deflection in car frame and plat-
tion between plunger and platform or car form members and their connections, based on
frame.) the static load imposed upon them, shall be
A car frame shall not be required, provided not more than those permitted by 2.15, and
3.15.1.1.1 through 3.15.1.1.6 are conformed to. shall conform to 8.2.2.

3.15.1.1.1 The platform frame shall be of


such design and construction that all eccentric 3.15.3 Calculations of Stresses and
loads are carried through the structure and Deflections in Car Frame and
plunger attachment into the hydraulic jack (see Platform Members
3.18.2.3). 3.15.3.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators.
The calculations of the stresses and deflections
3.15.1.1.2 The platform frame shall be
in side-post car frame and platform members
guided on each guide rail by single guiding
shall be based on the formulas and data in
members attached to the frame.
8.2.9.
3.15.1.1.3 The platform frame shall be de- For cars with corner-post or sub-post car
signed to withstand the forces resulting from frames, the formulas and specified methods of
the class of loading for which the elevator is calculations do not generally apply and shall
designed without exceeding the stresses and be modified to suit the specific conditions and
deflections in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11 (see 8.2.2.6). requirements in each case.

3.15.1.1.4 The hydraulic jack connection to 3.15.3.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. The cal-
the car shall be designed to transmit the full culations of the stresses and deflections in side-
eccentric moment into the plunger with a factor post car frame and platform members shall be
of safety of not less than 4 (see 3.18.2.3). based on the formulas and data in 8.2.2.
For cars with corner-post or sub-post car
3.15.1.1.5 The hydraulic jack shall be de- frames, or where the rope hitches are not on
signed to withstand the stresses due to bending the crosshead, the formulas and specified meth-
during the loading and unloading of the plat- ods of calculations do not generally apply and
form based on the type of loading for which shall be modified to suit the specific conditions
the elevator is designed (see 8.2.8.1.2). and requirements in each case.

137
p. 138 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.138

SECTION 3.16–3.18.1.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 3.16 holding the entire car weight. Prior to releasing


CAPACITY AND LOADING the other means, the car shall be run hydrau-
lically in the up direction.
3.16.1 General
3.17.1.3 The switches required by 2.18.4.1
Requirement 2.16 covering capacity and load- shall, when operated, remove power from the
ing shall apply to hydraulic elevators, except hydraulic machine motor and control valves
as follows: before or at the time of application of the safety.
(a) In 2.16.2.2.3, the wording “Hydraulic jack,
hydraulic machine, pressure piping, and fit- 3.17.2 Counterweight Safeties
tings” shall be substituted for the wording “Driv-
ing-machine motor, brake, and traction re- Counterweight safeties, where provided in ac-
lation.” cordance with 3.6.2, shall conform to 2.17, pro-
(b) One-piece loads exceeding rated load shall vided that safeties shall be operated as a result
not be carried on hydraulic elevators. Require- of the breaking or slackening of the counter-
ment 2.16.7 shall not apply to hydraulic ele- weight suspension ropes, irrespective of the
vators. rated speed of the elevator.
(c) On data plates (see 2.16.3.2.2), the weight
of the plunger is not to be included in the
weight of the complete car, even though it is
attached. The plunger weight is to be indicated
independently. The operating speed in the down
SECTION 3.18
direction shall also be indicated. HYDRAULIC JACKS
3.18.1 Hydraulic Jack and Connections
Where multiple hydraulic jacks are used, they
shall be hydraulically connected to form a single
SECTION 3.17 hydraulic system.
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES 3.18.1.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators.
3.17.1 Car Safeties The driving member of the hydraulic jack shall
be attached to the car frame or car platform
Car safeties shall be provided for roped-hy- with fastenings of sufficient strength to support
draulic elevators and shall be permitted to be that member with a factor of safety of not less
provided for direct-acting hydraulic elevators. than 4 and shall be capable of withstanding,
When provided, car safeties shall conform to without damage, any forces resulting from a
2.17, and to 3.17.1.1 through 3.17.1.3. plunger stop as described in 3.18.4.2.
3.17.1.1 The slack-rope device required by Any plunger or cylinder head mechanical con-
3.18.1.2 shall be permitted to be an additional nector or connection shall conform to 3.18.2.1,
means of activating the car safety on roped- 3.18.2.4, 3.18.4, and 3.18.5.
hydraulic elevators using hydraulic jacks 3.18.1.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevator
equipped with plungers. The slack-rope device
required by 3.18.1.2.7 shall be an additional 3.18.1.2.1 The driving member of the hy-
means of activating the car safety on roped- draulic jack shall be vertical. Cars shall be sus-
hydraulic elevators using hydraulic jacks pended with not less than two wire ropes per
equipped with pistons. hydraulic jack in conformance with 2.15.13
and 2.20.
3.17.1.2 The safety shall be of a type that
can be released only by moving the car in the 3.18.1.2.2 Where three or more hydraulic
up direction. To return a car to normal operation jacks are utilized, one rope per hydraulic jack
after a safety set, the car shall be moved hydrau- shall be permitted to be used. Should one hy-
lically in the up direction. For repairs of obvious draulic jack become disconnected, the re-
or suspected malfunction, the car shall be per- maining hydraulic jacks shall be capable of
mitted to be raised by other means capable of supporting the load without exceeding allow-

138
p. 139 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.139

ASME A17.1–2000 3.18.1.2.2–3.18.2.7.1

able car frame stresses or hydraulic jack stress. Plungers subject to internal pressure shall
The ropes shall conform to 2.15.13 and 2.20. also be designed and constructed in accordance
3.18.1.2.3 Ropes passing through seals with cylinder design formula in 8.2.8.2.
fixed in cylinder heads shall be permitted to 3.18.2.3 Plunger Connection
have a clear plastic coating applied in order to
3.18.2.3.1 When the hydraulic jack is not
seal properly and facilitate rope inspection.
subjected to eccentric loading, it shall
3.18.1.2.4 The roping ratio that relates the (a) carry in tension the weight of the plunger
driving member of the hydraulic jack speed to with a factor of safety not less than 4; and
the car speed shall not exceed 1:2. (b) restrict total vertical movement to not less
3.18.1.2.5 Sheaves used to transfer load than 20% of the buffer stroke, where vibration
from the hydraulic jack to the car frame through damping means are provided.
wire ropes shall conform to 2.24.2, 2.24.3, and 3.18.2.3.2 In addition, when the hydraulic
2.24.5. jack is subjected to eccentric loading, the follow-
3.18.1.2.6 Means shall be provided to pre- ing shall also apply:
vent the ropes, if slack, from leaving the sheave (a) The plunger connection to the car shall
grooves. also be so designed and constructed as to
transmit the full eccentric moment into the
3.18.1.2.7 A slack-rope device with an en- plunger with a factor of safety not less than 4.
closed manually reset switch shall be provided
(b) The plunger and the plunger connection
that shall cause the electric power to be re-
to the car shall also be so designed and con-
moved from the hydraulic machine pump motor
structed that the total vertical deflection of the
and the control valves should any rope become loading edge of the car platform due to eccentric
slack.
loading of the car shall not exceed 19 mm
3.18.1.2.8 The traveling sheave shall be (0.75 in.).
attached with fastenings having a minimum
3.18.2.4 Plunger Joints. Plungers composed
factor of safety of 4, based upon the ultimate
of more than one section shall have joints de-
strength of the material used. The load to be
signed and constructed to
used in determining the factor of safety shall
(a) carry in tension the weight of all plunger
be the resultant of the maximum tensions in
sections below the joint with a factor of safety
the ropes leading from the sheave with the
of not less than 4;
elevator at rest and with rated load in the car.
(b) transmit in compression the gross load on
3.18.2 Plungers the plunger with a factor of safety of not less
than 5, based on ultimate strength;
3.18.2.1 Material. The plunger and connecting (c) withstand without damage any forces re-
couplings for the plunger shall be of materials sulting from a plunger stop as described in
in accordance with 3.18.2.1.1 and 3.18.2.1.2. 3.18.4.2; and
3.18.2.1.1 Tensile, compressive, bending, (d) for eccentric loading, the joints shall con-
and torsional loading shall have a factor of form to 3.18.2.2 and 3.18.2.3.
safety of not less than 5, based on ultimate 3.18.2.5 Plungers Subject to External Pres-
strength. sure. For plungers subjected to external pres-
3.18.2.1.2 Pressure loadings shall have a sure, the working pressure shall be not greater
factor of safety not less than that calculated than indicated by the formula in 8.2.8.1.3.
per 8.2.8.5.
3.18.2.6 Plunger Heads Subject to Fluid Pres-
3.18.2.2 Plunger Design. Plungers made of sure. Heads of plungers subject to fluid pressure
steel shall be designed and constructed in com- shall conform to 3.18.3.6.
pliance with the applicable formula in 8.2.8.1
3.18.2.7 Plunger-Follower Guide
for calculation of elastic stability, bending, and
external pressure. For other materials, the ap- 3.18.2.7.1 A plunger-follower guide shall
propriate modulus of elasticity must be utilized. be permitted to be used, provided it is arranged

139
p. 140 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.140

3.18.2.7.1–3.18.3.8.2 ASME A17.1–2000

so that the elevator is always in a position 3.18.3.4 Safety Bulkhead. Cylinders buried in
where the unsupported length of the plunger the ground shall be provided with a safety
conforms to the “maximum free length” as bulkhead having an orifice of a size that would
defined in 8.2.8.1. If this length is exceeded, permit the car to descend at a speed not greater
upward movement of the car shall immediately than 0.075 m/s (15 ft/min), nor less than 0.025
stop, and it shall be permitted to allow the car m/s (5 ft/min). A space of not less than 25 mm
to return nonstop to the lowest landing; power- (1 in.) shall be left between the welds of the
operated doors shall open, and electric power safety bulkhead and the cylinder head. Safety
shall be removed from the motor and the control bulkheads shall conform to 3.18.3.6.
valve. After not less than 15 s nor more than A safety bulkhead shall not be required where
60 s the doors shall close in compliance with a double cylinder is used and where both inner
2.11.3. A manual reset of the means shall be and outer cylinders conform to 3.18.3.
required before the elevator is returned to ser-
3.18.3.5 Cylinder Packing Heads. Cylinder
vice. The in-car door open button shall remain
packing heads shall conform to appropriate re-
operative.
quirements of 3.18.4 and 8.2.8.3.
Plunger-follower guides shall be designed and
constructed to comply with all applicable re- 3.18.3.6 Closed Cylinder and Plunger Heads.
quirements of 2.15. Closed heads of cylinders, and heads of plung-
ers subject to fluid pressure, shall conform to
3.18.2.7.2 Telescopic plungers shall have 3.18.3.6.1 through 3.18.3.6.3.
each plunger section internally guided. If more
than two movable sections are used, external 3.18.3.6.1 Closed Cylinder Heads. Closed
guides shall be provided for each plunger sec- heads of cylinders shall be only of dished seam-
tion. External guides shall be designed and less construction, concave to pressure, except
constructed to comply with all applicable re- if the bottom of the cylinder is supported, and
quirements of 2.15. if the cylinder is not buried.
3.18.3.6.2 Design Formulas. They shall be
3.18.3 Cylinders designed and constructed in accordance with
3.18.3.1 Material. The cylinder and connect- the applicable formulas in 8.2.8.3, provided that
ing couplings for the cylinder shall be made steel heads shall in no case have a thickness
of materials in compliance with 3.18.3.1.1 and less than that required for the adjoining shell.
3.18.3.1.2. 3.18.3.6.3 Dished Seamless Heads, Convex
3.18.3.1.1 For tensile, compressive, bend- to Pressure. Dished seamless heads, convex to
ing, and torsional loading, the cylinder and pressure, if used on plungers, shall have a
connecting couplings shall have a factor of maximum allowable working pressure of not
safety of not less than 5, based on ultimate more than 60% of that for heads of the same
strength. dimensions with pressure on the concave side.

3.18.3.1.2 For pressure calculations, the 3.18.3.7 Collection of Oil Leakage. Means
cylinder and connecting coupling shall have a shall be provided to collect for removal any oil
factor of safety not less than that calculated as leakage from the cylinder packing gland. The
specified in 8.2.8.5. amount collected before removal shall not ex-
ceed 19 L (5 gal).
3.18.3.2 Cylinder Design. Cylinders shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with 3.18.3.8 Cylinders Buried in the Ground
the formula in 8.2.8.2. 3.18.3.8.1 Cylinders buried in the ground
shall be protected from corrosion due to gal-
3.18.3.3 Clearance at Bottom of Cylinder.
vanic or electrolytic action, salt water, or other
Clearance shall be provided at the bottom of
underground conditions.
the cylinder so that the bottom of the plunger
will not strike the safety bulkhead of the cylinder 3.18.3.8.2 The methods specified in
when the car is resting on its fully compressed 3.18.3.8.3 shall be considered as acceptable,
buffer (see 3.22.1). provided that they

140
p. 141 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.141

ASME A17.1–2000 3.18.3.8.2–3.19.1.4

(a) are designed and installed with means for cylinder, cylinder connecting couplings, or any
monitoring and maintaining them in accordance other parts of the hydraulic system shall be
with recognized industry standards applicable designed and constructed to withstand, without
to the methods; damage, a plunger stop in accordance with
(b) are effective for specific conditions where 3.18.4.1.
the cylinder is installed; and
(c) provide means for checking ongoing com- 3.18.5 Welding
pliance with 3.18.3.8.1. All welding of hydraulic jack components shall
3.18.3.8.3 The following are the specified conform to 8.8.
methods:
(a) the cylinder shall be constructed of a mate-
rial that is immune to the stated conditions; or
(b) the cylinder shall be completely covered
or encased in a material that completely sur- SECTION 3.19
rounds the exterior surface and is immune to VALVES, PRESSURE PIPING, AND
the stated conditions. If the space between the FITTINGS
protective casing and the cylinder is empty, the 3.19.1 Materials and Working Pressures
casing must be designed to withstand a static
head of water from ground level to the bottom 3.19.1.1 Materials. Pressure piping, valves,
of the cylinder, based on the manufacturer’s fittings, and mufflers shall be designed and
rating of the material used; or made of materials having properties such that
(c) the cylinder shall be protected by a moni- a factor of safety not less than that calculated
tored cathodic protection system; or per 8.2.8.5 is achieved.
(d) the cylinder shall be protected by a means Piping and fittings of a grade not subjected
that will provide an immunity level not less to listed/certified testing (ASTM or equivalent)
than that provided by the above methods for shall not be used for hydraulic pressure piping
the stated conditions. and fittings.
3.18.3.9 Means for Relief of Air or Gas. Cylin- NOTE (3.19.1.1): Examples of two acceptable pipe standards
ders shall be provided with a means to release are ASTM A106 and ASTM A 53, type E or S.
air or other gas.
3.19.1.2 Working Pressures. The working
3.18.4 Plunger Stops pressure (see 1.3) shall not exceed the compo-
nent rated pressure (see 1.3) of the pipes, valves,
3.18.4.1 Metal Stops and/or Other Means.
mufflers, and fittings used on the pressure side
Metal stops and/or other means shall be pro-
of the hydraulic system.
vided at one end of the plunger and at the
packing head end of the cylinder to prevent the 3.19.1.3 Component Proof Test. For elonga-
plunger from traveling beyond the limits of the tions greater than or equal to 10%, the compo-
cylinder. nent design shall be substantiated either in
The metal stops and/or other means shall be accordance with 8.2.8.5 or by an unrestrained
so designed and constructed as to stop the proof test of 5 times the component rated pres-
plunger traveling in the up direction at maxi- sure without resulting in fracture. For elonga-
mum speed under full load pressure, should tions of less than 10%, the test value shall be 1.5
the normal terminal-stopping device (see 3.25.1) times the value indicated by 8.2.8.5 multiplied by
fail to operate, or at a reduced speed when a the component rated pressure.
terminal speed-reducing device is provided as
3.19.1.4 Component Markings. Valves, fit-
required by 3.25.2. No running test onto the
tings, and mufflers shall be pressure rated, and
stop ring is required [see 8.10.3.2.2(s)].
shall bear the manufacturer’s name or trade-
3.18.4.2 Hydraulic System. The connections mark by which the organization that manufac-
to the hydraulic driving machine, plunger, tured the product can be identified, and identifi-
plunger connection, couplings, plunger joints, cation symbols to indicate the materials and

141
p. 142 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.142

3.19.1.4–3.19.4.1 ASME A17.1–2000

service designations for which the manufactur- hydraulic connections. Where installed between
er’s rating applies. the check valve or control valve and the cylinder,
they shall conform to 3.19.3.3.1 and 3.19.3.3.2.
NOTE (3.19.1.4): Valves and fittings rated for a different
system may be used in hydraulic elevator systems when
3.19.3.3.1 Flexible hose and fitting assem-
substantiated in accordance with the elevator code.
blies shall
(a) not be installed within the hoistway, nor
3.19.2 Pressure Piping project into or through any wall. Installation
3.19.2.1 Wall Thickness. The minimum wall shall be accomplished without introducing any
thickness shall conform to 8.2.8.4. twist in the hose, and shall conform with the
minimum bending radius of SAE 100, R2 type,
3.19.2.2 Threading. Pipe lighter than Sched- high pressure, steel wire reinforced, rubber cov-
ule 40 shall not be threaded. ered hydraulic hose specified in SAE J517;
3.19.2.3 Pipe Supports. Piping shall be so (b) have a bursting strength sufficient to with-
supported as to eliminate undue stresses at stand not less than 10 times working pressure
joints and fittings, particularly at any section of (see 1.3). They shall be tested in the factory or
the line subject to vibration. in the field prior to installation at a pressure
of not less than 5 times working pressure and
3.19.2.4 Pipe, Tubing, or Fittings. Pipe, tub-
shall be marked with date and pressure of test;
ing, or fittings shall be permitted to be used
(c) conform to the requirements of SAE 100,
for instrument or control purposes and shall
R2 type hose specified in SAE J517 and be
conform to ASME B31.1, para. 122.3.
compatible with the fluid used;
3.19.3 Connections and Fittings (d) be of nonreusable type fittings;
(e) be permanently labeled/marked, indicating
3.19.3.1 Connections. All piping connections (1) the name or trademark by which the
shall be of the welded, grooved, threaded, or manufacturer of the hose and fittings can be
bolted flange type. Threads of valves, piping, identified;
and fittings shall conform to the requirements of (2) the type of hose and fitting;
ASME B1.20.1, ASME B1.20.3, or ASME B1.20.4. (3) the minimum factory test pressure;
Hydraulic tube fittings shall conform to SAE (4) the minimum bending radius of hose;
J514. (5) the date of installation;
3.19.3.2 Grooved Pipe Fittings (6) the inspection procedure; and
(7) the name of elevator contractor; and
3.19.3.2.1 Grooved pipe fitting assemblies
(f) have a line overspeed valve conforming
shall be permitted to be used for hydraulic
to 3.19.4.7.
connections. They shall be installed in confor-
mance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 3.19.3.3.2 Flexible couplings are permitted
They shall be installed in locations that will for hydraulic connections. Such couplings shall
permit disassembly and inspection of all of their be so designed and constructed that failure of
component parts. the sealing element will not permit separation
3.19.3.2.2 Grooved pipe fittings shall be of the connected parts. The devices or means
so designed and constructed that failure of a used to prevent the separation of the connected
sealing element will not permit separation of parts shall be removable only with the use of
the parts connected. The devices or means used tools. Any devices or means that are removable
for preventing the separation of the parts con- with hand-operated quick-released levers are
nected shall be removable only with the use of prohibited.
tools. Devices or means removable with hand-
operated quick-release levers or toggles are pro- 3.19.4 Valves
hibited.
3.19.4.1 Shutoff Valve. A manually operated
3.19.3.3 Flexible Hydraulic Connections. Flex- shutoff valve shall be provided between the
ible hose and fitting assemblies, and flexible hydraulic machines and the hydraulic jack and
couplings, shall be permitted to be used for shall be located outside the hoistway and adja-

142
p. 143 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.143

ASME A17.1–2000 3.19.4.1–3.19.4.7.3

cent to the hydraulic machine on all hydraulic 3.19.4.6.2 Hydraulic control valves shall be
elevators. plainly marked in a permanent manner with the
following information:
3.19.4.2 Pump Relief Valve (a) certifying organization’s name or identi-
3.19.4.2.1 Each pump or group of pumps fying symbol;
shall be equipped with one or more relief (b) the name, trademark, or file number by
valve(s) conforming to the following require- which the organization that manufactured the
ments: product can be identified;
(a) Type and Location. The relief valve shall (c) statement of compliance with ASME A17.1
be located between the pump and the check or CSA B44;
valve and shall be of such a type and so installed (d) type designation;
in the bypass connection that the valve cannot (e) component-rated pressure; and
be shut off from the hydraulic system. (f) electrical coil data.
(b) Size. The size of the relief valve and bypass 3.19.4.7 Overspeed Valves. When provided,
shall be sufficient to pass the maximum rated overspeed valves and their connections and
capacity of the pump without raising the pres- attachments shall conform to 3.19.4.7.1 through
sure more than 50% above the working pres- 3.19.4.7.6.
sure. Two or more relief valves shall be permit-
ted to be used to obtain the required capacity. 3.19.4.7.1 Overspeed Valve Tests. Each
(c) Sealing. Relief valves shall be sealed after type or model of overspeed valve shall be sub-
being set to the correct pressure. jected to the engineering tests specified in 8.3.9.

3.19.4.2.2 No relief valve is required for 3.19.4.7.2 Marking of Overspeed Valves.


centrifugal pumps driven by induction motors, The overspeed valves shall be plainly marked
provided the shut-off, or maximum pressure in a permanent manner with the following:
that the pump can develop, is not greater than (a) the name or trademark by which the orga-
135% of the working pressure at the pump. nization that manufactured the product can be
identified;
3.19.4.3 Check Valve. A check valve shall be (b) type designation;
provided and shall be so installed that it will (c) component-rated pressure; and
hold the elevator car with rated load at any (d) maximum and minimum rated flow.
point when the pump stops and the down valves
3.19.4.7.3 Installation of Overspeed Valves.
are closed or the maintained pressure drops
Overspeed valves shall be installed and
below the minimum operating pressure.
mounted as follows:
3.19.4.4 Manual Lowering Valve. A manually (a) Single Jack Arrangements. Where a single
operated valve, located on or adjacent to the valve is used, it shall be located in the pressure
control valves, shall be provided and identified, piping within 300 mm (12 in.) of the hydraulic
which permits lowering the car at a speed not jack. Multiple parallel valves are permitted in
exceeding 0.10 m/s (20 ft/min). This valve shall lieu of a single valve. These shall be located
be so marked to indicate the lowering position. so as to minimize the distance from the valves
to the hydraulic jack.
3.19.4.5 Pressure Gauge Fittings. A pressure (b) Multiple Jack Arrangements. Multiple jack
gauge fitting with shutoff valve shall be pro- arrangements shall conform with one of the
vided on jack side of the check valve or immedi- following:
ately adjacent to the hydraulic control valve. (1) A single overspeed valve shall be located
3.19.4.6 Type Tests, Certification, and in the pressure piping within 300 mm (12 in.)
Marking Plates for Control Valves of each hydraulic jack. Multiple parallel valves
are permitted in lieu of single valves at each
3.19.4.6.1 Each type or model and make hydraulic jack. These shall be located so as to
of hydraulic control valve shall be subjected to minimize the distance from the valves to each
the engineering tests and to the certification hydraulic jack.
process as specified in 8.3.5. (2) A single overspeed valve shall be located

143
p. 144 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$301 p.144

3.19.4.7.3–3.22.1 ASME A17.1–2000

in the pressure piping on the hydraulic machine electrolytic action, salt water, and other known
side of, and immediately before, the tee junc- underground conditions, completely sur-
tion, wye junction, or branch junction that con- rounding the exterior surfaces of the piping.
nects the branch pressure pipes to the jacks. 3.19.5.2 Seals. Piping buried in the ground
Multiple parallel valves are permitted in lieu of shall not include seals or other elements poten-
a single valve at the junction. For dual hydraulic tially requiring service or replacement.
jack systems, the total length of branch pressure
pipe between the tee or wye junction and the 3.19.6 Welding
jacks shall not exceed the distance between the
3.19.6.1 All welding of valves, pressure pip-
jacks, measured horizontally, plus 1 m (39 in.).
ing, and fittings shall conform to 8.8.
For multiple jack systems, the length of branch
pressure piping shall be minimized. 3.19.6.2 Field welding of pressure piping and
fittings shall also be permitted to be performed
3.19.4.7.4 Strength of Overspeed Valve
by welders certified to the requirements per-
Pressure Piping and Fittings Between the
taining to pressure systems.
Overspeed Valve and the Jacks. The factor of
safety of the overspeed valve pressure piping 3.19.7 Electrical Requirements
and fittings shall be not less than 1.5 times the
value obtained using 8.2.8.5, provided that the Hydraulic control valves shall conform to the
minimum factor of safety is not less than 4.5, electrical requirements in Clause 4 of CSA C22.2
and the minimum percentage elongation is not No. 139.
less than 5 for the overspeed valve and fittings
and not less than 20 for the pressure piping.
3.19.4.7.5 Performance Requirements. The
overspeed valve shall be constructed, installed, SECTION 3.20
and adjusted to ensure that the elevator obtains ROPES AND ROPE CONNECTIONS
the following performance: Where a counterweight is provided, the coun-
(a) The overspeed valve tripping speed shall terweight shall be connected to the car by not
not be less than 110% nor greater than 140% less than two steel wire ropes.
of the elevator operating speed in the down The wire ropes and their connections shall
direction, but in no case shall exceed 0.3 m/s conform to 2.20, except that the factor of safety
(60 ft/min) above the rated elevator speed. of the wire ropes shall be not less than 7.
(b) The average deceleration rate shall be not
less than 1.96 m/s2 (6.44 ft/s2) nor more than
9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2).
(c) Any peak deceleration rate in excess of
24.53 m/s2 (80.5 ft/s2) shall have a duration of SECTION 3.21
not greater than 0.04 s. COUNTERWEIGHTS
3.19.4.7.6 Sealing of the Overspeed Valve. Counterweights, where provided, shall con-
Field-adjustable overspeed valves shall be form to 2.21.
sealed after field setting.

3.19.5 Piping Buried in the Ground


3.19.5.1 Protection. Piping buried in the SECTION 3.22
ground shall be provided with protection from BUFFERS AND BUMPERS
corrosion by one or more of the following
methods: 3.22.1 Car Buffers or Bumpers
(a) monitored cathodic protection; Car buffers or bumpers shall be provided and
(b) a coating to protect the piping from corro- shall conform to 2.22, provided that in applying
sion that will withstand the installation process; the requirements of 2.22 to hydraulic elevators
(c) a protective casing, immune to galvanic or 3.22.1.1 through 3.22.1.5 are complied with.

144
p. 145 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.145

ASME A17.1–2000 3.22.1.1–3.24.2.2

3.22.1.1 The term “operating speed in the 3.23.1.1 Requirement 2.23.4.1 shall apply
down direction with rated load” shall be substi- only where car safeties are used and the maxi-
tuted for the words “rated speed” wherever mum load on the car side for direct-acting hy-
these words appear. draulic elevators is the maximum weight of the
car and its rated load plus the weight of the
3.22.1.2 In place of 2.22.3.2, the requirements
plunger or cylinder as applicable.
specified in 3.22.1.2.1 and 3.22.1.2.2 shall be
substituted.
3.23.1.2 Requirement 2.23.4.2 shall apply
3.22.1.2.1 Buffers shall be capable of with- only where safeties are used.
standing without being compressed solid the
loading per 8.2.3.2. 3.23.1.3 Requirement 2.23.9.1(a) shall apply
only where safeties are used.
3.22.1.2.2 Buffers shall be compressed
solid with a loading of 2 times that described
3.23.1.4 Requirement 2.28 shall not apply.
in 8.2.3.2.
3.22.1.3 Requirement 2.22.4.1.2 shall not
apply. Reduced stroke buffers shall not be pro- 3.23.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators
vided on hydraulic elevators. Car buffers or 3.23.2.1 Car and counterweight guide rails,
bumpers shall be so located that the car will guide-rail supports, and their fastenings shall
come to rest on the bumper or fully compressed conform to 2.23.
buffer, or to a fixed stop, before the plunger
reaches its down limit of travel. 3.23.2.2 The traveling sheave, if provided,
3.22.1.4 When multiple buffers are used, shall be guided by means of suitable guide
each shall be identical and designed for an shoes and guide rails adequately mounted and
equal proportion of the loading described in supported.
3.22.1.2.
3.22.1.5 Plunger weight, less buoyant effects
of the plungers at the buffer strike point, shall
be added, if applicable, and used in buffer
calculations.
Solid bumpers are permitted on hydraulic SECTION 3.24
elevators having an operating speed in the down HYDRAULIC MACHINES AND TANKS
direction of 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min) or less. See 3.24.1 Hydraulic Machines (Power Units)
2.22.2 for solid bumper material.
3.24.1.1 Marking Plates. The working pres-
3.22.2 Counterweight Buffers sure that is developed in the system shall be
Where counterweights are provided, counter- measured at the acceptance inspection and test.
weight buffers shall not be provided. (See 3.4.6 This pressure shall be legibly and permanently
for required counterweight runby.) labeled/marked on a data plate that shall be
mounted on the hydraulic machine.

3.24.2 Tanks
SECTION 3.23 3.24.2.1 Capacity. Tanks shall be of sufficient
GUIDE RAILS, GUIDE-RAIL SUPPORTS, capacity to provide for an adequate liquid re-
AND FASTENINGS serve in order to prevent the entrance of air or
other gas into the system.
3.23.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fas- 3.24.2.2 Minimum Level Indication. The per-
tenings shall conform to 2.23, with the excep- missible minimum liquid level shall be clearly
tions specified in 3.23.1.1 through 3.23.1.4. indicated.

145
p. 146 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.146

3.24.3–3.25.2.2.4 ASME A17.1–2000

3.24.3 Atmosphere Storage and Discharge 3.25.1.3 Requirements for Stopping Switches
Tanks on the Car or in the Hoistway. Stopping
switches located on the car or in the hoistway
3.24.3.1 Covers and Venting. Tanks shall be
and operated by cams on the car or in the
covered and suitably vented to the atmosphere.
hoistway shall conform to 2.25.1.
3.24.3.2 Factor of Safety. Tanks shall be so
3.25.1.4 Requirements for Stopping Switches
designed and constructed that when completely
in a Machine Room or Overhead Space. Stop-
filled, the factor of safety shall be not less than
ping switches located in a machine room or in
4, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
an overhead space shall conform to 2.25.2.3,
3.24.3.3 Means for Checking Liquid Level. except that the device required by 2.25.2.3.2
Tanks shall be provided with means for checking shall cause the electric power to be removed
the liquid level. Such means shall be accessible from the main control valve or from its control
without the removal of any cover or other part. switch operating magnets and, in the case of
electrohydraulic elevators, where stopping the
3.24.4 Welding car is effected by stopping the pump motor,
All welding of hydraulic machine components from the pump motor and associated valves.
shall conform to 8.8.
3.25.2 Terminal-Speed Reducing Devices
3.24.5 Counterweight Sheaves 3.25.2.1 Where Required. Terminal-speed re-
Sheaves for counterweight ropes shall con- ducing devices shall be installed for the up
form to 2.24.2, 2.24.3, and 2.24.5. direction where the car speed exceeds 0.25 m/
s (50 ft/min), to ensure that the plunger does
not strike its solid limit of travel at a speed in
excess of 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min) (see 3.18.4.1).

SECTION 3.25 3.25.2.2 Requirements. Terminal-speed re-


TERMINAL-STOPPING DEVICES ducing devices shall conform to 3.25.2.2.1
through 3.25.2.2.5.
3.25.1 Normal Terminal-Stopping Devices
3.25.2.2.1 They shall operate indepen-
3.25.1.1 Where Required and Function. Upper dently of the normal terminal-stopping device
and lower normal terminal-stopping devices and shall function to reduce the speed of the
shall be provided and arranged to slow down car if the normal terminal-stopping device fails
and stop the car automatically, at or near the to slow down the car at the terminals as in-
top and bottom terminal landings, with any tended.
load up to and including rated load in the car
3.25.2.2.2 They shall provide retardation
from any speed attained in normal operation
not in excess of 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2).
(see 2.16.8). Such devices shall function inde-
pendently of the operation of the normal stop- 3.25.2.2.3 They shall be so designed and
ping means and the terminal-speed reducing installed that a single short circuit caused by
device, where provided. The device shall be so a combination of grounds or by other conditions
designed and installed that it will continue to shall not render the device ineffective.
function until the car reaches its extreme limits
3.25.2.2.4 Control means for electrohy-
of travel.
draulic elevators shall conform to the following:
The device shall be permitted to be rendered
(a) For the up direction of travel at least two
inoperative during recycling operation (see
control means are required, one or both to
3.26.7).
be controlled by the terminal-speed reducing
3.25.1.2 Location of Stopping Switches. Stop- device and the other or both by the normal
ping switches shall be located on the car, in the terminal-stopping device.
hoistway, in the machine room, or in overhead If, in the up direction, the pump motor is
spaces, and shall be operated by movement of the only control means, the pump motor control
the car. shall conform to the following:

146
p. 147 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.147

ASME A17.1–2000 3.25.2.2.4–3.26.3.1.4

(1) Two devices shall be provided to remove (c) Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies as specified
power independently from the pump motor. At by 3.26.3.
least one device shall be an electromechanical (d) Requirement 2.26.2 applies as specified by
contactor. 3.26.4.
(2) The contactor shall be arranged to open (e) Requirement 2.26.6 does not apply.
each time the car stops. (f) Requirement 2.26.8 does not apply.
(3) The electrical protective devices shall (g) Requirements 2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, 2.26.9.5,
control both devices [see 3.25.2.2.4(b)(1)] in ac- 2.26.9.6, and 2.26.9.7 do not apply.
cordance with 3.26.4. (h) Requirement 2.26.10 does not apply.
If, however, the pump motor is one con-
trol means, and there is a second control means 3.26.2 Inspection Operation
(e.g., a valve), at least one of the means shall
Top-of-car operating devices shall be provided
be directly controlled by an electromechanical
and shall conform to 2.26.1.4. In-car and ma-
contactor or relay.
chine room inspection operation conforming to
(b) For the down direction, the terminal-speed
2.26.1.4 shall be permitted.
reducing and normal terminal-stopping devices
The bottom normal terminal-stopping device
shall each directly, or through separate
shall be permitted to be made ineffective while
switches, affect the control valve. Where two
the elevator is under the control of the inspec-
devices are used, the terminal-speed reducing
tion operation device.
and normal terminal-stopping devices each may
control one or both.
3.26.3 Anti-Creep and Leveling Operation
3.25.2.2.5 Where magnetically operated,
optical or solid state devices are used for posi- 3.26.3.1 Anti-Creep Operation. Each elevator
tion sensing, a single short circuit caused by a shall be provided with an anti-creep operation
combination of grounds or by other conditions, to correct automatically a change in car level.
or the failure of any single magnetically oper- It shall conform to 2.26.1.6.2 and 2.26.1.6.3, and
ated, optical, or solid state device, shall not 3.26.3.1.1 through 3.26.3.1.5.
(a) render the terminal speed reducing device 3.26.3.1.1 The anti-creep device shall oper-
inoperative; or ate the car at a speed not exceeding 0.125 m/
(b) permit the car to restart after a normal s (25 ft/min).
stop.
3.26.3.1.2 The anti-creep device shall main-
3.25.3 Final Terminal-Stopping Devices tain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of the landing
Final terminal-stopping devices are not re- irrespective of the position of the hoistway door.
quired.
3.26.3.1.3 For electrohydraulic elevators,
the anti-creep device shall be required to oper-
ate the car only in the up direction.

3.26.3.1.4 Operation dependent on the


SECTION 3.26 availability of the electric power supply is per-
OPERATING DEVICES AND CONTROL mitted, provided that
EQUIPMENT (a) the mainline power disconnecting means
is kept in the closed position at all times except
3.26.1 Operating Devices and Control
during maintenance, repairs, and inspection;
Equipment
(b) a sign is placed on the switch stating,
Operating devices and control equipment “KEEP SWITCH CLOSED EXCEPT DURING
shall conform to 2.26, except as modified by MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, AND INSPEC-
the following: TIONS”; and
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply. (c) the sign shall be made of durable material
(b) Requirement 2.26.1.4 applies as specified and securely fastened and have letters with a
by 3.26.2. height of not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.).

147
p. 148 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.148

3.26.3.1.5–3.26.7 ASME A17.1–2000

3.26.3.1.5 Only the following, when acti- (e) hinged car platform sill electric contacts;
vated, shall prevent operation of the anti-creep and
device: (f) in-car stop switch, where required by
(a) the electrical protective devices listed in 2.26.2.21.
3.26.4.1;
(b) recycling operation (see 3.26.7); 3.26.5 Phase-Reversal and Failure Protection
(c) inspection transfer switch;
Hydraulic elevators powered by a polyphase
(d) hoistway access switch;
alternating-current motor shall be provided with
(e) low oil protection means; and
the means to prevent overheating of the drive
(f) oil tank temperature shutdown devices.
system (pump and motor) due to phase rotation
3.26.3.2 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. reversals or failure.
Operation of an elevator in a leveling or truck
zone at any landing by a car-leveling or truck- 3.26.6 Control and Operating Circuits
zoning device, when the hoistway doors, or the The design and installation of the control and
car doors or gates, or any combination thereof, operating circuits shall conform to 3.26.6.1 and
are not in the closed position, is permissible, 3.26.6.2.
subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1 through
2.26.1.6.5. A leveling or truck-zoning device shall 3.26.6.1 Springs, where used to actuate
operate the car at a speed not exceeding 0.125 switches, contactors, or relays to stop an eleva-
m/s (25 ft/min). tor at the terminals or to actuate electrically
operated valves, shall be of the compression
3.26.4 Electrical Protective Devices type.

Electrical protective devices shall be provided 3.26.6.2 The completion or maintenance of


in conformance with 2.26.2, and the following an electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt
requirements, except the words “driving ma- the power to control-valve-operating magnets,
chine motor and brake” in 2.26.2 shall be re- or to the pump driving motor of electrohydraulic
placed with “hydraulic machine,” and shall con- elevators, or both under the following condi-
form to 3.26.4.1 and 3.26.4.2. tions:
(a) to stop the car at the terminals; and
3.26.4.1 When in the open position, the elec- (b) to stop the car when the emergency-stop
trical protective devices shall prevent operation switch or any of the electrical protective devices
by all operating means, except as specified in operate.
3.26.4.2.
3.26.7 Recycling Operation for Multiple or
3.26.4.2 When in the open position, the fol-
Telescopic Plungers
lowing devices shall initiate removal of power
from the hydraulic machine in such a manner Recycling operation shall permit the car to
as to produce an average deceleration rate not be lowered more than 25 mm (1 in.) below the
greater than 9.8 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2) and shall pre- bottom landing, but not require lowering in
vent operation by all operating means except order to restore the relative vertical position of
the anti-creep device: the multiple plunger sections, provided that
(a) emergency stop switches, where required (a) car is at rest at bottom landing;
by 2.26.2.5; (b) doors and gates are closed and locked;
(b) broken rope, tape, or chain switches pro- (c) no car calls are registered;
vided in connection with normal stopping de- (d) speed during recycling will not exceed
vices, when such devices are located in the normal down leveling speed but in no case
machine room or overhead space; shall be more than 0.10 m/s (20 ft/min); and
(c) hoistway-door interlocks or hoistway-door (e) normal operation cannot be resumed until
contacts; car is returned to bottom landing and normal
(d) car-door or gate electric contacts; or car- terminal-stopping devices are restored to nor-
door interlocks; mal operation.

148
p. 149 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.149

ASME A17.1–2000 3.26.8–3.27.1

3.26.8 Pressure Switch (d) “FIRE OPERATION” switch, unless other-


wise specified in 3.27.
When cylinders are installed with the top of
the cylinder above the top of the storage tank, 3.26.10.2 When the auxiliary lowering opera-
a pressure switch shall be provided in the line tion has been initiated, the car shall descend
between the cylinder and the valve, which shall directly to the lowest landing, except that the
be activated by the loss of positive pressure at operating system shall be permitted to allow
the top of the cylinder. The switch shall prevent one or more intermediate stops, and then, after
automatic door opening and the operation of a predetermined interval, the car shall proceed
the lowering valve or valves. The door(s) shall to the lowest landing, provided the auxiliary
be permitted to open by operation of the in- power supply is of sufficient capacity to open
car open button, when the car is within the and close doors at each intermediate stop.
unlocking zone.
3.26.10.3 If the car and landing doors are
3.26.9 Low Oil Protection power operated, and if the auxiliary power sup-
ply is of adequate capacity, the doors shall open
A means shall be provided to render the when the car stops at the lowest landing and
elevator inoperative if for any reason the liquid shall close after a predetermined interval.
level in the tank falls below the permissible
minimum. Suitable means include, but are not NOTE (3.26.10): For the main disconnect switch auxiliary
contact, see ANSI/NFPA 70 and CSA C22.1 requirements,
limited to, the following:
where applicable (see Part 9).
(a) direct sensing of liquid level; and
(b) a pump run-timer.
Actuation of the means shall automatically
bring the car down to the lowest landing. The
door(s) shall open and reclose within 15 s. The
car shall then shut down. The means shall SECTION 3.27
require manual reset before returning the car EMERGENCY OPERATION AND
to service. The in-car door open button shall SIGNALING DEVICES
remain operative.
Emergency operation and signaling devices
3.26.10 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation shall conform to 2.27, except as modified by
the following: The requirements of 3.26.9 and
Where the auxiliary power supply is provided 3.18.2.7 shall be modified when Phase I Emer-
solely for the purpose of lowering the car, in gency Recall Operation and Phase II Emergency
the case of main power supply failure, the In-Car Operation are in effect, as specified in
auxiliary lowering operation shall conform to 3.27.1 through 3.27.4.
3.26.10.1 through 3.26.10.3.
3.27.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
3.26.10.1 Auxiliary lowering shall be permit-
After Device Actuation
ted to be initiated, provided that all operating
and control devices, including door “OPEN” If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is acti-
and “CLOSE” buttons, function as with normal vated while the elevator is responding to any
power supply, except that the following devices of the following devices, the car shall return to
shall be permitted to be bypassed or made the recall level:
inoperative: (a) low oil protection (see 3.26.9);
(a) landing and car floor registration devices (b) plunger follower guide protection, pro-
(or call buttons); vided the car is capable of being moved (see
(b) devices enabling operation by designated 3.18.2.7); or
attendant (hospital service, attendant oper- (c) auxiliary power lowering device (see
ation); 3.26.10).
(c) devices initiating emergency recall opera- If the elevator is incapable of returning to the
tion to the recall level, unless otherwise speci- recall level, the car shall descend to an available
fied in 3.27; and floor. Upon arrival, automatic power-operated

149
p. 150 02-16-01 11:04:17 Unit: U3 Textfile: A17Y2K$302 p.150

3.27.1–SECTION 3.29 ASME A17.1–2000

doors shall open, and then reclose within 15 s. (a) required clearances and basic dimensions;
The door open button shall remain operative. (b) the bracket spacing (see 3.23);
(c) the estimated maximum vertical forces on
3.27.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation the guide rails on application of the safety,
Prior to Device Actuation where provided (see 3.23);
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a), (d) in the case of freight elevators for Class
(b), or (c) is activated, while Phase I Emergency B or Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal
Recall Operation is in effect, but before the car forces on the guide-rail faces during loading
reaches the recall level, the car shall and unloading, and the estimated maximum
(a) complete Phase I Emergency Recall Opera- horizontal forces in a post-wise direction on the
tion, if the car is above the recall level, or guide-rail faces on the application of the safety
(b) descend to an available floor, if the car is device, where provided (see 3.23);
below the recall level. (e) the size and weight per meter (foot) of any
Upon arrival, automatic power-operated rail reinforcement, where provided (see 3.23);
doors shall open, and then reclose within (f) the impact loads imposed on machinery
15 s. The door open button shall remain oper- and sheave beams, supports, and floors or foun-
ative. dations (see 2.9);
(g) the impact load on buffer supports due to
3.27.3 Device Actuation at Recall Level buffer engagement at the maximum permissible
If either of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a) load and operating speed in the down direction
or (c) is activated while the car is stationary at (see 8.2.3);
the recall level and Phase I Emergency Recall (h) the net vertical load from the elevator
Operation is in effect, the following shall apply: system, which includes the total car weight and
(a) automatic power-operated doors shall rated load; plunger, cylinder, and oil; and any
close within 15 s; structural supports;
(b) the door open button shall remain opera- (i) the outside diameter and wall thickness
tional; and of the cylinder, plunger, and piping, and the
(c) the visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] working pressure;
shall illuminate intermittantly. (j) the total static and dynamic loads from
the governor, ropes, and tension system;
3.27.4 Device Actuation With Phase II (k) rated speed and operating speed in the
Emergency In-Car Operation in Effect down direction;
(l) the minimum “grade” of pipe (ASTM or
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a),
recognized standard) required to fulfill the instal-
(b), or (c) activate while the elevator is on Phase
lation requirements for pressure piping, or in
II Emergency In-Car Operation, a traveling car
lieu of a specific ”grade” of pipe, the minimum
shall stop and all calls shall be canceled. The
tensile strength of pipe to be used for the
visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illumi-
installation (see 3.19);
nate intermittently. The elevator shall accept
(m) the horizontal forces on the building struc-
calls only to landings below its location and
ture stipulated by 2.11.11.8;
respond in compliance with the requirements
(n) the length of the plunger and cylinder; and
for Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
(o) the clearance between the bottom of the
plunger and the bottom head of the cylinder
as required by 3.18.3.3.

SECTION 3.28
LAYOUT DATA
3.28.1 Information Required on Layout SECTION 3.29
Drawing IDENTIFICATION
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to Identification of equipment and floors shall
other data, indicate the following: conform to 2.29, as applicable.

150
p. 151 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.151

PART 4
ELEVATORS WITH OTHER TYPES OF
DRIVING MACHINES

SCOPE 4.1.2.3 A rack and pinion machine and its


controls, if located on the car, shall be protected
Part 4 applies to elevators with other types
by a noncombustible enclosure to prevent acci-
of driving machines.
dental contact. Openwork noncombustible en-
(a) Requirement 4.1 applies to rack and pinion
closure material shall be permitted to be used
elevators.
for rack and pinion machines located on top of
(b) Requirement 4.2 applies to screw-column
the car, provided the openwork material will
elevators.
reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
(c) Requirement 4.3 applies to hand elevators.
4.1.2.4 Access shall be provided to the rack
and pinion machine for maintenance. Access
panels to rack and pinion control equipment
located in the car shall be provided with an
SECTION 4.1 electric contact and lock. The access panel shall
RACK AND PINION ELEVATORS be kept closed and locked. The electric contact
This Section applies to an elevator with a car shall be designed to prevent operation of the
raised and lowered by a pinion(s) on a rack. rack and pinion machine when the access panel
is open. The lock shall not be operable by a
4.1.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and key that will operate locks or devices for other
Related Construction purposes in the building. The key shall be avail-
able to and used only by inspectors, mainte-
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related nance personnel, and repair personnel (see 8.1).
construction shall conform to Part 2, except 2.7
(see 4.1.2) and 2.8 (see 4.1.3). 4.1.3 Equipment in Hoistways or Machine
Rooms
4.1.2 Machinery Rooms and Machinery
Spaces Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts
in the hoistway shall conform to 2.8, except
4.1.2.1 Motors, electrical control equipment, that the main feeder of a rack and pinion ma-
and other equipment used in conjunction with chine located on the car shall be permitted to
the elevator shall be permitted to be located be installed in the hoistway.
within the hoistway and/or on the car. If it is
in a separate machine room and/or machinery 4.1.4 Supports and Foundations
space, it shall conform to 2.7.
The supports and foundations shall be de-
4.1.2.2 The controller shall be permitted to signed to support all loads imposed by the
be located on the exterior of the hoistway wall elevator (including impact loading in the event
or other approved location apart from the of a safety application, stop by speed limiting
hoistway, elevator machine room, or elevator device, or drive nut failure) in accordance with
machinery space. A controller so located shall the building code. Allowable stresses for ma-
be available to and used only by inspectors, chinery and sheave beams or floors and their
maintenance personnel, and repair personnel. supports shall be in accordance with 2.9.4.

151
p. 152 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.152

4.1.5–4.1.13.4 ASME A17.1–2000

4.1.5 Emergency Doors values based on rated speed given in Table


4.1.9.1.
Emergency doors meeting the requirements
of 2.11.1 shall be installed in the blind portion 4.1.10 Counterweights
of the hoistway, except in elevators having a
manually operated device that permits lowering Counterweights, where provided, shall con-
the car at an automatically controlled speed to form to 2.21.
the nearest landing.
4.1.11 Car Buffers
4.1.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, Buffers shall conform to 2.22. Kinetic energy
and Car Illumination from the drive unit shall be taken into account
The car enclosure, car doors and gates, and in the design calculations.
car illumination shall conform to 2.14.
4.1.12 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
4.1.7 Car Frames and Platforms Fastenings
The car frame and platform shall conform Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fas-
to the design and performance requirements tenings shall conform to 2.23.
of 2.15.
4.1.13 Rack and Pinion Driving Machine
4.1.8 Capacity and Loading Rack and pinion type drives shall conform
The elevator shall conform to the capacity to 2.24 (except 2.24.1), and 4.1.13.1 through
and loading requirements of 2.16. 4.1.13.6.
4.1.13.1 The rack and pinion drive shall con-
4.1.9 Car Safeties and Speed Governor
sist of one or more power-driven rotating pin-
The car shall be provided with a safety identi- ions mounted on the car and arranged to travel
fied in 2.17.5 or a rack and pinion safety. The on a stationary rack mounted on the supporting
safety shall be attached to the car frame or structure. The drive shall have at least one
supporting structure. All car safeties shall be pinion, one rack, and two backup rollers, which
mounted on a single car frame and shall operate shall act on the same section of rack as the
on one pair of guide members or on one verti- drive pinion. Driving machines utilizing a two-
cal rack. sided rack, where two drive pinions are located
The safety shall be located as required by so that they are opposite each other and act
2.17.1, or if it is a rack and pinion safety, it may as backup rollers, shall be deemed to have met
also be located above or in the car, provided that this requirement.
the members to which they are fixed are part
4.1.13.2 The pinions and racks shall be of
of the car frame and are designed to withstand
steel or of material having equivalent mechani-
the forces imposed.
cal properties or better with a minimum factor
Rack and pinion safeties are safeties in which
of safety of 8 based on ultimate stress for the
a freely rotating safety pinion, a governor, and
pinion and the rack. They shall be designed
a safety device may form an integral unit
to conform to AGMA 218.01, including surface
mounted in the car. The freely rotating pinion
hardening and an assumption of a minimum
travels on a stationary rack mounted vertically
of 200 000 life cycles.
on the hoist structure. The rotating pinion drives
the governor. When the speed of the car reaches 4.1.13.3 All moving parts of the driving ma-
the tripping value, the rotating governor actu- chine shall be properly protected with solid or
ates the safety device which, in turn, brings the perforated metal that will reject a ball of 13
car to a gradual stop. mm (0.5 in.) diameter and shall be securely
fastened.
4.1.9.1 Stopping Distances. Stopping dis-
tances for rack and pinion safeties and the travel 4.1.13.4 The rack and pinion shall be so
of the car measured from the governor-tripping designed that the separation of the pinion from
time to the full stop time shall not exceed the the rack in all directions in excess of 25% of

152
p. 153 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.153

ASME A17.1–2000 4.1.13.4–4.1.15.1

TABLE 4.1.9.1 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM STOPPING DISTANCES FOR RACK AND PINION TYPE
SAFETIES WITH RATED LOAD
SI Units Imperial Units
Maximum Stopping Distance, Maximum Stopping Distance,
Rated Governor mm Rated Governor in.
Speed, Trip Speed, Speed, Trip Speed,
m/s m/s Min. Max. ft/min ft/min Min. Max.

0.63 0.88 80.5 1 639.3 125 175 3.17 64.54


0.76 1.06 116.0 1 703.5 150 210 4.57 67.07
0.89 1.37 164.3 1 791.2 175 250 6.47 70.52
1.01 1.42 206.2 1 866.9 200 280 8.12 73.50
1.14 1.56 249.4 1 945.3 225 308 9.82 76.59
1.27 1.71 298.7 2 034.2 250 337 11.76 80.09
1.52 2.00 410.7 2 236.4 300 395 16.15 88.05
1.77 2.29 537.2 2 466.5 350 452 21.15 97.11
2.03 2.59 684.0 2 731.0 400 510 26.03 107.52
2.28 2.86 848.3 3 029.9 450 568 33.40 119.29
2.54 3.17 1 027.1 3 098.8 500 625 40.44 122.00
3.04 3.75 1 439.9 4 101.5 600 740 56.69 161.48
3.55 4.34 1 922.3 4 975.0 700 855 75.68 195.87
4.06 4.92 2 473.9 5 974.5 800 970 97.40 235.22
4.57 5.51 3 095.4 7 100.0 900 1,085 121.87 279.53
5.06 6.09 3 786.3 8 305.8 1,000 1,200 149.07 327.00
5.58 6.70 4 581.4 9 791.7 1,100 1,320 180.37 385.50
6.09 7.31 5 452.3 11 379.2 1,200 1,440 214.66 448.00
6.60 7.92 6 400.8 13 083.5 1,300 1,560 252.00 515.10
7.11 8.53 7 421.1 14 935.2 1,400 1,680 292.17 588.00
7.62 9.14 8 068.3 16 924.0 1,500 1,800 333.40 666.30
8.12 9.75 9 642.8 19 050.0 1,600 1,920 381.61 750.00
8.63 10.36 10 942.3 21 313.1 1,700 2,040 430.80 839.10
9.14 10.97 12 266.4 23 713.4 1,800 2,160 482.98 933.60
9.65 11.58 13 668.7 26 750.9 1,900 2,280 538.14 1,053.50
10.16 12.19 15 145.2 28 925.5 2,000 2,400 596.27 1,138.80

the tooth depth of 6 mm (0.25 in.), whichever 4.1.14 Terminal Stopping Devices
is the lesser, cannot occur. A guard shall be
4.1.14.1 Normal and Final Terminal Stopping
provided to prevent foreign material from lodg-
Devices. Normal and final terminal stopping
ing between the teeth, and clearance between
devices shall be provided conforming to 2.25.1,
the moving parts and the guard shall not exceed
2.25.2, and 2.25.3, except 2.25.3.3. Normal and
5 mm (0.1875 in.).
final terminal stopping devices may be located
on the car and operated by cams attached to
4.1.13.5 Rack sections shall be fastened to the hoistway structure.
the supporting structure with a factor of safety
of 5 based on ultimate stress, and with dowels 4.1.14.2 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting
at each joint. Devices. Emergency terminal speed limiting de-
vices shall conform to 2.25.4.
4.1.13.6 The manufacturer shall provide the
4.1.15 Operating Devices and Control
measurement for checking tooth wear on pinion
Equipment
and rack. The measuring instruction shall be
indicated on a metal plate securely fastened 4.1.15.1 Applicable Requirements. Operating
and conspicuously displayed on top of the car devices and control equipment shall conform
with letters not less than 3 mm (0.125 in.) high. to 2.26 and to the following:

153
p. 154 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.154

4.1.15.1–4.2.4.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Where the rack and pinion machine and its 4.2.2 Vertical Clearance and Runby for Cars
controller are located on the car, the discon-
4.2.2.1 Bottom Car Clearance. The bottom car
necting means shall be located adjacent to the
clearance shall conform to 2.4.1, provided that,
controller. Auxiliary disconnect means shall be
in the determination of the required clearance,
provided at the main landing whenever the
any undercar machinery and bracing that is
main power supply disconnect means (required
located within 150 mm (6 in.) horizontally from
by NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as applicable; see
the edge of the car platform or 75 mm (3 in.)
Part 9) is mounted adjacent to the controller
horizontally from the centerline of the guide
on the car. Auxiliary disconnect means shall be
rails shall not be considered.
accessible to authorized personnel only in order
to be available for their protection and emer- 4.2.2.2 Minimum and Maximum Bottom and
gency use. Top Car Runby. The minimum bottom and top
car runby shall be not less than
4.1.15.2 Permitted Voltage. Voltage permit-
(a) 75 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds not ex-
ted in control and operating circuits shall not
ceeding 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min);
exceed 300 V on rack and pinion equipment.
(b) 150 mm (6 in.) for rated speeds exceeding
0.5 m/s (100 ft/min).
4.1.16 Emergency Operation and Signal The maximum bottom and top car runby shall
Devices not be more than 600 mm (24 in.).
Emergency operation and signal service shall
4.2.2.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clear-
conform to 2.27.
ance shall be not less than the sum of the
following two items:
4.1.17 Layout Drawings (a) the top car runby;
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to (b) the height of the refuge space on top
the other data required by 2.28, indicate the of the enclosure (see 4.2.2.4) or the clearance
following: required for equipment projecting above the
(a) the dimensions of the rack and location top of the car to prevent its striking any part
with respect to the guide rail; and of the overhead structure or equipment located
(b) the magnitude of the loads on the rack in the hoistway, but in no case less than 1 070
imposed on the building structure. mm (42 in.).
4.2.2.4 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure.
4.1.18 Welding
A refuge space shall be provided on top of the
Welding shall conform to 8.8. car enclosure conforming to 2.4.12.

4.2.3 Horizontal Car Clearance


The horizontal car clearances shall conform
to 2.5, except 2.5.1.2.
SECTION 4.2
SCREW-COLUMN ELEVATORS 4.2.4 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
This Section applies to an elevator having an Where the space below the hoistway is used
uncounterweighted car that is supported by a for a passageway, is occupied by persons, or if
screw column and is raised and lowered by unoccupied, is not secured against unauthorized
screw thread means. access, the requirements specified in 4.2.4.1
through 4.2.4.3 shall be conformed to.
4.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and
4.2.4.1 The screw column, and any associ-
Related Construction
ated framing, shall be supported by a structure
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related of sufficient strength to support the entire load
construction shall conform to 2.1, 2.2, 2.10, 2.11, imposed upon it, including the impact if the
2.12, and 2.13. drive nut should fail.

154
p. 155 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.155

ASME A17.1–2000 4.2.4.2–4.2.7.2

4.2.4.2 The guide rails shall be supported closed and locked. The key shall be Group 1
by a structure of sufficient strength to withstand, Security (see 8.1).
without permanent deformation, the impact of
a safety application with a fully loaded car. 4.2.5.6 Where the screw machine is located
in the pit, means shall be permanently provided
4.2.4.3 The buffers shall be supported by a in the pit for supporting the car and its frame
structure of sufficient strength to withstand, or platform during repairs or adjustments. Clear
without permanent deformation, the impact re- headroom under the platform shall not be less
sulting from buffer engagement by the car with than 2 130 mm (84 in.) when the car is landed
its rated load at the maximum speed in the on the supports.
down direction.

4.2.5 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 4.2.6 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine
Rooms
The machine rooms, machinery spaces, and
location of elevator components shall conform Electrical wiring, pipes, and ducts in
to 4.2.5.1 through 4.2.5.6. hoistways, machine rooms, and machinery
spaces shall conform to 2.8, except the main
4.2.5.1 Motors and other integral mechanical feeder of a screw column elevator shall be
or electrical equipment shall be permitted to permitted to be installed in the hoistway if
be located in machinery space within the the screw machine is located in the hoistway,
hoistway, on the car, in the pit, or in a separate provided there is no intermediate access to the
machine room or machinery space. conductors between the disconnecting means
4.2.5.2 The controller shall be permitted to and the termination at the motor or controller.
be located on the car or on the exterior of the
hoistway wall or other location apart from the 4.2.7 Supports and Foundations
hoistway, machine room, or machinery space.
A controller so located shall be readily accessi- 4.2.7.1 The supports and foundations shall
ble for maintenance and inspection at all times. be designed to support all loads imposed by
Controllers located apart from the hoistway, the elevator in accordance with the building
machine room, or machinery space shall be code, including impact loading in the event of
housed in a locked metal cabinet. The key shall a car safety application, stop by safety nut, or
be Group 1 Security (see 8.1). controlled descent by speed limiting device. The
unit stresses in elevator supporting members
4.2.5.3 A separate machine room or machin- and their supports, based on two times the
ery space, apart from the hoistway, shall con- normal loading, shall not exceed those permit-
form to 2.7. ted for static loading in accordance with the
4.2.5.4 A screw machine and its controls, if requirements of the following standards:
located on the car, shall be protected by a (a) AISC Book No. S326 or CAN/CSA-S16.1,
noncombustible enclosure to prevent accidental whichever is applicable (see Part 9) for structural
contact. Openwork enclosures of noncombusti- steel;
ble material shall be permitted to be used for (b) ANSI/ACI 318 or CAN3-A23.3, whichever
screw machines located on top of the car, pro- is applicable (see Part 9) for reinforced concrete.
vided the openwork material rejects a ball 13
mm (0.5 in.) in diameter. 4.2.7.2 Where stresses due to loads, other
than elevator loads supported on the beams,
4.2.5.5 Access shall be provided to the screw floor, or structure, exceed those due to the
machine for maintenance. Access panels to elevator loads, 100% of the permitted stresses
screw machines located on the car shall be shall be permitted to be used.
provided with an electric contact and lock. The
electric contact shall be designed to prevent NOTE (4.2.7.2): In determining unit stresses, the maximum
operation of the screw machine when the access normal loading is doubled to take care of impact, accelerat-
panel is open. The access panel shall be kept ing stresses, etc.

155
p. 156 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.156

4.2.8–4.2.15.3 ASME A17.1–2000

4.2.8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, (b) spacing between driving and safety nuts.
and Car Illumination
4.2.12.3 The material and markings of the
The car enclosure, car doors and gates, and safety nut spacing data tag shall conform to
car illumination shall conform to 2.14. 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters
and figures shall not be less than 1.6 mm
4.2.9 Car Frames and Platforms (0.0625 in.).
The car frame and platform shall conform to
2.15, except 2.15.12 and 2.15.13. 4.2.13 Car Buffers
Car buffers shall be provided which conform
4.2.10 Capacity and Loading to 2.22, except that solid bumpers shall be
The capacity and loading shall conform to permitted to be used for elevators provided
2.16. with a safety nut [see 4.2.11.1(b)] and having
a maximum speed in the down direction of 0.25
4.2.11 Car Safeties and Speed Governor m/s (50 ft/min).
A car safety device and speed governor shall 4.2.14 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
be provided which shall conform to the design Fastenings
and performance requirements of 2.17 and 2.18,
except as specified in 4.2.11.1 and 4.2.11.2. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fas-
tenings shall conform to 2.23, except 2.23.4.2,
4.2.11.1 For elevators driven by an alternat- 2.23.4.3, 2.23.9.1, and 2.23.10.
ing-current squirrel cage induction motor and The fastening of guide rails to brackets or to
having a down speed of not more than 0.37 the elevator supporting frame shall be by clips,
m/s (75 ft/min), the car safety and governor are welds, or bolts. The rail structure and the struc-
not required if another safety device is provided tural members to which it is attached shall
to either withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2, and
(a) limit the down speed of the car with rated the application of the car safety shall be within
load to not over 0.87 m/s (175 ft/min) in the the deflection limits specified.
event of failure of the driving means; or
(b) limit the fall of the elevator in the event 4.2.15 Driving Machine and Screw Column
of failure of the driving nut to a distance not
exceeding 13 mm (0.5 in.), by utilizing a safety The screw machine shall function to raise or
nut or other equivalent means. lower the elevator car acting in conjunction with
a screw column which directly supports the
4.2.11.2 The capability of the alternate safety elevator car.
devices described in 4.2.11.1(a) and (b) to func- The screw column and machine shall conform
tion as required shall be verified by engineering to 2.24.4, 2.24.5, 2.24.6, 2.24.8, 2.29, and 4.2.15.1
tests as described in 8.3.4. through 4.2.15.11.
4.2.12 Safety Nut and Data Tag 4.2.15.1 Screws shall be made of steel. Nuts
shall be made of bronze or other materials
4.2.12.1 A safety nut is required on all screw
having an elongation of at least 14% in a length
machines that utilize a driving nut made of a
of 50 mm (2 in.).
material other than metal and shall be permitted
to be provided on all screw machines. The 4.2.15.2 Means shall be provided to maintain
safety nut shall be made of metal and designed the screw in its vertical position under all condi-
to withstand the impact without damage if the tions of operation. Screws suspended from their
driving nut should fail. upper end shall be restrained at their lower end.
4.2.12.2 A metal data tag shall be securely 4.2.15.3 A vertical casing, closed at the end,
attached to each screw machine equipped with shall be provided to enclose and protect the
a safety nut bearing the following data: screw column in cases where the screw column
(a) date of installation of driving and safety extends outside the hoistway and machine
nuts; room.

156
p. 157 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.157

ASME A17.1–2000 4.2.15.4–4.2.17.1

4.2.15.4 The screw column and nut and their mum fiber stress not to exceed 124 MPa
attachments to the car frame, car platform, or (18,000 psi).
other structure shall provide sufficient strength
4.2.15.10 Positive mechanical means shall
to support the loads imposed on these connec-
be provided to prevent rotation or separation
tions with a factor of safety of 5.
of sections of a multiple section screw column.
4.2.15.5 Factors of safety for the driving ma- 4.2.15.11 Means shall be provided to permit
chine, excluding the screw column and nut, authorized personnel from a position outside the
their attachments to the car frame, car platform, elevator car to raise or lower the car manually in
or other structure, shall conform to 2.24.3, ex- the event of a power failure, unless emergency
cept that the load used in determining the factor or standby power is provided, except that for
of safety shall be based on the total weight private residence elevators and special purpose
supported with rated load in the car. personnel elevators, means to allow a passen-
ger within a stalled car to manually move the
4.2.15.6 Screw machines of the indirect drive
car to a landing is acceptable and no other
type shall conform to 2.24.9. The elevator shall
means of moving the stalled car is required.
be so designed that the elevator car, while
carrying 125% of rated load and traveling at
4.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices
rated speed, shall decelerate and stop in the
event the driving belt system or driving chain 4.2.16.1 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices.
system should break. Normal terminal stopping devices shall conform
to 2.25.1 and 2.25.2.
4.2.15.7 Means shall be provided to prevent
the disengagement of the nut from the screw 4.2.16.2 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Fi-
column. This means shall be so designed and nal terminal stopping devices, conforming to
constructed as to prevent disengagement in the 2.25.3.1 and 2.25.3.3, shall be provided for eleva-
event of overtravel at full speed and without tors having a rated speed exceeding 0.5 m/s
damage to any part of the elevator installation. (100 ft/min). Final terminal stopping devices
Any additional loads imposed by this action shall be located in the hoistway and operated
shall also be considered in the computations by cams attached to the car.
made in accordance with 4.2.15.8. Elevators having a rated speed of 0.5 m/s
(100 ft/min) or less shall be designed so that
4.2.15.8 Where the screw column is a com- the elevator car will be brought to a stop without
pression member, column formulas of 8.2.8.1.1 damage to the elevator system in the event of
shall be used in the design with the words overtravel of the elevator at either terminal due
“screw column” substituted for the word to a malfunction.
“plunger” and:
4.2.16.3 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting
W p the total weight with rated load plus
one-half the weight of the screw col- Devices. Emergency terminal speed limiting de-
umn, kg (lb) vices shall be installed where reduced stroke
A p net cross-sectional area of screw at buffers are used (see 2.22.4.1.2). These devices
root of thread, mm2 (in.2) shall conform to 2.25.4.
L p maximum free length of screw,
mm (in.) 4.2.17 Operating Devices and Control
R p radius of gyration of screw at root Equipment
of thread, mm (in.)
W/A p maximum allowable fiber stress 4.2.17.1 Applicable Requirements. Operating
devices and control equipment shall conform
4.2.15.9 Where the screw column is a tension to the following:
member, the unit stress (considering the root (a) Requirement 2.26.1.1, Types of Operating
dimension and any associated stress concentra- Devices.
tion and/or the reduced section at any joints in (b) Requirement 2.26.1.4, Inspection Opera-
the screw) shall not exceed one-fifth of the tion, except that a top-of-car operating devices
ultimate strength of the material with a maxi- are not required on private residence elevators

157
p. 158 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.158

4.2.17.1–4.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

and special purpose personnel elevators. Top- 4.2.20 Welding. All welding shall conform
of-car operating devices are not required on to 8.8.
any screw-column elevator if there is no me-
chanical or electrical equipment which requires
maintenance from the top of the car.
(c) Requirements 2.26.2.5, 2.26.2.7 through
2.26.2.10, 2.26.2.12 through 2.26.2.15, 2.26.2.17 SECTION 4.3
through 2.26.2.21, 2.26.2.25, and 2.26.2.28, Elec- HAND ELEVATORS
trical Protective Devices.
This Section applies to hand-operated ele-
(d) Requirement 2.26.3, Contactors and Relays vators.
in Critical Operating Circuits.
(e) Requirement 2.26.4, Requirements of Elec- 4.3.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and
trical Equipment and Wiring. Related Construction
(f) Requirement 2.26.5, System to Monitor
and Prevent Automatic Operation of the Eleva- Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related
tors With Faulty Door Contact Circuits. construction shall conform to Part 2, except for
the following, which do not apply:
(g) Where the screw machine and its control-
ler are located on the car, in the hoistway, or 2.1.3 Floor Over Hoistways
outside the hoistway, the disconnecting means 2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Set-
shall be located adjacent to the controller. backs in Hoistway Enclosures
(h) Requirement 2.26.6, Phase Protection of 2.2 Pits
Motors. 2.3 Location and Guarding of Coun-
(i) Requirement 2.26.7, Installation of Capaci- terweights
tors or Other Devices to Make Electrical Protec- 2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys
tive Devices Ineffective. for Cars and Counterweights
(j) Requirement 2.26.8, Release and Applica- 2.5 Horizontal Car and Counter-
tion of Driving-Machine Brakes. weight Clearances
(k) Requirement 2.26.9, Control and Operating 2.7.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction
Circuits. 2.7.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction
(l) Requirement 2.26.11, Car Platform to 2.7.2 Equipment in Machine Rooms
Hoistway Door Sills Vertical Distance. 2.7.4 Headroom in Machine Rooms
and Overhead Machinery Spaces
(m) Requirement 2.26.13, Operating Device
2.7.5.2 Temperature and Humidity
Symbols.
2.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Ma-
chine Rooms
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Stan-
4.2.18 Emergency Operation and Signaling dard Railing
Devices 2.11.2.1 Passenger Elevators
Emergency operation and signaling devices 2.11.2.2 Freight Elevators
shall conform to 2.27. 2.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
2.11.7 Glass in Hoistway Doors
2.11.9 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices
and Power Operation
4.2.19 Layout Drawings
2.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to and Electric Contacts, and
the other data required by 2.28, indicate the Hoistway Access Switches
following: 2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway
(a) the material and dimensions of the screw Doors and Car Doors
column, including thread dimensions; and
4.3.2 Pits
(b) the location and amount of the maximum
loadings on the building structure. Pits are not required.

158
p. 159 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.159

ASME A17.1–2000 4.3.3–4.3.7

4.3.3 Top Clearances after the upper section has been opened, and
to be closed by the closing of the upper section;
4.3.3.1 Top Car Clearance. The top car clear-
(c) manually operated vertically sliding coun-
ance shall be not less than the sum of the
terweighted single- or multi-section;
following:
(d) manually operated vertically sliding bipart-
(a) the bottom counterweight runby, if any;
ing counterbalanced;
(b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer
(e) for sidewalk elevator doors in sidewalks
where a spring-type buffer is used (buffer not
or other areas exterior to the building, see
required for sidewalk elevators);
5.5.1.11.2.
(c) 300 mm (12 in.).
4.3.3.2 Top Counterweight Clearance. The
4.3.6.2 Closing of Hoistway Doors. All doors
top counterweight clearance shall be not less shall be kept closed except the door at the floor
than the sum of the following: where the car is being operated or is being
(a) the bottom car runby, if any;
loaded or unloaded.
(b) the stroke of the car buffer where a spring- Manually operated doors shall be equipped
type buffer is used (buffer not required for with approved devices to close them automati-
sidewalk elevators); cally when released by the action of heat. Self-
(c) 150 mm (6 in.). closing doors may be equipped with hold-open
4.3.4 Enclosures for Machines and Control devices provided that such devices shall be
Equipment equipped with fusible links which will release
the door in case of excessive heat.
Elevator machines and their control equip- Landing doors shall be provided with mechan-
ment may be located inside the hoistway enclo- ical locks so arranged that the car cannot leave
sure at the top or bottom without intervening the landing unless the door is closed. The lock
enclosures or platforms. or latch shall be arranged to ensure that the
Machines of sidewalk elevators having a travel door is in a position to be locked when or
of not more than one floor, and having an before the car leaves the landing.
opening into the building at the bottom terminal These requirements do not apply to bottom
landing only, are not required to be enclosed. landing doors of sidewalk elevators.
4.3.5 Overhead Beams and Supports, and
Access to Machines and Sheaves 4.3.6.3 Signs on Hoistway Doors. Every
hoistway door shall have conspicuously dis-
4.3.5.1 Overhead Beams and Supports. Over- played on the landing side in letters not less
head beams and their supports shall conform than 50 mm (2 in.) high the words: “DANGER–
to 2.9. ELEVATOR–KEEP CLOSED.”
4.3.5.2 Access to Machines and Sheaves. Ad-
equate and permanent means of access shall
be provided to machines and sheaves for main- 4.3.7 Hoistway Gates for Landing Openings
tenance and inspection (see 2.7.3). Hoistway-landing openings equipped with
horizontally sliding or swinging doors shall also
4.3.6 Hoistway Entrances
be provided with vertically sliding semiauto-
4.3.6.1 Types of Entrances. Entrances will be matic gates, not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.)
of the following types: high and of a design that will reject a ball
(a) self-closing or manually operated horizon- 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter. Gates shall be so
tally sliding or swinging, single section; constructed and guided as to withstand a lateral
(b) self-closing or manually operated horizon- force of 445 N (100 lbf) concentrated at the
tally swinging, two section (Dutch type) with center of the gate without being deflected be-
one section above the other and the lower yond the line of the landing sill, and a force
section extending not less than 1 070 mm (42 of 1 112 N (250 lbf) without forcing the gate
in.) above the floor, and arranged to be opened from its guides or without causing it to break
only when the car is in the landing zone and or be permanently deformed.

159
p. 160 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.160

4.3.8–4.3.15 ASME A17.1–2000

4.3.8 Hoistway-Door and Hoistway-Gate distributed. Connection between frame mem-


Locking Devices bers of the car frame and the platform shall be
riveted, bolted, or welded.
Hoistway doors and hoistway gates, where
Sidewalk elevator platforms shall be provided
required, shall be provided with locking devices
with steel bow-irons or stanchions to open side-
as specified in 4.3.8.1 and 4.3.8.2.
walk doors or covers (see 5.5.1.15.2).
4.3.8.1 Door Latches. Hoistway doors shall
be provided with spring-type latches to hold
4.3.12 Car Compartments
them in the closed position. Such latches may
be released from both the hoistway and landing Elevator cars upon which an operator is per-
side, irrespective of the position of the car. mitted to ride shall have not more than one
compartment.
4.3.8.2 Gate Locks. Hoistway gates required
with horizontally sliding or swinging type
hoistway doors (see 4.3.7) shall be provided 4.3.13 Cars Counterbalancing One Another
with hoistway-gate separate mechanical locks. Elevator cars upon which persons are permit-
(a) Type Required. Hoistway-gate separate ted to ride shall not be arranged to counterbal-
mechanical locks shall be of a type actuated ance each other.
only when the car is within the landing zone
by a cam attached to the car.
4.3.14 Capacity and Loading
(b) General Design Requirements. The lock
shall hold the gate in the closed position by 4.3.14.1 Minimum Rated Load. The rated load
means of gravity or by a restrained compression of hand elevators shall be not less than 240
spring, or by both. kg/m2 (50 lb/ft2) of inside net car area.
(c) Closed Position. Hoistway gates provided
with hoistway-gate separate mechanical locks 4.3.14.2 Capacity Plate. A metal plate shall
shall be considered to be in the closed position be fastened in a conspicuous place in the eleva-
when the gate is within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of tor car and shall bear the following information
contact with the landing sill. in not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) letters or
numerals, stamped, etched, or raised on the
4.3.9 Car Enclosures surface of the plate:
Cars shall be enclosed on the sides not used (a) rated load in kg (lb);
for entrance. The deflection of the enclosure (b) the maximum number of passengers to
shall be not more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) when be carried based on 68 kg (150 lb) per person
subjected to a force of 334 N (75 lbf) applied (if passenger elevator);
perpendicularly to the car enclosure at any (c) suspension data required by 4.3.16.5.
point. The enclosure shall be secured to the
car platform or frame in such a manner that 4.3.15 Car Safeties
it cannot work loose or become displaced in
Elevators having a travel of more than 4.6 m
ordinary service.
(15 ft) shall be provided with a car safety,
These requirements do not apply to sidewalk
attached to the underside of the car frame,
elevators.
capable of stopping and sustaining the car with
4.3.10 Use of Glass in Cars rated load.
The car safety device is not required to be
Glass shall not be used in elevator cars, except operated by a speed governor, and is permitted
as permitted in 2.14.1.8. to be of the instantaneous type operated as
a result of the breaking or slackening of the
4.3.11 Car Frames and Platforms
suspension members.
Car frames and platforms shall be of metal Where the travel exceeds 12.5 m (40 ft), driv-
or sound seasoned wood designed with a factor ing machines having hand-operated brakes shall
of safety of not less than 4 for metal and 6 also be equipped with an automatic speed re-
for wood, based on the rated load uniformly tarder.

160
p. 161 02-16-01 11:05:02 Unit: U4 Textfile: A17Y2K$400 p.161

ASME A17.1–2000 4.3.16–4.3.22

4.3.16 Suspension Means 4.3.18.2 Strength of Rails and Fastenings.


Guide rails shall be securely fastened with
4.3.16.1 Type and Number Required. Suspen-
through bolts or clips of such strength, design,
sion means shall consist of not less than two
and spacing that
wire ropes or chains. (a) the guide rails and their fastenings shall
not deflect more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) under
4.3.16.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety
normal operation; and
used in determining the size and number of
(b) the guide rails and their fastenings shall
the suspension members shall be not less than
withstand the application of the safety, where
5, based on the weight of the car and its
provided, when stopping the car with rated load
rated load. or when stopping the counterweight.
4.3.16.3 Length of Suspension Members. The 4.3.18.3 Extension of Guide Rails at Top and
length of suspension members shall be such Bottom of Hoistway. Car and counterweight
as to provide the minimum top car and counter- guide rails shall rest on suitable supports and
weight clearances specified in 4.3.3. extend at the top of the hoistway sufficiently
to prevent the guide shoes from running off
4.3.16.4 Securing of Drum Ends, and Turns the guide rails in case the car or counterweight
on Drum. Drum ends of suspension members travels beyond the terminal landings.
shall be secured to the inside of the drum by
clamps or babbitted sockets, and there shall be 4.3.19 Driving Machines and Sheaves
not less than one complete turn of the suspen- 4.3.19.1 Factors of Safety. The factors of
sion members around the winding drum when safety, based on static loads, to be used in the
the car or counterweight is resting on its buffers. design of driving machines and sheaves shall
be not less than 8 for wrought iron or wrought
4.3.16.5 Suspension-Member Data. The ca- steel and 10 for cast iron or other materials.
pacity plate required by 4.3.14.2 shall show the
size, rated ultimate strength, and material of the 4.3.19.2 Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving ma-
suspension members. The date of installation of chines shall be equipped with a hand brake or
the suspension members shall be shown on a an automatic brake operating in either direction
metal tag attached to the suspension fastening. of motion of the elevator, and capable of stop-
ping and holding the car with its rated load.
When the brake has been applied, it shall remain
4.3.17 Counterweights in the “ON” position until released by the op-
4.3.17.1 Counterweight Construction. Sec- erator.
tions of counterweights, whether carried in 4.3.20 Power Attachments
frames or not, shall be secured by at least two
tie rods passing through holes in the sections. Power attachments are prohibited. Elevators
The tie rods shall have lock nuts at each end, shall not be equipped with any means or attach-
secured by cotter pins. ment for applying electric or other power unless
the elevator is permanently and completely con-
verted into a power elevator conforming to all
4.3.18 Guide Rails and Fastenings
requirements of this Code for electric or hydrau-
4.3.18.1 Material and Finish. Car and counter- lic elevators.
weights shall be provided with guide rails of
4.3.21 Layout Data
steel or straight-grained seasoned wood free
from knots, shakes, dry rot, or other imperfec- The information provided on layout data shall
tions. conform to 2.28.
Guide rails for sidewalk elevators shall be of
4.3.22 Inspections and Tests
steel. The guiding surfaces of the guide rails
for elevators equipped with car safeties shall See 8.10 and 8.11 for the testing requirements
be finished smooth. for hand elevators.

161
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 163 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.163

PART 5
SPECIAL APPLICATION ELEVATORS

SCOPE 5.1.2 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway


Enclosures
Part 5 applies to special application elevators
as specified in the following requirements: 5.1.2.1 Fire-Resistive Construction. Hoistway
(a) Requirement 5.1 applies to inclined ele- enclosures shall conform to 2.1.1.1.
vators. 5.1.2.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction.
(b) Requirement 5.2 applies to limited-use/lim- Where fire-resistive construction of the hoistway
ited-application elevators. is not required by the building code, the
(c) Requirement 5.3 applies to private resi- hoistway shall be enclosed as specified in
dence elevators. 5.1.2.2.1 through 5.1.2.2.4.
(d) Requirement 5.4 applies to private resi-
dence inclined elevators. 5.1.2.2.1 Enclosures shall be of solid con-
(e) Requirement 5.5 applies to power sidewalk struction or openwork at least 2 140 mm (84
elevators. in.) high. If of openwork, it shall reject a ball
(f) Requirement 5.6 applies to rooftop ele- 19 mm (0.750 in.) in diameter and be located
vators. a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) from the nearest
(g) Requirement 5.7 applies to special purpose moving component, or shall reject a ball 50 mm
personnel elevators. (2 in.) in diameter and be located a minimum
(h) Requirement 5.8 applies to shipboard ele- of 914 mm (36 in.) from the nearest moving
vators. component. Areas of the enclosure located adja-
(i) Requirement 5.9 applies to mine elevators. cent to landing entrances, and entrances of
(j) Requirement 5.10 applies to elevators used openwork construction, shall reject a ball 13
for construction. mm (0.5 in.) in diameter. All enclosures shall
be supported and braced so as to deflect not
more than 50 mm (2 in.) when subjected to a
force of 444 N (100 lbf) applied horizontally over
any 101.6 mm2 (4 in.2) area of the enclosure, nor
shall the running clearance be reduced to less
SECTION 5.1 than 25 mm (1 in.).
INCLINED ELEVATORS
5.1.2.2.2 Those portions of the hoistway
Requirement 5.1 applies to inclined elevators where the lowest member of the guides or any
(see 1.3) at other than private residences. moving component is at least 2 440 mm (96 in.)
above the surface below shall not be required to
5.1.1 General Requirements have any enclosure. Adjacent hoistway enclo-
5.1.1.1 Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and sures shall be joined under the guides. The
related construction shall conform to 5.1.2, 2.1 underside of any area of the hoistway that
through 2.13, and 2.29, except as modified by crosses any passageway, such as a pathway or
5.1.1 through 5.1.6 and 5.1.8 through 5.1.10. roadway, shall be enclosed. The enclosure shall
be of solid or openwork construction, shall be
5.1.1.2 Machinery and equipment shall con- full width, and shall extend beyond the area of
form to 2.14 through 2.28, 8.8, and 8.9, except the passageway on each side a distance at
as modified by 5.1.7, 5.1.11 through 5.1.22. least equal to one-half of the vertical distance

163
p. 164 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.164

5.1.2.2.2–5.1.8.2 ASME A17.1–2000

between the lowest member of the guides and side of, or toward the downhill end of, the pit
each edge of the passageway, respectively. If in the direction of travel.
of openwork construction, it shall reject a ball
5.1.5.2 Top Car Clearance for Un-
19 mm (0.75 in.) in diameter.
Counterweighted Inclined Elevators. The top
5.1.2.2.3 Structures used to support the car clearance for inclined elevators of less than
hoistway, and located outside of the enclosure, 20 deg inclination from the horizontal shall in-
shall be designed to protect against climbing. clude the gravity stopping distance based on
115% of rated speed plus the top car clearance
5.1.2.2.4 Acrylics, laminated glass, or wired
required by 2.4.7.
glass used for enclosures and doors shall be
of the following minimum thicknesses: 5.1.6 Protection of Spaces in Line With the
(a) acrylics, 6 mm (0.250 in.); Direction of Travel
(b) laminated glass, 9.5 mm (0.375 in.);
(c) wired glass, 6 mm (0.250 in.). Requirement 2.6 applies, except that where
it states “below the hoistway,” it shall mean
5.1.3 Pits and Work Spaces “beyond the bottom terminal in the direction
of travel.”
5.1.3.1 Work Space Dimensions. If not other- (a) Where 2.6.1 states “underneath,” it shall
wise provided by the pit design, each inclined refer to the location stated in 5.1.6.
elevator shall be provided with a work space (b) Where 2.6.2 states “underneath,” it shall
below the guides extending to each side a refer to the location stated in 5.1.6.
minimum of 450 mm (18 in.) beyond the running
line of the car or counterweight with a length 5.1.7 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine
in the direction of travel of not less than 1 830 Rooms
mm (72 in.) throughout the length measured
from the top of the guides. Such work spaces 5.1.7.1 Protection of Traveling Cables. Travel-
shall be provided with stop switches and light- ing cables shall be suitably protected against
ing conforming to 2.2.5 and 2.2.6 and shall be abrasion and fouling. This protection may be
equipped with a convenience outlet. On exterior provided in conjunction with that protection
installations, these devices shall be weather- required by 5.1.16.1.
proof. 5.1.7.2 Weatherproofing. Components sub-
5.1.3.2 Pit and Work Space Water Removal. ject to corrosion on installations exposed to the
In addition to the requirements of 2.2, the means weather shall be weatherproofed with either
provided for the removal of water on exterior exterior coatings, anodizing, plating, galvaniz-
installations shall be ample for weather-caused ing, or noncorrosive metals or other accepted
water collection. forms of protection.

5.1.4 Counterweight Pit Guards 5.1.8 Protection of Hoistway Openings


Requirement 2.3.2.1 does not apply. 5.1.8.1 Hoistway Door Vision Panels. Inclined
elevators not required to have fire-resistive en-
5.1.5 Clearances for Cars and Counterweights closures (see 5.1.2.2) are not required to con-
form to 2.11.7. The hoistway entrances of such
5.1.5.1 Bottom Car Clearances. Inclined eleva-
elevators may be provided with vision panels
tors shall conform to 2.4.1 or be provided with
of larger size, including complete door panels,
one of the following refuge spaces:
made of any materials conforming to 5.1.2.2.4
(a) a minimum of 610 mm by 610 mm by
and ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/
2 134 mm (24 in. by 24 in. by 84 in.) high;
CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-
(b) a minimum of 610 mm by 1 220 mm by
12.12, whichever is applicable.
1 220 mm (24 in. by 48 in. by 48 in.).
The refuge space shall be clear of the car and 5.1.8.2 Landing Sill Guards. When a car level-
counterweight resting on their fully compressed ing device is provided, the landing sills shall
buffers. This space shall be located to either be guarded in conformance with 2.11.10.1. The

164
p. 165 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.165

ASME A17.1–2000 5.1.8.2–5.1.11.2

guards shall also extend 75 mm (3 in.) beyond when the car is located between landings, the
the horizontal leveling zone. car shall be provided with an emergency exit
located in the uphill end of the car. The emer-
5.1.9 Restricted Opening of Hoistway or Car gency exit door shall
Doors (a) be of the hinged type;
Inclined elevators shall conform to 2.12.5, ex- (b) open only into the car;
cept that the unlocking zone shall not exceed (c) extend from the floor or base moulding
152 mm (6 in.) beyond the landing measured to a clear height of not less than 1 524 mm (60
in the direction of travel. in.) and shall provide a clear width of not less
than 356 mm (14 in.) when the door is open;
5.1.10 Access to Hoistways for Inspection, (d) be provided with a locking means with a
Maintenance, and Repairs nonremovable handle which can be opened
5.1.10.1 Hoistway Access Switches. Elevators only from the exterior of the car. The device
installed conforming to 5.1.2.2 are not required may also be openable from the interior of the
to conform to 2.12.7, provided car by use of a special key, which shall be of
(a) the means of access shall provide equiva- Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
lent safety to that provided by 2.12.7; (e) be provided with an electric contact, which
(b) if the means of access includes entrance shall not permit the car to start or run, except
through the hoistway guarding, it shall be locked under inspection conditions as provided for in
under Group 1 Security (see 8.1) and shall be 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.3. The contact shall conform
equipped with a contact meeting the require- to the following:
ments of 2.26.2.26. (1) it shall not be accessible from the inside
5.1.10.2 Workspace Access. Where a work- of the car;
space is required by 5.1.3.1, access to the work- (2) it shall be positively opened by a lever
place shall comply with 2.12.7 or 5.1.10.1, except or other device attached to and operated by
where a separate workspace access door is the door;
provided. (3) the contacts shall be maintained in the
open position by the action of gravity or by a
5.1.10.3 Special Operating Requirements restrained compression spring, or both, or by
5.1.10.3.1 The speed under 2.12.7.3.2 shall positive mechanical means.
be not greater than 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min). (f) be of the same material and construction
as required for the car enclosure.
5.1.10.3.2 The movement of the car under
2.12.7.3.6 shall be limited to the point where
the platform guard is even with the uphill edge 5.1.11.1.3 Emergency Exit Unloading Plat-
of the open hoistway door. forms. An emergency exit unloading platform
5.1.10.3.3 The movement of the car under is not required. If provided, an emergency exit
2.12.7.3.7 shall be limited to the point where unloading platform shall be attached to the car
the uppermost chassis member is even with and shall be retractable and operable only from
the downhill edge of the open hoistway door. the exterior of the car. It shall be located only
on the uphill end of the car and shall be provided
5.1.11 Car Enclosures with an electric contact conforming to
5.1.11.1.2(e) and shall only be made in the
5.1.11.1 Car Emergency Exits retracted position of the platform.
5.1.11.1.1 Top Emergency Exits. Require-
ment 2.14.1.5 applies only where installations
5.1.11.2 Car-Enclosure Tops. Requirement
are at an angle greater than 49 deg and where
2.14.1.6 does not apply. However, if equipment
an unhill end emergency exit is not provided.
is placed or installed on inclined elevators that
5.1.11.1.2 Uphill End Emergency Exit. If the will require servicing from the top of the car
installation arrangement is such that the car or a car top emergency exit is provided, the
door cannot be used for an emergency exit car top shall conform to 2.14.1.6 and 2.14.1.7.

165
p. 166 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.166

5.1.11.3–5.1.14.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

5.1.11.3 Glass and Plastic for Cars and Doors. of the bench or seat, when a permanently lo-
Glass and safety plastic used in car or for cated and nonfolding bench or seat is installed.
doors shall be laminated glass or safety plastic
5.1.13.2 Data Plates. Data plates shall be lo-
conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z97.1
cated on the uphill member of the car chassis
or 16 CFR Part 1201.1 or 1202.2; or, be laminated
(frame).
glass or safety glass or safety plastic conforming
to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/ 5.1.14 Car and Counterweight Safeties
CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-12.12, whichever
is applicable. 5.1.14.1 Requirements for Safeties. Car and
counterweight safeties shall meet the require-
5.1.12 Car Frames and Platforms ments of 2.17, except as modified by 5.1.14.2,
5.1.14.3, 5.1.15, and 5.1.18.4.
5.1.12.1 Materials for Car Frames and Plat-
form Frames. Car frames and platform frames 5.1.14.2 Functions and Stopping Distance of
shall conform to 2.15.6.1, except that cast iron Safeties. The safety device, or the combined
shall not be used for guiding supports or guide safety devices where furnished, shall be capable
shoes. of stopping and sustaining the entire car with
its rated load from governor tripping speed
5.1.12.2 Platform Guards (Aprons). The en-
(see also 2.16.8) with an average horizontal
trance side of the platform shall be provided
retardation, measured over the total retardation
with smooth metal guard plates of not less than
time, not exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2).
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick steel, or material of
Type B safeties shall stop the car with its
equivalent strength and stiffness, reinforced and
rated load from governor tripping speed within
braced to the car platform and conforming to
range of the minimum and maximum stopping
5.1.12.2.1 through 5.1.12.2.5.
distances as determined by the formulas in
5.1.12.2.1 It shall extend not less than the 8.2.11. Table 5.1.14.2 shows the minimum and
full width of the widest hoistway door opening maximum stopping distances for various gover-
plus the leveling zone in each direction. nor tripping speeds, when tested in confor-
mance with 8.10 and 8.11.
5.1.12.2.2 It shall have a straight vertical
face in the direction of travel throughout the 5.1.14.3 Limits of Use of Various Types of
length described in 5.1.12.2.1 plus 75 mm (3 in.). Safeties
5.1.12.2.3 The ends of the guard in each 5.1.14.3.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties
direction of travel shall be bent back at an angle (a) Type A safeties shall not be used on in-
of not less than 60 deg nor more than 75 deg clined elevators having a rated speed in excess
from the face provided for in 5.1.12.2.2. of 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min) or with a governor
tripping speed in excess of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/
5.1.12.2.4 The straight vertical facing wall min).
shall extend a minimum of 25 mm (1 in.) below (b) Type A safeties that develop horizontal
the landing sills at any position above or below retardations exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2) shall
the landing to the extent of the leveling zones. not be used on inclined elevators.
5.1.12.2.5 The guard plate shall be able to 5.1.14.3.2 Type C Safeties. Type C safeties
withstand a constant force of not less than 667 shall conform to 2.17.8.2, except as modified
N (150 lbf) applied at right angles to and at by the following:
any position on its face without deflecting more (a) Type C safeties that develop horizontal
than 6 mm (0.25 in.) and without permanent retardations exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2) shall
deformation. not be used on inclined elevators.
(b) The oil buffers shall conform to all require-
5.1.13 Capacity and Loading
ments specified in 2.22 for oil buffers, except
5.1.13.1 Benches or Seats. The inside net plat- that the stroke shall be based on governor
form area (see Table 2.16.1) may be increased tripping speed and on an average horizontal
by an amount no greater than 50% of the area retardation not exceeding 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2).

166
p. 167 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.167

ASME A17.1–2000 5.1.15–5.1.17.1

TABLE 5.1.14.2 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM STOPPING DISTANCES AT GIVEN ANGLES FROM
HORIZONTAL
SI Units
Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distance, mm, at Angle From Horizontal
Rated Governor
Speed, Trip, 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 70 deg
m/s m/s Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

0–0.63 0.90 139 453 114 417 81 369 55 333


0.75 1.05 201 541 164 489 116 420 79 367
0.87 1.25 285 661 232 586 164 489 113 415
1.00 1.40 357 765 292 671 206 549 141 456
1.12 1.55 432 872 353 758 249 611 171 498
1.25 1.70 517 993 422 858 299 681 204 546
1.50 2.00 711 1 270 580 1 084 410 840 281 655
1.75 2.30 930 1 584 760 1 340 537 1 022 368 780
2.00 2.55 1 185 1 948 967 1 637 684 1 232 468 923
2.25 2.90 1 469 2 355 1 200 1 970 848 1 467 580 1 084
2.50 3.15 1 779 2 798 1 453 2 331 1 027 1 723 700 1 259
3.00 3.70 2 494 3 820 2 036 3 166 1 440 2 313 985 1 663
3.50 4.30 3 329 5 015 2 718 4 141 1 922 3 003 1 315 2 134
4.00 4.85 4 285 6 382 3 499 5 257 2 474 3 792 1 692 2 674

Imperial Units
Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distance, in., at Angle From Horizontal
Rated Governor
Speed, Trip, 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 70 deg
ft/min ft/min Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

0–125 175 5.5 18.0 4.5 16.5 3.5 14.5 2.5 13.0
150 210 8.0 21.5 6.5 19.5 5.0 17.0 3.5 14.5
175 250 11.5 26.0 9.5 23.0 6.5 19.5 4.5 16.5
200 280 14.5 30.0 11.5 26.5 8.5 22.0 6.0 18.0
225 308 17.5 34.5 14.0 30.0 10.0 24.0 7.0 20.0
250 337 20.5 39.0 17.0 34.0 12.0 27.0 8.5 21.5
300 395 28.0 50.0 23.0 43.0 16.5 33.0 11.5 26.0
350 452 37.0 62.5 30.0 53.0 21.5 40.5 14.5 31.0
400 510 47.0 77.0 38.5 64.5 27.0 48.5 18.5 36.5
450 568 58.0 93.0 47.5 77.5 33.5 58.0 23.0 43.0
500 625 70.5 110.5 57.5 92.0 40.5 68.0 28.0 50.0
600 740 98.5 150.5 80.5 125.0 57.0 91.0 39.0 65.5
700 855 131.5 197.5 107.5 163.0 76.0 118.5 52.0 84.5
800 970 169.0 251.5 138.0 207.0 97.5 149.5 67.0 105.5

5.1.15 Speed Governor Drive 5.1.16 Suspension Ropes and Their


Connections
5.1.15.1 Rope Driven Governors. Rope driven
governors are not required. 5.1.16.1 Protection of Ropes. Suspension,
5.1.15.2 Other Driving Means of Governors. governor, and compensation ropes shall be pro-
The means used to drive the speed governor tected against abrasion.
shall be positive and fail-safe.
5.1.15.3 Counterweight Mounted Governor. 5.1.17 Car and Counterweight Buffers
Where a counterweight operates on guide rails,
which are located below the car guide rails and 5.1.17.1 Type and Location. The maximum
the governor, if required, is located on the rated speed of inclined elevators for the use of
counterweight, the overspeed switch shall be spring-type buffers shall be 0.64 m/s (125 ft/
permitted to be omitted. min).

167
p. 168 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.168

5.1.17.2–5.1.19.1 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 5.1.17.2 SPRING BUFFER STROKE 5.1.17.4.3 In 2.22.4.2, the phrase “peak
Rated Car Speed Stroke retardation greater than 24.54 m/s2 (80.5 ft/s2)”
is replaced with the phrase “peak horizontal
m/s ft/min mm in.
retardation greater than 6.13 m/s2 (20.1 ft/s2).”
0.38 or less 75 or less 63 2.5
0.38–0.63 75–125 125 5.0
5.1.17.4.4 Table 2.22.4.1 is replaced with
Table 5.1.17.4.4, which indicates the minimum
buffer strokes for the most usual rated speeds
and selected angles of inclination.
Vv = −V sin a 5.1.17.4.5 The minimum buffer strokes for
Vh = V cos a speeds differing from the values in Table
5.1.17.4.4 shall be based on the formula in
8.2.10.
V Vv
5.1.18 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails,
Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings
a 5.1.18.1 Guide-Rail Section. The guide-rail
Vh sections, in conjunction with the guiding mem-
bers, shall be so designed as to retain the
car and counterweights on the rails in case of
upthrust or side thrust force, such as caused
a = angle of travel above horizontal
by foreign objects in or on the guide rail, or
V = linear velocity of elevator in direction of travel
Vv = vertical component of velocity from the effects of wind, frost, or snow.
Vh = horizontal component of velocity 5.1.18.2 Maximum Load on Rails. On inclined
elevators where a single system of guide rails
FIG. 5.1.17.3 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL or brackets is employed, the sum of the car
COMPONENTS OF VELOCITY and counterweight forces shall be used to deter-
mine the maximum acceptable rated load. The
guide rails, guide-rail brackets, and their sup-
ports shall be capable of resisting the bending
5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke. The stroke of
loads of a fully loaded car and its counterweight
a spring buffer shall be no less than as specified
with a total deflection not in excess of 3 mm
in Table 5.1.17.2.
(0.125 in.).
5.1.17.3 Vertical and Horizontal Components 5.1.18.3 Guide-Rail Surfaces. Guide rails shall
of Velocity. The speed shall be considered as conform to 2.23.6, except that guide rails for
having vertical and horizontal components de- inclined elevators with Type A and Type C
fined as in Fig. 5.1.17.3. safeties shall not be required to have finished
guiding surfaces.
5.1.17.4 Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall conform
to 2.22.4, except as modified by 5.1.17.4.1 5.1.18.4 Safety Guide Rail. A single guide rail
through 5.1.17.4.5. shall be permitted to be provided for application
of the safety and for lateral guiding. It shall be
5.1.17.4.1 The average horizontal retarda- located between the main guide rails.
tion at buffer engagement, with rated load in
the car, measured over the stopping distance, 5.1.19 Driving Machines
shall not exceed 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2). Driving machines shall conform to 2.24, ex-
cept as modified by 5.1.19.1.
5.1.17.4.2 In 2.22.4.1.1, 2.22.4.1.2, and
2.22.4.2, the phrase “an average retardation of 5.1.19.1 Winding Drum Machines. Winding
not more than 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2)” is replaced drum machines without counterweights may be
with the phrase “an average horizontal retarda- used for inclined elevators when the net rated
tion not in excess of 2.46 m/s2 (8.05 ft/s2).” load (sine of the angle of inclination times the

168
p. 169 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.169

ASME A17.1–2000 5.1.19.1–5.1.22.1

TABLE 5.1.17.4.4 MINIMUM OIL BUFFER STROKES AT GIVEN ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL
SI Units Imperial Units

Rated Minimum Stroke, mm, at Angle Rated Minimum Stroke, in., at Angle
Speed, From Horizontal, deg Speed, From Horizontal, deg
m/s 15 30 45 60 70 ft/min 15 30 45 60 70

1.00 269 241 197 139 95 200 10.58 9.49 7.74 5.48 3.75
1.12 340 305 249 176 120 225 13.39 12.00 9.80 6.93 4.74
1.25 420 376 307 217 149 250 16.53 14.82 12.10 8.56 5.85
1.50 605 542 443 313 214 300 23.80 21.34 17.43 12.32 8.43
1.75 823 738 602 426 291 350 32.40 29.05 23.72 16.77 11.47
2.00 1 075 964 787 556 380 400 42.32 37.94 30.98 21.90 14.98
2.25 1 360 1 220 996 704 482 450 53.56 48.02 39.21 27.72 18.96
2.50 1 679 1 506 1 229 869 595 500 66.12 59.28 48.40 34.23 23.41
3.00 2 418 2 168 1 770 1 252 856 600 95.21 85.37 69.70 49.29 33.71
3.50 3 292 2 951 2 410 1 704 1 166 700 129.60 116.19 94.87 67.08 45.89
4.00 4 299 3 855 3 147 2 226 1 522 800 169.27 151.76 123.91 87.62 59.93

gross load) does not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb) 5.1.20.6 Horizontal Retardations at
and the distance of travel does not exceed 38 Emergency Electrical Stopping. Horizontal retar-
m (125 ft), and the rated speed does not exceed dations induced on the car due to the emergency
0.50 m/s (100 ft/min). stopping of an inclined elevator, caused by
the removal of electrical power, shall meet the
5.1.20 Operating Devices and Control requirements of 5.1.20.6.1 and 5.1.20.6.2.
Equipment
5.1.20.6.1 The average horizontal retarda-
5.1.20.1 Inspection Operation. Requirements tion, measured over the total retardation time,
2.26.1.1 through 2.26.1.4 apply, except as refer- shall not exceed 0.98 m/s2 (3.22 ft/s2).
enced and modified in 5.1.20. Where car top is
stated there, it shall also mean the uphill end 5.1.20.6.2 No peak horizontal retardation
emergency exit exterior inspection device loca- value exceeding 0.98 m/s2 (3.22 ft/s2) shall have
tion. Where an inspection operating device is a time duration exceeding 0.125 s.
located at the uphill exit, it is permitted to omit
one on the car top. 5.1.21 Emergency Operations and Signaling
Devices
5.1.20.2 Operating Requirements
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3(a). The speed shall 5.1.21.1 Emergency Signal and/or Communi-
be limited to not exceed 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min). cations. Each elevator shall be equipped with
(b) Requirement 2.26.1.4.1(d)(1). The speed an alarm button or switch in the car operating
shall be limited to not exceed 0.64 m/s (125 ft/ station and an alarm device mounted in a loca-
min). tion which shall be readily available to a person
who is normally situated in the vicinity when
5.1.20.3 Top of Car Stop Switch. The top of
the elevator is in use; or a means of voice
car stop switch is not required except where
communication to a receiving station always
access is provided to the top of car.
attended when the installation is in use. If the
5.1.20.4 Machine Room Inspection. Machine alarm device or means of voice communication
room inspection shall not be provided. is normally activated by utility power supply,
5.1.20.5 Slack Rope Device. Slack rope de- it shall be backed up by a manual or battery
vices shall be provided on traction driving ma- operated device.
chines of elevators having an inclination of less
5.1.22 End-Loading Inclined Elevators
than 35 deg from horizontal. The devices shall
be located on both the car and counterweight 5.1.22.1 Additional Requirements. Inclined el-
sides of the driving machine and conform to evators that load and unload passengers
2.26.2.1. through car doors located at the uphill and

169
p. 170 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.170

5.1.22.1–5.2.1.4.2 ASME A17.1–2000

downhill ends of the car shall conform to the 5.2.1 Electric Limited-Use/Limited-Application
following additional requirements of 5.1.22. Elevators
5.2.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and
5.1.22.2 Speed. The rated speed shall not ex-
Hoistway Enclosures. The construction of
ceed 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min).
hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1, except
5.1.22.3 Buffers. The buffers shall be oil type as modified by 5.2.1.1.1 and 5.2.1.1.2.
only, installed at both terminals, conforming to 5.2.1.1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.4 does not
5.1.17.4. apply. Elevators shall be installed in a single
Requirement 2.22.4.8 does not apply to end- hoistway.
loading inclined elevators. The buffer shall be
5.2.1.1.2 Requirement 2.1.3 applies only
compressed to within the overtravel distance
when a floor is provided at the top of hoistway.
when the car is level with the terminal landing.
(a) Requirement 2.1.3.1. Elevator machines
Each buffer shall be provided with a switch
and sheaves shall be permitted to be located
which shall prevent operation of the elevator
inside the hoistway enclosure at the top or
by means of the normal operating device in
bottom without intervening enclosures or plat-
the direction of travel towards that buffer unless
forms. If a floor is provided at the top of the
it has returned to at least 90% of its stroke.
hoistway, it shall comply with 5.2.1.1.2(c). If a
5.1.22.4 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. The floor is provided, it shall be permitted to be of
final terminal stopping devices shall conform wood.
to 2.25.3.1 and 2.25.3.2, except for 2.25.3.2(a) (b) Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply.
and shall be located to operate within the re- (c) Requirement 2.1.3.3 does not apply. The
floor shall be designed in accordance with other
duced runby of end-loading inclined elevators.
floors in the building. Where the machine is to
5.1.22.5 Retractable Sills. End-loading in- be supported by the machine room floor, the
floor shall be designed in accordance with 2.9.4
clined elevators may be equipped with retract-
and 2.9.5.
able sill conforming to the following:
(d) Requirement 2.1.3.4. The floor shall be
(a) They shall be designed so as to function
permitted to be of wood.
without creating any pinching or shearing
hazards. 5.2.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2.
(b) They shall be equipped with return 5.2.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counter-
switches conforming to 2.25.2.1.1 and 2.25.2.1.3, weights. The location and guarding of counter-
which shall prevent the operation of the car in weights shall conform to 2.3, except as follows:
the direction of travel toward that terminal un- Where counterweight guards conforming to
less the retractable sill returns to its normal 2.3.2 are not provided, lightweight chains, ap-
position. proximately 600 mm (24 in.) in length shall be
attached to the bottom of the counterweight.
5.1.22.6 Locking Car Doors. Car door locking These chains shall be spaced at 150 mm (6 in.)
devices on end-loading inclined elevators shall intervals to provide a warning to a person in
conform to 2.14.4.2. the path of the descending counterweight.
5.2.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for
Cars and Counterweights. Bottom and top car
clearances and runbys for cars and counter-
weights shall conform to 2.4, except as specified
in 5.2.1.4.1 through 5.2.1.4.4.
SECTION 5.2 5.2.1.4.1 Bottom Car Clearance. Elevators
LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION shall conform to 2.4.1 or 5.2.1.4.2.
ELEVATORS
5.2.1.4.2 Alternative to Bottom Car Clear-
This Section applies to limited-use/limited- ance Requirements. When the car rests on its
application elevators (see 1.3). solid bumper or fully compressed buffer, no

170
p. 171 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.171

ASME A17.1–2000 5.2.1.4.2–5.2.1.7.3

part of the car or any equipment attached (1) The means shall prevent upward move-
thereto shall strike the pit or any part of the ment of the car to provide a refuge space
equipment located therein. conforming to 2.4.12.
Nonremovable means shall be provided to (2) The means shall be so designed and
mechanically hold the car above the pit floor constructed as to stop upward movement of
to provide an area in the pit for maintenance the car at governor-tripping speed with and
and inspection, conforming to the following: without rated load in the car.
(a) It shall hold the car at a height of not less (3) The means shall not cause the stresses
than 900 mm (35 in.) nor more than 2 000 mm and deflections in car frame and platform mem-
(79 in.) above the pit floor and not less than bers and their connections to exceed the limits
300 mm (12 in.) above the bottom landing sill, specified in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11.
as measured from the underside of the car (4) A sign conforming to ANSI Z35.1, or
platform. CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see
(b) The means shall be so designed and con- Part 9) shall be conspicuously displayed inside
structed as to stop and hold the car at governor the hoistway which shall include a warning that
tripping speed with rated load in the car. there is an insufficient top car clearance and
(c) It shall not cause the stresses and deflec- instructions for operating the means. The letters
tions in car frame and platform members and shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in height.
their connections to exceed the limits specified (5) The means shall be capable of being
in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11. operated without complete bodily entry into the
(d) If the means does not automatically acti- hoistway.
vate when the lowest hoistway door is opened (6) The force to actuate the means shall not
with the car not at the landing: require more than 90 N (20 lbf).
(1) it shall be capable of being operated (7) The top of car operating device shall
without complete bodily entry into the pit; and not allow car movement until the means is
(2) a sign conforming to ANSI Z35.1, or actuated.
CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see
5.2.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
Part 9) shall be conspicuously displayed inside
Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight
the hoistway which shall include a warning that
clearances shall conform to 2.5.
there is an insufficient bottom car clearance
and instructions for operating the device. The 5.2.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below
letters shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in Hoistways. The protection of spaces below
height. hoistways shall conform to 2.6.
5.2.1.4.3 Top Car Clearance Requirements. 5.2.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery
Top car clearance shall conform to 2.4.1 or Spaces. Machine rooms and machinery spaces
5.2.1.4.4. shall conform to 2.7, except as modified by
5.2.1.7.1 through 5.2.1.7.12. Equipment shall be
5.2.1.4.4 Alternative to Top Car Clearance
located in elevator machine rooms, rooms con-
Requirements. In existing buildings where the
taining other equipment essential to the opera-
top car clearance conforming to 5.2.1.4.3 cannot
tion of the building, or the hoistway.
be provided, the following shall apply:
(a) When the car has reached its maximum 5.2.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.1.1 applies only
upper movement, no part of the car or any where a separate machinery space is provided.
equipment attached thereto, other than as per-
5.2.1.7.2 Requirement 2.7.1.2 applies only
mitted by 5.2.1.4.4(b), shall strike the overhead
where a separate machinery space is provided.
structure or any part of the equipment located
When provided, it shall be enclosed to a height
in the hoistway.
of not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.).
(b) Nonremovable means shall be provided
to mechanically and electrically prevent upward 5.2.1.7.3 Elevator machine and control
movement of the car to provide an area above equipment shall be permitted to be located in
the car for maintenance and inspection, con- a room or space containing other machinery
forming to the following: and equipment essential to the operation of the

171
p. 172 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.172

5.2.1.7.3–5.2.1.12 ASME A17.1–2000

building, provided that they are separated from (b) the platform shall extend the full width
the other machinery or equipment by a substan- and depth of the hoistway;
tial metal grille enclosure not less than 2 000 (c) the strength of the platform shall conform
mm (79 in.) high with a self-closing and self- to 2.1.3.3;
locking door and openable from the inside with- (d) if the platform is of openwork construction,
out a key. The grille enclosure shall be of a the openings shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
design that will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in in diameter; and
diameter. (e) a clear headroom of not less than 2 000
mm (79 in.) shall be provided from the top of
5.2.1.7.4 Requirement 2.7.2 does not apply.
the platform to the underside of the hoistway
Where a machine is located at the bottom of
ceiling.
the hoistway, the control equipment shall be
located outside the hoistway or in a cabinet on 5.2.1.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes,
the inside surface of the access door. and Ducts in Hoistways and Machine Rooms.
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts
5.2.1.7.5 Requirement 2.7.3.3 applies only
in hoistways and machine rooms shall comply
where a separate room is provided for machine
with 2.8.
and control equipment. A permanent stair or
ladder is not required when the machinery space 5.2.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
is within the hoistway. Supports, and Foundations. Machinery and
sheave beams, supports, and foundations shall
5.2.1.7.6 Requirement 2.7.3.4.1 applies
conform to 2.9.
only where a separate machine room is pro-
vided and complete bodily entry is necessary. 5.2.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed
5.2.1.7.7 Access openings in elevator auxiliary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
hoistway enclosures shall be provided with an 5.2.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing
electric contact conforming to 2.12.4 and Openings. The protection of hoistway landing
2.14.4.2.1 through 2.14.4.2.3 that will cause inter- openings shall conform to 2.11, except as modi-
ruption of power to the motor and brake when fied by the following:
the access door is open. (a) Requirement 2.11.2. Entrances shall be of
5.2.1.7.8 Requirement 2.7.4.1 does not the horizontal slide or single section swing type.
apply. The minimum headroom shall be 2 000 (b) Requirement 2.11.10.3 does not apply.
mm (79 in.). (c) Requirement 2.11.12 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.11.13.5 does not apply.
5.2.1.7.9 Requirement 2.7.5.2 applies only (e) Requirement 2.11.15.3 does not apply.
when a separate machine room is provided.
5.2.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and
5.2.1.7.10 Requirement 2.7.6 does not Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
apply. Where the machine is located in the Switches. Hoistway door locking devices,
hoistway and access to the pit is required for hoistway door and car door or gate electric
maintenance, a permanent manual or automatic contacts, and hoistway access switches shall
means shall be provided to stop the car from conform to 2.12, except as modified by the
descending more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above following:
the pit floor. (a) Requirement 2.12.1.2 does not apply. Com-
bination mechanical locks and electric contacts
5.2.1.7.11 Requirement 2.7.7 does not
are not permitted.
apply to machine rooms in hoistways.
(b) Requirement 2.12.2.3(a). Truck zoning de-
5.2.1.7.12 Where elevator machines are vices are not permitted.
located inside the hoistway and complete bodily (c) Requirement 2.12.3 does not apply.
entry is required for inspection or maintenance (d) Requirement 2.12.7.3.2. The car cannot be
(a) a permanent metal, concrete, or wood plat- operated at a speed greater than 0.15 m/s (30
form below or level with the machine beams ft/min).
shall be provided; (e) Requirement 2.12.5. The dimension for the

172
p. 173 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.173

ASME A17.1–2000 5.2.1.12–5.2.1.17.1

unlocking zone shall be not less than the straight 5.2.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car
vertical face of the platform guard (see frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15,
5.2.1.15.2). except as modified by 5.2.1.15.1 and 5.2.1.15.2.
5.2.1.15.1 Underslung or Sub-Post Frames.
5.2.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors Requirement 2.15.4 applies, except the term
and Car Doors and Gates. When provided, “guiding surfaces” shall be substituted for the
power operation, power opening, and power term “guide rails.”
closing of hoistway doors and car doors and
5.2.1.15.2 Platform Guards. Requirement
gates shall conform to 2.13, except as modified
2.15.9.2 does not apply. The platform guard
by 5.2.1.13.
shall have a straight vertical face, extending
(a) Requirement 2.13.1(b) is modified as fol-
below the floor surface of the platform of not
lows: Power-operated swing hoistway doors
less than the depth of the unlocking zone plus
shall be permitted with power-operated horizon-
75 mm (3 in.).
tally operated car doors.
(b) Requirement 2.13.2.2.3 does not apply. 5.2.1.16 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise
(c) Requirement 2.13.3.4 does not apply. 5.2.1.16.1 Rated Load and Platform Area.
(d) Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply. The minimum rated load shall conform to 2.16.1,
except as follows:
5.2.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Car (a) The maximum rated load shall not exceed
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, and car 635 kg (1,400 lb).
illumination shall conform to 2.14, except as (b) The inside net platform area shall not ex-
modified by the following: ceed 1.67 m2 (18 ft2).
(a) Requirement 2.14.1.4. Cars shall not have (c) Requirements 2.16.1.2 and 2.16.1.3 do not
more than one compartment. apply.
(b) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies only where 5.2.1.16.2 Capacity and Data Plates
manual operation (see 5.2.1.28) is not provided. (a) Capacity plates shall indicate the rated
If a top emergency exit is provided, it shall load of the elevator in kilograms (kg), pounds
conform to 2.14.1.5. (lb), or both.
(c) Requirement 2.14.1.9.1(c) does not apply. (b) Data plates shall conform to 2.16.3.2.2.
Equipment mounted to the car for freight han- (c) The material and marking of plates shall
dling shall not be permitted. conform to 2.16.3.3.
(d) Requirement 2.14.3 does not apply.
5.2.1.16.3 Additional Requirements for Pas-
(e) Requirement 2.14.4.1 does not apply. An
senger Overload. Elevators shall conform to
unperforated door shall be provided at each
2.16.8.
entrance to the car.
(f) Requirement 2.14.4.3 does not apply. 5.2.1.16.4 Maximum Rated Speed. The
Doors shall be of the horizontally sliding, accor- rated speed shall not be more than 0.15 m/s
dion, or bifold type and so arranged to reduce (30 ft/min).
the possibility of pinching. Material shall con- 5.2.1.16.5 Maximum Rise. The maximum
form to 2.14.2.1. rise shall not be more than 7.6 m (25 ft).
(g) Requirement 2.14.4.4 does not apply.
(h) Requirement 2.14.4.7 does not apply. 5.2.1.17 Car and Counterweight. Car and
(i) Requirement 2.14.4.9 does not apply. counterweight safeties shall conform to 2.17,
(j) Requirement 2.14.4.11(b) does not apply. except as modified by 5.2.1.17.1.
(k) Requirement 2.14.5.1 does not apply. 5.2.1.17.1 Application of Safeties. The force
There shall not be more than two entrances to providing the stopping action shall conform
the car. to 2.17.9.4 or the following: Where guide-rail
(l) Requirements 2.14.5.2 and 2.14.5.3 do not sections other than those specified in 2.23.3(a)
apply. are used, the application of safety stopping
(m) Requirement 2.14.6 does not apply. forces shall not cause deformation of the guide-

173
p. 174 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.174

5.2.1.17.1–5.2.1.23.2 ASME A17.1–2000

rail section upon whose dimensional stability (2) identifying color tracer filaments are not
the stopping capability is dependent. required (Section 3.5.2 of Mil Spec 83420).

5.2.1.18 Speed Governors. Speed governors 5.2.1.20.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of
shall conform to 2.18, except as modified by safety shall be specified in accordance with the
the following: following:
(a) Requirement 2.18.2.1(b) does not apply. (a) “Elevator Wire Rope” [see 5.2.1.20.1(a)]
The tripping speed shall not exceed 0.38 m/s2 shall comply with 2.20.3.
(75 ft/min). On the breakage of the suspension (b) “Aircraft Cable Rope” [see 5.2.1.20.1(b)]
means, the safety shall operate without delay shall have a factor of safety of not less than 7.5.
and independently of the governor’s speed
5.2.1.21 Counterweights. Counterweights
action.
shall conform to 2.21, except as modified by
(b) Requirement 2.18.4 does not apply.
5.2.1.21.1.
(c) Requirement 2.18.5. Governor ropes shall
be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter. 5.2.1.21.1 Independent Car Counter-
(d) Tiller rope construction shall not be used. weights. Requirement 2.21.1.4 applies, except
that the counterweight shall be permitted to
5.2.1.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and utilize the same guide rails as the car.
Unintended Car Movement Protection. As-
cending car overspeed and unintended car 5.2.1.22 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and
movement protection shall conform to 2.19. bumpers shall conform to 2.22, except as modi-
fied by 5.2.1.22.1.
5.2.1.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connec-
tions. Suspension ropes and their connections 5.2.1.22.1 Bumpers. Elastomeric bumpers
shall conform to 2.20, except for 2.20.1 and capable of absorbing the energy of a fully loaded
2.20.3. Suspension ropes and their connections car shall be permitted to be used. The average
shall also conform to 5.2.1.20.1 and 5.2.1.20.2. deceleration shall be less than 9.81 m/s2 (32.2
ft/s2) with any load between 61 kg (135 lb) and
5.2.1.20.1 Suspension Means. Cars shall be rated load.
suspended by ropes attached to the car frame
or passing around sheaves attached to the car 5.2.1.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails,
frame specified in 2.15.1. Ropes that have pre- Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings. Car and
viously been installed and used on another counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports,
installation shall not be reused. Only rope hav- and fastenings shall conform to 2.23, except as
ing the following classifications shall be used modified by 5.2.1.23.1 and 5.2.1.23.2.
for the suspension of limited-use/limited-appli- 5.2.1.23.1 Use of Common Guide Rails. The
cation elevator cars and for the suspension of same set of guide rails shall be permitted to
counterweights: be used for both the car and counterweight.
(a) Iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire rope,
having the commercial classification “Elevator 5.2.1.23.2 Guide-Rail Sections. Require-
Wire Rope,” or wire rope specifically con- ments 2.23.3(a) and 2.23.3(b)(1) do not apply.
structed for elevator use. The wire material for Guide rails, supports, joints, fishplates, and fas-
these wire ropes shall be manufactured by the tenings that do not conform to 2.23 are permit-
open-hearth or electric furnace process or their ted, provided that the strengths and stresses
equivalent. are consistent with 2.23 for the loads imposed.
(b) Aircraft cable rope of 7 by 19 construction, Where guide-rail sections other than those
classified as Mil Spec 83420, shall be permitted specified in 2.23.3(a) are used
in those applications where aircraft cable rope (a) requirement 2.23.10.2 does not apply;
is not subjected to crushing pressures, with the (b) the rail joints shall be designed in accord-
following exceptions permitted: ance with 2.23.5.1 and shall adequately maintain
(1) non-jacketed, carbon steel, tin or zinc the accuracy of the rail alignment;
coated (Type 1A) 7 by 19 construction (Section (c) the deflections shall comply with 2.23. The
3.2.4 of Mil Spec 83420); and allowable deflection of the guide rail shall be

174
p. 175 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.175

ASME A17.1–2000 5.2.1.23.2–5.2.2.1

limited to prevent the safety device from disen- rate device shall be used to operate the lower
gaging the rail during the application of the load. final terminal and one upper final terminal-
stopping device. All final terminal stopping and
5.2.1.24 Driving Machine and Sheaves. Driv- slack rope devices shall operate independently
ing machines and sheaves shall conform to of one another. The power feed lines to the
2.24, except for 2.24.1, 2.24.2.1, and 2.24.2.2. driving machine and brake shall be opened by
Driving machines and sheaves shall also con- one or both of the upper final terminal-stopping
form to 5.2.1.24.1 through 5.2.1.24.3. devices and either the slack rope switch or the
5.2.1.24.1 Type of Driving Machines. All lower terminal stopping device, or both.
driving machines shall be of the traction type,
except that winding-drum machines that do not 5.2.1.26 Operating Devices and Control
have multiple cable layers on the drum shall be Equipment. Operating devices and control
permitted for elevators, subject to the following: equipment shall conform to 2.26, except as
They shall not be provided with counterweights. modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
5.2.1.24.2 Material and Grooving. Sheave (b) Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply.
material and grooving shall be subject to the (c) Requirement 2.26.2.10 does not apply.
following: (d) Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not apply.
(a) Sheaves and drums used with “Elevator (e) Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not apply.
Wire Rope” (see 5.2.1.20.1) shall be of metal
and provided with finished grooves for ropes or 5.2.1.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling
shall be permitted to be lined with nonmetallic Devices. Emergency operation and signaling de-
groove material. vices shall conform to 2.27, except 2.27.3
(b) Sheaves and drums used with “Aircraft through 2.27.8 do not apply. However, if fire-
Cable rope” (see 5.2.1.20.2) shall be of metal fighters’ service is provided, it shall conform
and provided with finished “U” grooves that to 2.27.
do not subject the aircraft cable rope to crushing
pressure. 5.2.1.28 Manual Operation. Elevators may be
arranged for manual operation in case of power
5.2.1.24.3 Minimum Pitch Diameter. failure. The manual operating device shall con-
Sheaves and drums used with suspension and form to the following:
compensating ropes shall have a pitch diameter (a) It shall not be accessible from inside
of not less than the following: the car.
(a) For all “Elevator Wire Rope,” the diameter (b) It shall not release the brake.
shall not be less than 30 times the diameter of (c) Upon removal of the device, the car shall
the rope, where used with suspension ropes. not move.
(b) For all “Elevator Wire Rope,” the diameter (d) It shall be actuated by mechanical
shall not be less than 30 times the diameter of means only.
the rope, where used with compensating ropes. (e) Instructions shall be posted at or near the
(c) For “7 by 19 Aircraft Cable Rope,” the manual operating device.
diameter shall not be less than 21 times the
diameter of the rope, where used with either 5.2.1.29 Layout Data. The information pro-
suspension ropes or compensating ropes. vided on layout data shall conform to 2.28.

5.2.1.25 Terminal-Stopping Devices. Termi- 5.2.1.30 Welding. Welding shall conform to


nal-stopping devices shall conform to 2.25, ex- 8.8.
cept as follows:
(a) Requirement 2.25.4 does not apply. 5.2.2 Hydraulic Limited-Use/Limited-
(b) If the driving machine is of the winding Application Elevators
drum type, a lower final terminal stopping de-
vice shall be used in addition to the slack rope 5.2.2.1 Hoistways and Related Construction.
switch, and two independent upper final termi- Hoistways and related construction shall con-
nal-stopping devices shall be provided. A sepa- form to 5.2.1, except as modified by 5.2.2.2.

175
p. 176 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$500 p.176

5.2.2.2–5.3.1.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

5.2.2.2 Bottom and Top Clearances and Run- 5.2.2.11 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
bys. Bottom and top clearances and runbys for
5.2.2.12 Terminal-Stopping Devices. Termi-
cars and counterweights shall conform to 3.4,
nal-stopping devices shall conform to 3.25.1 and
except as follows:
3.25.3.
(a) Bottom car clearances shall conform to
3.4.1 or 5.2.1.4.2. 5.2.2.13 Operating Devices and Control
(b) Requirement 3.4.2.1 does not apply. The Equipment. Operating devices and control
bottom car runby shall not be less than 50 mm equipment shall conform to 3.26. Requirement
(2 in.). 3.27 does not apply.
(c) The top car clearances shall conform to
5.2.2.14 Emergency Operations and Signaling
3.4.4 or 5.2.1.4.4.
Devices. Emergency operation and signaling de-
5.2.2.3 Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical vices shall conform to 5.2.1.27.
equipment shall conform to 3.14 through 3.17 5.2.2.15 Layout Data. The information pro-
and 3.21 through 3.23, except as modified by vided on layout data shall conform to 3.28.
5.2.2.4, 5.2.2.5, 5.2.2.6, 5.2.2.9, and 5.2.2.10.

5.2.2.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,


and Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors
and gates, and car illumination shall conform
to 5.2.1.14. SECTION 5.3
PRIVATE RESIDENCE ELEVATORS
5.2.2.5 Platform Guards. The platform guard
shall have a straight vertical face, extending Requirement 5.3 applies to elevators installed
below the floor surface of the platform of not in or at a private residence. Requirement 5.3
less than the depth of the unlocking zone plus also applies to similar elevators installed in
75 mm (3 in.). buildings as a means of access to private resi-
dences within such buildings provided the ele-
5.2.2.6 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise. vators are so installed that they are not accessi-
The capacity, loading, speed, and rise shall ble to the general public or to other occupants
conform to 5.2.1.16. in the building.
5.2.2.7 Hydraulic Jacks and Sheaves. Hydrau- 5.3.1 Private Residence Electric Elevators
lic jacks and sheaves shall conform to 3.18. The
reference in 3.18.1.2.1 and 3.18.1.2.2 to 2.20 5.3.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and
shall be modified by 5.2.1.20. The reference Hoistway Enclosures. The hoistway shall be
in 3.18.1.2.5 to 5.2.1.20 shall be modified by solidly enclosed throughout its height without
5.2.1.24.2 and 5.2.1.24.3. grillwork or openings other than for landing or
access doors, except that any exterior windows
5.2.2.8 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. within the hoistway shall be protected by grill-
Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall con- work. Enclosures shall be of sufficient strength
form to 3.19. to support in true alignment the hoistway doors
and gates and their locking equipment. The fire
5.2.2.9 Bumpers. Elastomeric bumpers capa- resistance rating shall be in accordance with
ble of absorbing the energy of a fully loaded the requirements of the building code.
car shall be permitted to be used. The average
deceleration shall be less than 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 5.3.1.1.1 The enclosure shall be permitted
ft/s2) with any load between 61 kg (135 lb) and to be omitted on the lowest landing served,
rated load. unless it opens directly into a garage, provided
the car platform is equipped with a device
5.2.2.10 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, which, if the platform is obstructed in its down-
and Their Fastenings. Guide rails, guide-rail sup- ward travel by a force of 18 N (4 lbf) or more
ports, and their fastenings shall conform to 2.23, applied anywhere at its lower surface, will open
except as modified by 3.23 and 5.2.1.23.2. an electric contact in the control circuit and

176
p. 177 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.177

ASME A17.1–2000 5.3.1.1.1–5.3.1.6.2

thus stop the downward travel of the car within 5.3.1.2 Pits
the range of the free suspension of the car and 5.3.1.2.1 Guarding of Pits. A pit provided
not exceeding 75 mm (3 in.). Switches operated in other than a fully enclosed hoistway shall
by this device shall be of a type which will not be guarded by a solid enclosure at least 2 130
reset unless it has been returned to its normal mm (84 in.) high. The entrance shall be provided
position. with a door conforming to 5.3.1.7. When the
enclosure does not extend from floor to ceiling,
5.3.1.1.2 The enclosure shall be permitted only solid car doors or gates rejecting a 13 mm
to be omitted on the upper landing on continu- (0.5 in.) diameter ball shall be used.
ous-pressure operation elevators serving only
5.3.1.2.2 Pit Maintenance. Where a pit is
adjacent landings (one-floor travel), provided
provided, it shall be kept clean and free from
the floor opening at the upper landing is pro-
dirt and rubbish and the accumulation of water.
tected by an enclosure and gate at least 910
It shall not be used for storage purposes.
mm (36 in.) high with openings that will reject
a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and the gate 5.3.1.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clear-
is provided with a combination mechanical lock ance shall be not less than 152 mm (6 in.) plus
and electric contact. 25 mm (1 in.) for each 0.017 m/s (3.3 ft/min)
of the rated speed in excess of 0.15 m/s (30 ft/
min). Where the machine or its controls are
5.3.1.1.3 The enclosure shall be permitted
located on the top of the car, a refuge space
to be omitted on the upper landing of elevators
on top of the car enclosure shall be provided
having continuous-pressure operation and serv-
in conformance with 2.4.12.
ing only adjacent landings (one-floor travel),
where the floor opening is provided with a 5.3.1.4 Horizontal Car Clearances
vertically lifting hatch cover which is automati- 5.3.1.4.1 Between Car and Hoistway
cally raised and lowered vertically by the as- Enclosures or Counterweight. There shall be a
cending and descending car, provided this cover clearance of not less than 20 mm (0.75 in.)
meets the following requirements: between the car and the hoistway enclosure,
(a) It is fitted with guides to ensure its proper and between the car and its counterweight.
seating.
(b) It is designed and installed to sustain a 5.3.1.4.2 Between Car and Landing Sill. The
total load of 3.6 kPa (75 lb/ft2) or 135 kg (300 clearance between the car platform and the
lb) at any one point. landing sill shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5
(c) It is equipped with an electric contact that in.) nor more than 38 mm (1.5 in.).
will prevent the upward travel of the car when 5.3.1.5 Pipes in Hoistways. Pipes conveying
a force of 90 N (20 lbf) is placed at any point steam, gas, or liquids, which if discharged into
on the top of the hatch cover. the hoistway would endanger life, shall not be
installed in the hoistway.
5.3.1.1.4 The hoistway enclosure shall be 5.3.1.6 Guarding of Suspension Means
permitted to be omitted on elevators located
in existing open stairway areas or other existing 5.3.1.6.1 Suspension Means Passing
open areas provided that Through Floors or Stairs. Ropes and chains
(a) the car platform is equipped with a device passing through a floor or stairway outside the
which will meet the requirements of 5.3.1.1.1 hoistway enclosure shall be enclosed with a
and stop the car if it is obstructed in its down- solid or openwork enclosure. If of openwork,
ward travel; the enclosure shall reject a ball 13 mm (0.5
(b) the entrance sides of the hoistway at the in.) in diameter. Means for inspection shall be
upper landings are protected as required in provided. The floor openings shall not be larger
5.3.1.7; than is necessary to clear the suspension means.
(c) the car gate is automatically locked, except 5.3.1.6.2 Suspension or Support Means
when the car platform is within 152 mm (6 in.) Having an Opening Facing Away From the Stair.
of a landing. Suspension or support means which operate

177
p. 178 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.178

5.3.1.6.2–5.3.1.8.1 ASME A17.1–2000

within a guide or track whose segments total opening of the hoistway door or gate unless
a minimum of 270 deg shall be considered the car is within 150 mm (6 in.) of the landing.
suitably guarded, provided that the centerline
of the opening in the guide or track is 180 deg 5.3.1.7.5 Opening of Hoistway Doors or
from the closest point of the stair. See Appendix Gates. Hoistway doors or gates shall be so
H, Fig. H1. arranged that it will not be necessary to reach
behind any panel, jamb, or sash to operate
5.3.1.7 Protection of Hoistway Openings them.
5.3.1.7.1 Where Required. Where a 5.3.1.7.6 Hangers and Stops for Hoistway
hoistway enclosure is required, landing open- Sliding Doors. Means shall be provided to pre-
ings shall be protected by swinging or sliding vent a sliding hoistway door from disengaging
doors or gates. Landing openings in solid from its track.
hoistway enclosures shall be protected the full
height by solid swinging or sliding doors. Their 5.3.1.7.7 Access to the Hoistway for Emer-
fire endurance shall not be less than required gency Purposes. Hoistway door unlocking de-
by the building code (see 1.3). The doors or vices shall be provided for all hoistway doors
gates shall be designed to withstand a force of and gates, conforming to 2.12.6.
670 N (150 lbf) applied horizontally over an 5.3.1.8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
area, 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.) and Car Illumination
in the center of the doors or gates without
permanent displacement or deformation. 5.3.1.8.1 Car Enclosure
(a) Car Enclosure Required. Except at en-
5.3.1.7.2 Clearance Between Hoistway trances, cars shall be enclosed on all sides and
Doors or Gates and Landing Sills and Car Doors on the top. The enclosure shall be constructed
or Gates. The clearance between the hoistway of solid or of openwork material which will
doors or gates and the hoistway edge of the reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter.
landing sill shall not exceed 75 mm (3 in.). (b) Securing Enclosures. Car enclosures shall
The distance between the hoistway face of the be secured in conformance with 2.14.1.2 and
landing door or gate and the car door or gate 2.14.1.3.
shall not exceed 125 mm (5 in.). (c) Glass, Plastic, or Acrylics in Elevator Cars.
5.3.1.7.3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or Glass, plastic, or acrylics, where used in elevator
Gates Into the Hoistway. The hoistway face of cars, shall conform to the following:
the hoistway door or gate shall not project into (1) if of glass, it shall meet the requirements
the hoistway beyond the line of the landing sill. of 2.14.1.8;
No hardware, except that required for door- (2) if of plastic or acrylic, it shall meet the
locking and door-operating or signaling devices, requirements of ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201,
shall project into the hoistway beyond the line or CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/
of the landing sill. CGSB-12.12, whichever is applicable.
(d) Car Top Mounted Machine or Controller.
5.3.1.7.4 Locking Devices for Hoistway Where the machine or its enclosed controls are
Doors and Gates. Hoistway doors or gates shall located on top of the car
be provided with locking devices. (1) they shall be protected by a solid non-
The locking device shall be combustible enclosure;
(a) of a type that will either prevent car move- (2) the car top enclosure shall be designed
ment unless the door is locked in the closed and installed in conformance with 2.14.1.6;
position; or (3) a top-of-car operating device shall be
(b) of a type that will permit the car to start provided in conformance with 2.26.1.4.2;
if the door or gate is in the closed position but (4) access shall be provided to the machine
not locked, provided that the device shall stop or controls for maintenance. Access panels lo-
the car if the door or gate fails to lock before cated in the car shall be provided with an electric
the car has moved 150 mm (6 in.) away from contact and lock. The access panel shall be kept
the landing. The device shall also prevent the closed and locked. The electric contact shall be

178
p. 179 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.179

ASME A17.1–2000 5.3.1.8.1–5.3.1.11.1

designed to prevent operation of the machine (c) Factor of Safety. The factor of safety shall
when the access panel is open. The lock shall be not less than 5 based on the rated load.
not be operable by a key which will operate (d) Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be
locks or devices used for other purposes. used in any member other than for guides or
(e) Number of Compartments. The car shall guide shoe brackets.
not have more than one compartment. (e) Location of Guiding Means. Primary guid-
ing means shall be attached to the car frame.
5.3.1.8.2 Car Doors and Gates. A car door
or gate which, when closed, will guard the 5.3.1.9.2 Platforms
opening to a height of at least 1 675 mm (66 (a) Construction. Platforms shall be of non-
in.) shall be provided at each entrance to the perforated metal or wood. If constructed of
car. Car doors shall be permitted to be of solid wood, they shall be laminated.
or openwork construction that will reject a ball Platforms shall be supported by a platform
75 mm (3 in.) in diameter. frame or formed metal support pan attached
Collapsible car gates shall be of a design that, to the car frame. Platforms and platform frame
when fully closed (extended position), will reject assemblies shall have a safety factor of 5.
a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter. (b) Platform Guards (Aprons). Where the ele-
(a) Power Operation of Car Doors and Gates. vator is equipped with a two-way leveling de-
Power opening, where used for car doors and vice, the entrance side(s) of the platform shall
gates, shall conform to 2.13.2.1. Power closing, be provided with a guard conforming to 2.15.9,
where used for car doors and gates, shall con- except as modified by the following:
form to 2.13.3 through 2.13.6. (1) Requirement 2.15.9.2 does not apply.
(b) Car Door or Gate Locking Devices. Where The platform guard shall have a straight vertical
the hoistway enclosure is not continuous for face, extending below the floor surface of the
the full travel of the car, the car door or gate platform not less than the depth of the zone
shall be provided with a mechanical lock that where the hoistway door is unlocked above the
will lock the car door or gate if the car is more landing sill, 50 mm (2 in.). The platform guard
than 150 mm (6 in.) away from a landing. shall not strike the pit floor or any obstruction
(c) Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Every when the elevator is at its lowest point of travel.
car door or gate shall be provided with an 5.3.1.10 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3.
The design of the car door or gate electric 5.3.1.10.1 Capacity. The maximum inside
contacts shall be such that for a sliding door net platform area shall not exceed 1.4 m2 (15
or gate, the car cannot move unless the door ft2). The minimum rated load shall be not less
or gate is within 50 mm (2 in.) of the closed than the following:
position. If the door or gate swings outward to (a) For net platform areas up to and including
open, the car door or gate must be closed and 1.1 m2 (12 ft2), the rated load shall be not less
locked before the car can move. than 195 kg/m2 (40 lb/ft2) or 159 kg (350 lb),
whichever is greater.
5.3.1.8.3 Light in Car. The car shall be pro- (b) For net platforms areas greater than 1.1
vided with an electric light. The control switch m2 (12 ft2), the rated load shall be based upon
for the light shall be located in the car and near 305 kg/m2 (62.5 lb/ft2).
the car entrance. The minimum illumination at
the car threshold, with the door closed, shall 5.3.1.10.2 Speed. The rated speed shall not
be not less than 50 lx (5 fc). exceed 0.20 m/s (40 ft/min).

5.3.1.9 Car Frames and Platforms 5.3.1.10.3 Rise. The rise shall not exceed
15 m (50 ft).
5.3.1.9.1 Car Frame
5.3.1.11 Safeties and Governors
(a) Where Required. Every elevator shall have
a car frame to which the suspension or support 5.3.1.11.1 Safeties Required. Each elevator
means and the safeties are attached. shall be provided with a car safety. Where the
(b) Material Permitted. Car frames shall be space below the hoistway is not permanently
made of metal. secured against access, the counterweight shall

179
p. 180 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.180

5.3.1.11.1–5.3.1.12.7 ASME A17.1–2000

be provided with a safety conforming to 5.3.1.12 Suspension Means


5.3.1.11.2.
5.3.1.12.1 Types Permitted. Suspension
5.3.1.11.2 Operation of Safeties. The car means shall be not less than two wire ropes
safety shall be of the inertia, rack and pinion, or two steel roller-type chains conforming to
or other type operated by the breakage of the ASME B29.1.
suspension means or by the action of a speed 5.3.1.12.2 Suspension Ropes. On elevators
governor. If of the speed governor type, the having a rated load of 230 kg (500 lb) or less
governor shall operate the safety at a maximum and operating at a rated speed of 0.15 m/s (30
tripping speed of 0.38 m/s (75 ft/min). On the ft/min) or less, suspension ropes shall be not
breakage of the suspension means, the safety less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter. Where
shall operate without delay and independently the rated load exceeds 230 kg (500 lb) or the
of the speed governor action. rated speed exceeds 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min), the
ropes shall be not less than 9 mm (0.375 in.)
5.3.1.11.3 Application of Safeties. The ap- in diameter.
plication of safeties shall conform to 2.17.9.1,
2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3. The forces providing the 5.3.1.12.3 Factor of Safety of Suspension
stopping action shall conform to 2.17.9.4 or the Means. The factor of safety of the suspension
following: means shall be not less than 7 for cars with
(a) Where guide rail sections other than those less than or equal to 1.1 m2 (12 ft2) of net
specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application platform area, and not less than 7.5 for cars
of safety stopping forces shall not cause defor- with more than 1.1 m2 (12 ft2) of net platform
mation of the guide rail section upon whose area, based on the manufacturer’s rated break-
dimensional stability the stopping capability of ing strength.
the safeties is dependent. When the car and counterweight are sus-
(b) Where the car safety is of the rack and pended by steel ropes and the driving means
pinion type, it shall conform to 4.1.9. is an endless steel roller-type chain, the factor
of safety of such chain with the rated load in
5.3.1.11.4 Materials Used in Safeties. The the car shall be not less than 8 based on the
minimum factors of safety and stresses of safety ultimate tensile strength.
parts and rope connections shall conform to 5.3.1.12.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension
2.17.12. Means on Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of
contact of a wire rope on a traction sheave
5.3.1.11.5 Location of Speed Governor. shall be sufficient to produce traction under all
Where a speed governor is used, it shall be load conditions up to rated load. The arc of
located where it is readily accessible outside contact of a chain with a driving sprocket shall
the hoistway and it cannot be struck by any not be less than 140 deg.
moving object in normal operation or under
conditions of overtravel, and where there is 5.3.1.12.5 Spare Rope Turns on Winding
sufficient space for full movement of the gover- Drums. The spare rope turns on winding drums
nor parts. shall conform to 2.20.7.
5.3.1.12.6 Securing of Wire Suspension
5.3.1.11.6 Opening of the Motor and Brake Ropes to Winding Drums. The securing of wire
Circuit on Safety Application. Where a speed suspension ropes to winding drums shall con-
governor is used, the motor circuit and the form to 2.20.6.
brake circuit shall be opened before or at the
time that the safety applies. 5.3.1.12.7 Fastening of Wire Rope
Suspension Means to Car or to the Counter-
5.3.1.11.7 Governor Ropes. The governor weight. The fastening of a wire rope suspension
ropes, where used, shall be of iron, steel, monel means to a car or to a counterweight shall
metal, or phosphor bronze not less than 6 mm conform to 2.20.9, or by properly attached fit-
(0.25 in.) in diameter. Tiller rope construction tings as recommended by wire rope manufac-
shall not be used. turers.

180
p. 181 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.181

ASME A17.1–2000 5.3.1.13–5.3.1.16.1

5.3.1.13 Counterweights the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed


where a governor-operated safety is used.
5.3.1.13.1 General Requirements. Counter-
weights, where used, shall conform to the fol- 5.3.1.14.2 Car and counterweight-buffer
lowing: supports shall be of sufficient strength to with-
(a) They shall run in guide rails. stand without failure the impact resulting from
(b) Where a car counterweight is used, it shall buffer engagement at 125% of the rated speed,
not be of sufficient weight to cause slackening or at governor tripping speed where a governor-
of any rope during acceleration or retardation operated safety is used.
of the car.
(c) The counterweight sections, whether car- 5.3.1.14.3 Buffers shall be permitted to be
ried in a frame or not, shall be fastened together omitted when the striking speed is 0.25 m/s (50
and shall also be secured to prevent shifting ft/min) or less if the space below the car and
by an amount which will reduce the running counterweight consists of a non-occupiable
clearance to less than 19 mm (0.75 in.) between area, and the floor below the car and counter-
the counterweight and hoistway. weight has sufficient strength to withstand,
without failure, the impact of the car with rated
5.3.1.13.2 Location and Guarding of load and counterweight descending at 125% of
Counterweights rated speed or governor tripping speed if a
(a) Counterweight on Cars Operating Through governor is provided.
Hatch Covers. If a car operates through a hatch
cover, the counterweight runway shall be en- 5.3.1.15 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails
closed throughout its height. and Guide Fastenings. Car and counterweight
(b) Counterweight Coming Down to Floors or guide rails and their fastenings shall conform
Passing Floors or Stairs. Where the counter- to 2.23.2, 2.23.5, 2.23.6, 2.23.8, and 2.23.9. Where
weight runway comes down to a floor or passes guide rail sections other than those specified
floors or stairs, it shall be guarded to a height in 2.23.3(a) are used, the allowable deflection
of at least 2 130 mm (84 in.) above the floor of the guide rail shall be limited to prevent the
or the stair treads by a solid or openwork safety device from disengaging the rail during
enclosure. Openwork enclosures shall reject a the application of the load.
ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter. 5.3.1.16 Driving Machines, Sheaves, and
(c) Access to Enclosed Counterweights and Their Supports
Ropes. Access shall be provided for inspection,
maintenance, and repair of an enclosed counter- 5.3.1.16.1 Overhead Machinery Beams and
weight and its ropes. Doors on the counter- Supports
weight enclosure shall be self-closing and self- (a) Securing of Machinery Beams and Types
locking and openable from the outside only of Supports. All machinery and sheaves shall
with a suitable key. If the enclosure is of such be so supported and secured as to prevent any
size that the door can be closed when the part from becoming loose or displaced.
enclosure is occupied by a person, the door Beams supporting machinery shall be of
shall be easily openable from the inside without steel, sound timber, or reinforced concrete.
the use of a key or other instrument. A stop (b) Overhead Beams and Their Supports.
switch conforming to 2.26.2.5 shall be located Overhead beams and their supports shall be
adjacent to and inside the opening and operable designed for not less than the sum of the fol-
without entering the enclosure. lowing:
(1) The load resting on the beams and their
5.3.1.14 Buffers and Buffer Supports
supports, which shall include the complete
5.3.1.14.1 The car and counterweight shall weight of the machine, sheaves, controller, and
be provided with spring buffers, except as speci- any other equipment supported thereon.
fied in 5.3.1.14.3. They shall be so designed (2) The sum of the tension on all suspension
and installed that they will not be fully com- ropes or chains times 2.
pressed when struck by car with its rated load (c) Factor of Safety for Overhead Beams and
or by the counterweight traveling at 125% of Supports. The factor of safety for overhead

181
p. 182 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.182

5.3.1.16.1–5.3.1.17.1 ASME A17.1–2000

beams and supports based on ultimate strength (g) Driving-Machine Roller Chains and Sprock-
of material shall not be less than 5 for steel, ets. Driving-machine chains and sprockets shall
and 6 for timber and reinforced concrete. be of steel and shall conform in all particulars
of design and dimensions to ASME B29.1,
5.3.1.16.2 Driving Machines: General (h) Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving ma-
Requirements chines, except hydraulic driving machines, shall
(a) Types of Driving Means. The driving be equipped with electrically released, mechani-
means shall be one of the following types: cally applied brakes conforming to 2.24.8. The
(1) traction; operation of the brake shall conform to 2.26.8.
(2) winding drum (see 5.3.1.16.3); (i) Manual Operation. Private residence eleva-
(3) direct plunger hydraulic (see 5.3.2); tors shall be arranged for manual operation in
(4) roped-hydraulic (see 5.3.2); case of power failure. The manual operating
(5) screw machine (see 5.3.1.16.4); device shall conform to the following:
(6) chain drive. (1) It shall not be accessible from inside
(b) Material for Sheaves and Drums and Mini- the car.
mum Diameter (2) It shall not release the brake.
(1) Winding drums, traction sheaves, and (3) Upon removal of the device, the car
overhead and deflecting sheaves shall be of shall not move.
cast iron or steel and of a diameter of not (4) It shall be actuated by mechanical
less than 30 times the diameter of the wire means only.
suspension means, except that where 8 by 19 (5) Elevators with hydraulic driving ma-
steel ropes or 7 by 19 aircraft cable are used, chines shall be provided with a manual lowering
the required minimum diameter of drums and valve conforming to 3.19.4.4.
sheaves shall be permitted to be reduced to 21 (6) Instructions shall be posted at or near
times the diameter of the rope. the manual operating device.
(2) The rope grooves shall be machined and
designed to conform to 2.24.2.1 and 2.24.2.3. 5.3.1.16.3 Winding Drum Machines. Wind-
ing drum machines shall not be provided with
(3) The factor of safety, based on the static
counterweights.
load (the rated load plus the weight of the car,
ropes, counterweights, etc.) to be used in the 5.3.1.16.4 Screw Machines. Screw ma-
design of the driving machine and sheaves shall chines, where used, shall conform to 4.2.15 and
be not less than 8 for wrought iron and steel, 4.2.20, except that the rated speed shall not
and 10 for cast iron and cast steel and other exceed 0.20 m/s (40 ft/min).
metals.
5.3.1.17 Terminal Stopping Devices
(c) Fastening of Driving Machines and
Sheaves to Underside of Overhead Beams 5.3.1.17.1 Stopping Devices Required
(1) Overhead driving machines or sheaves (a) Upper and lower normal terminal stopping
shall not be fastened to the underside of the devices operated by the car shall be provided,
supporting beams, except for idlers or deflecting and shall be set to stop the car at or near the
sheaves including their guards and frames. upper and lower terminal landings.
(2) Cast iron in tension shall not be used (b) Upper and lower final terminal stopping
for supporting idler and deflecting sheaves devices operated by the car to remove power
where they are hung beneath the beams. from the motor and the brake shall be provided.
(d) Set Screw Fastenings. Set screw fasten- They shall be set to stop the car after it travels
ings shall not be used in lieu of keys or pins past the normal terminal stopping device and
if the connection is subject to torque or tension. before an obstruction is struck.
(e) Friction Gearing, Clutch Mechanisms, or A slack-rope switch conforming to 2.26.2.1
Couplings. Friction gearing, clutch mechanisms, shall be permitted to be used as the lower final
or couplings shall not be used for connecting terminal stopping device.
the drum or sheaves to the main drive gear. (c) If the driving machine is of the winding
(f) Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worm gearing drum or sprocket and chain suspension type:
having cast iron teeth shall not be used. (1) A final terminal stopping device oper-

182
p. 183 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.183

ASME A17.1–2000 5.3.1.17.1–5.3.1.18.7

ated by the driving machine shall also be pro- contactors, or relays to break the circuit to stop
vided; a car at a terminal, they shall be of the restrained
(2) Driving-machine-operated final terminal compression type.
stopping devices are not required when a lower (c) The occurrence of a single ground or the
final terminal stopping device is used in addition failure of any single magnetically operated
to the slack rope switch, and two independent switch, contactor or relay; or the failure of any
upper final terminal stopping devices are pro- single solid state device; or a software system
vided. A separate device shall be used to operate failure, shall not permit the car to start if any
the lower final terminal and one upper final hoistway door or car door or gate is not in the
terminal stopping devices. All final terminal closed position.
stopping and slack rope devices shall operate (d) If an instantaneous reversible motor is not
independently of one another. The power feed used, a protective device or circuit shall be
lines to the driving machine and brake shall be provided to prevent the motor from continuing
opened by one or both of the upper final termi- in the same direction if the reversing control
nal stopping devices and either the slack rope is actuated.
switch or the lower terminal stopping device,
or both. 5.3.1.18.3 Key-Operated Switches. Any car
(3) Indirect connections between the final exterior to a residence shall be operated by
terminal stopping device and the driving ma- means of a key switch. Key-operated switches
chine shall be designed to prevent slippage. shall be of continuous-pressure spring return
(b) Terminal stopping switches shall conform type, and shall be operated by a cylinder type
to 2.25.1. lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk
combination with the key removable only when
5.3.1.17.2 Operation of the Stopping De- the switch is in the off position. The key shall
vices. The final terminal stopping device shall be Group 4 Security (see 8.1).
act to prevent movement of the car in both
directions of travel. The normal and final termi- 5.3.1.18.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
nal stopping devices shall not control the same (a) All electrical equipment and wiring shall
switches on the controller unless two or more conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever
separate and independent switches are pro- is applicable.
vided, two of which shall be closed to complete (b) Drive machine controllers, logic control-
the motor and brake circuit in each direction lers, and operating devices accessory thereto,
of travel. for starting, stopping, regulating, controlling, or
protecting electric motors, generators, or other
5.3.1.18 Operating Devices and Control equipment, shall be listed/certified and labeled/
Equipment marked to the requirements of CAN/CSA-B44.1/
5.3.1.18.1 Type of Operation. The operation ASME A17.5.
of the car shall be by continuous-pressure 5.3.1.18.5 Disconnecting Means. Where the
means or by automatic means. controller is located on the car, the discon-
5.3.1.18.2 Control and Operating Circuit Re- necting means shall be located adjacent to the
quirements. The design and installation of the controller. Auxiliary disconnect means shall be
operating circuits shall conform to the following: provided at the main landing when the main
(a) Control systems that depend on the com- power supply disconnect means is mounted
pletion of an electric circuit shall not be used for adjacent to the controller on the car.
(1) interruption of the power and the appli- 5.3.1.18.6 Phase Reversal and Failure Pro-
cation of the brake at the terminals; tection. If polyphase alternating-current power
(2) stopping of the car when the emergency supply is used, provide protection in confor-
stop switch in the car is opened or when any mance with 2.26.6 and 3.26.5.
of the electrical protective devices operate;
(3) stopping the machine when the safety 5.3.1.18.7 Emergency Stop Switch. An
applies. emergency stop switch, conforming to
(b) If springs are used to actuate switches, 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c), shall be provided in

183
p. 184 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.184

5.3.1.18.7–5.3.2.4.5 ASME A17.1–2000

every car and shall have contacts that are posi- weight buffer; operating devices and suspension
tively opened mechanically; their openings shall means shall meet the requirements of 5.3.1.1
not be solely dependent on springs. through 5.3.1.16, and 5.3.1.18 through 5.3.1.20,
except as modified in 5.3.2.
5.3.1.18.8 Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain
Devices for Winding Drum and Roller-Chain- 5.3.2.2 Driving Machines, Sheaves, and
Type Driving Machines. Winding drum ma- Supports for Direct-Plunger and Roped-
chines with rope suspension shall be provided Hydraulic Driving Machines
with a slack-rope device of the manually reset
type that will remove power from the motor 5.3.2.2.1 Direct-plunger and roped-hydrau-
and brake if the car is obstructed in its descent lic private residence elevator driving machines,
and the hoisting ropes slacken. valves, supply piping, fittings, and tanks shall
Elevators with roller-chain suspension shall conform to 3.18, 3.19, and 3.24, except as modi-
be provided with a slack-chain device which fied by 5.3.2.
will remove power from the motor and brake
if the car is obstructed in its descent and the 5.3.2.2.2 A pressure switch shall be pro-
suspension means slacken. This device need vided to remove power from the pump motor
not be of the manually reset type if the chain and the control valve unless there is positive
sprockets are guarded to prevent the chain from pressure at the control valve.
becoming disengaged from the sprockets.
5.3.2.3 Terminal Stopping Devices. Direct-
5.3.1.19 Emergency Signaling Devices. A tele- plunger and roped-hydraulic private residence
phone connected to a central telephone ex- elevator terminal stopping devices shall con-
change shall be installed in the car and an form to 3.25, except as specified in 3.25.2.
emergency signaling device operable from in-
side the car and audible outside the hoistway 5.3.2.4 Anti-Creep Leveling Devices. Each ele-
shall be provided. vator shall be provided with an anti-creep level-
5.3.1.20 Marking Plates ing device conforming to 5.3.2.4.1 through
5.3.2.4.7.
5.3.1.20.1 Capacity Plate. A capacity plate
indicating the rated load of the elevator in 5.3.2.4.1 The anti-creep leveling device
pounds shall be furnished by the manufacturer shall maintain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of
and fastened in a conspicuous place inside the the landing irrespective of the position of the
car. The letters and figures on such plates shall hoistway door.
be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height.
5.3.2.4.2 For electrohydraulic elevators, the
5.3.1.20.2 Data Plates. A data plate indicat- anti-creep leveling device shall be required to
ing the weight of the elevator, the rated speed, operate the car only in the up direction.
the suspension means, the manufacturer’s
name, and the date of installation shall be fur- 5.3.2.4.3 For maintained pressure hydraulic
nished by the manufacturer. This plate shall be elevators, the anti-creep leveling device shall
installed in a conspicuous place in the machin- be required to operate the car in both directions.
ery area. The letters and figures on such plates
shall be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height. 5.3.2.4.4 The operation of the anti-creep
leveling device shall be permitted to depend
5.3.2 Private Residence Hydraulic Elevators on the availability of the electric power supply,
Machinery and equipment for hydraulic eleva- provided that the power supply line discon-
tors shall conform to 5.3.2. necting means is kept in the closed position at
all times, except during maintenance, repairs,
5.3.2.1 General Requirements for Hydraulic and inspection.
Private Residence Elevators. Hoistways,
hoistway enclosures, and related construction; 5.3.2.4.5 The anti-creep leveling device
cars; counterweights; safeties and governors; shall be permitted to be rendered inoperative
guide rails and fastenings; car and counter- during recycling operation.

184
p. 185 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.185

ASME A17.1–2000 5.3.2.4.6–5.4.3.1

5.3.2.4.6 The following devices shall pre- The exposed edge of the guard shall be rounded
vent operation of the elevator by the normal to eliminate shear hazards.
operating device and also the movement of the
car in response to the anti-creep leveling device: 5.4.2 Landing Enclosures and Gates (Where
(a) low pressure switch when required by Required)
5.3.2.2.2;
(b) slack rope switch when required by 5.4.2.1 Landing Enclosures. Where a landing
3.18.1.2.7; platform is provided or if a portion of an existing
(c) platform switch when required by 5.3.1.1.1; structure is used as a landing platform, it shall
(d) hatch cover switch when required by be protected by an enclosure not less than 915
5.3.1.1.3(c); mm (36 in.) high.
(e) speed governor switch when required by
5.3.1.11.6. 5.4.2.2 Landing Gates. The opening in the
enclosure shall be guarded by a gate to a height
5.3.2.4.7 The following devices shall pre- equal to that of the enclosure. The gates shall
vent the operation of the elevator by the normal be permitted to be of the horizontally sliding
operating device, but the anti-creep leveling or of the swinging type and shall be equipped
device shall remain operable: with a combination mechanical lock and electric
(a) hoistway door locking device when re- contact conforming to 2.12.3.4.
quired by 5.3.1.7.4;
(b) car door or gate electric contacts when 5.4.2.3 Construction of Landing Enclosures
required by 5.3.1.8.2(c); and Gates. The landing enclosure and gates
(c) emergency stop switch when required by shall either be of solid construction or of open-
5.3.1.18.7. work rejecting a 25 mm (1 in.) ball. A force of
670 N (150 lbf) applied at any area 100 mm by
100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.) on the walls of the
enclosure shall not reduce the running clearance
below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor cause a deflection
SECTION 5.4 exceeding 25 mm (1 in.).
PRIVATE RESIDENCE INCLINED
ELEVATORS 5.4.2.4 Clearance Between Landing Doors or
Gates and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates.
Requirement 5.4 applies to inclined elevators
The clearance between landing doors or gates
installed in or at a private residence. Require-
and the runway edge of the landing sill shall
ment 5.4 also applies to similar elevators in-
not exceed 75 mm (3 in.). The distance between
stalled in buildings as a means of access to
the runway face of the landing doors or gates
private residences within such buildings pro-
and the car door or gate shall not exceed 175
vided the inclined elevators are so installed that
mm (7 in.).
they are not accessible to the general public or
to other occupants in the building. 5.4.2.5 Horizontal Clearance Between Car and
5.4.1 Runway Protection Landing Sills. The horizontal clearance between
the car and landing sills shall conform to
If the car sides extend less than 1 825 mm 5.3.1.4.2.
(72 in.) above the floor of the car, there shall
be no obstruction along the runway, within the 5.4.3 Machinery Beams and Supports
arc formed by a 600 mm (24 in.) radius whose
center is the outer corner of the top rail of the 5.4.3.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and
car enclosure. Type of Support. All machinery and sheaves
When solid guards are installed on the ob- shall be so supported and secured as to effectu-
struction in both directions of travel which proj- ally prevent any part from becoming loose or
ect at least 350 mm (14 in.) in line with the displaced. Beams directly supporting machinery
direction of travel, the running clearance shall shall be of steel, sound timber, or reinforced
be permitted to be reduced to 175 mm (7 in.). concrete.

185
p. 186 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.186

5.4.3.2–5.4.5.2 ASME A17.1–2000

5.4.3.2 Loads on Beams and Supports. Loads 5.4.4.2 Car Doors or Gates
on beams and their supports shall be computed 5.4.4.2.1 Doors or Gates Required. A car
as follows: door or gate which, when closed, will guard
(a) The total load on the beams shall be equal the opening to a height of at least 1 070 mm
to the weight of all apparatus resting on the (42 in.) or to the height of the car enclosure,
beams plus twice the maximum load suspended whichever is greater, and shall be provided at
from the beams. each entrance to the car. Car doors shall be
(b) The load resting on the beams shall in- permitted to be of solid or openwork construc-
clude the complete weights of the driving ma- tion which will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in
chine, sheaves, controller, etc. diameter.
(c) The load suspended from the beams shall
include the sum of the load in every rope or 5.4.4.2.2 Door or Gate Electric Contacts.
chain suspended from the beams. Car doors or gates shall be provided with an
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3.
5.4.3.3 Fastening of Driving Machines and
5.4.4.2.3 Manual Operation. Car doors or
Sheaves to Underside of Beams. Elevator driv-
gates shall be manually operated.
ing machine and sheaves, except idlers or de-
flecting sheaves with their guards and frames, 5.4.4.2.4 Latching of Swinging Gates. If the
shall not be fastened to the underside of the car gate is of the swinging type, opening out-
supporting beams at the top of the hoistway. ward from the car, the electric contact required
Cast iron in tension shall not be used for by 5.4.4.2.2 shall not close until the gate is
supporting members for sheaves where they securely latched.
are hung beneath beams. 5.4.4.3 Use of Glass, Plastics, or Acrylics
5.4.3.4 Factor of Safety of Beams and Sup- 5.4.4.3.1 Glass, plastics, or acrylics, where
ports. The factor of safety for beams and their used in elevator cars, shall conform to the
supports shall be not less than 5 for steel and following:
6 for timber and reinforced concrete. (a) If of glass, meet the requirements of
2.14.1.8;
(b) If of plastic or acrylic, it shall meet the
5.4.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Gates
requirements of ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201,
5.4.4.1 Car Enclosures Required or CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/
CGSB-12.12, whichever is applicable.
5.4.4.1.1 Car Enclosures Required. Except
5.4.4.3.2 Glass, plastic or acrylics shall be
at the entrance, cars shall be enclosed on all
secured as required by 5.4.4.1.2.
sides to a height of not less than 1 070 mm
(42 in.). 5.4.4.3.3 Weather-Resistant Plastics. Plas-
tics shall be of a weather-resistant type.
5.4.4.1.2 Securing of Car Enclosures. The
car enclosure shall be securely fastened to the 5.4.5 Car and Chassis Construction
car platform and so supported that it cannot 5.4.5.1 Car and Platform. Inclined elevator
loosen or become displaced in ordinary service cars shall have frames and platforms of metal
or on the application of the car safety or on or combination metal and wood, or other mate-
bumper or buffer engagement. rials of equal strength. Car frames and platforms
shall have a factor of safety of not less than
5.4.4.1.3 Deflection of Car Enclosure Walls.
5, based on the rated load, they suitably pre-
The car enclosure walls shall be of such strength
pared and/or protected for exposure to the
and so designed and supported that when sub-
weather.
jected to a force of 334 N (75 lbf) applied
horizontally at any point on the walls of the 5.4.5.2 Chassis Construction. Inclined eleva-
enclosure, the deflection will not reduce the tor chassis shall be constructed of metal, except
running clearance below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor for guiding members. Chassis shall have a factor
to exceed 25 mm (1 in.). of safety of not less than 5, based on the rated

186
p. 187 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.187

ASME A17.1–2000 5.4.5.2–5.4.8.3

load. The chassis guiding members shall be 5.4.7.5 Governor Ropes. The governor ropes,
retained and/or enclosed in guides or tracks where used, shall be of iron, steel, monel metal,
in such a manner that the chassis cannot be or phosphor bronze not less than 6 mm (0.25
derailed. in.) in diameter. Tiller-rope construction shall
not be used.
5.4.5.3 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not
be used in the construction of any member of 5.4.7.6 Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain Devices
the car frame or chassis. for Winding Drum and Roller Chain-Type Driving
Machines
5.4.5.4 Number of Compartments. The car
shall not have more than one compartment. 5.4.7.6.1 Inclined elevators of the winding-
drum-type with rope suspension shall be pro-
5.4.6 Area, Rated Load, and Rated Speed vided with a slack-rope device of the manually
reset type, which will remove the power from
5.4.6.1 Rated Load. The rated load shall not the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in
exceed 318 kg (700 lb). its descent and the suspension rope slackens.
5.4.6.2 Platform Area. The inside net platform 5.4.7.6.2 Inclined elevators with roller-
area shall not exceed 1.1 m2 (12 ft2), except chain suspension shall be provided with a slack-
that it shall be permitted to be increased a chain device, which will remove the power from
maximum of 0.27 m 2 (3 ft 2 ), provided that the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in
shelves or benches permanently affixed to the its descent and the suspension chains slacken.
car structure reduce the standing area to a 1.1 This device need not be of the manually reset
m2 (12 ft2) maximum. type if the chain sprockets are guarded to pre-
5.4.6.3 Rated Speed. The rated speed mea- vent the chain from jumping off the sprockets.
sured along the incline shall not exceed 0.38 5.4.7.7 Application of Car Safety. The applica-
m/s (75 ft/min). tion of car safeties shall comply with 5.3.1.11.3.
5.4.7.8 Use of Cast Iron in Car Safeties. Cast
5.4.7 Car Safeties and Governors
iron shall not be used in the construction of
5.4.7.1 Where Required. All inclined elevators any part of a car safety, the breakage of which
shall be provided with a safety capable of stop- would result in failure of the safety to function
ping and sustaining the car with rated load. to stop and sustain the car.
5.4.7.2 Operation of Car Safeties. The car 5.4.7.9 Corrosion Resistant Bearings in Safe-
safety shall be of the Type A or Type B (see ties. Materials used in safeties shall meet the
2.17.5) and shall be operated by a speed gov- requirements of 2.17.13.
ernor.
The governor shall operate to set the safety 5.4.8 Suspension Means
at a maximum speed 140% of rated speed and 5.4.8.1 Types Permitted. Where the chassis
on breakage of the hoisting ropes, the safety is suspended from the driving machine by a
shall operate without appreciable delay and in- wire rope or roller chain, a single suspension
dependently of the governor speed action. means shall be permitted to be used. The sus-
5.4.7.3 Location of Speed Governor. The pension means shall be any one of the fol-
speed governor shall be located where it cannot lowing:
be struck by the car or counterweight in case (a) steel elevator wire rope;
of overtravel and where there is sufficient space (b) steel aircraft cable;
for full movement of the governor parts and (c) roller chain conforming to ASME B29.1.
where it is accessible for examination. 5.4.8.2 Types Prohibited. Steel tapes shall not
be used as suspension means.
5.4.7.4 Opening of Brake and Motor Control
Circuits on Safety Application. Power shall be 5.4.8.3 Minimum Diameter of Suspension
removed from the driving machine motor and Means. The diameter of hoist rope(s) or cable(s)
brake before or at the time the safety applies. shall not be less than the following:

187
p. 188 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.188

5.4.8.3–5.4.10.3 ASME A17.1–2000

(a) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for elevator wire rope; socket shall not exceed the nominal diameter of
(b) 5 mm (0.1875 in.) for galvanized aircraft the rope by more than 2.3 mm (0.094 in.).
cable.
5.4.8.10 Traveling Cables. Traveling cables
5.4.8.4 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means. shall be Type EO, ETT, or ETP and shall conform
The suspension means shall have a factor of to the requirements of NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1,
safety of not less than 8, based on the tension whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Where
in the rope(s) or chain(s) when raising the car traveling cable voltage exceeds 30 V, a means
and its rated load. In no case, shall the rated shall be provided to remove the power automat-
breaking strength of the rope(s) or chain(s) be ically upon parting of the traveling cable.
less than 17 800 N (4,000 lbf).
5.4.9 Counterweight Guiding and
5.4.8.5 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means
Construction
on Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of contact
of a wire rope on a traction sheave shall be 5.4.9.1 Guiding. Counterweights, where used,
sufficient to produce adequate traction under shall be in a guide or track.
all load conditions. The arc of contact of a chain
with a driving sprocket shall be not less than 5.4.9.2 Construction. Counterweights shall
140 deg. not be of sufficient weight to cause undue slack-
ening of any car suspension means during accel-
5.4.8.6 Idle Turns of Ropes on Winding eration or retardation of the car. Weight sec-
Drums. All wire ropes anchored to a winding tions, if used, shall be mounted in structural or
drum shall have not less than one full turn of formed metal frames so designed as to retain
rope on the drum when the car or counterweight weights securely in place. Counterweights shall
has reached its limit of possible overtravel. be permitted to be constructed of a single metal
plate.
5.4.8.7 Lengthening, Splicing, Repairing, or
Replacing Suspension Means. No car or coun- 5.4.9.3 Counterweight Safeties. If the con-
terweight wire rope shall be lengthened or re- struction at the lower end of the rail is not at
paired by splicing. Broken or worn suspension or below grade at the termination of the rail,
chains shall not be repaired. If one wire rope counterweight safeties conforming to 5.4.7 shall
or a chain of a set is worn or damaged and be provided.
requires replacement, the entire set of ropes or
chains shall be replaced. In the event that a 5.4.10 Bumpers and Buffers
worn chain is replaced, the drive sprocket shall
also be replaced. 5.4.10.1 Solid Bumpers. For rated speeds not
exceeding 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), if spring or
5.4.8.8 Securing Ends of Suspension Ropes equivalent type buffers are not used, solid
in Winding Drums. The winding-drum ends of bumpers shall be installed.
car and counterweight wire ropes shall be se-
cured by clamps on the inside of the drum or 5.4.10.2 Construction and Requirements for
by one of the methods specified in 5.4.8.9 for Solid Bumpers. Solid bumpers shall be made
fastening wire ropes to car or counterweight. of wood or other suitable resilient material of
sufficient strength to withstand, without failure,
5.4.8.9 Fastening of Rope Suspension-Means the impact of the car with rated load or the
to Cars and Counterweights. The car or counter- counterweight, descending at 125% of the rated
weight ends of wire ropes shall be fastened by speed.
return loop, by properly made individual tapered The material used shall be of a type that will
sockets or by properly attached fittings as rec- resist deterioration or be so treated as to resist
ommended by wire rope manufacturers. Clamps deterioration.
of the U-bolt-type shall not be used.
Tapered rope sockets and the method of sock- 5.4.10.3 Spring Buffers. For rated speeds ex-
etting shall conform to 2.20.9.4 through 2.20.9.6. ceeding 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), buffers of the
The diameter of the hole in the small end of the spring type shall be installed.

188
p. 189 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.189

ASME A17.1–2000 5.4.10.4–5.4.14.2

5.4.10.4 Construction and Requirements for for wrought iron steel and 10 for cast iron, cast
Spring Buffers. Spring buffers shall be con- steel, and other metals.
structed so as to have a minimum stroke of 19
mm (0.75 in.) and a maximum stroke of 38 mm 5.4.13.3 Set-Screw Fastenings. Set-screw fas-
(1.5 in.) and shall not be fully compressed when tenings shall not be used in lieu of keys or pins
struck by the car with its rated load or counter- if the connection is subject to torque or tension.
weight traveling at 125% of the rated speed. 5.4.13.4 Friction Gear, Clutch Mechanism, or
Coupling. Friction gear, clutch mechanism, or
5.4.11 Car and Counterweight Guide and
coupling shall not be used for connecting the
Track Supports and Fastenings
drum or sheaves to the main driving gear.
5.4.11.1 Material. Guide rails, guide rail brack-
ets, splice plates, and their fastenings shall be 5.4.13.5 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worm
of steel or other metals conforming to 5.4.11. gearing having cast iron teeth shall not be used.

5.4.11.2 Stresses of Deflections. The guide 5.4.13.6 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving ma-
rail brackets, their fastenings and supports, shall chines shall be equipped with electrically re-
be capable of resisting the horizontal forces leased spring-applied brakes meeting the re-
imposed by loading with a total deflection at quirements of 2.24.8 and 2.26.8.
the point of support not in excess of 3 mm 5.4.13.7 Operation of Brake. A single-ground
(0.125 in.). The guide rails shall not deflect in or short circuit, a counter-voltage or a motor
any direction 6 mm (0.25 in.) measured at the field discharge shall not prevent the brake mag-
midpoint between brackets. net from allowing the brake to set when the
5.4.11.3 Overall Length of Guide Rails or operating device is placed in the stop position.
Track. The top and bottom ends of each run
5.4.13.8 Location of Driving-Machine,
of guide rail shall be so located in relation to
Alignment, and Guarding of Sheaves. The driv-
the extreme positions of travel of the car and
ing machine shall be permitted to be mounted
counterweight that the car and counterweight
on the car chassis or placed at a remote location.
guiding members cannot travel beyond the ends
If remotely located, all intervening sheaves or
of the guide rails.
sprockets shall be placed to insure that ropes
5.4.12 Track(s)/Guide(s) Supporting Structure or chains travel in proper alignment. All sheaves
or sprockets shall be guarded.
All supporting structures shall meet the re-
quirements of the building code. 5.4.13.9 Driving Machine Roller-Chain
Sprockets. Driving machine roller-chain sprock-
5.4.13 Driving Machines and Sheaves ets shall be steel and shall conform in all particu-
5.4.13.1 Materials for Drums and Sheaves lars of design and dimensions to ASME B29.1.
and Minimum Diameters. Winding drums, trac- 5.4.13.10 Manual Operation. Manual opera-
tion sheaves, and overhead and deflecting tion shall conform to 5.3.1.16.2(i).
sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and of a
diameter of not less than 30 times the diameter 5.4.14 Terminal Stopping Devices
of the wire suspension ropes, except that where
8 by 19 steel ropes or 7 by 19 aircraft cable 5.4.14.1 Terminal Stopping Devices. Upper
are used, the diameter of drums and sheaves and lower normal terminal stopping switches,
shall be permitted to be reduced to 21 times operated by the movement of the car, shall be
the diameter of the rope. The rope grooves provided and set to stop the car at normal top
shall be machined. and bottom terminals of travel.
5.4.13.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety, 5.4.14.2 Final Stopping Devices. Final termi-
based on the static load (the rated load plus nal stopping devices, operated by the move-
the weight of the car, ropes, counterweights, ment of the car, shall be provided and set to
etc.) to be used in the design of driving ma- stop the car should it overtravel the normal
chines and sheaves, shall be not less than 8 terminals.

189
p. 190 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$501 p.190

5.4.14.3–5.5.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

5.4.14.3 Operation of Stopping Devices. The 5.4.15.4 Hand Rope Operation. Hand rope op-
final terminal stopping device shall act to pre- eration shall not be used.
vent the movement of the car in both directions
5.4.15.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
of travel. The normal and final terminal stopping
devices shall not control the same switches on 5.4.15.5.1 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
the controller unless two or more separate and Requirements. All electrical equipment and wir-
independent switches are provided, two of ing shall conform to the requirements of the
which shall be closed to complete the motor NFPA 70.
and brake circuits in each direction of travel.
5.4.15.5.2 Electrical Connections. If the driv-
ing machine is mounted on the car chassis,
5.4.15 Operating Devices and Control electrical connections between the car and
Equipment power source shall be provided with a means
5.4.15.1 Type of Operation. The inclined ele- to remove power if the connecting traveling
vator shall be operated by weatherproof con- cable part. All electrical connections to the mov-
stant pressure or momentary pressure key ing chassis and the stationary connections shall
switches at each landing and on the car. Key- be insulated flexible conductors, in accordance
operated switches shall be of the spring-return with NFPA 70.
type and shall be operated by a cylinder type
5.4.16 Data Plates
lock having not less than five-pin or five-disk
combination with the key removable only when 5.4.16.1 Capacity Plates. A weather-resistant
the switch is in the off position. The key shall capacity plate shall be provided by the manufac-
be Group 4 Security (see 8.1). turer and fastened in a conspicuous place in
the car stating the rated load in pounds, with
5.4.15.2 Emergency Stop Switches in Cars. letters and figures not less than 6 mm (0.25
An emergency stop switch shall be provided in.) in height.
on or adjacent to the car operating panel. Stop
switches shall be of the manually opened and 5.4.16.2 Data Plates. A metal data plate shall
manually closed type with red handles or but- be provided by the manufacturer stating the
tons and conspicuously marked “STOP.” Where weight of the car, speed, suspension means
springs are used, their failure shall not prevent data, manufacturer’s name, and the date of
opening of the switch. installation. It shall be fastened in a conspicuous
place in the machine area.
5.4.15.3 Control and Operating Circuit Re-
quirements. The design and installation of the
control and operating circuits shall conform to
the requirements of 5.4.15.3.1 and 5.4.15.3.2.
SECTION 5.5
5.4.15.3.1 Control systems which depend POWER SIDEWALK ELEVATORS
on the completion or maintenance of an electri- Requirement 5.5 applies to power sidewalk
cal circuit shall not be used for elevators. Requirement 5.5.1 applies to electric
(a) interruption of the power and application elevators. Requirement 5.5.2 applies to direct-
of the machine brake at the terminals; plunger hydraulic elevators.
(b) stopping of the car when the emergency
stop switch in the car is opened or any of the 5.5.1 Electric Sidewalk Elevators
electrical protective devices operate;
(c) stopping the machine when the safety ap- 5.5.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and
plies. Hoistway Enclosures. The construction of
hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1, except
5.4.15.3.2 If springs are used to actuate as modified by the following:
switches, contactors, or relays to open the circuit (a) Requirement 2.1.1.1. Hoistways are not re-
to stop an elevator at the terminal, they shall quired to be enclosed above the top landing.
be of the restrained compression type. (b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply.

190
p. 191 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.191

ASME A17.1–2000 5.5.1.1–5.5.1.11.2

(c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. 5.5.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery
(d) Requirement 2.1.3 does not apply. Spaces. Machine rooms and machinery spaces
(e) Requirement 2.1.4 does not apply. shall conform to 2.7.

5.5.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2. Means 5.5.1.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine
shall be provided to automatically remove water Rooms. Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and
from the pit. ducts in hoistways and machine rooms shall
conform to 2.8, and 5.5.1.8.1 through 5.5.1.8.3.
5.5.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counter- 5.5.1.8.1 Slack-rope switches (where re-
weight. The location and guarding of counter- quired), lower normal and final terminal stop-
weights shall conform to 2.3. ping devices, and pit stop switches shall be
located not less than 600 mm (24 in.) above
5.5.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys.
the pit floor.
Where a car top is provided, bottom and top
clearances and runbys for cars and counter- 5.5.1.8.2 All electrical equipment in the
weights shall conform to 2.4. hoistway shall be weatherproof.
Where no car top is provided, they shall 5.5.1.8.3 Electrical metal tubing (EMT) shall
conform to 2.4.1 through 2.4.4, and 2.4.9. When not be used.
the car has reached its maximum upward move-
ment, no equipment shall strike the overhead 5.5.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
structure or other obstructions. Supports, and Foundations. Machinery and
On elevators with vertical lifting covers, there sheave beams, supports, and foundations shall
shall be a clearance of not less than 600 mm conform to 2.9.
(24 in.) between the top of the cover and any 5.5.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed
obstruction vertically above it when the car has auxiliary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
reached its maximum upward movement.
The clearance required by 2.4.1 does not apply 5.5.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing
below underslung elevators with the car resting Openings
on its fully compressed buffers, when a refuge 5.5.1.11.1 Vertical Openings. Vertical
space not less than the following is provided: hoistway landing openings shall conform to
(a) a horizontal area 600 mm by 1 200 mm 2.11, except that 2.11.2.1 does not apply.
(24 in. by 48 in.), with a height of 600 mm (24
in.); or 5.5.1.11.2 Horizontal Openings in
(b) a horizontal area 450 mm by 900 mm (18 Sidewalks and Other Areas Exterior to the
in. by 36 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.). Building
(a) The clear opening in a sidewalk that is
5.5.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight accessible to the general public when the side-
Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight walk door or cover is open shall be such that
clearances shall conform to 2.5, except as modi- the sidewalk permits a minimum 1 200 mm (48
fied by 5.5.1.5. in.) wide unobstructed pedestrian path which
For sidewalk elevators with adjacent open- is not normally accessible to vehicular traffic.
ings, the maximum clearance required by 2.5.1.5 (b) Hoistways shall not be located either
may be increased on the side where the over- wholly or partially in front of any entrance to
head sheaves are located, provided that in such a building.
cases this clearance shall not be greater than (c) The side of the door opening nearest to
that required for the installation of the sheaves any building wall or other obstruction shall be
or sheave beams plus running clearance of not less than or equal to 100 mm (4 in.), or greater
more than 25 mm (1 in.). than 914 mm (36 in.), from the wall or ob-
struction.
5.5.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. (d) Horizontal openings in sidewalks or other
Where the hoistway does not extend to the areas exterior to the building shall be protected
lowest floor of the building, it shall conform by hinged metal doors or vertically lifting covers
to 2.6. having a nonslip upper surface. Such doors or

191
p. 192 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.192

5.5.1.11.2–5.5.1.14.1 ASME A17.1–2000

covers shall not be used where the hoistway vertically by the ascending and descending car
is located inside the building. Doors or covers and shall not be held or fastened in the open
shall be of sufficient strength to safely support position when the car is not at the top landing.
a static load of not less than 1 460 kg/m2 (300 (b) Recesses or guides, which will securely
lb/ft2), uniformly distributed. hold the cover in place on the stanchions, shall
(e) When in the closed position, doors shall be provided on the underside of the cover.
be flush with the adjacent sidewalk or other
surface. 5.5.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and
(f) Such doors and covers shall conform to Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
5.5.1.11.3 or 5.5.1.11.4. Switches. Hoistway door locking devices, car
(g) All openings between sidewalk door pan- door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway
els and frames shall be provided with gutters access switches shall conform to 2.12, except
to collect rainwater. Their gutters shall be piped as modified by 5.5.1.12.1 through 5.5.1.12.3.
rigidly to a discharge point exterior to the
hoistway and pit or to the sump pit when 5.5.1.12.1 Requirement 2.12.1.1 does not
provided and designed in accordance with apply.
5.5.1.2.
5.5.1.12.2 Interlocks or electric contacts are
(h) When subject to vehicular traffic, the doors
not required on horizontal hinged type swinging
or covers shall be designed to safely support
covers and vertical lifting covers used at the
the loads likely to be imposed on them.
top landing in sidewalks or other areas exterior
5.5.1.11.3 Hinged Type Swing Sidewalk to the building. Locks, if used, shall be of the
Doors spring type and shall be automatically unlocked
(a) The line of the hinges shall be at right by the bow-irons or stanchions of the car, unless
angles to the building wall. the locks are of the type which permit operation
(b) There shall be a minimum clearance of of the elevators to open the cover only if the
450 mm (18 in.) between the face of the doors locking device is in the unlocked position.
and any obstruction when the doors are in the
open position. 5.5.1.12.3 Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway
(c) The doors shall be opened by the as- access switches are not required for access to
cending car and shall be self-closing as the car the top of the car.
descends, and shall be kept in the closed posi-
tion when the car is not at the top landing, 5.5.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors
except as provided for in 5.5.1.11.3(d). and Car Doors. Power operation, power open-
(d) The doors may be held or fastened in the ing, and power closing of the hoistway doors
open position when the car is not at the top and car doors or gates shall conform to 2.13.
landing, provided self-closing hinged metal
screen panels, which will reject a ball 50 mm 5.5.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
(2 in.) in diameter and which will support a and Car Illumination
static load of not less than 1 136 kg (300 lbf)
5.5.1.14.1 Car Enclosures. Car enclosures
applied on any area 600 mm (24 in.) on a side
shall conform to 2.14.1 and 2.14.3, except as
and not less than 68 kg (150 lb) applied at any
modified by the following:
point, are installed directly below the watertight
(a) Car tops are not required. Where provided,
sidewalk doors. Screen panels shall be opened
the distance between the top of the car and
and closed automatically by the ascending and
the bow-iron or stanchions shall not be less
descending car and shall always be closed when
than 1 067 mm (42 in.).
the car is not at the top landing.
(b) Requirements 2.14.1.5 and 2.14.1.6 apply
(e) Stops shall be provided to prevent the
only when a car top is provided.
doors from opening more than 90 deg from
(c) The height of the car enclosure required
their closed position.
by 2.14.3.1 may be reduced when the height
5.5.1.11.4 Vertical Lifting Sidewalk Covers of the bow-iron or stanchion is reduced as
(a) The covers shall be raised and lowered permitted by 5.5.1.15.2(a).

192
p. 193 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.193

ASME A17.1–2000 5.5.1.14.2–5.5.1.23

5.5.1.14.2 Car Doors and Gates. Car doors area, bow-irons or stanchions shall be provided
and gates shall conform to 2.14.4 and 2.14.6. on the car to operate the doors or covers.
Bow-irons and stanchions shall conform to
5.5.1.14.3 Illumination of Cars. Illumination
the following:
of cars and lighting fixtures shall conform to
(a) They shall not be less than 2 130 mm (84
2.14.7, except as modified by the following:
in.) high, except that this height may be reduced
(a) Lighting devices are not required in the
by an amount necessary to permit the doors
car if there are lighting devices exterior to the
or covers to close when the car is at the landing
car which will provide the minimum illumination
next to the top terminal landing.
specified in 2.14.7.1.2(b) for the full travel of
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and
the car.
braced as to withstand the impact when striking
(b) Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 does not apply.
the doors or covers.
(c) Requirement 2.14.7.1.4 applies only where
(c) Bow-irons shall be located approximately
a car top is provided.
symmetrical with respect to the center of the
5.5.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car car platform.
frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15. (d) Stanchions shall be framed together at
their upper ends and provided with spring buff-
5.5.1.15.1 Car Frames and Platforms of
ers at the top.
Elevators Traveling Above the Level of the Side-
walk. Sidewalk elevators arranged to travel 5.5.1.16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and
above the level of the sidewalk or other area loading shall conform to 2.16, except as modi-
exterior to the building shall conform to the fied by the following:
following: (a) Requirement 2.16.1 does not apply.
(a) Car frames of the underslung rope-sus- (b) Requirement 2.16.4 does not apply. Side-
pended type of elevators shall be of sufficient walk elevators shall not be permitted to carry
depth to provide the minimum vertical clearance passengers.
between the car rope hitches or car sheaves
and any obstruction in the hoistway vertically 5.5.1.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties.
above them, as specified in 2.4.8, when the car Safeties shall conform to 2.17, except as modi-
floor is level with its upper landing level. fied by the following:
(b) The depth of the car frame and the length Where the rated speed does not exceed 0.25
and spacing of guiding members shall conform m/s (50 ft/min), car safeties which operate as
to 2.15.4 and, in addition, shall be such as to a result of breaking or slackening of the hoisting
prevent tipping of the platform when it is at ropes may be used in lieu of governor actuated
the highest upper landing level. safeties required by 2.17.7.1. The safety shall
(c) The car platform shall be provided with operate without delay.
metal aprons or guards on all exposed sides 5.5.1.18 Speed Governors. Governors, where
conforming to the following: provided, shall conform to 2.18.
(1) They shall be made of metal of not less
than 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness. 5.5.1.19 Suspension Ropes. Suspension
(2) They shall have a straight vertical face ropes shall conform to 2.20.
flush with the outer edge of the platform having
a depth of not less than the distance between 5.5.1.20 Counterweights. Counterweights
the normal upper terminal landing level and shall conform to 2.21.
the highest upper landing level plus 75 mm 5.5.1.21 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and
(3 in.). bumpers shall conform to 2.22.
(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be
rounded or beveled at an angle of approximately 5.5.1.22 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall conform
75 deg with the horizontal. to 2.23.
5.5.1.15.2 Bow-Irons and Stanchions. 5.5.1.23 Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driv-
Where hinged doors or vertically lifting covers ing machines and sheaves shall conform to
are provided at the sidewalk or other exterior 2.24, except that the ratio of the drum diameter

193
p. 194 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.194

5.5.1.23–5.5.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

to the rope diameter (see 2.24.2) may be reduced ate the car only when the bow-iron or stanchions
to 24. are not in contact with the doors or covers in
the sidewalk or other exterior area.
5.5.1.24 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal
(e) When the bow-iron or stanchions are in
stopping devices shall conform to 2.25 (see also
contact with the doors or covers at the sidewalk
5.5.1.8).
or other exterior area, it shall be possible to
5.5.1.25 Operating Devices and Control operate the car only by means of either the
Equipment. Operating devices and control key switches or the continuous-pressure-type
equipment shall conform to 2.26, except as up-and-down buttons on the free end of the
modified by 5.5.1.25.1 through 5.5.1.25.4. Where flexible cord specified in 5.5.1.25.2(a).
the top opening is located in an area exterior (f) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not
to the building, all electrical equipment on the be left where they are accessible to unauthorized
car shall be weatherproof. persons for operation of the elevator.
5.5.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices. Op- 5.5.1.25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices
erating devices shall be of the automatic or and Stop Switch. The requirement for a top-
continuous pressure type. Operation through of-car operating device (see 2.26.1.4) applies
openings in the sidewalk or other area exterior only where a car top is provided. It shall operate
to the building shall conform to 5.5.1.25.2. the car at a speed not greater than 0.13 m/s
(25 ft/min). It shall not operate when the bow-
5.5.1.25.2 Operation Through Openings in
iron or stanchions are in contact with the doors
Sidewalk or Other Area Exterior to the Building.
or covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
The operation of elevators through openings
The requirement for a stop switch on top of
in the sidewalk, or through openings in other
the car (see 2.26.2.8) applies only where a car
exterior areas, and which are protected by
top is provided.
hinged doors or vertically lifting covers, shall
conform to the following: 5.5.1.25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. Where
(a) The elevator shall be operated through the the car is not fully enclosed, the rated speed
opening, in both the up and down directions, shall not exceed 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), except as
only from the sidewalk or other exterior area required by 5.5.1.25.2(a) and 5.5.1.25.3.
and at a speed not exceeding 0.13 m/s (25 ft/ Where the car is fully enclosed, there is no
min). The operation shall be by means of limit on the rated speed, except as required by
(1) key-operated continuous-pressure-type 5.5.1.25.2(a) and 5.5.1.25.3.
up-and-down switches; or
5.5.1.26 Car Emergency Signaling Devices. If
(2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
car operating buttons are provided, car emer-
operating buttons on the free end of a detach-
gency signaling devices shall be provided con-
able, flexible cord not more than 1 525 mm (60
forming to 2.27.1.1.1 and 2.27.1.2. If the travel
in.) in length.
is more than 7.6 m (25 ft), the signaling devices
(b) Key-operated switches shall be of the con-
shall also conform to 2.27.1.1.2.
tinuous-pressure spring return type and shall
be operated by a cylinder type lock having not 5.5.1.27 Layout Data. The information pro-
less than a five-pin or five-disk combination vided on layout data shall conform to 2.28.
with the key removable only when the switch
is in the “OFF” position. 5.5.1.28 Welding. Welding shall conform to
(c) Key-operated switches and plug recepta- 8.8.
cles for flexible cords shall be weatherproof
5.5.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Sidewalk
and shall be installed above the sidewalk or
Elevators
other area on the side of the building wall,
located 450 mm (18 in.) or less horizontally 5.5.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and
from one side of the opening. Related Construction. Hoistways, hoistway en-
(d) Operating buttons may be provided in the closures, and related construction shall conform
elevator car and at any landing below the top to 5.5.1.1 through 5.5.1.13, and 5.5.2.1 through
landing, provided that such buttons shall oper- 5.5.2.18, except 5.5.1.4 and 5.5.1.6.

194
p. 195 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.195

ASME A17.1–2000 5.5.2.2–5.6.1.1

5.5.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. 5.5.2.12 Counterweights. Where provided,


Where a car top is provided, bottom and top counterweights shall conform to 3.21.
clearances and runbys for cars and counter-
5.5.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and
weights shall conform to 3.4.
bumpers shall conform to 3.22.
Where no car top is provided, they shall
conform to 3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2. When the 5.5.2.14 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports and
car has reached its maximum upward move- Fastenings. Guide rails and their supports and
ment, no equipment shall strike the overhead fastenings shall conform to 3.23.
structure or other obstruction.
5.5.2.15 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.5.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. 5.5.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal
Where the hoistway does not extend to the stopping devices shall conform to 3.25 (see also
lowest floor of the building, it shall conform 5.5.1.8).
to 3.6.
5.5.2.17 Operating Devices and Control
Equipment
5.5.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery
Spaces. Machine rooms and machinery spaces 5.5.2.17.1 Operating devices and control
shall conform to 3.7. equipment shall conform to 3.26, 5.5.1.25.1,
5.5.1.25.2, and 5.5.1.25.4 and all electrical equip-
5.5.2.5 Emergency Doors. The requirements ment on the car shall be weatherproof.
for emergency doors in single blind hoistways 5.5.2.17.2 The requirement for a top-of-car
apply only where a car safety is provided. operating device (see 3.26.2) applies only where
a car top is provided. It shall operate the car
5.5.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, at a speed not greater than 0.13 m/s (25 ft/
and Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors min). It shall not operate when the bow-iron or
and gates, and car illumination shall conform stanchions are in contact with the doors or
to 5.5.1.14. covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
5.5.2.17.3 The requirement for a stop
5.5.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames switch on top of the car (see 2.26.2.8 and
and platforms shall conform to 3.15, 5.5.1.15.1, 3.26.4.1) applies only where a car top is pro-
and 5.5.1.15.2. vided.

5.5.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and 5.5.2.18 Layout Data. The information pro-
loading shall conform to 2.16, except as modi- vided on layout data shall conform to 3.28.
fied by 3.16 and 5.5.1.16.

5.5.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car


safeties, where provided, shall conform to
SECTION 5.6
5.5.1.17 and shall be of the type which can be
ROOFTOP ELEVATORS
released only by moving the car in the up
direction. Requirement 5.6 applies to rooftop elevators.
Counterweight safeties, where provided, shall Requirement 5.6.1 applies to electric elevators.
conform to 3.17.2. Requirement 5.6.2 applies to direct-plunger hy-
draulic elevators.
5.5.2.10 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall
conform to 3.18. 5.6.1 Electric Rooftop Elevators
5.6.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and
5.5.2.11 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. Hoistway Enclosures. The construction of
Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall con- hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1, except
form to 3.19. as modified by the following:

195
p. 196 02-16-01 11:21:53 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.196

5.6.1.1–5.6.1.11.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(a) Requirement 2.1.1.1. Hoistways are not re- (a) Slack-rope switches (where required),
quired to be enclosed above the rooftop landing. lower normal and final terminal stopping de-
(b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply. vices, and pit stop switches shall be located
(c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. not less than 600 mm (24 in.) above the pit
(d) Requirement 2.1.2.2 does not apply. floor.
(e) Requirement 2.1.3 does not apply. (b) All electrical equipment in the hoistway
(f) Requirement 2.1.4 does not apply. shall be weatherproof.
(c) Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall not
5.6.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2. Means be used.
shall be provided to automatically remove water
from the pit. 5.6.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
Supports, and Foundations. Machinery and
5.6.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counter- sheave beams, supports, and foundations shall
weight. The location and guarding of counter- conform to 2.9.
weights shall conform to 2.3.
5.6.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed
5.6.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Bot-
auxiliary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
tom and top clearances and runbys for cars
and counterweights shall conform to 2.4, except 5.6.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing
as modified by the following: Openings
(a) Table 2.4.2.2, maximum speed 0.25 m/s
(50 ft/min). See 5.6.1.25.4. 5.6.1.11.1 Vertical Openings. Vertical
(b) Requirement 2.4.6 does not apply. hoistway landing openings shall conform to
(c) Requirement 2.4.7 does not apply. 2.11.
(d) Requirement 2.4.8 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.4.10 does not apply. 5.6.1.11.2 Horizontal Openings in Rooftops
(f) Requirement 2.4.11 does not apply. (a) The pedestrian path on a rooftop, when
(g) Requirement 2.4.12 does not apply if travel the door or cover is open, shall be such that
is 6.1 m (20 ft) or less. When refuge space is it permits a minimum 1 200 mm (48 in.) wide
required, it shall be measured to the underside unobstructed path which is not normally acces-
of the roof door when the bow iron or stanchion sible to vehicular traffic.
is in contact with the door. (b) Hoistways shall not be located either
wholly or partially in front of any entrance to
5.6.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight a building or openable window.
Clearances. Horizontal car and counterweight (c) The side of the door opening nearest to
clearances shall conform to 2.5. any building wall or other obstruction shall be
100 mm (4 in.) or less, or greater than 900 mm
5.6.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway.
(36 in.), from the wall or obstruction.
Where the hoistway does not extend to the
(d) Horizontal openings in rooftops shall be
lowest floor of the building, it shall conform
protected by hinged metal doors or vertically
to 2.6.
lifting covers having a nonslip upper surface.
5.6.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Doors or covers shall be of sufficient strength
Spaces. Machine rooms and machinery spaces to safely support a static load of not less than
shall conform to 2.7, except as modified by the 14.4 kPa (300 lb/ft2), uniformly distributed.
following: (e) When in the closed position, doors shall
(a) Requirement 2.7.1.1.1(b) does not apply. be flush with the landing sill.
(b) Requirement 2.7.3.2.2 does not apply. (f) Such doors and covers shall conform to
(c) Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply. 5.6.1.11.3 or 5.6.1.11.4.
(g) All openings between rooftop door panels
5.6.1.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine and frames shall be provided with minimum
Rooms. Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and 50 mm (2 in.) gutters to collect rainwater. The
ducts in hoistways and machine rooms shall gutters shall be piped rigidly to a discharge
conform to 2.8 and the following: point exterior to the hoistway and pit.

196
p. 197 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.197

ASME A17.1–2000 5.6.1.11.3–5.6.1.15.1

5.6.1.11.3 Hinged Type Rooftop Doors to open the cover only if the locking device is
(a) There shall be a minimum clearance of in the unlocked position.
450 mm (18 in.) between the face of the doors (b) Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway access
and any obstruction when the doors are in the switches are not required for access to the top
open position. of the car.
(b) The doors shall be opened by the as-
cending car and shall be self-closing as the car 5.6.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors
descends, and shall be kept in the closed posi- and Car Doors. Power operation, power open-
tion when the car is not at the top landing. ing, and power closing of the hoistway doors
(c) Stops shall be provided to prevent the and car doors or gates shall conform to 2.13.
doors from opening more than 90 deg from
their closed position. 5.6.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
(d) Means shall be provided at the meeting and Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors,
edge of biparting rooftop doors to collect and gates, and car illumination shall conform to 2.14,
discharge rain water. except as modified by 5.6.1.14.1 and 5.6.1.14.2.
(e) The landing sill shall be substantially flush
with the floor surface of the elevator landings. 5.6.1.14.1 Requirement 2.14.3.1. The height
of the car enclosure may be reduced when the
5.6.1.11.4 Vertical Lifting Rooftop Covers height of the bow-iron or stanchion is reduced
(a) The covers shall be raised and lowered as permitted by 5.6.1.15.2(a).
vertically by the ascending and descending car
and shall not be held or fastened in the open 5.6.1.14.2 All electrical equipment on the
position when the car is not at the top landing. car shall be weatherproof.
(b) Recesses or guides, which will securely
hold the cover in place on the stanchions, shall 5.6.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car
be provided on the underside of the cover. frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15,
(c) The landing sill shall be substantially flush 5.6.1.15.1, and 5.6.1.15.2.
with the floor surface of the elevator landings.
5.6.1.15.1 Platforms
5.6.1.11.5 Setting of the Door. The door (a) Car frames of the underslung rope-sus-
shall be set in the roof in such a manner that pended type of elevators shall be of sufficient
the upper surface of the rooftop door is at least depth to provide the minimum vertical clearance
25 mm (1 in.) above the surface of the roof between the car rope hitches or car sheaves
and pitched at the same angle. The edge around and any obstruction in the hoistway vertically
the rooftop door and the surface of the roof above them, as specified in 2.4.8, when the car
shall be such that a gradual change in surface floor is level with its upper landing level.
height is provided. (b) The depth of the car frame and the length
and spacing of guiding members shall conform
5.6.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and to 2.15.4 and, shall be such as to prevent tipping
Electric Contacts and Hoistway Access of the platform when it is at the highest upper
Switches. Hoistway door locking devices, car landing level.
door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway (c) The car platform shall be provided with
access switches shall conform to 2.12 or 2.14.4, metal aprons or guards on all exposed sides
except as modified by the following: conforming to the following:
(a) Requirements 2.12.2 and 2.12.3. Interlocks (1) They shall be made of metal of not less
or electric contacts are not required on hinged- than 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness.
type swinging covers and vertical lifting covers (2) They shall have a straight vertical face
used at the top landing in rooftops. Locks, if flush with the outer edge of the platform having
used, shall be of the spring type and shall a depth of not less than the distance between
be automatically unlocked by the bow-irons or the normal upper terminal landing level and
stanchions of the car, unless the locks are of the highest upper landing level plus 75 mm
the type that permit operation of the elevators (3 in.).

197
p. 198 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.198

5.6.1.15.1–5.6.1.25.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be of the drum diameter to the rope diameter (see
rounded or beveled at an angle of approximately 2.24.2) may be reduced to 24 for elevators with
75 deg with the horizontal. a rated load of 1 150 kg (2 500 lb) or less.
5.6.1.15.2 Bow-Irons and Stanchions. 5.6.1.24 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal
Where hinged doors or vertically lifting covers stopping devices shall conform to 2.25 and
are provided at the rooftop bow-irons or stan- 5.6.1.8.
chions shall be provided on the car to operate
the doors or covers. Bow-irons and stanchions 5.6.1.25 Operating Devices and Control
shall conform to the following requirements: Equipment. Operating devices and control
(a) They shall not be less than 2 130 mm (84 equipment shall conform to 2.26, except as
in.) high, measured from the finished car floor, modified by 5.6.1.25.1 through 5.6.1.25.5.
except that this height may be reduced by an All electrical equipment on the car shall be
amount necessary to permit the doors or covers weatherproof.
to close when the car is at the landing next to
the top terminal landing. 5.6.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices. Op-
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and erating devices in the car and at the lower
braced as to withstand the impact when striking landing are prohibited.
the doors or covers.
5.6.1.25.2 Operation. The operation of ele-
(c) Bow-irons shall be located approximately
vators shall conform to the following:
symmetrical with respect to the center of the
(a) The elevator shall be operated in both the
car platform.
up and down directions, only from the rooftop
(d) Stanchions shall be framed together at
area. The operation shall be by means of
their upper ends and provided with spring buff-
(1) key-operated continuous-pressure-type
ers at the top.
up-and-down switches; or
5.6.1.16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and (2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
loading shall conform to 2.16. operating buttons on the free end of a detach-
5.6.1.17 Safeties. Safeties shall conform to able, flexible cord not more than 1 525 mm (60
2.17, except as modified by 5.6.1.17. in.) in length.
On freight elevators where the rated speed (b) Key-operated switches shall be of the con-
does not exceed 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), car safeties tinuous-pressure spring return type and shall
which operate as a result of the breaking or be operated by a cylinder-type lock having not
slackening of the hoistway ropes may be used less than a five-pin or five-disk combination
in lieu of governor actuated safeties required with the key removable only when the switch
by 2.17.7.1. The safety shall operate without is in the “OFF” position. The key shall be Group
delay. 2 Security (see 8.1).
(c) Key-operated switches and plug recepta-
5.6.1.18 Governors. Governors, where pro- cles for flexible cords shall be weatherproof
vided, shall conform to 2.18. and shall be installed above the roof level,
5.6.1.19 Suspension Ropes. Suspension located within 1 525 mm (60 in.) horizontally
ropes shall conform to 2.20. from one side of the opening in such a manner
that the opening is within clear sight of the
5.6.1.20 Counterweights. Counterweights operator.
when provided, shall conform to 2.21. (d) It shall be possible to operate the car only
5.6.1.21 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and by means of either the key switches or the
bumpers shall conform to 2.22. continuous-pressure-type up-and-down buttons
on the free end of the flexible cord specified
5.6.1.22 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall conform
in 5.6.1.25.2(a).
to 2.23.
(e) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not
5.6.1.23 Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driv- be left where they are accessible to unauthorized
ing machines and sheaves shall conform to persons for operation of the elevator.
2.24, except that on freight elevators the ratio (f) Means of two way communication shall

198
p. 199 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$502 p.199

ASME A17.1–2000 5.6.1.25.2–5.6.2.17.1

be provided between the car, lower terminal 5.6.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
landing, and the rooftop operating station. and Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors,
5.6.1.25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices gates, and car illumination shall conform to 2.14.
and Stop Switch. A top-of-car operating device 5.6.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames
shall not be provided if the travel is 61 m (20 and platforms shall conform to 3.14, 5.6.1.15.1,
ft) or less. and 5.6.1.15.2.
Top-of-car operating devices, when required,
shall conform to 2.26.1.4. 5.6.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and
A stop switch shall be provided on top of loading shall conform to 2.16, except as modi-
the car, conforming to 2.26.2.8. fied by 3.16.
5.6.1.25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. When 5.6.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties
the bow-iron or stanchion is in contact with the
door or cover, the rated speed shall not exceed 5.6.2.9.1 Car safeties, where provided, shall
0.13 m/s (25 ft/min). conform to 2.17, except as modified for freight
elevators by 5.6.1.17 and shall be of the type
5.6.1.25.5 Landings Served. Rooftop eleva- which can be released only by moving the car
tors shall have normal access only at the roof in the up direction.
level and at one landing below the roof. There
shall be no intermediate stops. 5.6.2.9.2 Counterweight safeties, where
provided, shall conform to 3.16.
5.6.1.26 Emergency Operation and Signaling
Devices. Emergency operation and signaling de- 5.6.2.10 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall
vices shall conform to 2.27. conform to 3.18.
5.6.1.27 Welding. Welding shall conform to 5.6.2.11 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
8.8. Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall con-
5.6.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Rooftop form to 3.19.
Elevators 5.6.2.12 Counterweights. Where provided,
5.6.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and counterweights shall conform to 3.15.
Related Construction. Hoistways, hoistway en-
5.6.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and
closures, and related construction shall conform
bumpers shall conform to 3.21 and 3.22.2.
to 5.6.1.1 through 5.6.1.13, and 5.6.2.2 through
5.6.2.5, except 5.6.1.4 and 5.6.1.6. 5.6.2.14 Guide Rails. Guide rails and their
5.6.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. supports and fastenings shall conform to 3.23
Where a car top is provided, bottom and top and 3.28.
clearances and runbys for cars and counter- 5.6.2.15 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
weights shall conform to 3.4.
Where no car top is provided, they shall 5.6.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal
conform to 3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2. stopping devices shall conform to 3.25 and
5.6.1.8.
5.6.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway.
Where the hoistway does not extend to the 5.6.2.17 Operating Devices and Control
lowest floor of the building, it shall conform Equipment. Operating devices and control
to 3.6. equipment shall conform to 3.26, except that
5.6.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery 2.27.3 through 2.27.8 do not apply. Require-
Spaces. Machine rooms and machinery spaces ments 5.6.1.25.1, 5.6.1.25.2, 5.6.1.25.4, 5.6.1.25.5,
shall conform to 3.7. 5.6.1.26, and 5.6.1.27 and all electrical equip-
ment on the car shall be weatherproof.
5.6.2.5 Emergency Doors. The requirements
for emergency doors in single blind hoistways 5.6.2.17.1 Top-of-Car Operating Device and
as required by 2.11 apply only where a car Stop Switch. Top-of-car operating device when
safety is provided. required shall conform to 5.6.1.25.3.

199
p. 200 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.200

SECTION 5.7–5.7.6 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 5.7 to a height of at least 2 130 mm (84 in.) above


SPECIAL PURPOSE PERSONNEL the floor or the stair treads by a solid or open-
ELEVATORS work enclosure. The enclosure shall be of suffi-
cient strength to prevent contact between the
Requirement 5.7 applies to elevators perma- enclosure and the counterweight when the en-
nently installed in a wide variety of structures closure is subjected to a force of 1 100 N (250
and locations to provide vertical transportation lbf) applied at right angles at any point over
of authorized personnel and their tools and an area of 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.).
equipment only. Such elevators are typically Openwork enclosures shall reject a ball 25 mm
installed in structures such as grain elevators, (1 in.) in diameter and shall be so located as
radio antennas and bridge towers, underground to provide at least 100 mm (4 in.) between the
facilities, dams, power plants, and similar struc- outside of the enclosure and the closest member
tures where, by reason of their limited use of the counterweight assembly.
and the types of construction of the structures
served, full compliance with Part 2 is not practi- 5.7.3.2 Access to Enclosed Counterweights
cable or necessary. and Ropes. Access shall be provided for inspec-
Requirement 5.7 applies to special purpose tion, maintenance, and repair of an enclosed
personnel elevators having a traction, winding counterweight and its ropes. Doors in the coun-
drum, screw, or rack and pinion driving ma- terweight enclosures shall be self-closing and
chine. shall be provided with
(a) an electric contact, the opening of which
5.7.1 Construction of Hoistways and will remove power from the elevator driving
Hoistway Enclosures machine motor and brake; and
(b) a self-locking keyed tumbler lock.
5.7.1.1 Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures.
Where the hoistway is adjacent to areas permit- 5.7.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby
ting passage of people (e.g., passageways, stair-
wells, elevator landings), it shall be enclosed 5.7.4.1 Bottom Runby. Bottom runby shall
to a height of not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) conform to 2.4.2, 2.4.3, and 2.4.4.
above the floor or stair treads. The enclosure 5.7.4.2 Top Car Clearance. There shall be a
shall be of sufficient strength to prevent contact clearance of not less than 762 mm (30 in.) from
between the enclosure and the car or counter- the highest projection of the car top or the car
weight when the enclosure is subjected to a crosshead or the equipment mounted on the
force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) applied at right angles car top and the nearest part of the overhead
at any point over an area of 100 mm by 100 structure, when the counterweight is resting on
mm (4 in. by 4 in.). Openwork enclosures shall its fully compressed buffer as required in 2.4.6.
be permitted to be used and shall reject a ball For rack and pinion elevators without counter-
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. weights, there shall be a clearance of not less
than 762 mm (30 in.) from the highest projection
5.7.1.2 Floor Over Hoistway. A floor conform- of the car top and the nearest part of the
ing to 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.4 shall be provided at overhead structure, when the car has reached
the top of the hoistway. the uppermost limit of its travel. The top car
clearance shall conform to 2.4.6 and 2.4.7.
5.7.2 Pits
A pit conforming to 2.2 shall be provided for 5.7.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
every elevator. Clearances
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances
5.7.3 Location and Enclosing of shall conform to 2.5 and 5.7.3.1.
Counterweights
5.7.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
5.7.3.1 Counterweight Coming Down to
Floors or Passing Floors or Stairs. Where a Protection of spaces below hoistways not ex-
counterweight runway comes down to a floor tending to the lowest level of the structure shall
or passes a floor or stairs, it shall be enclosed conform to the applicable requirements of 2.6.1.

200
p. 201 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.201

ASME A17.1–2000 5.7.7–5.7.9

5.7.7 Overhead Machinery Beams and assembly shall be capable of withstanding a


Supports force of 1 100 N (250 lbf) applied on the landing
site at right angles to, and approximately at the
5.7.7.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and
center of, a panel. This force shall be distributed
Type of Supports
over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by
5.7.7.1.1 All machinery and sheaves shall 4 in.). There shall be no permanent displacement
be so supported and secured as to effectively or deformation of any parts of the entrance
prevent any part becoming loose or displaced. assembly resulting from this test. Openwork
5.7.7.1.2 Beams directly supporting ma- entrances shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in
chinery shall be of steel or reinforced concrete. diameter.

5.7.7.1.3 Machinery or equipment shall be 5.7.8.2 Projections of Hoistway Doors or


secured to and supported on, or from the top Gates Into Hoistway. The hoistway face of the
of, overhead beams or floors, except for the landing doors or gates shall not project into the
following equipment: hoistway beyond the landing sill. No hardware,
(a) secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction except that required for door locking devices
elevators; or contacts, signals, or door-operating devices,
(b) devices and their accessories for limiting shall project into the hoistway beyond the line
or retarding car speed; of the landing sill.
(c) driving machines on the car. 5.7.8.3 Access to Hoistways for Emergency
5.7.7.1.4 Cast iron in tension shall not be and Inspection Purposes. A device to unlock
used for supporting members for sheaves where and permit opening of the hoistway door from
they are hung beneath beams. the landing side, regardless of the location of
the car in the hoistway, shall be provided at the
5.7.7.2 Loads on Overhead Beams and Sup- top and bottom landings and may be provided at
ports. The total load on overhead beams shall all landings. This device shall be designed to
be equal to the weight of all apparatus resting prevent unlocking the door with common tools.
on the beams, plus twice the maximum load The operating means for unlocking the door
suspended from the beams. shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
5.7.7.2.1 The load resting on the beams
5.7.8.4 Opening of Hoistway Doors and
shall include the complete weights of the driving
Gates. Hoistway doors or gates shall be so
machine, sheaves, controller, etc.
arranged that it will not be necessary to reach
5.7.7.2.2 The load suspended from the behind any panel or jamb to operate them.
beams shall include the sum of the tensions in
5.7.8.5 Hangers and Stops for Sliding
all ropes suspended from the beams.
Hoistway Doors. Hangers, conforming to
NOTE (5.7.7.2): The object in doubling the suspended load 2.11.11.4.1 and 2.11.11.4.2, shall be provided.
is to allow for impact, accelerating stresses, etc.
5.7.8.6 Distance Between Hoistway Doors or
5.7.7.3 Factor of Safety of Overhead Beams Gates and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates.
and Supports. The factor of safety for overhead The distance between the hoistway doors or
beams and their supports shall be not less than gates and the hoistway edge of the landing sill
5 for steel and 6 for reinforced concrete. shall not exceed 57 mm (2.25 in.), and the
5.7.7.4 Allowable Stresses and Deflections. distance between the hoistway faces of the
Overhead beams and supports shall conform landing door or gate and the car door or gate
to 2.9.4 and 2.9.5. shall not exceed 133 mm (5.25 in.).

5.7.8 Hoistway Doors and Gates 5.7.9 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors or
Gates
5.7.8.1 Where Required. The full width of each
landing opening shall be protected by doors or Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided
gates. The landing opening shall be at least with hoistway-door interlocks or with locking
2 030 mm (80 in.) in height. The entire entrance devices and electric contacts conforming to 2.12.

201
p. 202 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.202

5.7.10–5.7.13.1 ASME A17.1–2000

5.7.10 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, 5.7.11 Car Construction
and Car Illumination
5.7.11.1 Car Frames and Platforms. Elevator
5.7.10.1 Enclosures Required. Except at the car frames shall be metal. Elevator car platforms
entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with metal shall be metal or a combination of metal and
at the sides and top. The enclosure at the sides wood. Where wood is used, the platform shall
shall be solid or of openwork that will reject a conform to 2.15.8. Car frames and platforms
ball of 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. The minimum shall have a factor of safety of not less than
clear height inside the car shall be 1 980 mm 5, based on the rated load.
(78 in.).
5.7.11.2 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not
5.7.10.2 Securing Enclosures. The car enclo- be used in the construction of any member of
sure shall be secured to the platform in such the car frame or platform other than for guide
a manner that it cannot work loose or become shoes and guide-shoe brackets.
displaced in regular service.
5.7.11.3 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be used
5.7.10.3 Illumination in Car. Each car shall be in elevator cars except for the car light and
provided with an electric light and a light control accessories necessary for the operation of the
switch. The light shall provide illumination of car or for car vision panels which, if provided,
at least 27 lx (2.5 fc) at the landing edge of the shall conform to 2.14.2.5.
car platform.
5.7.11.4 Number of Compartments. The car
5.7.10.4 Emergency Exits. When car size and shall not have more than one compartment.
construction permit, and other conditions war-
rant, an emergency exit with a cover may be 5.7.12 Capacity and Loading
provided in the top of the car enclosure con- 5.7.12.1 Capacity and Data Plates. Capacity
forming to 5.7.10.4.1 through 5.7.10.4.4. and data plates, conforming to 2.16.3, shall be
5.7.10.4.1 The exit opening shall have an provided.
area of not less than 0.227 m (352 in.), and
5.7.12.2 Limitation of Load, Speed, and Plat-
shall not measure less than 406 mm (16 in.)
form Area. The rated load shall not exceed 454
on any side.
kg (1,000 lb). The inside net platform area shall
5.7.10.4.2 The exit shall be so located as not exceed 1.208 m2 (13 ft2). The minimum
to provide a clear passageway unobstructed by rated load shall not be less than that based on
fixed elevator equipment located in, or on top 3.35 kPa (70 lbf/ft2) of inside net platform area
of, the car. or 113 kg (250 lb), whichever is greater. The
rated speed shall not exceed 0.76 m/s (150 ft/
5.7.10.4.3 The exit cover shall open out-
min). Winding drum machines shall comply with
ward and shall be hinged, or otherwise attached,
2.24.1.
to the car top.
5.7.10.4.4 The exit cover shall be equipped 5.7.13 Car Safeties and Governors
with a switch or contact that, when opened,
5.7.13.1 Car Safeties and Governors for
will cause a device to remove power from the
Traction and Winding Drum Type Elevators.
machine motor and brake. The exit cover switch
Cars suspended by wire ropes shall be provided
or contact shall be of a manual reset type.
with a car safety capable of stopping and sus-
5.7.10.5 Car Doors or Gates. A car door or taining the car with rated load. The safeties
gate which, when closed, shall guard the open- shall be Type A and shall conform to 2.17.5.1.
ing to its full height, shall be provided at each The car safety shall be actuated by a speed
entrance to the car. Car doors may be of solid governor. The governor shall be operated to
or openwork construction which will reject a set the safety when the car has attained a
ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible car maximum speed of 0.9 m/s (175 ft/min). The
gates shall be of a design that, when fully closed operation of the safety shall conform to 2.17.8.1.
(extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 The speed governor shall be located where
in.) in diameter. it cannot be struck by the car or counterweight in

202
p. 203 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.203

ASME A17.1–2000 5.7.13.1–5.7.14.7

case of overtravel and where there is sufficient the application of the safety shall not be used.
space for full movement of the governor parts. Car safeties shall be applied mechanically.
Governor ropes shall conform to 2.18.5. 5.7.13.5 Minimum Factors of Safety and
5.7.13.2 Car Safeties and Governors for Rack Stresses of Safety Parts and Rope Connections.
and Pinion Type Elevators. The car shall be The minimum factors of safety and stresses of
provided with one or more safeties identified safety parts and any associated rope connec-
in 2.17.5. The safeties shall be attached to the tions shall conform to 2.17.12.
car frame or supporting structure. All car safe-
5.7.14 Suspension Ropes
ties shall be mounted on a single car frame
and shall operate on one pair of guide members 5.7.14.1 Types Permitted. Suspension means
or on one vertical rack. shall consist of not less than two wire ropes.
Rack and pinion machines have safeties con- Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire
sisting of a freely rotating safety pinion, a gover- ropes, having the commercial classification “El-
nor, and a safety device which may form an evator Wire Rope,” or wire rope specifically
integral unit mounted on the car. The freely constructed for elevator use shall be used for
rotating pinion travels on a stationary rack the suspension of elevator cars and for the
mounted vertically in the hoistway. The rotating suspension of counterweights. The wire mate-
pinion drives the governor. When the downward rial for ropes shall be manufactured by the
speed of the car reaches the tripping value, the open-hearth or electric furnace process or their
rotating governor actuates the safety device equivalent.
which, in turn, brings the car to a gradual stop. 5.7.14.2 Minimum Diameter of Suspension
5.7.13.2.1 Stopping Distances. The travel of Ropes. The minimum diameter of any suspen-
the car measured from the governor-tripping sion rope shall be not less than 9.5 mm
to the full stop shall not exceed the following (0.375 in.).
values: 5.7.14.3 Factor of Safety of Suspension
(a) for car safeties: 1 625 mm (64 in.); Means. The factor of safety of the suspension
(b) for counterweight safeties: 1 980 mm means shall be not less than 7.95.
(78 in.).
5.7.14.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means
5.7.13.2.2 Marking Plates. A metal plate on Sheaves. The arc of contact of a wire rope
shall be securely attached to each safety so as on a traction sheave and the shape of the
to be readily visible and shall be marked in a grooves shall be sufficient to produce adequate
legible and permanent manner with letters and traction under all load conditions.
figures not less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) in height, 5.7.14.5 Arrangement of Wire Ropes on
indicating the following: Winding Drums. All wire ropes anchored to a
(a) the maximum governor tripping speed, in winding drum shall have not less than one full
m/s (ft/min), for which the safety may be used; turn of rope on the drum when the car or
(b) the maximum weight, in kg (lb), which the counterweight has reached its limit of possible
safety, as installed, is designed to stop and overtravel, including a fully compressed buffer.
sustain. Each turn of the wire rope on the winding drum
shall be in a separate groove on the drum.
5.7.13.2.3 Governor Ropes. Governor ropes
shall conform to 2.18.5, when applicable. 5.7.14.6 Lengthening, Splicing, Repairing, or
Replacing Suspension Means. No car or coun-
5.7.13.3 Opening of Brake and Motor Control terweight rope shall be lengthened or repaired
Circuits on Safety Application. The motor-con- by splicing. If one wire rope of a set is worn
trol circuit and the brake-control circuit shall be or damaged and requires replacement, the en-
opened before, or at the time, the safety applies. tire set of ropes shall be replaced.
5.7.13.4 Application of Car Safety. A car 5.7.14.7 Securing Ends of Suspension Ropes
safety device which depends upon the comple- in Winding Drums. The winding drum ends
tion or maintenance of an electric circuit for of car and counterweight wire ropes shall be

203
p. 204 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.204

5.7.14.7–5.7.18.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

secured by clamps on the inside of the drum governor operated, or at 125% of rated speed
or by one of the methods specified in 5.7.14.8 where the safety is not governor operated. Ki-
for fastening wire ropes to car or counterweight. netic energy from the drive unit shall be taken
into account in the design calculations. The
5.7.14.8 Fastening of Rope Suspension-
effect of the counterweight, where used, may
Means to Cars and Counterweights. The car
also be taken into account in the design calcula-
or counterweight ends of wire ropes shall be
tions.
fastened by properly made individual tapered
babbitted sockets or by properly attached fit- 5.7.17 Car Guide Rails and Guide-Rail
tings as recommended by wire rope manufac- Fastenings
turers.
Tapered babbitted rope sockets and the Car guide rails shall be provided.
method of babbitting shall conform to 2.20.9.4 5.7.17.1 Material. Guide rails and guide-rail
and 2.20.9.6. The diameter of the hole in the fastenings shall be of steel, or where steel may
small end of the socket shall not exceed the present a hazard, as in chemical or explosive
nominal diameter of the rope by more than 2.4 atmospheres, guide rails may be of selected
mm (0.094 in.). wood or other suitable nonferrous materials.

5.7.15 Counterweight Guiding and 5.7.17.2 Fastenings, Deflections, and Joints.


Construction Guide rails shall be securely fastened, shall not
deflect more than 6 mm (25 in.) under normal
5.7.15.1 Guiding. Counterweights shall be operation, and shall have their joints well-fitted
guided to prevent horizontal movement. Guide and strongly secured. Guide rails and their joints
rails, where used, shall conform to 5.7.17. and fastenings shall withstand without failure
5.7.15.2 Car Counterweights. A car counter- the application of the car safety when stopping
weight on winding drum elevators shall not be the car with its rated load.
of sufficient weight to cause slackening of any 5.7.17.3 Extension of Guide Rails at Top and
car hoisting rope during acceleration or retarda- Bottom of Hoistway. Guide rails shall extend
tion of the car. from the bottom of the hoistway to a sufficient
5.7.15.3 Types of Counterweight Construc- height above the top landing to prevent the
tion guide shoes from running off the rails when
(a) One-piece solid or laminated steel counter- the car or counterweight is at its extreme upper
weights may be used. position.
(b) Means shall be provided to retain counter-
5.7.18 Driving Machines and Sheaves
weight sections, if used, in place if they become
broken, whether carried in a frame or not. If 5.7.18.1 Types of Driving Machines. Driving
tie rods are used, the sections shall be fastened machines shall be of the traction, drum, screw,
together by a minimum of two tie rods which or rack and pinion type. The installation of belt-
pass through all weight sections. Tie rods shall drive and chain-drive machines is prohibited.
be provided with lock nuts and cotter pins at
5.7.18.1.1 Screw Machines. Screw ma-
each end.
chines shall conform to 4.2.15.
5.7.16 Car and Counterweight Buffers 5.7.18.1.2 Rack and Pinion Machines. The
rack and pinion drive shall consist of one or
5.7.16.1 Car and counterweight buffers shall
more power-driven rotating pinions mounted
be provided and shall conform to the applicable
on the car and arranged to travel on a stationary
requirements of 2.22.
vertical rack mounted in the hoistway. The drive
5.7.16.2 For rack and pinion elevators, spring shall have at least one pinion, one rack, and
buffers, where used, shall be so designed and two backup rollers. The pinions and rack shall
installed that they will not be fully compressed be of steel with a minimum safety factor of 8
when struck by the car with its rated load at for the pinion and the rack. Driving machines
governor tripping speed where the safety is located within the car shall be fully enclosed

204
p. 205 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.205

ASME A17.1–2000 5.7.18.1.2–5.7.21

with solid or openwork metal which shall reject 2.26.1.3 Additional Operating Devices for
a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter and which Elevators Equipped to Carry
shall be locked. One-Piece Loads Greater Than
5.7.18.2 Material and Grooving for Sheaves the Rated Load
and Drums. Winding drums, traction sheaves, 2.26.1.4 Inspection Operation (NOTE: A
top-of-car operating station may
and overhead and deflecting sheaves shall be
of cast iron or steel and of a pitch diameter of be provided, and if provided,
not less than 30 times the diameter of the wire shall conform to 2.26.1.4)
2.26.1.6 Operation in Leveling or Truck
suspension ropes, except that where 8 by 19
steel ropes are used on a drum type machine Zone
installation, the pitch diameter of drums and 2.26.2.12 Emergency Terminal-Speed
sheaves may be reduced to 21 times the diame- Limiting Devices
ter of the rope. The rope grooves shall be 2.26.2.13 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers
Used With Type C Car Safeties
machined.
2.26.2.14 Hoistway-Door Interlocks and
5.7.18.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines Hoistway-Door Electric Contacts
and Sheaves. The factor of safety for driving 2.26.2.17 Car Side-Emergency-Exit Door
machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24.3. Contact Switches
5.7.18.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set 2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car
Screws. Bolts transmitting torque, and set Platform Sills
screws shall conform to 2.24.4. 2.26.10 Absorption of Regenerated
Power
5.7.18.5 Friction-Gearing or Clutch Mecha-
nism. Friction-gearing or clutch mechanisms
5.7.20 Operation
shall not be used for connecting the drum or
sheaves to the main driving mechanism. 5.7.20.1 Types of Operation. The following
5.7.18.6 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worms types of operation shall be permitted:
and worm gears made of cast iron shall not (a) continuous-pressure operation;
be used. (b) momentary-pressure operation with up-
down buttons or switches in the car and up-
5.7.18.7 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving ma- down buttons or switches, or call buttons, at
chines shall be equipped with electrically re- each landing. It is not required that the operation
leased spring-applied friction brakes. be selective.
5.7.18.8 Operation of Brake. A single ground (c) single-automatic operation.
or short circuit, a countervoltage, or a motor
5.7.20.2 Hand-Rope Operation. Hand-rope op-
field discharge shall not prevent the brake mag-
eration shall not be used.
net from allowing the brake to set when the
operating device is placed in the stop position.
5.7.21 Emergency Signal and/or
5.7.18.9 Access to Machines and Sheaves. A Communication
permanent, safe, and convenient means of ac-
cess to elevator machine rooms and overhead Each elevator shall be equipped with an alarm
machinery spaces shall be provided for author- button or switch in the car operating station
ized personnel. and an alarm device mounted in a location
which shall be readily available to a person
5.7.19 Operating Devices and Control who is normally situated in the vicinity when
Equipment the elevator is in use, or a means of voice
communication to a receiving station always
Operating devices and control equipment
attended when the installation is in use. If the
shall conform to 2.26, except for the following,
alarm device or means of voice communication
which do not apply:
is normally activated by utility power supply,
2.26.1.2 For Car-Switch Operation Ele- it shall be backed up by a manual or battery
vators operated device.

205
p. 206 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.206

5.7.22–5.8.1.7.1 ASME A17.1–2000

5.7.22 Layout Drawings over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by


4 in.).
Information provided on layout drawings shall
conform to 2.28.1. 5.8.1.3 Protection of Space Below Hoistway.
5.7.23 Welding All elevators shall be provided with elevator
counterweight safeties conforming to 2.17.4.
All welding shall conform to 8.8.
5.8.1.4 Hoistway Entrances. Except when
opening and closing in response to control sig-
nals, each hoistway door shall have means to
prevent door movement and slamming when
SECTION 5.8 the vessel is subjected to conditions up to and
SHIPBOARD ELEVATORS including a 30 deg roll and a 10 deg pitch
Requirement 5.8 applies to elevators installed simultaneously.
on a ship or offshore drilling rigs for the purpose
of transporting personnel, maintenance equip- 5.8.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. It shall be per-
ment, and ship stores. missible to open the top emergency exit cover
from the top of car or from within the car. This
5.8.1 Electric Shipboard Elevators exit cover shall be provided with an electric
contact conforming to 2.12.5. The breaking of
Electric shipboard elevators shall conform to this contact shall cause the power to be removed
Part 2, except as modified by 5.8. from the elevator driving motor and brake and
5.8.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures. The hoistway the power shall be restored only by a manually
shall be entirely enclosed over all of its height by operated reset switch located inside the elevator
means of a continuous solid steel fire-resistive enclosure. Means shall be provided within the
enclosure with an equivalent fire rating of one elevator car to gain access to the top emergency
hour as defined in the 1974 Amendment of exit. A fixed vertical ladder of noncombustible
SOLAS Regulation 3. Elevators with total travel material shall be provided on the inside of the
within one compartment of the vessel may be hoistway to permit access from the top of the
enclosed with expanded metal having openings car to the hoistway entrance above. Means shall
the maximum of 25 mm (1 in.). The hoistway be provided to snap latch the cover closed or
enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to pre- fully open.
vent contact between the enclosure and the
car or counterweight when the enclosure is 5.8.1.6 Illumination of Cars. Elevators used
subjected to a force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) applied primarily for the movement of personnel shall
at right angles at any point over an area of 100 have the electrical power meet the requirements
mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.). of IEEE 45 with car enclosure lighting to be
supplied from the vessel’s final emergency
5.8.1.2 Separate Counterweight Hoistways. power source. In addition, a standby (emer-
The hoistway shall be entirely enclosed over gency) lighting power source shall be furnished
all of its height by means of a continuous solid conforming to 2.14.7.1.3.
steel fire-resistive enclosure with an equivalent
fire rating of 1 h as defined in the 1974 Amend- 5.8.1.7 Traction Driving Machines
ment of SOLAS Regulation 3. Where a separate
counterweight hoistway is provided on an eleva- 5.8.1.7.1 Traction driving machines shall
tor which has total travel within a single com- be provided with a device to cause the elevator
partment of the vessel, it may be enclosed with to stop and remain stopped if
expanded metal having openings the maximum (a) when a start is initiated, the driving ma-
of 25 mm (1 in.). The hoistway enclosure shall chine does not rotate;
be of sufficient strength to prevent contact of (b) the car or counterweight is stopped in a
the car or counterweight and its enclosure when downward motion by an obstruction which
the enclosure is subjected to a force of 1 112 causes the suspension ropes to slip on the
N (250 lbf) applied at right angles at any point driving sheave.

206
p. 207 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.207

ASME A17.1–2000 5.8.1.7.2–5.8.3.1

5.8.1.7.2 This device shall function in a 5.8.1.10 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with
time that does not exceed the smaller of the at least one handrail.
following values:
5.8.1.11 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with
(a) 45 s;
slip-resistant flooring.
(b) Time for car traveling the full travel, plus
10 s with a minimum of 20 s if the full travel
5.8.2 Hydraulic Shipboard Elevators
time is less than 10 s.
Hydraulic shipboard elevators shall conform
5.8.1.7.3 This device shall not affect opera- to Part 3, except as modified by 5.8.1 and 5.8.2.
tion from top of car inspection station.
5.8.2.1 Storage Tanks. Power unit oil storage
tanks shall be constructed in such a manner to
5.8.1.7.4 Driving machines shall be pro-
prevent spillage of hydraulic fluid under the
vided with a manual means of operation,
following conditions inherent to the installation
allowing the car to be moved to the nearest
location:
landing in the event of a power failure. This
(a) Rolling: ±45 deg.
shall be done by having the end of the drive
(b) Pitching: ±5 deg.
motor shaft arranged to receive a crank. The
manual effort required to move the car in the 5.8.2.2 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
upward direction with rated load shall not ex- designed and installed to function in accordance
ceed 400 N. One crank or tool shall be furnished with Part 3 when operating under the following
for this purpose. conditions inherent to the installation location:
(a) Continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak
5.8.1.8 Emergency Operation and Signal of frequency 0 to 25 Hz.
Devices (b) Rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s.
(a) Shipboard elevators shall be required to (c) Pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s.
conform to 2.27.1.1. (d) Heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s,
(b) In ships or offshore drilling rigs in which calculated by the formula A p 3.8 − 0.01 (L −
a watchman is not continuously available to 250), where L is the length of the ship, in meters,
take action when the required emergency signal measured between the perpendicular taken at
is operated, the elevator shall be provided with extremities of the deepest subdivision loadline.
one of the following additional emergency sig-
5.8.2.3 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at
naling devices:
least one handrail.
(1) a telephone connected to a central tele-
phone exchange system; 5.8.2.4 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip
(2) means within the car for communicating resistant flooring.
with or signaling to an emergency service which
operates 24 h each day. 5.8.3 Rack and Pinion Shipboard Elevators
Rack and pinion shipboard elevators shall
5.8.1.9 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
conform to 4.1, except as modified by 5.8.1 and
designed and installed to function in accordance
5.8.3.
with 2.14 through 2.28 when operating under the
following conditions inherent to the installation 5.8.3.1 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
location: designed and installed to function in accordance
(a) Continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak with 4.1 when operating under the following
of frequency 0 to 25 Hz. conditions inherent to the installation location:
(b) Rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s. (a) Continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak
(c) Pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s. of frequency 0 to 25 Hz.
(d) Heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, (b) Rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s.
calculated the formula A p 3.8 − 0.01 (L − 250), (c) Pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s.
where L is the length of the ship, in meters, (d) Heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s,
measured between the perpendicular taken at calculated by the formula A p 3.8 − 0.01 (L −
extremities of the deepest subdivision loadline. 250), where L is the length of the ship, in meters,

207
p. 208 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$503 p.208

5.8.3.1–5.9.7 ASME A17.1–2000

measured between the perpendicular taken at if the power to the water level annunciator is
extremities of the deepest subdivision loadline. interrupted.
5.8.3.2 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at 5.9.2.2 When the bottom of the hoistway is
least one handrail. located at or above the mine level, a walk-in
pit is permitted. A ramp shall be permanently
5.8.3.3 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip-
installed to provide access to the mine level
resistant flooring.
from the bottom landing. Required bottom
runby and space for the buffers, tension frames
and other equipment normally installed in the
pit must be considered when determining the
SECTION 5.9 location of the bottom landing. The pit floor
MINE ELEVATORS shall be so designed to prevent accumulation
of water in the area. Requirement 2.2.4.2 does
Requirement 5.9 applies to elevators as cov- not apply. The area shall be protected with a
ered by Part 2, permanently installed in mine metal guard unperforated, or perforated with
shafts. The purpose is to provide vertical trans- openings which will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.)
portation of mine personnel, their tools, equip- in diameter. Guards shall extend not less than
ment, and mine supplies. By reason of their 2 000 mm (78 in.) above the level of the pit
limited use and the types of construction of the floor. The pit access door, if provided, shall be
mines served, compliance with Part 2 is modi- self-closing.
fied as follows. (See also Part 3.)
(a) Substitute “Title 30 Code of Federal Regu- 5.9.3 Location and Guarding of
lations” for “building code.” Counterweights
(b) Substitute “mine” for “building.”
(c) Requirements modified in 5.9. The location and guarding of counterweights
shall conform to 2.3.
NOTE (5.9): Title 30 Code of Federal Regulations provides
for certain additional and more stringent requirements. 5.9.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars
Where applicable, Title 30 requirements have been ad- and Counterweights
dressed in this Part.
Bottom and top car clearances and runbys
for cars and counterweights shall conform to
5.9.1 Construction of Hoistways and 2.4, except 2.4.12 shall have the minimum verti-
Hoistway Enclosures cal distance in the refuge area increased from
The construction of hoistway enclosures shall 1 100 mm (42 in.) to 2 000 mm (78 in.).
conform to 2.1, except as modified by the fol-
lowing: 5.9.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
(a) Requirement 2.1.1 does not apply, except Clearances
for 2.1.1.3 and 2.1.1.5, which do apply. Horizontal car and counterweight clearances
(b) Requirement 2.1.6.2 does not apply. shall conform to 2.5, except as modified by
5.9.5.
5.9.2 Pits Requirement 2.5.1.5 only applies when the
Pits or the area below the elevator shall con- car is located at the lower landing.
form to 2.2, except as modified by 5.9.2.1 and
5.9.2.2. 5.9.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways

5.9.2.1 When the pit extends below the mine The protection of space below the hoistways
level, a pit water level alarm shall be provided shall conform to 2.6.
in an attended location to annunciate water
5.9.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
accumulation in the elevator pit. This water
level alarm shall be powered from the elevator Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall
electrical source. The elevator shall return to conform to 2.7, except as modified by the fol-
the surface and shall not be permitted to start lowing:

208
p. 209 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$504 p.209

ASME A17.1–2000 5.9.7–5.9.14.1

(a) Requirement 2.7.1.1.2 does not apply. 5.9.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and
(b) Note (3) in 2.7.1.1 does not apply. Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches
5.9.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine
Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door
Rooms
and car door or gate electric contacts, and
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts hoistway access switches shall conform to 2.12,
in hoistways and machinery rooms shall comply except as modified by the following:
with 2.8, except as modified by 5.9.8.1 through (a) In addition, a car door interlock shall be
5.9.8.3. provided.
(b) Hoistway access switches are not required
5.9.8.1 Hoistway and Car Wiring. In addition
if a car top access panel is provided.
to the requirements of 2.8.1, all wiring, raceways
and traveling cables installed in the hoistway
5.9.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors
or on the car, used directly in connection with
and Car Doors
the elevator, shall be suitable for weatherproof
(NEMA 4) application. Suitable expansion joints When provided, power operation of hoistway
shall be provided in vertical raceways, if neces- doors and car doors and gates shall conform
sary, to prevent damage caused by extreme to 2.13.
temperature changes.
5.9.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
5.9.8.2 Requirement 2.8.2 does not apply.
and Car Illumination
(a) All pipes shall be secured to prevent inter-
ference with the elevator equipment. Car enclosures, car doors, and car illumination
(b) The clearance between pipes, fittings, shall conform to 2.14, except as modified by
brackets and elevator equipment shall not be 5.9.14.1 through 5.9.14.5.
less than 25 mm (1 in.).
(c) All pipes shall be suitably identified as to 5.9.14.1 Car Top Access Panel. A car top ac-
its contents. cess panel shall be provided in the top of all
elevator cars. Car top access panels shall con-
5.9.8.3 Note (1) in 2.8.4 does not apply. form to the following:
(a) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies, except as
5.9.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, modified by this rule. The car top access panel
Supports and Foundations will substitute for the car top emergency panel.
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and (b) The car top access panel shall have an
foundations shall conform to 2.9. area of not less than 0.58 m2 (900 in.2) and
shall measure not less than 635 mm (25 in.)
5.9.10 Guarding on any side. The panel shall open outward or
slide over the car top. It shall be hinged, be
The guarding of equipment and standard rail- retained in a track, or securely attached with a
ing shall conform to 2.10. chain, when in both the open and closed posi-
tions. If a chain is used, it shall be not more
5.9.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings
than 300 mm (12 in.) in length and have a
The protection of hoistway landing openings factor of safety of not less than 5. The movable
shall conform to 2.11, except as modified by portion of the access panel, if hinged, shall
the following: be provided with means to counterbalance the
(a) Requirement 2.11.7.2 does not apply. Glass panel and restrain it from closing when in the
hoistway doors are prohibited. open position. The movable portion of the ac-
(b) Requirement 2.11.14 does not apply. cess panel shall not reduce the running clear-
(c) Requirement 2.11.15 does not apply. ance. The access panel shall be openable with-
(d) Requirement 2.11.16 does not apply. out the use of tools or keys.
(e) Requirement 2.11.17 does not apply. (c) The car top access panel shall be provided
(f) Requirement 2.11.18 does not apply. with a switch whose contacts are positively
(g) Requirement 2.11.19 does not apply. opened mechanically and their opening shall

209
p. 210 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$504 p.210

5.9.14.1–5.9.18.1 ASME A17.1–2000

not be dependent on springs that will initiate 5.9.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties
a controlled slow down and stop when the
Car and counterweight safeties shall conform
access panel is opened. An emergency stop
to 2.17, except as modified by 5.9.17.1 through
switch shall be located on top of the car and
5.9.17.6.
adjacent to the access panel to secure the car
prior to transferring to inspection operation. 5.9.17.1 Requirement 2.17.7.2 applies, except
every safety shall be provided with a switch,
5.9.14.2 A permanent fixed ladder shall be
operated by the safety mechanism (see 2.26.2.9).
provided for passage through the car top access
The counterweight safety switch shall be oper-
panel. The ladder shall project through the car
ated by the safety mechanism or a means to
canopy at least 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the
detect application of the safety independent
car top, or handgrips shall be provided to the
from the counterweight governor switch(es)
same height.
shall be provided.
The rungs, cleats, or steps shall be spaced
300 mm (12 in.) on center. A clear distance of 5.9.17.2 Requirement 2.17.7.3 applies, except
not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from the centerline the safety mechanism switch shall operate be-
of the rungs, cleats, or steps to the nearest fore or at the time of the application of the
permanent object in the back of the ladder shall safety.
be provided. Handgrips, if provided, shall have 5.9.17.3 Requirement 2.17.7.3 applies, except
a clear distance of not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) switches operated by the safety mechanism
from their centerline to the nearest permanent shall be of a type that cannot be reset until the
object. safety mechanism has been returned to the
5.9.14.3 Car Top Protection. Protection from unapplied position.
falling debris shall be provided on all car tops. 5.9.17.4 Requirement 2.17.9.1 applies, except
The car top protection shall safeties applied by rope drums are prohibited.
(a) not interfere with the use of the car top
access panel; 5.9.17.5 Requirement 2.17.9.3 applies, except
(b) be solid without perforations and shall when car safeties are applied, no decrease in
comply with strength requirements of 2.14.1.6; tension in the governor rope nor motion of
(c) provide a minimum head height clearance the car in the down direction shall release the
of 2 m (78 in.); safeties, but such safeties must be released by
(d) be removable if the car top protection the motion of the car in the up direction.
interferes with normal inspection, maintenance, When the counterweight safeties are fur-
and repairs. nished, means shall be provided to release the
safeties if both safeties are applied simultane-
5.9.14.4 Requirement 2.14.1.7 does not apply. ously. When the counterweight safeties are ap-
5.9.14.5 Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 does not plied, no decrease in tension in the governor
apply. rope nor motion of the counterweight in the
down direction shall release the safeties, but
5.9.15 Car Frames and Platforms such safeties must be released by the motion
Car frames and platforms shall conform to of the counterweight in the up direction.
2.15 and 5.9.15.1. 5.9.17.6 Requirement 2.17.17 does not apply.
5.9.15.1 Corrosion Protection. Car frames, 5.9.18 Speed Governors
platforms, bolts, rivets, and fastenings shall be
treated with corrosive resistant protective coat- Speed governors shall conform to 2.18, except
ing, electroplating-plating or made of corrosive as modified by 5.9.18.1.
resistant material. 5.9.18.1 Governor Rope Tension Sheaves. In
addition to the requirements of 2.18.7, the gov-
5.9.16 Capacity and Loading
ernor rope tension sheave shall be provided
Capacity and loading requirements shall con- with a governor rope tension sheave switch or
form to 2.16. switches mechanically opened by the governor

210
p. 211 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$504 p.211

ASME A17.1–2000 5.9.18.1–5.10.1.1.1

rope tension sheave before the sheave reaches 5.9.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling
its upper or lower limit of travel, to cause the Devices
elevator speed to be reduced to 0.75 m/s (150
Conformance to 2.27 is not required, except
ft/min). This switch shall be manually reset.
2.27.1 and 2.27.2 apply.
5.9.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and 5.9.28 Layout Drawings
Unintended Car Movement Protection
Information required on layout drawings shall
Ascending car overspeed and unintended car conform to 2.28.
movement protection shall conform to 2.19.
5.9.29 Identification
5.9.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Identification of equipment shall conform to
Connections 2.29, except 2.29.2 does not apply.
Suspension ropes and their connections shall
conform to 2.20. 5.9.30 Welding
Welding shall conform to 8.8, except when
5.9.21 Counterweights welding in or above the hoistway, requirements
Counterweights shall conform to 2.21. of 30 CFR 75.1106 and 75.1106-1 apply.

5.9.22 Buffers and Bumpers


Buffers and bumpers shall conform to 2.22,
except as modified by the following: SECTION 5.10
(a) Oil buffers shall be suitable for operation ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
at extreme temperatures experienced in the an- Requirement 5.10 applies to elevators tempo-
ticipated mining environment. rarily used for construction or demolition to
(b) Requirement 2.22.4.5(c) applies, except provide transportation for construction person-
that all oil buffers shall be provided with a nel, tools, and materials only.
switch conforming to 2.26.4.3 that will cause Such elevators may utilize temporary or per-
the power to be removed from the driving manent equipment in a temporary or permanent
machine when the plunger is not within 13 mm location. Because of their special use in a special
(0.5 in.) of the fully extended position. environment, full compliance with Part 2 and
Part 3 is not practical or necessary.
5.9.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Requirement 5.10.1 applies to electric eleva-
Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings tors used for construction.
Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail Requirement 5.10.2 applies to hydraulic eleva-
supports, and fastenings shall conform to 2.23. tors of the direct-plunger type used for con-
struction.
5.9.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves Elevators used for construction shall not be
accessible to the general public unless they
Driving machines and sheaves shall conform comply with Part 2 or Part 3.
to 2.24.
5.10.1 Electric Elevators Used for
5.9.25 Terminal Stopping Devices Construction
Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 5.10.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and
2.25. Hoistway Enclosures
5.10.1.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures
5.9.26 Operating Devices and Control
(a) Where the hoistway is adjacent to areas
Equipment
permitting passage of people (e.g., stairwells,
Operating devices and control equipment floors, and work space exterior to the hoistway),
shall conform to 2.26, except 2.26.12. it shall be fully enclosed. The enclosure shall

211
p. 212 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.212

5.10.1.1.1–5.10.1.6 ASME A17.1–2000

be of sufficient strength to prevent contact be- (c) Guards between adjacent pits shall con-
tween the enclosure material and the car or form to 5.10.1.1.1(c).
counterweight when the enclosure is subjected (d) The minimum pit depth required shall con-
to a force of 890 N (200 lbf) applied at right form to 2.2.7.
angles at any point on an area 100 mm by 100
5.10.1.3 Location and Guarding of
mm (4 in. by 4 in.). Openwork enclosures shall
Counterweights
be permitted to be used on all but the entrance
side of the hoistway and shall reject a ball 25 5.10.1.3.1 Location of Counterweights. The
mm (1 in.) in diameter. Openwork enclosures location of the counterweights shall conform to
shall be so located as to provide at least 150 2.3.1.
mm (6 in.) clearance between the outside of 5.10.1.3.2 Counterweight Pit Guards
the enclosure and the closest member of the (a) Counterweight guards shall be installed in
car or counterweight assembly. Openwork en- the pit on all open sides of the counterweight
closures shall not be used on elevators with runway, except as follows:
car speeds of over 1.75 m/s (350 ft/min). (1) Where compensating chains or ropes
(b) Overhead protection shall be provided are attached to the counterweight, the guard
across the entire cross-sectional area of the shall be permitted to be omitted on the side
hoistway. It shall be located above the machine facing the elevator car.
when the machine is located directly over the (2) Where pit mounted buffers are used, the
elevator, and shall be capable of sustaining a guard is permitted to be omitted where the
concentrated load of 1 335 N (300 lbf) on any bottom of the counterweight resting on its com-
area 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.). pressed buffer is 2 130 mm (84 in.) or more
(c) Where the elevator is operating in a multi- above the pit floor.
ple hoistway, and work is to be performed in (b) The design, construction, and location of
an adjacent portion of that multiple hoistway, the guards shall conform to 2.3.2.2. Perforated
the construction elevator’s hoistway shall be material which will reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
fully separated. The material used for this sepa- in diameter shall be permitted to be used.
ration shall
(1) be equal to or stronger than 1 mm 5.10.1.3.3 Separate Counterweight Hoist-
(0.0437 in.) diameter wire; ways. Where separate counterweight hoistways
(2) have openings not exceeding 25 mm are provided, they shall conform to
(1 in.); (a) requirement 2.3.3 for permanent separate
(3) be so supported and braced that when hoistway;
subjected to a pressure of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf/ft2) (b) requirement 5.10.1.1.1 for temporary sepa-
applied horizontally at any point, the deflection rate hoistway.
shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in.). 5.10.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runby.
5.10.1.1.2 Working Requirements in the Top and bottom car clearances and runby shall
Hoistway conform to 2.4.
(a) Hoisting of materials in any portion of the 5.10.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
hoistway of the elevator used for construction Clearances
is prohibited unless the car is not in use and (a) Horizontal car and counterweight clear-
is unoccupied. ances shall conform to 2.5.1.1, 2.5.1.2, 2.5.1.3,
(b) Conformance with 5.10.1.1.1(c) is required and 2.5.1.6.
to allow work in adjacent portions of a multiple (b) The clearance between the car and landing
hoistway. sills shall conform to 2.5.1.4, except that the
(c) Hoisting of materials in adjacent portions maximum clearance shall be not more than 100
of a multiple hoistway is prohibited unless under mm (4 in.).
the direct supervision of the elevator contractor.
5.10.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below
5.10.1.2 Pits Hoistways. Protection of spaces below
(a) A pit shall be provided for every elevator. hoistways not extending to the lowest level of
(b) The design shall conform to 5.10.1.1.1. the structure shall conform to the applicable

212
p. 213 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.213

ASME A17.1–2000 5.10.1.6–5.10.1.9.4

requirements of 2.6, or the space below the (b) The floor shall be located above, level
hoistway shall be temporarily secured from oc- with, or directly below the machine beams.
cupancy with a fence or wall. (c) Floors shall be designed to carry a mini-
mum live load of 195 kg/m2 (40 lb/ft2).
5.10.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery (d) Floors may be of concrete, wood, or of
Spaces metal with or without perforations. Wood plank-
5.10.1.7.1 General Requirements ing, when used, shall be scaffold grade or equiv-
(a) Spaces containing machines, control alent as recognized by approved grading rules
equipment, sheaves, and other machinery shall for the species of wood used.
be fully enclosed and protected from the ele- (e) The area to be covered by the floor shall
ments. Enclosures shall be so supported and conform to 2.1.3.5.
braced as to deflect not over 25 mm (1 in.) 5.10.1.8 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
when subjected to a force of 450 N (100 lbf) Supports, and Foundations. Beams, supports,
applied horizontally over an area of 100 mm and foundations shall conform to 2.9.
by 100 mm (4 in. by 4 in.). The overhead
protection of the machine room shall conform NOTE (5.10.1.8): Temporary structural reinforcement shall
be permitted to be used to meet the requirements of 5.10.1.
to 5.10.1.1.1(b). The floor of the machine room
shall conform to 5.10.1.1.4.
(b) A safe means of access to the machine 5.10.1.9 Hoistway Doors and Gates
room and machinery spaces shall be provided 5.10.1.9.1 Where Required. The full width
for authorized personnel. Access doors shall be of each landing opening shall be protected to
of a minimum height of 1 830 mm (72 in.), and its full height by doors, gates, transoms, or
shall be kept closed and locked. any combination thereof. The entire entrance
(c) Temporary electric lighting shall be pro- assembly shall be capable of withstanding a
vided in the machine room and machinery force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) applied on the landing
spaces. The illumination shall be not less than side at right angles to and approximately at the
100 lx (10 fc) at the floor level. center of a panel. This force shall be distributed
(d) Machine rooms shall be maintained free over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by
of refuse, and shall not be used for the storage 4 in.). There shall be no permanent displacement
of material unnecessary for the construction, or deformation of any parts of the entrance
maintenance, or operation of the elevator. Flam- assembly resulting from this test. Openwork
mable liquids having a flash point of less than entrances shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in
38°C (100°F) shall not be kept in the machine diameter. Where permanent doors are provided,
room. they shall conform to 2.11 through 2.13.
5.10.1.7.2 Machine Room and Machinery 5.10.1.9.2 Emergency Doors. Emergency
Space Floors doors shall conform to 2.11.1.2.
(a) A metal, concrete, or wood floor shall be
5.10.1.9.3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or
provided, except that floors are not required
Gates Into the Hoistway. All projections of
below:
hoistway doors or gates into the hoistway shall
(1) secondary and deflecting sheaves of
conform to 2.11.5.
traction-type machines located over the
hoistway; 5.10.1.9.4 Hoistway Door Vision Panels
(2) overhead sheaves, governors, and other (a) Where permanent hoistway doors are in-
equipment where the elevator machine is lo- stalled, vision panels shall conform to 2.11.7.
cated below or at the side of the hoistway (b) Where temporary swinging solid hoistway
provided that doors are used, a vision panel covered with
(a) means of access for inspection and material that will reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in
servicing of governors is provided; diameter and have a deflection not greater than
(b) sheaves and other equipment (except any other part of the door shall be provided.
governors) may be inspected and serviced from The total area of the vision panel shall not be
the top of the car or by other means. more than 0.016 m2 (25 in.2) and it shall be

213
p. 214 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.214

5.10.1.9.4–5.10.1.10.4 ASME A17.1–2000

located between 1 370 mm (54 in.) and 1 675 enclosure shall conform to 2.11.8. Guides shall
mm (66 in.) above the floor level. be of metal, and the bottom of the guide or
enclosure shall be so constructed as to retain
5.10.1.9.5 Openings of Hoistway Doors or
the weights if their suspension members fail.
Gates From the Landing Side
(a) For elevators with car speeds of up to 1.75 5.10.1.10 Car Enclosure, Car Doors and Gates,
m/s (350 ft/min), hoistway doors or gates shall and Car Illumination
be provided with means that will latch the doors
or gates mechanically so that they cannot be 5.10.1.10.1 Enclosures Required. Except at
opened from the landing side, conforming to the entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with
5.10.1.21.1. Means shall be provided at a desig- metal or wood on the sides and top. The enclo-
nated landing for unlatching the hoistway door sures shall be solid. The minimum clear height
or gate from the landing side to permit access inside the car shall be 1 980 mm (78 in.). Car
to the car. At this landing, positive means shall top enclosures shall be constructed to sustain
be provided to lock the elevator entrance out a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any 0.09 m2 (1
of service. ft2) area.
(b) For elevators with car speeds over 1.75 5.10.1.10.2 Securing Enclosure. The enclo-
m/s (350 ft/min), hoistway doors shall be pro- sure shall be securely fastened to the car plat-
vided with one of the following: form and so supported that it cannot loosen
(1) interlocks conforming to 2.12.2; or or become displaced in regular service, on appli-
(2) combination mechanical locks and elec- cation of the car safety, or on engagement of
tric contacts conforming to 2.12.3. the buffer.
(c) The mechanical locking device, when used
on temporary doors, shall be self-latching. 5.10.1.10.3 Illumination in the Car. Each car
shall be provided with an electric light and
NOTE [5.10.1.9.5(c)]: When permanent doors are installed, a light control switch. The light shall provide
it is recommended that the mechanical locking function of
illumination of at least 54 lx (5 fc) at the landing
the permanent interlocks be used.
edge of the car platform. Light bulbs and tubes
shall be suitably protected against accidental
5.10.1.9.6 Closing of Hoistway Doors and
breakage.
Gates. Temporary hoistway doors and gates
shall be considered to be in the closed position 5.10.1.10.4 Top Emergency Exits. Emer-
when the door or gate is fully closed and gency exits with a cover shall be provided in
latched. the top of all elevator cars and shall conform
Permanent hoistway doors shall conform to to the following:
2.12.1. The electrical circuitry for hoistway door (a) The exit opening shall have an area of
interlocks, or combination mechanical locks and not less than 0.26 m2 (400 in.2), and shall mea-
electric contacts, does not have to be opera- sure not less than 400 mm (16 in.) on any side.
tional at this time unless the car speed is over (b) The exit shall be so located as to provide
1.75 m/s (350 ft/min). a clear passageway unobstructed by fixed eleva-
tor equipment located in or on top of the car.
5.10.1.9.7 Hangers and Stops for Sliding
(c) The exit cover shall open outward and
Hoistway Doors. Hangers conforming to
shall be hinged or otherwise attached to the
2.11.11.4 shall be provided.
car top and so arranged that the cover can be
Where permanent hoistway doors are in-
opened from the top of the car only. The cover
stalled, they shall conform to 2.11, 2.12, and
when opened shall not protrude beyond the
2.13.
perimeter of the car.
5.10.1.9.8 Weights for Closing and/or (d) Operation of the car with the top emer-
Balancing Temporary Hoistway Doors or Gates. gency exit open is prohibited, except as speci-
Weights used to close or balance hoistway fied in 5.10.1.10.4(e).
doors or gates should be located outside the (e) Operation of the car with the top emer-
hoistway enclosure and shall run in guides or be gency exit open is permissible only when the
enclosed. Weights located inside the hoistway load cannot be carried totally within the car

214
p. 215 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.215

ASME A17.1–2000 5.10.1.10.4–5.10.1.16.3

enclosure and the operation is under the direct The temporary partitions shall be so installed
supervision of authorized personnel. The car as to provide for approximately symmetrical
shall not be operated at a speed of more than loading.
0.75 m/s (50 ft/min). Temporary partitions used within a car enclo-
sure to reduce the inside net platform area shall
5.10.1.10.5 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be
be permitted to be removed only under the
used in elevator cars except for the car light
supervision of the elevator contractor to accom-
and accessories necessary for the operation of
modate bulky loads that do not exceed the
the car. Glass used for the car light and accesso-
temporary capacity.
ries shall be laminated and meet the require-
ments of ANSI Z97.1 or CAN/CGSB-12.1, which- 5.10.1.12.3 Speed. The car speed shall not
ever is applicable (see Part 9), except for exceed 5 m/s (1,000 ft/min) unless permission
transparency. to do so is granted by the authority having
5.10.1.10.6 Number of Compartments. The jurisdiction. Related devices such as governors
number of compartments shall conform to and buffers shall be calibrated to the car speed.
2.14.1.4. 5.10.1.13 Car and Counterweight Safeties.
5.10.1.10.7 Car Emergency Signal. Eleva- Car and counterweight safeties shall conform
tors shall be provided with an audible signaling to 2.17.
device, or a permanent or portable means of 5.10.1.14 Governors. Governors shall con-
two-way communication. form to 2.18.
5.10.1.10.8 Car Doors or Gates. A car door
5.10.1.15 Ascending Car Overspeed and
or gate shall be provided at each entrance to
Unintended Car Movement Protection. As-
the car. When closed, it shall guard the opening
cending car overspeed and unintended car
to its full height. Car doors shall be solid or
movement protection shall be provided on new
openwork construction which will reject a ball
elevators, and on elevators being altered if re-
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible car gates
quired in 8.7, in conformance with 2.19.
shall be of a design that, when fully closed
(extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 5.10.1.16 Suspension Means. Elevator cars
in.) in diameter. Each door or gate shall be shall be suspended by steel wire ropes attached
equipped with a car door or gate electric contact to the car frame or passing around sheaves
conforming to the requirements of 2.14.4.2. Op- attached to the car frame as required by 2.15.12,
eration of the car with the car door or gate except as specified in 5.10.1.16.1 through
open is prohibited. 5.10.1.16.8.
5.10.1.11 Car Frames and Platforms. Car Elevator cars arranged for progressive rises
frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15, with continuous suspension ropes on storage
except for 2.15.8. reels shall have steel wire ropes attached to
the car frame or the stationary hitch-ends with
5.10.1.12 Rated Load and Speed suitable anchorages on the basis of tensile and
5.10.1.12.1 Rated Load. The inside net plat- fatigue in accordance with manufacturer’s speci-
form area shall be determined by the temporary fications and conforming to 5.10.1.16.7.
rated load and shall conform to 2.16.1. 5.10.1.16.1 Types Permitted. Suspension
The maximum number of passengers shall means shall conform to 2.20.1.
be based on the temporary rated load divided
by 90 kg (200 lb). 5.10.1.16.2 Minimum Number and
Diameter of Suspension Ropes. Ropes shall con-
5.10.1.12.2 Reduction of Inside Net Plat- form to 2.20.4.
form Area. Temporary partitions shall be permit-
ted to be installed for the purpose of restricting 5.10.1.16.3 Factor of Safety. Ropes shall
the inside net platform area. Such partitions conform to 2.20.3. The factor of safety of the
shall be securely fastened to prevent unautho- suspension wire ropes shall be based on the
rized removal. requirements for freight elevators.

215
p. 216 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.216

5.10.1.16.4–5.10.1.23.1 ASME A17.1–2000

5.10.1.16.4 Spare Rope Turns on Winding 5.10.1.20.3 Factor of Safety for Driving
Drums. Ropes shall conform to 2.20.7. Machines and Sheaves. The factor of safety for
driving machines and sheaves shall conform to
5.10.1.16.5 Splicing and Replacement of 2.24.3.
Suspension Ropes. Suspension wire ropes shall
not be lengthened or repaired by splicing. Dam- 5.10.1.20.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and
aged ropes in a set shall be permitted to be Set Screws. Bolts transmitting torque, and set
replaced without replacing the whole set. screws shall conform to 2.24.4.

5.10.1.16.6 Securing of Suspension Wire 5.10.1.20.5 Friction Gearing or Clutch


Ropes to Winding Drums. Ropes shall conform Mechanism. Friction gearing or clutch mecha-
to 2.20.6. nism is prohibited.
5.10.1.20.6 Use of Cast Iron in Gears.
5.10.1.16.7 Suspension Rope Fastenings.
Worms and worm gears made of cast iron are
The car and counterweight ends of suspension
prohibited.
wire ropes, or the stationary hitch-ends where
multiple roping is used, shall be fastened in 5.10.1.20.7 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving
such a manner that all portions of the rope machine brakes shall conform to 2.16.8, 2.24.8,
except the portion inside the rope sockets shall and 2.26.8.
be readily visible. Fastening shall be
5.10.1.21 Operating Devices and Control
(a) by individual tapered babbitted rope sock-
Equipment
ets (see 2.20.9.4);
(b) by means of clamps and wire rope thim- 5.10.1.21.1 Applicable Requirements
bles or by special fastening devices. Where (a) Operating devices and control equipment
clamps are used, the fastening shall conform on elevators with a car speed of up to 1.75 m/
to the following: s (350 ft/min) shall conform to 2.26, except
(1) Clamps shall not be of the U-bolt type. for 2.26.1.6, 2.26.2.14, 2.26.2.17, 2.26.4.4, and
(2) Both members of the clamps shall be 2.26.12 which do not apply. See 5.10.1.21.3
provided with seats conforming to the lay of regarding temporary wiring requirements.
the rope. (b) Operating devices and control equipment
on elevators with a car speed of over 1.75 m/
5.10.1.16.8 Rope Data Tag. Tags shall con- s (350 ft/min) shall also conform to 2.26.2.14
form to 2.20.2.2. and 2.26.2.17 where applicable.
5.10.1.17 Counterweights. Counterweight (c) Elevators used for construction shall not
guiding and construction shall conform to 2.21. be required to conform to 2.26.11.
5.10.1.21.2 Operation and Operating De-
5.10.1.18 Car and Counterweight Buffers. Car
vices. Operating devices shall conform to
and counterweight buffers shall conform to 2.22.
2.26.1.1. All automatic operation elevators shall
5.10.1.19 Car Guide Rails and Guide-Rail Fas- conform to 2.14.
tenings. Car guide rails and guide-rail fastenings
5.10.1.21.3 Temporary Wiring. Temporary
shall conform to 2.23.
wiring shall conform to Article 305 of NFPA 70
5.10.1.20 Driving Machines and Sheaves or Section 76 of CSA-C22.1, Part I, whichever
is applicable (see Part 9).
5.10.1.20.1 Driving Machines. All driving
machines shall conform to 2.24.1, except that 5.10.1.22 Floor Numbers. Hoistways shall
winding drum machines may be used for pas- have floor numbers, not less than 100 mm (4
senger elevators subject to the requirements of in.) in height, on the hoistway side of the enclo-
2.24.1(a), (b), and (c). sure or hoistway doors.
5.10.1.23 Capacity and Data Plates or Signs
5.10.1.20.2 Material and Grooving for
Sheaves and Drums. Permanent sheaves and 5.10.1.23.1 Plates or Signs Required and
drums shall conform to 2.24.2. Temporary Locations. Every elevator car shall be provided
sheaves and drums shall conform to 5.7.18.2. with a capacity plate or sign and a data plate or

216
p. 217 02-16-01 11:21:54 Unit: U5 Textfile: A17Y2K$505 p.217

ASME A17.1–2000 5.10.1.23.1–5.10.2.12

sign temporarily fastened in place. The capacity 5.10.2.2 Machinery Rooms and Machinery
plate or sign shall be located in a conspicuous Spaces. Machinery rooms and machinery
position inside the car. spaces shall conform to 5.10.1.7.
The data plate or sign shall be located on
the car crosshead, or if there is no crosshead, 5.10.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below
inside the car. Hoistway. Protection of the space below the
hoistway shall conform to 3.6.
5.10.1.23.2 Information Required on Plates
or Signs 5.10.2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby for
(a) Temporary capacity plates or signs shall Cars and Counterweights. Bottom and top clear-
indicate the maximum load and the maximum ances and runby for cars and counterweights
number of passengers allowed in the car during shall conform to 3.4.
the use of the elevator for construction.
(b) Temporary data plates or signs shall in- 5.10.2.5 Emergency Doors. Emergency doors
dicate shall conform to 3.11.1.
(1) the approximate temporary weight of
5.10.2.6 Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical
the car including the car safety and all auxiliary
equipment shall conform to 5.10.1.10, 5.10.1.11,
equipment attached to the car;
5.10.1.13 through 5.10.1.15, 5.10.1.17 through
(2) the temporary rated load and temporary
5.10.1.19, and 5.10.1.23.
speed;
(3) the wire rope data required by 2.20.2.1; 5.10.2.7 Hydraulic Jack. Hydraulic jacks shall
(4) the manufacturer’s name and date of conform to 3.18.
installation.
5.10.2.8 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
5.10.1.23.3 Marking of Plates or Signs.
Valves, supply piping, and fittings shall conform
Plates or signs shall have letters and figures
to 3.19.
stamped, cast, etched, stenciled, or painted on
the surface in such a manner as to be legible. 5.10.2.9 Counterweight Ropes, Rope
The height of the letters and figures shall be Connections, and Sheaves. Counterweight
not less than ropes, rope connections, and sheaves shall con-
(a) for capacity plates, 25 mm (1 in.); form to 3.20.
(b) for data plates, 3 mm (0.125 in.).
5.10.2.10 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.10.2 Hydraulic Elevators Used for
Construction 5.10.2.11 Terminal Stopping Devices. Termi-
nal stopping devices shall conform to 3.25.
5.10.2.1 Construction of Hoistways and
Hoistway Enclosures. Hoistways, hoistway en- 5.10.2.12 Operating Devices and Control
closures, and related construction shall conform Equipment. Operating devices and control
to 5.10.1.1. equipment shall conform to 5.10.1.21.

217
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 219 02-16-01 11:23:49 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.219

PART 6
ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS

SCOPE 6.1.3.2 Geometry


Part 6 applies to escalators and moving walks 6.1.3.2.1 The width of the escalator shall
used to transport passengers. be the width of the step tread. See 6.1.3.5.2 for
step width requirements.
6.1.3.2.2 The handrail shall be a minimum
of 100 mm (4 in.) horizontally and 25 mm (1
in.) vertically away from adjacent surfaces, ex-
cept that rounded fillets or beveled sides of the
handrail stand are permitted to reduce the 25
SECTION 6.1 mm (1 in.) clearance between the handrail and
ESCALATORS the point where the handrail stand is connected
6.1.1 Protection of Floor Openings to the balustrade. The centerline of the handrail
shall be not more than 240 mm (9.5 in.), mea-
6.1.1.1 Protection Required. Floor openings sured horizontally, from the vertical plane
for escalators shall be protected against the through the edge of the exposed step. (See
passage of flame, heat, and/or smoke in accord- Appendix I, Figs. I1 and I2.)
ance with the provisions of the applicable build-
ing code (see Part 9). 6.1.3.3 Balustrades. Balustrades shall be in-
stalled on each side of the escalator. (See Ap-
pendix I, Fig. I3.)
6.1.2 Protection of Trusses and Machine
Spaces Against Fire 6.1.3.3.1 Construction
(a) The balustrade on the step side shall have
6.1.2.1 Protection Required. The sides and no areas or moldings depressed or raised more
undersides of an escalator truss or group of than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) from the parent surface.
adjacent trusses in a single wellway shall be Such areas or moldings shall have all boundary
enclosed in materials defined as either noncom- edges beveled or rounded.
bustible or limited-combustible by the building (b) The balustrade shall be totally closed,
code or NFPA 101, whichever is applicable (see except
Part 9). Means provided for adequate ventilation (1) where the handrail enters the newel base
of the driving machine and control spaces, when (see 6.1.3.4.3); and
included in the truss enclosure area, shall be (2) gaps between interior panels shall not
permitted. be wider than 5 mm (0.19 in.). The edges shall
be rounded or beveled.
6.1.3 Construction Requirements (c) The width between the balustrade interior
panels in the direction of travel shall not be
6.1.3.1 Angle of Inclination. The angle of incli-
changed.
nation shall be designed not to exceed 30 deg
from the horizontal, but due to field conditions 6.1.3.3.2 Strength. Balustrades shall be de-
at the site shall be permitted to exceed this signed to resist the simultaneous application of
maximum by 1 deg. The angle shall be mea- a static lateral distributed force of 585 N/m (40
sured at the centerline of the steps. lbf/ft) and a vertical distributed force of 730 N/

219
p. 220 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.220

6.1.3.3.2–6.1.3.3.7 ASME A17.1–2000

m (50 lbf/ft), both applied to the top of the (SI Units)


handrail stand. e p 2.7183
y p −3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 0.37 (Lg)
6.1.3.3.3 Use of Glass or Plastic. Glass or ␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a
plastic, if used in balustrades, shall conform to polycarbonate test specimen on the
the requirements of the following standards, skirt panel at the measurement point
whichever is applicable (see Part 9): calculated when subjected to a 110 N
(a) ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201; or normal load. The coefficient of friction
(b) one of the following CGSB Standards: shall be measured without addition of
CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/ any field-applied lubricant.
CGSB-12.12; except that there shall be no re- Lg p the clearance between the step and
quirement for the panels to be transparent. the adjacent skirt panel when 110 N is
Plastic bonded to basic supporting panels is applied from the step to skirt panel, mm
not required to conform to these requirements.
The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N
6.1.3.3.4 Interior Low Deck. The interior low by more than ± 11 N. The load shall be distrib-
deck, where provided, shall conform to the fol- uted over a round or square area no less than
lowing (see Appendix I, Fig. I1): 1 940 mm2 and no more than 3 870 mm2.
(a) The width from the vertical face of the
interior panel to the vertical plane of the skirt (Imperial Units)
e p 2.7183
panel shall not exceed 150 mm (6 in.).
y p − 3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 9.3 (Lg)
(b) The angle between the surface of the deck ␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a
and the plane of the noseline of the steps shall polycarbonate test specimen on the
be not less than 20 deg nor more than 30 deg. skirt panel at the measurement point
(c) A horizontal section shall be permitted calculated when subjected to a 25 lbf
immediately adjacent to the interior panel. It normal load. The coefficient of friction
shall be not greater than 35 mm (1.25 in.). shall be measured without addition of
any field applied lubricant.
6.1.3.3.5 Loaded Gap Between Skirt and Lg p the clearance between the step and
Step. The clearance (loaded gap) between the the adjacent skirt panel when 25 lbf is
step tread and the adjacent skirt panel shall be applied from the step to skirt panel, in.
not more than 5 mm (0.2 in.) when 110 N (25
lbf) is laterally applied from the step to the The applied load shall not deviate from 25
adjacent skirt panel. The applied load shall not lbf by more than ± 2.5 lbf. The load shall be
deviate from 110 N (25 lbf) by more than ± 11 distributed over a round or square area no less
N (2.5 lbf). The load shall be distributed over than 3 in.2 and no more than 6 in.2.
an area no less than 1 940 mm2 (3 in.2) and no (b) The step/skirt performance index polycar-
more than 3 870 mm2 (6 in.2). bonate test specimen shall conform to the fol-
lowing specifications:
6.1.3.3.6 Skirt Panels (1) Material: Polycarbonate without fillers
(a) The height of the skirt above the tread (2) Color: Natural, no pigments
nose line shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.) mea- (3) Finish: Glossy (roughness less than 0.8
sured vertically (see Appendix I, Fig. I4). ␮m (32 ␮in.)
(b) Skirt panels shall not deflect more than (4) Area in contact with skirt panel:
1.6 mm (0.0625 in.) under a force of 667 N 2 900 ± 325 mm2 (4.5 ± 0.5 in.2) and at least 0.8
(150 lbf). mm (0.03 in.) thick
(c) The exposed surfaces of the skirt panels (5) Specification: GE Lexan 100 series or
adjacent to the steps shall be smooth. equivalent polycarbonate
6.1.3.3.7 Step/Skirt Performance Index (c) The escalator step/skirt performance index
(a) The step/skirt performance index, when shall be
the escalator is subjected to the test specified (1) ≤ 0.15; or
in 8.11.4.2.19, shall be the maximum value of (2) ≤ 0.4 when a skirt deflector device com-
the recorded instantaneous step/skirt index ey/ plying with the requirements of 6.1.3.3.8 is pro-
(ey + 1), where vided.

220
p. 221 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.221

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.3.3.7–6.1.3.3.9

rigid elements at the landings shall smoothly


blend into the rigid elements along the incline
in accordance with the radius of curvature of
15 deg min. the transition zone.
(4) When attached to the skirt, rigid ele-
(Not to scale)
ments shall withstand a force of 900 N (200
lbf) perpendicular to the line of attachment of
the element without detachment or permanent
deformation. The force shall be applied to an
10 deg min. area of 645 mm2 (1 in.2).
(b) Flexible elements shall be in conformance
with the following conditions:
25 mm 50 mm
(1) The horizontal protrusion extending
18 mm
(1 in.) min. (2 in.) min. from the skirt surafce above the step shall be
(0.72 in.)
max. incline landing 50 mm (2 in.) maximum.
(2) They shall be capable of deflecting to an
angle of 10 deg or greater above the horizontal.
(3) Noncontinuous flexible elements shall
FIG. 6.1.3.3.8 DIMENSIONS be allowed to deflect to allow a maximum of
9.5 mm (0.375 in.) interference with any point
on the step surface.
6.1.3.3.8 Skirt Deflector Devices. Deflector (4) Continuous flexible elements shall not
devices shall be permitted. Where provided, deflect such that they can contact the steps.
deflector devices shall extend from skirt panels
parallel to the escalator path of travel. Means
to secure such deflector devices are permitted 6.1.3.3.9 Guard at Ceiling Intersection
to be on the exposed surface of the skirt. Any (a) On high deck balustrades, a solid guard
exposed fastener heads shall be of the tamper- shall be provided in the intersection of the angle
resistant type and flush to within 1 mm (0.04 in.). of the outside balustrade deck and the ceiling
(a) Rigid elements shall be in conformance or soffit, under the following conditions:
with the following conditions: (1) where the clearance between the outside
(1) Horizontal protrusions extending above edge of the deck and the ceiling or soffit is 300
the step shall be 18 mm (0.75 in.) maximum. mm (12 in.) or less; or
Corners or changes in profile shall be rounded (2) where the projected intersection of the
or beveled. The exposed surfaces of such ele- outside deck and the ceiling or soffit is 600
ments shall be smooth and permanently treated mm (24 in.) or less from the centerline of the
with a low-friction material. handrail.
(2) On the incline, the area of any protrusion (b) On low deck balustrades, a solid guard
shall lie entirely offset outward from a line shall be provided to protect the intersection
beginning on the vertical portion of the skirt formed by the top of the handrail and the plain
panel measured 25 mm (1 in.) vertically above of the ceiling or soffit where the centerline of
the step nose line. The lower surface shall be the handrail is 350 mm (14 in.) or less from
beveled not less than 10 deg upward and the the ceiling or soffit.
upper surface shall be beveled not less than (c) The vertical edge of the guard shall be a
15 deg downward. (See Fig. 6.1.3.3.8.) minimum of 350 mm (14 in.) in length.
(3) At the upper and lower landing, any (d) The escalator side of the vertical face of
protrusion shall lie entirely above a line begin- the guard shall be flush with the face of the
ning on the vertical portion of the skirt panel wellway.
50 mm (2 in.) above the step nose line. The (e) The exposed edge of the guard shall pres-
lower surface shall be beveled not less than 10 ent a minimum width of 25 mm (1 in.) and a
deg upward and the upper surface shall be minimum radius of 12 mm (0.5 in.).
beveled not less than 15 deg downward. Any (f) Guards are permitted to be of glass or

221
p. 222 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.222

6.1.3.3.9–6.1.3.5.2 ASME A17.1–2000

plastic, provided they meet the requirements 6.1.3.4.2 Extension Beyond Combplates.
of 6.1.3.3.3. Each moving handrail shall extend at normal
See also Appendix I, Fig. I5. handrail height not less than 300 mm (12 in.)
beyond the line of points of the combplate teeth
6.1.3.3.10 Anti-Slide Devices. On high deck at the upper and lower landings.
balustrades, anti-slide devices shall be provided
on decks or combinations of decks when the 6.1.3.4.3 Guards. Hand or finger guards
outer edge of the deck is greater than 200 mm shall be provided at a point where the handrail
(8 in.) from the edge of the handrail, or on enters the balustrade.
adjacent escalators when the unobstructed dis-
tance between the edge of the facing handrail 6.1.3.4.4 Splicing. Splicing of handrails
is greater than 300 mm (12 in.). shall be done in such a manner that the joint
These devices shall consist of raised objects is free of any pinching effect.
fastened to the decks, no closer than 100 mm
(4 in.) to the handrail and spaced no greater 6.1.3.4.5 Vertical Height. The vertical height
than 2 000 mm (78 in.) apart. The height shall from step nose to top of handrail shall be not
be no less than 50 mm (2 in.). There shall be less than 900 mm (35 in.) nor more than 1 000
no sharp corners or edges. See Appendix I, mm (39 in.). See 6.1.3.6.6 for floor opening
Fig. I6. protection adjacent to escalator wellways.

6.1.3.3.11 Deck Barricades. A barricade to 6.1.3.4.6 Handrail Clearance. The horizontal


restrict access to the outer deck on low deck clearance between either lip of the handrail and
exterior balustrades shall be provided at the the handrail stand shall not exceed 10 mm
top and bottom ends of each escalator where (0.375 in.). (See Appendix I, Fig. I2.)
the outer deck width exceeds 125 mm (5 in.).
6.1.3.5 Steps
On parallel abutting units, this protection shall
be provided where the combined outer deck 6.1.3.5.1 Material and Type
width exceeds 125 mm (5 in.). The barricade (a) Step frames, treads, and risers, excluding
shall extend to a height that is nominally 100 their attachments or inserts, shall be metal,
mm (4 in.) below the top of the handrail. except that magnesium alloys shall not be used;
When an escalator is not located at the edge or the materials, in their end use configuration,
of a floor surface, the barricade shall be installed shall have a flame spread index of 0 to 50
on the outer deck at a point 1 000 mm (40 based on the tests conducted in accordance
in.) above the floor where the bottom of the with the requirements of ASTM E 84, UL 723,
barricade intersects the outer deck. NFPA 255, or CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever is
Barricades may be made of glass or plastic, applicable (see Part 9).
provided that they meet the requirements of (b) Nonmetallic attachments and inserts (ex-
6.1.3.3.3. All exposed barricade attachment fas- cluding wheels) shall be classified 94 HB or
tener heads shall be of the tamper-resistant better in accordance with ANSI/UL 94.
type. (c) Step treads shall be horizontal, and shall
afford a secure foothold. The step supporting
6.1.3.4 Handrails system shall be so designed so that the back
of the step cannot tip upward more than 6 mm
6.1.3.4.1 Type Required. Each balustrade
(0.25 in.) at any point.
shall be provided with a handrail moving in
the same direction and at substantially the same 6.1.3.5.2 Dimensions of Steps. The depth
speed as the steps. In the case of curved escala- of any step tread in the direction of travel shall
tors, this shall be substantially the same angular be not less than 400 mm (15.75 in.), and the
velocity. The speed of the handrail shall not rise between treads shall be not more than 220
change when a retarding force of 450 N (100 mm (8.5 in.). The width of a step tread shall
lbf) is applied to the handrail opposite to the be not less than 560 mm (22 in.) nor more than
direction of travel. 1 020 mm (40 in.). (See Appendix I, Fig. I7.)

222
p. 223 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.223

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.3.5.3–6.1.3.7

6.1.3.5.3 Cleated Step Risers. The step riser Sections forming the comb teeth shall be readily
shall be provided with vertical cleats which shall replaceable.
mesh with slots on the adjacent step tread (d) The comb section, combplate, and landing
wherever the steps are exposed. (See Appendix plate assemblies shall not make contact with
I, Fig. I8.) the step treads when a weight of 160 kg (350
lb) is applied to any area 200 mm (8 in.) by
6.1.3.5.4 Clearance Between Steps. The
300 mm (12 in.) centered on the plates with
maximum clearance between step treads on the
the 300 mm (12 in.) dimension parallel to the
horizontal run shall be 6 mm (0.25 in.). (See
direction of travel.
Appendix I, Fig. I6.)
6.1.3.6.2 Distinction Between Comb and
6.1.3.5.5 Slotting of Step Treads. The tread Step. There shall be a visual contrast between
surface of each step shall be slotted in a direc- the comb and step, achieved by color, pattern,
tion parallel to the travel of the steps. Each slot or texture.
shall be not more than 6.5 mm (0.25 in.) wide
and not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) deep, and 6.1.3.6.3 Adjacent Floor Surfaces. The adja-
the distance from center to center of adjoining cent floor surfaces at each landing shall be
slots shall be not more than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.). continuous with the top of the landing plate
Slots shall be so located on the step tread with no abrupt change in elevation of more
surface as to form a cleat on each side of the than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
step tread adjacent to the skirt panel. 6.1.3.6.4 Safety Zone. The entry and exit
6.1.3.5.6 Step Demarcation. There shall be zone shall be kept clear of all obstacles. The
demarcation lines at the back of the step to width of the zone shall be not less than the
delineate the division between steps. These width between the centerlines of the handrails
lines shall be marked by a yellow strip a mini- plus 200 mm (8 in.). The length of the zone,
mum of 38 mm (1.5 in.) in width and a maximum measured from the end of the newel, shall be
of 50 mm (2 in.). [See 6.1.3.5.1(b).] no less than twice the distance between the
There shall be demarcation lines on the sides centerlines of the handrails. Space shall be pro-
of the step. These side lines shall be yellow vided to accommodate all traffic in the safety
and at least 13 mm (0.5 in.) wide and shall not zone.
exceed 50 mm (2 in.). [See 6.1.3.5.1(b).] NOTE (6.1.3.6.4): These dimensions are absolute minimums.
6.1.3.5.7 Step Fatigue Tests. Each step
width shall be subjected to the step fatigue test 6.1.3.6.5 Flat Steps. There shall be a mini-
as described in 8.3.1.1. mum of two and a maximum of four flat steps
at the entrance and exit of every escalator. (See
6.1.3.5.8 Step Wheels. Where support 1.3 and 6.1.3.5.2.)
wheels attached to the steps are not located
within the width of the step, provision shall be 6.1.3.6.6 Floor Opening Protection
made to prevent the step from falling into the Adjacent to Escalator Wellway. Floor openings
escalator interior due to a loss of one or more adjacent to the entire length of the escalator
of the support wheel assemblies. wellway shall be provided with protection in
accordance with the applicable building code
6.1.3.6 Entrance and Egress Ends (see Part 9).
6.1.3.6.1 Combplates 6.1.3.7 Trusses or Girders. The truss or girder
(a) There shall be a combplate, to which the shall be designed to safely sustain the running
combs shall be fastened, at the entrance and gear in operation. In the event of failure of the
at the exit of every escalator. track system, it shall retain the running gear
(b) The comb teeth shall be meshed with and within the confines of this truss.
set into the slots in the tread surfaces so that Where tightening devices are operated by
the points of the teeth are always below the means of tension weights, provision shall be
upper surface of the treads. made to retain these weights in the truss if
(c) Combplates shall be adjustable vertically. they should be released.

223
p. 224 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.224

6.1.3.8–6.1.3.9.4 ASME A17.1–2000

6.1.3.8 Step Wheel Tracks. Step wheel tracks rated load for all single driving machines shall
shall be designed so as to prevent displacement be considered to be not less than the following:
of the running gear if a step chain breaks. (1) with escalator stopped
6.1.3.9 Rated Load (SI Units)
6.1.3.9.1 Structural. For the purpose of Brake rated load (kg) p 0.27 (W + 203)B1
structural design, the rated load shall be consid-
ered to be not less than the following: (Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) p 4.6 (W + 8)B1
(SI Units)
Structural rated load (kg) p 0.27 (W + 203)A
(2) with escalator running
(Imperial Units)
(SI Units)
Structural rated load (lb) p 4.6 (W + 8)A
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B1
where (Imperial Units)
A p length of the horizontal projection of Brake rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B1
the entire truss measured along its cen-
terline, m (ft)
W p width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see (b) The rated load per module for two or more
6.1.3.2) modular driving machines shall be considered
6.1.3.9.2 Machinery to be not less than the following:
(a) For the purpose of driving machine and (1) with escalator stopped
power transmission calculations, the rated load
for all single driving machines shall be consid- (SI Units)
ered to be not less than the following: Brake rated load (kg) p 0.27 (W + 203)B2

(SI Units) (Imperial Units)


Machinery rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B1 Brake rated load (lb) p 4.6 (W + 8)B2

(Imperial Units)
(2) with escalator running
Machinery rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B1
(SI Units)
(b) The rated load per module for two or more Brake rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B2
modular driving machines shall be considered
to be not less than: (Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B2
(SI Units)
Machinery rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B2
where
(Imperial Units) B1 p cot ␪ × total rise, m (ft)
Machinery rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B2 B2 p cot ␪ × rise per module, m (ft)
␪ p the angle of inclination, deg (see
6.1.3.1)
where
W p width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see
B1 p cot ␪ × total rise, m (ft)
6.1.3.2)
B2 p cot ␪ × rise per module, m (ft)
␪ p the angle of inclination, deg (see
6.1.3.1) 6.1.3.9.4 Step. The step shall be designed
W p width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see to support a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on a 150
6.1.3.2) mm (6 in.) by 250 mm (10 in.) plate placed on
any part of the step with the 250 mm (10 in.)
6.1.3.9.3 Brake
dimension in the direction of step travel.
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the

224
p. 225 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.225

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.3.10–6.1.5.3.1

6.1.3.10 Design Factors of Safety. Factors of 6.1.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
safety are based on either single driving-ma-
6.1.5.1 Connection Between Driving Machine
chine design or modular driving-machine
and Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall
design.
The factors of safety shall be at least the be connected to the main drive shaft by toothed
following. gearing, a mechanical coupling, or a chain.

6.1.3.10.1 Trusses and all supporting struc- 6.1.5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall
tures, including tracks, shall conform to the not drive more than one escalator driving ma-
AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication, and chine. A driving machine shall not operate more
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, or than one escalator.
the CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1, whichever
6.1.5.3 Brakes
is applicable (see Part 9), based on the maxi-
mum static load calculated per 6.1.3.9.1. 6.1.5.3.1 Escalator Driving-Machine Brake
6.1.3.10.2 For driving-machine parts based (a) Each escalator driving machine shall be
on not less than the loads calculated per provided with an electrically released and me-
6.1.3.9.2: chanically or magnetically applied brake. If the
(a) where made of steel or bronze, the factor brake is magnetically applied, a ceramic perma-
of safety shall be 8; and nent magnet shall be used. There shall be no
(b) where made of cast iron or other materials, intentional time delay designed into the applica-
the factor of safety shall be 10. tion of the brake.
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically
6.1.3.10.3 For power transmission mem- if the electrical power supply is interrupted. The
bers, the factor of safety shall be 10, based on brake shall be capable of stopping the down-
not less than the loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2. running escalator with any load up to the brake
rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2) or (b)(2)]. The
6.1.3.10.4 For steps, the factor of safety
brake shall hold the stopped escalator with any
shall be 5, based on not less than the loads
load up to the brake rated load [see
designated in 6.1.3.9.4.
6.1.3.9.3(a)(1) or (b)(1)].
6.1.3.11 Chains. The use of chains with cast (c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the
iron links shall not be permitted. down-running escalator at a rate no greater
than 0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) (see Appendix I, Fig.
6.1.3.12 Headroom. The minimum headroom I11). (See also 6.1.6.3.6.)
shall be 2 130 mm (84 in.) measured vertically (d) The escalator brake shall be provided with
from the step noseline, landing plates, and a data plate that is readily visible, located on
landings. or adjacent to the machine brake, and that
6.1.3.13 Welding. Welding shall conform to indicates
8.8. (1) the range of brake torques in N·m (ft-
lb) that complies with 6.1.5.3.1(b) and (c) and
6.1.3.14 Non-Escalator Related Equipment. 6.1.6.3.6;
Components not used directly in connection (2) the method of measuring the torque,
with the escalator are prohibited to be installed designated “BREAKAWAY” or “DYNAMIC,”
on, in, or through the escalator. based on the method used when measuring
the torque;
6.1.4 Rated Speed (3) the location where the torque is to be
measured, e.g., “MOTOR SHAFT,” “MACHINE
6.1.4.1 Limits of Speed. The rated speed shall
INPUT SHAFT,” “MAIN DRIVE SHAFT”;
be not more than 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min), measured
(4) the minimum stopping distance with no
along the centerline of the steps in the direction
load; and
of travel.
(5) the minimum distance from the skirt
The speed attained by an escalator after start
obstruction device to the combplate. (See also
up shall not be intentionally varied.
6.1.6.3.6.)

225
p. 226 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.226

6.1.5.3.1–6.1.6.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(e) Where means other than a continuous escalator. The escalator shall not start (restart)
shaft, mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing unless all starting switch(es) were first in the
is used to connect the motor to a gear reducer, “RUN” position.
the escalator driving-machine brake shall be (c) The starting switch(es) shall be located
located on the gear reducer or main drive shaft. within reach of an emergency stop button (see
6.1.6.3.1).
6.1.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the es-
(d) The key shall be of Group 2 Security
calator driving-machine brake is separated from
(see 8.1).
the main drive shaft by a chain used to connect
the driving machine to the main drive shaft,
6.1.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each escalator
a mechanically or magnetically applied brake
shall be equipped with inspection controls not
capable of stopping a down-running escalator
accessible to the general public during normal
with brake rated load (see 6.1.3.9.3) shall be
operation to provide constant pressure opera-
provided on the main drive shaft. If the brake
tion during maintenance, repair, or inspection
is magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent
by means of a manually operated control device.
magnet shall be used.
(a) General Requirements
6.1.5.3.3 Escalator driving machine brakes (1) Switches for transferring the control of
shall be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1 the escalator to inspection operation shall be
and 8.3.6. provided or a switch shall be provided at each
landing in a portable control station; the
6.1.6 Operating and Safety Devices switch(es) shall function as follows:
(a) be through a contact that shall be
6.1.6.1 General. Operating and safety devices
positively opened mechanically and whose
conforming to the requirements of this Section
opening shall not depend solely on springs;
shall be provided. When more than one driving
machine per escalator is utilized, actuation of (b) be manually operated;
(c) be labeled “INSPECTION”;
devices covered by this Section shall simultane-
ously control all driving machines. (d) have two positions, labeled “INSPEC-
TION” or “INSP” and “NORMAL” or “NORM”;
6.1.6.1.1 Automatic Operation. Automatic (e) when in the “INSPECTION” position
starting by any means, or automatic stopping, it shall cause the movement of the escalator to
except as required in 6.1.6, shall be prohibited. be solely under the control of constant pressure
operating devices at that landing or in that
6.1.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control
portable control station;
Switches
(f) be arranged so that if more than one
6.1.6.2.1 Escalators shall be provided with inspection transfer switch is in the “INSPEC-
starting switch(es) conforming to the following. TION” position, then all constant pressure op-
(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) erating devices at all locations shall be inoper-
shall be: ative;
(1) located so that the escalator steps are (g) be protected against accidental con-
within sight; tact; and
(2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure (h) the completion or maintenance of an
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a electric circuit shall not be used to initiate in-
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five- spection control.
pin or five-disk combination; and (2) Constant pressure operating devices
(3) clearly and permanently marked shall
“DOWN,” “RUN,” and “UP,” in that order, with (a) allow movement of the escalator only
the key removable only in the “RUN” (spring by constant application of manual pressure;
return) position. The switch(es) shall be rotated (b) be distinctly recognizable from indica-
clockwise to go from the “DOWN” to “RUN” tions on the device as to the direction of travel
to “UP” position. controlled;
(b) Operating Requirements. The operation of (c) be protected against accidental con-
the switch(es) shall initiate movement of the tact; and

226
p. 227 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.227

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.6.2.2–6.1.6.3.4

(d) be located so that the escalator steps legend (e.g. “LIFT COVER,” ”SLIDE COVER,”
are within sight. etc.), and “PUSH BUTTON.” ”EMERGENCY
(3) A stop switch conforming to 6.1.6.3.15 STOP” shall be in letters not less than 12 mm
shall be provided adjacent to the constant pres- (0.5 in.) high. Other required wording shall be
sure operating devices. in letters not less than 4.8 mm (0.188 in.) high.
(4) When portable control stations are used, The cover shall be self-resetting.
the cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm (120 (c) Operation. The operation of either of these
in.) in length. buttons shall cause the electric power to be
(b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug- removed from the escalator driving-machine
in portable control station shall be permitted motor and brake. It shall not be possible to
provided that start the escalator by these buttons.
(1) either a transfer switch conforming to
6.1.6.2.2(a)(1) is complied with, or when plugged 6.1.6.3.2 Speed Governor. A speed gover-
in, the escalator shall automatically transfer to
nor shall be provided, except as specified in
inspection operation; 6.1.6.3.2(b).
(2) when the switch, if provided, is in the (a) The operation of the governor shall cause
“INSPECTION” position, or when the control
the electric power to be removed from the
station is plugged in, it shall cause the move-
driving machine motor and brake should the
ment of the escalator to be solely under the
speed of the steps exceed a predetermined
control of constant pressure operating devices value, which shall not be more than 40% above
contained in the portable unit; and the rated speed.
(3) the plug-in portable control station is
(b) The speed governor is not required where
stored at the upper landing machinery space.
an alternating current, squirrel cage induction
6.1.6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical motor is used, and the motor is directly con-
protective devices shall be provided in accord- nected to the driving machine.
ance with 6.1.6.3.1 through 6.1.6.3.15. (c) All escalators equipped with variable fre-
quency drive motor controls shall be provided
6.1.6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons
with an overspeed governor.
(a) Location. A red stop button shall be visibly
(d) The device shall be of the manual-reset
located at the top and the bottom landings on
type.
the right side facing the escalator. Remote stop
buttons are prohibited.
(1) On high deck balustrades, they shall be 6.1.6.3.3 Broken Step-Chain Device
located on the curved newel deck in the upper (a) A broken step-chain device shall be pro-
quadrant, with the centerline of the button at vided that shall cause the electric power to be
a 45 deg angle from the horizontal. removed from the driving-machine motor and
(2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be brake
located below the handrail height. The center- (1) if a step chain breaks; and
line of the button shall be located on a radial (2) where no automatic chain tension device
line 45 deg above the horizontal, such that no is provided, if excessive sag occurs in either
part of the button assembly is within 38 mm step chain.
(1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the (b) The device shall be of the manual-reset
button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from type.
the bottom of the handrail.
(b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons 6.1.6.3.4 Broken Drive-Chain Device. When
shall be covered with a transparent cover that the driving machine is connected to the main
can be readily lifted or pushed aside. When the drive shaft by a chain, a device shall be provided
cover is moved, an audible warning signal shall that will cause the application of the brake on
be activated. The signal shall have a sound the main drive shaft, and also cause the electric
intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the button power to be removed from the driving-machine
location. The cover shall be marked “EMER- motor and brake, if the drive chain parts. The
GENCY STOP,” “MOVE COVER” or equivalent device shall be of the manual-reset type.

227
p. 228 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.228

6.1.6.3.5–6.1.6.3.13 ASME A17.1–2000

6.1.6.3.5 Stop Switch in Machinery Spaces. upthrust track at the lower curve in the passen-
A stop switch conforming to the following re- ger-carrying line of the track system.
quirements shall be provided in each machinery
space and other spaces where means of access 6.1.6.3.10 Disconnected Motor Safety De-
to the interior space is provided (see 6.1.7.3), vice. If the drive motor is attached to a gear
except for the machinery space where the main- reducer by means other than a continuous shaft,
line disconnect switch is located mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing, a de-
(a) when opened (“STOP” position), cause the vice shall be provided that will cause the electric
electric power to be removed from the escalator power to be removed from the driving-machine
driving-machine motor and brake; motor and brake (see 6.1.5.3.1), if the motor
(b) be of the manually opened and closed becomes disconnected from the gear reducer.
type; The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
(c) have red operating handles or buttons;
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked 6.1.6.3.11 Step Level Device. Step level de-
vices shall be located at the top and bottom of
“STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and
the escalator. These devices shall detect down-
“RUN” positions; and
ward displacement of 3 mm (0.125 in.) or greater
(e) shall have contacts that are positively
at the riser end at either side of the step. When
opened mechanically and their opening shall
activated, the device shall cause the escalator
not be solely dependent on springs.
to stop before the step enters the combplate.
6.1.6.3.6 Skirt Obstruction Device. Means The device shall cause power to be removed
shall be provided to cause the electric power to from the driving-machine motor and brake. De-
be removed from the escalator driving-machine vices shall be of the manual-reset type.
motor and brake if an object becomes caught
between the step and the skirt as the step 6.1.6.3.12 Handrail Entry Device. A handrail
approaches the upper or lower combplate. The entry device shall be provided at each newel.
device shall be located at a point at which the It shall be operative in the newels in which the
step assumes a flat step position (see 6.1.3.6.5). handrail enters the balustrade. It shall be of the
The escalator shall stop before that object manually reset type and shall cause the escala-
reaches the combplate with any load up to full tor to stop by removing power from the driving-
brake rated load with escalator running [see machine motor and brake. It shall operate in
6.1.3.9.3(a)(2) and (b)(2)]. either of two ways:
(a) if an object becomes caught between the
6.1.6.3.7 Escalator Egress Restriction De- handrail and the handrail guard; or
vice. Egress restrictors that would prevent the (b) if an object approaches the area between
free and continuous exiting of passengers, if the handrail and the handrail guard.
used, shall provide a signal to a device on the For those units that rely on an opening of
escalator that shall cause the electric power to the balustrade to prevent entrapment, all hand-
be removed from the escalator driving-machine rail entry devices shall be operative whenever
motor and brake when the exit restrictors begin the handrails are operating.
to close.
6.1.6.3.13 Comb-Step Impact Devices. De-
6.1.6.3.8 Reversal Stop Device. Means shall vices shall be provided that will cause the open-
be provided to cause the electric power to be ing of the power circuit to the escalator driving-
removed from the driving-machine motor and machine motor and brake if either
brake in case of reversal of travel while the (a) a horizontal force not greater than 1 780
escalator is operating in the ascending direction. N (400 lbf) in the direction of travel is applied
The device shall be of the manual-reset type. at either side, or not greater than 3 560 N (800
lbf) at the center of the front edge of the comb-
6.1.6.3.9 Step Upthrust Device. Means shall plate; or
be provided to cause the electric power to be (b) a resultant vertical force not greater than
removed from the driving-machine motor and 670 N (150 lbf) in the upward direction is applied
brake should a step be displaced against the at the center of the front of the combplate.

228
p. 229 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.229

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.6.3.13–6.1.6.9.2

These devices shall be of the manual-reset interlocks shall stop the escalator carrying pas-
type. sengers into the common intermediate landing
if the escalator carrying passengers away from
6.1.6.3.14 Step Lateral Displacement De- the landing stops. These escalators shall also
vice. A device shall be provided on curved be electrically interlocked to assure that they
escalators to cause the opening of the power run in the same direction.
circuit to the escalator driving-machine motor
and brake, should a step be excessively dis- 6.1.6.7 Step Demarcation Lights. Green step
placed horizontally due to a failure in the lateral demarcation lights located below the step shall
support system. The device shall be of the be located at both landings in an area not to
manual-reset type. exceed 400 mm (16 in.) from the combplate.
6.1.6.3.15 Stop Switch in Inspection Con- There shall be a minimum of two fluorescent
trols. A stop switch conforming to the following lamp fixtures at each landing. The lamps shall be
requirements shall be provided when required activated whenever the escalator is in operation.
by 6.1.6.2.2: 6.1.6.8 Escalator Smoke Detectors. Smoke
(a) when opened (“STOP” position), cause the detectors shall be permitted that shall activate
electric power to be removed from the escalator the alarm required by 6.1.6.3.1(b) and, after at
driving-machine motor and brake; least 15 s, shall cause the interruption of power
(b) be of the manually opened and closed to the driving-machine motor and brake.
type;
(c) have red operating handles or buttons; 6.1.6.9 Signs
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked
“STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and 6.1.6.9.1 Caution Signs. A caution sign shall
“RUN” positions; and be located at the top and bottom landing of
(e) shall have contacts that are positively each escalator, readily visible to the boarding
opened mechanically and their opening shall passengers.
not be solely dependent on springs. The sign shall include the following wording:
(a) “Caution”;
6.1.6.4 Handrail Speed Monitoring Device. A (b) “Passengers Only”;
handrail speed monitoring device shall be pro- (c) “Hold Handrail”;
vided that will cause the activation of the alarm (d) “Attend Children”; and
required by 6.1.6.3.1(b) without any intentional (e) “Avoid Sides.”
delay, whenever the speed of either handrail The sign shall be standard for all escalators
deviates from the step speed by 15% or more. and shall be identical in format, size, color,
The device shall also cause electric power to wording, and pictorials as shown in Fig.
be removed from the driving-machine motor 6.1.6.9.1. The sign shall be durable and have a
and brake when the speed deviation of 15% or maximum thickness of 6.4 mm (0.25 in.), with
more is continuous within a 2 s to 6 s range. rounded or beveled corners and edges.
The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
6.1.6.5 Missing Step Device. A device shall 6.1.6.9.2 Additional Signs. Additional signs,
be provided to detect a missing step and bring when provided, shall be in a readily visible
the escalator to a stop, before the gap resulting location, to convey any unique cautions and/or
from the missing step emerges from the comb. warnings peculiar to the building site that are
The device shall cause power to be removed above and beyond what it is possible to commu-
from the driving-machine motor and brake. The nicate in the limited time available during board-
device shall be of the manual-reset type. ing an escalator. The sign shall be located not
less than 3 000 mm (118 in.) horizontally from
6.1.6.6 Tandem Operation. Tandem operation the end of the newel. Its location shall not
escalators shall be electrically interlocked where impede or otherwise cause persons about to
traffic flow is such that bunching will occur if board the escalator to suddenly pause or stop.
the escalator carrying passengers away from The sign shall comply with ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/
the intermediate landing stops. The electrical CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).

229
p. 230 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.230

6.1.6.10–6.1.6.10.2 ASME A17.1–2000

CAUTION
Passengers Only

197 mm (7.75 in.)


White

Black

Yellow

Red

Hold Handrail
Attend Children
Avoid Sides
102 mm (4 in.)

FIG. 6.1.6.9.1 CAUTION SIGN

6.1.6.10 Control and Operating Circuits. The monitoring device required by 6.1.6.4, or the
design and installation of the control and op- missing step device required by 6.1.6.5.
erating circuits shall conform to 6.1.6.10.1
through 6.1.6.10.3. NOTE [6.1.6.10.1(b)]: Requirements only apply to the circuits
in which the devices are used and not to the devices
themselves.
6.1.6.10.1 The occurrence of a single
ground or the failure of any single magnetically
operated switch, contactor, or relay; or any 6.1.6.10.2 Redundancy used in the control
single solid-state device; or a software system and operating circuits to satisfy the require-
failure, shall not ments of 6.1.6.10.1 shall be checked prior to
(a) permit the escalator to start; or each start of the escalator. When a single ground
(b) render ineffective any electrical protective or failure as specified in 6.1.6.10.1 occurs, the
device required by 6.1.6.3, or the handrail speed escalator shall not be permitted to restart. Imple-

230
p. 231 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.231

ASME A17.1–2000 6.1.6.10.2–6.1.7.1.1

mentation of redundancy by a software system will cause an unsafe operation of the escalator,
shall be permitted, provided that the removal is prohibited. No permanent device shall be
of power from the driving-machine motor and installed, except as provided for in this Code,
brake shall not be solely dependent on software- that will make any required electrical protective
controlled means. device ineffective. (See also 6.1.6.3.4.)

6.1.6.10.3 Escalators with driving-machine 6.1.6.13 Completion or Maintenance of Cir-


motors employing static control shall conform cuit. The completion or maintenance of an elec-
to the following: tric circuit shall not be used to stop the escalator
(a) Two devices shall be provided to remove when the emergency stop switch is opened or
power from the driving-machine motor. At least when any of the electrical protective devices
one device shall be an electromechanical con- operate. These requirements do not apply to
tactor. speed control switches (see 6.1.6.3.2, 6.1.6.3.8,
(1) The contactor shall be arranged to open and 6.1.6.4).
each time the escalator stops.
6.1.6.14 Escalator Manual Reset. Where man-
(2) The contactor shall cause the removal
ual reset is required, interruption of power to
of power from the driving-machine brake in
the escalator shall not cause a safety device to
accordance with 6.1.6.3.4.
lose the status of the event upon return of
(b) An additional contactor shall be provided
power. The cause of the malfunction shall be
to also open the driving-machine brake circuit.
indicated in some manner, so that an examina-
This contactor is not required to have contacts
tion will be made prior to restarting the escala-
in the driving-machine motor circuit.
tor. The starting switch shall not be operable
(c) The electrical protective devices required
until the reset for each activated device is ac-
by 6.1.6.3 shall control the solid-state device
complished.
and both contactors.
(d) After each stop of the escalator, the escala- 6.1.6.15 Contactors and Relays for Use in
tor shall not respond to a signal to start unless Critical Operating Circuits. Where electrome-
both contactors [see 6.1.6.10.3(a) and (b)] are chanical contactors or relays are provided to
in the de-energized position. fulfill the requirements of 6.1.6.10.1 through
6.1.6.10.3, they shall be considered to be used
6.1.6.11 Electrically Powered Safety Devices.
in critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on
If the handrail-speed monitoring device required
these electromechanical contactors or relays are
by 6.1.6.4, the missing step device, required
used for monitoring purposes, they shall be
by 6.1.6.5, or any electrical protective device
prevented from changing state if the contact(s)
required by 6.1.6.3, requires electrical power for
utilized in a critical operating circuit fail to open
its functioning
in the intended manner. The monitoring con-
(a) a loss of electrical power to the device
tact(s) shall be positively actuated and shall not
shall cause power to be removed from the
be solely dependent upon springs.
escalator driving-machine motor and brake;
(b) the occurrence of a single ground or the
6.1.7 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work
failure of any single magnetically operated
switch, contactor or relay; or any single solid- 6.1.7.1 Lighting of Machine Room and Truss
state device; or a software system failure, shall Interior
not render the missing step device or electrical
protective device inoperative; and 6.1.7.1.1 Remote Machine Room. Perma-
(c) when a single ground or failure as de- nent electric lighting and at least one duplex
scribed in 6.1.6.11(b) occurs the escalator shall receptacle rated at not less than 15 A, 120
not be permitted to restart. V shall be provided in every remote machine
room.
6.1.6.12 Installation of Capacitors or Other The illumination shall be not less than 100
Devices to Make Electrical Protective Devices lx (10 fc) at the floor level. The lighting control
Ineffective. The installation of capacitors, or switch shall be located within easy reach of the
other devices, the operation or failure of which access to such rooms and so located that it

231
p. 232 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.232

6.1.7.1.1–6.1.8.3 ASME A17.1–2000

can be operated without passing over or reach- tions enforcing CSA-C22.1, power supply-line
ing over any part of the machinery. disconnecting means shall not be opened auto-
6.1.7.1.2 Truss Interior. A duplex receptacle matically by a fire alarm system.
rated at not less than 15 A, 120 V, accessibly
located, shall be provided under the access 6.1.7.4.2 Driving-machine controllers, logic
plates (see 6.1.7.3) at the top and bottom land- controllers, and operating devices accessory
ings and in any machine areas located in the thereto, for starting, stopping, regulating, con-
incline. trolling, or protecting electric motors, genera-
6.1.7.2 Lighting of Escalator. Landing floor tors, or other equipment, shall be listed/certified
plates and all exposed step treads shall be and labeled/marked to the requirements of CAN/
illuminated with a lighting intensity of not less CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5.
than 50 lx (5 fc). The illumination of these
surfaces shall be of uniform intensity and not
6.1.7.4.3 Control equipment shall meet the
contrast materially with that of the sur-
requirements of EN 12016, Part 2. When the
rounding area.
control equipment is exposed to interference
6.1.7.3 Access to Interior. Reasonable access levels at the test values specified for “safety
to the interior of the escalator shall be provided circuits” in EN 12016, the interference shall
for inspection and maintenance. not cause any of the conditions described in
6.1.7.3.1 Access plates requiring no more 6.1.6.10.1(a) and (b). If enclosure doors or sup-
than 310 N (70 lbf) effort to open shall be pression equipment must remain installed to
provided at the top and bottom landing for meet the above requirements, warning signs
inspection and maintenance. The plates shall to that effect shall be posted on the control
be made of a material that will afford a secure equipment.
foothold. The use of stone, terrazzo, or concrete
as a fill material is prohibited in panels within
the confines of the escalator truss. 6.1.8 Outdoor Escalators
6.1.7.3.2 Access plates at the top and bot-
tom landings shall be securely fastened. 6.1.8.1 Weatherproofing. Escalators shall be
so constructed that exposure to the weather
6.1.7.3.3 If access doors are provided in
will not interfere with normal operation.
the side of the escalator enclosure, they shall
be kept closed and locked. The key shall be
removed only when in the locked position. The 6.1.8.2 Precipitation. A cover, directly over
key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1). the horizontal projection of the escalator, shall
6.1.7.3.4 Where access is provided to a be provided. The cover shall extend outward
machinery enclosure, a fixed guard shall be from the centerline of the handrail so that a
provided to prevent accidental contact with the line extended from the edge of the cover to
moving steps by a person servicing equipment the centerline of the handrail forms an angle
from within the enclosure. The guard shall be of not less than 15 deg from the vertical. The
made of material that will reject a 13 mm (0.5 sides may be open.
in.) diameter ball and shall extend the full width When the escalator is indirectly subject to
of the step treads. A guard is not required snow or freezing rain, heaters shall be operated
where the only equipment normally serviced to prevent accumulation and freezing on the
from within the enclosure is within the step steps, landing plates, and skirt deflector devices.
band. Drains shall be provided in the lower pit.
6.1.7.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
6.1.7.4.1 All electrical equipment and wir- 6.1.8.3 Slip Resistance. Landing plates and
ing shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, combplates shall be designed to provide a se-
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdic- cure foothold when wet.

232
p. 233 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.233

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 6.2–6.2.3.3.4

SECTION 6.2 through the edge of the exposed treadway (see


MOVING WALKS Appendix I, Fig. I9).

6.2.1 Protection of Floor Openings 6.2.3.3 Balustrades. Balustrades shall be in-


stalled on each side of the moving walk (see
6.2.1.1 Protection Required. Floor openings Appendix I, Fig. I7).
for moving walks shall be protected against
the passage of flame, heat, and/or smoke in 6.2.3.3.1 Construction
accordance with the provisions of the applicable (a) The balustrade on the tread side shall have
building code (see Part 9). no areas or moldings depressed or raised more
than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) from the parent surface.
6.2.2 Protection of Supports and Machine Such areas or moldings shall have all boundary
Spaces Against Fire edges beveled or rounded.
(b) The balustrade shall be totally closed
6.2.2.1 Protection Required. The sides and except:
undersides of the moving walk truss or group (1) where the handrail enters the newel base
of adjacent trusses in a single wellway shall be (see 6.2.3.4.3); and
enclosed in materials defined as either non- (2) gaps between interior panels shall not
combustible or limited-combustible by the be wider than 5 mm (0.19 in.). The edges shall
building code or NFPA 101, whichever is applica- be rounded or beveled.
ble (see Part 9). Means provided for adequate (c) The width between the balustrade interior
ventilation of the driving machine and control panels in the direction of travel shall not be
spaces, when included in the truss enclosure changed.
area, shall be permitted.
6.2.3.3.2 Strength. Balustrades shall be de-
6.2.3 Construction Requirements signed to resist the simultaneous application of
a static lateral distributed force of 585 N/m (40
6.2.3.1 Angle of Inclination. The angle of incli- lbf/ft) and a vertical distributed force of 730 N/
nation from the horizontal shall not exceed 3 m (50 lbf/ft), both applied to the top of the
deg within 900 mm (36 in.) of the entrance and handrail stand.
egress ends and shall not exceed 12 deg at
any point. 6.2.3.3.3 Use of Glass or Plastic. Glass or
plastic, if used in balustrades, shall conform to
6.2.3.2 Geometry the requirements of the following standards,
6.2.3.2.1 The width of the moving walk whichever is applicable (see Part 9):
shall be the width of the exposed tread (see (a) ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201; or
6.2.3.7). (b) one of the following CGSB Standards:
CAN2-12.1, CAN2-12.11, or CAN2-12.12; except
6.2.3.2.2 The height of the balustrade shall that there shall be no requirement for the panels
not be less than 900 mm (35 in.) nor more than to be transparent.
1 000 mm (39 in.) from the treadway to the Plastic bonded to basic supporting panels is
top of handrail, measured perpendicular to the not required to conform to these requirements.
treadway surface.
6.2.3.3.4 Interior Low Deck. The interior low
6.2.3.2.3 The handrail shall be a minimum deck, where provided, shall conform to the fol-
of 100 mm (4 in.) horizontally and 25 mm (1 lowing (see Appendix I, Fig. I9):
in.) vertically away from adjacent surfaces, ex- (a) The width from the vertical face of the
cept that rounded fillets or beveled sides of the interior panel to the vertical plane of the skirt
handrail stand are permitted to reduce the 25 panel shall not exceed 150 mm (6 in.).
mm (1 in.) clearance between the handrail and (b) The angle between the surface of the deck
the point where the handrail stand is connected and the plane of the noseline of the treadway
to the balustrade. The centerline of the handrail shall be not less than 20 deg nor more than
shall not be more than 240 mm (9.5 in.), mea- 30 deg.
sured horizontally, from the vertical plane (c) A horizontal section shall be permitted

233
p. 234 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.234

6.2.3.3.4–6.2.3.4.5 ASME A17.1–2000

immediately adjacent to the interior panel. It (f) Guards may be of glass or plastic, provided
shall be not greater than 35 mm (1.25 in.). they meet the requirements of 6.2.3.3.3. See
also Appendix I, Fig. I5.
6.2.3.3.5 Skirtless Balustrade. On moving
walks where the balustrade covers the edge of 6.2.3.3.8 Deck Barricades
the treadway (a) A barricade to restrict access to the outer
(a) the clearance between the top surface of deck on low deck exterior balustrades shall be
the treadway and the underside of the balus- provided on each moving walk when the exte-
trade shall not exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.); and rior deck is greater than 915 mm (36 in.) above
(b) the balustrade shall be vertical and smooth the floor in any part of its travel and the exterior
for at least 25 mm (1 in.) including the 6 mm deck width exceeds 125 mm (5 in.). On parallel
(0.25 in.) clearance above the top of the tread. abutting units, this protection shall be provided
where the combined outer deck width exceeds
6.2.3.3.6 Skirt Panels. Where skirt panels 125 mm (5 in.). The barricade shall extend to
are provided a height that is nominally 100 mm (4 in.) below
(a) the clearance between each side of the the top of the handrail.
treadway and the adjacent skirt panel shall be (b) The barricades shall be located wherever
not more than 6 mm (0.25 in.); the exterior deck exceeds the 915 mm (36 in.)
(b) the height of the skirt above the top of the height above the floor.
tread shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.), measured (c) Barricades may be made of glass or plastic,
vertically; provided that they meet the requirements of
(c) skirt panels shall not deflect more than 6.2.3.3.3.
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) under a force of 670 N (150 All exposed barricade attachment fastener
lbf); and heads shall be of the tamper-resistant type.
(d) the exposed surface of the skirt panels
6.2.3.4 Handrails
adjacent to the tread shall be smooth.
6.2.3.4.1 Type Required. Each balustrade
6.2.3.3.7 Guard at Ceiling Intersections shall be provided with a handrail moving in
(a) On high deck balustrades, a solid guard the same direction and at substantially the same
shall be provided in the intersection of the angle speed as the treadway. The speed of the hand-
of the outside balustrade deck and ceiling or rail shall not change when a retarding force of
soffit under the following conditions: 450 N (100 lbf) is applied to the handrail opposite
(1) where the clearance between the outside to the direction of travel.
edge of the deck and the ceiling or soffit is 300
mm (12 in.) or less; or 6.2.3.4.2 Extension Beyond Combplates.
(2) where the projected intersection of the The moving handrail at both the entrance and
outside deck and the ceiling or soffit is 600 exit landings shall extend at normal height not
mm (24 in.) or less from the centerline of the less than 300 mm (12 in.) beyond the end of
handrail. the exposed treadway. The point at which the
(b) On low deck balustrades, a solid guard moving handrail enters or leaves an enclosure
shall be provided to protect the intersection shall be not more than 250 mm (10 in.) above
formed by the top of the handrail and the plane the floor line.
of the ceiling or soffit where the centerline of 6.2.3.4.3 Guards. Hand or finger guards
the handrail is 350 mm (14 in.) or less from shall be provided at points where the handrails
the ceiling or soffit. enter the balustrade.
(c) The vertical edge of the guard shall be a
6.2.3.4.4 Splicing. Splicing of handrails
minimum of 350 mm (14 in.) in length.
shall be done in such a manner that the joint
(d) The moving walk side of the vertical face
is free of any pinching effect.
of the guard shall be flush with the face of the
wellway. 6.2.3.4.5 Handrail Clearance. The horizontal
(e) The exposed edge of the guard shall pres- clearance between either lip of the handrail and
ent a minimum width of 25 mm (1 in.) and a the handrail stand shall not exceed 10 mm
minimum radius of 12 mm (0.5 in.). (0.375 in.).

234
p. 235 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.235

ASME A17.1–2000 6.2.3.5–6.2.3.8.2

6.2.3.5 Pallet-Type Treadway 6.2.3.6.1 Splices. Splicing of the treadway


belt shall be made in such a manner as to result
6.2.3.5.1 Slotting of Treadway. The in a continuous unbroken treadway surface of
treadway surface of each pallet shall be slotted the same characteristics as the balance of
in a direction parallel to its travel. Each slot the belt.
shall be not more than 6.5 mm (0.25 in.) wide
at the treadway surface and not less than 9.5 6.2.3.6.2 Slotting of Treadway. The
mm (0.375 in.) deep; and the distance from treadway surface shall be slotted in a direction
center to center of adjoining slots shall be not parallel to its travel for purposes of meshing
more than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.). Sides of the slots with combplates at the landings. Each slot shall
may slope for mold draft purposes and may be not more than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) wide at the
be filleted at the bottom. Slots shall be so treadway surface and not less than 4.8 mm
located on each side of the pallet to form a (0.188 in.) deep, and the distance from center
cleat adjacent to the skirt panel. (See Appendix to center of adjoining slots shall be not more
I, Fig. I10.) than 13 mm (0.50 in.). Sides of slots may slope
for mold draft purposes and may be filleted at
6.2.3.5.2 Intermeshing Pallets. Alternate the bottom. Slots shall be so located on each
cleats on adjacent pallets shall intermesh so that side of the belt to form a cleat adjacent to the
there is no continuous transverse gap between skirt panel.
adjacent pallets.
6.2.3.7 Width. The width of a moving walk
6.2.3.5.3 Alignment of Pallet Tread Sur-
(see 6.2.3.2.1) shall not be less than 560 mm
faces. Adjacent ends of pallets shall not vary
(22 in.). The maximum width shall depend both
in elevation more than 1.6 mm (0.06 in.).
on the maximum slope at the point on the
6.2.3.5.4 Pallet Fatigue Tests. Each pallet treadway and on the treadway speed. The width
width shall be subjected to the pallet fatigue shall not exceed the value shown in Table
test as described in 8.3.11. 6.2.3.7.

6.2.3.5.5 Material and Type 6.2.3.8 Entrance and Egress Ends


(a) Pallet frames and treads, excluding their
attachments or inserts, shall be metal, except 6.2.3.8.1 Combplates
that magnesium alloys shall not be used; or (a) There shall be a combplate, to which
the materials, in their end-use configuration, combs shall be fastened, at the entrance and
shall have a flame spread index of 0 to 50, at the exit of every moving walk.
based on the tests conducted in accordance (b) The comb teeth shall be meshed with and
with the requirements of ASTM E 84, UL 723, set into the slots in the tread surfaces so that
NFPA 255, or CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever is the points of the teeth are always below the
applicable (see Part 9). upper surface of the treads.
(b) Nonmetallic attachments and inserts (ex- (c) Combplates shall be adjustable vertically.
cluding wheels) shall be classified 94 HB or Sections forming the comb teeth shall be readily
better, in accordance with ANSI/UL 94. replaceable.
(c) Pallet treads shall afford a secure foothold. (d) The comb section, combplate, and landing
plate assemblies shall not make contact with
6.2.3.5.6 Pallet Wheels. Where support the pallet or belt treadway surfaces when a
wheels are attached to the pallets and are not weight of 160 kg (350 lb) is applied to any area
located within the width of the pallet, provision 200 mm (8 in.) by 300 mm (12 in.) centered on
shall be made to prevent the pallet from falling the plates with the 300 mm (12 in.) dimension
into the moving walk interior due to a loss of parallel to the direction of travel.
one or more of the support wheel assemblies.
6.2.3.8.2 Distinction Between Comb and
6.2.3.6 Belt-Type Treadway. Belt-type Treadway. There shall be a visual contrast be-
treadways shall conform to 6.2.3.6.1 and tween the comb and tread, achieved by color,
6.2.3.6.2. pattern, or texture.

235
p. 236 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.236

6.2.3.8.3–6.2.3.10.2 ASME A17.1–2000

6.2.3.8.3 Adjacent Floor Surfaces. The adja- (c) Edge-Supported Belt Type. When the
cent floor surfaces at each landing shall be treadway belt is transversely rigid and is sup-
continuous with the top of the landing plate, ported by rollers along its edges, the following
with no abrupt change in elevation of more requirements shall apply:
than 6 mm (0.25 in.). (1) With the belt tensioned through the take-
up system, the permissible slope of a straight
6.2.3.8.4 Safety Zone. The entry and exit
line from the top of a treadway rib adjacent to
zones shall be kept clear of all obstacles. The
the centerline of the treadway to the top of a
width of the zones shall be not less than the
treadway rib adjacent to the balustrade, in a
width between the centerlines of the handrails
plane perpendicular to the path of the treadway,
plus 200 mm (8 in.). The length of the zones,
shall not exceed 3% when the treadway is
measured from the end of the newel, shall be
loaded with a 68 kg (150 lb) weight on a 150
no less than twice the distance between the
mm (6 in.) by 250 mm (10 in.) plate, located
centerlines of the handrails. Space shall be pro-
on the centerline of the treadway with the 250
vided to accommodate all traffic in the safety
mm (10 in.) dimension in the direction of
zone.
treadway travel.
NOTE (6.2.3.8.4): These dimensions are absolute minimums. (2) In order to support the treadway in case
of localized overload, supports shall be supplied
6.2.3.8.5 Floor Opening Protection at intervals not exceeding 1 830 mm (72 in.)
Adjacent to Moving Walk Wellway. Floor open- along the centerline of the treadway. The sup-
ings adjacent to the entire length of the moving ports shall be located at a level not more than
walk wellway shall be provided with protection 50 mm (2 in.) below the underside of the
in accordance with the applicable building code treadway when it is loaded under test conditions
(see Part 9). required by 6.2.3.9.1(c)(1).
(d) Pallet Type. Pallet wheel tracks shall be
6.2.3.9 Supporting Structure
so designed and located as to prevent more
6.2.3.9.1 Supports. Supports shall conform than 3 mm (0.125 in.) vertical displacement of
to the following: the treadway should the pallet connection
(a) Slider-Bed Type. The carrying portion of means break.
the treadway shall be supported for its entire
width and length except where it passes from 6.2.3.10 Rated Load
a support to a pulley. The surface of the slider
6.2.3.10.1 Structural. For the purpose of
bed shall be reasonably smooth. It shall be so
structural design, the rated load shall be consid-
constructed that it will not support combustion.
ered to be not less than the following:
(b) Roller-Bed Type. Where the treadway is
supported on a series of rollers, the combination (SI Units)
of roller spacing, belt tension, and belt stiffness Structural rated load (kg) p 0.49 (W )A
shall be such that the deflection of the treadway
surface, midway between rollers, shall not ex- (Imperial Units)
ceed the quantity 0.25 mm (0.094 in.) plus 0.004 Structural rated load (lb) p 8.33 (W )A
times the center-to-center distance of rollers in
mm (in.) when measured as follows:
(1) The treadway surface shall be loaded where
A p length of the horizontal projection of
midway between rollers with a 11.3 kg (25 lb)
the entire truss, m (ft)
weight, concentrated on a cylindrical foot-piece W p width of the moving walk, mm (in.)
50 mm (2 in.) long by 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter, (see 6.2.3.2.1 and 6.2.3.7)
placed with its long axis across the belt. Deflec-
tion of this footpiece from its unloaded position 6.2.3.10.2 Machinery
shall not exceed the figure obtained above. (a) For the purpose of driving machine and
(2) The rollers shall be concentric and true power transmission calculations, the rated load
running within commercially acceptable toler- for all single driving machines shall be consid-
ances. ered to be not less than the following:

236
p. 237 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.237

ASME A17.1–2000 6.2.3.10.2–6.2.3.11.3

(SI Units) (Imperial Units)


Machinery rated load (kg) p 0.37 (W )C1 Brake rated load (lb) p 8.33 (W )C2

(2) with moving walk running


(Imperial Units)
Machinery rated load (lb) p 6.25 (W )C1
(SI Units)
(b) The rated load per module for two or more Brake rated load (kg) p 0.37 (W )C2
modular driving machines shall be considered
to be not less than the following:
(Imperial Units)
(SI Units) Brake rated load (lb) p 6.25 (W )C2
Machinery rated load (kg) p 0.37 (W )C2
where
C1 p length of exposed treadway, m (ft)
(Imperial Units) C2 p length of exposed treadway per mod-
Machinery rated load (lb) p 6.25 (W )C2 ule, m (ft)
W p width of moving walk, mm (in.) (see
where 6.2.3.2.1 and 6.2.3.7)
C1 p length of exposed treadway, m (ft)
6.2.3.10.4 Pallet. The pallet shall be de-
C2 p length of exposed treadway per mod-
ule, m (ft) signed to support a load of 135 kg (300 lb) for
W p width of the moving walk, mm (in.) each 0.42 m2 (4.5 ft2) of area, or part thereof.
(see 6.2.3.2.1 and 6.2.3.7) The load shall be applied on a 150 mm by 250
mm (6 in. by 10 in.) plate, placed on any part
6.2.3.10.3 Brake of the pallet with the 250 mm (10 in.) dimension
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the in the direction of step travel. If more than one
rated load for all single driving machines shall load is required, they shall be located no closer
be considered to be not less than the following: than 910 mm (36 in.) to each other.
(1) With moving walk stopped
6.2.3.11 Design Factors of Safety. Factors of
(SI Units) safety are based on either single driving-ma-
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.49 (W )C1 chine design or modular driving-machine de-
sign. The factors of safety shall be at least as
specified in 6.2.3.11.1 through 6.2.3.11.5.
(Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) p 8.33 (W )C1 6.2.3.11.1 Trusses and all supporting struc-
tures, including tracks, shall conform to the
(2) With moving walk running AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication, and
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, or
(SI Units) the CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1 whichever is
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.37 (W )C1 applicable (see Part 9), based on the maximum
static load calculated per 6.2.3.10.1.

(Imperial Units) 6.2.3.11.2 For driving-machine parts based


on not less than the loads calculated per
Brake rated load (lb) p 6.25 (W )C1
6.2.3.10.2:
(b) The rated load per module for two or more (a) where made of steel or bronze, factor of
modular driving machines shall be considered safety shall be 8; and
to be not less than: (b) where made of cast iron or other materials,
(1) with moving walk stopped factor of safety shall be 10.
6.2.3.11.3 For power transmission mem-
(SI Units) bers, factor of safety shall be 10, based on not
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.49 (W )C2 less than the loads calculated per 6.2.3.10.2.

237
p. 238 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.238

ASME A17.1–2000 6.2.3.11.3–6.2.5.3.1

TABLE 6.2.4 TREADWAY SPEED The speed attained by a moving walk after
Maximum Treadway startup shall not be intentionally varied.
Maximum Treadway
Slope at Any Point on Speed, m/s (ft/min)
6.2.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
Treadway, deg m/s ft/min
6.2.5.1 Connection Between Driving Machine
0 to 8 0.9 180
Above 8 to 12 0.7 140 and Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall
be connected to the main drive shaft by toothed
gearing, a mechanical coupling, or a chain.

6.2.3.11.4 For pallets, factor of safety shall 6.2.5.2 Driving Motor. In electric motor shall
be 5, based on not less than the loads desig- not drive more than one moving walk driving
nated in 6.2.3.10.4. machine. A driving machine shall not operate
more than one moving walk.
6.2.3.11.5 For belts, factor of safety shall be
5, based on not less than the loads designated in 6.2.5.3 Brakes
6.2.3.10.2. 6.2.5.3.1 Moving Walk Driving-Machine
6.2.3.12 Chains. The use of chains with cast Brakes
iron links shall not be permitted. (a) Each moving walk driving machine shall
be provided with an electrically released and
6.2.3.13 Chain Drives. Chain drives shall be mechanically or magnetically applied brake. If
of the type covered by ASME B29.1M and ANSI/ the brake is magnetically applied, a ceramic
SAE SP-68. permanent magnet shall be used. There shall
When operating at the machinery rated load, be no intentional time delay designed into the
the load imposed on such chains shall not application of the brake.
exceed the horsepower rating established by (b) The brake shall be applied automatically
these standards. if the electrical power supply is interrupted. The
The loading shall be considered to be uniform brake shall be capable of stopping the down-
and the service to be 24 h per day. or horizontal-running moving walk with any load
6.2.3.14 V-Belt Drives. The load imposed on up to the brake rated load [see 6.2.3.10.3(a)(2) or
V-belt drives, when operating at the machinery (b)(2)]. The brake shall hold the stopped moving
rated load, shall not exceed the horsepower walk with any load up to the brake rated load
rating established by ANSI/RMA IP-20. The load- [see 6.2.3.10.3(a)(1) or (b)(1)].
ing shall be considered to be uniform and the (c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the
service to be 24 h per day. down- or horizontal-moving walk at a rate no
greater than 0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) (see Appendix
6.2.3.15 Headroom. The minimum headroom I, Fig. I11).
shall be 2 130 mm (84 in.) measured vertically (d) The moving walk brake shall be provided
from the treadway surface, landing plates, and with a data plate that is readily visible, located
landings. on or adjacent to the machine brake, and that
6.2.3.16 Welding. Welding shall conform to indicates
8.8. (1) the range of brake torques in N·m (ft-
lb) that complies with 6.2.5.3.1;
6.2.3.17 Nonmoving Walk Related Equip- (2) the method of measuring the torque,
ment. Components not used directly in connec- designated “BREAKAWAY” or “DYNAMIC,”
tion with the moving walk are prohibited to be based on the method used when measuring
installed on, in, or through the moving walk. the torque;
(3) the location where the torque is to be
6.2.4 Rated Speed
measured, e.g., “MOTOR SHAFT,” “MACHINE
The maximum speed of a treadway shall de- INPUT SHAFT,” “MAIN DRIVE SHAFT;” and
pend on the maximum slope at any point on (4) the minimum stopping distance with
the treadway. The speed shall not exceed the no load.
value determined by Table 6.2.4. (e) Where means other than a continuous

238
p. 239 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.239

6.2.5.3.1–6.2.6.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

shaft, mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing clockwise to go from the “DOWN” to “RUN”
is used to connect the motor to a gear reducer, to “UP” position.
the moving walk driving-machine brake shall (b) Operating Requirements. The operation of
be located on the gear reducer, main drive the switch(es) shall initiate movement of the
shaft, or a specially attached braking surface moving walk. The moving walk shall not start
attached directly to the treadway. (restart) unless all starting switch(es) were first
in the “RUN” position.
6.2.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the
(c) The starting switch(es) shall be located
moving walk driving-machine brake is con-
within reach of an emergency stop button (see
nected to the main drive shaft by a chain, and
6.2.6.3.1).
the moving walk, with the drive chain discon-
(d) The key shall be of Group 2 Security
nected, is capable of running under gravity with
(see 8.1).
any load up to and including rated load (see
6.2.3.10.2), a mechanically or magnetically ap-
6.2.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each moving
plied brake capable of stopping a down-running
walk shall be equipped with inspection controls
moving walk with brake rated load (see
not accessible to the general public during nor-
6.2.3.10.3) shall be provided on the main drive
mal operation to provide constant pressure op-
shaft or specially attached braking surface
eration during maintenance, repair, or inspec-
attached directly to the treadway. If the brake
tion by means of a manually operated control
is magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent
device.
magnet shall be used.
(a) General Requirements
6.2.6 Operating and Safety Devices (1) Switches for transferring the control of
the moving walk to inspection operation shall
6.2.6.1 General be provided or a switch shall be provided at
each landing in a portable control station; the
6.2.6.1.1 Operating and safety devices con-
switch(es) shall function as follows:
forming to 6.2.6 shall be provided. When more
(a) be through a contact that shall be
than one driving machine per moving walk is
positively opened mechanically and whose
utilized, actuation of devices covered by 6.2.6
opening shall not depend solely on springs.
shall simultaneously control all driving ma-
(b) be manually operated;
chines.
(c) be labeled “INSPECTION”;
6.2.6.1.2 Automatic Operation. Automatic (d) have two positions, labeled “INSPEC-
starting by any means, or automatic stopping, TION” or “INSP” and “NORMAL” or “NORM”;
except as required in 6.2.6, shall be prohibited. (e) when in the “INSPECTION” position
it shall cause the movement of the moving
6.2.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control
walk to be solely under the control of constant
Switches
pressure operating devices at that landing or
6.2.6.2.1 Moving walks shall be provided in that portable control station;
with starting switch(es) conforming to the fol- (f) be arranged so that if more than one
lowing: inspection transfer switch is in the “INSPEC-
(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) TION” position, then all constant pressure op-
shall be erating devices at all locations shall be inoper-
(1) located so that the exposed treadway is ative;
within sight; (g) be protected against accidental con-
(2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure tact; and
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a (h) the completion or maintenance of an
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five- electric circuit shall not be used to initiate in-
pin or five-disk combination; and spection control.
(3) clearly and permanently marked (2) Constant pressure operating devices
“DOWN,” “RUN,” and “UP,” in that order, with shall
the key removable only in the “RUN” (spring (a) allow movement of the moving walk
return) position. The switch(es) shall be rotated only by constant application of manual pressure;

239
p. 240 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.240

6.2.6.3–6.2.6.3.4 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) be distinctly recognizable from indica- can be readily lifted or pushed aside. When the
tions on the device as to the direction of travel cover is moved, an audible warning signal shall
controlled; be activated. The signal shall have a sound
(c) be protected against accidental con- intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the button
tact; and location. The cover shall be marked “EMER-
(d) be located so that the moving walk GENCY STOP,” “MOVE COVER” or equivalent
treadway surface is within sight. legend (e.g., “LIFT COVER,” “SLIDE COVER,”
(3) A stop switch conforming to 6.2.6.3.12 etc.), and “PUSH BUTTON.” “EMERGENCY
shall be provided adjacent to the constant pres- STOP” shall be in letters not less than 13 mm
sure operating devices. (0.5 in.) high. Other required wording shall be
(4) When portable control stations are used, in letters not less than 4.8 mm (0.188 in.) high.
the cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm (120 The cover shall be self-resetting.
in.) in length. (c) Operation. The operation of either of these
(b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug- buttons shall cause the electric power to be
in portable control station shall be permitted removed from the moving walk driving-machine
provided that motor and brake. It shall not be possible to
(1) either a transfer switch conforming to start the moving walk by these buttons.
6.2.6.2.2(a)(1)(a), (a)(1)(b), and (a)(1)(c) is com-
plied with, or when plugged in, the moving 6.2.6.3.2 Speed Governor. A speed gover-
walk shall automatically transfer to inspection nor shall be provided, except as specified in
operation; 6.2.6.3.2(c).
(2) when the switch, if provided, is in the (a) The operation of the governor shall cause
“INSPECTION” position, or when the control the electric power to be removed from the
station is plugged in, it shall cause the move- driving-machine motor and brake should the
ment of the moving walk to be solely under the speed of the treadway exceed a predetermined
control of constant pressure operating devices value, which shall not be more than 40% above
contained in the portable unit; and the rated speed.
(3) the plug-in portable control station is (b) The device shall be of the manual-reset
stored at the upper landing machinery space. type.
(c) The speed governor is not required where
6.2.6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical an alternating current, squirrel cage induction
protective devices shall be provided in accord- motor is used, and the motor is directly con-
ance with 6.2.6.3.1 through 6.2.6.3.12. nected to the driving machine.
6.2.6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons (d) All moving walks equipped with variable
(a) Location. A red stop button shall be visibly frequency drive-motor controls shall be pro-
located at the top and the bottom landings on vided with an overspeed governor.
the right side facing the moving walk. Remote 6.2.6.3.3 Broken Treadway Device. A bro-
stop buttons are prohibited. ken treadway device shall be provided that shall
(1) On high deck balustrades, they shall be cause the electric power to be removed from
located on the curved newel deck in the upper the driving-machine motor and brake if the
quadrant, with the centerline of the button at connecting means between pallets or the belt
a 45 deg angle from the horizontal. breaks. The device shall be of the manual-
(2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be reset type.
located below the handrail height. The center-
line of the button shall be located on a radial 6.2.6.3.4 Broken Drive-Chain Device. When
line 45 deg above the horizontal, such that no the driving machine is connected to the main
part of the button assembly is within 38 mm drive shaft by a chain, a device shall be provided
(1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the that will cause the application of the brake on
button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from the main drive shaft and also cause the electric
the bottom of the handrail. power to be removed from the driving-machine
(b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons motor and brake if the drive chain parts. The
shall be covered with a transparent cover that device shall of the manual-reset type.

240
p. 241 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.241

6.2.6.3.4–6.2.6.3.12 ASME A17.1–2000

6.2.6.3.5 Stop Switch in Machinery Spaces. the device shall cause the moving walk to stop
A stop switch conforming to the following re- before the pallet enters the combplate. The
quirements shall be provided in each machinery device shall cause the power to be removed
space and other spaces where means of access from the driving-machine motor and brake. De-
to the interior space is provided (see 6.2.7.3), vices shall be of the manual-reset type.
except for the machinery space where the main
line disconnect switch is located: 6.2.6.3.10 Handrail Entry Device. A handrail
(a) when opened (“STOP” position), cause the entry device shall be provided at each newel.
electric power to be removed from the moving It shall be operative in the newels in which the
walk drving-machine motor and brake; handrail enters the balustrade. It shall be of the
(b) be of the manually opened and closed manual-reset type and shall cause the moving
type; walk to stop by removing power from the driv-
(c) have red operating handles or buttons; ing-machine motor and brake. It shall operate
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked in either of two ways:
“STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and (a) if an object becomes caught between the
“RUN” positions; and handrail and the handrail guard; or
(e) shall have contacts that are positively (b) if an object approaches the area between
opened mechanically and their opening shall the handrail and handrail guard.
not be solely dependent on springs. For those units that rely on an opening of
the balustrade to prevent entrapment, all hand-
6.2.6.3.6 Moving Walk Egress Restriction
rail entry devices shall be operative whenever
Device. Egress restrictors, if used, that would
the handrails are operating.
prevent the free and continuous exiting of pas-
sengers, shall provide a signal to a device on
6.2.6.3.11 Comb-Pallet Impact Devices. De-
the moving walk that shall cause the electric
vices shall be provided that will cause the open-
power to be removed from the moving walk
ing of the power circuit to the moving walk
driving-machine motor and brake when the exit
driving-machine motor and brake if either
restrictors begin to close.
(a) a horizontal force not greater than 1 780
6.2.6.3.7 Reversal Stop Device. Means shall N (400 lbf) in the direction of travel is applied
be provided to cause the electric power to be at either side, or not greater than 3 560 N (800
removed from the driving-machine motor and lbf) at the center of the front edge of the comb-
brake in case of reversal of travel while the plate; or
moving walk is operating in the ascending direc- (b) a resultant vertical force not greater than
tion. The device shall be of the manual-reset 670 N (150 lbf) in the upward direction is applied
type. at the center of the front of the combplate.
These devices shall be of the manual-reset
6.2.6.3.8 Disconnected Motor Safety De-
type.
vice. If the drive motor is attached to a gear
reducer by means other than a continuous shaft,
6.2.6.3.12 Stop Switch in Inspection Con-
mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing, a de-
trols. A stop switch conforming to the following
vice shall be provided that will cause the electric
requirements shall be provided when required
power to be removed from the driving-machine
by 6.2.6.2.2:
motor and brake (see 6.2.5.3.1) if the motor
(a) when opened (“STOP” position), cause the
becomes disconnected from the gear reducer.
electric power to be removed from the moving
The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
walk driving-machine motor and brake;
6.2.6.3.9 Pallet Level Device. Moving walks (b) be of the manually opened and closed
equipped with pallets with trail wheels shall be type;
provided with pallet level devices located at the (c) have red operating handles or buttons;
top and bottom of the moving walk. These (d) be conspicuously and permanently marked
devices shall detect downward displacement of “STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and
3 mm (0.125 in.) or greater at either side of “RUN” positions; and
the trailing edge of the pallet. When activated, (e) shall have contacts that are positively

241
p. 242 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.242

6.2.6.4–6.2.6.9.2 ASME A17.1–2000

opened mechanically and their opening shall (e) “Avoid Sides.”


not be solely dependent on springs. The sign shall be standard for all moving
walks and shall be identical in format, size,
6.2.6.4 Handrail Speed Monitoring Device. A
color, wording, and pictorials as shown in Fig.
handrail speed monitoring device shall be pro-
6.1.6.9.1.
vided that will cause the activation of the alarm
The sign shall be durable and have a maxi-
required by 6.2.6.3.1(b) without any intentional
mum thickness of 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) with rounded
delay whenever the speed of either handrail
or beveled corners and edges.
deviates from the treadway speed by 15% or
more. The device shall also cause electric power 6.2.6.8.2 Additional Signs. Additional signs,
to be removed from the driving-machine motor when provided, shall be in a readily visible
and brake when the speed deviation of 15% or location, to convey any unique cautions and/or
more is continuous within a 2 s to 6 s range. warnings peculiar to the building site that are
The device shall be of the manual-reset type. above and beyond what it is possible to commu-
6.2.6.5 Missing Pallet Device. A device shall nicate in the limited time available during board-
be provided to detect a missing pallet and bring ing a moving walk. The sign shall be located
the moving walk to a stop before the gap re- not less than 3 000 mm (118 in.) horizontally
sulting from the missing pallet emerges from from the end of the newel. Its location shall
the comb. The device shall cause power to be not impede or otherwise cause persons about
removed from the driving-machine motor and to board the moving walk to suddenly pause
brake. The device shall be of the manual-re- or stop. The sign shall comply with ANSI Z535.2
set type. or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see
Part 9).
6.2.6.6 Tandem Operation. Tandem-opera-
tion moving walks shall be electrically inter- 6.2.6.9 Control and Operating Circuits. The
locked where traffic flow is such that bunching design and installation of the control and op-
will occur if the moving walk carrying passen- erating circuits shall conform to 6.2.6.9.1
gers away from the intermediate landing stops. through 6.2.6.9.3.
The electrical interlocks shall stop the moving
6.2.6.9.1 The occurrence of a single ground
walk carrying passengers into the common in-
or the failure of any single magnetically oper-
termediate landing if the moving walk carrying
ated switch, contactor, or relay; or any single
passengers away from the landing stops. These
solid-state device; or a software system failure,
moving walks shall also be electrically inter-
shall not
locked to assure that they run in the same
(a) permit the moving walk to start;
direction.
(b) render ineffective any electrical protective
6.2.6.7 Moving Walk Smoke Detectors. device required by 6.2.6.3, the handrail speed
Smoke detectors shall be permitted that shall monitoring device required by 6.2.6.4, or the
activate the alarm required by 6.2.6.3.1(b) and, missing pallet device required by 6.2.6.5.
after at least 15 s, shall cause the interruption
of power to the driving-machine motor and NOTE [6.2.6.9.1(b)]: Requirements only apply to the circuits
brake. in which the devices are used and not to the devices
themselves.
6.2.6.8 Signs
6.2.6.8.1 Caution Signs. A caution sign shall 6.2.6.9.2 Redundancy used in the control
be located at the top and bottom landings of and operating circuits to satisfy the require-
each moving walk, readily visible to the board- ments of 6.2.6.9.1 shall be checked prior to each
ing passengers. start of the moving walk. When a single ground
The sign shall include the following wording: or failure as specified in 6.2.6.9.1 occurs, the
(a) “Caution”; moving walk shall not be permitted to restart.
(b) “Passengers Only”; Implementation of redundancy by a software
(c) “Hold Handrail”; system shall be permitted, provided that the
(d) “Attend Children”; and removal of power from the driving-machine

242
p. 243 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.243

ASME A17.1–2000 6.2.6.9.2–6.2.7.1.1

motor and brake shall not be solely dependent which will make any required electrical protec-
on software-controlled means. tive device ineffective.

6.2.6.9.3 Moving walks with driving-ma- 6.2.6.12 Completion or Maintenance of Cir-


chine motors employing static control shall con- cuit. The completion or maintenance of an elec-
form to the following: tric circuit shall not be used to stop the moving
(a) Two devices shall be provided to remove walk when the emergency stop switch is opened
power from the driving-machine motor. At least or when any of the electrical protective devices
one device shall be an electromechanical con- operate. These requirements do not apply to
tactor. electrically-assisted braking or speed control
(1) The contactor shall be arranged to open switches (see 6.2.6.3.2, 6.2.6.3.7, and 6.2.6.4).
each time the moving walk stops.
(2) The contactor shall cause the removal 6.2.6.13 Moving Walk Manual Reset. Where
of power from the driving-machine brake in manual reset is required, interruption of power
accordance with 6.2.6.3.4. to the moving walk shall not cause a safety
(b) An additional contactor shall be provided device to lose the status of the event upon
to also open the driving-machine brake circuit. return of power. The cause of the malfunction
This contactor is not required to have contacts shall be indicated in some manner, so that an
in the driving-machine motor circuit. examination will be made prior to restarting
(c) The electrical protective devices required the moving walk. The starting switch shall not
by 6.2.6.3 shall control the solid-state device be operable until the reset for each activated
and both contactors. safety device is accomplished.
(d) After each stop of the moving walk, the
moving walk shall not respond to a signal to 6.2.6.14 Contactors and Relays for Use in
start unless both contactors [see 6.2.6.9.3(a) and Critical Operating Circuits. Where electrome-
(b)] are in the de-energized position. chanical contactors or relays are provided to
fulfill the requirements of 6.2.6.9.1 through
6.2.6.10 Electrically Powered Safety Devices.
6.2.6.9.3, they shall be considered to be used
If the handrail-speed monitoring device required
in critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on
by 6.2.6.4, the missing pallet device, required
these electromechanical contactors or relays are
by 6.2.6.5, or any electrical protective device
used for monitoring purposes, they shall be
required by 6.2.6.3, requires electrical power for
prevented from changing state if the contact(s)
its functioning
utilized in a critical operating circuit fail to open
(a) a loss of electrical power to the device
in the intended manner. The monitoring con-
shall cause power to be removed from the
tact(s) shall be positively actuated and shall not
moving walk driving-machine motor and brake;
be solely dependent upon springs.
(b) the occurrence of a single ground or the
failure of any single magnetically operated
switch, contactor, or relay; or any single solid- 6.2.7 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work
state device; or a software system failure, shall
not render the missing pallet device or electrical 6.2.7.1 Lighting of Machine Room and Truss
protective device inoperative; Interior
(c) when a single ground or failure as de-
scribed in 6.2.6.10.2 occurs, the moving walk 6.2.7.1.1 Remote Machine Room. Perma-
shall not be permitted to restart. nent electric lighting and a duplex receptacle
rated at not less than 15 A, 120 V shall be
6.2.6.11 Installation of Capacitors or Other provided in every remote machine room.
Devices to Make Electrical Protective Devices The illumination shall be not less than 100
Ineffective. The installation of capacitors, or lx (10 fc) at the floor level. The lighting control
other devices, the operation or failure of which switch shall be located within easy reach of the
will cause an unsafe operation of the moving access to such rooms and so located that it
walk, is prohibited. No permanent device shall can be operated without passing over or reach-
be installed, except as provided for in this Code, ing over any part of the machinery.

243
p. 244 02-16-01 11:23:50 Unit: U6 Textfile: A17Y2K$600 p.244

6.2.7.1.1–6.2.8.3 ASME A17.1–2000

6.2.7.1.2 Truss Interior. A duplex receptacle whichever is applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdic-
rated at not less than 15 A 120 V accessibly tions enforcing CSA-C22.1, power supply-line
located, shall be provided under the access disconnecting means shall not be opened auto-
plates (see 6.2.7.3) at both landings and in any matically by a fire alarm system.
machine areas located within the moving walk. 6.2.7.4.2 Driving-machine controllers, logic
6.2.7.2 Lighting of Treadway. Treadways controllers, and operating devices accessory
shall be illuminated with a light intensity of not thereto, for starting, stopping, regulating, con-
less than 50 lx (5 fc). The illumination shall be trolling, or protecting electric motors, genera-
of uniform intensity and should not contrast tors, or other equipment shall be listed/certified
materially with that of the surrounding area. and labeled/marked to the requirements of CAN/
CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5.
6.2.7.3 Access to Interior. Reasonable access
to the interior of the moving walk shall be 6.2.7.4.3 Control equipment shall meet the
provided for inspection and maintenance. requirements of EN 12016, Part 2. When the
control equipment is exposed to interference
6.2.7.3.1 Access plates requiring no more levels at the test values specified for “safety
than 310 N (70 lbf) of effort to open shall be circuits” in EN 12016, the interference shall
provided at the top and bottom landings for not cause any of the conditions described in
inspection and maintenance. The plates shall 6.2.6.9.1(a) and (b). If enclosure doors or sup-
be made of a material that will afford a secure pression equipment must remain installed to
foothold. The use of stone, terrazzo, or concrete meet the above requirements, warning signs
as a fill material is prohibited within the confines to that effect shall be posted on the control
of the moving walk truss. equipment.
6.2.7.3.2 Access plates at the top and bot-
tom landings shall be securely fastened. 6.2.8 Outdoor Moving Walks

6.2.7.3.3 If access doors are provided in 6.2.8.1 Weatherproofing. Moving walks shall
the side of the moving walk enclosure, they be so constructed that exposure to the weather
shall be kept closed and locked. The key shall will not interfere with normal operation.
be removable only when in the locked position. 6.2.8.2 Precipitation. A cover, directly over
The key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1). the horizontal projection of the moving walk,
shall be provided. The cover shall extend out-
6.2.7.3.4 Where access is provided to a
ward from the centerline of the handrail so that
machinery enclosure, a fixed guard shall be
a line extended from the edge of the cover to
provided to prevent accidental contact with the
the centerline of the handrail forms an angle
moving pallets and moving treadways by a
of not less than 15 deg from the vertical. The
person servicing equipment from within the
sides may be open.
enclosure. The guard shall be made of material
When the moving walk is indirectly subject
that will reject a 13 mm (0.5 in.) diameter ball
to snow or freezing rain, heaters shall be oper-
and shall extend the full width of the pallet
ated to prevent accumulation and freezing on
treads. A guard is not required where the only
the treadway and landing plates.
equipment normally serviced from within the
Drains shall be provided in all pits where
enclosure is within the pallet band.
water could collect.
6.2.7.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
6.2.8.3 Slip Resistance. Landing plates and
6.2.7.4.1 All electrical equipment and wir- combplates shall be designed to provide a se-
ing shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, cure foothold when wet.

244
p. 245 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.245

PART 7
DUMBWAITERS AND MATERIAL LIFTS

SCOPE without intervening enclosures or platforms. If


a floor is provided at the top of the hoistway,
Part 7 applies to dumbwaiters and material
it shall comply with 7.1.1.5.
lifts.
7.1.1.4 Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply.
7.1.1.5 Requirement 2.1.3.3 does not apply.
The floor shall be designed in accordance with
SECTION 7.1 other floors in the building. Where the dumb-
POWER AND HAND DUMBWAITERS waiter machine is to be supported by machine
room floor, the floor shall be designed in accord-
WITHOUT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
ance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5.
DEVICES
Requirement 7.1 applies to all power and 7.1.2 Pits
hand dumbwaiters without automatic transfer Pits are not required, but shall be permitted.
devices. Where a pit is provided, it shall conform to 2.2,
Where the term “elevator” is used in a refer- except as modified by 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.6.
enced requirement, it shall mean dumbwaiter.
7.1.2.1 Requirement 2.2.1 does not apply.
7.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Pits shall be permitted to be provided.
Hoistway Enclosures
7.1.2.2 Requirement 2.2.4 does not apply.
The construction of hoistways and hoistway The access door shall be provided with an
enclosures shall comply with 2.1, except as electric contact, which will cause the interrup-
modified by 7.1.1.1 through 7.1.1.5. tion of power to the motor and brake when the
door is open.
7.1.1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.1 applies, except
where dumbwaiters are installed in a private 7.1.2.3 Requirement 2.2.5 does not apply. If
residence. In private residences, fire-resistive the level of illumination in the pit, where pro-
construction shall conform to the requirements vided, does not meet the requirements of 2.2.5,
of the building code, or where no building code then a permanent or portable lighting means
has been enacted, the CABO One and Two complying with 2.2.5.1 shall be provided.
Family Dwelling Code.
7.1.2.4 Requirement 2.2.6 applies only where
7.1.1.2 Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. pit access is provided by means of a ladder
Where a hoistway extends into the top floor of (see 2.2.4.2).
a building, fire-resistive hoistway or machinery-
space enclosures, where required, shall be con- 7.1.2.5 Requirement 2.2.7 does not apply.
structed in accordance with the requirements 7.1.2.6 Requirement 2.2.8 does not apply.
of the building code (see 1.3).
7.1.3 Location and Guarding of
7.1.1.3 Requirement 2.1.3.1 does not apply.
Counterweights
Hand and power dumbwaiter machines and
sheaves shall be permitted to be located inside Requirement 2.3 does not apply to the location
the hoistway enclosure at the top or bottom and guarding of counterweights, except that the

245
p. 246 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.246

7.1.3–7.1.7.5 ASME A17.1–2000

location of counterweight shall comply with cally sliding counterbalanced biparting hoistway
2.3.1. door sill.
7.1.5.4 Requirement 2.5.1.5 does not apply.
7.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runbys for
Cars and Counterweights
7.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
Requirement 2.4 does not apply. Bottom and
Requirement 2.6 applies, except as modified
top car clearances and runbys for cars and
by 7.1.6.1 through 7.1.6.3.
counterweights shall conform to 7.1.4.1 through
7.1.4.2. 7.1.6.1 Car and counterweight safeties shall
be provided conforming to 7.2.4.
7.1.4.1 When the car or counterweight
reaches its maximum limit of downward travel, 7.1.6.2 Buffers shall be provided conforming
no part of the car or counterweight or any to 7.2.8.1 or 7.2.8.2.
equipment attached thereto shall strike any part
of the pit or floor beneath the lowest landing 7.1.6.3 Direct-plunger hydraulic dumbwaiters
or equipment located in the hoistway, except shall conform to 3.6.
a buffer or bumper.
7.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
7.1.4.2 When the car or counterweight
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall
reaches its maximum limit of upward travel,
comply with 2.7, except as modified by 7.1.7.1
no part of the car or counterweight or any
through 7.1.7.11.
equipment attached thereto shall strike any part
of the overhead structure or equipment located 7.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.1.1 applies only
in the hoistway, except a mechanical stop or where a separate machinery space is provided.
buffer.
7.1.7.2 Requirement 2.7.1.2 applies only
where a separate machinery space is provided.
7.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
Clearances 7.1.7.3 Dumbwaiter machine rooms shall
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances conform to 2.7.2, or the following:
shall conform to 2.5, except as modified by (a) Dumbwaiter machine and control equip-
7.1.5.1 through 7.1.5.4. ment shall be permitted to be located in a room
or space containing other equipment essential
7.1.5.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies for dumb- to the operation of the building, provided that
waiters with rated load over 227 kg (500 lb). all exposed moving parts are fully guarded.
For dumbwaiters with a rated load of 227 kg (b) Guards on dumbwaiter equipment shall
(500 lb) or less, the clearance between the car prevent accidental contact with moving parts
and hoistway enclosure shall be not less than and shall permit visual inspection without com-
13 mm (0.5 in.). plete removal.
(c) Where a dumbwaiter machine is located
7.1.5.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies for dumb-
at the bottom of the hoistway, the control equip-
waiters with a rated load over 227 kg (500 lb).
ment shall be located outside the hoistway or
For dumbwaiters with a rated load of 227 kg
in a cabinet on the inside surface of the access
(500 lb) or less, clearances between the car and
door.
counterweight shall be not less than 13 mm
(0.5 in.). 7.1.7.4 Requirement 2.7.3.1 does not apply.
A means of access to dumbwaiter machine
7.1.5.3 Requirement 2.5.1.4 applies, except rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be
when a counterbalanced car door is provided. provided, from outside the hoistway, for eleva-
The clearance shall be measured between the tor personnel.
landing side of the car door sill and the hoistway
edge of any landing sill, or the hoistway side 7.1.7.5 Requirement 2.7.3.3 applies only
of any vertically sliding counterweighted or where a separate room is provided for machine
counterbalanced hoistway door or of any verti- and control equipment.

246
p. 247 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.247

ASME A17.1–2000 7.1.7.6–7.1.11.2.2

7.1.7.6 Requirement 2.7.3.4.1 applies only 7.1.9.1 Requirement 2.9.3.1.2 does not apply.
where a separate machine room is provided
and complete bodily entry is necessary. 7.1.9.2 Machines and equipment directly
Requirement 2.7.3.4.3 applies, except the over the hoistway shall be permitted to be hung
maximum width of an access opening located underneath the supporting beams at the top of
not more than 1 525 mm (60 in.) above the the hoistway.
lowest point of the hoistway, contiguous to and
in vertical alignment with a hoistway entrance, 7.1.10 Guarding of Equipment
shall be the lesser of 1 220 mm (48 in.) or the Requirement 2.10 does not apply, except that
hoistway entrance width. the guarding of equipment shall comply with
Hoistway access openings shall be provided 2.10.1.
with an electric contact that will cause interrup-
tion of power to the motor and brake when the 7.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings
access door is open.
The protection of hoistway openings shall
7.1.7.7 Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply. conform to 2.11, except as modified by 7.1.11.1
7.1.7.8 Requirement 2.7.4 does not apply. through 7.1.11.14.

7.1.7.9 Requirement 2.7.5.2 does not apply. 7.1.11.1 Entrances. Requirement 2.11.1 does
Where there is a separate machine room, it not apply. All hoistway-landing openings shall
shall be provided with natural or mechanical be provided with entrances which shall guard
ventilation to avoid overheating of the electrical the full height and width of the opening.
equipment to ensure normal operation of the
7.1.11.1.1 For power dumbwaiters, the
dumbwaiter.
doors shall not open to a 25 mm (1 in.) greater
7.1.7.10 Requirement 2.7.6 does not apply. width and height than the width and height of
the car, unless the car is being removed or
7.1.7.11 Requirement 2.7.8.4 does not apply. installed.

7.1.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, 7.1.11.1.2 For hand dumbwaiters, the width
Ducts, and HVAC in Hoistways and of the door openings shall not exceed the width
Machine Rooms of the car by more than 150 mm (6 in.). The
height of the door shall not exceed 1 375 mm
Electrical equipment, pipes, and ducts in
(54 in.).
hoistways, machine rooms, and machinery
spaces shall comply with 2.8, except as modified 7.1.11.2 Types of Entrances. Requirement
by 7.1.8.1 and 7.1.8.2. 2.11.2 does not apply.
7.1.8.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not 7.1.11.2.1 For power dumbwaiters, en-
required for the wiring to the hoistway door trances shall be one of the following types:
interlock from the hoistway riser. (a) horizontal slide, single- or multi-section
7.1.8.2 Requirement 2.8.2.3 does not apply. (b) swing, single section
Sprinklers shall be permitted in the hoistway (c) combination horizontal slide and swing
when conforming to NFPA 13 or the NBCC, (d) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). All sprinkler (e) vertical slide counterweighted, single- or
risers and returns shall be located outside the multi-section
hoistway.
7.1.11.2.2 For hand dumbwaiters, en-
trances shall be one of the following types:
7.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
(a) manually operated vertical slide counter-
Supports, and Foundations
weighted, single- or multi-section
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and (b) manually operated vertical slide biparting
foundations shall comply with 2.9, except as counterbalanced
modified by 7.1.9.1 and 7.1.9.2. (c) manually operated swing, single-section

247
p. 248 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.248

7.1.11.3–7.1.11.12.6 ASME A17.1–2000

7.1.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors. Require- 7.1.11.10 Landings and Landing Sills. Re-
ment 2.11.3 does not apply. quirement 2.11.10.1 does not apply.
7.1.11.3.1 For power dumbwaiters, all 7.1.11.11 Horizontal Slide-Type Entrances.
doors shall be kept closed, except the door at Requirement 2.11.11.1.2 does not apply.
the floor at which the car is being loaded or
unloaded. 7.1.11.12 Vertical Slide-Type Entrances. Re-
quirements 2.11.12.1, 2.11.12.2, 2.11.12.3,
7.1.11.3.2 For hand dumbwaiters 2.11.12.7, and 2.11.12.8 do not apply.
(a) all doors shall be kept closed, except the
door at the floor at which the car is being 7.1.11.12.1 Landing sills shall be of metal,
loaded, unloaded, or operated; securely fastened to the frame or building struc-
(b) each entrance shall have conspicuously ture and of sufficient strength to support the
displayed on the landing side, above the door rated load of the dumbwaiter, applied vertically
opening, in letters not less than 50 mm (2 in.) over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by
high, the words: “DANGER-DUMBWAITER-KEEP 4 in.) at the center of the sill, with no permanent
CLOSED”; displacement or deformation of the sill.
(c) all doors shall be equipped with devices
7.1.11.12.2 Either the panel guide rails or
to close them automatically when the devices
the jambs used to frame the opening shall be
are actuated by heat or smoke.
securely anchored to a masonry wall, or se-
7.1.11.4 Location of Hoistway-Door Open- curely fastened to the building structure or wall
ings. Requirement 2.11.4 does not apply. The supporting members.
bottom of the hoistway-door opening shall be
not less than 600 mm (24 in.) above the floor, 7.1.11.12.3 Panel guide rails, not fastened
except for power dumbwaiters applications con- in conformance with 7.1.11.12.2, shall be se-
forming to 7.1.12.1.2 or 7.1.12.1.3. curely fastened to the jambs at intervals
throughout the frame height, and shall be per-
7.1.11.5 Hoistway-Access Doors. Access mitted to be fastened to the building structure
openings shall be permitted to be provided in where the rails extend past the frame. Rails
the hoistway enclosure for maintenance and and their fastenings shall withstand the forces
inspection. Access openings when provided specified in 7.1.11.12.1, and any reactions re-
shall conform to 7.1.7.5. sulting from the loading and unloading opera-
7.1.11.6 Projection of Equipment Beyond tions, which may be transmitted to the rails.
Landing Sills. Requirement 2.11.5 does not 7.1.11.12.4 Requirement 2.11.12.4.2 applies
apply. only where truckable sills are required.
7.1.11.7 Opening of Hoistway Doors From 7.1.11.12.5 Requirements 2.11.12.4.3(a)
Hoistway Side. Requirement 2.11.6 does not and (b) do not apply. Panels of biparting coun-
apply. terbalanced entrances shall conform to the fol-
7.1.11.8 Hoistway-Door Vision Panels. lowing:
Hoistway-door vision panels (see 2.11.7) are not (a) They shall be provided with means to stop
required. Where provided, they shall comply the closing panels when the distance between
with 2.11.7.1.2, 2.11.7.1.3, 2.11.7.1.4, and the closing rigid members of the upper and
2.11.7.1.6, and the total area of one or more lower panels is not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.)
vision panels in any hoistway door shall not (b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and non-
exceed 0.016 m2 (25 in.2). crushing member of either the meeting or over-
lapping type shall be provided on the upper
7.1.11.9 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and panel to close the distance between the rigid
Power Operation. Requirement 2.11.9 does not door panels when in contact with the stops.
apply. Doors shall be provided with door-locking
devices conforming to 7.1.12. Where hoistway 7.1.11.12.6 Requirement 2.11.12.4.4 ap-
doors are power operated or are opened or plies, except that the overlap shall be not less
closed by power, they shall conform to 7.1.13. than 13 mm (0.5 in.).

248
p. 249 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.249

ASME A17.1–2000 7.1.11.12.7–7.1.12.1.3

7.1.11.12.7 Requirement 2.11.12.4.6 does 7.1.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices,


not apply. The entrance assembly shall be capa- Access Switches, and Unlocking
ble of withstanding a force of 1 110 N (250 lbf) Devices
applied on the landing side at right angles to,
Hoistway-door locking devices, access
and approximately at the center of a panel.
switches, and unlocking devices shall comply
This force shall be distributed over an area of
with 7.1.12. Requirement 2.12 does not apply,
approximately 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4
except as referenced in 7.1.12.
in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent
displacement or deformation of any parts of 7.1.12.1 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices For
the entrance assembly resulting from this test. Power Dumbwaiters. Hoistway-door locking de-
vices for power dumbwaiters shall comply with
7.1.11.12.8 Requirement 2.11.12.5.3 does 7.1.12.1.1 through 7.1.12.1.3.
not apply. Guide members shall be designed
to withstand the forces specified in 7.1.11.12.7. 7.1.12.1.1 Hoistway door interlocks in con-
formance with 7.1.12.1.2 are required at all land-
7.1.11.12.9 Requirement 2.11.12.6 does not ings except that hoistway door combination
apply to hand-operated dumbwaiters covered mechanical locks and electric contacts conform-
in 7.1.11.3. ing to 7.1.12.1.1 shall be permitted to be used
at the following landings:
7.1.11.13 Swing-Type Entrances. For swing- (a) at landings where the bottom of the door
type entrances, 2.11.13 applies, except as modi- opening is 600 mm (24 in.) or more above the
fied by 7.1.11.3.1 through 7.1.11.13.3. floor;
7.1.11.13.1 Requirements 2.11.13.1(b) and (b) the top terminal landing and the landing
2.11.13.3.3 do not apply. located not more than 1 220 mm (48 in.) below
the top terminal landing, provided that the
7.1.11.13.2 Requirement 2.11.13.3.5 does dumbwaiter travel does not exceed 4 570 mm
not apply. The panels and their assembled ac- (180 in.); and
cessories shall be capable of withstanding nor- (c) any landing whose sill is within 1 525 mm
mal attempts to open a closed and locked door (60 in.) of the pit floor, regardless of the dumb-
by pulling the handle. The panel shall be so waiter travel.
designed to withstand a force of 1 110 N (250
7.1.12.1.2 Hoistway door combination me-
lbf) applied on the landing side at right angles
chanical locks and electric contacts, where pro-
to and approximately at the center of the panel.
vided, shall conform with the following:
This force shall be distributed over an area of
(a) Requirement 2.12.3.2
approximately 100 mm by 100 mm (4 in. by 4
(b) Requirement 2.12.3.3
in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent
(c) Requirement 2.12.3.4, except that
displacement or deformation of any parts of
(1) Requirement 2.12.3.4.4 applies to all
the entrance assembly resulting from this force.
types of multisection doors.
7.1.11.13.3 Requirement 2.11.13.3.7 ap- (2) Requirement 2.12.3.4.5 applies but the
plies, except it shall be in conformance with force used should be 225 N (50 lbf).
7.1.11.13.1. (d) Requirement 2.12.3.5
(e) Requirement 2.12.4
7.1.11.14 Marking. Marking (see 2.11.15) shall (f) Arranged so that the hoistway door is
apply, except as modified by 7.1.11.14.1 and locked when the car is more than 75 mm (3
7.1.11.14.2. in.) from the landing.

7.1.11.14.1 Requirement 2.11.15.1.1(c) 7.1.12.1.3 Hoistway door interlocks, where


does not apply. provided, shall conform with the following:
(a) Requirement 2.12.2.2
7.1.11.14.2 Requirement 2.11.15.1.2(b) ap- (b) Requirement 2.12.2.3
plies, except it shall be in conformance with (c) Requirement 2.12.2.4, except that
2.11.11.5.1 and 2.11.11.5.2 or 7.1.11.12.6. (1) Requirement 2.12.2.4.1 does not apply.

249
p. 250 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.250

7.1.12.1.3–7.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

(2) Requirement 2.12.2.4.6 applies but the 7.1.13.5 Requirement 2.13.3.3.2 does not
force used shall be 225 N (50 lbf). apply.
(d) Requirement 2.12.2.5
(e) Requirement 2.12.2.6 7.1.13.6 Requirement 2.13.3.4.2 does not
(f) Requirement 2.12.4. apply; sequence operation is not required, how-
ever, if provided, it shall conform to 2.13.6.2.
7.1.12.2 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices for Requirement 2.13.3.4.3 does not apply when
Hand Dumbwaiters. Hoistway doors shall be the only means for controlling the door is by
provided with spring-type latches to hold them a momentary-pressure switch at the landing
in the closed position. Such latches shall be within sight of the door, which, when operated,
releasable from both the hoistway and landing shall cause the doors to stop or to stop and
side, irrespective of the position of the car. reopen. Requirement 2.13.3.4.4 does not apply.

7.1.12.3 Hoistway-Door Unlocking Devices. 7.1.13.7 Requirement 2.13.4 also applies to


Hoistway-door unlocking devices conforming to power-operated vertically sliding doors. Re-
2.12.6.2.1, 2.12.6.2.2, 2.12.6.2.4, and 2.12.6.2.5 quirements 2.13.4.2.3 and 2.13.4.2.4 do not
shall be provided at the top and bottom terminal apply.
landings. 7.1.13.8 Requirement 2.13.5 applies only to
power-operated hoistway doors and car doors
7.1.12.4 Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway or gates where closing is by automatic means.
access switches shall be permitted at any land- Requirement 2.13.5.4 does not apply.
ing. For dumbwaiters with a travel of 7.6 m (25
ft) or more, hoistway access switches shall be 7.1.13.9 Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply.
provided either at the top or bottom terminal
landings. 7.1.14 Identification
Hoistway access switches, where provided,
shall conform to the following: Requirement 2.29 does not apply. When the
(a) Requirement 2.12.7.2 applies, except machinery of more than one dumbwaiter is in
2.12.7.2.3 does not apply. the machine room, each driving machine shall
(b) Requirements 2.12.7.3.1, 2.12.7.3.2, be assigned a different number which shall be
2.12.7.3.4, and 2.12.7.3.5 apply. The means shall painted on or securely attached to the driving
be key operated or behind a locked cover, the machine.
key shall be Group 1 Security (see 8.1).

7.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors


and Car Doors or Gates
SECTION 7.2
The power operation, power opening, and ELECTRIC AND HAND DUMBWAITERS
power closing of hoistway doors and car doors
WITHOUT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
or gates shall comply with 2.13, except as modi-
DEVICES
fied by 7.1.13.1 through 7.1.13.9.
Requirement 7.2 applies to electric and hand
7.1.13.1 Requirement 2.13.2.1.2 does not dumbwaiters without automatic transfer de-
apply. vices. Where the term “elevator” is used in a
referenced requirement, it shall mean “dumb-
7.1.13.2 Requirement 2.13.2.2.3 does not waiter.”
apply.
7.2.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
7.1.13.3 Requirement 2.13.3.1 does not apply.
and Car Illumination
7.1.13.4 Requirements 2.13.3.2.3 and Car enclosures and car doors and gates shall
2.13.3.2.4 do not apply. A closing means shall comply with 2.14, except as modified by 7.2.1.1
not be provided in the car. through 7.2.1.3.

250
p. 251 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.251

ASME A17.1–2000 7.2.1.1–7.2.1.2.4

7.2.1.1 Car Enclosures panels shall be either laminated or wire glass


and shall not exceed 0.016 m2 (25 in.2).
7.2.1.1.1 Requirement 2.14.1.2 does not
apply. The enclosure shall be securely fastened 7.2.1.1.11 Requirement 2.14.3 does not
to the car platform or the point of suspension. apply.
7.2.1.1.2 Requirement 2.14.1.3 does not 7.2.1.2 Car Doors and Gates. Car doors or
apply. The car enclosure walls shall be of solid, gates shall be provided at entrances to the car,
grille, or perforate construction. Car enclosure shall guard the full width of the opening, and
walls shall be of such strength and so designed shall conform to 7.2.1.2.1 through 7.2.1.2.12.
and supported that when subjected to a leaning
or falling rated load on the car, the car enclosure 7.2.1.2.1 Requirement 2.14.4.1 does not
walls will not deflect or deform to the extent apply.
that the running clearances are reduced below
the minimum specified in 7.1.5. Grilled or perfo- 7.2.1.2.2 Requirement 2.14.4.2 does not
rated portions of the enclosure shall reject a apply. Each door or gate shall be equipped with
ball 38 mm (1.5 in.) in diameter. Nonmetal cars a contact that will prevent operation of the
shall be reinforced with metal from the bottom driving machine, unless the door or gate pan-
of the car to the point of suspension. Metal el(s) is in the closed position as defined in
car sections shall be riveted, welded, or bolted 2.12.2.2(c) or 2.12.3.2.
together. Cars shall be permitted to be provided 7.2.1.2.3 Requirement 2.14.4.3 does not
with hinged, permanent, or removable shelves. apply. Car doors shall be of the horizontal or
The maximum inside height of the car at any vertical sliding type and of material conforming
point shall not exceed 1 220 mm (48 in.) (see to 7.2.1.1.2.
also 7.2.3). Hinged or removable panels shall
not be provided in car tops. 7.2.1.2.4 Requirement 2.14.4.4 does not
apply. Gates shall be of the horizontally sliding
7.2.1.1.3 Requirement 2.14.1.4 does not
collapsible type or of the vertically sliding type.
apply.
(a) Horizontally sliding collapsible gates shall
7.2.1.1.4 Requirement 2.14.1.5 does not conform to the following:
apply. (1) they shall not be power operated, except
as permitted by 2.13.2.1.2;
7.2.1.1.5 Requirement 2.14.1.6 does not
(2) they shall not be used with power-oper-
apply. Car tops shall be capable of sustaining
ated vertically sliding hoistway doors;
a load of 3.5 kPa (75 lb/ft2) without permanent
(3) when fully closed (extended position),
deformation. The resulting deflection under this
they shall reject a ball 113 mm (4.5 in.) in
load shall be limited to prevent damage to
diameter;
any equipment, device, or lighting assemblies
(4) they shall have at least every fourth
fastened to or adjacent to the car enclosure top.
vertical member guided at the top and every
7.2.1.1.6 Requirement 2.14.1.7.1 does not second vertical member guided at the bottom;
apply. (5) collapsible gate handles shall be pro-
vided with finger guards.
7.2.1.1.7 Requirement 2.14.1.8 does not
(b) Vertically sliding type gates shall conform
apply.
to the following:
7.2.1.1.8 Requirement 2.14.1.9 does not (1) they shall be of the balanced counter-
apply. weighted type or the biparting counterbal-
anced type;
7.2.1.1.9 Requirement 2.14.1.10 does not
(2) they shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in
apply.
diameter;
7.2.1.1.10 Requirement 2.14.2 does not (3) balanced counterweighted gates shall be
apply. Vision panels are not required. Where permitted to be either single- or multi-section
provided, the perforated portions shall reject a and permitted to slide either up or down to
ball 38 mm (1.5 in.) in diameter. Glass vision open.

251
p. 252 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.252

7.2.1.2.4–7.2.3.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(4) they shall be permitted to be either man- 7.2.2.5 Requirements 2.15.6.1.2 and
ually or power operated. 2.15.6.1.3 do not apply. Requirements 2.15.6.1.1
and 2.15.6.1.4 apply only where car frames and
7.2.1.2.5 Requirement 2.14.4.5 does not
car platform frames are used.
apply.
7.2.2.6 Requirement 2.15.7.3 does not apply.
7.2.1.2.6 Requirement 2.14.4.6 applies, ex-
cept that the forces applied shall be not greater 7.2.2.7 Requirement 2.15.8 does not apply.
than the weight of the rated load or that speci- 7.2.2.8 Requirement 2.15.9 applies only
fied in 2.14.4.6, whichever is less. where inching devices or truck-zoning devices
7.2.1.2.7 Requirement 2.14.4.7 does not are provided. Requirement 2.15.9.2(a) does not
apply. apply. The length shall not be less than 530
mm (21 in.).
7.2.1.2.8 Requirement 2.14.4.9 does not
apply. Suspension members of vertically sliding 7.2.2.9 Requirement 2.15.11 does not apply.
car doors or gates, and of weights used with 7.2.2.10 Requirement 2.15.12 does not apply.
car doors or gates, shall have a factor of safety
7.2.2.11 Requirement 2.15.13 does not apply.
of not less than 5.
7.2.2.12 Requirement 2.15.14 does not apply.
7.2.1.2.9 Requirement 2.14.4.10 applies, ex-
cept that they shall conform to 7.1.13 instead 7.2.2.13 Requirement 2.15.15 does not apply.
of 2.13. 7.2.2.14 Requirement 2.15.16.1 applies, ex-
7.2.1.2.10 Requirement 2.14.5 does not cept that either hinged platform sill electric
apply. contact or car door electric contacts shall pre-
vent operation of the car if the sill is not re-
7.2.1.2.11 Requirement 2.14.6 does not tracted.
apply.
7.2.3 Capacity and Loading
7.2.1.2.12 Where car door or gate hori-
zontal structural members are not fixed to the Requirement 2.16 does not apply to dumb-
moveable panel, they shall not be capable of waiters.
entering into the access door area. 7.2.3.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. The
7.2.1.3 Lighting Fixtures. Requirement 2.14.7 rated load shall not be less than 221 kg/m3
does not apply; however, if lighting is provided (13.9 lb/ft3) of the inside net car volume. The
in the car, it shall conform to 2.14.7.3 and inside net platform area shall not be more than
2.14.7.4. 1 m2 (10.75 ft2).
7.2.3.2 Capacity Plate. A metal capacity plate
7.2.2 Car Frames and Platforms shall be fastened in a conspicuous place in the
Car frames and platforms shall comply with car and shall indicate the rated load in letters
2.15, except as modified by 7.2.2.1 through and numerals not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.)
7.2.2.14. high, stamped, etched, or raised on the surface
of the plate.
7.2.2.1 Requirement 2.15.1 does not apply.
7.2.3.3 Data Plate
7.2.2.2 Requirement 2.15.2 does not apply.
Cars shall be guided on each guide rail by 7.2.3.3.1 A data plate shall be located on
upper and lower guiding members. the car crosshead, on the car top, or inside
the car.
7.2.2.3 Requirement 2.15.3 applies, except
7.2.3.3.2 The data plate shall indicate
that frames are not required.
(a) the weight of the complete car including
7.2.2.4 Requirement 2.15.5 does not apply. the car safety and all auxiliary equipment
The car shall be provided with a platform capa- attached to the car;
ble of withstanding the loading conditions for (b) the rated load and rated speed;
which the dumbwaiter is designed. (c) the suspension means (see 7.2.6);

252
p. 253 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.253

ASME A17.1–2000 7.2.3.3.2–7.2.6.1.2

(d) the manufacturer’s name and date of in- stopping action shall conform to 2.17.9.4 or
stallation. 7.2.4.6.1.
7.2.3.3.3 The letters and numerals on the 7.2.4.6.1 Where guide rail sections other
data plate shall be not less than 3 mm (0.125 than those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the
in.) high, stamped, etched, or raised on the application of safety stopping forces shall not
surface of the plate. cause deformation of the guide rail section upon
7.2.3.4 “No Riders” Signs. A sign stating “NO whose dimensional stability the stopping capa-
RIDERS” shall be located in the car in letters bility of the safeties is dependent.
not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high.
7.2.4.7 Marking Plates for Safeties. Require-
7.2.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties ment 2.17.14 applies only for governor-operated
safeties.
Car and counterweight safeties, where pro-
vided, shall conform to 2.17, except as modified 7.2.4.8 Rail Lubricants. Requirement 2.17.16
by 7.2.4.1 through 7.2.4.8. applies only where safeties are provided.
7.2.4.1 Where Required and Located. Require-
ment 2.17.1 does not apply. Where required by 7.2.5 Speed Governors
7.1.6, the car shall be provided with one or Speed governors are not required. Where pro-
more safety devices identified in 2.17.5. Car vided, they shall conform to 2.18, except that
safeties shall be attached to the supporting the diameter of the governor rope (see 2.18.5.1)
structure of the car. shall be permitted to be less than 9.5 mm
7.2.4.2 Function and Stopping Distances. Re- (0.375 in.), however, it shall not be less than
quirement 2.17.3 does not apply. The safety the diameter of the suspension ropes.
device shall be capable of stopping and sus-
taining the entire car with its rated load, within 7.2.6 Suspension Means
the maximum stopping distances as determined
Suspension means shall comply with 2.20,
in Tables 2.17.3 and 8.2.6.
except as modified by 7.2.6.1 through 7.2.6.8.
7.2.4.3 Reserved for Future Use. Requirement
2.17.6 does not apply. 7.2.6.1 Type of Suspension Means. Require-
ment 2.20.1 does not apply.
7.2.4.4 Governor-Actuated Safeties and Car-
Safety-Mechanism Switches. Requirement 7.2.6.1.1 Power Dumbwaiters
2.17.7 does not apply. Car and counterweight (a) Cars and counterweights for power dumb-
safeties shall be actuated by speed governors waiters, except for dumbwaiters having rack
or as a result of breaking or slackening of the and pinion or screw-type driving machines, shall
suspension means, and shall be permitted to be suspended by one or more iron or steel-
be of the inertia type without governors. wire hoisting ropes or chains.
Every car safety shall be provided with a (b) Wire ropes shall be permitted to have
switch, operated by the car safety mechanism. marlin covers.
This switch shall conform to 2.18.4, except that (c) Chains, where used, shall be roller, block,
the switch does not have to be on the safety or multiple-link silent type.
provided that it is operated by the action of
the safety. 7.2.6.1.2 Hand Dumbwaiters
(a) Dumbwaiters having a rated load ex-
7.2.4.5 Limits of Use of Various Types of
ceeding 35 kg (75 lb) shall be suspended by
Safeties. Requirement 2.17.8 applies, except that
steel wire ropes or chains having a factor of
Type A safeties shall be permitted to be used
safety of not less than 4.5.
regardless of the rated speed.
(b) Dumbwaiters having a rated load 35 kg (75
7.2.4.6 Application of Safeties. The applica- lb) or less shall be permitted to be suspended
tion of safeties shall conform to 2.17.9.1, by manila, braided-cotton, or equivalent ropes
2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3. The forces providing the having a factor of safety of not less than 6.

253
p. 254 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.254

7.2.6.2–7.2.7.1 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 7.2.6.4 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR of rope or chain corresponding to the rated
WIRE ROPE AND CHAINS speed of the dumbwaiter.
Rope or Chain Factor of 7.2.6.5 Number of Ropes or Chains Required.
Speed Safety Requirement 2.20.4 does not apply. The number
m/s ft/min Ropes Chains of suspension ropes or chains shall be deter-
mined by multiplying the static load (weight of
0.25 50 4.8 6.0
0.50 100 5.2 6.5 the car plus rated load plus the weight of the
0.75 150 5.5 6.9 hoisting ropes or chains) by the required factor
1.00 200 5.9 7.4 of safety, and dividing the result by the manufac-
1.25 250 6.2 7.8 turer’s
1.50 300 6.6 8.3
(a) rated ultimate strength of one of the ropes
1.75 350 7.0 8.8
2.00 400 7.3 9.1 of the size and construction to be used;
2.25 450 7.7 9.6 (b) average tensile strength of one of the
2.50 500 8.0 10.0 chains of the size and construction to be used.
Where 2:1 roping is used, one-half the static
load shall be used in the formula.
7.2.6.2 Rope Data. Requirement 2.20.2 only
applies to dumbwaiters suspended by wire or 7.2.6.6 Suspension Rope Equalizers. Require-
non-wire rope. The information required in ment 2.20.5 does not apply.
2.20.2.1 shall be located on the car crosshead, 7.2.6.7 Splicing and Replacement of Suspen-
on the car top or inside the car. Requirement sion Ropes. Requirement 2.20.8 does not apply.
2.20.2.2(j) does not apply.
7.2.6.8 Fastening of Suspension Means
7.2.6.3 Chain Data
7.2.6.8.1 Requirement 2.20.9.1 does not
7.2.6.3.1 The data plate required by 7.2.3.3 apply. Fastening of suspension means shall con-
shall bear the following chain data: form to the following:
(a) number of chains (a) The car and counterweight ends of suspen-
(b) type of chains sion wire ropes, or the stationary hitch-ends
(c) standard chain number where multiple roping is used, shall be fastened
(d) the manufacturer’s rated breaking strength in such a manner that all portions of the rope
per chain in pounds except the portion inside the rope sockets shall
7.2.6.3.2 A metal data tag shall be securely be readily visible. Fastenings shall be by individ-
attached to one of the chain fastenings. This ual tapered babbitted rope sockets conforming
data tag shall bear the following chain data: to 2.20.9.3 through 2.20.9.6; or by other types
(a) type of chain of rope fastening provided that they develop
(b) standard chain number at least 80% of the ultimate breaking strength of
(c) manufacturer’s rated breaking strength the strongest rope to be used in such fastenings.
(d) month and year the chains were installed (b) The fastening of car and counterweight
(e) name of the person or firm who installed ends of suspension chains shall be such as to
the chains develop at least 80% of the rated breaking
(f) name of the manufacturer of the chains strength of the strongest chain used in such
fastenings.
7.2.6.3.3 A new tag shall be installed at
each chain renewal. The material and marking 7.2.6.8.2 Requirement 2.20.9.2 applies only
of the chain data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, where adjustable shackle rods are provided.
except that the height of the letters and figures
7.2.7 Counterweights
shall be not less than 1.6 mm (0.063 in.).
7.2.6.4 Factors of Safety. Requirement 2.20.3 Counterweights shall comply with 2.21, except
does not apply. The factor of safety, based as modified by 7.2.7.1 through 7.2.7.4.
on the static load, of car and counterweight 7.2.7.1 Requirement 2.21.1.1 does not apply.
suspension means shall be not less than the Frames are not required. Counterweights shall
value specified in Table 7.2.6.4 for actual speed be permitted to be solid or sectional in design.

254
p. 255 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.255

ASME A17.1–2000 7.2.7.2–7.2.10.2.1

TABLE 7.2.8.1 MINIMUM SPRING BUFFER 7.2.9 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails,
STROKES Guide-Rail Supports and Fastenings
Rated Speed Stroke Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail
m/s ft/min mm in. supports and fastenings shall comply with 2.23,
except as modified by 7.2.9. The same set of
1.00 or less 200 or less 40 1.5
1.01–1.25 201–250 65 2.5
guide rails shall be permitted to be used for
1.26–1.50 251–300 100 4.0 both the car and counterweight.

7.2.9.1 Guide-Rail Section. Requirements


TABLE 7.2.8.2 MINIMUM OIL BUFFER 2.23.3, 2.23.7.2.1(a), (b), and (e), 2.23.9.1.3,
STROKES 2.23.9.3, and 2.23.10.2 do not apply. Guide rails,
supports, joints, fishplates, and fastenings that
Rated Speed Stroke
are not covered by 2.23 shall be permitted to
m/s ft/min mm in.
be used, provided that the strengths, stresses,
1.50 300 70 2.75 and deflections are consistent with the require-
1.60 325 90 3.50 ments of 2.23 for the loads to be imposed.
1.75 350 110 4.25 Where guide-rail sections other than those
2.00 400 160 6.25
specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the allowable
2.25 450 210 8.25
2.50 500 280 11.00 deflection of the guide rail shall be limited to
2.75 550 350 13.75 prevent the safety device from disengaging the
3.00 600 430 17.00 rail during the application of the load.
3.50 700 630 24.75
4.00 800 845 33.25
4.50 900 1 110 43.75 7.2.10 Driving Machines and Sheaves
5.00 1,000 1 410 55.50
7.2.10.1 Power Dumbwaiters. Driving ma-
chines and sheaves for power dumbwaiters
7.2.7.2 Requirement 2.21.1.3 does not apply. shall conform to 2.24 as modified by 7.2.10.1.1
Counterweights shall be guided on each guide through 7.2.10.1.3.
rail by upper and lower guiding members.
7.2.10.1.1 Requirement 2.24.1 does not
7.2.7.3 Requirement 2.21.1.4 does not apply. apply.
The same set of guide rails shall be permitted
to be used for both the car and counterweight. 7.2.10.1.2 Requirement 2.24.2.2 does not
7.2.7.4 Requirement 2.21.2.5 does not apply. apply. Sheaves and drums shall have a pitch
Ropes and chains shall be secured to the coun- diameter of not less than 30 times the diameter
terweight or suspension rope hitch conforming of the rope.
to 7.2.6.
7.2.10.1.3 Requirement 2.24.8 does not
7.2.8 Buffers and Bumpers apply. The driving machine shall be equipped
with a friction brake applied by a spring or
Requirements 2.22.1 and 2.22.2 do not apply. springs, or by gravity, and electro-mechanically
Cars and counterweights shall be provided with or electro-hydraulically released. The brake shall
buffers or bumpers. Buffers shall be provided be designed to have a capacity sufficient to
where required by 7.1.6. hold the car at rest with its rated load (also
7.2.8.1 Spring Buffers. Spring buffers shall see 7.2.3.1).
conform to 2.22.3, except that Table 2.22.3.1
shall substitute for Table 7.2.8.1. Spring buffers, 7.2.10.2 Hand Dumbwaiters
where required by 7.1.6, shall not be used for 7.2.10.2.1 Hand driving machines shall be
rated speeds greater than 1.5 m/s (300 ft/min). equipped with automatic brakes which will sus-
7.2.8.2 Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall conform tain the car and its rated load. When the brake
to 2.22.4, except that Table 2.22.4.1 shall substi- is applied, it shall remain locked in the “ON”
tute for Table 7.2.8.2. position until released by the operator.

255
p. 256 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.256

7.2.10.2.2–7.2.12.15 ASME A17.1–2000

7.2.10.2.2 Operation of a hand dumbwaiter 7.2.12.1 Requirement 2.26.1.1 applies to


shall not cause any part of the operator’s body power dumbwaiters only.
to be in the travel path of the car or counter-
weight. 7.2.12.2 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply.

7.2.10.3 Types of Driving Machines. Driving 7.2.12.3 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
machines shall be one of the following types: 7.2.12.4 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not apply.
(a) winding-drum Top-of-car operating devices are not required.
(b) traction Where provided, they shall conform to 7.2.12.4.1
(c) rack and pinion, conforming to 4.1.13 and 7.2.12.4.2.
(d) screw-column, conforming to 4.2.15
(e) belt drive 7.2.12.4.1 Requirement 2.26.1.4.2 applies.
(f) chain drive Requirement 2.26.1.4.1(d)(2) applies, except that
(g) hydraulic, conforming to 7.3 it shall be subject to the electrical protective
devices required by 7.2.12.
7.2.10.4 Belt Drive Machines. Belts used as
the driving means between the motor and the 7.2.12.4.2 Safeties shall be provided in ac-
machine of power dumbwaiters shall conform cordance with 7.2.4.
to 7.2.10.4.1 and 7.2.10.4.2.
7.2.12.5 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply.
7.2.10.4.1 Where flat belts are used, the
rated speed of the dumbwaiter shall not be 7.2.12.6 Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies, except
more than 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min). that the devices shall be located at that landing
and car platform guards shall conform to 7.2.2.8,
7.2.10.4.2 Where multiple V-belts are used, and landing sill guards are not required.
the rated speed of the dumbwaiter shall not be
more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). 7.2.12.7 Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply.

7.2.11 Terminal Stopping Devices 7.2.12.8 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not apply.

Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 7.2.12.9 Requirement 2.26.2.7 does not apply.
2.25, except as specified in 7.2.11.1 through Where a stop switch in the pit is provided (see
7.2.11.4. 7.1.2), it shall conform in design and operation
to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c).
7.2.11.1 Requirement 2.25.2.2.2 does not
apply. 7.2.12.10 Requirement 2.26.2.8 does not
apply. Where a top-of-car operating device is
7.2.11.2 Requirement 2.25.3.3 does not apply. provided, a stop switch conforming in design
Final terminal stopping devices shall be pro- and operation to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall
vided in the hoistway and shall be directly be provided on the top of the car.
operated by the movement of the car.
7.2.12.11 Requirement 2.26.2.10 applies only
7.2.11.3 Requirement 2.25.3.5 does not apply. where a speed governor is provided.
Where final terminal stopping switches are lo-
cated on and operated by the driving machine, 7.2.12.12 Requirement 2.26.2.11 applies, ex-
they shall comply with 2.25.3.5. cept as modified by 7.2.11.2 and 7.2.11.3.
7.2.11.4 Requirement 2.25.4 does not apply. 7.2.12.13 Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not
apply.
7.2.12 Operating Devices and Control
Equipment 7.2.12.14 Requirement 2.26.2.14 applies, ex-
cept it shall conform to 7.1.12.1.
Operation of power dumbwaiters shall be of
the automatic or continuous pressure type. Op- 7.2.12.15 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not
erating devices and control equipment shall apply. Car door or gate electric contacts, con-
comply with 2.26, except as modified by 7.2.12.1 forming to 7.2.1.2.2, shall be provided for all
through 7.2.12.37. dumbwaiters.

256
p. 257 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.257

ASME A17.1–2000 7.2.12.16–7.3.2

7.2.12.16 Requirement 2.26.2.17 does not 7.2.12.31 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not
apply. apply.

7.2.12.17 Requirement 2.26.2.18 does not 7.2.12.32 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not
apply. apply.

7.2.12.18 Requirement 2.26.2.20 does not 7.2.12.33 Requirement 2.26.5 does not apply.
apply. 7.2.12.34 Requirement 2.26.6 applies. When
7.2.12.19 Requirement 2.26.2.21 does not single-phase AC motors are provided, they shall
apply. come to a complete stop before electrically
reversing direction.
7.2.12.20 Requirement 2.26.2.22 does not
7.2.12.35 Requirements 2.26.9.3(c), (d), and
apply.
(e) do not apply.
7.2.12.21 Requirement 2.26.2.23 does not 7.2.12.36 Requirement 2.26.9.4 does not
apply. apply.
7.2.12.22 Requirement 2.26.2.24 does not 7.2.12.37 Requirement 2.26.12 does not
apply. apply.
7.2.12.23 Requirement 2.26.2.25 does not
7.2.13 Layout Data
apply.
The information provided on layout data shall
7.2.12.24 Requirement 2.26.2.26 does not conform to 2.28, except that 2.28.1(c) and (d)
apply. do not apply. Requirement 2.28.1(b) applies only
where safeties are provided.
7.2.12.25 Requirement 2.26.2.28 does not
apply.
7.2.14 Welding for Dumbwaiters
7.2.12.26 Requirement 2.26.2.29 does not Requirement 8.8 applies, except for tack welds
apply. and other non-load carrying welds.
7.2.12.27 Requirement 2.26.2.30 does not
apply.

7.2.12.28 Requirement 2.26.2.31 does not


apply. SECTION 7.3
HYDRAULIC DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT
7.2.12.29 Requirement 2.26.3 does not apply. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.2.12.30 Requirement 2.26.4.3 does not Requirement 7.3 applies to hydraulic dumb-
apply. The following switches shall have con- waiters without automatic transfer devices.
tacts that are positively opened mechanically; Where the term “elevator” is used in a refer-
their opening shall not be solely dependent on enced requirement, it shall mean “dumbwaiter.”
springs:
(a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7) 7.3.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates
(b) stop switch on top-of-car (see 2.26.2.8) and Car Illumination
(c) car-safety mechanism switch (see
Requirement 7.2.1 applies to hydraulic dumb-
2.26.2.12)
waiters.
(d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see
2.26.2.10)
7.3.2 Car Frames and Platforms
(e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.2.11)
(f) hoistway-door locking devices for power Requirement 7.2.2 applies to hydraulic dumb-
dumbwaiters (see 7.1.12.1) waiters.

257
p. 258 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.258

7.3.3–7.3.11.3.4 ASME A17.1–2000

7.3.3 Capacity and Loading 7.3.8.2 Counterweight Buffers. Requirement


7.2.8 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
Requirement 7.2.3 applies to hydraulic dumb-
Where counterweights are provided for hy-
waiters.
draulic dumbwaiters of the direct plunger type,
7.3.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties counterweight bumpers or buffers shall not be
provided.
7.3.4.1 Car Safeties. Car safeties, where pro-
vided (see 7.1.6), shall conform to 7.2.4, 7.3.9 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
7.3.4.1.1, and 7.3.4.1.2. Fastenings
7.3.4.1.1 The safety shall be of a type Requirement 7.2.9 applies to hydraulic dumb-
which can be released only by moving the car waiters.
in the up direction.
7.3.10 Terminal Stopping Devices
7.3.4.1.2 The switches required by 2.18.4.1
shall, when operated, remove power from the Requirement 7.2.11 applies to hydraulic
driving machine motor and control valves be- dumbwaiters.
fore or at the time of application of the safety.
7.3.11 Operating Devices and Control
7.3.4.2 Counterweight Safeties. Counter- Equipment
weight safeties, where provided (see 7.1.6), shall
7.3.11.1 Types of Operating Devices. Require-
conform to 7.2.4, provided that safeties shall
ment 7.2.12.1 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
be operated as a result of the breaking or
slackening of the counterweight suspension 7.3.11.2 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. Re-
ropes, irrespective of the rated speed of the quirement 7.2.12.4 applies to hydraulic dumb-
dumbwaiter. waiters.
7.3.11.3 Anti-Creep Leveling Devices. Each
7.3.5 Driving Machines, Valves, Supply
dumbwaiter shall be provided with an anti-creep
Piping, Fittings, and Tanks
leveling device conforming to 7.3.11.3.1 through
Direct-plunger hydraulic driving machines, 7.3.11.3.4.
valves, supply piping, fittings, and tanks shall
7.3.11.3.1 The anti-creep leveling device
conform to 3.18, 3.19, and 3.24.
shall maintain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of
7.3.6 Rope, Rope Connections, and Sheaves the landing irrespective of the position of the
hoistway door.
7.3.6.1 Ropes and Rope Connections. The
wire ropes and their connections, where pro- 7.3.11.3.2 For electrohydraulic dumbwait-
vided, shall conform to 7.2.6. ers, the anti-creep leveling device shall be re-
quired to operate the car only in the up direction.
7.3.6.2 Sheaves. Sheaves, where provided,
7.3.11.3.3 For maintained pressure hydrau-
shall conform to 7.2.10.
lic dumbwaiters, the anti-creep leveling device
7.3.6.3 Welding. Welding shall comply to shall be required to operate the car in both
7.2.14. directions.
7.3.7 Counterweights 7.3.11.3.4 The operation of the anti-creep
leveling device shall be permitted to depend
Requirement 7.2.7 applies to hydraulic dumb- on the availability of the electric power supply
waiters where counterweights are provided. provided that
(a) the power supply line disconnecting
7.3.8 Buffers and Bumpers
means required by 7.3.11.7 is kept in the closed
7.3.8.1 Car Buffers or Bumpers. Requirements position at all times except during maintenance,
7.2.8.1 and 7.2.8.2 apply to hydraulic dumbwait- repairs, and inspection; and
ers, except the term “maximum speed in the (b) the electrical protective devices required
down direction with rated load” shall substitute by 7.3.11.4.2 shall not cause the power to be
for the term “rated speed.” removed from the device.

258
p. 259 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.259

ASME A17.1–2000 7.3.11.4–7.4.3

7.3.11.4 Electrical Protective Devices. Electri- 7.3.12.1 Requirement 3.28.1(c) applies only
cal protective devices conforming to 7.2.12 shall where safeties are provided.
be provided.
7.3.12.2 Requirement 3.28.1(d) does not
7.3.11.4.1 The following devices shall pre- apply.
vent operation of the dumbwaiter by the normal 7.3.12.3 Requirement 3.28.1(e) does not
operating device and also the movement of the apply.
car in response to the anti-creep leveling device:
(a) stop switches in the pit;
(b) stop switches on top of car.
7.3.11.4.2 The following devices, when ac- SECTION 7.4
tuated, shall prevent the operation of the dumb-
MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
waiter by the normal operating device, but the
TRANSFER DEVICES
anti-creep leveling device required by 7.3.11.3
shall remain operative: Requirement 7.4 applies to material lifts with-
(a) broken rope, tape, or chain switches on out automatic transfer devices.
normal stopping devices when such devices are
located in the machine room or overhead space; 7.4.1 General Requirement
(b) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door Material lifts shall be operated by authorized
contacts; personnel only.
(c) car door or gate electric contacts;
(d) hinged car platform sill electric contacts. 7.4.2 Classification
7.3.11.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring Type A Material Lifts shall conform to 7.4.
Type B Material Lifts shall conform to 7.4 and
7.3.11.5.1 All electrical equipment and wir- are limited as follows:
ing shall conform to the requirements of NFPA (a) Access to and usage of Type B Material
70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Lifts is restricted to authorized personnel.
Part 9). (b) The rated speed is not to exceed 0.15 m/
7.3.11.5.2 Electrical equipment shall be cer- s (30 ft/min).
tified to the requirements of CAN/CSA-B44.1/ (c) There is penetration of only one floor.
ASME A17.5. (d) Travel does not exceed 5 000 mm (200 in.).
(e) They are operated only by continuous-
7.3.11.6 Installation of Capacitors or Devices pressure control devices.
to Make Electrical Protective Devices Inopera- (f) They shall not be accessible to the general
tive. Requirement 2.26.7 applies to hydraulic public.
dumbwaiters. (g) The upper limit of travel shall be
(1) level with the penetrated floor; or
7.3.11.7 Control and Operating Circuits. Re-
(2) level with the top landing where no floor
quirements 3.26.6 and 2.26.9.3(a) and (b) apply
is penetrated.
to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
(h) They are permitted to serve one or more
7.3.11.8 Recycling Operation for Multiple or intermediate landings, provided that these land-
Telescopic Plungers. Requirement 3.26.7 applies ings have doors as required in 7.4.14.
to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
7.4.3 Construction of Hoistways and
7.3.11.9 Pressure Switch. Requirement 3.26.8 Hoistway Enclosures
applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
The construction of hoistway enclosures shall
conform to 2.1.
7.3.12 Layout Data
Where fire-resistive construction is not re-
The information provided on layout data shall quired, 2.1 does not apply for Type B Material
conform to 3.28, except as modified in 7.3.12.1 Lifts. Type B Material Lifts shall conform to the
through 7.3.12.3. following:

259
p. 260 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.260

7.4.3–7.4.6.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 7.4.3 TYPE B MATERIAL LIFTS


Item Minimum Requirements Requirement Reference

Enclosures
Hoistway [Note (1)] 7.4.3, 7.4.13
Sides: height Fully enclosed below top landing
construction Open work
Gate: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work

Top Landing [Note (1)] 7.4.3, 7.4.13


Sides: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work
Gate: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work

Car 7.5.1
Sides: height 2 030 mm (80 in.)
construction Open work
Gates None

Clearances 7.4.14
Non-access side to car 20 mm (0.75 in.) min. 2.5.1.1
Car sill to door sill 13 mm (0.50 in.) min. 2.5.1.4
32 mm (1.25 in.) max. 2.5.1.4
Car sill to hoistway 125 mm (5 in.) max. 2.5.1.5.2

Landing/Car Controls CPPB with emergency stop 7.5.12.2

NOTE:
(1) Non-fire-resistive construction.

(a) Hoistway and top landing enclosures shall 7.4.6 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars
be provided in compliance with Table 7.4.3. and Counterweights
(b) Where openwork construction is permit-
Requirement 2.4 does not apply.
ted, it shall reject a 25 mm (1 in.) diameter ball
and shall include toe boards at least 125 mm 7.4.6.1 For Type A Material Lifts, bottom and
(5 in.) high. top car clearances and runbys for cars and
(c) Enclosures shall not deflect more than 20 counterweights shall conform to 7.4.6.1.1
mm (0.75 in.) when a concentrated force of 340 through 7.4.6.1.4.
N (75 lbf) is applied at the center of any panel. 7.4.6.1.1 When the car reaches its maxi-
(d) No section or part of a top landing enclo- mum limit of downward travel, no part of the
sure shall be lower than the corresponding and car or counterweight or any equipment attached
adjacent part of the platform enclosure when thereto shall strike any part of the pit or floor
the platform is at the top landing. beneath the lowest landing or equipment lo-
cated in the hoistway, except a buffer or
7.4.4 Pits
bumper, and no part of the counterweight or
Pits for Type A Material Lifts and for Type B any equipment attached thereto shall strike any
Material Lifts where the pit depth exceeds 600 part of the overhead structure or equipment
mm (24 in.) shall conform to 2.2. located in the hoistway, except a mechanical
stop or buffer.
7.4.5 Location and Guarding of
7.4.6.1.2 When the car reaches its maxi-
Counterweights.
mum limit of upward travel, no part of the car
Requirement 2.3 applies only to Type A mate- or counterweight or any equipment attached
rial lifts. thereto shall strike any part of the overhead

260
p. 261 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.261

ASME A17.1–2000 7.4.6.1.2–7.4.7.2

structure or equipment located in the hoistway, structure or other obstruction when the car has
except a mechanical stop or buffer, and no part reached its maximum upward movement. If a
of the counterweight or any equipment attached 1 070 mm (42 in.) vertical distance is not avail-
thereto shall strike any part of the pit or floor able when the car has reached its maximum
beneath the lowest landing or equipment lo- upward movement, a stopping device shall be
cated in the hoistway, except a mechanical stop provided and shall be functional when the car
or buffer. is under the control of the top-of-car operating
device and shall be so located in the hoistway
7.4.6.1.3 When complete or partial entry
as to maintain the minimum vertical distance
into the pit is required for maintenance or in-
of 1 070 mm (42 in.).
spection and the car is resting on its fully com-
pressed buffer or bumper where the distance 7.4.6.2 For Type B Material Lifts, bottom and
from the underside of the car platform to the top car clearances and runbys for cars and
pit access door sill, when provided, is less than counterweights shall conform to 7.4.6.2.1
460 mm (18 in.) or the pit floor is less than through 7.4.6.2.3.
920 mm (36 in.) a nonremovable means shall
be provided to mechanically hold the car above 7.4.6.2.1 When the platform is at the bot-
the pit floor to provide an area in the pit for tom and does not have a minimum under-
maintenance and inspection conforming to the platform clearance of 920 mm (36 in.), a non-
following: removable means shall be provided conforming
(a) It shall hold the car at a height of not less to 7.4.6.1.3(a) through (e).
than 920 mm (36 in.) nor more than 2 030 mm 7.4.6.2.2 Except as required by 7.4.6.2.3,
(80 in.) above the pit floor and not less than the minimum overhead clearance when the plat-
460 mm (18 in.) above the bottom landing sill form is at the top landing shall be
or pit access door sill, as measured from the (a) 600 mm (24 in.) over the highest antici-
underside of the car platform. pated load; and
(b) The means shall be so designed and con- (b) 2 000 mm (79 in.) over the empty platform.
structed as to stop and hold the car at governor
tripping speed with the rated load in the car. 7.4.6.2.3 If a platform is equipped with a
(c) It shall not cause the stresses and deflec- ceiling it shall be solid and capable of sustaining
tions in the car frame and platform members a load of 360 kg/m2 (73 lb/ft2) equally distributed,
and their connections to exceed the limits speci- or 45 kg (100 lb) at any point; and the clearance
fied in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11. shall conform to 7.4.6.1.4. A stop switch con-
(d) If the means does not automatically acti- forming to 7.5.12.2.7 shall be provided on the
vate when the lowest hoistway door or pit top of the car.
access door is opened with the car not at the
landing 7.4.7 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
(1) it shall be capable of being operated Clearances
without complete bodily entry into the pit; Horizontal car and counterweight clearances
(2) a sign shall be conspicuously displayed shall conform to 2.5, except as modified by
inside the hoistway, which includes a warning 7.4.7.1 through 7.4.7.4.
that there is an insufficient bottom car clearance,
and instructions for operating the device and 7.4.7.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies, except
that the power source be disconnected. The that for Type A Material Lifts the clearance
letters shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in between the car and hoistway enclosure shall
height. be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.). For Type B
(e) A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.7 shall Material Lifts the clearance between the car and
be provided. the hoistway enclosure shall not be less than
50 mm (2 in.).
7.4.6.1.4 The minimum vertical distance
for the refuge space on top of the car enclosure 7.4.7.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies, except
shall be not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.) between that the clearance between the car and the
the top of the car enclosure and the overhead counterweight, and the counterweight and the

261
p. 262 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.262

7.4.7.2–7.4.13.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 13 lift hoistway when all risers and returns are
mm (0.5 in.). located outside the hoistway.
7.4.7.3 Requirements 2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5.1
7.4.11 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
apply, except where a counterbalanced car door
Supports, and Foundations
is provided, the clearance shall be measured
from the landing side of the car door sill rather Requirement 2.9 does not apply to Type B
than the car platform sill. Material Lifts.
7.4.7.4 Beveling and Clearance Requirements 7.4.12 Guarding
for Type B Material Lifts
Requirement 2.10 does not apply to Type B
7.4.7.4.1 Where the door is recessed more Material Lifts.
than 15 mm (0.6 in.) the door frame header
shall be beveled (see Appendix K). 7.4.13 Protection of Hoistway Landing
7.4.7.4.2 Any projections on the access Openings
side of the hoistway wall that are in excess of 7.4.13.1 For Type B Material Lifts, where fire-
6 mm (0.25 in.) shall be beveled. resistive construction is not required, 7.4.13.1.1
7.4.7.4.3 Where beveling is required it shall through 7.4.13.1.3 shall apply.
be at an angle not less than 60 deg from 7.4.13.1.1 Entrances to the platform shall
horizontal (see Appendix K). be equipped with doors or gates with a mini-
mum height of 2 030 mm (80 in.), constructed
7.4.8 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways as required in 7.4.3(b), (c), and (d).
Protection of spaces below the hoistway shall
7.4.13.1.2 The clear entrance height to the
conform to 2.6. Where safeties are required
platform shall be a minimum of 2 030 mm
they shall conform to 7.5.4. Where buffers are
(80 in.).
required they shall conform to 7.5.8.
Type B Material Lifts shall conform to 7.4.8 7.4.13.1.3 Solid gates or doors shall have
or the floor shall be designed and constructed a vision panel in accordance with 2.11.7.1.
to safely support the maximum load that would
be applied to it by a free-falling platform that 7.4.13.2 For Type A and Type B Material Lifts
is carrying its rated load. where fire-resistive construction is required, the
protection of hoistway landing openings shall
7.4.9 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces conform to 2.11, except as modified by 7.4.13.2.1
through 7.4.13.2.11.
Requirement 2.7 does not apply to Type B
Material Lifts. 7.4.13.2.1 Requirement 2.11.1 does not
apply. All hoistway entrances shall guard the
7.4.10 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine full height and width of the openings. Entrance
Rooms opening size for Type A Material Lifts shall not
exceed 2 290 mm (90 in.) in height and 1 220
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts
mm (48 in.) in width and shall not exceed the
in hoistways and machine rooms shall conform
height and width of the car entrance opening.
to 2.8, except as modified by 7.4.10.1 and
7.4.10.2. 7.4.13.2.2 Requirement 2.11.2 does not
apply. Only the following types of entrances
7.4.10.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not
shall be used with material lifts:
required for the wiring to the hoistway door
(a) horizontal slide;
interlock from the hoistway riser.
(b) swing single section only with manual
7.4.10.2 Requirement 2.8.2.3 does not apply. load/unload material lifts;
Standard sprinkler protection conforming to (c) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced;
NFPA 13 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable, (d) vertical slide counterweighted single- or
shall be permitted to be installed in a material multi-section.

262
p. 263 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.263

ASME A17.1–2000 7.4.13.2.3–SECTION 7.5

7.4.13.2.3 Requirement 2.11.3 does not 7.4.14.4 Requirement 2.12.7 applies only to
apply. Material lift hoistway doors shall be Type A Material Lifts.
closed when the car is at a landing, except
when the car is being manually or automatically 7.4.14.5 For Type B Material Lifts, the inter-
loaded/unloaded. lock or mechanical lock and electric contact
shall not be readily accessible from inside the
7.4.13.2.4 Requirement 2.11.4 does not platform.
apply.
7.4.15 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors
7.4.13.2.5 Requirement 2.11.6 does not
and Car Doors and Gates
apply. When the car is within the unlocking
zone the material lift hoistway doors shall be When provided, power operation, power
openable by hand from within the car. opening, and power closing of hoistway doors
and car doors and gates shall conform to 2.13,
7.4.13.2.6 Requirement 2.11.7.1 applies, ex- except as modified by 7.4.15.1 through 7.4.15.6.
cept that hoistway door vision panels are not
required on Type A Material Lifts. 7.4.15.1 Requirement 2.13.3.2.4 does not
apply to Type A Material Lifts.
7.4.13.2.7 Requirement 2.11.7.2 does not
apply. 7.4.15.2 Requirement 2.13.3.3.2. For Type A
Material Lifts, a momentary pressure switch
7.4.13.2.8 Requirement 2.11.10.1 does not shall be provided at each landing.
apply. For Type B Material Lifts, see 7.4.7.4.
7.4.15.3 Requirement 2.13.3.4. For Type A
7.4.13.2.9 Requirement 2.11.10.3 applies, material lifts, in nonrestricted areas and re-
except that car to landing bridging sills shall stricted areas where the hoistway is accessible
be permitted to be hinged on the lift and shall to personnel, all requirements of 2.13.3.4, except
be permitted to form the bridge only when the 2.13.3.4.2, apply. Requirement 2.13.3.4.4 applies,
hoistway doors are in the fully opened position. except that for Type A Material Lifts, a momen-
tary pressure button will not be provided in
7.4.13.2.10 Requirement 2.11.12 applies,
the car.
except the pull straps required by 2.11.12.8 for
Type A Material Lifts shall be mounted on the 7.4.15.4 Requirement 2.13.4 does not apply
landing side of manually operated, vertically to Type A Material Lifts.
sliding doors.
7.4.15.5 Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply
7.4.13.2.11 Requirement 2.11.13.5 does not to Type A Material Lifts.
apply.
7.4.15.6 For Type A Material Lifts, no door
7.4.14 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and operating buttons shall be in the car.
Electric Contacts, and Hoistway Access
Switches 7.4.16 Identification of Equipment
Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door Requirement 2.29.1 applies.
and car door or gate electric contacts, and
hoistway access switches shall conform to 2.12,
except as modified by 7.4.14.1 through 7.4.14.5.

7.4.14.1 Requirement 2.12.1.4 does not apply.


SECTION 7.5
7.4.14.2 Requirement 2.12.5 does not apply. ELECTRIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.4.14.3 Requirement 2.12.6 applies except
that unlocking devices are required at only the Requirement 7.5 applies to electric material
lowest and top landings. lifts without automatic transfer devices.

263
p. 264 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.264

7.5.1–7.5.1.2.4 ASME A17.1–2000

7.5.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, 7.5.1.1.9 Requirement 2.14.1.9 does not
and Car Illumination apply. Apparatus or equipment not used in
connection with the function or use of the mate-
Car enclosures and car doors and gates shall
rial lift shall not be installed inside of any mate-
conform to 2.14, except as modified by 7.5.1.1
rial lift car, except for lift hooks, conveyor tracks,
through 7.5.1.3.
and support beams for freight handling.
7.5.1.1 Car Enclosure 7.5.1.1.10 Requirement 2.14.1.10 does not
apply.
7.5.1.1.1 Requirement 2.14.1 applies, except
(a) for Type A Material Lifts, the enclosure 7.5.1.1.11 Requirement 2.14.2 does not
width shall not exceed 1 220 mm (48 in.). The apply.
height of the enclosure walls shall not exceed
7.5.1.1.12 Requirement 2.14.3.1 does not
2 280 mm (90 in.); apply. Perforated construction shall reject a ball
(b) for Type B Material Lifts, the platform 38 mm (1.5 in.) in diameter.
enclosure on nonaccess sides shall be 2 030
mm (80 in.) high, shall be permitted to be of 7.5.1.1.13 Requirement 2.14.3.3 does not
openwork construction, and shall be in compli- apply. If ventilating grilles or louvers are pro-
ance with 7.4.3(b), (c), and (d). vided in the enclosure, they shall reject a ball
38 mm (1.5 in.) in diameter.
7.5.1.1.2 Requirement 2.14.1.2 does not
7.5.1.2 Car Doors and Gates
apply. The enclosure shall be securely fastened
and so supported that it cannot loosen or be- 7.5.1.2.1 Requirement 2.14.4.1 applies to
come displaced in ordinary service, on the appli- Type A Material Lifts, where car doors or gates
cation of the car safety, or on buffer en- are provided, and to Type B Material Lifts.
gagement.
7.5.1.2.2 Requirement 2.14.4.2 does not
7.5.1.1.3 Requirement 2.14.1.3 does not apply. Each door or gate shall be equipped with
apply. The car enclosure shall be of such a contact that will prevent operation of the
strength and so designed and supported that driving machine, unless the door or gate pan-
when subjected to a leaning or falling rated el(s) is in the closed position as defined in
load on the car, the car enclosure walls will 2.14.4.11. Operation of the driving machine
not deflect or deform to the extent that the when a car door or gate is not in the closed
running clearances are reduced below the mini- position is permissible under any of the follow-
mum specified. ing conditions:
(a) by an inching, car-leveling, or truck-zoning
7.5.1.1.4 Requirement 2.14.1.4 does not device; or
apply. Where the car enclosure contains multi- (b) when a hoistway access switch is op-
ple compartments, the rated load shall be the erated.
sum of the rated loads of the individual compart-
7.5.1.2.3 Requirement 2.14.4.3 does not
ments.
apply. Car doors shall be of the horizontally or
7.5.1.1.5 Requirement 2.14.1.5 does not vertically sliding type and shall be of solid, grill,
apply. or perforate construction. Perforated portions
shall reject a ball 38 mm (1.5 in.) in diameter.
7.5.1.1.6 Requirement 2.14.1.6 applies for Vertically sliding doors shall conform to
Type A Material Lifts and for Type B Material 2.14.6.2.1 and 2.14.6.2.3. Balanced counter-
Lifts where a car top is provided. weighted vertically sliding doors shall be permit-
ted to be either single or multiple section.
7.5.1.1.7 Requirement 2.14.1.7.1 does not
apply. 7.5.1.2.4 Requirement 2.14.4.4 does not
apply. Car gates shall be of the horizontally
7.5.1.1.8 Requirement 2.14.1.8 does not sliding collapsible type or of the vertically sliding
apply. Enclosures that incorporate glass in their type. Horizontally sliding collapsible gates shall
construction are prohibited on material lifts. conform to 2.14.6.3.1, 2.14.6.3.2, and 2.14.6.3.4.

264
p. 265 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.265

ASME A17.1–2000 7.5.1.2.4–7.5.4.1

Collapsible-type gates shall be permitted to be 7.5.2.5 Requirement 2.15.9.3 does not apply.
arranged to swing inward when in the fully
opened (collapsed) position. Vertically sliding 7.5.2.6 Requirement 2.15.11 does not apply.
gates shall conform to 2.14.6.2.1 and 2.14.6.2.3, For Type B Material Lifts the vertical deflection
and shall be of a design that will reject a ball of the platform when the rated load is in any
50 mm (2 in.) in diameter. Balanced counter- position on the platform shall not exceed 5 mm
weighted gates shall be permitted to be either per 1 000 mm (0.25 in. per 50 in.) of platform
single or multiple section. length. The maximum allowable deflection shall
be 50 mm (2 in.).
7.5.1.2.5 Requirement 2.14.4.7 does not
apply. 7.5.2.7 For Type B Material Lifts
7.5.1.2.6 Requirement 2.14.4.8 does not (a) platform surfaces shall be skid-resistant;
apply. Weights used to close or balance doors (b) all materials and freight carried on plat-
or gates shall run in guides or be boxed in. forms, including wheeled vehicles, shall be
Guides shall be of metal, and the bottom of blocked, locked, or otherwise positively located
the guides or boxes shall be so constructed as on the platform.
to retain the weights if the suspension mem-
ber fails. 7.5.3 Capacity and Loading
7.5.1.2.7 Requirement 2.14.4.10 does not Capacity and loading shall conform to 2.16,
apply. The operation of power-operated and except as modified by 7.5.3.1 through 7.5.3.4.
power-opened or -closed door or gates shall
conform to 7.4.15. 7.5.3.1 Requirement 2.16.1 does not apply.

7.5.1.2.8 Requirement 2.14.5 does not 7.5.3.2 Requirement 2.16.2 applies, except
apply. that for Type A Material Lifts the class of loading
shall not include Industrial Truck Loading: Class
7.5.1.2.9 Requirement 2.14.6 does not
C1 and C2.
apply. Gate handles of manually operated col-
lapsible gates shall be provided with finger 7.5.3.3 Requirement 2.16.4 does not apply.
guards. Type A Material Lifts shall be restricted to han-
7.5.1.3 Car Illumination and Lighting Fixtures. dling of material only and shall not be used to
Requirement 2.14.7 does not apply. Cars shall carry persons. A sign conforming to 2.16.5 and
be provided with an electric light or lights pro- reading “NO RIDERS PERMITTED” or an equiva-
viding a minimum of 27 lx (2.5 fc) at the car lent warning shall be provided.
threshold and conforming to 2.14.7.4.
7.5.3.4 For Type B Material Lifts, the follow-
7.5.2 Car Frames and Platforms ing signs shall be provided
(a) at each control station: MAXIMUM
Car frames and platforms shall conform to LOAD kg (lb);
2.15, except as modified by 7.5.2.1 through (b) at each entrance or gate: AUTHORIZED
7.5.2.7. PERSONNEL ONLY ON THIS MATERIAL LIFT.
7.5.2.1 Requirement 2.15.5 does not apply. Signs shall comply with 2.16.5.2, except that
The platform shall be designed to withstand the height of characters for the signs required
the forces developed under the loading condi- by 7.5.3.4(a) shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.).
tions for which the lift is designed and installed.
7.5.2.2 Requirements 2.15.6.1.2 and 7.5.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties
2.15.6.1.3 do not apply. Car and counterweight safeties shall conform
7.5.2.3 Requirement 2.15.8 does not apply. to 2.17, except as modified by 7.5.4.1 through
7.5.4.5.
7.5.2.4 Requirement 2.15.9.2 applies for Type
A Material Lifts only, except the minimum allow- 7.5.4.1 Requirement 2.17.3 does not apply.
ance of 1 220 mm (48 in.) does not apply. The safety device shall be capable of stopping

265
p. 266 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.266

7.5.4.1–7.5.6.6 ASME A17.1–2000

and sustaining the entire car with its ratedload 7.5.6.1 Requirement 2.20.1 does not apply.
from governor tripping speed, within the maxi- Cars and counterweights for material lifts shall
mum stopping distances as determined in 8.2.6 be suspended by iron or steelwire hoisting ropes
and Table 2.17.3. or chains. Ropes that have previously been
installed and used on another installation shall
7.5.4.2 Requirement 2.17.7 applies, except
not be reused. Chains, where used, shall be
the rated speed shall be modified to read
roller, block, or multiple-link silent type.
1 m/s (200 ft/min).
7.5.6.2 Chain Data
7.5.4.3 Requirement 2.17.8 applies, except (a) The crosshead data plate required by
that Type A safeties shall be permitted to be 2.20.2.1 shall bear the following chain data:
used regardless of the rated speed. Safeties (1) number of chains;
actuated by broken or slack suspension ropes (2) type of chain;
are permitted only for material lifts having a (3) standard chain number;
rated speed of 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min) or less. (4) the manufacturer’s rated breaking
7.5.4.4 Requirement 2.17.9 applies, except strength per chain in pounds (lb).
as modified by 7.5.4. The application of safeties (b) A metal data tag shall be securely attached
shall conform to 2.17.9.1, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3. to one of the chain fastenings. A new tag shall
The forces providing the stopping action shall be installed at each chain renewal. The material
conform to 2.17.9.4 or 7.5.4.4.1. and marking of the chain data tag shall conform
to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters
7.5.4.4.1 Where guide rail sections other and figures shall not be less than 1.5 mm
than those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the (1⁄16 in.). This data tag shall bear the following
application of safety stopping forces shall not chain data:
cause deformation of the guide rail sections (1) type of chain;
upon whose dimensional stability the stopping (2) standard chain number;
capability of the safeties is dependent. (3) the manufacturer’s rated breaking
strength per chain in pounds (lb);
7.5.5 Speed Governors (4) month and year the chains were in-
Speed governors shall conform to 2.18, except stalled;
as modified by 7.5.5.1 through 7.5.5.3. (5) name of the person or firm who installed
the chains;
7.5.5.1 Requirement 2.18.1 applies, except (6) name of the manufacturer of the chains.
the rated speed shall be modified to read
1 m/s (200 ft/min). 7.5.6.3 Requirement 2.20.3 applies, except
as modified by the following:
7.5.5.2 Requirement 2.18.4 applies, except (a) The applicable safety factor to be applied
the rated speed shall be modified from 0.75 m/s is that of a freight elevator.
(150 ft/min) to 1 m/s (200 ft/min). (b) Where chains are provided, the factor of
7.5.5.3 Requirement 2.18.5 applies, except safety shall be equal to 1.25 times the safety
as modified by 7.5.5.3.1. factor calculated for wire ropes.
7.5.6.4 Requirement 2.20.4 does not apply.
7.5.5.3.1 When the suspension ropes are
The minimum number of hoisting ropes or
less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.), the diameter of
chains used shall be two.
the governor rope shall be permitted to be less
than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.), but not less than the 7.5.6.5 Requirement 2.20.5 applies, except
diameter of the suspension ropes. where only two ropes are provided, single-bar-
type equalizers shall be permitted to be used.
7.5.6 Suspension Ropes and Their
7.5.6.6 Requirement 2.20.9 applies. The fas-
Connections
tening of car and counterweight ends of suspen-
Suspension ropes and their connections shall sion chains shall be such as to develop at
conform to 2.20, except as modified by 7.5.6.1 least 80% of the rated breaking strength of the
through 7.5.6.6. strongest chain used in such fastenings.

266
p. 267 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.267

ASME A17.1–2000 7.5.7–7.5.11.1.2

7.5.7 Counterweights 7.5.10 Driving Machine and Sheaves


Counterweights for Type A Material Lifts shall The driving means shall be one of the follow-
conform to 2.21. ing types:
(a) Traction and winding drum machines con-
7.5.8 Buffers and Bumpers forming to 2.24, except as modified by the
following:
Buffers and bumpers for Type A Material Lifts
(1) Requirement 2.24.2.2 does not apply.
shall conform to 2.22, except as modified by
Sheaves and drums shall have a pitch diameter
7.5.8.1 through 7.5.8.5.
of not less than 30 times the diameter of the
7.5.8.1 Requirement 2.22.1.1.1. Spring buff- rope.
ers or their equivalent shall be permitted to be (b) Chain drive machines conforming to the
used where the rated speed does not exceed following:
1.5 m/s (300 ft/min). (1) Friction gearing, clutch mechanisms, or
couplings shall not be used for connecting the
7.5.8.2 Requirement 2.22.1.1.2. Oil buffers or sprockets to the main drive gear.
their equivalent shall be used where the rated (2) The driving machine shall be equipped
speed is in excess of 1.5 m/s (300 ft/min). with electrically released, mechanically applied
brakes conforming to 2.24.8. The operation of
7.5.8.3 Requirement 2.22.3.1. Table 7.9.2.13
the brake shall conform to 2.26.8.
shall be used in place of Table 2.22.3.1.
(3) The driving machine chains and sprock-
7.5.8.4 Requirement 2.22.4.1. Table 7.9.2.14 ets shall be of steel with all particulars of design
shall be used in place of Table 2.22.4.1. and dimensions meeting ANSI B29.1.
(c) Indirect drive machines conforming to
7.5.8.5 Solid bumpers are permitted where 2.24.9.
the rated speed does not exceed 0.25 m/s (50 (d) Rack and pinion drive machines conform-
ft/min). ing to 4.1.13. For Type A Material Lifts, the
safeties on rack and pinion drive machines shall
7.5.9 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, conform to 4.1.9.
Guide-Rail Supports and Fastenings (e) Screw-column drive machines conforming
Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail to 4.2.15.
supports, and fastenings shall conform to 2.23, (f) For Type B Material Lifts the following
except as modified by 7.5.9.1 and 7.5.9.2. shall apply:
(1) No part of the driving machine shall be
7.5.9.1 Use of Common Guide Rails. The located directly above the platform area.
same set of guide rails shall be permitted to (2) Provision shall be made to allow manual
be used for both the car and counterweight. lowering in the event of power failure
7.5.9.2 Guide-Rail Sections. Requirements
2.23.3(a), (b)(1), 2.23.9.1, and 2.23.9.3 do not 7.5.11 Terminal Stopping Devices
apply. Guide rails, supports, joints, fishplates, 7.5.11.1 For Type A Material Lifts, the termi-
and fastenings that are not covered by 2.23 nal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25, ex-
shall be permitted to be used, provided that cept as modified by 7.5.11.1.1 through 7.5.11.1.3.
the strengths, stresses, and deflections are con-
sistent with 2.23 for the loads imposed. 7.5.11.1.1 Requirement 2.25.3.3 does not
Where guide-rail sections other than those apply. Final terminal stopping devices shall be
specified in 2.23.3(a) are used provided in the hoistway and shall be directly
(a) Requirements 2.23.7.2.1(a), (b), (e), and operated by the movement of the car.
2.23.10.2 do not apply;
(b) the allowable deflection of the guide rail 7.5.11.1.2 Requirement 2.25.3.5 does not
shall be limited to prevent the safety device apply. Where final terminal stopping switches
from disengaging the rail during the application are located on and operated by the driving
of the load. machine, they shall conform to 2.25.3.5.

267
p. 268 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.268

7.5.11.1.3–7.5.12.1.16 ASME A17.1–2000

7.5.11.1.3 Requirement 2.25.4 does not 7.5.12.1.5 Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not
apply. apply. An emergency stop switch (switches)
conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be
7.5.11.2 For Type B Material Lifts the terminal provided to stop operation of the material lift,
stopping devices shall conform to 7.5.11.2.1 and the door and gate operation (if power oper-
through 7.5.11.2.4. ated). The emergency stop switch shall be lo-
cated in the car adjacent to each entrance in a
7.5.11.2.1 A normal terminal-stopping de- position that shall be accessible to a person
vice (electrical switch) shall be provided at the standing at the floor adjacent to the car en-
top and bottom landings; it shall positively and
trance.
automatically stop the lift at the landings.
7.5.12.1.6 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not
7.5.11.2.2 Mechanical limits shall be pro- apply.
vided at the top and bottom end of travel.
7.5.12.1.7 Requirement 2.26.2.10 applies
The top and bottom limit shall be permitted to
only where a speed governor is provided.
exceed the normal terminal-stopping device by
100 mm (4 in.). 7.5.12.1.8 Requirement 2.26.2.11 does not
apply. Final terminal stopping devices conform-
7.5.11.2.3 Where a mechanical limit at the ing to 7.5.11 shall be provided for every electric
top of travel cannot be provided (because of material lift.
the design of the hoisting machine), a final
terminal-stopping device (electrical switch) shall 7.5.12.1.9 Requirement 2.26.2.13 does not
be provided that shall, after an overtravel of apply.
50 mm (2 in.), cause the power to be removed 7.5.12.1.10 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not
from the hoisting machine automatically and apply. Car door or gate electric contacts con-
independently of the functioning of the device forming to 7.5.1.2.2 shall be provided.
required in 7.5.11.2.1.
7.5.12.1.11 Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not
7.5.11.2.4 Normal and final terminal-stop- apply.
ping devices shall be operated directly by the 7.5.12.1.12 Requirement 2.26.2.17 does not
movement of the lift, and shall not be accessible apply.
from the landings.
7.5.12.1.13 Requirement 2.26.2.20 applies,
except when a closed door or gate or closed
7.5.12 Operating Devices and Control hoistway door prevents the device from en-
Equipment croaching into the hoistway.
7.5.12.1 Type A material lift operating de- 7.5.12.1.14 Requirement 2.26.2.21 does not
vices and control equipment shall conform to apply. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.12.1.5
2.26, except as modified by 7.5.12.1.1 through shall be provided in the car.
7.5.12.1.24.
7.5.12.1.15 Requirement 2.26.3 does not
7.5.12.1.1 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply.
apply. 7.5.12.1.16 Requirement 2.26.4.3 does not
7.5.12.1.2 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply. The following switches shall have con-
apply. One-piece loads greater than the rated tacts that are positively opened mechanically;
load are not permitted. their opening shall not be solely dependent on
springs.
7.5.12.1.3 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not (a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7)
apply. (b) stop switch on top-of-car (see 2.26.2.8)
(c) car-safety mechanism switch (see
7.5.12.1.4 Requirement 2.26.1.6 applies, ex- 2.26.2.12)
cept that the devices shall be located at the (d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see
landing. 2.26.2.10)

268
p. 269 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.269

ASME A17.1–2000 7.5.12.1.16–7.5.12.2.19

(e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.5.11) 7.5.12.2.6 Requirement 2.26.2.6 does not
(f) hoistway-door locking devices for power apply.
material lifts (see 7.4.14)
7.5.12.2.7 Requirement 2.26.2.8 applies
7.5.12.1.17 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not only where a car top is provided.
apply. 7.5.12.2.8 Requirement 2.26.2.10 applies
7.5.12.1.18 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not only where a speed governor is provided.
apply. 7.5.12.2.9 Requirement 2.26.2.11 does not
apply. Final terminal stopping devices conform-
7.5.12.1.19 Requirement 2.26.5 does not
ing to 7.5.11 shall be provided for every electric
apply.
material lift.
7.5.12.1.20 Requirement 2.26.6 applies for 7.5.12.2.10 Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not
poly-phase motors. When single-phase AC mo- apply.
tors are provided, they shall come to a complete
stop before electrically reversing direction. 7.5.12.2.11 Requirement 2.26.2.13 does not
apply.
7.5.12.1.21 Requirements 2.26.9.3(c), (d),
7.5.12.2.12 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not
and (e) do not apply.
apply. Car door or gate electric contacts con-
7.5.12.1.22 Requirement 2.26.9.4 does not forming to 7.5.1.2.2 shall be provided.
apply. When a single ground or failure as speci- 7.5.12.2.13 Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not
fied in 2.26.9.3(a) or (b) occurs the car shall not apply.
be permitted to restart.
7.5.12.2.14 Requirement 2.26.2.17 does not
7.5.12.1.23 Requirement 2.26.12 does not apply.
apply.
7.5.12.2.15 Requirement 2.26.2.20 applies,
7.5.12.1.24 Operating devices that initiate except when a closed door or gate or closed
motion of the car shall not be located in the car. hoistway door prevents the device from en-
croaching into the hoistway.
7.5.12.2 Type B Material Lift operating de-
vices and control equipment shall conform to 7.5.12.2.16 Requirement 2.26.2.21 does not
2.26, except as modified by 7.5.12.2.1 through apply. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.12.2.5
7.5.12.2.32. shall be provided in the car.

7.5.12.2.1 Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not 7.5.12.2.17 Requirement 2.26.2.24 does not
apply. apply.
7.5.12.2.18 Requirement 2.26.3 does not
7.5.12.2.2 Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not
apply.
apply. One-piece loads greater than the rated
load are not permitted. 7.5.12.2.19 Requirement 2.26.4.3 does not
apply. The following switches shall have con-
7.5.12.2.3 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not tacts that are positively opened mechanically;
apply. Where top of car inspection operation is their opening shall not be solely dependent on
provided 2.26.1.4.2 applies. springs:
7.5.12.2.4 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not (a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7)
apply. (b) stop switch on top-of-car (see 2.26.2.8)
(c) car-safety mechanism switch (see
7.5.12.2.5 Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not 2.26.2.12)
apply. Each control station shall be provided (d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see
with an emergency stop switch (switches) con- 2.26.2.10)
forming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c). And it shall (e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.5.11)
cause the power to be removed from the driving (f) hoistway-door locking devices for power
machine when operated. material lifts (see 7.4.14)

269
p. 270 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.270

7.5.12.2.20–7.6.4 ASME A17.1–2000

7.5.12.2.20 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not 7.5.13 Layout Data


apply.
Layouts shall conform to 2.28.
7.5.12.2.21 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not
apply. 7.5.14 Welding

7.5.12.2.22 Requirement 2.26.5 does not Requirement 8.8 applies, except for tack weld-
apply. ing and other nonload carrying welds.

7.5.12.2.23 Requirement 2.26.6 applies for


poly-phase motors. When single-phase AC mo-
tors are provided, they shall come to a complete
stop before electrically reversing direction.
SECTION 7.6
7.5.12.2.24 Requirements 2.26.9.3(c), (d), HYDRAULIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT
and (e) do not apply. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.5.12.2.25 Requirement 2.26.9.4 does not Requirement 7.6 applies to hydraulic material
apply. When a single ground or failure as speci- lifts without automatic transfer devices.
fied in 2.26.9.3(a) or (b) occurs the car shall not
be permitted to restart. 7.6.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and
Related Construction
7.5.12.2.26 Requirement 2.26.11 does not
apply. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related
construction shall conform to 3.1 through 3.13
7.5.12.2.27 Requirement 2.26.12 does not and 3.29, except as modified by 7.4.3 through
apply. 7.4.16.

7.5.12.2.28 All operating devices shall be


7.6.2 Mechanical Equipment
of the continuous-pressure type (CPPB in Table
7.4.3). Mechanical equipment shall conform to 7.5.

7.5.12.2.29 A control station located at a


7.6.3 Hydraulic Driving Machines
landing shall be in the vicinity of, and in full
view of, the material lift entrance. Driving machines shall conform to 3.18, ex-
cept as modified by 7.6.3.1.
7.5.12.2.30 Controls and equipment shall
be protected against unauthorized use. 7.6.3.1 Requirement 3.23.2 applies, except
as modified in 7.6.3.1.1 and 7.6.3.1.2.
7.5.12.2.31 The center of the car control
station shall be located at a vertical height 7.6.3.1.1 Roped-hydraulic elevators shall
between 1 500 mm (59 in.) and 1 700 mm (66 be suspended with not less than two wire ropes
in.) from the platform surface and horizontally or chains in conformance with 2.15.13 and 7.5.6.
at least 1 000 mm (39 in.) from the car sill. In
the case of front and rear entrances with a car 7.6.3.1.2 Sheaves used to transfer load
depth of less than 2 000 mm (79 in.), the car from the driving machine to the car frame
control station shall be located horizontally at through wire ropes or chain shall conform to
the center of the side enclosure. 7.5.10.

7.5.12.2.32 No landing control devices, ex-


7.6.4 Valves, Pressure Pipings, and Fittings
cept emergency stop switch(es), shall override
a car control device that is in operation. Means Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall con-
shall be provided within the car that shall render form to 3.19, except as modified by 7.6.4.1 and
inoperative landing control devices. 7.6.4.2.

270
p. 271 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.271

ASME A17.1–2000 7.6.4.1–7.7.4

7.6.4.1 Where cylinders are equipped with an prior to transfer. Where used in nonrestricted
overspeed valve in conformance with 3.19.4.7: areas, the automatic transfer device shall be so
(a) Requirement 3.19.3.3 does not apply designed that the kinetic energy of the load
(b) Requirement 3.19.4.1 does not apply during discharge shall not exceed 40 J (30 ft-
7.6.4.2 For Type B Material Lifts, 3.19.4.4 lbf) and the speed shall not exceed 0.5 m/s (1.5
does not apply. ft/s). The automatic transfer device shall stop the
load at the completion of a discharge operation.
7.6.5 Counterweight Ropes, Rope
Connections, and Sheaves
Counterweight ropes, rope connections, and 7.7.2 Clearances
sheaves shall conform to 3.20, except as modi-
fied by 7.6.5.1 and 7.6.5.2. Where the transfer of load is in a nonrestricted
area, there shall be a clearance of not less
7.6.5.1 Requirement 3.20 does not apply. than 1 220 mm (48 in.) between the end of the
Ropes and rope connections shall conform to
transferred load and any fixed obstruction in line
7.5.6.
with the end of the load. Where the automatic
7.6.5.2 Requirement 3.24.5 does not apply. transfer device is designed to carry out multiple
Sheaves for counterweights shall conform to cart transfers, the 1 220 mm (48 in.) clearance
7.5.10. space shall be measured from the leading edge
of the first cart to be ejected, once the multiple
7.6.6 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks
transfer operation has been completed.
Hydraulic machines and tanks shall conform
to 3.24.
For Type B Material Lifts, the machines and
7.7.3 Guarding
tanks shall be enclosed and access shall be
through a panel or door, which shall normally In nonrestricted areas, discharge shall not
be locked. take place unless the area is clear or a protective
device or suitable guarding is provided. Guard-
7.6.7 Terminal Stopping Device
ing shall be by one of the following methods:
Terminal stopping devices shall conform to (a) railings or suitable barriers to prevent per-
7.5.11. sons from entering the path of the transfer-
ring load;
7.6.8 Operating Devices and Control
Equipment (b) mechanical or electrical devices designed
to prevent or stop transfer if a person or object
Operating devices and control equipment is in the path of the transferring load;
shall conform to 3.26, except as modified by (c) providing a table or a raised section not
7.5.12. less than 460 mm (18 in.) above the floor and
7.6.9 Layout Data of such dimensions that the load does not over-
hang the table or raised section. The distance
Layout data shall conform to 7.5.13 and between the car platform sill and the nearest
3.28.1(g), (h), and (j). edge of the table shall not exceed 150 mm (6 in.).

7.7.4 Floor Level


SECTION 7.7
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES Where the automatic transfer device transfers
the load directly on the landing floor, the maxi-
7.7.1 General mum variation in over all floor level within the
A flashing light and an audible signal shall emerging single or multiple loads tracking area
be actuated on the start of the door opening shall not exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.).

271
p. 272 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.272

SECTION 7.8–7.9.1.4 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 7.8 m2 (3.75 ft2) or more shall be rated for a lifting


POWER DUMBWAITERS WITH load of not less than 135 kg (300 lb).
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.8.1 Requirements
Power dumbwaiters with automatic transfer
devices shall conform to 7.1 through 7.3, except SECTION 7.9
as modified in 7.8.1.1 through 7.8.1.4. ELECTRIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITH
7.8.1.1 Requirement 7.1.12.1.3 does not
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
apply. All hoistway doors shall be equipped Requirement 7.9 applies to electric material
with interlocks conforming to 7.1.12.1.2. lifts with automatic transfer devices.
7.8.1.2 Requirement 7.2.2.4. The transfer de-
7.9.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and
vice on the floor of the dumbwaiter shall be
Related Construction
permitted to serve as a platform. Open areas
in the floor shall be covered with solid flooring, Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related
grille, or perforated metal, and openings in such construction shall conform to 2.1 through 2.13,
material shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in and 2.29, except as modified by 7.9.1.1 through
diameter. 7.9.1.10.
7.8.1.3 Requirement 7.2.1. Where the place- 7.9.1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.1. Cutouts are per-
ment of the load is controlled and secured mitted in doors for the accommodation of the
in transit, 7.2.1 does not apply. Where a car automatic transfer device. Cutouts shall be of
enclosure is provided, 7.2.1 applies. minimum area to accommodate the transfer
mechanism, and if not substantially filled with
7.8.1.4 Requirement 7.2.1.1.2. The effective a fire-resistive automatic transfer device when
inside height of the car above or below the the hoistway doors are in the fully closed posi-
transfer device shall not exceed 1 220 mm tion, the cutout area shall be covered by a
(48 in.). shield that will automatically seal the cutout
area and maintain the fire-resistance rating of
7.8.2 Safety Devices the hoistway entrance assembly.
Where the gross load (i.e., car, transfer device,
rated load, gates, operating devices, etc.) ex- 7.9.1.2 Requirements 2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5.1.
ceeds 700 kg (1,500 lb), or the rated speed is Where a counterbalanced car door is provided,
greater than or equal to 1 m/s (200 ft/min), car the clearance between the landing side of the
safeties conforming to 2.17 shall be provided car door sill and the hoistway edge of any
and comply with 7.9.2.7, 7.9.2.8, and 7.9.2.9. landing sill shall be not more than 125 mm
(5 in.).
7.8.3 Emergency Stop Switch 7.9.1.3 Requirement 2.11.1 does not apply.
An emergency stop switch (switches) con- All hoistway landing openings shall be provided
forming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be pro- with doors that shall guard the full height and
vided to stop operation of the dumbwaiter and width of the openings.
stop the door operation and transfer device
7.9.1.4 Requirement 2.11.2.2. Only the follow-
operation. A stop switch shall be located in the
ing types of entrances shall be used with mate-
car adjacent to each entrance in a position which
rial lifts with automatic transfer devices:
is accessible to a person standing at the floor
(a) power-operated horizontal slide, single- or
adjacent to the car entrance.
multi-section;
(b) power-operated vertical slide, biparting
7.8.4 Structural Capacity Load
counterbalanced;
Dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices (c) power-operated vertical slide, counter-
which have a net inside platform area of 0.35 weighted, single- or multi-section.

272
p. 273 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.273

ASME A17.1–2000 7.9.1.5–7.9.2.12

7.9.1.5 Requirement 2.11.5. The automatic to a height of not less than 1 825 mm (72 in.).
transfer mechanism or stationary track shall not Where the car entrance height is 1 825 mm (72
project into a hoistway beyond the line of the in.) or less, the car doors or gates shall extend
landing sill unless solid type guide shoes are to the full height of the car entrance.
provided on the car.
7.9.2.4 Requirement 2.15.5. The transfer de-
7.9.1.6 Requirement 2.11.7. Hoistway door vice on the floor of the material lift shall be
vision panels are not required on material lifts permitted to serve as a platform. Open areas
with automatic transfer devices. in the platform shall be covered with solid
7.9.1.7 Requirement 2.12.3.1. In restricted flooring, grille, or perforated metal. Also, any
areas only and when access to the hoistway openings in such material shall reject a ball 50
doors is blocked by a permanently floor- mm (2 in.) in diameter.
mounted automatic transfer device, the 7.9.2.5 Requirement 2.16.2. The rated load
hoistway doors shall close and lock before the of the material lifts shall be based on the weight
car has traveled not more than 455 mm (18 in.) of the maximum load to be handled or on 240
away from the landing. kg/m2 (50 lb/ft2) of inside net platform area,
7.9.1.8 Requirement 2.12.6.1. Hoistway door whichever is greater.
unlocking devices are required at only the top
and bottom terminal landings. 7.9.2.6 Requirement 2.16.4. Material lifts with
transfer devices located in non-restrictive areas
7.9.1.9 Requirement 2.13.3.4 that are not obscured (see 7.11) shall carry
(a) In nonrestricted areas, all the requirements materials only and shall not carry persons. Signs
of 2.13.3.4 shall apply, except for 2.13.3.4.2 and conforming to 2.16.5 and reading “NO PER-
2.13.3.4.4. SONS PERMITTED” or an equivalent warning
(b) In restricted areas, 2.13.3.4 does not apply shall be provided within the car enclosure and
where the hoistway entrance is blocked by a on the landing side of each entrance door.
permanently floor-mounted automatic transfer
device. In restricted areas, where the hoistway 7.9.2.7 Requirement 2.17.4. Counterweight
entrance is accessible to personnel, 2.13.3.4 safeties, where required for material lifts with
shall apply, except 2.13.3.4.2 and 2.13.3.4.4, automatic transfer devices, shall conform to the
which do not apply. requirements for car safeties, except as modified
by 7.9.2.6, 7.9.2.9, and 7.9.2.10. The rated speed
7.9.1.10 Requirement 2.13.4.2.4 does not in 2.17.7 shall be modified to read 1 m/s (200
apply. ft/min).
7.9.2 Machinery and Equipment 7.9.2.8 Requirement 2.17.7. The rated speed
The machinery and equipment shall conform shall be modified to read 1 m/s (200 ft/min).
to 2.14 through 2.28, 8.8, and 8.9, except as 7.9.2.9 Requirement 2.17.8.1. Type A safeties
modified by 7.9.2.1 through 7.9.2.20. are permitted for material lifts having a rated
7.9.2.1 Requirement 2.14.1.5. Top emergency speed of 1 m/s (200 ft/min) or less. Safeties
exits are not required. actuated by broken or slack suspension ropes
are permitted for material lifts having a rated
7.9.2.2 Requirement 2.14.3.1. Grille or perfo-
speed of 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min) or less.
rated construction shall be permitted to be used
for the full height and top of car enclosure. The 7.9.2.10 Requirement 2.18.1. The rated speed
car enclosure shall be the same height as the shall be modified to read 1 m/s (200 ft/min).
hoistway entrance. The 1 825 mm (72 in.) mini-
mum height limitation shall not apply. 7.9.2.11 Requirement 2.19 does not apply.

7.9.2.3 Requirement 2.14.6.2. When car doors 7.9.2.12 Requirement 2.22.1.1. Spring buffers
or gates are provided and where the car en- or their equivalent shall be permitted to be used
trance height exceeds 1 825 mm (72 in.), the where the rated speed does not exceed 1.5 m/s
doors or gates shall extend from the car floor (300 ft/min).

273
p. 274 02-16-01 11:25:32 Unit: U7 Textfile: A17Y2K$700 p.274

7.9.2.13–SECTION 7.11 ASME A17.1–2000

7.9.2.13 Requirement 2.22.3.1. Table 7.9.2.13 TABLE 7.9.2.13 MINIMUM SPRING BUFFER
shall be used in place of Table 2.22.3.1. STROKES
7.9.2.14 Requirement 2.22.4.1. Table 7.9.2.14 Rated Speed Stroke
shall be used in place of 2.22.4.1. m/s ft/min mm in.
7.9.2.15 Requirement 2.26.1. Car-mounted 1.00 or less 200 or less 40 1.5
operating devices shall not be permitted unless 1.01–1.25 201–250 65 2.5
required for maintenance. Where furnished for 1.26–1.50 251–300 100 4.0
such purposes, operating devices shall consist
of key-operated switches or be mounted behind
a key-locked cabinet. The key shall be Group
1 Security (see 8.1).
TABLE 7.9.2.14 MINIMUM OIL BUFFER
7.9.2.16 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not apply, STROKES
except where the gross weight (i.e., car, transfer
Rated Speed Stroke
device, rated load, operating devices, etc.) ex-
m/s ft/min mm in.
ceeds 680 kg (1,500 lb) a top of car operating
device conforming to 2.26.1.4.2 shall be pro- 1.50 300 70 2.75
vided. 1.60 325 90 3.50
1.75 350 110 4.25
7.9.2.17 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply. 2.00 400 160 6.25
7.9.2.18 Requirement 2.26.2.5. An emergency 2.25 450 210 8.25
2.50 500 280 11.00
stop switch (switches) conforming to 2.26.2.5 2.75 550 350 13.75
shall be provided to stop operation of the mate- 3.00 600 430 17.00
rial lifts, the door operation, and automatic 3.50 700 630 24.75
transfer device operation. The emergency stop 4.00 800 845 33.25
switch shall be located in the car adjacent to 4.50 900 1 110 43.75
5.00 1,000 1 410 55.50
each entrance in a position that shall be accessi-
ble to a person standing at the floor adjacent
to the car entrance. If a permanently mounted
automatic transfer device, located at the landing,
blocks the entrance to the car, an emergency SECTION 7.11
stop switch shall be located at that landing in MATERIAL LIFTS WITH OBSCURED
a position accessible to a person standing near TRANSFER DEVICES
that landing in addition to the emergency stop
switch in the car. Any material lift which contains an automatic
transfer device not readily visible to the public
7.9.2.19 Requirement 2.27 does not apply.
(e.g., material lifts handling self-propelled carts
7.9.2.20 Requirement 8.8 applies, except for or with the automatic transfer device mounted
tack welds and other non-load carrying welds. fully below the floor with slot operation) shall
conform to the requirements of Part 2 or Part
3 of this Code, and shall be classified as a
passenger elevator or a freight elevator permit-
SECTION 7.10 ted to carry passengers. Such elevators are
permitted to have dual control systems, one
HYDRAULIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITH
for material handling and the other for public
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
use. The material handling system shall be
Hydraulic material lifts shall conform to 3.1, locked out of operation when the material lift
3.18 through 3.20, 3.23 through 3.26, and 3.28, is in public use. When operating as a material
except as modified by 7.9.1, 7.9.2, and 7.11. lift, the operation shall conform to 7.9.

274
p. 275 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.275

PART 8
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE (g) Requirement 2.12.7.3.3, hoistway access enabling


switch.
Part 8 contains general requirements for new (h) Requirement 2.26.1.4.3, inspection transfer switch.
and existing equipment. (i) Requirement 2.26.2.21, in-car stop switch.
(j) Requirement 5.7.8.3, access to hoistways for emer-
gency and inspection purposes.

8.1.3 Group 2: Authorized Personnel


SECTION 8.1 Group 2 covers access or operation of equip-
SECURITY ment by authorized personnel.
8.1.1 General NOTE (8.1.3): See the following:
(a) Requirement 2.7.3.4.1(d), machine room access door.
Key(s) used to access or operate elevator, (b) Requirement 2.11.1.4, hoistway access cleaning panel.
escalator, moving walk, dumbwaiter, and mate- (c) Requirements 2.14.2.2(f) and 2.14.2.6(b), car access
rial lift equipment shall conform to the fol- panels.
lowing: (d) Requirement 2.14.7.2.1(b), car light switch.
(a) Keys shall not operate any other device
or lock in the building. 8.1.4 Group 3: Emergency Operation
(b) The same key shall be permitted to access
or operate all of the devices within only one Group 3 covers access or operation of equip-
assigned group (see 8.1.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4, or 8.1.5), ment by firefighters and emergency personnel.
and not those in any other group. This key shall not be part of a master key
(c) Keys shall be kept on the premises in a system.
location readily accessible to the personnel in NOTE (8.1.4): See the following:
the assigned group, but not where they are (a) Requirement 2.27.8, emergency or standby power
accessible to the general public. access, or selector switch or both.
(d) Elevator personnel shall have access to all (b) Requirement 2.27.8, fire recall switch.
assigned groups. (c) Requirement 2.27.8, fire operation switch.
(d) Requirements 2.11.1.2(i) and 2.12.6.2.4.

8.1.2 Group 1: Restricted


8.1.5 Group 4: Other
Group 1 covers access or operation of equip-
ment restricted to elevator personnel. This key Group 4 covers access or operation of equip-
shall not be part of a master key system. ment not classified as Group 1, 2, or 3.

NOTE (8.1.2): See the following:


(a) Requirement 2.7.3.4.3(c), hoistway access doors.
(b) Requirement 2.2.4.4, pit access doors.
(c) Requirement 2.11.1.2(i), emergency access doors.
(d) Requirement 2.12.6.2.4, hoistway door unlocking de- SECTION 8.2
vice key. DESIGN DATA AND FORMULAS
(e) Requirement 2.12.7.2.2, hoistway access switch.
(f) Requirements 2.14.1.10.2 and 5.1.11.1.2(d), side emer- Requirement 8.2 contains certain design data,
gency exit doors. formulas, and charts for the designer. It is not

275
p. 276 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.276

SECTION 8.2–8.2.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

2 500 (5,507)

2 000 (4,405)
Rated Load, kg (lb)

1 500 (3,304)

1 000 (2,203)

500 (1,101)

0
0 1 2 3 4 5
(10.8) (21.5) (32.3) (43.1) (53.8)

Inside Net Platform Area, m2 (ft2)

FIG. 8.2.1.2-1 MINIMUM RATED LOAD FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS

intended to limit design. More detailed design (SI Units)


and calculation methods may be used provided W p 2.45A2 + 610A − 620
the stresses and deflections required by other
sections of this Code are not exceeded.
(Imperial Units)
8.2.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger
W p 0.0467A2 + 125A − 1,367
Elevators
where
The following formulas shall be used for de- A p inside net platform area, m2 (ft2) as
termining the minimum rated load of passenger specified in Figs. 8.2.1.2-1 and 8.2.1.2-2
elevators (see also 2.16.1). W p minimum rated load, kg (lb)
Figures 8.2.1.2-1 and 8.2.1.2-2 give the mini-
8.2.1.1 For an elevator having an inside net
mum rated loads for various inside net platform
platform area of not more than 4.65 m2 (50 ft2)
areas.
(SI Units)
W p 35A2 + 325A
8.2.2 Electric Elevator Car Frame and
(Imperial Units) Platform Stresses and Deflections
W p 0.667A2 + 66.7A
8.2.2.1 General Requirements. The stresses
and deflections in side-post-type car frame and
8.2.1.2 For an elevator having an inside net platform members shall be based on the data
platform area of more than 4.65 m2 (50 ft2) and formulas listed in 8.2.2.

276
p. 277 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.277

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.2.1–8.2.2.1.1

14 000 (30,837)

13 000 (28,634)

12 000 (26,432)

11 000 (24,229)

10 000 (22,026)
Rated Load, kg (lb)

9 000 (19,824)

8 000 (17,621)

7 000 (15,419)

6 000 (13,216)

5 000 (11,013)

4 000 (8,811)

3 000 (6,608)

2 000 (4,405)
5 10 15 20 25
(53.8) (107.6) (161.5) (215.3) (269.1)

Inside Net Platform Area, m2 (ft2)

FIG. 8.2.1.2-2 MINIMUM RATED LOAD FOR PASSENGER ELEVATORS

All stresses and their resultant deflections, B p inside clear width of car, mm (in.)
not only those based on the data and formulas C p net weight of complete elevator car,
listed in this Section, shall be considered when kg (lb)
side-post-type car frames are located off the D p distance between guide rails, mm (in.)
platform centerline by more than one-eighth of E p modulus of elasticity of material used,
the distance from the front to the back of the MPa (psi)
platform. G p load supported by crosshead with the
For cars with corner-post, underslung-type, maximum load for the class of loading
or other special car frame and platform con- in car at rest at top terminal landing,
struction, the formulas and specified methods kgf (lbf)
of calculation of loads and the resulting stresses H p vertical center distance between upper
and deflections do not generally apply and shall and lower guide shoes (or rollers),
be modified to suit the specific conditions and mm (in.)
requirements in each case. I p moment of inertia of member, gross
The maximum allowable stresses and deflec- section, mm4 (in.4)
tions of members of all car frames and platforms K p turning moment as determined by
shall be not more than those permitted by class of loading, N.mm (lbf-in.)
2.15.10 and 2.15.11. L p free length of uprights (distance from
8.2.2.1.1 Formula Symbols. The symbols lowest fastening in crosshead to top
used in the formulas in 8.2.2 shall have the fastening in plank), mm (in.)
following meaning: R p least radius of gyration of section,
A p net area of section, m2 (in.2) mm (in.)

277
p. 278 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.278

8.2.2.1.1–8.2.2.5.1 ASME A17.1–2000

W p rated load, kg (lb) NOTE (see 8.2.2.4): Symbols used in the preceding formula
Z p combined section moduli of plank are defined in 8.2.2.1.1.
members, gross section, mm3 (in.3)
ZU p section modulus of one upright, gross
section, mm3 (in.3) 8.2.2.5 Car Frame Uprights (Stiles). The total
stress in each car frame upright due to tension
8.2.2.2 Car Frame Crosshead. The stresses in and bending, and the slenderness ratio of each
the car frame crosshead shall be based on the upright and its moment of inertia, shall be
total load supported by the crosshead with the determined in accordance with the following
car and the maximum load for the class of formulas.
loading in the car when at rest at the top
terminal landing. 8.2.2.5.1 Stress Due to Bending and
Tension
8.2.2.3 Car Frame Plank (Normal). The
stresses in the car frame plank when the string-
ers are supported directly on the plank members (SI Units)
shall be based on the sum of five-eighths of KL 9.807G
Total stress (MPa) p +
the platform weight uniformly distributed plus 4HZU 2A
the concentrated loads due to the tension in
the means of compensation and the traveling
cables plus the loading specified in 8.2.2.3(a)
(Imperial Units)
or (b).
KL G
(a) For passenger and Class A freight loading, Total stress (psi) p +
five-eighths of the rated load uniformly dis- 4HZU 2A
tributed.
(b) For Classes B and C freight loading, the Where KL/4HZu is the bending stress in each
loading as specified in 8.2.2.6. upright in the plane of the frame due to live
load W on the platform for the class of loading
8.2.2.4 Car Frame Plank (Buffer Engagement). A, B, or C for which the elevator is to be used
In calculating the stress resulting from oil-buffer (see 2.16.2.2); G/2A is the tensile strength in each
engagement, one-half the sum of the weight of upright, and K is determined by the following
the car and its rated load shall be considered formulas [see Fig. 8.2.2.5.1]:
as being concentrated at each end of the plank (a) For Class A freight loading or passenger
with the buffer force applied at the middle. loading
The buffer force shall be considered to be that
required to produce gravity retardation with
rated load in the car. (SI Units)

冢8冣
The following formula shall be used to deter- WB
K p 9.807
mine the stress resulting from buffer en-
gagement:

(SI Units) (Imperial Units)


D (C + W ) WB
Stress (MPa) p 9.807 Kp
2Z 8

(b) For Class B freight loading


(Imperial Units)
D (C + W ) (SI Units)
Stress (psi) p
冢2 − 1.219冣 or K p 9.807 冢 8 冣
2Z B WB
K p 9.807 W

Where more than one oil buffer is used, the


formula shall be modified to suit the location
of the buffers. whichever is greater.

278
p. 279 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.279

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.2.5.1–8.2.2.6

E E E
W E − 48 E
L L 4 L
2 2
E
4 W W

H H H

WE WE
K=
8
K =W ( E2 − 48) K=
4
Class A Freight Loading Class B Freight Loading Class C Freight Loading
or Passenger Loading

GENERAL NOTE: See 8.2.2.5.1 for formulas in SI Units.

FIG. 8.2.2.5.1 TURNING MOMENT BASED ON CLASS OF LOADING

(Imperial Units) NOTE [see 8.2.2.5.2]: Symbols used in the above formulas
are defined in 8.2.2.1.1.

冢2 − 48冣 or K p
B WB
KpW
8
8.2.2.5.3 Moment of Inertia. The moment
of inertia of each upright shall be not less than
whichever is greater. determined by the following formula:
(c) For Class C freight loading
(SI Units)
(SI Units)
KL3
冢 冣
WB Ip
K p 9.807 457.2EH
4

(Imperial Units)
(Imperial Units) KL3
WB Ip
Kp 18EH
4

NOTE [see 8.2.2.5.1]: Symbols used in the preceding formu- NOTE [see 8.2.2.5.3]: Symbols used in the preceding formula
las are defined in 8.2.2.1.1. are defined in 8.2.2.1.1.

8.2.2.5.2 Slenderness Ratio. The slender- 8.2.2.6 Freight Elevator Platform. The calcula-
ness ratio L/R for uprights subject to compres- tion for stresses in the platform members of
sions other than those resulting from safety freight elevators shall be based on the following
and buffer action shall not exceed 120. Where concentrated loads assumed to occupy the posi-
the upper side-brace connections on passenger tion which will produce the maximum stress:
elevator car frame uprights are located at a (a) for Class A Loading; 25% of the rated load;
point less than two-thirds of L from the bottom, (b) for Class B Loading; 75% of the rated
(top fastening in car frame plank) a slenderness load or 15 400 kg (34,000 lb), whichever is less,
ratio of L/R not exceeding 160 is permissible divided into two equal parts 1 525 mm (60 in.)
(L/R ≤ 160). apart;

279
p. 280 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.280

8.2.2.6–8.2.4 ASME A17.1–2000

(c) for Class C1 Loading, with a load rating that do not fully compress under the conditions
of 9 000 kg (20,000 lb) or less. 80% of the rated outlined in 2.1.2.3(a):
load divided into two equal parts, 765 mm (30 (a) Buffer reaction
in.) apart;
(d) for Class C2 Loading, with a load rating
of 9 000 kg (20,000 lb) or less. 80% of the rated (SI Units)

冢 冣
load or of the loaded truck weight, whichever V2
R p 2W 9.807 +
is greater, divided into two equal parts, 765 2S
mm (30 in.) apart;
(e) for Class C1 or C2 Loading, with a rated
load in excess of 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), 80% of
the 9 000 kg (20,000 lb) or of the maximum
loaded truck weight, whichever is greater, di- (Imperial Units)

冢 冣
vided into two equal parts, 765 mm (30 in.) V2
R p 2W 1 +
apart; 64.4S
(f) for Class C3 Loading, determined on the
basis of the actual loading conditions but not
(b) Impact
less than that required for Class A loading.
8.2.2.7 Hoisting Rope Hitch Plates and PpR
Shapes. The stresses in hoisting rope hitch
plates and shapes shall be based on the total
applied rope load with the car and its rated where
load at rest at the top terminal landing. P p impact, N (lbf)
R p buffer reaction, N (lbf)
8.2.3 Impact on Buffer Supports S p buffer stroke, m (ft)
V p speed at impact (for electric), m/s (ft/s);
8.2.3.1 Buffer Reaction and Impact for Oil operating speed in the down direction
Buffer Supports. The following formulas give (for hydraulic), m/s (ft/s)
the buffer reaction and the impact on the car W p weight of car plus rated load or weight
and counterweight oil buffer supports resulting of counterweight, kg (lb)
from buffer engagement [see 2.1.2.3(a)] or
3.22.1.2.1: 8.2.4 Gravity Stopping Distances
(a) Buffer Reaction
The following formula gives the value of the
stopping distance based on gravity retardation
(SI Units) from any initial velocity (see 2.4.6, 2.4.8, 2.4.9,
冢 冣
␷2 and 2.22.4.1):
R p W 9.807 +
2S

(SI Units)
(Imperial Units) S p 5.1V 2

冢 冣
␷ 2
RpW 1+
64.4S
(Imperial Units)
(b) Impact
V2
Sp
19,320
P p 2R

8.2.3.2 Buffer Reaction and Impact for Spring where


S p free fall (gravity stopping distance),
Buffer Supports. The following formulas give
mm (in.)
the buffer reaction and the impact on the sup- V p initial velocity, m/s (ft/min)
ports of car and counterweight spring buffers

280
p. 281 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.281

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.4–8.2.8.1.1

Figure 8.2.4 shows the gravity stopping dis- 8.2.8.1.1 Plungers Not Subject to Eccentric
tances from various initial velocities. Loading
(a) Where slenderness ratio of plunger is less
8.2.5 Governor Tripping Speeds than 120
Figures 8.2.5-1 and 8.2.5-2 give the maximum
governor tripping speeds for various rated (SI Units)
speeds (see 2.18.2.1). W
p 9.377 × 107 − 3.344 × 103 (L/R)2
A
8.2.6 Stopping Distances for Car and
Counterweight Safeties
The following formulas shall be used to deter- (Imperial Units)
mine the maximum and minimum stopping dis- W
tances for Type B car and counterweight safeties p 13,600 − 0.485 (L/R)2
A
(see 2.17.3):
(b) Where slenderness ratio of plunger is
(SI Units) greater than 120
V2
Sp + 0.2560
6.870
(SI Units)
V2 W 6.550 × 1011
S′p A
p
(L/R)2
19.63

(Imperial Units) (Imperial Units)


2 W 95,000,000
V
Sp + 0.84 A
p
(L/R)2
81,144

Formulas are for steel where


V2 A p net sectional area of plunger (area
S′p
231,840 of metal), m2 (in.2)
L p maximum free length of plunger, mm
where (in.). Where a plunger-follower guide
S p maximum stopping distance, m (ft) conforming to 3.18.2.7 is used, L shall
S ′ p minimum stopping distance, m (ft) be taken as one-half the amount that
V p governor tripping speed, m/s (ft/min) the free length would be if no fol-
Figures 8.2.6-1 through 8.2.6-3 show the maxi- lower guide were provided.
mum and minimum stopping distances from R p radius of gyration of plunger section,
various governor tripping speeds. mm (in.)
W p allowable gross weight to be sus-
8.2.7 Factors of Safety for Suspension Wire tained by plunger, N (lbf). Where a
Ropes for Power Elevators counterweight is provided, the
weight of the counterweight plus the
Figure 8.2.7 shows the minimum factors of unbalanced weight of the counter-
safety for suspension wire ropes of power eleva- weight ropes shall be permitted to
tors for various rope speeds (see 2.20.3). be deducted in determining W. In
determining W, one-half of the
8.2.8 Hydraulic Jack and Piping weight of the plunger shall be in-
cluded except where a plunger-fol-
8.2.8.1 Plunger Design. Plungers shall be de- lower guide conforming to 3.18.2.7
signed and constructed in accordance with one is used, in which case, three-fourths
of the following formulas (8.2.8.1.1 through of the plunger weight shall be in-
8.2.8.1.4). cluded.
W/A p fiber stress, kPa (psi)

281
p. 282 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.282

FIG. 8.2.4 ASME A17.1–2000

3.5 (689)

3.0 (591)

2.5 (492)
Velocity, m/s (ft/min)

2.0 (394)

1.5 (295)

1.0 (197)

0.5 (98)

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
(3.9) (7.9) (11.8) (15.7) (19.7) (23.6)

Gravity Stopping Distance, mm (in.)

13 (2,559)

12 (2,362)

11 (2,165)

10 (1,969)

9 (1,772)
Velocity, m/s (ft/min)

8 (1,575)

7 (1,378)

6 (1,181)

5 (984)

4 (787)

3 (591)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(3.3) (6.6) (9.8) (13.1) (16.4) (19.7) (23.0) (26.2)

Gravity Stopping Distance, m (ft)

FIG. 8.2.4 GRAVITY STOPPING DISTANCES

282
p. 283 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.283

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.8.1.1–8.2.8.1.2

4.0 (787.4)

3.5 (689.0)
Maximum Governor Tripping Speed, m/s (ft/min)

3.0 (590.6)

2.5 (492.1)

2.0 (393.7)

1.5 (295.3)

1.0 (196.9)

0.5 (98.4)
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
(98.4) (196.9) (295.3) (393.7) (492.1) (590.6)

Rated Car Speed, m/s (ft/min)

FIG. 8.2.5-1 MAXIMUM GOVERNOR TRIPPING SPEEDS

NOTE [see 8.2.8.1.1(a) and (b)]: Figures 8.2.8.1.1-1 and has been removed from the wall thickness in
8.2.8.1.1-2 have been calculated from the formulas given machining.
in 8.2.8.1.1 for the more usual pipe sizes and pipe schedules
and indicate allowable gross loads directly. (d) Plungers With Varying Cross Section. For
plungers with varying cross section, the stress
shall be calculated for a factor of safety of
(c) Plungers having a free length of 7.6 m (25 at least 3 using accepted methods for elastic
ft) or less may be accepted without further stability.
examination for strength and elastic stability,
provided all of the following conditions exist:
(1) the working pressure is 2 070 kPa (300 8.2.8.1.2 Plungers Subject to Eccentric
psi) or less; Loading. For plungers subject to bending, the
(2) the plunger is 100 mm (4 in.) nominal stresses due to bending as determined by the
pipe size or larger; following formulas shall be subtracted from the
(3) pipe not lighter than schedule 40 is used, stresses W/A as determined by the applicable
and not more than 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) of metal formula in 8.2.8.1.1.

283
p. 284 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.284

FIG. 8.2.5-2 ASME A17.1–2000

13 (2,559)

12 (2,362)

11 (2,165)
Maximum Governor Tripping Speed, m/s (ft/min)

10 (1,969)

9 (1,772)

8 (1,575)

7 (1,378)

6 (1,181)

5 (984)

4 (787)

3 (591)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
(591) (787) (984) (1,181) (1,378) (1,575) (1,772) (1,969) (2,165)

Rated Car Speed, m/s (ft/min)

FIG. 8.2.5-2 MAXIMUM GOVERNOR TRIPPING SPEEDS

284
p. 285 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.285

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.8.1.2–8.2.8.1.3

8.5 (1,673)

8 (1,575)

7.5 (1,476)

7 (1,378)
ce
6.5 (1,280)
is tan
ingd
6 (1,181) pp
Rated Speed, m/s (ft/min)

sto
um
5.5 (1,083) nim
Mi
5 (984)

4.5 (886)

4 (787)

3.5 (689) nce


gd ista
3 (591) sto ppin
im um
2.5 (492) Max

2 (394)

1.5 (295)

1 (197)

0.5 (98)

0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8
0 (0.7) (1.3) (2.0) (2.6)
1 (3.9) (4.6) (5.2) (5.9)
2 (7.2) (7.9) (8.5) (9.2)
3 (10.5) (11.1) (11.8) (12.5)
4 (13.8) (14.4) (15.1) (15.7)
5
(3.3) (6.6) (9.8) (13.1) (16.4)

Stopping Distance, m (ft)

FIG. 8.2.6-1 STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES

(SI Units)

冢Z冣
Wb e 8.2.8.1.3 Plungers Subjected to External
Sp
Pressure. For plungers subjected to external
pressure, the working pressure shall be not
more than that indicated by the following for-
(Imperial Units) mulas.
Wb e (a) Where the ratio of t/D is less than 0.023:
Sp
Z

where (SI Units)


e p eccentricity of Wb, mm (in.)
冤 冪1 − 1 600 冢Dt 冣 冥
2
S p stress due to bending, MPa (psi) p p 2 296 1 −
Wb p maximum eccentric load, N (lbf).
Where any or all of this load is caused
by moving wheel loads imposed on
the edge of the platform, the total of
such loads shall be doubled for impact
(Imperial Units)
(see 8.2.2.6).
冤 冪 冥
2
Z p section modulus of plunger section, p p 333 1 − 1 − 1,600 冢 t 冣
mm3 (in.3) D

285
p. 286 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.286

8.2.8.1.3–8.2.8.2 ASME A17.1–2000

12 (2,362)

nce
11 (2,165)
gd ista
toppin
ms
imu
10 (1,969) Min
Rated Speed, m/s (ft/min)

9 (1,772)

8 (1,575)

7 (1,378)

6 (1,181) e
istanc
stop ping d
Ma ximum
5 (984)

4 (787)

3 (591)

5 6 7 8 9 10
(16.4) (19.7) (23.0) (26.2) (29.5) (32.8)

Stopping Distance, m (ft)

FIG. 8.2.6-2 STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES

(b) Where the ratio of t/D is greater than 0.023: ues of A and R shall be for the smallest plunger
section. When plunger follower guides are used,
(SI Units)
the value of L shall be the maximum free length
t
p p 199 200 − 3 185 of the smallest section in millimeters (inches).
D
When plunger follower guides are not used,
the value of L shall be taken as 1.4 times the
(Imperial Units)
maximum free length of the smallest plunger
t
p p 28,890 − 462 section.
D
8.2.8.2 Cylinder Design. Cylinders shall be de-
where signed and constructed in accordance with the
D p external finished diameter, mm (in.) following formula:
p p working pressure, kPa (psi)
t p finished wall thickness, mm (in.) pd
tp +C
8.2.8.1.4 Telescoping Plungers. Telescop- 2S
ing plungers shall have each plunger section
internally guided. If more than two movable where
sections are used, plunger follower guides shall d p internal diameter, mm (in.)
be provided for each plunger section. In the p p working pressure, kPa (psi)
formulas in 8.2.8.1.1(a) and 8.2.8.1.1(b), the val- S p allowable stress, kPa (psi) (see 8.2.8.5.2)

286
p. 287 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.287

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 8.2.6-3


Rated Speed, m/s (ft/min)

7 (1,378)

6 (1,181) tance
pp ing dis
um sto
Maxim
5 (984)

4 (787)

5 6 7 8 9 10
(16.4) (19.7) (23.0) (26.2) (29.5) (32.8)

Stopping Distance, m (ft)


Rated Speed, m/s (ft/min)

9 (1,772)

8 (1,575)
distance
m stopping
Maximu
7 (1,378)

6 (1,181)

10 11 12 13 14 15
(32.8) (36.1) (39.2) (42.6) (45.9) (49.2)

Stopping Distance, m (ft)

10 (1,969)
Rated Speed, m/s (ft/min)

9 (1,772) distance
stopping
Maximum

8 (1,575)

7 (1,378)

15 16 17 18 19 20
(49.2) (52.5) (55.7) (59.0) (62.3) (65.5)

Stopping Distance, m (ft)

FIG. 8.2.6-3 STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES

287
p. 288 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.288

FIG. 8.2.7 ASME A17.1–2000

12

11
Factor of Safety

10
Power passenger elevator

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(197) (394) (591) (787) (984) (1,181) (1,378) (1,575)

Rope Speed, m/s (ft/min)

11

10
Factor of Safety

9
Power freight elevator

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(197) (394) (591) (787) (984) (1,181) (1,378) (1,575)

Rope Speed, m/s (ft/min)

FIG. 8.2.7 MINIMUM FACTORS OF SAFETY OF SUSPENSION WIRE ROPES OF POWER


PASSENGER AND FREIGHT ELEVATORS

288
p. 289 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.289

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.8.2–8.2.8.3

20 (65.6)

20
0m
m
15 0 m

(8
20
0

in
mm
15 0

.)
ch
m(

(8

S
15 (49.2) e in.
mm du )S
125 m

6 in

le che
40 du
(6
le 8
.) S

in
0 (p
m (5
Free Plunger Length, m (ft)

.)
lu n
ch

Sc
g er
e

size
he
du

du )
in.)

le
le

80
80
Sch
e du

10 (32.8)
le
40

12
5
m
10 0

10

m
(5
0

in.
m
mm

) Sch
m

(4 edu
in Vertical lines =
(4

.)
Sc
le 80

P for max.
in.

he
du
)S

le 8 external pressure
0
chedule 40

5 (16.4) on plunger

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
(11,013) (22,026) (33,040) (44,053) (55,066)

Gross Weight, W, kg × 103 (lb)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Curves are based upon the removal of not more than 1.5 mm (0.0625 in.) from the wall thickness in
machining.
(b) Curves stop at 18 m (59 ft) for convenience only. For plunger sizes or lengths not shown on this
chart, see the applicable formula in 8.2.8.1.1.

FIG. 8.2.8.1.1-1 ALLOWABLE GROSS LOADS

t p minimum thickness of wall, mm (in.) (a) Flat unreinforced heads


C p depth of the thread or groove, mm (in.)

冪4S
p
8.2.8.3 Cylinder and Plunger Heads. Heads of tpd
cylinders and heads of plungers subject to fluid
pressure shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with one of the following applicable (b) Dished seamless hemispherical heads,
formulas: concave to pressure

289
p. 290 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.290

8.2.8.3 ASME A17.1–2000

20 (65.6)

Vertical lines =
P for max.
external
pressure
15 (49.2) on plunger
Free Plunger Length, m (ft)

250 mm (10 in.) Schedule 40 (Plunger Size)

10 (32.8)
300 mm (12 in.) Schedule 40

400 mm (16 in.) Schedule 40

300 mm (12 in.) Schedule 80

400 mm (16 in.) Schedule 80


450 mm (18 in.) Schedule 40

450 mm (18 in.) Schedule 80


350 mm (14 in.) Schedule 40

350 mm (14 in.) Schedule 80


250 mm (10 in.) Schedule 80

5 (16.4)

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
(44,053) (88,110) (132,160) (176,210) (220,260)

Gross Weight, W, kg (lb)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Curves are based upon the removal of not more than 1.5 mm (0.0625 in.) from the wall thickness in
machining.
(b) Curves stop at 18 m (59 ft) for convenience only. For plunger sizes or lengths not shown on this
chart, see the applicable formula in 8.2.8.1.1.

FIG. 8.2.8.1.1-2 ALLOWABLE GROSS LOADS

5pr 5pD
tp tp
6S 6S

where
(c) Dished seamless ellipsoidal heads, con- d p diameter of head between supporting
cave to pressure (ellipsoidal heads in which edges, mm (in.)
one-half of the minor axis equals one-quarter D p inside diameter of skirt, mm (in.)
the inside diameter of skirt), p p working pressure, kPa (psi)

290
p. 291 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.291

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.8.3–8.2.9.1.1

r p radius to which head is dished, mea-


sured on concave side (not greater than 8.2.8.5.2 The allowable stress to be used
d), mm (in.) in 8.2.8.2 through 8.2.8.4 shall be determined
S p allowable stress, kPa (psi) (see 8.2.8.5.2) as follows:
t p minimum thickness of head, mm (in.)
8.2.8.4 Wall Thickness of Pressure Piping. The Y.P.
Sp
minimum wall thickness of pipe shall be 1.65 F
mm plus C or as determined by the following:
pD where
tp +C S p allowable stress kPa (psi)
2eS
or F p minimum factor of safety based on
0.2% proof stress yield point as deter-
冢 冣
pD
t−Cp mined in 8.2.8.5.1
2eS Y.P. p yield point, based on 0.2% proof
stress yield point, kPa (psi)
where
D p the outside diameter of pipe, mm (in.) 8.2.9 Hydraulic Elevator Car Frame and
t p the minimum wall thickness, mm (in.) Platform Stresses and Deflections
p p the maximum working pressure, kPa
(psi) 8.2.9.1 General Requirements. The stresses
C p 1.3 mm (0.05 in.) for threaded pipe up and deflections in side-post-type car frame and
to 9.5 mm (3⁄8 in.) pipe size, the depth platform members shall be based on the data
of the thread in millimeters for threaded and formulas listed in 8.2.9.
pipe over 9.5 mm (3⁄8 in.) pipe size, All stresses and their resultant deflections,
the depth of groove in millimeters for not only those based on the data and formulas
grooved pipe, or 0.000 for other pipe in this Section, shall be considered when side-
or unreduced thickness
post-type car frames are located off the platform
S p the allowable stress, based on a factor
of safety in accordance with 8.2.8.5.2, center line by more than one-eighth of the
kPa (psi) distance from the front to the back of the
e p the joint efficiency: 1 for seamless pipe; platform.
0.85 for electric resistance welded pipe For cars and corner-post, sub-post, or other
Steel pipes and fittings used for gauge ports special car frame and platform construction, the
need not comply with this formula, but shall be formulas and specified methods of calculation
a minimum of Schedule 80 pipe and maximum of loads and the resulting stresses and deflec-
length of 75 mm (3 in.), except as permitted tions do not generally apply and shall be modi-
by 3.19.2.4. fied to suit the specific conditions and require-
ments in each case.
8.2.8.5 Factor of Safety
The maximum allowable stresses and deflec-
8.2.8.5.1 Except as required in 3.19.3.3.1(b), tions of members of all car frames and platforms
the minimum factor of safety for components shall be not more than those permitted by
subject to fluid pressure shall be as follows: 3.14(b).

5.04 8.2.9.1.1 Maximum Stresses in Car Frame


Fp + 2.7 Uprights. The maximum stresses in car frame
E − 2.8
uprights which are normally subject to compres-
where sion shall be such that the quantity [(fa /Fa) +
F p minimum factor of safety based on 0.2% (fb /Fb)] does not exceed unity
proof stress yield point. The minimum
allowable F shall be 3. where
E p percent elongation in 50 mm (2 in.) fa p actual axial compressive unit stress
gauge length as per ASTM Standard E based on gross section
8 expressed as a whole number (e.g., fb p actual bending unit stress
20% p 20 and 5% p 5). The minimum Fa p allowable axial compressive unit stress
allowable E shall be 5. [not exceeding 117 200 – 3.344 (L/R)2 in

291
p. 292 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.292

8.2.9.1.1–8.2.9.1.4 ASME A17.1–2000

SI units and 17,000 – 0.485 (L/R)2 in Im- applied at each end of the planks [see Fig.
perial units] 8.2.9.1.3, sketch (e)].
Fb p allowable bending unit stress [113 MPa
(16,500 psi), if area basis is gross sec- 8.2.9.1.4 Car Frame Uprights (Stiles). The
tion or 138 MPa (20,000 psi) if area stresses in each car frame upright due to com-
basis is net section] pression and bending and the slenderness ratio
L p free length of uprights (distance from of each upright and its moment of inertia shall
lowest fastening in crosshead to top be determined in accordance with the following
fastening in plank), mm (in.)
formulas:
R p least radius of gyration of section,
mm (in.) (a) Stresses Due to Bending

8.2.9.1.2 Car Frame Crosshead. The KL


stresses in the car frame crosshead shall be fb p
4HZU
based on the total load, if any, supported by
the crosshead.
where
The crosshead members(s) and connection
fb p the bending stress in each upright in
between the crosshead and upright (stile) shall the plane of the frame due to the live
be designed to resist the bending moment, load W on the platform for the class of
shear and axial forces transferred between the loading A, B, or C for which the elevator
upright and the crosshead. is to be used (see 2.16.2.2 and 3.16)
K p turning moment in N.m (lbf-in.) as deter-
8.2.9.1.3 Car Frame Plank. The bending mined by the class of loading (see Fig.
stresses in the car frame planks due to the 8.2.2.5.1) by the following formulas
normal loading shall be based on the following (1) For Class A freight loading or passenger
loads: loading
(a) concentrated load(s) located at their point
of application equal to the total maximum static (SI Units)
load on all the driving members lifting the car
冢8冣
WB
divided by the number of lifting members [see K p 9.807
Fig. 8.2.9.1.3, sketch (a)];
(b) five-eighths of the platform weight uni-
formly distributed over the length of the planks
when the platform members are supported di- (Imperial Units)
rectly by the plank members [see Fig. 8.2.9.1.3, WB
Kp
sketch (b); 8
(c) the duty load distribution is as follows:
(1) for passenger and Class A freight load-
(2) For Class B freight loading
ing, five-eighths of the rated load uniformly
distributed over the length of the planks when
the platform members are supported directly by (SI Units)

冢2 − 1.219冣 or K p 9.807 冢 8 冣
the plank members [see Fig. 8.2.9.1.3, sketch (c)]; B WB
(2) for Classes B and C freight loading, the K p 9.807 W
loading in conformance with 8.2.2.6;
(d) The balance of loads shall be taken as
acting at their respective point(s) of application whichever is greater
[see Fig. 8.2.9.1.3, sketch (d)];
(e) Where the platform members are only sup- (Imperial Units)
ported directly by the planks at or adjacent to
冢2 − 48冣 or K p
B WB
the ends of the planks, 8.2.9.1.3(b) and KpW
8
8.2.9.1.3(c)(1) do not apply, and concentrated
loads equal to one-half of the total maximum
static load on all the driving members shall be whichever is greater.

292
p. 293 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.293

ASME A17.1–2000 8.2.9.1.4

Plank with n plungers


Plank with one plunger D
1 2 – – – n
Total load = 0.625Wp

Ps Ps /n Ps /n Ps /n Plank
members

(a) Plunger Load Distribution (b) Platform Weight Distribution

Total load = 0.625W P1 P2 P3 – – Pm

Plank Plank
members members

(c) Distribution of Other Loads (d) Rated Load Distribution

0.500Ps Platform supported at 0.500Ps


or near ends
Plank
members

(e) Distribution of Loads

D = distance between guide rails, m (in.)


W = rated load, kg (lb) (passenger or Class A freight)
Wp = platform weight, kg (lb)
P1, P2,= balance of loads acting on the plank members located at their respective points of
P3, Pm application. Such loads typically include the weights of cab and doors, carframe
members and guide shoes, traveling cables, electrical devices, door devices, and
the balance of load distributions of the platform weight and rated load not
distributed to the plank members.
Ps = total maximum static load on all the driving members, kg (lb)

GENERAL NOTE: 1 mm = 1 in./25.4 (1 in. = 25.4 mm); 1 kg = 1 lb/0.454 (1 lb = 0.454 kg).

FIG. 8.2.9.1.3 LOAD DISTRIBUTION

(3) For Class C freight loading NOTE [see 8.2.9.1.4(a)]: Symbols used in the above formulas
are defined in 8.2.2.1.1.

(SI Units) (b) Stresses Due to Compression

冢 冣
WB fa p compressive stress in each upright
K p 9.807
4
(c) Slenderness Ratio. The slenderness ratio
L/R for uprights subject to compressions other
(Imperial Units) than those resulting from buffer or safety action
WB shall not exceed 120. Where the upper side-
Kp
4 brace connections on passenger elevator car

293
p. 294 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.294

8.2.9.1.4–SECTION 8.3 ASME A17.1–2000

frame uprights are located at a point less than (SI Units)


two-thirds of L from the bottom (top fastening Smin. p 203.77v g2 cos␪
in car frame plank), a slenderness ratio of L/R
not exceeding 160 is permissible. Smax. p 1.43Smin. + 254
(d) Moment of Inertia. The moment of inertia
of each upright shall be not less than determined
by the following formula: (Imperial Units)
(SI Units) v g2 cos␪
3 Smin. p
KL 4,830
Ip
457.2EH Smax. p 1.43Smin. + 10

(Imperial Units) where


3 Smin. p minimum stopping distance, mm
KL (in.)
Ip
18EH Smax. p maximum stopping distance, mm
(in.)
vg p governor tripping speed, m/s (ft/min)
NOTE [see 8.2.9.1.4(d)]: Symbols used in the above formula ␪ p angle of inclination from horizontal
are defined in 8.2.2.1.1. (degrees)

8.2.12 Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer


Devices, Design Data, and Formulas
8.2.10 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes: Inclined
Elevators The design data and formulas in 8.2 as they
apply to freight elevators shall apply to material
The following formula shall be used to deter- lifts with automatic transfer devices. Where ve-
mine the minimum stroke of oil buffers used hicle loading is used, Class B loading shall
for inclined elevators (see 5.1.17.4): apply.

(SI Units)
Smin. p 269.5v 2 cos␪
SECTION 8.3
ENGINEERING TESTS, TYPE TESTS, AND
(Imperial Units) CERTIFICATION
v 2 cos␪ Requirement 8.3 covers:
Smin. p
3,652 (a) type of tests and certification of
(1) car and counterweight oil buffers, as
where required in 2.22.4.7 (see also 8.3.1 and 8.3.2);
Smin. p minimum oil buffer stroke, mm (in.) (2) hoistway-door interlocks, hoistway-door
v p rated car speed, m/s (ft/min) combination mechanical locks, electric contacts,
␪ p angle of inclination from horizontal and hoistway-door electric contacts, as required
(degrees) in 2.12.4 (see also 8.3.1 and 8.3.3);
(3) car-door or gate electric contacts, and
8.2.11 Stopping Distances for Car and car-door interlocks as required in 2.14.4.2 (see
Counterweight Safeties for Inclined 8.3.1 and 8.3.3);
Elevators (4) entrance fire-type tests as required by
2.11 (see 8.3.4);
The following formulas shall be used to deter- (5) hydraulic control valves as required in
mine the maximum and minimum stopping dis- 3.19.4.6 (see 8.3.1 and 8.3.5); and
tances for Type B car and counterweight safeties (6) escalator brakes, as required in 6.1.5.3
used on inclined elevators (see 5.1.14.2): (see 8.3.1 and 8.3.6).

294
p. 295 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.295

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 8.3–8.3.1.4.2

(b) engineering tests of and the method of affixing the label/mark to


(1) car enclosure wall materials, as required each component or each piece of equipment
in 2.14.2.1.1(b) (see 8.3.1 and 8.3.7); subsequently manufactured, where required;
(2) test method for evaluating room, fire (e) the method of testing, the test report, and
growth, contribution of textile wall covering, as a list of the instruments used (Note: this may
required in 8.7.2.14 (see 8.3.7 and 8.3.8); be attached to the certificate);
(3) hydraulic overspeed valves, as required (f) the conditions for use of the certificate
in 3.19.4.7 (see 8.3.9); and label/mark;
(4) safety nut and speed limiting device of (g) a statement to the effect that the compo-
screw column elevators, as required in 4.2.11.2 nent or equipment tested has met the specified
(see 8.3.1 and 8.3.10); test requirements;
(5) escalator steps, as required in 6.1.3.5.5 (h) any other information required in ASME
and moving walk pallets, as required by 6.2.3.5.4 A17.1 or CSA B44; and
(see 8.3.1 and 8.3.11). (i) the edition of the Code under which the
component was tested and certified.
8.3.1 General Requirements for Tests and
Certification 8.3.1.3.2 The certificate shall be valid until
recalled by the certifying organization or until
8.3.1.1 General
the applicable requirements in ASME A17.1 or
(a) Type Tests (see 1.3) shall be carried out
CSA B44 are changed unless otherwise stated
when required.
(see 8.3.1.4).
(b) Engineering Tests (see 1.3) shall be carried
out when required. 8.3.1.3.3 The drawings and other docu-
(c) The tests shall be permitted to be made ments submitted by the applicant (see 8.3.1.2),
by laboratories other than the certifying organi- together with the original test records, data,
zation or manufacturers, but the responsibility performance curves, and certificate shall be
shall remain with the original certifying organi- filed, as a permanent record for future reference.
zation.
8.3.1.2 Application for Certification 8.3.1.3.4 The applicant shall be permitted
to examine and copy the test records upon
8.3.1.2.1 The application for engineering request.
or type tests shall be made by the component
manufacturer, equipment manufacturer, in- 8.3.1.4 Changes to Listed/Certified Com-
staller, or importer. ponents or Equipment
8.3.1.2.2 The application shall include 8.3.1.4.1 Where any change is made in the
(a) the manufacturer’s name and the equip- design of the component or equipment after
ment or component designation or model; certification, including changes resulting from
(b) two sets of assembly and detail drawings the revisions in applicable code requirements,
showing details as specified in 8.3; and revised drawings showing such changes shall
(c) a description of the elevator component be filed with the original or other certifying
or equipment, and its field of application, along organization. The certifying organization shall
with calculated performance features. issue to the applicant a revised certificate, based
8.3.1.3 Certification and Test Records upon the previous test results or any new tests
that are needed, depending on the nature of
8.3.1.3.1 A certificate shall be issued for the changes.
a component or equipment that has been suc-
cessfully tested. The certificate shall include 8.3.1.4.2 Changes in the design that do
(a) the name of applicant (see 8.3.1.2.1); not affect the performance of the component
(b) the name of the manufacturer; or equipment shall be permitted to be made
(c) the manufacturer’s designation of the type without the approval of the certifying organiza-
or model tested; tion. The certifying organization shall be ap-
(d) the certifying organization’s label/mark prised in writing of the change.

295
p. 296 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.296

8.3.1.5–8.3.2.4.4 ASME A17.1–2000

8.3.1.5 Testing Instruments. The precision of 8.3.2.3.3 Test Instruments. The instruments
the instruments shall allow measurements to used to measure the test results shall conform
be made, unless otherwise specified, within the to the following requirements:
following tolerances: (a) They shall be of the recording type.
(a) ±1% — masses, forces, distances, time, (b) They shall provide data, for the plotting
speeds, and hydraulic pressure; of the buffer performance curves showing time
(b) ± 2% — accelerations, retardations, and intervals, travel of test weight, velocity of test
flow rating; weight, and retardation of test weight during
(c) ± 5% — voltages and currents; and the buffer stroke, which shall be accurate to
(d) ± 10% — temperatures. within the following tolerances:
(1) The timing device shall record time in
8.3.2 Type Tests of Car and Counterweight increments of not more than 1⁄60 s during the
Oil Buffers entire buffer stroke.
(2) Time increments and total time shall be
8.3.2.1 Application for Certification
recorded with an error of less than ±0.5%.
8.3.2.1.1 The application required in 8.3.1.2 (3) The position of the test weight at each
shall include information on the expected maxi- time interval shall be recorded with an error of
mum impact speed, maximum and minimum less than ±0.1%.
total loads, and complete data for the oil porting (4) Time, travel, velocity, and retardation
in relation to the effective buffer stroke. shall be determined by means of a device that
will provide the accuracy specified.
8.3.2.1.2 The drawings required in
8.3.1.2.2(b) shall show 8.3.2.4 Installation of Buffer and Preparations
(a) the exact construction of the buffer; for Tests
(b) all dimensions of each part; 8.3.2.4.1 Foundation and Location of
(c) all pertinent information concerning mate- Buffer. A buffer of the spring-return type shall
rials, clearances, and tolerances; and be placed on a foundation designed to withstand
(d) the data as marked on the buffer marking without appreciable deformation the forces re-
plate required by 2.22.4.11. sulting from the buffer compression on the drop
tests. The buffer shall be installed in a vertical
8.3.2.2 Test Sample. Tests shall be made on
position and located centrally with relation to
a buffer of each type or design to be installed.
the drop-test weight.
Each buffer shall conform to the documents
submitted and have the following oil portings: 8.3.2.4.2 Securing of Buffer. The buffer shall
(a) the porting having the range of the maxi- be secured by bolts in accordance with the
mum loads for which the buffer is designed; and manufacturer’s drawings or by equivalent
(b) the porting having the range of the mini- means to:
mum loads for which the buffer is designed. (a) the foundation for buffers of the spring-
return type;
8.3.2.3 Testing Equipment. The testing equip- (b) the underside of the center of the test drop-
ment shall be of such design as to perform the weight for buffers of the gravity-return type.
tests specified herein and to determine that the The centerline of the buffer, when secured in
buffer conforms to all the requirements of 2.22 place, shall be vertical to within 0.25 mm (0.01
for oil buffers and shall also conform to 8.3.2.3.1 in.) in the stroke of the buffer.
through 8.3.2.3.3.
8.3.2.4.3 Special Adjustments. The buffer
8.3.2.3.1 Calibration of Test Weight. The test shall be on a production model or a buffer
required drop test load shall be accurate to identical to the model to be produced. Modifica-
within ±1%. tions or special adjustments for the purpose of
8.3.2.3.2 Guiding of Test Weight. The test meeting the test requirements are prohibited.
weight shall be so guided as to ensure that 8.3.2.4.4 Filling Buffer With Oil. The buffer,
when dropped onto the buffer, its travel shall after being installed, shall be filled with oil to
be substantially vertical. a level at or between the manufacturer’s gauge

296
p. 297 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.297

ASME A17.1–2000 8.3.2.4.4–8.3.2.5.2

line or lines. The oil shall conform to 2.22.4.9 On each of these tests, the average retardation
and the data specified on the buffer marking of the test weight, during the stroke of the
plate. buffer, shall not exceed 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2),
After filling with oil, the procedure outlined and any retardation peak having a duration of
below shall be followed to ensure that a con- more than 0.04 s shall not exceed 24.5 m/s2
stant oil level has been established. (80.5 ft/s2).
(a) The buffer shall be fully compressed at On completion of the drop tests, no part of the
slow speed, and shall then be allowed to return buffer shall show any permanent deformation or
to its fully extended position and remain there injury.
for at least 10 min. The oil level shall then be
checked.
(b) If the oil level as previously determined has 8.3.2.5.2 Strength Tests
changed, due to the elimination of entrapped air (a) Two drop tests shall be made as follows.
or due to the retention of air under pressure (1) One drop test shall be made with the
within the buffer, the change in level shall be porting as specified in 8.3.2.2(a), with a total
noted and the procedure repeated until a con- test weight equal to 120% of the manufacturer’s
stant oil level is obtained when the buffer is in rated maximum Ioad, from a height such that
its extended position. the maximum velocity attained by the falling
(c) If the oil level tends to remain above the weight during the buffer compression shall be
level to which it was filled, the air vents, if equal to 125% of the rated car speed for which
provided, should be checked for obstructions. the buffer is rated. In this test, the retardation
(d) When a constant oil level has been estab- shall be noted and may exceed the values speci-
lished, the level shall be adjusted to the manu- fied in 8.3.2.5.1.
facturer’s lowest gauge line, and the exact level Immediately following this test, the
noted and recorded before making the drop buffer shall be examined externally for visible
tests hereinafter specified. deformation or injury. If no damage is apparent,
8.3.2.5 Buffer Tests. Each oil buffer with oil the buffer shall then be fully compressed at
portings as submitted shall be subjected to tests low speed and then released to determine if it
for retardation, strength, oil leakage, plunger will return freely to its extended position.
return, and lateral plunger movement, as herein- (2) After the buffer has been examined ex-
after specified. ternally and has returned freely to its extended
position, a second drop test shall be made from
8.3.2.5.1 Retardation Tests. The following
the same height and with the same load as
drop tests shall be made for each buffer porting
specified in 8.3.2.5.1(a). During this test, the
specified in 8.3.2.2, from a height such that the
retardation shall not exceed the corresponding
striking velocity of the falling weight will be
retardation developed in the test specified in
equal to 115% of the rated car speed for which
8.3.2.5.1(a) by more than 5%.
the buffer is designed:
(a) three drop tests with a total test weight (b) If for given stroke of buffer having more
equal to the manufacturer’s rated maximum than one porting, the construction of the buffer
load for which the porting is designed [see varies for the different portings, then a strength
8.3.2.2(a)]; test similar to that specified in 8.3.2.5.2(a)(1)
(b) one drop test with a total test weight equal shall also be made for the porting having the
to the manufacturer’s rated minimum load for range at minimum loads for which the porting
which the porting is designed [see 2.7.2.2]. is designed as specified in 8.3.2.2(b).
Following each drop test, the buffer shall be Following each drop test, the buffer shall
held its fully compressed position for a period be held in its fully compressed position for a
of 5 min, and shall then be allowed to return period of 5 min, and shall then be allowed to
free to its fully extended position and stand for freely return to its fully extended position and
30 min to permit return of the oil to the reservoir stand for 30 min to permit return of the oil to
and to permit escape of any air entrained in the reservoir and to permit the escape of any
the oil. air entrained in the oil.

297
p. 298 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.298

8.3.2.5.3–8.3.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

8.3.2.5.3 Oil Leakage Tests. Tests for oil its extreme right to its extreme left position.
leakage shall be made concurrently with the One-half of the total movement measured shall
retardation tests specified in 8.3.2.5.1, and the be considered as being the true lateral move-
drop test specified in 8.3.2.5.2(a)(2), to deter- ment at the top of the plunger and shall not
mine the loss of oil during these tests. The oil exceed 5 mm/m (0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke.
level shall be noted after the buffer has returned (b) Gravity-Return Type Buffers. A similar test
to its fully extended position following each for lateral movement shall be made. The mea-
drop test, and after the time interval specified surement shall be taken at the lower end of
in 8.3.2.5.1. the buffer cylinder when the buffer plunger is
The drop in oil level, as indicated by these fully extended and braced to prevent lateral
measurements, shall show no loss of oil ex- movement. One-half of the total movement
ceeding 5 mm/m (0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke, measured shall not exceed 5 mm/m (0.06 in./
but in no case shall the loss be such as to ft) of buffer stroke.
lower the oil level below the bottom of the 8.3.2.6 Certification
plunger or below the highest metering orifice,
whichever is higher. 8.3.2.6.1 After the buffer has been sub-
Where the volume of oil above the porting jected to all of the specified tests, and all test
is small when the buffer is filled to its normal records and data indicate that it conforms to
working level, the laboratory shall be permitted 2.22, and to the requirements of 8.3.2, the labo-
to make additional tests for oil leakage. ratory shall issue a test report and a certificate
to the manufacturer.
8.3.2.5.4 Plunger Return Test. During the
drop tests specified in 8.3.2.5.1 and 8.3.2.5.2, 8.3.2.6.2 The certificate shall conform to
the time required for the buffer plunger to return 8.3.1.3.1 and shall include the following:
to its fully extended position, measured from (a) the maximum impact speed;
the instant the test weight is raised clear of the (b) the maximum total load;
buffer until the plunger has returned to its fully (c) the minimum total load;
extended position, shall be noted. This time (d) specification of the fluid; and
shall be not more than 90 s. (e) a statement to the effect that the buffer
Should the plunger fail to return to its fully having the particular stroke and portings tested
extended position, or should the time required has met the requirements of 2.22 and 8.3.2 for
for it to return to its fully extended position the maximum and minimum loads as stated in
exceed the time specified, the manufacturer the certificate.
shall either submit a duplicate buffer or install 8.3.2.6.3 When the test results are not
a new pressure cylinder and piston, following satisfactory with the minimum and maximum
which the plunger-return test shall be repeated. total loads appearing in the application, the
Should the buffer again fail to meet the plunger- laboratory shall be permitted to, in agreement
return test requirements, it shall be rejected. with the applicant, establish the acceptable
Buffers of the spring-return type shall be limits.
tested for plunger return with a 20 kg (45 lb)
test weight resting on top of the plunger during 8.3.3 Type Tests of Interlocks, Combination
the test. The plunger shall be depressed 50 mm Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts,
(2 in.) and when released, the plunger, while and Door or Gate Electric Contacts
supporting the test weight, shall return to its 8.3.3.1 General. This Section specifies the
fully extended position within 30 s. type test of hoistway-door interlocks, car-door
8.3.2.5.5 Tests for Lateral Movement. The interlocks, combination mechanical locks and
following tests shall be made for lateral electric contacts, and hoistway-door and car-
movement. door or gate electric contacts.
(a) Spring-Return Type Buffers. The lateral 8.3.3.2 Examination Before Test. Prior to test-
movement at the top of the fully extended ing, the certifying organization shall examine
plunger shall be accurately measured, the upper each device submitted to ascertain that it con-
end of the plunger being moved by hand from forms to the applicable requirements in Part 2.

298
p. 299 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.299

ASME A17.1–2000 8.3.3.3–8.3.3.4.4

8.3.3.3 General Requirements that the laboratory judges to be the most unfa-
vorable.
8.3.3.3.1 Connections for and Test of Elec-
The sample tested shall be provided with
trical Parts. During the tests specified by
covers and electrical wiring in accordance with
8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3, and 8.3.3.4.4, the devices
the manufacturer’s drawings.
shall have their electrical parts connected in a
(a) AC rated locking devices shall have their
noninductive electrical circuit having a constant
electrical parts connected to an inductive circuit
resistance and in which a current of twice the
with a power factor of 0.7 ± 0.05 in which a
rated current at rated voltage is flowing. The
current of 11 times the rated current, at 110%
electric circuit shall be closed, but shall not be
of rated voltage, is flowing. The AC locking
broken at the contact within the device on each
devices shall open and close 50 times, at normal
cycle of operation during the tests.
speed, and at intervals of 5 s to 10 s, with the
8.3.3.3.2 Retesting of Electric Contacts Pre- contact remaining closed for at least 0.5 s.
viously Tested. If the electric contact of a device (b) DC rated locking devices shall have their
submitted for test has already been tested as electrical parts connected to an inductive circuit
part of another device, and has successfully in which the current reaches 95% of the steady
met the test requirements (see 8.3.3), the electri- state value of 110% of the rated current in 0.3
cal tests of the contact need not be repeated. s maximum, at 110% of rated voltage. The DC
8.3.3.3.3 Tests of Retiring Cams or Equiva- locking devices shall open and close 20 times,
lent Devices. Tests of retiring cams or equivalent at normal speed, and at intervals of 5 s to 10 s,
devices used to operate interlocks shall not be with the contact remaining closed for at least
required. 0.5 s.
(c) The test results are considered satisfactory
8.3.3.3.4 Tests of Hoistway-Door (Runway- if no evidence of insulation breakdown due to
Door) Combination Mechanical Locks and Elec- arcing or tracking occurs and if no deterioration
tric Contacts. The testing equipment shall actu- occurs that could adversely affect safety.
ate the mechanical-locking members of
hoistway-door (runway-door) combination me- 8.3.3.4.3 Test Without Lubricant. After
chanical locks and electric contacts to unlock completion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.2, the
at each cycle of operation during the tests speci- device used therein shall be used for this test.
fied by 8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3, and 8.3.3.4.4. The device, except self-lubricating bearings
and bearings of a type not requiring frequent
8.3.3.4 Required Tests and Procedure. Each replenishment of lubricant, shall then be taken
device submitted shall be subjected to and shall apart and freed of lubricant by washing in non-
successfully pass the following tests. flammable liquids having cleansing character-
8.3.3.4.1 Endurance Test. The device, lubri- istics.
cated in accordance with the manufacturer’s After reassembling, the device shall, without
instructions, shall complete 960 000 cycles of other than the usual initial adjustment (i.e.,
operation without failure of any kind, without without adjustment especially made to meet
excessive wearing or loosening of parts, or the conditions of the particular test) and without
without undue burning or pitting of the contacts further attention, complete 25 000 cycles of op-
(see 8.3.3.3.1). For private residence elevators eration without failure of any kind, without ex-
the number of cycles shall be reduced to 50 000. cessive wearing or loosening of parts, and with-
out undue burning or pitting of contacts.
8.3.3.4.2 Current Interruption Test. After
completion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.1, the 8.3.3.4.4 Test in Moist Atmosphere. After
device used therein shall satisfactorily complete completion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.3, the
the following additional tests, to check that the device used therein shall be used for this test.
ability to break a live circuit is adequate. The device shall be subjected continuously,
The tests shall be carried out with the locking in an unventilated enclosure, to an atmosphere
device located in accordance with the manufac- saturated with a range of 3.5 to 5% solution of
turer’s drawings. If several positions are indi- sodium chloride for 72 consecutive hours. Dur-
cated, the test shall be made in the position ing this period, it shall be operated for only 10

299
p. 300 02-16-01 12:10:19 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.300

8.3.3.4.4–8.3.3.4.8 ASME A17.1–2000

consecutive cycles at the end of each of the (1) perpendicular to the plane of the door
first two 24 h periods and shall be allowed to opening
stand exposed to the air for 24 h, and shall not (a) forward 3 mm (0.125 in.); and
fail in a manner that creates an unsafe condition. (b) backward 3 mm (0.125 in.); and
The device shall again be lubricated and shall, (2) parallel to the plane of the door opening:
without adjustment and without further atten- (a) 3 mm (0.125 in.) to the right; and
tion, complete 15 000 cycles of operation with- (b) 3 mm (0.125 in.) to the left.
out failure of any kind.
8.3.3.4.6 Insulation Test. The insulation of
8.3.3.4.5 Misalignment Test the electrical parts shall withstand a test with
(a) All Types of Doors. The device shall oper- a root-mean square (effective) voltage of twice
ate effectively when the car cam or other equiva- the rated voltage plus 1 000 V, 60 HZ, applied
lent operating device used in making the test for 1 min.
has been displaced horizontally from its normal
position (the position in which it was when the 8.3.3.4.7 Force and Movement Test. When
device was installed) successively as follows: testing devices of a type that are released by
(1) in a direction perpendicular to the plane retiring cam (see 2.12.2.5), measurements shall
of the door opening be made of the force required to release the
(a) backward 6 mm (0.25 in.); and device and of the movement of the element
(b) forward 6 mm (0.25 in.); and engaged by the cam, with the device mounted
(2) in a direction parallel to the plane of in its normal position as specified by the manu-
the door opening facturer, before and after the test specified by
(a) to the right 6 mm (0.25 in.); and 8.3.3.4.1.
(b) to the left 6 mm (0.25 in.). The force and movement recorded in each
(b) Horizontally Sliding Doors. The device test shall be, respectively
shall operate effectively (a) the maximum force, measured in a hori-
(1) when the bottom of the door has been zontal plane, that must be applied to that mem-
displaced horizontally from its normal position ber of the device which is directly actuated by
in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the the cam to release the door-locking member of
door opening the device from locking engagement; and
(a) backward 6 mm (0.25 in.); and (b) the distance, projected on a horizontal
(b) forward 6 mm (0.25 in.); and plane, that the member of the device directly
(2) when the top of the door has been dis- actuated by the cam travels from its position
placed horizontally from its normal position in when the lock is fully engaged to its position
a direction perpendicular to the plane of the when the locking member is released from en-
door opening gagement.
(a) backward 3 mm (0.125 in.); and The force and movement markings required
(b) forward 3 mm (0.125 in.). by 2.12.4.3(f) shall be not less than the average
(c) Swinging Doors. The device shall operate of these recorded values.
effectively when the strike edge of the door has
been displaced 8.3.3.4.8 Static Test. After completion of
(1) perpendicular to the plane of the door the endurance test in 8.3.3.4.1, a type test shall
opening be made consisting of a static force applied
(a) forward 3 mm (0.125 in.); and over a period of 300 s with the force increasing
(b) backward 3 mm (0.125 in.); and incrementally. The force shall be applied in the
(2) parallel to the plane of the door opening opening direction of the door and at a location
(a) 3 mm (0.125 in.) to the right; as near to the locking element as possible, but
(b) 3 mm (0.125 in.) to the left; not to exceed 300 mm (12 in.). The force shall
(c) 3 mm (0.125 in.) up; and be 1 000 N (225 lb) in the case of a locking
(d) 3 mm (0.125 in.) down. device intended for use with sliding doors, and
(d) Vertically Sliding Doors. The device shall 3 000 N (675 lb) applied at right angles to the
operate effectively when the door has been panel evenly distributed over an area 5 cm2
displaced (0.78 in.2) in round or square section in the

300
p. 301 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.301

ASME A17.1–2000 8.3.3.4.8–8.3.5.3.5

case of a locking device intended for use with nent rated pressure and within the fluid specifi-
swinging doors. cations and temperature range stipulated by the
manufacturer. Each operating cycle shall not be
8.3.3.4.9 Examination of Electrical Spac-
less than 5 s nor more than 24 s.
ings. The electrical spacings shall comply with
CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5, Section 16.
8.3.5.3.2 Seat Leakage
8.3.3.4.10 Examination of Operation. Verify (a) The hydraulic pressure shall be maintained
that there is at least 7 mm (0.28 in.) engagement at 1.5 times the component rated pressure for
of the locking elements before the hoistway- a period sufficient to establish the rate of leak-
door interlock contact closes. age, but not less than 1 h nor more than 24 h.
8.3.3.4.11 Testing of Bridging Means. The The test shall be started at the maximum stipu-
electrical contact bridging means shall be tested lated fluid temperature for which the valve is
to verify conformance to 2.12.2.4.1. designed. The fluid temperature shall be permit-
ted to gradually decrease during the test to
8.3.4 Entrance Fire Type Tests 20°C (68°F).
(b) The test shall be repeated using a pressure
8.3.4.1 Test of Entrance Assemblies,
of 750 kPa (110 psi).
Horizontally Sliding and Swinging Types and
(c) Total leakage from output to input during
Vertically Sliding Types
either test shall not exceed the flow rate of the
8.3.4.1.1 In jurisdictions enforcing the valve divided by one million.
NBCC, the fire protection rating of entrances
and doors shall be determined in accordance 8.3.5.3.3 External Leakage. The hydraulic
with the requirements specified in the NBCC. pressure shall be maintained at twice the com-
Requirement 8.3.4.1.2 does not apply. ponent rated pressure for a period of 10 min
8.3.4.1.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the to establish the rate of leakage. The rate of
NBCC, test of elevator horizontal slide type and leakage shall not exceed 10% of the rated flow
swing type entrance assemblies and tests of of the valve.
elevator and dumbwaiter vertical slide type en-
trance assemblies shall be conducted in accord- 8.3.5.3.4 Valve Body Strength Test. For
ance with UL 10B, or NFPA 252. elongations greater than or equal to 10%, the
Test entrance assemblies shall be constructed pressure chambers of the valve shall be sub-
in accordance with 2.11. jected to a hydraulic pressure five times the
component rated pressure.
8.3.5 Type Tests for Hydraulic Control Valves For elongations of less than 10%, the test
value shall be 1.5 times the value indicated
8.3.5.1 Application for Certification. The ap-
by 8.2.8.5 multiplied by the component rated
plication required in 8.3.1.2 shall include infor-
pressure.
mation regarding
To test the strength, this hydraulic pressure
(a) the component rated pressure;
shall be maintained for a period of 5 min. During
(b) the flow rating;
the test, the valve body shall not rupture.
(c) the fluid specification;
(d) the operating temperature range of
fluid; and NOTES:
(e) the coil voltage and current. (1) In order to obtain and maintain the test pressure, it
is permissible to substitute alternate sealing material; and
8.3.5.2 Test Sample. Tests shall be conducted to tighten bolts during the test.
on a representative sample in the sequence as (2) It is not expected that the valve will be able to perform
its function during or after the valve body strength test.
stated in 8.3.5.3.
8.3.5.3 Test Procedure
8.3.5.3.1 Endurance Test. Test samples 8.3.5.3.5 Electrical Test. Valves shall be
shall be subject to 100 000 operating cycles tested to the electrical requirements of CSA
(100 000 up and 100 000 down) at the compo- C22.2 No. 139, Clause 6.

301
p. 302 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.302

8.3.6–8.3.7.5 ASME A17.1–2000

8.3.6 Escalator Brake Type Test the weave shall be tested to determine the most
critical flammability conditions. The specimen
8.3.6.1 General. Where required by 6.1.5.3.3,
shall be mounted in a metal frame so that the
escalators shall be subjected to such tests as
two long edges and the upper edge are held
are necessary to certify that
securely. The exposed area of the specimen
(a) the escalator brakes can be adjusted to
shall be at least 51 mm (2 in.) wide and 305
conform to 6.1.5.3; and
mm (12 in.) long, unless the actual size used
(b) the relationship that exists between the
in the car is smaller. The edge to which the
range of brake settings and stopping distances
burner flame is applied must not consist of the
complies with 6.1.5.3.1.
finished or protected edge of the specimen
8.3.6.2 Measuring the Stopping Distances. but shall be representative of the actual cross
The stopping distance shall be measured by section of the material or part installed in the car.
the movement of a step along its path of travel
after a stop has been initiated. 8.3.7.3 Apparatus. Except as provided in
8.3.7.4, tests shall be conducted in a draft-free
8.3.6.3 Location of Tests. The tests may be cabinet in accordance with Federal Test Method
made in the manufacturer’s plant or on an Standard 191, Method 5903 (revised Method
escalator installation. 5902), or other approved equivalent methods.
8.3.6.4 Extension of Type Test. Provided that Specimens that are too large for the cabinet
design loads of the brake are not exceeded, it shall be tested under similar draft-free condi-
is permissible to simulate on the test escalator, tions.
by means of alternative loads, a number of
8.3.7.4 Test. A minimum of three specimens
heights and widths, for the purpose of certifica-
shall be tested and the results averaged. For
tion of an escalator type (design), provided that
fabric, the direction of weave corresponding to
those escalators for the additional widths and
the most critical flammability conditions shall
heights utilize the same motor and machine.
be parallel to the longest dimension. Each speci-
8.3.7 Vertical Burn Engineering Test men shall be supported vertically. The specimen
shall be exposed to a Bunsen or Tirrill burner
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, with a nominal 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) I.D. tube
napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar ma- adjusted to give a flame of 38 mm (1.5 in.) in
terials [see 2.14.2.1.2(b)] shall be subjected to height. The minimum flame temperature mea-
the following engineering tests. sured by a calibrated thermocouple pyrometer
8.3.7.1 Conditioning. Specimens shall be con- in the center of the flame shall be 840°C
ditioned to 21°C ± 2°C (70°F ± 5°F) and at (1,545°F). The lower edge of the specimen must
50% ± 5% relative humidity until moisture equi- be 19 mm (0.75 in.) above the top edge of the
librium is reached, or for 24 h. Only one speci- burner.
men at a time may be removed from the condi- The flame shall be applied to the centerline
tioning environment immediately before of the lower edge of the specimen. The flame
subjecting it to the flame. shall be applied for 12 s and then removed.
Flame time, burn length, and flaming time of
8.3.7.2 Specimen Configuration. Materials drippings, if any, shall be recorded. The burn
shall be tested either as a section cut from a length determined in accordance with 8.3.7.5
fabricated part as installed in the car or as a shall be measured to the nearest 2.5 mm
specimen simulating a cut section, such as a (0.1 in.).
specimen cut from a flat sheet of the material
or a model of the fabricated part. The specimen 8.3.7.5 Burn Length. Burn length is the dis-
may be cut from any location in a fabricated tance from the original edge to the farthest
part; however, fabricated units, such as sand- evidence of damage to the test specimen due
wich panels, may not be separated for test. The to flame impingement, including areas of partial
specimen shall be no thicker than the minimum or complete consumption, charring, or embrit-
thickness to be qualified for use in the car. In the tlement, but not including areas sooted, stained,
case of fabrics, both the warp and fill direction of warped, or discolored, and not areas where

302
p. 303 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.303

ASME A17.1–2000 8.3.7.5–8.3.10.3

material has shrunk or melted away from the 7.5 times the component rated pressure. For
heat source. elongations of less than 10%, the test valve
shall be 2.25 times the value indicated by 8.2.8.5
8.3.7.6 Acceptance Criteria
multiplied by the component rated pressure.
(a) The average burn length shall not exceed
The strength test for this hydraulic pressure
203 mm (8 in.).
shall be maintained for a period of 5 min. During
(b) The average flame time after removal of
the test, the valve body shall not rupture.
the flame source shall not exceed 15 s.
(c) Drippings from the test specimen shall not NOTES:
continue to flame for more than 5 s. (1) In order to obtain and maintain the test pressure, it
is permissible to substitute alternate sealing material; and
8.3.8 Test Method for Evaluating Room Fire tighten bolts during the test.
Growth Contribution of Textile Wall (2) It is not expected that the valve will be able to perform
its function during or after the valve body strength test.
Covering
Textile wall covering shall be tested and meet
the acceptance criteria of the SBCCI or UBC 8.3.10 Engineering Tests — Safety Nut and
Standard Test Method for Evaluating Fire Speed Limiting Devices of Screw-
Growth Contribution of Textile Wall Covering Column Elevators
when tested using the product mounting sys- 8.3.10.1 General. This Section specifies the
tem, including adhesive, of actual use. engineering tests of safety nuts and speed lim-
iting devices which are permitted as alternate
8.3.9 Engineering Tests for Hydraulic
safety devices on screw column elevators driven
Overspeed Valves
by alternating current squirrel cage motors and
8.3.9.1 General. The overspeed valve test having a down speed of not more than 0.38
shall be based on the marking required by m/s (75 ft/min).
3.19.4.7.2 and specifications provided by the
valve manufacturer. 8.3.10.2 Test of Safety Nut. The test shall be
made in either the manufacturer’s plant, in a
8.3.9.2 Test Samples. Tests shall be con- testing laboratory, or in the field by suspending
ducted on a representative sample of the the elevator car with rated load a distance above
overspeed valve. the safety nut of at least 13 mm (0.5 in.) and
8.3.9.3 Test Procedure allowing it to drop (free-fall) until the entire
load rests on the safety nut. The test shall be
8.3.9.3.1 Endurance Test. The test sample witnessed by, and the test results certified by,
shall be subjected to 1 000 closing cycles at the a testing laboratory or registered professional
component rated pressure, maximum flow rate, engineer. After the test, the screw column, screw
and within the fluid specifications and tempera- supports, safety nut, guide rails, and car frame
ture range stipulated by the manufacturer. Addi- shall be inspected to determine that there has
tionally, the sample shall be subjected to 100 been no damage. A test on a given capacity
operating cycles at the minimum flow rate and elevator shall be accepted for all similarly de-
pressure, to ensure range coverage. signed elevators by that manufacturer for the
8.3.9.3.2 Seat Leakage Test. The hydraulic same or lesser capacity (rated load).
pressure shall be maintained at 1.5 times the
8.3.10.3 Test of Speed Limiting Device. The
component rated pressure for a period sufficient
test shall be made either in the manufacturer’s
to establish the rate of leakage, but not less
plant, in a testing laboratory, or in the field by
than 1 h and not more than 24 h. Total leakage
suspending the elevator car with rated load a
of the valve from input to output during the
distance of at least 4 572 mm (15 ft) above the
test period shall not exceed the flow rate of
lower limit of normal travel and allowing it to
the valve divided by one million.
drop (free-fall) until the descent is controlled
8.3.9.3.3 Valve Body Strength Test. For by the speed limiting device. The elevator car
elongations greater than or equal to 10%, the shall be allowed to continue its descent until
valve shall be subjected to a hydraulic pressure brought to rest by the car buffer or bumper.

303
p. 304 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$800 p.304

8.3.10.3–8.4.1.1.3 ASME A17.1–2000

The test shall be instrumented so that a graph 8.3.11.6 This test is to be performed on each
of velocity versus distance can be plotted. The step or pallet width.
test shall be witnessed by, and the test results
certified by, a testing laboratory or a registered
professional engineer. After the test, the screw
column, screw column supports, speed limiting
device, guide rails, car buffer or bumper, and
car frame shall be inspected to determine that
there has been no damage. A test on a given SECTION 8.4
capacity elevator shall be accepted for all simi- ELEVATOR SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR
larly designed elevators by that manufacturer SEISMIC RISK ZONE 2 OR GREATER
for the same or lesser capacity (rated load).
Requirement 8.4 applies to all elevators with
counterweights, and direct-plunger hydraulic el-
8.3.11 Step and Pallet Fatigue Engineering evators where applicable, where such elevators
Test are installed in buildings that are designed and
built to the requirements of, and located in,
Step fatigue tests required in 6.1.3.5.7 and seismic risk zone 2 or greater as defined by
pallet fatigue tests required by 6.2.3.5.4 shall the building code (see 3.1).
be performed as indicated in 8.3.11.1 through Where the applicable building code does not
8.3.11.6. make reference to seismic risk zones, the ground
motion parameters shown in 8.4.13 shall be
8.3.11.1 The test shall be made at either the used.
manufacturer’s facility or at a testing laboratory. The elevator safety requirements contained
in 8.4 shall be in addition to the requirements
8.3.11.2 Escalator steps shall be mounted in in the other parts of the Code unless otherwise
an arrangement that duplicates the conditions specified.
on the escalator incline and their attachment
to the step chain. Moving walk pallets shall be 8.4.1 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
mounted in an arrangement that duplicates the Clearances
condition of a horizontal moving walk and their
attachment to the pallet chain. 8.4.1.1 Between Car and Counterweight and
Counterweight Screen. The following clear-
8.3.11.3 The steps shall be subjected to a ances shall supersede those specified in 2.5.1.2.
load varying from 450 N (100 lbf) to 3 000 N
(650 lbf) at a frequency of 10 Hz ± 5 for 5 000 000 8.4.1.1.1 The clearance between the car
cycles. An undisturbed harmonic force flow shall and the counterweight assembly shall be not
be achieved. less than 50 mm (2 in.), except that where the
counterweight is enclosed by double U-brackets
or where single U-brackets are provided and
8.3.11.4 The load shall be applied normal to
are located within the space between the car
the tread surface to a plate 25 mm (1 in.) thick,
and its counterweight, the clearance shall be
200 mm (8 in.) wide, and 300 mm (12 in.) long,
not less than 100 mm (4 in.).
located at the center of the step or pallet, with
the 300 mm (12 in.) dimension in the direction 8.4.1.1.2 The clearance between the coun-
of step travel. terweight assembly and the hoistway enclosure
or separator beams shall be not less than 50
8.3.11.5 The step or pallet shall have no mm (2 in.).
fractures or permanent tread surface deflection
exceeding 4 mm (0.16 in.) following the comple- 8.4.1.1.3 The running clearance between
tion of the test. The deflection of 4 mm (0.16 the counterweight assembly and the nearest
in.) does not include any set or wear in the obstruction, including counterweight screens,
supporting wheels. shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.).

304
p. 305 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.305

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.2–8.4.3.2

a a
8.4.2 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
Supports, and Foundations
e
8.4.2.1 Beams and Supports. Overhead
beams and supports including hitch-plate e
e e
blocking beams shall be anchored to prevent
overturning and displacement as a result of a
seismic force acting in a horizontal direction e a
of not less than that required to produce an
acceleration of: e
(a) gravity (zone 3 or greater)
(b) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 2)
8.4.2.2 Overhead Beams and Floors. Fasten-
a = uninterrupted arc length
ing devices including bolts used to secure ma- e = main entry/exit points
chines, control panels, motor-generator units,
machine beams, support beams, and sheaves,
including compensating sheave assemblies, to FIG. 8.4.3.1.3 ARC OF CONTACT
the building structure shall conform to 8.4.2.3.
Requirement 2.9.3.1.2 shall not apply in seismic
risk zone 2 or greater. counterweights to inhibit the displacement of
ropes, except as specified in 8.4.3.1.4.
8.4.2.3 Fastenings and Stresses
8.4.3.1.2 The retainer shall be continuous
8.4.2.3.1 Fastening devices (except for over not less than two-thirds of the arc of
guide rail brackets, see 8.4.8.4) including bolts contact between the rope and its sheave or
used to attach equipment to the supporting drum and shall be so located that not more
structure, which are of the rigid type or are not than one-sixth of the arc of contact is exposed
subject to impact loads, shall be designed to at each end of the retainer.
withstand seismic forces acting simultaneously
8.4.3.1.3 For double-wrap traction applica-
of not less than those required to produce an
tions, the arc of contact for drums and second-
acceleration of:
ary sheaves shall be that length of arc that is
(a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity verti-
uninterrupted by the entry/exit of the ropes
cally (zone 3 or greater); or
leading to/from the car or counterweight (see
(b) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity verti-
Fig. 8.4.3.1.3).
cally (zone 2).
8.4.3.1.4 Rope restraints may be used in
8.4.2.3.2 Fastenings subject to impact
lieu of continuous guards provided they con-
loads shall be designed to withstand forces
form to the following:
double those required for rigid fastenings.
(a) Where the arc of contact is 30 deg or less
8.4.2.3.3 Maximum combined stresses in and one rope restraint, located at the midpoint
fastenings and their parts due to the specified of the arc of contact, is provided.
seismic forces shall not exceed 88% of the yield (b) Where the arc of contact exceeds 30 deg
strength of the material used. and restraints are provided at intervals not ex-
ceeding 30 deg of arc along the arc of contact
and a restraint is located at each end of the
8.4.3 Guarding of Equipment
arc of contact.
8.4.3.1 Rope Retainers
8.4.3.2 Guarding of Snag Points. Snag points
8.4.3.1.1 Rope retainers shall be provided created by rail brackets, rail clip bolts, fishplates,
on deflecting and secondary sheaves, driving vanes, and similar devices shall be provided
machine sheaves and drums, compensating with guards to prevent snagging of the fol-
sheaves, governor sheaves, governor tension lowing:
sheaves, and suspension sheaves on cars and (a) the counterweight end of compensating

305
p. 306 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.306

8.4.3.2–8.4.7.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

ropes or chains where located 760 mm (30 in.) not required where such restraints are an inte-
or less from a counterweight rail bracket; gral part of the guiding member.
(b) compensating chains where any portion
8.4.5.2 Design of Car Frames, Guiding
of their loop below the mid-point of the elevator
Members, and Position Restraints
travel is located 915 mm (36 in.) or less horizon-
tally from a snag point; 8.4.5.2.1 Position restraints and their at-
(c) governor ropes where located 500 mm (20 tachments to car frames shall be designed to
in.) or less from a snag point; withstand a seismic force acting horizontally on
(d) suspension ropes where located 300 mm the weight of the car plus 40% of its rated
(12 in.) or less from a snag point; capacity of not less than that required to pro-
(e) traveling cables where any portion of their duce an acceleration of:
loop below the mid-point of the elevator travel (a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater)
is located 915 mm (36 in.) or less horizontally (b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2)
from a snag point.
8.4.5.2.2 When the car is centrally located
8.4.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, between its guide rails and the platform is level,
and Car Illumination the clearance between each running face of the
guide rail and the position restraint shall not
8.4.4.1 Top Emergency Exits exceed 5 mm (0.187 in.) and the depth of en-
8.4.4.1.1 The requirements specified in gagement with the rail shall be not less than the
2.14.1.5 shall apply except that the emergency dimension of the side running face of the rail.
exit shall be so arranged that it can be opened
8.4.6 Car and Counterweight Safeties
from within the car by means of a keyed spring-
return cylinder-type lock having not less than 8.4.6.1 Compensating Rope Sheave Assem-
a five-pin or five-disk combination and opened bly. Where compensating ropes are used with
from the top of the car without the use of a key. a tension sheave assembly, means shall be
The key required to open the emergency exit provided to prevent the tension sheave assem-
lock shall be kept on the premises in a location bly from being dislocated from its normal op-
readily accessible to authorized persons, but erating position when subjected to seismic
not where it is available to the public. No other forces acting either separately or simultaneously
key to the building shall unlock the emergency of not less than those required to produce an
exit lock except that where hoistway access acceleration of:
switches conforming to 2.12.7 are provided, the (a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity verti-
key used to operate the access switches may cally (zone 3 or greater)
also unlock the top emergency exit. This key (b) 1⁄4 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity verti-
shall be Group 1 Security (see 8.1). cally (zone 2)
Compensating-rope sheaves shall be provided
8.4.4.1.2 The top emergency exit shall be
with a compensating-rope sheaves switch or
provided with a car door electric contact con-
switches conforming to 2.26.2.3.
forming to 2.14.1.5.1(f) and so located as to be
inaccessible from the inside of the car. The 8.4.7 Counterweights
opening of the electrical contact shall limit the
car speed to not more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/ 8.4.7.1 Design
min).
8.4.7.1.1 The counterweight frame and its
weight sections shall be so designed and ar-
8.4.5 Car Frames and Platforms
ranged as to limit the guide rail force at the
8.4.5.1 Guiding Members and Position Re- lower position restraint to not more than two-
straints. Upper and lower position restraints thirds of the total seismic force due to the
attached to the car frame shall be provided. The weight or effective weight of the counterweight
distance between the upper and lower position assembly when it is subjected to a horizontal
restraints shall be not less than the height of seismic force of not less than that required to
the car frame. Separate position restraints are produce an acceleration of:

306
p. 307 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.307

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.7.1.1–8.4.8.2.2

(a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater) where such restraints are an integral part of
(b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2) guiding member.
8.4.7.1.2 For counterweight assemblies 8.4.7.2.2 Position restraints and their at-
with weight sections which occupy two-thirds tachments to counterweight frames shall be
or more of the frame height, 8.4.8.9 applies and designed to withstand a seismic force acting
Figs. 8.4.8.2-1 through 8.4.8.2-7 may be used horizontally upon the counterweight assembly
in sizing the guide rail system. of not less than that required to produce an
acceleration of:
8.4.7.1.3 For counterweight assemblies (a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater)
with weight sections which occupy less than (b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2)
two-thirds of the frame height, the guide rail
force at the lower position restraint must be 8.4.7.2.3 When the counterweight is cen-
calculated. The effective weight (We ) of the trally located between its guide rails, the clear-
counterweight shall be calculated as shown in ance between each running face of the guide
8.4.7.1.3(a) and (b), or the adjusted weight of rail and the position restraint shall not exceed
8.4.8.2, whichever is greater, may be used in 5 mm (0.187 in.) and the depth of engagement
conjunction with Figs. 8.4.8.2-1 through 8.4.8.2- with the rail shall be not less than the dimension
7 in sizing the guide rail system. of the side running face of the rail.
(a) 3 times calculated lower position restraint
(zone 3 or greater) 8.4.8 Car and Counterweight Guide Rail
(b) 6 times calculated lower position restraint Systems
(zone 2) 8.4.8.1 General. The car and counterweight
EXAMPLES: guide rail systems shall meet the requirements
(1) A 500 lb counterweight frame (12 ft long) with 8,500 of 8.4.8 or the applicable requirements of 2.23
lb of weight sections occupying two-thirds of the frame (excluding 2.23.4.3 and Table 2.23.4.3.3), which-
space height and using 15 lb guide rails may have (for zone ever are more stringent.
3 or greater) a 12.5 ft bracket spacing and no intermediate tie
brackets. 8.4.8.2 Seismic Load Application
(2) A 500 lb counterweight frame (12 ft long) with 8,500
lb of weight sections occupying one-fourth of the frame 8.4.8.2.1 The weight of a car plus 40% of
space height and using 15 lb guide rails will have (for zone its rated capacity, or the weight of a counter-
3 or greater) a lower position restraint force of approxi- weight, per pair of guide rails shall not exceed
mately 3,844 lb. Using an effective weight of 11,532 lb in
conjunction with Fig. 8.4.8.2-4 requires this 1⁄4 full 9,000 lb
the maximums specified in Figs. 8.4.8.2-1
counterweight assembly to use one intermediate tie bracket through 8.4.8.2-8 for the size of rail and the
for the same 12.5 ft bracket spacing as selected in Exam- bracket spacing used.
ple (1).
8.4.8.2.2 Where the ratio of the distance
between the upper and lower car or counter-
8.4.7.1.4 The clearance between the coun-
weight position restraints to the distance be-
terweight frame and the face of the counter-
tween adjacent brackets is 0.65 or less, an ad-
weight guide rail measured at a point one-half
justed weight shall be used to determine the
the vertical distance between the upper and
required rail size for the bracket spacing used.
lower guiding members shall not exceed 13
The adjusted weight shall be determined by
mm (0.5 in.).
multiplying the actual weight by a load factor
8.4.7.2 Guiding Members and Position Q obtained from Fig. 8.4.8.2-8 as follows:
Restraints
Wa p QW
8.4.7.2.1 Upper and lower position re-
straints attached to the counterweight frame where
shall be provided. The distance between the Q p load factor (see Fig. 8.4.8.2-8)
upper and lower position restraints shall be not W p actual weight of the counterweight or
less than the height of the counterweight frame. of the car plus 40% of its rated capac-
Separate position restraints are not required ity, kg (lb)

307
6 804 (15)
p. 308

FIG. 8.4.8.2-1

6 350 (14)

5 897 (13)

5 443 (12)

4 990 (11)
One intermediate tie bracket

4 536 (10)
02-16-01 12:10:20

Two intermediate tie brackets


4 082 (9)
Seismic Zone 2

3 629 (8) 7 258 (16)

308
Unit: U8

Seismic Zone 3 or Greater


Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

3 175 (7) 6 350 (14)

2 722 (6) 5 443 (12)

2 268 (5) 4 536 (10)


No intermediate tie bracket

3 629 (8)
Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8

1 814 (4)

2 722 (6)
1 361 (3)
1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-1 12 kg/m (8 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING


ASME A17.1–2000
p.308
p. 309

11 794 (26)
ASME A17.1–2000

10 886 (24)

9 979 (22)
One intermediate tie bracket

9 072 (20)

8 165 (18)
02-16-01 12:10:20

Seismic Zone 2

7 258 (16)
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

6 350 (14) 12 701 (28)

309
Seismic Zone 3 or Greater
Unit: U8

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


5 443 (12) 10 886 (24)

4 536 (10) 9 979 (20)


No intermediate tie bracket

3 629 (8) 7 256 (16)

5 443 (12)
Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8

2 722 (6)
1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-2 16.5 kg/m (11 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING
FIG. 8.4.8.2-2
p.309
p. 310

12 701 (28)
FIG. 8.4.8.2-3

11 794 (26)

10 886 (24)

9 979 (22)
One intermediate tie bracket

9 072 (20)
Two intermediate tie brackets
02-16-01 12:10:20

8 165 (18)
Seismic Zone 3

7 258 (16) 14 515 (32)

310
Seismic Zone 3 or Greater
Unit: U8

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

6 350 (14) 12 701 (28)

5 443 (12) 10 886 (24)

4 536 (10) 9 072 (20)


No intermediate tie bracket

3 629 (8) 7 258 (16)


Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8

2 722 (6) 5 443 (12)


1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-3 18 kg/m (12 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING


ASME A17.1–2000
p.310
p. 311 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.311

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.8.2.2–8.4.8.2.3

18 144 (40)

17 237 (38)

16 330 (36)

15 422 (34)

14 515 (32)

13 608 (30)

12 701 (28)

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

11 794 (26)
Seismic Zone 3 or Greater

Seismic Zone 2
10 886 (24)
One intermediate tie bracket

9 979 (22) 19 958 (44)


Two intermediate tie brackets

9 072 (20) 18 144 (40)

8 165 (18) 16 330 (36)

7 258 (16) 14 515 (32)

6 350 (14) 12 701 (28)

5 443 (12) 10 886 (24)


No intermediate tie bracket

4 536 (10) 9 072 (20)

3 629 (8) 7 258 (16)

1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-4 22.5 kg/m (15 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING

Wa p adjusted weight, kg (lb) EXAMPLES:


(1) SI Units. 5 543 kg counterweight, or car weight plus
8.4.8.2.3 Where the guide rail is reinforced 40% rated capacity, at a bracket spacing of 4.88 m requires
or a rail of larger size is used, the bracket for zone 3 or greater:
spacing may exceed the values specified in Figs. (a) a 27.5 kg/m rail without reinforcement, or;
(b) a 22.5 kg/m rail with reinforcement having a com-
8.4.8.2-1 through 8.4.8.2-7 for a given car weight bined moment of inertia of 3.33 E + 06 mm4 and a combined
plus 40% of its rated capacity, or counterweight, section modulus of 5.26 E + 04 mm3 about an axis parallel
provided the variation conforms to 8.4.12. to the base (axis x-x).

311
p. 312

25 402 (56)
FIG. 8.4.8.2-5

23 587 (52)

21 773 (48)

19 958 (44)

18 144 (40)
One intermediate tie bracket
02-16-01 12:10:20

16 330 (36)
Two intermediate tie brackets

14 515 (32) 29 030 (64)


Seismic Zone 2

312
Unit: U8

12 701 (28) 25 402 (56)


Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


10 886 (24) 21 773 (48)

9 072 (20) 18 144 (40)


No intermediate tie bracket

7 258 (16) 14 515 (32)


Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8

5 443 (12) 10 886 (24)


1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.275 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-5 27.5 kg/m (18.5 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING
ASME A17.1–2000
p.312
p. 313 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.313

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.8.2.3–8.4.8.2.5

35 381 (78)

33 566 (74)

31 752 (70)

29 938 (66)

28 123 (62)

26 309 (58)
Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


Seismic Zone 3 or Greater

24 494 (54)
One intermediate tie bracket

Seismic Zone 2
22 680 (50)

Two intermediate tie brackets


20 866 (46)

19 051 (42) 38 102 (84)

17 237 (38) 34 474 (76)

15 422 (34) 30 845 (68)

13 608 (30) 27 216 (60)

No intermediate tie bracket


11 794 (26) 23 587 (52)

9 979 (22) 19 958 (44)

8 165 (18) 16 330 (36)

6 350 (14) 12 701 (28)


1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-6 33.5 kg/m (22.5 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING

(2) Imperial Units. 12,000 lb counterweight, or car weight brackets shall be provided between guide rails
plus 40% rated capacity, at a bracket spacing of 16 ft as required by Figs. 8.4.8.2-1 through 8.4.8.2-7.
requires for zone 3 or greater:
(a) an 18.5 lb rail without reinforcement, or; Intermediate tie brackets are not required to be
(b) a 15 lb rail with reinforcement having a combined fastened to the building structure.
moment of inertia of 8 in.4 and a combined section modulus
of 3.21 in.3 about an axis parallel to the base (axis x-x).

8.4.8.2.4 For counterweight systems, inter- 8.4.8.2.5 The total weight of the counter-
mediate tie brackets conforming to 8.4.8.7 and weight assembly shall not exceed the maximum
approximately equally spaced between main specified in Table 2.23.4.3.1 for a given rail size.

313
p. 314 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.314

FIG. 8.4.8.2-7 ASME A17.1–2000

60 782 (134)

58 601 (128)

55 339 (122)

52 618 (118)

49 896 (110)

47 174 (104)

44 453 (98)

Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips


Total Weight Per Pair of Rails, kips

41 731 (92)
Seismic Zone 3 or Greater

Seismic Zone 2
39 010 (86)
One intermediate tie bracket

36 288 (80)

Two intermediate tie brackets


33 566 (74)

30 845 (68) 61 690 (136)

28 123 (62) 56 246 (124)

25 402 (56) 50 803 (112)

22 680 (50) 45 360 (100)


No intermediate tie bracket
19 958 (44) 39 917 (88)

17 237 (38) 34 474 (76)

14 515 (32) 29 030 (64)

11 794 (26) 23 587 (52)


1.220 1.525 1.830 2.135 2.440 2.745 3.050 3.355 3.660 3.965 4.270 4.575 4.880
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Bracket Spacing, m (ft)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-7 44.5 kg/m (30 lb/ft) GUIDE RAIL BRACKET SPACING

314
p. 315 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.315

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 8.4.8.2-8

1.60

1.55

1.50

1.45
Counterweight Load Factor, Q

1.40

1.35

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.0
0.05 0.15 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.65
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7

Ratio L

L = distance between upper and lower counterweight position restraints, mm (in.)


= distance between guide brackets, mm (in.)
W = actual weight of counterweight, kg (lb)
Wa = adjusted weight of counterweight, kg (lb)

For ratios of L/ < 0.65, the adjusted counterweight Wa = QW is to be used in determining


bracket spacing and the number of intermediate tie brackets required.

EXAMPLE (Per 15 lb Guide Rail):


(SI Units)
For ratio L/ = 0.15, and actual weight of counterweight = 3 630 kg
Q = 1.35
Wa = 1.35 (3,630) = 4 900 kg
From Fig. 8.4.8.2-4 zone 3 or greater
Required bracket spacing = 3 200 mm (no tie bracket)
or = up to 4 215 mm (one tie bracket)
or = up to 4 675 mm (two tie brackets)

(Imperial Units)
For ratio L/ = 0.15, and actual weight of counterweight = 8,000 lb
Q = 1.35
Wa 1= 1.35 (8,000) = 10 800 kg
From Fig. 8.4.8.2-4 zone 3 or greater
Required bracket spacing = 10 ft 6 in. (no tie bracket)
or = up to 13 ft 10 in. (one tie bracket)
or = up to 15 ft 4 in. (two tie brackets)

FIG. 8.4.8.2-8 CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT LOAD FACTOR

315
p. 316 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.316

8.4.8.3–8.4.8.9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

8.4.8.3 Guide Rail Stress. The stresses in a 8.4.8.6.2 Joints of different design and con-
guide rail, or in a rail and its reinforcement, struction to those specified may be used, pro-
due to seismic loads shall not exceed 88% of vided they are equivalent in strength and will
the minimum yield stress of the material used. adequately maintain the accuracy of the rail
Stress determinations shall be based upon a alignment.
seismic force acting horizontally on the car plus
40% of its rated capacity, that required to pro-
duce an acceleration of: 8.4.8.7 Design and Strength of Brackets and
(a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater); or Supports. Guide rail brackets including interme-
(b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2). diate tie brackets, where provided, shall be de-
8.4.8.4 Brackets, Fastenings, and Supports. signed to withstand the forces imposed by the
Guide rail brackets and their fastenings and car plus 40% of its rated load, or the counter-
supports, such as building beams and walls, weight, when subjected to a seismic force of
shall be capable of withstanding the horizontal not less than that required to produce an accel-
forces imposed by the seismic loads specified eration of
in Table 8.4.8.7, with a total deflection at the (a) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally (zone 3 or greater)
point of support not to exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.). (b) 1⁄4 gravity horizontally (zone 2)
8.4.8.5 Type and Strength of Rail Joints. The stresses and deflections shall not exceed
Metal guide rails shall be joined together by those specified in Table 8.4.8.7.
fishplates as specified in 8.4.8.6 and shall be
designed to withstand the forces specified in
NOTE (see 8.4.8.7): Since the specific designs of the rail
2.23.5.1 and 8.4.8.3 without exceeding the stress
brackets, their reinforcements where provided, and the
and deflection limitations. method of attachment to the building structure will vary
between designs, the maximum stresses and deflections
8.4.8.6 Design and Construction Rail Joints
shall be analyzed to suit the specific design.
8.4.8.6.1 The joints of metal guide rails
shall conform to the following requirements:
(a) The ends of the rails shall be accurately
machined with a tongue and matching groove
8.4.8.8 Type of Fastenings. Guide rails shall
centrally located in the web.
be secured to their brackets by clips, welds, or
(b) The backs of the rail flanges shall be accu-
bolts. Bolts used for fastening shall be of such
rately machined, in relation to the rail guiding
strength as to withstand the forces specified in
surfaces, to a uniform distance front to back of
2.23.5.2 and 2.23.9.1, plus 8.4.8.4 and 8.4.8.7.
the rails to form a flat surface for the fishplates.
(c) The ends of each rail shall be bolted to Welding, where used, shall conform to
the fishplates with not less than four bolts. 2.15.7.3.
(d) The width of the fishplate shall not be less
than the width of the back of the rail.
(e) The section modulus and the moment of 8.4.8.9 Information on Elevator Layouts. The
inertia of the fishplate shall be not less than following information regarding horizontal seis-
that of the rail. mic forces imposed on the guide rail faces
(f) The diameter of the bolts for each size of by the lower position restraints of the car or
guide rails shall be not less than specified in counterweight is required on elevator layout
Table 2.23.7.2.1. drawings. The forces are to be determined as
(g) The diameter of bolt holes shall not exceed specified in 8.4.8.9.1 and 8.4.8.9.2 (see Fig.
the diameter of the bolts by more than 2 mm 8.4.8.9).
(0.08 in.) for guide rails nor 3 mm (0.125 in.)
for fishplates.
(h) The threaded portion of the bolts shall not 8.4.8.9.1 Force normal to the (x-x) axis of
occur in the shear plane of the guide rail-fish- the guide rail:
plate assembly. (a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):

316
p. 317

ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 8.4.8.7 STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS OF GUIDE RAIL BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS
Zone ≥ 3
Bracket Design Load, P
Bracket [Notes (1) and (2)] Allowable
Guide Moment
Rail Bracket Vertical Typical of Inertia, Bend Stress, Deflection,
Bracket L Type Location Figure mm4 (in.4) N lb MPa (psi) mm (in.)
W W
≥ Rail 9.807 冢3 冣 3
Main (car and span ᐉ Building 2.54
02-16-01 12:10:20

Any ... ...


counterweight) supports (0.10)
< Rail W L W L
9.807 1− 1−
span ᐉ 2 3ᐉ
冤 冥 2 冤 3ᐉ 冥
0.88Fyp
Double Mid-span
“U” 1
Id

317
Unit: U8

bracket ⁄3 span
Intermediate tie W W
... 9.807 ...
(counterweight) 冢6 冣 6
Single Mid-span
“U” 1
2Id
bracket ⁄3 span

Fyp p minimum yield stress of material, MPa (psi)


ld p moment of inertia of single “U” intermediate, tie bracket, mm4 (in.4), in a double “U” bracket arrangement
L p vertical distance between the upper and lower position restraints required by 8.4.5.1 and 8.4.7.2, mm (in.)
e p distance (rail span) between adjacent main guide rail brackets mm (in.)
W p maximum weight of car with 40% rated cpacity or counterweight, kg (lb)
P p horizontal seismic load, N (lb)
Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8

NOTES:
(1) For hydraulic elevator main bracket design load (car) add 1⁄4 the weight of the plunger (zone 3 or greater).
(2) For Zone 2, multiply design load “P” by 0.5.
TABLE 8.4.8.7
p.317
p. 318 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.318

8.4.8.9.1–8.4.9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Y (SI Units)

冢6冣
W
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)

冢 12 冣
W
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone 2)

X X
(Imperial Units)
W
Fy-y p (Zone ≥ 3)
6
Y
W
Fy-y p (Zone 2)
12
FIG. 8.4.8.9 GUIDE RAIL AXES
(b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
(SI Units)

冢3冣
W (SI Units)
Fx-x p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
冢 4 冣冢1 − 3ᐉ冣
W L
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)

冢6冣
W
Fx-x p 9.807 (Zone 2)
冢 8 冣冢1 − 3ᐉ冣
W L
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone 2)

(Imperial Units)
W (Imperial Units)
Fx-x p (Zone ≥ 3)
冢 冣
3 W L
Fy-y p 1− (Zone ≥ 3)
W 4 3ᐉ
Fx-x p (Zone 2)
6

冢 冣
W L
Fy-y p 1− (Zone 2)
(b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7): 8 3ᐉ

where
(SI Units) F p seismic force, N (lbf)

冢 2 冣冢1 − 3ᐉ冣
W L W p total weight of car plus 40% of its rated
Fx-x p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3) load, or the total weight of the counter-
weight, kg (lb)

冢 4 冣冢1 − 3ᐉ冣
W L 8.4.9 Driving Machines and Sheaves
Fx-x p 9.807 (Zone 2)
8.4.9.1 Seismic Requirements for Driving
Machine and Sheaves. All integral parts of driv-
(Imperial Units) ing machines together with their supports shall
be capable of withstanding the inertia effect of
冢 冣
W L
Fx-x p 1− (Zone ≥ 3) their masses without permanent deformation
2 3ᐉ
when subjected seismic forces acting separately
of not less than those required to produce an
冢 冣
W L acceleration of
Fx-x p 1− (Zone 2)
4 3ᐉ (a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity verti-
cally (zone 3 or greater)
8.4.8.9.2 Where normal to the (y-y) axis: (b) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity verti-
(a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7): cally (zone 2)

318
p. 319 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.319

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.10–8.4.10.1.3

8.4.10 Emergency Operation and Signaling ble, shall be mounted adjacent to a vertical load
Devices bearing building structural member.
(c) A displacement switch shall be activated
8.4.10.1 Operation of Elevators Under by the derailment of the counterweight at any
Earthquake Emergency Conditions. Earthquake point in the hoistway to provide information to
emergency operation shall be provided for seis- the control system that the counterweight has
mic risk zone 2 or greater conforming to 8.4.10. left its guides.
Earthquake emergency operation is not re- (d) Earthquake protective devices with ex-
quired for risk zone 2, providing the car and
posed live electrical parts in the hoistway shall
counterweight guide rail systems, guiding mem-
operate at not more than 24 V root mean square
bers, and position restraints conform to the alternating current or 24 V direct current above
requirements for zone 3 or greater in 8.4.5, or below ground potential and shall not be
8.4.7, and 8.4.8.
capable of supplying more than 0.5 A when
short-circuited.
8.4.10.1.1 Earthquake Equipment (See Also
Fig. 8.4.10.1.1)
(a) All traction elevators operating at a rated 8.4.10.1.3 Elevator Operation (See Fig.
speed of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) or more and 8.4.10.1.3)
having counterweights located in the same (a) Upon activation of a seismic switch, all
hoistway shall be provided with the following: elevators with traction machines, counter-
(1) seismic zone 3 or greater: a minimum weights, and selective, collective, or group auto-
of one seismic switch per building; matic operation which are in motion shall pro-
(2) seismic zone 2 or greater: ceed to the nearest available floor, open their
(a) a displacement switch for each eleva- doors, and shut down; except that where Phase
tor; and II Emergency In-Car Operation is in effect, door
(b) an identified momentary reset button operation shall conform to 2.27.3.3.
or switch for each elevator, located in the control (b) When the counterweight displacement
panel in the elevator machine room [see switch is activated, the elevator, if in motion,
8.4.10.1.3(i)]. shall initiate an emergency stop and then pro-
(b) For attendant-operated elevators and auto- ceed away from the counterweight at a speed
matic elevators on designated attendant service, of not more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) to the
a signal system consisting of both visual and nearest available floor, open the doors, and shut
audible types activated by either the seismic down; except that where Phase II Emergency In-
switch or the displacement switch shall be pro- Car Operation is in effect, door operation shall
vided to alert the attendant that the car is under conform to 2.27.3.3.
earthquake emergency control and that the at- (c) Elevators with power operated doors upon
tendant is to return the car to the nearest avail- reaching a landing shall cause their doors to
able floor. The audible signal required by open and remain open; except that where Phase
2.27.3.1(h) may be used for this purpose in lieu II Emergency In-Car Operation is in effect, door
of a separate audible signal. operation shall conform to 2.27.3.3.
(d) Upon activation of an earthquake protec-
8.4.10.1.2 Equipment Specifications tive device, an elevator standing at a floor with
(a) Earthquake protective devices shall be of its doors open shall remain at the floor. If its
the fail-safe type. doors are closed, it shall open its doors. Where
(b) Seismic switch shall activate upon excita- Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation is in effect,
tion in a vertical direction of not more than door operation shall conform to 2.27.3.3.
0.15 times gravity acceleration (9.81 m/s2) (32.2 (e) An elevator not in operation when an
ft/s2). The frequency response of the switch earthquake protective device is activated shall
shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz. remain at the landing.
Where the seismic switch is used exclu- (f) An elevator may be operated at a speed
sively to control the elevators, it shall be located of not more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) provided
in the elevator machine room and, where possi- the counterweight displacement switch is of

319
p. 320 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.320

FIG. 8.4.10.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Start

Elevator With
Counterweight No

Yes

Car Speed ≥
0.75m/s (150 ft/min)
No

Yes

Traction
Machine No

Yes

Elevator Elevator
Installation Installation
in Zone ≥ 3 No in Zone 2 No

Yes
Yes
Provide at Least One
Seismic Switch
Per Building Zone 3
Rail System
No Used
Provide Counterweight
Displacement Switch
Yes

Code is Not
Applicable
Attendant
No

Yes

Provide Visual and Audible


Signal System

Provide Momentary
Reset Button
on Switch in Control
Panel in Machine Room

End

FIG. 8.4.10.1.1 EARTHQUAKE ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS DIAGRAMMATIC


REPRESENTATION

320
p. 321 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$$U8 p.321

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. 8.4.10.1.3

Start 1

Protective Device Continuously Yes


Operated Activated
Displacement
Switch
Permissible to Operate
Elevator From
No Top of Car
Car Yes
With Permissible to Run
Elevator at Reduced
Operator Speed [≤ 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)]
Operate Visual No
Elevator Inspect
No & Audible Signal O.K.

Yes
Car No
in
Authorized Personnel to
Motion Determine if it Is Safe to
Run Elevators. Use Momentary
Yes Reset Button or Switch in
Control Panel in Machine
Room to Restore Normal
Service.

Displacement Yes
Switch
Operate
Emergency End
No Stop

Proceed at
Reduced Speed
Power Interrupt
[≤ 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)]
in Direction Away
Sub-Routine
From CWT
Power Fails

Stop at Nearest
Landing
Stop Elevator

No Power Restored
Operation
2.27.3

Open doors
Yes Protective
Yes Devices No
Opening of Doors Shutdown With Volatile
Subject to Memory
Fireman
Elevator Resumes Status
Elevator Remains
That Prevailed Prior
1 Stopped
to Interruption

FIG. 8.4.10.1.3 EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY OPERATION DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION

321
p. 322 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.322

8.4.10.1.3–8.4.11.5 ASME A17.1–2000

the continuously monitoring type and is not TABLE 8.4.11.3 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING
activated. Maximum Spacing
(g) Continuous activation of a displacement Between Supports
Nominal Pipe
switch shall Size, in. mm in.
(1) prevent operation of the car except from
the inspection station located on top of the car; 1.0 1 525 60
1.5 2 300 90
(2) prevent operation of the car by means
2.0 2 600 102
of the emergency service key described in 2.5 2 750 108
2.27.3.1 and 2.27.3.3, hospital emergency ser- 3.0 3 000 120
vice key, and other similar types of operation. 4.0 3 500 138
(h) Elevators stopped by an earthquake pro-
tective device with a volatile type memory shall
remain idle in the event of a power failure. oil is assumed to weigh 900 kg/m3 (56 lb/ft3)
Subsequent restoration of power shall not can- at 15.6°C (60°F).
cel the status of the earthquake protective de- (b) Maximum combined bending and shear
vices nor the slow speed status of the elevator stress is limited to 71.8 kPa (1,500 psi).
system if such existed prior to the loss of power. (c) Maximum sag at the center of the span
(i) An elevator may be returned to normal is limited to 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
service by means of the momentary reset button (d) For pipe sizes other than shown, the maxi-
or switch [see 8.4.10.1.1(a)(2)] provided the dis- mum spacing between supports shall be deter-
placement switch is not activated. mined by the following formula:
(j) Electrical protective devices required by
2.26.2 shall not be rendered inoperative nor
(SI Units)
bypassed by earthquake protective devices
1/4

冢 冣
EI
8.4.10.1.4 Maintenance of Equipment. ᐉ p 0.01163
9.807W
Earthquake protective devices shall be arranged
to be checked for satisfactory operation and
shall be calibrated at intervals specified by the (Imperial Units)
manufacturer. 1/4

冢 冣
EI
ᐉ p 0.192
8.4.11 Hydraulic Elevators W
8.4.11.1 Machinery Rooms and Machinery
Spaces. Where buildings are designed with where
E p modulus of elasticity for steel [2,068 ×
expansion joints, the machine room and the
106 MPa (30 × 106 psi)]
hoistway shall be located on the same side of I p moment of inertia or pipe, mm4 (in.4)
an expansion joint. ᐉ p maximum spacing between supports,
8.4.11.2 Overspeed Valve. Hydraulic elevators m (ft)
not provided with car safeties complying with W p weight per foot of pipe with oil at 15.6°C
(60°F), kg/m (lb/ft)
3.17.2 shall be provided with an overspeed
valve(s) conforming to 3.19.4.7. 1/2 1/2

冤 冢 冣 冥
␲ 32.2
8.4.11.3 Pipe Supports. Piping supports to 0.192 p constant p
40 144
restrain transverse motion shall be provided
near changes in direction and particularly near
8.4.11.4 Counterweights. Where counter-
valves and joints and shall comply with 8.4.2.3.
weights are provided, they shall conform to
Horizontal spans shall be supported at inter-
8.4.7.
vals not to exceed those specified in Table
8.4.11.3. 8.4.11.5 Guide Rails, Guide Rail Supports, and
(a) Spacing is based on a natural frequency Fastenings. Guide rails, guide rail supports, and
limit of 20 Hz. The pipe is presumed to have their fastenings shall conform to the following,
oil in it and, for an added margin of safety, the whichever is more restrictive:

322
p. 323 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.323

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.11.5–8.4.11.7.2

冢 冣
(a) Where car safeties are provided, 3.17.2 W L W
Fx-x p 1− + p (Zone 2)
shall apply. 4 3ᐉ 8
(b) Seismic load application:
(1) Requirement 8.4.8 shall apply.
(2) The load on the car side of direct-plunger 8.4.11.7.2 Force normal to axis (y-y) of the
hydraulic elevators shall be as determined by rail (see 8.4.8.9):
8.4.8.3(a) and (b). (a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
(3) Requirement 8.4.8.9 shall not apply.
8.4.11.6 Support of Tanks. Means shall be (SI Units)

冢6 + 8 冣
provided which shall prevent the tank from W Wp
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
being overturned or displaced. Such means
shall comply with 8.4.2.3.

冢12 + 16 冣
8.4.11.7 Information on Elevator Layouts. The W Wp
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone 2)
following information regarding horizontal seis-
mic forces imposed on the guide rail faces
by the lower position restraints of the car or
counterweight is required on elevator layout (Imperial Units)
drawings. The forces are to be determined as W Wp
specified in 8.4.11.7.1 and 8.4.11.7.2. Fy-y p + (Zone ≥ 3)
6 8
8.4.11.7.1 Force normal to axis (x-x) of the
rail (see 8.4.8.9): W Wp
(a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7): Fy-y p + (Zone 2)
12 16

(SI Units) (b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):

冢 冣
W Wp
Fx-x p 9.807 + (Zone ≥ 3)
3 4
(SI Units)

冤 4 冢1 − 3ᐉ冣 + 8 冥
W L Wp
冢 冣 (Zone ≥ 3)
W Wp Fy-y p 9.807
Fx-x p 9.807 + (Zone 2)
6 8

冤 8 冢1 − 3ᐉ冣 + 16 冥
W L Wp
(Imperial Units) Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone 2)
W Wp
Fx-x p + (Zone ≥ 3)
3 4
(Imperial Units)
W Wp
冢 冣
Fx-x + (Zone 2) W L W
p
6 8 Fy-y p 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3)
4 3ᐉ 8
(b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
冢 冣
W L W
Fy-y p 1− + p (Zone 2)
(SI Units) 8 3ᐉ 16
where
冤 冢 冣 冥
W L W
Fx-x p 9.807 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3) F p seismic force, N (lbf)
2 3ᐉ 4
W p total weight of car plus 40% of rated
capacity kg (lb)
冤 4 冢1 − 3ᐉ冣 + 8 冥
W L Wp Wp p plunger weight, kg (lb)
Fx-x p 9.807 (Zone 2)
Where counterweights are provided, the hori-
zontal seismic forces imposed on the guide
(Imperial Units) rails by the lower position restraints shall be

冢 冣
W L W determined by the formulas in 8.4.8.9.1 and
Fx-x p 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3)
2 3ᐉ 4 8.4.8.9.2.

323
p. 324 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.324

8.4.12–8.4.12.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

8.4.12 Design Data and Formulas for (SI Units)


Elevators Zx
W p 669 (Zone ≥ 3)
8.4.12.1 Maximum Weight Per Pair of Guide ᐉ
Rails. The following formulas shall be used to
determine the maximum allowable weight per Zx
W p 1 338 (Zone 2)
pair of guide rails. ᐉ
8.4.12.1.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail
(See 8.4.8.9)
(a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and coun-
terweight rails): (Imperial Units)
(1) Traction elevators (or hydraulic elevator
Zx
counterweight rails, where provided): W p 951,991 (Zone ≥ 3)

(SI Units)
Zx
Zx W p 1,903,982 (Zone 2)
W p 504.5 (Zone ≥ 3) ᐉ

Zx
W p 1 009 (Zone 2) (c) Two intermediate tie brackets approxi-

mately equally spaced between main counter-
weighted guide rail brackets:
(Imperial Units)
Zx
W p 717,671 (Zone ≥ 3)

(SI Units)
Zx
Zx W p 740.6 (Zone ≥ 3)
W p 1,435,342 (Zone 2) ᐉ

(2) Hydraulic elevators (car guide rails only): Zx


W p 1 481 (Zone 2)

(SI Units)
Zx
W ′ p 168

(Imperial Units)
(Imperial Units) Zx
W p 1,053,495 (Zone ≥ 3)
Z ᐉ
W ′ p 239,224 x

Zx
W p 2,106,990 (Zone 2)
where ᐉ

W Wp
W′p + (Zone ≥ 3)
3 4

W Wp 8.4.12.1.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail


W′p + (Zone 2) (See 8.4.8.9)
6 8
(a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and coun-
(b) One intermediate tie bracket located mid- terweight rails):
way between main counterweighted guide rail (1) Traction elevators (or hydraulic elevator
brackets: counterweight rails, where provided):

324
p. 325 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.325

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.12.1.2–8.4.12.2.1

(SI Units) (c) Two intermediate tie brackets approxi-


Z mately equally spaced between main counter-
W p 1 009 y (Zone ≥ 3)
ᐉ weighted guide rail brackets:

Zy (SI Units)
W p 2 018 (Zone 2)
ᐉ W p 1 481
Zy
(Zone ≥ 3)

(Imperial Units) Zy
W p 2 962 (Zone 2)
Zy ᐉ
W p 1,435,342 (Zone ≥ 3)

(Imperial Units)
Zy
W p 2,870,684 (Zone 2) Zy
ᐉ W p 2,106,990 (Zone ≥ 3)

Zy
(2) Hydraulic elevators (car guide rails only): W p 4,213,963 (Zone 2)

(SI Units) where


ᐉ p distance between main car or counter-
Zy weight guide rail brackets, mm (in.)
W ′ p 336
ᐉ W p weight of car plus 40% rated capacity,
or counterweight, kg (lb)
W ′ p maximum weight per pair of car guide
(Imperial Units) rails (hydraulic elevators), kg (lb)
Wp p weight of hydraulic plunger, kg (lb)
Zy Zx p section modulus of rail about (x-x)
W ′ p 478,448 axis, mm3 (in.3)

Zy p section modulus of rail about (y-y)
axis, mm3 (in.3)
where
8.4.12.2 Required Moment of Inertia of Guide
W Wp
W′p + (Zone ≥ 3) Rails. The following formulas shall be used to
3 4 determine the minimum allowable moment of
W Wp
W′p + (Zone 2) inertia of guide rails.
6 8
8.4.12.2.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail
(See 8.4.8.9)
(b) One intermediate tie bracket located mid-
(a) Traction elevators (or hydraulic elevator
way between main counterweighted guide rail
counterweight rails, where provided):
brackets:
(SI Units)
(SI Units)
冢249⌬E冣
Wᐉ3
Z Ix p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
W p 1 338.5 y (Zone ≥ 3)

冢 冣
Wᐉ3
Z Ix p 9.807 (Zone 2)
W p 2 677 y (Zone 2) 498⌬E

(Imperial Units)
(Imperial Units) Wᐉ3
Zy Ix p (Zone ≥ 3)
W p 1,903,982 (Zone ≥ 3) 249⌬E

Zy Wᐉ3
W p 3,807,962 (Zone 2) Ix p (Zone 2)
ᐉ 498⌬E

325
p. 326 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.326

8.4.12.2.1–8.4.13.1 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) Hydraulic elevators (car guide rails only): TABLE 8.4.12.2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
DEFLECTION
Rail Size Delta Max.
(SI Units) kg lb mm in.

冤 冢 冣冥
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p 9.807 + p (Zone ≥ 3) 12.0 8.0 20 0.75
⌬E 249 267 16.5 11.0 25 1.00
18.0 12.0 32 1.25
22.5 15.0 38 1.50

冤 冢 冣冥
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p 9.807 + p (Zone 2) 27.5 18.5 38 1.50
⌬E 498 534 33.5 22.5 38 1.50
45.0 30.0 45 1.75

(SI Units)

冤 冢 冣冥
ᐉ3 W W
(Imperial Units) Iy p 9.807 + p (Zone ≥ 3)
⌬E 498 534
冢 冣
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p + p (Zone ≥ 3)
⌬E 249 267
冤 冢 冣冥
ᐉ3 W Wp
Iy p 9.807 + (Zone 2)
⌬E 996 1 068
冢 冣
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p + p (Zone 2)
⌬E 498 534
(Imperial Units)

冢 冣
ᐉ3 W W
Iy p + p (Zone ≥ 3)
⌬E 498 534

8.4.12.2.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail


冢 冣
ᐉ3 W Wp
(See 8.4.8.9) Iy p + (Zone 2)
⌬E 996 1,068
(a) Traction elevators (or hydraulic elevator
counterweight rails, where provided): where
ᐉ p distance between main car and coun-
terweight guide rail brackets, mm (in.)
E p modulus of elasticity for steel p 2.068
(SI Units) × 105 MPa (30 × 106 psi)

冢 冣
Wᐉ3 Ix p moment of inertia of rail about (x-x)
Iy p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
498⌬E axis, mm4 (in.4)
Iy p moment of inertia of rail about (y-y)
axis, mm4 (in.4)
冢 冣
Wᐉ3
Iy p 9.807 (Zone 2) W p weight of car plus 40% rated capacity,
996⌬E or counterweight, kg (lb)
Wp p weight of hydraulic plunger, kg (lb)
⌬ p maximum allowable deflection at cen-
ter of rail span, mm (in.), based on
Table 8.4.12.2.
(Imperial Units)
8.4.13 Ground Motion Parameters
Wᐉ3
Iy p (Zone ≥ 3)
498⌬E 8.4.13.1 For application to building codes of
the United States:
Wᐉ3 Affected Peak
Iy p (Zone 2)
996⌬E Zone(s) Velocity Acceleration, Av
0 and 1 Av < 0.10
2 0.10 ≤ Av < 0.20
3 and 4 0.20 ≤ Av
(b) Hydraulic elevators (car guide rails only):

326
p. 327 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.327

ASME A17.1–2000 8.4.13.1–8.5.2.2

where 8.5.2.1 Lateral forces shall be applied in hori-


Av p affected peak velocity acceleration zontal directions which result in the most critical
Zv p peak horizontal ground acceleration loadings as calculated in conformance with the
8.4.13.2 For application to building code of AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication and
Canada: Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. The
most critical loading shall be based on the total
Peak Horizontal dead load of the escalator including cladding
Zone(s) Ground Acceleration, Zv plus 25% of the rated load in accordance with
2 2 ≤ Zv < 4 6.1.3.9. The horizontal seismic force shall be
≥ 3 Zv ≥ 4 considered to be not less than:

Fp p ZICp(Wp + Wr)

where
SECTION 8.5 Fp p total horizontal force
ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK Z p seismic zone factor
I p importance factor
SAFETY REQUIREMENT FOR SEISMIC Cp p horizontal force factor
RISK ZONE 2 OR GREATER Wp p dead load including cladding
Requirement 8.5 applies to all escalators and Wr p 25% of the rated load calculated per
moving walks, where installed in buildings that 6.1.3.9
are designed and built to the requirements of,
8.5.2.1.1 The seismic zone shall be taken
and located in, seismic risk zone 2 or greater
from the NHRP maps. When local building codes
as defined by the building code (see 1.3).
are more stringent higher values may be appli-
Where the applicable building code does not
cable:
make reference to seismic risk zones, the ground
(a) For Zone 2, Z p 0.25.
motion parameters shown in 8.4.13 shall be
(b) For Zone 3 or 4, Z p 0.5.
used.
Where the applicable building code does
The escalator and moving walk safety require-
not make reference to seismic risk zones, the
ments contained in 8.5 shall be in addition to
ground motion parameters shown in 8.4.13 shall
the requirements in the other parts of the Code
be used.
unless otherwise specified
8.5.2.1.2 The escalator or moving walk is
8.5.1 Balustrade Construction considered a non-building structure component.
Balustrades shall be designed to resist a lat- The value of I shall be considered to be 1.0
eral load of 730 N/m (50 lbf/ft) applied to the unless the building is specified as an essential
top of the handrail. In balustrades where glass facility in which case a value of 1.25 shall be
is part of the structural system the design shall used.
include provision for the application of 0.5 g
in both principle directions and the required 8.5.2.1.3 The value of Cp shall be 0.75
lateral load to verify that the glass does not when any portion of an escalator is located
exceed the material deflection limit or stress above grade and 0.50 when an escalator is
limit. located below grade. When more than six sto-
ries above grade other values of Cp may apply
8.5.2 Truss Members and should be determined based upon the fun-
damental period of the building.
All members of escalators and moving walk
trusses together with their supports shall be 8.5.2.2 Vertical forces shall be split equally
capable of withstanding the inertia effect of between the two end supports. The total vertical
their masses without permanent deformation force shall be (1 ± 0.25) × (Wp + Wr) for zone
when subjected to seismic forces active sepa- 2 and (1 ± 0.50) × (Wp + Wr ) for zone 3 or
rately in vertical and horizontal directions. greater. Wp and Wr are defined in 8.5.2.1.

327
p. 328 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$801 p.328

8.5.2.3–8.6.1.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

8.5.2.3 Truss Calculations. The members in 8.5.3.2.2 At the sliding end or ends, the
the truss shall be calculated by the Allowable width or widths of the beam seat shall be
Stress Method of the AISC Specification for capable of accommodating, without damage, at
Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural least 1.5 times story drift as obtained by either
Steel for Buildings. The allowable stress as of the following:
stipulated by the various sections is required (a) through engineering calculations; or
to be used in lieu of yield stress. (See AISC (b) by using the maximum code allowed story
example D1 for tension, E2 for compression, drift per the NEHRP 1997 Table for Allowable
and F4 for shear stress. There are multiple Story Drifts. This table allows story drifts of
rules for bending depending on type of section; 0.0375 hsx where hsx is the building story height.
therefore, examples are not listed.) Truss analy-
sis whether verified by computer or hand calcu- 8.5.4 Earthquake Protective Devices
lations shall consider axial stresses of either Earthquake protective devices shall be of the
compression or tension, combined axial com- fail-safe type.
pressive and bending stress and combined axial A minimum of one seismic switch shall be
tension and bending stress. There is no require- provided in every building in which an escalator
ment for the escalator truss to be considered or moving walk is installed.
as a structural member of the building. (a) The seismic switch shall conform to
8.4.10.1.2(b).
8.5.3 Supporting Connections Between the (b) Activation of the seismic switch(es) shall
Truss and the Building remove power from the escalator driving ma-
chine motor and brake.
8.5.3.1 The end supports shall provide lateral (c) Where a seismic switch(es) is used exclu-
restraint for forces in both principle horizontal sively to control the escalator or moving walk,
directions imposed by seismic forces on the it shall be located in a machine room, machinery
truss. Vertical restraint is not required since per space, and where possible shall be mounted
formula downward force will be 0.50 (Wp + Wr ) adjacent to a vertical load-bearing member.
or greater (see 8.5.2.1). Calculations shall be Should no vertical load-bearing member be in
permitted to be based on either rigid or flexible close proximity it shall be permitted to locate
restraints. Where suitable flexible restraints are the seismic switch at the nearest accessible
used forces resulting from movement of build- vertical load bearing member at approximately
ing structure members are not considered as the same horizontal level as the upper machin-
being applied to the truss. ery space or machine room.

8.5.3.2 The design connections shall account


for maximum design story drift.

8.5.3.2.1 Where seismic restraint is pro- SECTION 8.6


vided at one end, the design shall account for MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND
the forces developed by building movement in REPLACEMENT
a manner which restricts transfer of these forces
to the truss. All other supports shall be free to Requirement 8.6 applies to maintenance, re-
slide in the longitudinal direction. Where seismic pairs, and replacements.
restraint which allows some degree of longitudi- NOTE: See 8.7 for alteration requirements.
nal and transverse motion is provided at both
ends, additional means shall be provided to 8.6.1 General Requirements
prevent the upper end of the truss from slipping
off the building support. All other supports shall 8.6.1.1 Maintenance, Repair, and Replace-
be free to slide in the longitudinal direction ment
sufficiently to accommodate the remainder of 8.6.1.1.1 Equipment covered within the
the design story drift. scope of this Code shall be maintained in ac-
cordance with 8.6.

328
p. 329 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.329

8.6.1.1.1–8.6.1.6.2 ASME A17.1–2000

8.6.1.1.2 Maintenance, repairs, and re- 8.6.1.4 Maintenance Records


placements shall conform to 8.6 and the
(a) Code at the time of the installation; and 8.6.1.4.1 Maintenance records shall docu-
(b) Code requirements at the time of any alter- ment compliance with 8.6 of the Code and shall
ation; and include records on the following activities:
(c) ASME A17.3 if adopted by the authority (a) description of maintenance task performed
having jurisdiction. and dates;
(b) description and dates of examinations,
tests, adjustments, repairs, and replacements;
8.6.1.1.3 It is not the intent of 8.6 to require
(c) description and dates of call backs (trouble
changes to the equipment to meet the design,
calls) or reports that are reported to elevator
nameplate or performance standard other than
personnel by any means, including corrective
those specified in 8.6.1.1.2, unless specifically
action taken; and
stated in 8.6.
(d) written record of the findings on the fire-
fighter’s service operation required by 8.6.10.1.
8.6.1.2 General Maintenance Requirements
8.6.1.4.2 Record Availability. The mainte-
8.6.1.2.1 Maintenance required in 8.6.1.1.1 nance records shall be available to the elevator
shall consist of, but not be limited to, the fol- personnel.
lowing: 8.6.1.5 Code Data Plate
(a) examinations at required or scheduled in-
tervals of all parts and functions of an instal- 8.6.1.5.1 A data plate that indicates the
lation; Code and edition in effect at the time of installa-
(b) periodic inspections and tests as required tion and any alteration (see 8.7.1.8) shall be
by 8.11, at intervals established by the authority provided. The data plate shall also specify the
having jurisdiction (see 8.11.1.3); Code and edition in effect at the time of any
(c) cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting appli- alteration and the applicable requirements of
cable components at regular intervals, and re- 8.7.
pairing or replacing all worn or defective compo-
nents where necessary, to prevent the device 8.6.1.5.2 The code data plate shall comply
from becoming unsafe for operation; and with 8.9.
(d) repairing or replacing damaged or broken 8.6.1.6 General Maintenance Methods and
parts affecting the safe operation. Procedures

8.6.1.2.2 The maintenance procedure and 8.6.1.6.1 Making Safety Devices


intervals shall be based on: Inoperative or Ineffective. No person shall at
(a) equipment age and accumulated wear; any time make inoperative or ineffective any
(b) design and inherent quality of the device on which safety of users is dependent
equipment; including any electrical protective device, except
(c) usage; where necessary during tests, inspections (see
(d) environmental condition; 8.10 and 8.11), maintenance, repair, and replace-
(e) improved technology. ment, provided that the installation is first re-
moved from normal operation.
Such devices shall be restored to their normal
8.6.1.2.3 Where a defective part directly
operating condition in conformity with the appli-
affecting the safety of the operation is identified,
cable requirements prior to returning the equip-
the elevator shall be taken out of service until
ment to service (see 2.26.7 and 8.6.1.6).
the defective part has been adjusted, repaired
or replaced. 8.6.1.6.2 Lubrication. All parts of the ma-
chinery and equipment requiring lubrication
8.6.1.3 Maintenance Personnel. Maintenance, shall be lubricated with lubricants equivalent
repairs, and replacements shall be performed to the type and grade recommended by the
only by elevator personnel (see 1.3). manufacturer.

329
p. 330 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.330

8.6.1.6.2–8.6.3.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Alternative lubricants shall be permitted when 8.6.2 Repairs


intended lubrication effects are achieved.
The following are general requirements for
All excess lubricant shall be cleaned from the
repairs.
equipment. Containers used to catch leakage
shall not be allowed to overflow. 8.6.2.1 Repair Parts. Repairs shall be made
with parts of at least equivalent material,
8.6.1.6.3 Controllers, Wiring, and Wiring strength, and design (see 8.6.3.1).
Diagrams
(a) Up-to-date wiring diagrams detailing cir- 8.6.2.2 Welding and Design. Welding and de-
cuits of all electrical protective devices (see sign of welding shall conform to 8.7.1.4 and
2.26.2) and critical operating circuits (see 2.26.3) 8.7.1.5.
shall be available in the machine room.
(b) The interiors of controllers and their com- 8.6.2.3 Repair of Speed Governors. Where a
ponents shall be cleaned when necessary to repair is made to a speed governor that affects
minimize the accumulation of foreign matter the tripping linkage or speed adjustment mecha-
that can interfere with the operation of the nism, the governor shall be checked in confor-
equipment. mance with 8.11.2.3.2.
(c) Temporary wiring and insulators or blocks Where a repair is made to the governor jaws
in the armatures or poles of magnetically oper- or associated parts that affect the pull-through
ated switches, contactors, or relays on equip- force, the governor pull-through force shall be
ment in service are prohibited. checked in conformance with 8.11.2.3.2(b). A
(d) When jumpers are used during mainte- test tag shall be attached, indicating the date
nance, repair, or testing, all jumpers shall be the pull-through test was performed.
removed and the equipment tested prior to
8.6.2.4 Repair of Releasing Carrier. When a
returning it to service. Jumpers shall not be
repair is made to a releasing carrier, the gover-
stored in the machine space, hoistway, or pit
nor rope pull-out and pull-through forces shall
(see also 8.6.1.6.1).
be verified in conformance with 8.11.2.3.2(b).
(e) Control and operating circuits and devices
shall be maintained in compliance with applica- 8.6.2.5 Repair of Ropes. Suspension, gover-
ble Code requirements (see 8.6.1.1.2). nor, and compensating ropes shall not be
lengthened or repaired by splicing (see 8.7.2.21).
8.6.1.6.4 Painting. Care shall be used in the
painting of the equipment to make certain that
8.6.3 Replacements
it does not interfere with the proper functioning
of any component. Painted components shall 8.6.3.1 Replacement Parts. Replacements
be tested for proper operation upon completion shall be made with parts of at least equivalent
of painting. material, strength, and design.

8.6.1.6.5 Fire Extinguishers. Class “ABC” 8.6.3.2 Replacement of a Single Suspension


fire extinguishers shall be provided in electrical Rope. If one rope of a set is worn or damaged
machinery and control spaces and shall be lo- and requires replacement, the entire set of ropes
cated convenient to the access door, except in shall be replaced, except, where one rope has
jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC. been damaged during installation or acceptance
testing prior to being subjected to elevator ser-
8.6.1.6.6 Workmanship. Care should be vice, it shall be permissible to replace a single
taken during operations such as torquing, drill- damaged rope with a new rope, provided that
ing, cutting, and welding to ensue that no com- the requirements of 8.6.3.2.1 through 8.6.3.2.6
ponent of the assembly is damaged or weak- are met.
ened. Rotating parts shall be properly aligned.
8.6.3.2.1 The wire rope data for the replace-
8.6.1.6.7 Signs and Data Plates. Required ment rope must correspond to the wire rope
signs and data plates that are damaged or data specified in 2.20.2.2(a), (b), (c), (f), and (g)
missing shall be repaired or replaced. for the other ropes.

330
p. 331 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.331

ASME A17.1–2000 8.6.3.2.2–8.6.3.4.3

8.6.3.2.2 The replacement rope shall be that provides clearance between replacement
provided with a wire rope data tag conforming shackles.
to 2.20.2.2. (b) Replacement hitch plates shall conform to
2.15.13.
8.6.3.2.3 The suspension ropes, including
(c) Replacement fastenings shall be permitted
the damaged rope, shall not have been short-
to be installed on the car only, the counterweight
ened since their original installation.
only, at either of the dead-end hitches, or at
8.6.3.2.4 The diameter of any of the re- both attachment points.
maining ropes shall not be less than the nominal (d) Rope fastenings at the drum connection
diameter minus 0.4 mm (0.015 in.). of winding-drum machines shall comply with
8.6.3.2.5 The tension of the new replace- 8.6.4.10.2.
ment rope shall be checked and adjusted as
8.6.3.3.3 Runby and Clearances After
necessary at semi-monthly intervals over a pe-
Reroping or Shortening. The minimum car and
riod of not less than two months after installa-
counterweight clearances specified in 2.4.6 and
tion. If proper equalization of rope tension can-
2.4.9 shall be maintained when new suspension
not be maintained after six months, the entire
ropes are installed or when existing suspension
set of hoist ropes shall be replaced.
ropes are shortened.
8.6.3.2.6 The replacement rope shall be The minimum clearances shall be maintained
provided with the same type of suspension rope by any of the following methods (see 8.6.4.11).
fastening used with the other ropes. (a) Limit the length that the ropes are
8.6.3.3 Replacement of Ropes Other than shortened.
Governor Ropes (b) Provide blocking at the car or counter-
weight strike plate. The blocking shall be of
8.6.3.3.1 Replacement of all ropes, except sufficient strength and secured in place to with-
governor ropes (see 8.6.3.4), shall conform to stand the reactions of buffer engagement as
the following: specified in 8.2.3. If wood blocks are used to
(a) Replacement ropes shall be as specified directly engage the buffer, a steel plate shall
by the original elevator manufacturer or be at be fastened to the engaging surface or shall
least equivalent in strength, weight, and design. be located between that block and the next block
(b) Ropes that have been previously used in to distribute the load upon buffer engagements.
another installation shall not be reused. (c) Provide blocking under the car and/or
(c) When replacing suspension, compensat- counterweight buffer of sufficient strength and
ing, and car or drum counterweight ropes, all secured in place to withstand the reactions of
ropes in a set shall be replaced, except as buffer engagement as described in 8.2.3.
permitted by 8.6.3.2.
(d) The ropes in the set shall be new, all 8.6.3.4 Replacement of Governor or Safety
from the same manufacturer, and of the same Rope
material, grade, construction, and diameter.
(e) Data tags conforming to 2.20.2.2 shall be 8.6.3.4.1 Governor ropes shall be of the
applied. same size, material, and construction as the
(f) Suspension, car, and drum counterweight rope specified by the governor manufacturer,
rope fastenings shall conform to 2.20.9. except that a rope of the same size but of
different material or construction shall be per-
8.6.3.3.2 Rope Fastenings and Hitchplates. mitted to be installed in conformance with
Replacement of rope fastenings and hitchplates 8.7.2.19.
shall conform to the following:
(a) When the suspension rope fastenings are 8.6.3.4.2 The replaced governor ropes shall
replaced with an alternate means that conforms comply with 2.18.5.
to 2.20.9, existing hitch plates that cause inter-
ference between the replacement fastening shall 8.6.3.4.3 After a governor rope is replaced,
have the replacement fastening staggered, or the governor pull-through force shall be checked
the hitch plates shall be replaced with a design as specified in 8.11.2.3.2(b).

331
p. 332 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.332

8.6.3.4.4–8.6.4.3.1 ASME A17.1–2000

8.6.3.4.4 A test tag indicating the date 8.6.3.8 Replacement of Door Reopening De-
when the pull-through test was performed shall vice. Where a reopening device for power-oper-
be attached. ated car doors or gates is replaced, it shall
conform to 8.7.2.13.
8.6.3.4.5 The safety rope shall comply with
2.17.12.4 and 2.17.12.5. 8.6.3.9 Replacement of Releasing Carrier.
Where a replacement is made to a releasing
8.6.3.5 Belts and Chains. If one belt or chain carrier the governor rope pull-out and pull-
of a set is worn or stretched beyond that speci- through forces shall be verified in conformance
fied in the manufacturer’s recommendation, or with 8.11.2.3.2(b).
is damaged so as to require replacement, the
entire set shall be replaced. 8.6.3.10 Replacement of Cylinder. A cylinder
Spockets and toothed sheaves shall also be shall not be replaced or sleeved. A new cylinder
replaced if worn beyond that specified in the shall be classified as an alteration and shall
manufacturer’s recommendations. comply with 8.7.3.23.3.
8.6.3.11 Replacement of Valves and Piping.
8.6.3.6 Replacement of Speed Governor.
Where any valves, pipings, or fittings are re-
When a speed governor is replaced, it shall
placed, replacements shall conform to 3.19 with
conform to 2.18. When a releasing carrier is
the exception of 3.19.4.6; replacement control
provided, it shall conform to 2.17.15. The gover-
valves must conform to the Code under which
nor rope shall be of the type and size specified
it was installed.
by the governor manufacturer.
The governor shall be checked in confor- 8.6.4 Maintenance of Electric Elevators
mance with 8.11.2.3.2. Drum-operated safeties
that require continuous tension in the governor The maintenance of electric elevators shall
rope to achieve full safety application shall be conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.4.
checked as specified in 8.11.2.3.1 and 8.7.2.19. 8.6.4.1 Suspension and Compensating Wire
8.6.3.7 Listed/Certified Devices Ropes
8.6.4.1.1 Suspension and compensating
8.6.3.7.1 Where a listed/certified device is
ropes shall be kept lightly lubricated and clean
replaced, the replacement shall be subject to
so that they can be visually inspected.
the applicable engineering or type test as speci-
fied in 8.3, or the requirements of CAN/CSA 8.6.4.1.2 Precautions shall be taken in lubri-
B44.1/ASME A17.5. The device shall be labeled cating suspension wire ropes to prevent the
by the certifying organization. See 8.6.1.1. loss of traction. Lubrication shall be in accord-
ance with instructions on the rope data tag [see
8.6.3.7.2 Where a component in a listed/ 2.20.2.2(j)], if provided.
certified device is replaced, the replacement
component shall be subject to the requirements 8.6.4.1.3 Equal tension shall be maintained
of the applicable edition of CAN/CSA B44.1/ between individual ropes in each set.
ASME A17.5 and/or the engineering or type test 8.6.4.2 Governor Wire Ropes
in 8.3. The component shall be included in
the original manufacturer’s listed/certified (see 8.6.4.2.1 The ropes shall be kept clean.
definition) device or as an acceptable replace- 8.6.4.2.2 Governor wire ropes shall not be
ment part by an approved certifying organiza- lubricated after installation. If lubricants have
tion. See 8.6.1.1. been applied to governor ropes, they shall be
Each replacement component shall be plainly replaced, or the lubricant removed, and the
marked for identification. governor and safety shall be tested as specified
in 8.11.2.3.2(b) and 8.11.2.2.2.
NOTE (8.6.3.7): Devices which may fall under this require-
ment included but are not limited to: hoistway-door locking 8.6.4.3 Lubrication of Guide Rails
devices and electric contacts, car door contacts and inter-
locks, hydraulic control valves, escalator steps, etc. fire 8.6.4.3.1 The lubrication of guide rails shall
doors, and electrical equipment. be in accordance with the requirements on the

332
p. 333 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.333

ASME A17.1–2000 8.6.4.3.1–8.6.4.8.3

crosshead data plate (see 2.17.16), where pro- 8.6.4.5.2 The required clearance between
vided. the safety jaws and the rail shall be maintained.

8.6.4.3.2 Where a data plate is not pro- 8.6.4.6 Brakes


vided, the lubrication of guide rails shall con-
8.6.4.6.1 The driving-machine brake shall
form to the following:
be maintained to ensure proper operations, in-
(a) Guide rails, except those of elevators
cluding, but not limited to the following:
equipped with roller or other types of guiding
(a) residual pads (anti-magnetic pads);
members not requiring lubrication, shall be kept
(b) lining and running clearances;
lubricated.
(c) pins and levers;
(b) Where sliding-type safeties are used, the
(d) springs;
guide-rail lubricants, or prelubricated or impreg-
(e) sleeves and guide bushings;
nated guide-shoe gibs, where used, shall be of
(f) discs and drums; and
a type recommended by the manufacturer of
(g) brake coil and plunger.
the safety (see 8.6.1.2.3).
8.6.4.6.2 If any part of the driving machine
8.6.4.3.3 If lubricants other than those rec- brake is changed or adjusted that can affect the
ommended by the manufacturer are used, a holding capacity or decelerating capacity of the
safety test conforming to 8.11.2.3.1 shall be brake when required (see 2.24.8.3), it shall be
made to demonstrate that the safety will func- adjusted and checked by means that will verify
tion as required by 2.17.3. its proper function and holding capacity.
8.6.4.3.4 Rails shall be kept clean and free 8.6.4.7 Cleaning of Hoistways and Pits
of lint and dirt accumulation and excessive lubri-
cant. Means shall be provided at the base of 8.6.4.7.1 Hoistways and pits shall be kept
the rails to collect excess lubricant. free of dirt and rubbish and shall not be used
for storage purposes.
8.6.4.3.5 Rust-preventive compounds such
as paint, mixtures of graphite and oil, and simi- 8.6.4.7.2 Landing blocks and pipe stands
lar coatings shall not be applied to the guiding shall be permitted to be stored in the pit, pro-
surfaces, unless recommended by the manufac- vided that they do not interfere with the opera-
turer of the safety. Once applied, the safety tion of the elevator and do not present a hazard
shall be checked as specified in 8.11.2.3.1. for persons working in the pit.

8.6.4.4 Oil Buffers 8.6.4.7.3 Pit access doors shall be kept


closed and locked.
8.6.4.4.1 The oil level shall be maintained
8.6.4.7.4 Water and oil shall not be allowed
at the level indicated by the manufacturer. The
to accumulate on pit floors. See also 8.6.10.3.
grade of oil to be used shall be as indicated
in on the buffer marking plate, where required 8.6.4.8 Machine Rooms and Machinery
(see 2.22.4.10 and 2.22.4.11). Spaces
8.6.4.4.2 Buffer plungers shall be kept clean 8.6.4.8.1 Floors and machinery spaces shall
and shall not be coated or painted with a sub- be kept free of water, dirt, rubbish, oil, and
stance that will interfere with their operation. grease.

8.6.4.4.3 Buffer oil shall not be stored in 8.6.4.8.2 Articles or materials not neces-
the pit or hoistway or on top of the car. sary for the maintenance or operation of the
elevator shall not be stored in machine rooms
8.6.4.5 Safety Mechanisms and machinery spaces.
8.6.4.5.1 Safety mechanisms shall be kept 8.6.4.8.3 Flammable liquids having a
lubricated and free of rust and dirt that can flashpoint of less than 44°C (110°F) shall not
interfere with the operation of the safety. be kept in such rooms or spaces.

333
p. 334 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.334

8.6.4.8.4–8.6.4.13.1 ASME A17.1–2000

8.6.4.8.4 Access doors shall be kept closed (b) the date on which the rope was resocketed
and locked. or other types of fastening changed.
8.6.4.9 Cleaning of Top of Cars. The tops of The material and marking of the tags shall
cars shall be kept free of oil, water, dirt, and conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of
rubbish, and shall not be used for storing lubri- the letters and figures shall be not less than
cants, spare parts, tools, or other items. 1.5 mm (0.0625 in.).

8.6.4.10 Refastening or Resocketing of Car- 8.6.4.11 Runby


Hoisting Ropes on Winding-Drum Machines 8.6.4.11.1 The car and counterweight runby
8.6.4.10.1 General. The hoisting ropes of shall be permitted to be reduced (see 2.4.2),
elevators having winding-drum driving-ma- provided the car or counterweight does not
chines with 1:1 roping, if of the babbitted rope strike the buffer, the top car clearances are not
socket type, shall be resocketed, or for other reduced below that required at the time of
type of fastenings, replaced or moved on the installation or alteration, and the final terminal-
rope to a point above the existing fastening at stopping device is still operational (see also
the car ends at intervals no longer than 8.6.3.3.3).
(a) 1 year, for machines located over the 8.6.4.11.2 Where spring-return oil buffers
hoistway; are provided and compression was permitted
(b) 2 years, for machines located below or at with the car at the terminals (see 2.4.2 and
the side of the hoistway; 2.22.4.8), the buffer compression shall not ex-
(c) where auxiliary rope-fastening devices ceed 25% of the buffer stroke.
conforming to 2.20.10 are installed, refastening
at the periods specified is not required, provided 8.6.4.12 Governors
that, where such devices are installed, all 8.6.4.12.1 Governors shall be examined to
hoisting ropes shall be refastened on the failure ensure that all seals are intact and operated
or indication of failure of any rope fastening; and by hand to determine that all moving parts,
(d) where the elevator is equipped with a including the rope-grip jaws and switches, oper-
drum counterweight, the fastenings shall be ate freely.
examined for fatigue or damage at the socket.
Where fatigue or damage is detected, the ropes 8.6.4.12.2 Governors, governor ropes, and
shall be refastened in conformance with all sheaves shall be free from contaminants or
8.6.4.10.2. obstructions, or both, that interfere with opera-
tion or function, including the accumulation of
8.6.4.10.2 Procedure. In resocketing bab- rope lubricant or materials, or both, in the
bitted rope sockets or replacing other types of grooves of governors or sheaves.
fastenings, a sufficient length shall be cut from
the end of the rope to remove damaged or 8.6.4.13 Door Systems
fatigued portions. The fastenings shall conform 8.6.4.13.1 General. All landing and car-door
to 2.20.9. Where the drum ends of the ropes or gate mechanical and electrical components
extend beyond their clamps or sockets, means shall be maintained to ensure safe and proper
shall be provided to prevent the rope ends from operation including but not limited to, the fol-
coming out of the inside of the drum and to lowing:
prevent interference with other parts of the (a) hoistway-door interlocks or mechanical
machine. locks and electric contacts;
8.6.4.10.3 Tags. A legible metal tag shall (b) car-door electric contacts or car-door inter-
be securely attached to one of the wire rope locks, where required;
fastenings after each resocketing or changing (c) door reopening devices;
to other types of fastenings and shall bear the (d) vision panels and grilles, where required;
following information: (e) hoistway-door unlocking devices and es-
(a) the name of the person or firm who per- cutcheons;
formed the resocketing or changing of other (f) hangers, tracks, door rollers, up-thrusts,
types of fastenings and; and door safety retainers, where required;

334
p. 335 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.335

ASME A17.1–2000 8.6.4.13.1–8.6.5.8

(g) astragals and resilient members, door 8.6.5.2 Piston Rods. Piston rods of roped-
space guards, and sight guards, where required; hydraulic elevators shall be thoroughly cleaned
(h) sills and bottom guides, fastenings, condi- prior to the inspection required by 8.11.3.3.
tion, and engagement;
(i) clutches, engaging vanes, retiring cams, 8.6.5.3 Water-Hydraulic Plungers. Plungers of
and engaging rollers; water-hydraulic elevators shall be thoroughly
(j) interconnecting means; cleaned to remove any buildup of rust and scale
(k) door closers, where required; and prior to the inspection required by 8.11.3.3.
(l) door restrictors, where required.
8.6.5.4 Tank Levels. The level of oil in the oil
8.6.4.13.2 Kinetic Energy and Force tanks shall be checked and, where necessary,
Limitation for Automatic-Closing, Horizontal adjusted to comply with the prescribed mini-
Sliding Car and Hoistway Doors or Gates. mum and maximum level.
Where a power operated horizontally sliding
door is closed by momentary pressure or by 8.6.5.5 Gland Packings and Seals
automatic means, the closing kinetic energy and
8.6.5.5.1 Examination and Maintenance.
closing force shall be maintained to conform
Where valves and cylinders use packing glands
to 2.13.4 and 2.13.5.
or seals, they shall be examined and maintained
8.6.4.14 Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway to prevent excessive loss of fluid.
access switches, where provided, shall be main-
tained. 8.6.5.5.2 Oil Leakage Collection. Oil leakage
collected from the cylinder packing gland shall
8.6.4.15 Car Emergency System. Emergency not exceed 20 L (5 gal) before removal. The
operation of signaling devices (see 2.27), light- container shall be covered and shall not be
ing (see 2.14.7), communication (see 2.27.1.1.2, permitted to overflow.
2.27.1.1.3, and 2.27.1.2) and ventilation (see
2.14.2.3), shall be maintained. 8.6.5.6 Flexible Hoses and Fittings. Flexible
hose and fittings assemblies installed between
8.6.4.16 Stopping Accuracy. The elevator the check valve or control valve and the cylinder,
shall be maintained to provide a stopping accu- and which are not equipped with an overspeed
racy at the landings during normal operation valve conforming to 3.19.4.7 shall be replaced
as appropriate for the type of control, in accord- not more than 6 years beyond the installation
ance with applicable Code requirements. date. Existing hose assemblies that do not indi-
8.6.4.17 Ascending Car Overspeed and cate an installation or replacement date shall
Unintended Car Movement Protection. Devices be replaced. Replacements shall conform to
for ascending car overspeed and unintended 3.19.3.3.1(a) through (e) and 3.19.3.3.2.
car movement protection shall be maintained. 8.6.5.7 Record of Oil Usage. For systems
where the part of cylinder and/or piping is not
8.6.5 Maintenance of Hydraulic Elevators
exposed for visible inspection, a written record
The maintenance of hydraulic elevators shall shall be kept of the quantity of hydraulic fluid
conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3, and the applica- added to the system and emptied from leakage
ble requirements of 8.6.4 and 8.6.5. collection containers and pans. The written rec-
ord shall be kept in the machine room. When
8.6.5.1 Pressure Tanks the quantity of hydraulic fluid loss cannot be
8.6.5.1.1 Cleaning. Pressure tanks shall be accounted for, the test specified in 8.11.3.2.1
thoroughly cleaned internally at least every 3 and 8.11.3.2.2 shall be made.
years and prior to the inspection and test re-
8.6.5.8 Safety Bulkhead. Hydraulic cylinders
quired by 8.11.3.3.
installed below ground shall conform to 3.18.3.4,
8.6.5.1.2 Level. The liquid level in pressure or the car shall be provided with safeties con-
tanks should be maintained at about two-thirds forming to 3.17.1 and guide rails, guide rail
of the capacity of the tank. supports, and fastenings conforming to 3.23.1.

335
p. 336 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.336

8.6.5.9–8.6.7.9.2 ASME A17.1–2000

8.6.5.9 Relief-Valve Setting. The relief-valve 8.6.7 Maintenance of Special Application


adjustment shall be examined to ensure that Elevators
the seal is intact. If the relief-valve seal is not
8.6.7.1 Inclined Elevators. The maintenance
intact, checks shall be conducted in accordance
of inclined elevators shall conform to 8.6.1
with 8.11.3.2.1.
through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements
of 8.6.
8.6.5.10 Runby and Clearances After
Reroping or Shortening. The minimum car and 8.6.7.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Ele-
counterweight clearances and runby shall be vators. The maintenance of limited-use/limited-
maintained in compliance with applicable code application elevators shall conform to 8.6.1
when replacement suspension ropes are in- through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements
stalled or when existing suspension ropes are of 8.6.
shortened.
8.6.7.3 Private Residence Elevators. The
8.6.5.11 Cylinder Corrosion Protection and maintenance of private residence elevators shall
Monitoring conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applica-
ble requirements of 8.6.
8.6.5.11.1 Corrosion Protection Monitoring. 8.6.7.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators.
Where monitored cylinder corrosion protection The maintenance of private residence inclined
is required, the monitoring means shall be ex- elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3
amined and maintained. and the applicable requirements of 8.6.

8.6.5.11.2 Corrosion Protection Loss. If the 8.6.7.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators. The main-
monitoring means detects that loss of corrosion tenance of power sidewalk elevators shall con-
protection has occurred, the means of corrosion form to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable
protection shall be repaired or replaced. requirements of 8.6.

8.6.7.6 Rooftop Elevators. The maintenance


of rooftop elevators shall conform to 8.6.1
8.6.6 Maintenance of Elevators With Other through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements
Types of Driving Machines of 8.6.
8.6.6.1 Rack and Pinion Elevators. The main- 8.6.7.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators.
tenance of rack and pinion elevators shall con- The maintenance of special purpose personnel
form to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3
requirements of 8.6. Where the car and/or coun- and the applicable requirements of 8.6.
terweight safeties are sealed to prevent field
adjustment and examination, they shall be re- 8.6.7.8 Shipboard Elevators. The mainte-
turned to the manufacturer for replacement of nance of shipboard elevators shall conform to
components and calibration at the interval rec- 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable require-
ommended by the manufacturer. A data plate ments of 8.6.
shall be installed to show the date that the next
maintenance/calibration is due. 8.6.7.9 Mine Elevators

8.6.7.9.1 Rails on mine elevators shall be


8.6.6.2 Screw-Column Elevators. The mainte- kept free of rust and scale, which will prevent
nance of screw-column elevators shall conform proper operation of the car (or counterweight)
to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable require- safety device.
ments of 8.6.
8.6.7.9.2 Oil buffers that are installed on
8.6.6.3 Hand Elevators. The maintenance of elevators where water can accumulate in the
hand elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through pit shall be checked every 60 days for accumula-
8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6. tion of water.

336
p. 337 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.337

ASME A17.1–2000 8.6.7.9.3–8.6.8.3.2

8.6.7.9.3 The mine elevator hoistway shall 8.6.8.3 Step/Skirt Performance Index
be maintained to minimize the entry of water
and formation of ice which would interfere with 8.6.8.3.1 The step/skirt performance index,
the operation of the elevator. when the escalator is subjected to the test speci-
fied in 8.11.4.2.19, shall be the maximum value
8.6.7.10 Elevators Used for Construction. The of the recorded instantaneous step/skirt index
maintenance of elevators used for construction ey/(ey + 1), where
shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the
applicable requirements of 8.6. (SI Units)
e p 2.7183
8.6.8 Maintenance of Escalator and Moving y p −3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 0.37 (Lg)
Walks ␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a
polycarbonate test specimen on the
The maintenance of escalators and moving skirt panel at the measurement point
walks shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and calculated when subjected to a 110 N
8.6.8. normal load. The coefficient of friction
shall be measured without addition of
8.6.8.1 Handrails. Handrails shall operate at any field-applied lubricant.
the speed specified in applicable codes. Cracked Lg p the clearance between the step and
or damaged handrails that present a pinching the adjacent skirt panel when 110 N is
effect shall be repaired or replaced. Splicing of applied from the step to skirt panel, mm
handrails shall be done in such a manner that
the joint is free of pinching effect. The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N
by more than ± 11 N. The load shall be distrib-
8.6.8.2 Step to Skirt Clearance. Clearances uted over a round or square area no less than
shall be maintained in compliance with the 1 940 mm2 and no more than 3 870 mm2.
applicable codes. Alternatively, the clearance on
either side of the steps and between the steps
and the adjacent skirt guard shall not exceed (Imperial Units)
4 mm (0.16 in.) and the sum of the clearances e p 2.7183
y p − 3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 9.3 (Lg)
on both sides shall not exceed 7 mm (0.28 in.).
␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a
polycarbonate test specimen on the
NOTE: The allowable clearances are applicable as follows:
skirt panel at the measurement point
(a) ASME A17.1–1955 through A17.1d–1970; not more
than 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.) with a total of both sides not
calculated when subjected to a 25 lbf
more than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.), except where skirt obstruction normal load. The coefficient of friction
devices are installed at the lower entrance for escalators shall be measured without addition of
installed under the ASME A17.1–1965 through A17.1d–1970. any field-applied lubricant.
(b) ASME A17.1–1971 through A17.1–1979 editions: not Lg p the clearance between the step and
more than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) on each side. the adjacent skirt panel when 25 lbf is
(c) ASME A17.1–1980 through A17.1–1998 and later edi- applied from the step to skirt panel, in.
tions and ASME A17.3: not more than 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.)
on each side.
(d) For equipment installed to the ASME A17.1–1999 or The applied load shall not deviate from 25
later codes, the clearance on either side of the steps and lbf by more than ± 2.5 lbf. The load shall be
the adjacent skirt guard shall not exceed 4 mm (0.16 in.) distributed over a round or square area no less
and the sum of the clearances on both sides shall not than 3 in.2 and no more than 6 in.2.
exceed 7 mm (0.28 in.).
8.6.8.3.2 The step/skirt performance index
NOTE (on B44 Requirements): The allowable clearances are polycarbonate test specimen shall conform to
applicable as follows: the following specifications:
(a) B44-1960 through B44S3-1982 — not more than 4.8 (a) Material: Polycarbonate without fillers
mm (0.1875 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more (b) Color: Natural, no pigments
than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).
(b) B44-1985 through B44S2-1998 — Not more than 5 mm
(c) Finish: Glossy (roughness less than 0.8
(0.197 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than ␮m (32 ␮in.)
6 mm (0.236). (d) Area in contact with skirt panel: 2 900 ± 325

337
p. 338 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.338

8.6.8.3.2–8.6.9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

mm2 (4.5 ± 0.5 in.2) and at least 0.8 mm (0.03 8.6.8.8 Belt-Type Treadway. Belt-type
in.) thick treadways that are damaged or worn in such
(e) Specification: GE Lexan 100 series or a manner that the treadway does not provide
equivalent polycarbonate a continuous unbroken treadway surface or
proper engagement with the combplates shall
8.6.8.3.3 The escalator step/skirt perform- be repaired or replaced.
ance index shall be
(a) ≤ 0.15; or 8.6.8.9 Signs. Caution signs shall be provided
(b) ≤ 0.4 when a skirt deflector is provided. in compliance with 6.1.6.9 or 6.2.6.8. Damaged
or missing signs shall be replaced. Additional
signs, if provided, shall comply with 6.1.6.9 and
8.6.8.4 Combplates 6.2.6.8.
8.6.8.4.1 Combs with any broken teeth 8.6.8.10 Guards at Ceiling Intersections. Dam-
shall be repaired or replaced. Where two adja- aged or missing guards shall be repaired or
cent teeth are missing, the escalator shall be replaced in compliance with 6.1.3.3.9 and
removed from operation. 6.2.3.3.7.
8.6.8.4.2 Combs shall be adjusted and 8.6.8.11 Anti-Slide Devices. Damaged or
maintained in mesh with the slots in the step missing anti-slide devices shall be repaired or
or treadway surface so that the points of the replaced.
teeth are always below the upper surface of 8.6.8.12 Handrail Guards. Damaged or miss-
the treads. ing hand or finger guards shall be repaired or
8.6.8.5 Escalator Skirt Panels. The exposed replaced.
surface of the skirt panels adjacent to the steps, 8.6.8.13 Brakes. Brakes shall be maintained
if not made from, shall be treated with, a friction- in compliance with the applicable requirements
reducing material. Damaged skirt panels shall of 8.6.4.6, and adjusted to the torque shown
be replaced or repaired on the data plate, where provided.
8.6.8.6 Steps or Pallets 8.6.8.14 Cleaning. The interiors of escalators,
moving walks, and their components shall be
8.6.8.6.1 Steps or pallets with broken
cleaned to prevent an accumulation of oil,
treads shall be repaired or replaced.
grease, lint, dirt, and refuse. The frequency
8.6.8.6.2 Steps with dented or damaged of the cleaning will depend on service and
risers shall be repaired or replaced. conditions, but an examination to determine if
cleaning is necessary shall be required at least
8.6.8.6.3 Intermeshing moving walk pallets once a year.
that are damaged at the mesh shall be repaired
or replaced. 8.6.8.15 Entrance and Egress Ends. Escalator
and moving-walk landing plates shall be prop-
8.6.8.6.4 Steps or pallets that are worn or erly secured in place. Landing plates shall be
damaged and which do not provide proper kept free of tripping hazards and maintained to
engagement with the combplates shall be re- provide a secure foothold. All required entrance
paired or replaced. and exit safety zones shall be kept free from
obstructions.
8.6.8.6.5 The width or depth of the slots
in the tread surface of steps or pallets that do 8.6.9 Maintenance of Dumbwaiters and
not meet the applicable Code requirements shall Material Lifts
be repaired or replaced.
8.6.9.1 Dumbwaiters Without Automatic
8.6.8.7 Rollers, Tracks, and Chains. Rollers, Transfer Devices. The maintenance of dumb-
tracks, and chains shall be examined, repaired, waiters without automatic transfer devices shall
or replaced when necessary to ensure required conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applica-
clearances. ble requirements of 8.6.

338
p. 339 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.339

ASME A17.1–2000 8.6.9.2–8.6.10.5

8.6.9.2 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With 8.6.10.4.2 All authorized personnel who
Automatic Transfer Devices. The maintenance are assigned to assist in evacuating passengers
of material lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic from a stalled elevator, and all persons who
transfer devices shall conform to 8.6.1 through use special purpose personnel elevators, shall
8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6. be given a copy of these procedures and all
necessary training to assure that they under-
8.6.10 Special Provisions stand and comply with same.
8.6.10.1 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation.
NOTE (8.6.10.4): See ASME A17.4, Guide for Emergency
All elevators provided with firefighters’ emer- Personnel.
gency operation shall be subjected monthly to
Phase I recall by use of the key switch, and a
minimum of one-floor operation on Phase II, 8.6.10.5 Escalator or Moving Walk Startup.
except in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC. De- Authorized personnel shall check the escalator
ficiencies shall be corrected. A record of findings or moving walk prior to permitting use. All
shall be available to elevator personnel and the authorized personnel who are assigned to start
authority having jurisdiction. this equipment shall be given a copy and be
provided with training to ensure that they under-
8.6.10.2 Access Keys. Keys required for ac- stand and comply with the following proce-
cess, operation, inspection, maintenance, repair, dures.
and emergency access shall be made available (a) Prior to starting the unit, observe the steps
only to personnel in the assigned security level, or pallets and both landing areas to ensure no
in accordance with 8.1. persons are on the unit or about to board. Run
8.6.10.3 Cleaning Inside Hoistway the unit away from the landing.
(b) Verify correct operation of the starting
8.6.10.3.1 The cleaning of the exterior of switch.
car enclosures or hoistway enclosures from in- (c) Verify correct operation of the stop buttons
side the hoistway shall be performed only by and alarm, if furnished.
authorized personnel trained in compliance with (d) Visually examine the steps or treadway
the procedures specified in 8.6.10.3.2 and for damaged or missing components; comb-
8.6.10.3.3 (see 1.3). plates for broken or missing teeth; skirt panels
8.6.10.3.2 A written cleaning procedure and balustrades for damage.
shall be made and kept on the premises where (e) Verify that both handrails travel at substan-
the elevator is located. tially the same speed as the steps or the
treadway, are free from damage or pinch points,
8.6.10.3.3 The procedure shall identify the and that entry guards are in place.
hazards and detail the safety precautions to be (f) Visually verify that all steps, pallets, or the
utilized. treadway is properly positioned.
8.6.10.3.4 All personnel assigned to clean- (g) Verify that ceiling intersection guards, anti-
ing shall be given a copy of these procedures slide devices, deck barricades, and caution signs
and all necessary training to assure that they are securely in place.
understand and comply with same. (h) Verify that demarcation lighting is illumi-
nated, if furnished.
8.6.10.4 Emergency Evacuation Procedures
(i) Check for uniform lighting on steps/tread
for Elevators
not contrasting with surrounding areas.
8.6.10.4.1 A written emergency evacuation (j) Verify that the safety zone is clear of obsta-
procedure shall be made and kept on the prem- cles and that the landing area and adjacent
ises where an elevator is located. The procedure floor area are free from foreign matter and
shall identify the hazards. These procedures slipping or tripping hazards.
shall be available to authorized elevator and (k) Check for any unusual noise or vibration
emergency personnel. The procedure shall also during operation.
detail the safety precautions to be utilized in If any of these conditions is unsatisfactory,
evacuation from a stalled elevator. the unit shall be placed out of service. Barricade

339
p. 340 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$802 p.340

8.6.10.5–8.7.2.1.4 ASME A17.1–2000

the landing areas and notify the responsible 8.7.1.6 Temporary Wiring. During alterations,
party of the problem. Equipment subject to temporary wiring shall be permitted. The electri-
24-h operation shall be checked daily by author- cal protective devices of cars in normal opera-
ized personnel. tion shall not be rendered inoperative or inef-
fective.

8.7.1.7 Repairs and Replacements. Repairs


and replacements shall conform to 8.6.2 and
SECTION 8.7 8.6.3.
ALTERATIONS
8.7.1.8 Code Data Plate. A data plate shall
Requirement 8.7 applies to alterations.
be provided as required by 8.6.1.5.
NOTES:
(1) See Appendix L for an index of the requirements for
8.7.2 Alterations to Electric Elevators
alterations.
(2) See 8.6 for maintenance, repair, and replacement re- 8.7.2.1 Hoistway Enclosures
quirements.
8.7.2.1.1 Hoistway Enclosure Walls. Where
8.7.1 General Requirements alterations are made to any portion of a
hoistway enclosure wall, that portion which is
8.7.1.1 Applicability of Alteration Require- altered shall conform to the following:
ments. When any alteration is performed, re-
(a) Requirement 2.1.1;
gardless of any other requirements of 8.7, the (b) Requirement 2.1.5;
installation, as a minimum, shall conform to (c) Requirement 2.1.6;
the following applicable Code requirements: (d) Requirement 2.5;
(a) the Code at the time of installation; (e) Requirement 2.7.3.4.2;
(b) the Code requirements for the alteration (f) Requirement 2.8;
at the time of any alteration; (g) Requirement 8.7.2.10, where the portion
(c) ASME A17.3 if adopted by the authority of the wall that is altered includes an entrance
having jurisdiction.
assembly; and
8.7.1.2 Items Not Covered in 8.7. Where an (h) where a hoistway is altered so as to create
alteration not specifically covered in 8.7 is made, a single blind hoistway, entrances and emer-
it shall not diminish the level of safety below gency doors shall be provided as required by
that which existed prior to the alteration. See 2.11.1.
also 1.2.
8.7.2.1.2 Addition of Elevator to Existing
8.7.1.3 Testing. Where alterations are made, Hoistway. Where an elevator is added to an
acceptance inspections and tests shall be con- existing hoistway, the number of elevators in
ducted as required by 8.10.2.3 for electric eleva- that multiple hoistway shall be in accordance
tors, 8.10.3.3 for hydraulic elevators, or 8.10.4.2 with the requirements of the building code. The
for escalators and moving walks. horizontal clearances for the added elevator
8.7.1.4 Welding. Welding of parts on which and the clearances between the added car and
the support of the car, counterweight, escalator, adjacent cars shall conform to 2.5.
or moving walk depends, including driving ma-
chines, escalator, or moving walks, trusses, gird- 8.7.2.1.3 Construction at Top of Hoistway.
ers, and tracks, shall conform to 8.8 and 8.7.1.5. Any alteration to the construction at the top of
the hoistway shall conform to 2.1.2.1, 2.1.2.2,
8.7.1.5 Design. Design shall be verified by and 2.1.3. See also 8.7.2.4.
a licensed professional engineer for welding,
repair, cutting, or splicing of members upon 8.7.2.1.4 Construction at Bottom of
which the support of the car, counterweight, Hoistway. Any alteration to the construction of
escalator, or moving walks, trusses, girders, and the bottom of the hoistway shall conform to
tracks depends. 2.1.2.3 and 2.2. See also 8.7.2.4.

340
p. 341 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.341

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.2.1.5–8.7.2.10.1

8.7.2.1.5 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases. an alteration is made to an access door in an
Alterations to a hoistway which affect the means overhead machinery space, a stop switch shall
used to prevent the accumulation of smoke and be provided conforming to 2.7.3.5.
hot gases in case of fire shall conform to 2.1.4.
8.7.2.7.4 Headroom. No alteration shall re-
8.7.2.2 Pits. Alterations made to the pit shall duce the headroom below that required by 2.7.4,
conform to 2.2 and 2.1.2.3. See also 8.7.2.4. or the existing headroom, whichever is less.
8.7.2.3 Location and Guarding of Counter- 8.7.2.7.5 Windows and Skylights. Alter-
weights. Where new counterweights are in- ations made to windows and skylights shall
stalled or where counterweights are relocated, conform to 2.1.5.
their location, guarding, and clearances shall
conform to 2.3 and 2.5.1.2. The installation shall 8.7.2.7.6 Lighting. No alteration shall be
also conform to 2.6. made that diminishes the lighting of a machine
room or machinery space below that required
8.7.2.4 Vertical Car and Counterweight by 2.7.5.1.
Clearances and Runbys. No alteration shall re-
duce any clearance or runby below that required 8.7.2.7.7 Ventilation. No alteration shall be
by 2.4. Existing clearances shall be permitted to made that diminishes the ventilation of a ma-
be maintained, except as required by 8.7.2.17.1, chine room or machinery space below that re-
8.7.2.17.2, and 8.7.2.25.2. quired by 2.7.5.2.

8.7.2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight 8.7.2.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes,
Clearances. No alteration shall reduce any clear- and Ducts in Hoistways and Machine Rooms.
ance below that required by 2.5. Existing clear- The installation of any new, or the alteration of
ances shall be permitted to be maintained, ex- existing, electrical equipment, wiring, raceways,
cept as required by 8.7.2.17.2. cables, pipes, or ducts shall conform to the
applicable requirements of 2.8.
8.7.2.6 Protection of Spaces Below
Hoistways. Where alterations are made to an 8.7.2.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
elevator or the building such that any space Supports, and Foundations. Where new machin-
below the hoistway is not permanently secured ery and sheave beams, supports, foundations,
against access, the affected installation shall or supporting floors are installed, relocated, or
conform to 2.6. where alterations increase the original building
design reactions by more than 5%, they shall
8.7.2.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery conform to 2.9, and the adequacy of the affected
Spaces building structure to support the loads shall be
8.7.2.7.1 Enclosures. Where an alteration verified by a licensed professional engineer.
consists of the construction of a new machine 8.7.2.10 Entrances and Hoistway Openings
room or machinery space enclosure, it shall
conform to 2.7. Electrical equipment clearances 8.7.2.10.1 General Requirements
shall conform to NFPA 70 or CAN/CSA C22.1 (a) Where all new hoistway entrances are in-
whichever is applicable. Where alterations are stalled, they shall conform to 2.11, 2.12, and
made to any portion of a machinery room or 2.13.
machinery space, that portion which is altered (b) Where one or more, but not all, new
shall conform to 2.7. hoistway entrances are installed, they shall con-
form to 2.11.2 through 2.11.8 and 8.7.2.10.5.
8.7.2.7.2 Means of Access. Any alteration
The entire installation shall also conform to
that affects the safe and convenient means of
2.11.6, 2.12, and 2.13.
access to a machine room or machinery space
(c) Where an alteration is made to any
shall conform to 2.7.3.1, 2.7.3.2, and 2.7.3.3 to
hoistway entrance, it shall conform to 2.11.3,
the extent existing conditions permit.
2.11.5, 2.11.7, 2.11.8, and 8.7.2.10.5. The entire
8.7.2.7.3 Access Doors and Openings. installation shall also conform to 2.12 and 2.13.
Where an alteration is made to any access door (d) Where an emergency door is added or
or opening, it shall conform to 2.7.3.4. Where altered, it shall conform to 2.11.1 and 8.7.2.10.5.

341
p. 342 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.342

8.7.2.10.1–8.7.2.11.3 ASME A17.1–2000

(e) Where access openings for cleaning are (c) Panels shall conform to 2.11.13.3,
installed, they shall conform to 2.11.1.4 and 2.11.13.4, and 2.11.13.5.
8.7.2.10.5. (d) Hinges shall conform to 2.11.13.4.

8.7.2.10.2 Horizontal Slide-Type Entrances. 8.7.2.10.5 Marking of Entrance Assemblies


In addition to the requirements of 8.7.2.10.1, (a) In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC the
where any new horizontal slide-type entrance following shall apply:
is installed, it shall conform to 2.11.11. New (1) When an entrance or door panel is al-
components that are installed shall conform as tered, it shall have the fire protection rating not
follows: less than that of the existing entrance assem-
(a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.11.10.1, bly; and
2.11.11.1, and 2.11.11.6. (2) it shall be labeled in accordance with
(b) Hanger tracks and track supports shall con- NBCC.
form to 2.11.11.2. (b) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC the
(c) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.11.11.3. following shall apply: In fire-resistive construc-
An applied frame shall be permitted to be fas- tion, new hoistway entrances or door panels
tened to an existing frame provided that the shall conform to 2.11.14 through 2.11.18, except
combination of the new and existing frames for the following:
conforms to 2.11.11.3, 2.11.11.5.1, 2.11.11.5.2, (1) existing metal frames;
and 2.11.11.5.3. (2) existing tracks, sills, and sill supports;
(d) Hangers shall conform to 2.11.11.4. and
(e) Panels shall comply with 2.11.11.5, (3) applied frames.
2.11.11.6, and 2.11.11.7, except that the overlap 8.7.2.11 Hoistway Door-Locking Devices,
required by 2.11.11.5.1 shall not be less than Access Switches, and Parking Devices
13 mm (0.5 in.).
(f) Door safety retainers shall conform to 8.7.2.11.1 Interlocks. Where the alteration
2.11.11.8. consists of the installation of hoistway door
interlocks, the installation shall conform to
8.7.2.10.3 Vertical-Slide-Type Entrances. In 2.12.1, 2.12.2, 2.12.4 through 2.12.7, and 2.24.8.3.
addition to 8.7.2.10.1, where any new vertical- 8.7.2.11.2 Mechanical Locks and Electric
slide-type entrance is installed, it shall conform Contacts. Where the alteration consists of the
to 2.11.12. New components that are installed installation of hoistway-door combination me-
shall conform as follows: chanical locks and electric contacts, the installa-
(a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.11.10.3 tion shall conform to 2.12.1, 2.12.3, 2.12.4,
and 2.11.12.1. 2.12.6, and 2.24.8.
(b) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.11.12.2.
(c) Rails shall conform to 2.11.12.3. 8.7.2.11.3 Parking Devices. Where an alter-
(d) Panels shall conform to 2.11.12.3 through nation is performed to an elevator operated
2.11.12.6, and 2.11.12.8. from within the car only, an elevator parking
(e) Guides shall conform to 2.11.12.5. device shall be provided conforming to the
(f) Sill guards shall conform to 2.11.12.7. following requirements:
(g) Pull straps shall conform to 2.11.12.8. (a) At every elevator landing that is equipped
with an unlocking device, if
8.7.2.10.4 Swing-Type Entrances. In addi- (1) the doors are not automatically unlocked
tion to 8.7.2.10.1, where any new swing-type when the car is within the unlocking zone
entrance is installed, it shall conform to 2.11.13. (2) the doors are not operable from the
New components that are installed shall con- landing by a door-open button or floor button
form as follows: (b) Parking devices shall be permitted to be
(a) Landing sills shall conform to 2.11.10.1, provided at other landings.
2.11.10.3, and 2.11.13.1. (c) This device shall be located at a height
(b) Entrance frames shall conform to 2.11.13.2 not greater than 2 108 mm (83 in.) above the
and 2.11.13.4. floor.

342
p. 343 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.343

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.2.11.3–8.7.2.14.3

(d) Parking devices shall conform to the fol- 8.7.2.14.2 The following requirements shall
lowing requirements: be conformed to where alterations are made
(1) They shall be mechanically or electrically to existing cars.
operated. (a) Car enclosures shall conform to 2.14.1.2.
(2) They shall be designed and installed so (b) Where an alteration is made to a top emer-
that friction or sticking or the breaking of any gency exit, or where a new one is installed, it
spring used in the device will not permit opening shall conform to 2.14.1.5.
or unlocking a door when the car is outside (c) Where an alteration consists of the installa-
the landing zone of that floor. tion of glass in an elevator car, it shall conform
(3) Springs, where used, shall be of the to 2.14.1.8.
restrained compression type which will prevent (d) Any equipment added to an elevator car
separation of the parts in case the spring breaks. shall conform to 2.14.1.9.
(e) Where an alteration is made to a side
8.7.2.11.4 Access Switches and Unlocking
emergency exit, or where a new one is installed,
Devices. Where the alteration consists of the
it shall conform to 2.14.1.10.
installation of hoistway access switches and/or
(f) Any alteration to passenger car ventilation
hoistway-door unlocking devices, the installa-
shall conform to 2.14.2.3.
tion shall conform to
(g) Any alteration to car illumination or light-
(a) Requirement 2.12.6 and 2.24.8.3 for un-
ing fixtures shall conform to 2.14.7.
locking devices; and
(h) Where partitions are installed in elevator
(b) Requirement 2.12.7, 2.24.8, and 2.26.1.4
cars for the purpose of reducing the inside net
for access switches.
platform areas for passenger use, they shall
8.7.2.11.5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway conform to 2.16.1.2. Where conditions do not
Doors or Car Doors of Passenger Elevators. permit symmetrical loading, guide rails, car
Where a device that restricts the opening of frames, and platforms shall be capable of sus-
hoistway doors or car doors is altered or in- taining the resulting stresses and deflections.
stalled, the device shall conform to 2.12.5.
8.7.2.14.3 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
8.7.2.12 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors.
NBCC, where any alteration is made to the car
Where the alteration consists of the addition
enclosure, other than as specified in 8.7.2.14.2,
of, or alteration to, power opening or power
the installation shall conform to the following:
closing of hoistway doors, the installation shall
(a) Where an existing metal enclosure is re-
conform to 8.7.2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2, 8.7.2.10.3, and
tained and new material, other than metal, is
8.7.2.10.5.
installed, the car enclosure shall conform to the
8.7.2.13 Door Reopening Device. Where a re- 2.14.2.1.1.
opening device for power operated car doors (b) Where an existing enclosure other than
or gates is altered or added, the following re- as specified in 8.7.2.14.3(a) is retained and new
quirements shall apply: material is installed, the new material and adhe-
(a) Requirement 2.13.4; sive shall conform to the following require-
(b) Requirement 2.13.5; and ments, based on the tests conducted in accord-
(c) when firefighters’ emergency operation is ance with the requirements of ASTM E 84, UL
provided, door reopening devices and door clos- 723, or NFPA 255:
ing on Phase I and Phase II shall comply with (1) flame spread rating of 0 to 25
the requirements applicable at the time of instal- (2) smoke development of 0 to 450
lation of the firefighters’ emergency operation. If the material or combination of materi-
als installed exceeds 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) in thick-
8.7.2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates,
ness, the car enclosure shall conform to
and Car Illumination
2.14.2.1.1.
8.7.2.14.1 Where an alteration consists of (c) Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar
the installation of a new car, the installation materials shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1 and
shall conform to 2.14, 2.15, and 2.17 (see also 2.14.2.1.2 or 8.7.2.14.3(b), 8.3.7, and 8.3.8. Adhe-
8.7.2.15.1). sives shall conform to 8.7.2.14.3(b).

343
p. 344 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.344

8.7.2.14.3–8.7.2.16.3 ASME A17.1–2000

(d) Floor covering, underlayment, and its ad- (b) Requirement 2.16;
hesive shall have a critical radiant flux of not (c) Requirement 2.17;
less than 0.45 W/cm2 as measured by ASTM (d) Requirement 2.18;
E 648. (e) Requirement 2.20;
(e) Handrails, operating devices, ventilating (f) Requirement 2.21, except as covered by
devices, signal fixtures, audio and visual com- 8.7.2.22.2;
munications devices, and their housings are not (g) Requirement 2.22, except 2.22.4.5(b),
required to conform to 8.7.2.14.3(a) through (d). 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11;
(h) Requirement 2.23;
8.7.2.14.4 In jurisdictions enforcing the (i) Requirement 2.24, except 2.24.1; and
NBCC, where any alteration is made to the car (j) Requirement 8.7.2.9.
enclosure, car doors, or car gates, other than
as specified in 8.7.2.14.2, the installation shall 8.7.2.16 Capacity, Loading, and Classification
conform to 2.14, except that existing car-enclo-
sure materials exposed to the hoistway are not 8.7.2.16.1 Change in Type of Service.
required to conform to the flame spread ratings. Where an alteration consists of a change in
The existing flame spread rating shall not be type of service from freight to passenger or
diminished. passenger to freight, the installation shall con-
form to the following:
8.7.2.14.5 On passenger elevators (a) Requirements 2.11.1 through 2.11.3, and
equipped with nonperforated car enclosures, the 2.11.5 through 2.11.8.
emergency stop switch, including all markings, (b) Requirements 2.12 and 2.13;
shall be permitted to be removed if an in-car (c) Requirement 2.22, except 2.22.4.5(b),
stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.21 is provided. 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11;
(d) Requirements 2.14 and 2.15, except the
8.7.2.15 Car Frames and Platforms car platform guard (apron) shall conform to
2.15.9 only to the extent the existing pit shall
8.7.2.15.1 Alterations to Car Frames and permit, but in no case less than the leveling or
Platforms. Where alterations are made to a car truck zone, plus 75 mm (3 in.);
frame or platform, the frame and platform shall (e) Requirement 2.17, except that where grad-
conform to 2.15. Where roller or similar type ual wedge-clamp and drum-operated flexible
guide shoes are installed, which allow a definite guide-clamp safeties are reused, the stopping
limited movement of the car with respect to distances shall conform to the requirements of
the guide rails, the clearance between the safety the Code at the time of installation [see ASME
jaws and rails of the car shall be such that the A17.2.1, Table 2.29.2(c)];
safety jaws cannot touch the rails when the car (f) Requirement 2.18, except that the pitch
frame is pressed against the rail faces with diameters of speed governor sheaves and gov-
sufficient force to take up all movement of the ernor tension sheaves are not required to con-
roller guides. form to 2.18.7;
(g) Requirements 2.16, 2.20, 2.24 through 2.27,
8.7.2.15.2 Increase or Decrease in
except 2.24.1; and
Deadweight of Car. Where an alteration results
(h) Requirement 2.19.
in an increase or decrease in the deadweight
of the car that is sufficient to increase or de- 8.7.2.16.2 Change in Class of Loading.
crease the sum of the deadweight and rated Where the class of loading of a freight elevator
load, as originally installed, by more than 5%, is changed, it shall conform to 2.16.2 (see also
the installation shall conform to the following 8.7.2.16.4).
requirements:
(a) Requirement 2.15, except the car platform 8.7.2.16.3 Carrying of Passengers on
guard (apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to Freight Elevators. Where the alteration consists
the extent the existing pit shall permit, but in of a change in type of service from a freight
no case less than the leveling or truck zone elevator to a freight elevator permitted to carry
plus 75 mm (3 in.); passengers, the elevator shall conform to 2.16.4.

344
p. 345 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.345

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.2.16.4–8.7.2.17.2

8.7.2.16.4 Increase in Rated Load. Where car clearance and car and counterweight runby
an alteration involves an increase in the rated are not required to conform to 2.4. However,
load, the installation shall conform to the fol- if existing clearances are less than as required
lowing: by 2.4, they shall not be decreased by the
(a) Car doors or gates shall be provided at change in travel.
all car entrances. Where new car doors or gates (2) Where the increase in travel is at the
are installed, they shall conform to 2.14.4, 2.14.5, lower end of the hoistway, the existing overhead
and 2.14.6; car and counterweight clearances are not re-
(b) Requirement 2.15, except the car platform quired to conform to 2.4. However, if existing
guard (apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to clearances are less than as required by 2.4, they
the extent the existing pit shall permit, but in shall not be decreased by the change in travel.
no case less than the leveling or truck zone, (3) Where the decrease in travel is at the
plus 75 mm (3 in.); lowest end of the travel, the installation shall
(c) Requirement 2.16; conform to 2.2.4, 2.2.5, and 2.2.6.
(d) Requirement 2.17;
(e) Requirement 2.18, except that the pitch 8.7.2.17.2 Increase in Rated Speed
diameters of existing governor sheaves are not (a) Increase in the rated speed of a winding-
required to conform to 2.18.7; drum machine is prohibited except as permitted
(f) Requirement 2.19; in 8.7.2.17.2(c).
(g) Requirement 2.20; (b) Where the alteration involves an increase
(h) Requirement 2.21, except as covered by in the rated speed, except as specified in
8.7.2.22.2; 8.7.2.17.2(c), the following requirements shall
(i) Requirement 2.22, except 2.22.4.5(b), be conformed to:
2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11; (1) The bottom runbys and the top clear-
(j) Requirement 2.23; ances for cars and counterweights shall conform
(k) Requirement 2.24; to 2.4.2 through 2.4.11.
(l) Requirements 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5; (2) Horizontal clearances shall conform to
(m) Requirement 2.26.5; and 2.5.
(n) Requirement 8.7.2.9. (3) The car and counterweight buffers shall
conform to 2.22, except that existing buffers,
8.7.2.17 Change in Travel or Rated Speed where retained, are not required to conform to
2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11.
8.7.2.17.1 Increase or Decrease in Travel. (4) Car doors or gates shall be provided at
Where an alteration involves an increase or all car entrances. Where new car doors or gates
decrease in the travel without any change in the are installed, they shall conform to 2.14.
location of the driving machine, the following (5) The car safety, the counterweight safety
requirements shall be conformed to: (where provided), and the governor shall con-
(a) The terminal-stopping devices shall be re- form to 2.17 and 2.18, except that the pitch
located to conform to 2.25. diameters of speed governor sheaves and gov-
(b) Where the increase in travel is less than ernor tension sheaves are not required to con-
4 570 mm (180 in.), an existing winding-drum form to 2.18.7. Where the new rated speed is
machine shall be permitted to be retained, pro- greater than 3.5 m/s (700 ft/min), compensating
vided the drum is of sufficient dimensions to rope tie-down shall be provided in compliance
serve the increased travel with not less than with 2.17.17.
one full turn of wire rope remaining on the (6) The capacity and loading shall conform
winding drum when the car or counterweight to 2.16.
has reached its extreme limits of travel. (7) The driving machine and sheaves shall
(c) The bottom and top clearances and runbys conform to 2.24.
for cars and counterweights shall conform to (8) The terminal-stopping devices shall con-
2.4, except as follows: form to 2.25.
(1) Where the increase in travel is at the (9) The operating devices and control equip-
upper end of the hoistway, the existing bottom ment shall conform to 2.26, except that 2.26.4.1

345
p. 346 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.346

8.7.2.17.2–8.7.2.21.1 ASME A17.1–2000

through 2.26.4.3 shall apply only to the electrical 8.7.2.18.2 Where the alteration consists of
wiring and equipment altered. Requirement the installation of new counterweight safeties,
2.26.4.4 does not apply. the counterweight safeties, counterweight
(10) Suspension ropes and rope connection speed governor, and counterweight guide rails
shall conform to 2.20. shall conform to 2.17, 2.18, and 2.23, except as
(11) Car overspeed protection and unin- noted in 8.7.2.19.
tended car movement protection shall conform
8.7.2.18.3 Where any alterations are made
to 2.19.
to existing car or counterweight safeties, the
(c) Where the increase in rated speed does
affected safeties, governors, and guide rails
not exceed 10% and does not exceed 0.20 m/
shall conform to 2.17.1 through 2.17.9, 2.17.15,
s (40 ft/min), and is a result of a power supply
2.18, and 2.23, except as noted in 8.7.2.19.
change, and the new motor speed cannot match
the existing motor speed, the installation is not 8.7.2.18.4 Where existing rail reactions are
required to conform to 8.7.2.17.2(b), except that not increased by the installation of new safeties,
the new rated speed shall not the existing hoistway construction for bracket
(1) exceed 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) for Type A support need not be modified.
safeties; and
8.7.2.19 Speed Governors and Governor
(2) exceed 1 m/s (200 ft/min) when spring
Ropes. Where any alteration is made to a speed
buffers are provided.
governor, or where a new governor is installed,
Governors shall be adjusted to conform to
it shall conform to 2.18. Where there is a releas-
2.18.2.1 and 2.18.2.2 (see also 8.7.2.27.3).
ing carrier, it shall conform to 2.17.15.
Governor ropes of a different material, or
8.7.2.17.3 Decrease in Rated Speed. Confor- construction than originally specified by the
mance with the following requirements shall governor manufacturer shall be permitted, pro-
be required when the alteration involves a de- vided that
crease in the rated speed. (a) there is conformance with 2.18.6 and
(a) Where the bottom runbys and the top 2.18.7, except that the pitch diameters of ex-
clearances for cars and counterweights are less isting governor sheaves and tension sheaves
than as required by 2.4, they shall not be de- are not required to conform to 2.18.7; and
creased by the speed reduction. (b) a test is made of the car or counterweight
(b) The tripping speed of the car speed gover- safety and speed governor with the new rope
nor and the counterweight speed governor, to demonstrate that the safety will function as
where provided, shall be adjusted to conform required by 2.17.3.
to 2.18.2 for the new rated car speed.
8.7.2.20 Ascending Car Overspeed and
(c) The capacity and loading shall conform
Unintended Car Movement Protection. The re-
to 2.16.
quirements of 2.19 shall be conformed to where
(d) Capacity and data plates shall conform
a device for protection against ascending car
to 2.16.3, except the information required by
overspeed and unintended car movement is
2.16.3.2.2(d) shall include the name of the com-
altered or installed.
pany doing the alteration and the year of the
alteration. 8.7.2.21 Suspension Ropes and Their
(e) New electrical equipment and wiring shall Connections
conform to 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2, and 2.26.4.3.
8.7.2.21.1 Change in Ropes. Where the ma-
terial, grade, number, or diameter of ropes is
8.7.2.18 Car and Counterweight Safeties changed, the new ropes and their fastenings
shall conform to 2.20. When existing sheaves
8.7.2.18.1 Where the alteration consists of are retained using ropes different from those
the installation of new car safeties, the car originally specified, the original elevator manu-
safeties, car speed governor, and car guide rails facturer or a licensed professional engineer shall
shall conform to 2.17, 2.18, and 2.23, except as certify the sheave material to be satisfactory
noted in 8.7.2.19. for the revised application.

346
p. 347 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.347

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.2.21.2–8.7.2.27.1

8.7.2.21.2 Addition of Rope Equalizers. vided they are in accordance with sound engi-
Where rope equalizers are installed, they shall neering practice and will adequately maintain
conform to 2.20.5. the accuracy of the rail alignment.
8.7.2.21.3 Addition of Auxiliary Rope-Fas- 8.7.2.25 Driving Machines and Sheaves
tening Devices. Where auxiliary rope-fastening
devices are installed, they shall conform to 2.20. 8.7.2.25.1 Alterations to Driving Machines
and Sheaves
8.7.2.22 Counterweights (a) Where a driving machine is installed as
8.7.2.22.1 Where alterations are made to part of an alteration, the installation shall con-
any part of a counterweight assembly, except form to 2.7.2.2, 2.9, 2.10.1, 2.19, 2.20, 2.24, and
guiding members, the installation shall conform 2.26.8. Requirement 2.7.2.2 applies to the extent
to 2.21, except as specified by 8.7.2.22.2. See existing installations permit.
also 8.7.2.3. (b) Where alterations are made to driving ma-
chine components, the affected components
8.7.2.22.2 Rod-type counterweights shall shall conform to 2.24.2 through 2.24.9 and
be permitted to be retained, provided they are 2.26.8.
equipped with a minimum of two suspension (c) Where an alteration consists of a change
rods and two tie rods. The two suspension rods in the driving-machine sheave, the suspension
shall conform to 2.21.2.1 and 2.21.2.3 and shall ropes and their connections shall conform to
be provided with locknuts and cotter pins at 2.20. The sheave shall conform to 2.24.2, 2.24.3,
each end. The tie rods shall conform to 2.21.1.2. and 2.24.4.
Means shall be provided on each side of the
counterweight to maintain the distance between 8.7.2.25.2 Change in Location of Driving
the top and bottom guide weights in the event Machine
the counterweight lands on the buffer. (a) Where the location of the driving machine
is changed with no increase or decrease in
8.7.2.22.3 Where roller or similar type travel, the installation shall conform to 2.7.2.2,
guide shoes are installed, which allow a definite 2.9, 2.10.1, and 2.24.2.3.
limited movement of the counterweight with (b) Where the location of the driving machine
respect to the guide rails, the clearance between is changed with an increase or decrease in
the safety jaws and rails of the counterweight travel, the entire installation shall conform to
shall be such that the safety jaws cannot touch Part 2, except for the following:
the rails when the counterweight frame is (1) Requirement 2.5 (see also 8.7.2.5);
pressed against the rail faces with sufficient (2) Requirement 2.11 (see also 8.7.2.10); and
force to take up all movement of the roller (3) where the increase in travel is at the
guides. upper end of the hoistway, the existing bottom
8.7.2.23 Car and Counterweight Buffers and car clearance and car and counterweight runby
Bumpers. Where alterations are made to car are not required to conform to 2.4. However,
and counterweight buffers or bumpers, the in- if existing clearances are less than as required
stallation shall conform to 2.22. Existing buffers by 2.4, they shall not be decreased by the
are not required to conform to 2.22.4.5(b), change in travel.
2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11. 8.7.2.26 Terminal-Stopping Devices. Where
8.7.2.24 Guide Rails, Supports, and Fasten- an alteration is made to any terminal-stopping
ings. Where alterations are made to car and device, the installation shall conform to 2.25.
counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports, 8.7.2.27 Operating Devices and Control
or guide-rail fastenings, or where the stresses Equipment
have been increased by more than 5%, the
installation shall conform to 2.23. Guide rails, 8.7.2.27.1 Top-of-Car Operating Devices.
supports, fastenings, and joints of different de- Where there is an alteration to or addition of
sign and construction than those provided for a top-of-car operating device, it shall conform
in 2.23 shall be permitted to be retained pro- to 2.26.1.4.

347
p. 348 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.348

8.7.2.27.2–8.7.2.28 ASME A17.1–2000

8.7.2.27.2 Car-Leveling or Truck-Zoning De- ernor tension sheaves are not required to con-
vices. Where there is an alteration to or addition form to 2.18.7.
of a car-leveling device, or a truck-zoning device, (e) Car overspeed protection and unintended
it shall conform to 2.26.1.6. movement protection shall conform to 2.19.

8.7.2.27.3 Change in Power Supply. Where 8.7.2.27.6 Change in Type of Operation


an alteration consists of a change in power Control. Where there is a change in the opera-
supply at the mainline terminals of the elevator tion control, the installation shall conform to
controller, involving the following:
(a) change in voltage, frequency, or number (a) The protection of the hoistway landing
of phases; or openings shall conform to 2.11.1 through
(b) change from direct to alternating current 2.11.13, 2.12, and 2.13.
or vice versa; or (b) Car enclosures and car doors or gates
(c) change to a combination of direct and shall conform to 2.14, except that where existing
alternating current. car enclosures and/or car doors or gates are
Electrical equipment shall conform to 2.26.1.1, retained, conformance with the following re-
2.26.1.2, 2.26.1.3, 2.26.1.6, 2.26.2, 2.26.6, 2.26.7, quirements is not required:
2.26.9, and 2.26.10. All new and modified equip- (1) Requirements 2.14.1.3, 2.14.1.5.1, and
ment and wiring shall conform to 2.26.4.1, 2.14.1.8;
2.26.4.2, and 2.26.4.3. (2) Requirements 2.14.2.1, 2.14.2.3, and
Brakes shall conform to 2.24.8 and 2.26.8. 2.14.2.4;
Winding-drum machines shall be provided (3) Requirement 2.14.3; and
with final terminal-stopping devices conforming (4) Requirement 2.14.4.3 and 2.14.4.6.
to 2.25.3.5 [see also 8.7.2.17.2(b)]. (c) The car safety, the counterweight safety
(where provided), and the governor shall con-
8.7.2.27.4 Controllers form to 2.17 and 2.18, except that the pitch
(a) Where a controller is installed as part of diameter of speed governor sheaves and gover-
an alteration, it shall conform to 2.25, 2.26.1.4, nor tension sheaves are not required to conform
2.26.1.5, 2.26.4 through 2.26.9, 2.27.2 through to 2.18.7.
2.27.8. (d) The capacity and loading shall conform to
(b) Where a controller for the operation of the 2.16.
hoistway doors, car doors, or car gates is in- (e) The terminal-stopping devices shall con-
stalled as part of an alteration, all new and form to 2.25.
modified equipment and wiring shall conform (f) The operating devices and control equip-
to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2. ment shall conform to 2.26. The requirements
of 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3, and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply
8.7.2.27.5 Change in Type of Motion Con- to electrical equipment unchanged by the alter-
trol. Where there is a change in the type of ation.
motion control, the installation shall conform (g) Emergency operation and signaling de-
to the following: vices shall be provided and shall conform to
(a) The terminal-stopping devices shall con- 2.27.
form to 2.25.
(b) The operating devices and control equip- 8.7.2.28 Emergency Operations and Signaling
ment shall conform to 2.26. Requirements Devices. Where an alteration is made to car
2.26.4.2 and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical emergency signaling devices, the alteration
equipment unchanged by the alteration. shall conform to 2.27.1.
(c) Emergency operation and signaling de- Where an alteration is made to an emergency
vices shall conform to 2.27. or standby power system, the installation shall
(d) The car safety, the counterweight safety conform to 2.27.2.
(where provided), and the governor shall con- Where an alteration is made to firefighters’
form to 2.17 and 2.18, except that the pitch emergency operation, the installation shall con-
diameters of speed governor sheaves and gov- form to 2.27.3 through 2.27.8.

348
p. 349 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.349

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.2.28–8.7.3.14

Where the alteration consists of the addition or ducts shall conform to the applicable require-
of an elevator to a group, all elevators in that ments of 2.8.
group shall conform to 2.27.
8.7.3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams,
8.7.3 Alterations to Hydraulic Elevators Supports and Foundations. Where new machin-
ery and sheave beams, supports, foundations,
8.7.3.1 Hoistway Enclosures. Alterations to or supporting floors are installed, or where
hoistway enclosures shall conform to 8.7.2.1. alterations increase the original building design
8.7.3.2 Pits. Alterations made to the pit shall reactions by more than 5%, they shall conform
conform to 2.1.2.3 and 2.2. See also 8.7.3.4. to 2.9, and the adequacy of the affected building
structure to support the loads shall be verified
8.7.3.3 Location and Guarding of Counter- by a licensed professional engineer.
weights. Where new counterweights are in-
stalled, they shall conform to 2.3 and 2.5.1.2. 8.7.3.10 Hoistway Entrances and Openings.
The installation shall also conform to 3.5. Alterations to hoistway entrances shall conform
to 8.7.2.10, except that emergency doors meet-
8.7.3.4 Vertical Car and Counterweight ing the requirements of 2.11.1 are only required
Clearances and Runbys. No alteration shall re- to be installed in the blind portion of the
duce any clearance or runby below that required hoistway where required by 8.7.2.10 and
by 3.4. Existing clearances shall be permitted to (a) for all elevators where car or counter-
be maintained, except as required by 8.7.3.22.1, weight safeties are used; and
8.7.3.22.2, and 8.7.3.23.5. (b) for elevators where safeties are not used,
emergency doors are not required on elevators
8.7.3.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight
where a manually operated valve is provided
Clearances. No alteration shall reduce any clear-
that will permit lowering the car at a reduced
ance below that required by 2.5. Existing clear-
speed in case of power failure or similar emer-
ances shall be permitted to be maintained, ex-
gency.
cept as required by 8.7.3.22.1, 8.7.3.22.2, and
8.7.3.23.5. 8.7.3.11 Hoistway Door-Locking Devices. Al-
terations to hoistway door-locking devices, ac-
8.7.3.6 Protection of Spaces Below
cess switches, parking devices, and unlocking
Hoistways. Where alterations are made to an
devices shall conform to 8.7.2.11, except that
elevator or the building such that any space
conformance with 2.24.8 is not required.
below the hoistway is not permanently secured
against access, the affected installation shall 8.7.3.12 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors.
conform to 3.6. Where the alteration consists of the addition
of, or alteration to, power opening or power
8.7.3.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery
closing of hoistway doors, the installation shall
Spaces. Alterations to machine rooms and ma-
conform to 8.7.2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2, 8.7.2.10.3,
chinery spaces shall conform to 8.7.2.7.2
8.7.2.10.5, and 8.7.3.10.
through 8.7.2.7.7. Where an alteration consists
of the construction of a new machine room or 8.7.3.13 Car Enclosures. Where alterations are
machinery space enclosure, it shall conform to made to car enclosures, they shall conform to
2.7 and 3.7. Electrical equipment clearances 8.7.2.14.
shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70
8.7.3.14 Car Frames and Platforms. Where
or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Part
alterations are made to a car frame or platform,
9). Where alterations are made to any portion
the frame and platform shall conform to 3.15.
of a machinery room or machinery space, that
If safeties are used and if roller or similar
portion which is altered shall conform to 2.7
type guide shoes are installed, which allow a
and 3.7.
definite limited movement of the car with re-
8.7.3.8 Electrical Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in spect to the guide rails, the clearance between
Hoistways and Machine Rooms. The installation the safety jaws and rails of the car shall be
of any new, or the alteration of existing, electri- such that the safety jaws cannot touch the rails
cal equipment, wiring, raceways, cables, pipes, when the car frame is pressed against the rail

349
p. 350 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.350

8.7.3.14–8.7.3.22.1 ASME A17.1–2000

faces with sufficient force to take up all move- 8.7.3.18 Change in Class of Loading. Where
ment of the roller guides. the class of loading of a freight elevator is
changed, it shall conform to 2.16.2 as modified
8.7.3.15 Safeties
by 3.16.
8.7.3.15.1 Where the alteration consists of
the installation of car safeties, the car safeties 8.7.3.19 Carrying of Passengers on Freight
and car guide rails shall conform to 3.17.1, 3.23, Elevators. Where the alteration consists of a
and 3.28. change in type of service from a freight elevator
8.7.3.15.2 Where the alteration consists of to a freight elevator permitted to carry passen-
the installation of counterweight safeties, the gers, the elevator shall conform to 2.16.4.
counterweight safeties and counterweight guide
rails shall conform to 3.17.2, 3.23, and 3.28. 8.7.3.20 Increase in Rated Load. Where an
alteration involves an increase in the rated load,
8.7.3.15.3 Where any alterations are made the installation shall conform to 2.26.1.4,
to existing car or counterweight safeties, the 2.26.1.5, 2.26.5, 3.14 through 3.17, 3.20, 3.21
affected safeties and guide rails shall conform to through 3.23, and 3.24.5 (see also 8.7.3.23.4).
3.17, 3.23, and 3.28, except for cross-referenced
2.17.10 through 2.17.14, 2.17.16, and 2.17.17. 8.7.3.21 Increase in Deadweight of Car.
Where an alteration results in an increase in
8.7.3.16 Governors and Governor Ropes.
the deadweight of the car that is sufficient to
Where alterations are made to governors or
increase the sum of the deadweight and rated
where they are added, they shall conform to
load, as originally installed, by more than 5%,
8.7.2.19.
the installation shall conform to 3.14 through
8.7.3.17 Change in Type of Service. Where 3.17, 3.20, 3.21 through 3.23, and 3.24.5 (see
an alteration consists of a change in type of also 8.7.3.23.4).
service from freight to passenger or passenger
to freight, the installation shall conform to the 8.7.3.22 Change in Travel or Rated Speed
following:
(a) Requirements 2.11.1, 2.11.2, 2.11.3, and 8.7.3.22.1 Increase or Decrease in Travel.
2.11.5 through 2.11.8, except that emergency Where an alteration involves an increase or
doors meeting the requirements of 2.11.1 are decrease in the travel without any change in
only required to be installed in the blind portion the location of the driving machine, it shall
of the hoistway conform to the following:
(1) for all elevators where car or counter- (a) The terminal-stopping devices shall be re-
weight safeties are used; and located to conform to 3.25.
(2) for elevators where safeties are not used, (b) Where the increase in travel is at the lower
emergency doors are not required on elevators end of the hoistway, bottom car and counter-
where a manually operated valve is provided weight clearances and runbys shall conform to
which will permit lowering the car at a reduced 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3, and existing top car and
speed in case of power failure or similar emer- counterweight clearances and runbys that are
gency; less than as required by 3.4 shall not be de-
(b) Requirements 2.12 and 2.13; creased.
(c) Requirements 2.22 and 3.22.2, except (c) Where the increase in travel is at the upper
2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11; end of the hoistway, top car and counterweight
(d) Requirements 3.14, 3.15, 3.17, 3.21, and clearances, runbys, and refuge spaces shall con-
3.23; form to 3.4, and existing bottom car and coun-
(e) Requirement 2.18, where governors are terweight clearances and runbys that are less
provided, except that the pitch diameters of than as required by 3.4 shall not be decreased.
existing governor sheaves and tension sheaves (d) The plunger shall conform to 3.18.2.
are not required to conform to 2.18.7; and (e) Where the decrease is at the lower end
(f) Requirements 3.16, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20, 3.24, of the travel, the installation shall conform to
3.25, 3.26, and 3.27. 2.2.4, 2.2.5, and 2.2.6.

350
p. 351 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.351

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.3.22.2–8.7.3.25.1

8.7.3.22.2 Increase in Rated Speed. Where 8.7.3.23.3 Cylinders. Where a cylinder is in-
an alteration increases the rated speed, the stalled as part of an alteration, altered, or
installation shall conform to the following: sleeved, it shall conform to 3.18.3. If the plunger
(a) Requirement 2.5; is not equipped with a stop ring conforming to
(b) Requirement 3.4; 3.18.4.1, the installation shall also conform to
(c) Requirements 3.21 and 3.22.2, except that 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2.
existing buffers, where retained, are not re-
quired to conform to referenced 2.22.4.5(b), 8.7.3.23.4 Increase in Working Pressure.
2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11; Where an alteration increases the working pres-
(d) car doors or gates shall be provided at sure by more than 5%, the installation shall
all car entrances. Where new car doors or gates conform to 3.18, 3.19, and 3.24.1 through 3.24.4.
are installed, they shall conform to the applica- Requirements 3.18.3.8 and 3.19.4.6 do not apply
ble requirements of 3.14; to existing equipment.
(e) car and counterweight safeties and gover-
nors, where provided, shall conform to 3.17, 8.7.3.23.5 Change in Location of Hydraulic
except that the pitch diameters of existing gov- Jack. Where location of the hydraulic jack is
ernor sheaves and tension sheaves are not re- changed, the installation shall conform to Part 3.
quired to conform to 2.18.7;
8.7.3.23.6 Relocation of Hydraulic Machine
(f) Requirement 3.16;
(Power Unit). Where the hydraulic machine is
(g) Requirement 3.25;
relocated so that the top of the cylinder is above
(h) Requirements 3.26.1 through 3.26.6; and
the top of the storage tank, the installation shall
(i) Requirements 3.20 and 3.24.5.
conform to 3.26.8.
8.7.3.22.3 Decrease in Rated Speed. When
8.7.3.24 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
the alteration involves a decrease in the rated
Where an existing control valve is replaced with
speed, it shall conform to the following:
a valve of a different type, it shall conform to
(a) If the bottom runbys and the top clear-
3.19. Where relief or check valves or the supply
ances for cars and counterweights are less than
piping or fittings are replaced as part of an
as required by 3.4, they shall not be decreased
alteration, the components replaced shall con-
by the speed reduction.
form to the applicable requirements of 3.19.
(b) The tripping speed of the car speed gover-
Where electrically operated control valves are
nor and the counterweight speed governor,
installed in place of existing mechanically oper-
where provided, shall be adjusted to conform
ated control valves, for rated speeds of more
to 2.18.2 for the new rated car speed.
than 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min), existing terminal-
(c) The capacity and loading shall conform
stopping devices consisting of an automatic
to 3.16.
stop valve independent of the normal control
(d) Capacity and data plates shall conform
valve and operated by the movement of the car
to 3.16(c), except the information required by
as it approaches the terminals, where provided,
2.16.3.2.2(d) shall include the name of the com-
shall be permitted to be retained.
pany doing the alteration and the year of the
alteration. 8.7.3.25 Suspension Ropes and Their
(e) New electrical equipment and wiring shall
Connections
conform to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2.
8.7.3.25.1 Change in Ropes. Where the ma-
8.7.3.23 Hydraulic Equipment
terial, grade, number, or diameter of ropes is
8.7.3.23.1 Hydraulic Jack. Where the alter- changed, the new ropes and their fastenings
ation involves the installation of a hydraulic shall conform to 3.20. When existing sheaves
jack, it shall conform to 3.18. are retained using ropes different from those
originally specified, the original elevator manu-
8.7.3.23.2 Plungers. Where a plunger is in- facturer or a licensed professional engineer shall
stalled as part of an alteration or altered, it certify the sheave material to be satisfactory
shall conform to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2. for the revised application.

351
p. 352 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.352

8.7.3.25.2–8.7.3.31.7 ASME A17.1–2000

8.7.3.25.2 Addition of Rope Equalizers. (c) change to a combination of direct or alter-


Where rope equalizers are installed, they shall nating current.
conform to 2.20.5. Electrical equipment shall conform to 3.26.1,
3.26.4, 3.26.5, and 3.26.6 (not including 2.26.4.4).
8.7.3.26 Counterweights. Where alterations
are made to counterweights, they shall conform
8.7.3.31.5 Controllers
to 8.7.2.22 and 3.21. Where counterweights are
(a) Where a controller is installed without any
added to a previously uncounterweighted eleva-
change in the type of operation control or mo-
tor, it shall conform to 3.4, 3.6, 3.14, 3.15, 3.17.2,
tion control as part of an alteration, it shall
3.18, 3.20, 3.21, and 3.24.5. See also 8.7.3.3.
conform to 2.26.1.4, 2.26.1.5, 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2,
8.7.3.27 Car Buffers and Bumpers. Where al- 2.26.4.3, 2.26.5, 2.26.7, 3.26.2, 3.26.3, 3.26.5,
terations are made to car buffers or bumpers, 3.26.7, 3.26.10, and 3.25.
the installation shall conform to 3.21 and 3.22.2. (b) Where a controller for the operation of
Existing buffers are not required to conform to hoistway doors, car doors, or car gates is in-
2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11. stalled as part of an alteration, all new and
modified equipment and wiring shall conform
8.7.3.28 Guide Rails, Supports, and Fasten-
to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2.
ings. Where alterations are made to car and
counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports,
8.7.3.31.6 Change in Type of Motion Con-
or guide-rail fastenings, or where the stresses
trol. Where there is a change in the type of
have been increased by more than 5%, the
motion control, the installation shall conform
installation shall conform to 3.23 and 3.28.
to the following:
8.7.3.29 Tanks. Where a tank is installed as (a) The terminal-stopping devices shall con-
part of an alteration or altered, the tank shall form to 3.25.
conform to 3.24. (b) The operating devices and control equip-
ment shall conform to 3.26. The requirements
8.7.3.30 Terminal-Stopping Devices. Where
of 2.26.4.2 and 2.26.4.4 do not apply to electrical
an alteration is made to any terminal-stopping
equipment unchanged by the alteration.
device, the installation shall conform to 3.25.
(c) Emergency operation and signaling de-
8.7.3.31 Operating Devices and Control vices shall conform to 3.27.
Equipment
8.7.3.31.7 Change in Type of Operation
8.7.3.31.1 Top-of-Car Operating Devices.
Control. Where there is a change in the type
Where there is an alteration to, or addition of,
of operation control, the installation shall con-
a top-of-car operating device, it shall conform
form to the following:
to 3.26.2.
(a) The protection of the hoistway landing
8.7.3.31.2 Car-Leveling or Truck-Zoning De- openings shall conform to 2.11.1 through
vices. Where there is an alteration to, or addition 2.11.13 as modified by 3.11.1, and conform to
of, a car-leveling device or a truck-zoning device, 3.12.1 and 3.13.
it shall conform to 3.26.3.2. (b) Car enclosures and car doors or gates
shall conform to 3.14, except that where existing
8.7.3.31.3 Anti-Creep Leveling Device.
car enclosures and/or car doors or gates are
Where there is an alteration of an anti-creep
retained, conformance with the following re-
leveling device, it shall conform to 3.26.3.1.
quirements is not required:
8.7.3.31.4 Change in Power Supply. Where (1) Requirements 2.14.1.3, 2.14.1.5.1, and
an alteration consists of a change in power 2.14.1.8;
supply at the mainline terminals of the elevator (2) Requirements 2.14.2.1, 2.14.2.3, and
controller involving 2.14.2.4;
(a) change in voltage, frequency, or number (3) Requirement 2.14.3; and
of phases; (4) Requirements 2.14.4.3 and 2.14.4.6.
(b) change from direct current to alternating (c) The capacity and loading shall conform
current, or vice versa; or to 3.16.

352
p. 353 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.353

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.3.31.7–8.7.5.4

(d) The terminal stopping devices shall con- 8.7.4.3.4 Car Enclosures. Where an alter-
form to 3.25. ation is made to a car enclosure, it shall conform
(e) The operating devices and control equip- to 4.3.9 and 4.3.11.
ment shall conform to 3.26. The requirements
of 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3, and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply 8.7.4.3.5 Car Frame and Platform. Where
to electrical equipment unchanged by the alter- an alteration is made to a car frame or platform,
ation. the frame or platform shall conform to 4.3.11,
(f) Emergency operation and signaling de- 4.3.12, 4.3.13, and 4.3.16.
vices shall be provided and shall conform to
3.27. 8.7.4.3.6 Capacity and Loading. No alter-
ation shall reduce the rated load below that
8.7.3.31.8 Emergency Operation and required by 4.3.14.1 and 4.3.14.2. Where the
Signaling Devices alteration involves an increase in rated load,
(a) Where an alteration is made to car emer- the driving machine sheave shall comply with
gency signaling devices, the installation shall 4.3.19.1, 4.3.19.2, and 4.3.16.
conform to 2.27.1.
(b) Where an alteration is made to an emer- 8.7.4.3.7 Increase in Travel. Where the alter-
gency or standby power system, the installation ation involves an increase in the total travel to
shall conform to 2.27.2. exceed 4 600 mm (15 ft), it shall conform to
(c) Where an alteration is made to firefighters’ 4.3.3.1, 4.3.3.2, 4.3.15, and 4.3.16.
emergency operation, the installation shall con-
form to 3.27. 8.7.4.3.8 Guide Rails and Fastenings.
Where an alteration involves the installation of
8.7.3.31.9 Auxiliary Power Lowering Opera- guide rails, the guide rails and fastenings shall
tion. Where auxiliary power lowering operation comply with 4.3.18.1, 4.3.18.2, and 4.3.18.3.
is installed or altered, it shall conform to 3.26.10.
8.7.4.3.9 Overhead Beams and Supports.
8.7.4 Alterations to Elevators With Other Where the alteration involves a change in the
Types of Driving Machines arrangement of or load on the overhead beams
and sheaves, the new arrangement shall con-
8.7.4.1 Rack and Pinion Elevators. Where any form to 4.3.5.1 and 4.3.5.2, except that wood
alteration is made to a rack and pinion elevator, shall be permitted to be retained if it is structur-
the entire installation shall comply with 4.1. ally sound.
8.7.4.2 Screw-Column Elevators. Where any 8.7.4.3.10 Power Attachments. No alter-
alteration is made to a screw-column elevator, ation shall implement the use of a power other
the entire installation shall comply with 4.2. than hand power.
8.7.4.3 Hand Elevators
8.7.5 Alterations to Special Application
8.7.4.3.1 Hoistway Enclosures and Machin- Elevators
ery Space. Where an alteration is made to any
portion of a hoist-way enclosure or machinery 8.7.5.1 Inclined Elevators. Where any alter-
space, the altered portion shall conform to 4.3.1 ation is made to an inclined elevator, the entire
and 4.3.4. installation shall comply with 5.1.

8.7.4.3.2 Top Car and Counterweight Clear- 8.7.5.2 Limited Use/Limited Application Ele-
ances. No alteration shall reduce any clearances vators. Reserved.
or runby below that required by 4.3.3 or below
the minimum clearances as originally installed. 8.7.5.3 Private Residence Elevators. Re-
served.
8.7.4.3.3 Hoistway Entrances. Where new
entrances are installed, the new entrances shall 8.7.5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators.
conform to 4.3.6, 4.3.7, and 4.3.8. Reserved.

353
p. 354 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.354

8.7.5.5–8.7.6.1.7 ASME A17.1–2000

8.7.5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators 8.7.5.9 Mine Elevators. Reserved.

8.7.5.5.1 Changes in Electrical Wiring or 8.7.6 Alterations to Escalators and Moving


Electrical Equipment. Where electrical wiring or Walks
equipment is installed as part of an alteration,
8.7.6.1 Escalators
it shall conform to 5.5.1.8.
8.7.6.1.1 General Requirements. Any alter-
8.7.5.5.2 Sidewalk Door. Where a sidewalk ation to an escalator shall comply with 6.1.6.1,
door is installed as part of an alteration, it shall 6.1.6.1.1, 6.1.6.2.1, 6.1.6.3.1, 6.1.6.3.5, 6.1.6.7,
conform to 5.5.1.11.2, 5.5.1.11.3, and 5.5.1.11.4. 8.7.1.1, and 8.7.1.2.
When multiple driving machines per escalator
8.7.5.5.3 Change in Car Enclosure, Car
are utilized, operating and safety devices re-
Doors, and Gates. Where the car enclosure, car
quired by 8.7.6.1 shall simultaneously control
door, or car gate is installed as part of an
all driving machines.
alteration, it shall conform to 5.5.1.14.
8.7.6.1.2 Relocation of Escalator. Where an
8.7.5.5.4 Bow-Irons and Stanchions. Where escalator is relocated, it shall comply with 6.1.
the bow iron and stanchion is installed as part The requirements of 6.1.7.4.2 do not apply to
of an alteration, it shall conform to 5.5.1.15.2. electrical equipment unchanged by the reloca-
tion. The requirements of 6.1.3.6.5 do not apply
8.7.5.5.5 Increase in Rated Load. Where the
to existing escalators that were not required to
alteration consists of an increase in rated load,
comply with this requirement at the time of the
the bottom and top clearances and runbys shall
original installation.
conform to 5.5.1.16, 5.5.1.18, 5.5.1.21, and
5.5.1.25.4. 8.7.6.1.3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any
alteration to the floor openings in escalators
8.7.5.5.6 Increase in Rated Speed. Where shall comply with 6.1.1.1.
the alteration consists of an increase in rated
speed, the capacity and loading shall conform 8.7.6.1.4 Protection of Trusses and
to 5.5.1.15, 5.5.1.16, 5.5.1.19, and 5.5.1.22. Machinery Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration
to the sides and/or undersides of escalator
8.7.5.5.7 Existing Driving Machine. Where trusses and machinery spaces shall conform to
the driving machine is installed as part of an 6.1.2.1.
alteration, it shall conform to 5.5.1.8, 5.5.1.9, 8.7.6.1.5 Construction Requirements
5.5.1.23, and 5.5.1.25. (a) Angle of Inclination. No alteration of an
8.7.5.5.8 Change in Type of Operating escalator shall change the angle of inclination,
Devices and/or Control Equipment. Where the as originally designed, by more than 1 deg.
alteration consists of a change in the existing (b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry
type of operation or control equipment, or both, of the escalator components shall require con-
the new operating devices and control equip- formance with 6.1.3.2.
ment shall conform to 5.5.1.8 and 5.5.1.25. (c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balus-
trades shall require conformance with 6.1.3.3.
8.7.5.6 Rooftop Elevators. Where any alter- Deflector devices shall comply with 6.1.3.3.8
ation is made to a rooftop elevator, the entire NOTE [8.7.6.1.5(c)]: The balustrade does not include the
installation shall comply with 5.6. handrail. The vertical dimensions on existing skirt panels
may not allow full compliance. See 1.2.
8.7.5.7 Special-Purpose Personnel Elevators.
Where any alteration is made to a special-pur- 8.7.6.1.6 Handrails. Any alteration to the
pose personnel elevator, the entire installation handrails or handrail system shall require con-
shall comply with 5.7. formance with 6.1.3.2.2, 6.1.3.4.1 through
6.1.3.4.4, 6.1.3.4.6, 6.1.6.3.12, and 6.1.6.4.
8.7.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Where any alter-
ation is made to a shipboard elevator, the entire 8.7.6.1.7 Step System
installation shall comply with 5.8. (a) Any alteration to the step system shall

354
p. 355 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.355

ASME A17.1–2000 8.7.6.1.7–8.7.6.2.7

require conformance with 6.1.3.3.5, 6.1.3.5 [ex- 8.7.6.1.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical
cept as specified in 8.7.6.1.7(b)], 6.1.3.6, 6.1.3.8, Work. An alteration to or addition of lighting,
6.1.3.9.4, 6.1.3.10.4, 6.1.3.11, 6.1.6.3.3, 6.1.6.3.9, access, or electrical work shall conform with
6.1.6.3.11, 6.1.6.3.14, and 6.1.6.5. the specific requirements within 6.1.7 for that
(b) Steps having a width less than 560 mm change.
(22 in.) shall not be reduced in width by the
8.7.6.1.15 Entrance and Egress. Any alter-
alteration.
ation to the entrance or egress end shall comply
8.7.6.1.8 Combplates. Any alteration of the with 6.1.3.6.1 through 6.1.3.6.4.
combplates shall require conformance with 8.7.6.2 Moving Walks
6.1.6.3.13.
8.7.6.2.1 General Requirements. Any alter-
8.7.6.1.9 Trusses and Girders. Any alter- ation to a moving walk shall comply with
ations or welding, cutting, and splicing of the 6.2.6.2.1, 6.2.6.3.1, 6.2.6.3.5, 6.2.6.3.6, 6.2.6.6,
truss or girder shall conform to 8.7.1.4. Alter- 6.2.7.2, 8.7.1.1, and 8.7.1.2. When multiple driv-
ations shall result in the escalator’s conforming ing machines per moving walk are utilized, op-
to 6.1.3.7, 6.1.3.9.1, and 6.1.3.10.1. erating and safety devices required by 8.7.6.2
The installation of a new escalator into an shall simultaneously control all driving ma-
existing truss shall conform to all of the require- chines.
ments of 6.1.
8.7.6.2.2 Relocation of Moving Walk. Where
The requirements of 6.1.3.6.5 do not apply to
a moving walk is relocated, it shall comply
existing escalators that were not required to
with 6.2.
comply with this requirement at the time of the
original installation. 8.7.6.2.3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any
alteration to the floor openings for moving walks
8.7.6.1.10 Step Wheel Tracks. Any alter- shall comply with 6.2.1.1.
ation to the tracks shall result in the escalator’s
conforming with 6.1.3.8, 6.1.3.9.4, 6.1.3.10.1, and 8.7.6.2.4 Protection of Trusses and
8.7.1.4. Machinery Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration
to the sides or undersides, or both, of moving
8.7.6.1.11 Rated Load and Speed. Any alter- walk trusses and machinery spaces shall con-
ation that increases the rated load or rated form to 6.2.2.1.
speed or both shall result in the escalator’s
8.7.6.2.5 Construction Requirements
conforming with 6.1.
(a) Angle of Inclination. Alteration of a moving
8.7.6.1.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and walk that increases the angle of inclination shall
Brake require conformance with 6.2.
(a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driv- (b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry
ing machine shall result in the escalator’s con- of the moving walk components shall require
forming to 6.1.3.9.2, 6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.1, conformance with 6.2.3.2.
6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1, 6.1.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.4, and (c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balus-
6.1.6.3.8. trades shall require conformance with 6.2.3.3.
(b) Driving Motor. An alteration to the drive NOTE [8.7.6.2.5(c)]: The balustrade does not include the
motor shall result in the escalator’s conforming handrail.
to 6.1.3.9.2, 6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1,
6.1.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.2, 6.1.6.3.8, and 6.1.6.3.10. 8.7.6.2.6 Handrails. An alteration to the
(c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the ma- handrails or handrail system shall require con-
chine brake shall result in the escalator’s con- formance with 6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.4, 6.2.6.3.10, and
forming to 6.1.3.9.3, 6.1.3.10.2, and 6.1.5.3.1. 6.2.6.4.
8.7.6.1.13 Operating and Safety Devices. 8.7.6.2.7 Treadway System
Any alteration to or addition of operating and (a) An alteration to the treadway system shall
or safety devices shall conform to 6.1.6 for that require conformance with 6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.3.5,
device. 6.2.3.3.6, 6.2.3.5, 6.2.3.6 [except as specified in

355
p. 356 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.356

8.7.6.2.7–8.7.7.3.4 ASME A17.1–2000

8.7.6.2.7(b)], 6.2.3.8, 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10, 6.2.3.11, 8.7.6.2.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical
6.2.3.12.4, 6.2.3.12.5, 6.2.3.13, 6.2.6.3.3, 6.2.6.5, Work. An alteration to or addition of lighting,
and 6.2.6.3.9. access, or electrical work shall conform with
(b) The minimum width of the moving walk the specific requirements within 6.2.7 for that
shall be permitted to be less than that required change.
by 6.2.3.7. The existing width, if less than re-
quired by 6.2.3.7, shall not be decreased by the
alteration. 8.7.7 Alterations to Dumbwaiters and
Material Lifts
8.7.6.2.8 Combplates. An alteration of the
8.7.7.1 Dumbwaiters Without Automatic
combplates shall require conformance with
Transfer Devices
6.2.3.8 and 6.2.6.3.11.

8.7.6.2.9 Trusses and Girders. Any alter- 8.7.7.1.1 General. When any alteration is
ations or welding, cutting, and splicing of the made to a dumbwaiter, all work performed as
truss or girder shall conform to 8.7.1.4. Alter- part of the alteration shall comply with Part 7.
ations shall result in the moving walk’s conform-
ing to 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10.1, and 6.2.3.12.1. The 8.7.7.1.2 Increase in Rated Load. Where an
installation of a new moving walk into an ex- alteration involves an increase in the rated load,
isting truss shall conform to all of the require- the installation shall conform to the following:
ments of 6.2. (a) Requirement 7.2, except 7.2.1 for hand and
electric dumbwaiters; or
8.7.6.2.10 Track System. Any alteration to (b) Requirement 7.3, except 7.3.4.1 for hydrau-
the tracks shall result in the moving walk’s lic dumbwaiters.
conforming to 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10, 6.2.3.12.1, and
8.7.1.4. 8.7.7.2 Addition of Automatic Transfer De-
vice. Where an automatic transfer device is
8.7.6.2.11 Rated Load and Speed. Any alter- installed on an existing elevator or dumbwaiter,
ation that increases the rated load or rated the resultant combination of material lift or
speed or both shall result in the moving walk’s dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device shall
conforming to 6.2. conform to Part 7.
8.7.6.2.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and
8.7.7.3 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With
Brake
Automatic Transfer Devices
(a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driv-
ing machine shall result in the moving walk’s
8.7.7.3.1 Where any alteration is made to
conforming to 6.2.3.10.2, 6.2.3.12.2, 6.2.3.12.3,
a material lift or dumbwaiter with an automatic
6.2.3.13, 6.2.3.14, 6.2.3.15, 6.2.4, 6.2.5.1,
transfer device, the entire installation shall com-
6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.5.3.2, 6.2.6.3.4, and 6.2.6.3.8.
ply with 7.8 through 7.10.
(b) Drive Motor. An alteration to the drive
motor shall result in the moving walk’s conform-
ing to 6.2.3.10.2, 6.2.3.12.2, 6.2.3.12.3, 6.2.4, 8.7.7.3.2 Where an automatic transfer de-
6.2.5.2, 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.6.3.2, 6.2.6.3.7, and vice is removed from a material lift and is not
6.2.6.3.8. replaced, the installation shall conform to 7.4,
(c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the ma- Material Lift Without Transfer Device.
chine brake shall result in the moving walk’s
conforming to 6.2.3.10.3, 6.2.3.12.2, 6.2.3.12.3, 8.7.7.3.3 Where a material lift is altered to
6.2.5.3.1, and 6.2.5.3.2. be an elevator, it shall comply with Part 2 or 3.

8.7.6.2.13 Operating and Safety Devices. 8.7.7.3.4 Where a material lift or dumb-
An alteration to or addition of operating and/ waiter with an automatic transfer device is al-
or safety devices shall conform with the specific tered to a dumbwaiter, it shall comply with 7.1
requirements within 6.2.6 for that device. through 7.3.

356
p. 357 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$803 p.357

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 8.8–8.10.1.2

SECTION 8.8 of any alteration and indicate the applicable


WELDING requirements of 8.7.

8.8.1 Qualification of Welders 8.9.2 Location


Where required elsewhere in this Code, weld- The data plate shall be in plain view, securely
ing of parts, except for tack welds later incorpo- attached to the main line disconnect or on the
rated into finished welds, shall be undertaken controller.
(a) by welders qualified in accordance with
the requirements of Section 5 of ANSl/AWS 8.9.3 Material and Construction
D1.1, whereby the welders shall be qualified by The data plate shall be of such material and
the manufacturer or contractor; a professional construction that the letters and figures
consulting engineer; or a recognized testing stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to
laboratory; or the face shall remain permanently and readily
(b) by a fabricator qualified to the require- legible. The height of the letters and figures
ments of CSA W47.1, whichever is applicable shall be not less than 3.2 mm (0.125 in.).
(see Part 9).

8.8.2 Welding Steel


Where required elsewhere in this Code,
SECTION 8.10
welding
ACCEPTANCE INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
(a) shall conform to the design and procedure
requirements of the applicable section of ANSl/ Requirement 8.10 covers acceptance inspec-
AWS D1.1 or ANSI/AWS D1.3; or tions and tests of new or altered installations.
(b) shall conform to the design and procedure
NOTE (8.10): Compliance with certain requirements is veri-
requirements of CSA W59, fiable through review of design documents, engineering,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). or type tests.

8.8.3 Welding Metals Other Than Steel 8.10.1 General Requirements for Acceptance
Where required elsewhere in this Code, weld- Inspections and Tests
ing of materials other than steel shall be done 8.10.1.1 Persons Authorized to Make
in accordance with the latest AWS or CSA re- Acceptance Inspections and Tests
quirements applicable to the specific materials
used. 8.10.1.1.1 The acceptance inspection shall
be made by an inspector employed by the
authority having jurisdiction, or by a person
authorized by the authority having jurisdiction.
8.10.1.1.2 The person installing or altering
SECTION 8.9 the equipment shall perform all of the tests
CODE DATA PLATE required by 8.10.2 through 8.10.5 in the presence
Requirement 8.9 contains requirements for all of the inspector specified in 8.10.1.1.1.
new and existing equipment within the Scope 8.10.1.1.3 The inspector shall meet the
of this Code. qualification requirements of the ASME QEI-1.
Inspectors and inspection supervisors shall be
8.9.1 Required Information certified by an organization accredited by ASME
Data plate shall be provided and maintained in accordance with the requirements of ASME
that shall indicate the Code to be used for QEI-1. Requirement 8.10.1.1.3 does not apply in
inspections and tests (see 8.10.1.2). The data Canadian jurisdictions.
plate shall indicate the Code and edition in 8.10.1.2 Applicability of Inspection and Test
effect at the time of installation. The data plate Requirements. Inspections and tests required
shall also indicate the Code in effect at the time by 8.10.2 through 8.10.5 are to determine that

357
p. 358 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.358

8.10.1.2–8.10.2.2.1 ASME A17.1–2000

the equipment conforms with the following ap- (2) clearance (2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5);
plicable requirements: (3) landing-sill guard, illumination, and
(a) the Code at the time of installation; hinging (2.11.10); and
(b) the Code effective as applicable to and for (4) car hinged sills (2.15.16).
each alteration; and (e) Car Lighting (2.14.7) (Item 1.5)
(c) the ASME A17.3 Code if adopted by the (1) normal illumination (2.14.7);
authority having jurisdiction. (2) auxiliary lighting system (2.14.7.1.3).
(f) Car Emergency Signal (2.27.1 and 2.11.1.3)
NOTES (8.10.1.2):
(Item 1.6)
(1) The appropriate ASME A17.2 Inspectors’ Manual (see
Preface, ASME Elevator Publications) is a guide for inspec- (g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7)
tions and tests. (1) closed position (2.14.4.11)
(2) References to “Items” and “Divisions” of the Inspec- (2) contact or interlock (2.14.4.2, 2.26.2.15,
tors’ Manual, and to the requirements of this Code, are 2.26.2.28);
indicated in parentheses as a convenient reference to the
(3) car-landing door clearances (2.14.4.5);
applicable testing procedures and requirements.
(4) car door guides (2.14.4.6);
(5) passenger car door (2.14.5); and
8.10.1.3 Making Safety Devices Inoperative
(6) freight car door or gate (2.14.6)
or Ineffective. No person shall at any time make
(h) Door Closing Force Test (2.13.4) (Item 1.8)
any required safety device or electrical protec-
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (2.13.3)
tive device inoperative or ineffective, except
(Item 1.9): test closing time per data plate
where necessary during tests and inspections.
(2.13.4.2.4);
Such devices shall be restored to their normal
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item
operating condition in conformity with the appli-
1.10)
cable requirements prior to returning the equip-
(1) Power Opening of Doors (2.13.2). Check
ment to service (see 2.26.7).
that the leveling zone does not exceed the
maximum allowable distance. Check that the
8.10.2 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of
leveling speed does not exceed 0.75 m/s (150
Electric Elevators
ft/min). For static control elevators, the person
8.10.2.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New or firm installing or maintaining the equipment
installations shall be inspected and tested as shall provide a written checkout procedure and
required by 8.10.2.2 before being placed in demonstrate that the leveling speed with the
service. doors open is limited to a maximum of 0.75
Altered installations shall be inspected as m/s (150 ft/min) and that the speed limiting (or
specified in 8.10.2.3.1. Altered installations shall speed monitor) means is independent of the
be tested as specified in 8.10.2.3.2 before being normal means of controlling this speed [Item
placed back in service. 1.10.2(b)].
(2) Leveling Zone and Leveling Speed
8.10.2.2 Inspection and Test Requirements
(2.26.1.6.3). In addition, for static control eleva-
for New Installations
tors, the person or firm installing the equipment
8.10.2.2.1 Inside Car shall provide a written checkout procedure and
(a) Door Reopening Device (2.13.5) (Item 1.1) demonstrate that the leveling speed with the
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2) doors open is limited to a maximum of 0.75
(1) emergency stop switch (2.26.2.5); and m/s (150 ft/min) and that the speed limiting (or
(2) in-car stop switch (2.26.2.21). speed monitor) means is independent of the
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3) normal means of controlling this speed
(1) operating devices (2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.2, and (2.26.1.6.6).
2.26.1.6); (3) Inner Landing Zone (2.26.1.6.7). For
(2) in-car inspection (2.26.1.4.3); and static control elevators, check that the zone in
(3) inspection operation with open door cir- which the car can move with the doors open
cuits (2.26.1.5). is not more than 75 mm (3 in.) above or below
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.4) the landing [Item 1.10.2(c)].
(1) car floor (2.15.5);

358
p. 359 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.359

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.2.2.1–8.10.2.2.2

(k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (f) Ventilation and Heating (2.7.5.2) (Item 2.6)
(Item 1.11) (g) Fire Extinguisher (8.6.1.6.5) (Item 2.7)
(1) Vision panel (2.14.2.5) (h) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (2.8) (Item 2.8)
(2) Glass doors (2.14.5.8) (i) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment
(3) Access panels (2.14.2.6) (2.10.1) (Item 2.9)
(l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12) (j) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
(1) Enclosure and lining materials (2.14.2.1 Disconnect Switches [2.29.1(a) through (f)]
and 2.14.3.1) (Item 2.10)
(2) Equipment prohibited inside car (k) Disconnecting Means and Control
(2.14.1.9) (2.26.4.1, and NFPA 70 Section 620-51 or CSA-
(3) Classes of loading (2.16.2.2) C22.1, Section 38-034] (Item 2.11)
(4) Passengers on freight elevators (2.16.4) (l) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, Etc.
(5) Identification in cars (2.29.1); (Item 2.12)
(m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13) (1) Wiring (2.26.4.1)
(1) Car top (2.14.1.5) (2) Fuses (2.26.4.1)
(2) Car side (2.14.1.10) (3) Grounding (2.26.1 and NFPA 70 Section
(n) Ventilation (2.14.2.3 and 2.14.3.3) (Item 620-82 or CSA-C22.1, Section 38-048)
1.14) (4) Phase-protection (2.26.6)
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (5) Certification (2.26.4.2)
(2.26.12) (Item 1.15) (6) Clearances (NFPA 70 Section 620-5 or
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate CSA-C22.1, Section 38-044)
(Item 1.16) (7) Capacitors or Devices (2.26.7)
(1) Rated load and platform area (2.16.1 and (m) Control Circuits, Including Static Control
2.16.2) (Item 2.13). The person or firm installing the
(2) Capacity and data plates (2.16.3) elevator shall demonstrate or document confor-
(3) Signs in freight elevators (2.16.5 and mance with the following:
2.16.7) (1) General (2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, and 2.26.9.8)
(q) Emergency or Standby Power Operation (2) Redundancy and its checking (2.26.9.3
(Item 1.17). Operation of elevators equipped and 2.26.9.4)
with emergency or standby power shall be in- (3) Static control without motor generator
spected and tested for conformance with the sets (2.26.9.5 and 2.26.9.6)
applicable requirements (2.16.8 and 2.27.2). (4) Installation of Capacitors or Other De-
(r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway vices to Make Electrical Protective Devices Inef-
Doors (2.12.5) (Item 1.18) fective (2.26.6)
(s) Car Ride (2.23, 2.23.6, and 2.15.2) (Item (n) Overhead Beam and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
1.19) 2.9.3) (Item 2.14)
(t) Door Monitoring Systems (2.26.5) (o) Braking System. For passenger elevators
(u) Stopping Accuracy (2.26.11) and all freight elevators, the brake shall be
tested for compliance with applicable require-
8.10.2.2.2 Machine Room ments. Place the load as shown in Table
(a) Access to Machine Space (Item 2.1) 8.11.2.3.4 in the car and run it to the lowest
(1) Access (2.7.3.1 through 2.7.3.4) landing by normal operating means. The driving
(2) Door fire rating (2.7.1.1) machine shall safely lower, stop, and hold the
(b) Headroom (2.7.4) (Item 2.2) car with this load. Freight elevators of class C-
(c) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3) 2 loading shall sustain and level the elevator
(1) Lighting (2.7.5.1) car. (2.16.6) (Item 2.15)
(2) Receptacles [NFPA 70 Section 620-23(c) (1) Braking system (2.24.8.2.2)
and 620-085 or CSA-C22.1, Section 38-052(4)] (2) Electromechanical brake (2.24.8.3)
(d) Enclosure of Machine Space (Item 2.4) (p) Drive Machines (2.24.1, 2.24.4, 2.24.5, and
(1) Floors (2.1.3) 2.24.9) (Item 2.16)
(2) Enclosure (2.7.1 and 2.7.2.1) (q) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections
(e) Housekeeping (2.7.2.1) (Item 2.5) (2.24.6, 2.24.7, and 2.24.10) (Item 2.17)

359
p. 360 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.360

8.10.2.2.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(r) Winding Drum Machine (Item 2.18) (3) Additional operation devices (2.26.1.3)
(1) Where permitted (2.24.1) (aa) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal
(2) Drum diameter (2.24.2.1 and 2.24.2.2) (Item 2.28)
(3) Slack rope device shall be tested by (1) The tripping speed of the governor and
creating slack rope (2.26.2.1) the speed at which the governor overspeed
(4) Spare rope turns (2.20.7) switch operates shall be tested to determine
(5) Securing of ropes to drums (2.20.6) conformance with 2.18.2 and 2.18.4;
(6) Final terminal-stopping devices (2) The governor rope pull-through and pull-
(2.25.3.5) out forces shall be tested to determine confor-
(s) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine (2.24.9) mance with 2.17.15 and 2.18.6. If adjustments
(Item 2.19) are made to the governor it shall be sealed
(t) Motor Generator (2.26.9.7) (Item 2.20) immediately following the test
(u) Absorption of Regenerated Power (3) The adjustable means shall be sealed
(2.26.10) (Item 2.21) (2.18.3)
(v) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.23) (4) A marking plate conforming to 2.18.9
(1) Diameter (2.24.2.1, 2.24.2.2, and 2.24.2.4) shall be attached at the governor.
(2) Grooves (2.24.2.1) (bb) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item 2.29)
(3) Traction limits (2.24.2.3 and 2.16.6) shall (1) General Requirements for Type A, Type
be verified: B, and Type C Safeties. The following require-
(a) During an emergency stop initiated by ments apply to the acceptance tests of Types
any of the electrical protective devices listed in A, B, and C safeties (Item 2.29)
2.26.2 (except 2.26.2.13), at the rated speed in (a) Car safeties shall be tested with rated
the down direction, with passenger elevators load in the car. In making the test of car safeties,
and freight elevators permitted to carry passen- the load shall be centered on each quarter of
gers carrying 125% of their rated load, or with the platform symmetrically with respect to the
freight elevators carrying their rated load, cars center lines of the platform. Counterweight safe-
shall stop and safely hold the load; and ties, where provided, shall be tested with no
(b) Traction shall slip if either the car or load in the car.
the counterweight bottoms on its buffer (b) The tripping speed of the governor
(w) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves (2.24.2) shall be measured by means of a tachometer
(Item 2.24); and, if necessary, adjusted to conform to 2.18.2.
(x) Rope Fastenings (2.9.3.3, 2.20.5, and (c) If adjustments to the tripping speed
2.20.9) (Item 2.25) are made, the governor shall be sealed immedi-
(y) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.26). ately following the test. Governors shall be
The following tests are performed with an empty sealed, as required by 2.18.3.
car in the up direction and the car loaded with (d) The operation of the governor
rated load or 125% of rated load in the down overspeed and the car safety-mechanism switch
direction (see 2.16.8) shall be tested to determine conformance with
(1) Test normal terminal-stopping device for 2.18.4 and 2.17.7.
conformance with 2.25.2 by making inoperative (e) After the safety has stopped the car,
the normal stopping means. The final terminal- the level of the car platform shall be checked
stopping device and the emergency terminal- to determine conformance with 2.17.9.2.
speed-limiting device shall remain operative. (f) A metal tag with the rule number, test
(2) Test emergency terminal-speed-limiting date, and name of the person/firm performing
device for conformance with 2.25.4.1. the test shall be attached to the releasing carrier
(3) For static control elevators. See 2.25.4.2. or where the governor rope attaches to the
[See also 8.10.2.2.3(g) and (h)] safety.
(z) Machine Room Operation Devices (2) Type A Governor-Operated Safeties
(1) Machine room inspection operation (a) Type A governor-operated safeties
(2.26.1.4.4) shall be tested by operating the car at its rated
(2) Inspection operation with open door cir- speed in the down direction and tripping the
cuits (2.26.1.5) governor jaws by hand. A test shall also be

360
p. 361 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.361

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.2.2.2–8.10.2.2.3

made of the inertia application of the safety to counterweight, the switch on the car operated
determine conformance with 2.17.8.1, by at- by the car safety mechanism shall, for the dura-
taching the proper weight to the return run of tion of the test, be temporarily adjusted to open
the governor rope. The manufacturer shall in- as close as possible to the position at which
form the person making the test of the weight the car safety mechanism is in the fully applied
necessary to be added to the governor rope position.
when making the inertia application test. This (c) The stopping distances for Type B
weight shall be that necessary to reproduce safeties shall conform to 2.17.3, and shall be
inertia operation of the safety at not more than determined by measuring the length of the
9
⁄10 gravity. The inertia application test shall be marks made by the safety jaws or wedges on
made with the car stationary, and the weight, both sides of each car guide rail, deducting the
when released, shall move the safety parts into length of the safety jaw or wedge used, and
contact with the rails. See Appendix M, Fig. taking the average of the four readings.
M1, for location of weight to be attached to (d) For Type B safeties, the movement of
the governor rope when making the inertia test; the governor rope to operate the safety mecha-
Inertia application of the safety on the Type A nism shall be tested to determine conformance
auxiliary safety plank of Type C safeties is not with 2.17.11.
required. (e) For Type C safeties, the stopping dis-
(b) If means other than inertia application tance shall be equal to the stroke of the buffer
of the safety is provided, such means shall be located between the lower member of the car
tested in an appropriate manner to ensure that frame and the auxiliary safety plank, and shall
the safety will apply without appreciable delay conform to 2.17.8.2. After the safety has stopped
under free-fall condition and that the safety the car, the level of the auxiliary safety plank
application is independent of the location of shall be checked to determine conformance with
the break in the hoisting ropes. 2.17.8.2.6.
(3) Type A Safeties Without Governors. (f) For Type C safeties, the buffer com-
Type A safeties without governors which are pression-switch and oil-level devices shall be
operated only as a result of the breaking or tested to determine conformance with 2.17.8.2.7
slackening of the suspension ropes shall be and 2.17.8.2.8;
tested by obtaining the necessary slack rope to (cc) Ascending Car Overspeed, and Unin-
cause it to function. tended Car Motion Protection
(4) Type B and Type C Safeties (1) Ascending Car Overspeed Protection:
(a) Type B and Type C safeties shall be The means to prevent ascending car overspeed
subjected to an overspeed test, with the suspen- shall be inspected and tested with no load in
sion ropes attached, by gradually increasing the the car to verify conformance with 2.19.1.2.
speed of the car until the governor causes (2) Unintended Car Motion: The means to
application of the safety. prevent unintended car motion shall be in-
Safeties of elevators equipped with spected and tested to verify conformance with
alternating-current driving machine motors, 2.19.2.2;
where the car with its rated load does not cause (dd) Speed. The speed of the car shall be veri-
sufficient overspeed when the machine brake fied with and without rated load, in both direc-
is released to trip the governor jaws, shall be tions (2.16.3.2)
tested by operating the car at its rated speed (ee) Code Data Plate (8.9) (Item 2.30)
in the down direction and tripping governor
jaws by hand; see 8.10.2.2.2(bb)(1)(b) for test 8.10.2.2.3 Top-of-Car
of governor tripping speed. (a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (2.26.2.8) (Item 3.1)
(b) The overspeed switch on the governor (b) Car Top Light and Outlet (2.14.7.1.4)
shall be inoperative during the overspeed test. (Item 3.2)
In order to assure that the safety will retard (c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Equip-
the car with the minimum assistance from the ment (Item 3.3):
elevator driving machine and minimize the de- (1) Top-of-car inspection operation
velopment of slack rope and fallback of the (2.26.1.4.2)

361
p. 362 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.362

8.10.2.2.3–8.10.2.2.4 ASME A17.1–2000

(2) Equipment on car top (2.14.1.7) (6) Hoistway Door Hanger (2.11.11.5.8 and
(3) Inspection operation with open door cir- 2.11.12.4.8)
cuits (2.26.1.5) (7) Hoistway Door Locking Device (2.12.2.3,
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space 2.12.2.5, 2.12.3.3, 2.12.3.5, 2.26.2.14, and
(Item 3.4): 2.26.4.3)
(1) Top-of-car clearance (2.4.6 through 2.4.8, (x) Car Frame, Counterweight Guides and
and 2.4.10) Stiles (2.15) (Item 3.24)
(2) Refuge space and marking (2.4.12) (y) Guide Rails and Equipment (Item 3.25)
(3) Guard rails (2.14.1.7.1) (2.23)
(e) Top Counterweight Clearance (2.4.9) (1) Rail section (2.23.3)
(Item 3.5) (2) Bracket spacing (2.23.4)
(f) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves (3) Surfaces and lubrication (2.23.6 and
(2.24.2) (Item 3.6) 2.17.16)
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item (4) Joints and fish plates (2.23.7)
3.7). Verify location and type of switches (2.25.2). (5) Bracket supports (2.23.9)
[See also 8.10.2.2.2(y).] (6) Fastenings (2.23.10)
(h) Final Terminal-Stopping Devices (Item 3.8). (z) Governor Rope (Item 3.26). Verify gover-
Verify location and type of switches for confor- nor rope data tag complies with 2.18.5. Verify
mance with 2.25.3 and 2.26.4.3. the governor rope is as specified on the speed
(i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item governor marking plate (2.18.9). Verify clearance
3.9). Verify for conformance with 2.25.2.3.2,
complies with 2.18.5 and 2.18.9(c).
2.26.2.6, and 2.26.4.3.
(aa) Governor Releasing Carrier (2.17.15)
(j) Car Leveling Devices (2.26.1.6) (Item 3.10)
(Item 3.27)
(k) Data Plate (2.16.3.3 and 2.20.2) (Item 3.11)
(bb) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate
(l) Top Emergency Exit (2.14.1.5 and
(Item 3.28)
2.26.2.18) (Item 3.12)
(1) Fastenings (2.20.9)
(m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer
(2) Car and counterweight hitch plate
(2.21 and 2.22) (Item 3.13)
(2.17.13)
(n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.14). Visu-
ally inspect counterweight safeties, including (3) Overhead hitch plate (2.9.3.3)
marking plate (2.17.4). (4) Equalizers (2.20.5)
(o) Identification [2.29.1(g) and 2.29.2] (Item (cc) Suspension Rope (Item 3.29). Verify num-
3.15) ber and diameter and data tag (2.20.2 and 2.20.4)
(p) Hoistway Construction (2.1) (Item 3.16) (dd) Compensating Means (2.21.4) (Item 3.30)
(q) Hoistway Smoke Control (2.1.4) (Item 3.17)
(r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (2.8) (Item 3.18) 8.10.2.2.4 Outside Hoistway
(s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Set- (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
backs (2.1.5, 2.1.6, and 2.11.10.1) (Item 3.19) (1) Apron (2.15.9)
(t) Hoistway Clearances (2.4 and 2.5) (Item (2) Car-head guards (2.15.9.4)
3.20) (b) Hoistway Doors (2.11) (Item 4.2):
(u) Multiple Hoistways (2.1.1.4) (Item 3.21) (1) Test of closed biparting doors
(v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (2.8.1 (2.11.12.4.3 and 2.11.12.4.7)
and NFPA 70 Section 620-41 or CSA-C22.1 Sec- (2) Hoistway door (2.11). [See also
tion 38-028) (Item 3.22) 8.10.2.2.3(w).]
(w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.23) (c) Vision Panels (2.11.7) (Item 4.3)
(1) Hoistway doors (2.11, 2.12, and 2.13) (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (2.12.2.3,
(2) Emergency doors (2.11.1.2) 2.12.2.5, 2.12.3.3, 2.12.3.5, 2.12.4.3, 2.26.2.14,
(3) Hoistway door fire rating marking or and 2.26.4.3) [See also 8.10.2.2.3(w)] (Item 4.4)
labels (2.1.1.1.3 and 2.11.15.1) (e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5)
(4) Door safety retainers, location, and func- (1) Access for maintenance (2.12.6 and
tion (2.11.11.8) 2.12.7)
(5) Door closed position (2.12.2.2 and (2) Access for emergency (2.12.6)
2.12.3.2) (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (2.13.1,

362
p. 363 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.363

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.2.2.4–8.10.2.2.6

2.13.3, and 2.13.4) [See also 8.10.2.2.1(i)] buffer at rated speed, except as specified in
(Item 4.6) 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4). The counterweight oil buffer
(g) Sequence Operation (2.13.6 and 2.13.3.4) shall be tested by running the counterweight
(Item 4.7) onto its buffer at rated speed with no load in
(h) Hoistway Enclosure (2.1.1) (Item 4.8) the car, except as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4).
(i) Emergency and access hoistway openings (4) For reduced-stroke buffers conforming
(Item 4.10): to 2.22.4.1.2, these tests shall be made at the
(1) Blind hoistway emergency door (2.11.1.2 reduced striking speed.
and 2.11.1.3)
(5) This acceptance test of the oil buffer is
(2) Access openings for cleaning (2.11.1.4)
also required where Type C safety is used to
(j) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (2.3.3)
(Item 4.11) assure adequate structure and pit bumper
(k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection contact.
Switch (Item 4.12) (2.27.2 and 8.1). [See also (6) In making these tests, the normal and
8.10.2.2.1(q)] emergency terminal stopping devices shall be
made temporarily inoperative. The final terminal
8.10.2.2.5 Pit stopping devices shall remain operative and be
(a) General (Item 5.1) temporarily relocated, if necessary, to permit
(1) Pit floor (2.2.2.2) full compression of the buffer during the test.
(2) Drains, Sumps and Pumps (2.2.2.3, (d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4).
2.2.2.4, and 2.2.2.5) Verify location, operation, and type of switches
(3) Guards between pits (2.3.2 and 2.2.3) for conformance with 2.25.3 and 2.26.4.3.
(4) Counterweight guards (2.3.2) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item
(5) Access to pit (2.2.4) 5.5). Verify location, operation and type of
(6) Access to underside of car (2.2.8) switches for conformance with 2.25.2. [See
(7) Illumination (2.2.5)
8.10.2.2.2(y).]
(8) Stop switch (2.2.6 and 2.26.2.7)
(f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.6) [2.8.1 and NFPA
(9) Pit depth (2.2.7)
(10) Wiring, pipes, and ducts (2.8) 70 Section 620-11(c) or CSA-C22.1, Section
(b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2) 38-008]
(1) Car bottom clearances (2.4.1) (g) Governor-Rope Tension Devices (2.18.7)
(2) Refuge space and marking (2.4.1.3, (Item 5.7)
2.4.1.4, and 2.4.1.6) (h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, and
(3) Car and counterweight runbys (2.4.2 and Sheaves (Item 5.8)
2.4.4.) (1) Fastenings (2.21.4)
(4) Warning signs [2.4.4(b)] (2) Sheave switches (2.26.2.3 and 2.26.4.3)
(5) Horizontal Pit Clearances (2.5.1.2 and (3) Tie-down (2.17.17)
2.5.1.6)
(i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.9)
(c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.3).
(1) Frame (2.15.4 through 2.15.7, and 2.15.9)
Marking plates shall be checked in accordance
with 2.22.3.3 or 2.22.4.11 for proper application. (2) Fire protection (2.15.8)
No test shall be required on spring type buffers. (j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members
The following tests on oil type buffers shall be (Item 5.10)
performed (Item 5.3). (1) Rope movement (2.17.11)
(1) The level of the oil shall be checked to (2) Marking plate (2.17.14)
determine that it is within the maximum and (3) Car guiding members (2.15.2)
minimum allowable limits (see 2.22.4.6). (4) Running clearances (2.17.10)
(2) Car and counterweight buffers shall be
tested to determine conformance with the
plunger return requirements of 2.22.4.5. 8.10.2.2.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Opera-
(3) The car oil buffer shall be tested by tion. Verify conformance with 2.27.3 through
running the car with its rated load onto the 2.27.8.

363
p. 364 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.364

8.10.2.3–8.10.2.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

8.10.2.3 Inspection and Test Requirements (h) Where alterations are made to a driving
for Altered Installations machine brake (see 8.7.2.25), tests shall be per-
formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(o) and (v)(3).
8.10.2.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for
(i) Where the location of the driving machine
compliance with the applicable requirements
has been changed (8.7.2.25.2). For alterations
specified in 8.7.
as described in 8.7.2.25.2(a), tests shall be per-
Check code data plate for compliance with
formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(d), (i), (n), and
8.7.1.8
(v)(3). For alterations as described in
8.10.2.3.2 Tests shall be performed when 8.7.2.25.2(b), tests shall be performed as speci-
the following alterations are made: fied in 8.10.2.2.
(a) Where the alteration consists of the addi- (j) Where an alteration increases the rated
tion of power operation to the door system (see speed (8.7.2.17.2), tests shall be performed as
8.7.2.12), tests shall be performed as specified specified in 8.10.2.2.1(c), (p), (s), 8.10.2.2.2(l),
in 8.10.2.2.1(h), (i), (j), and (t), 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3), (m), (o), (t), (u), (v), (w), (y), (aa), (bb), (cc), (dd),
8.10.2.2.3(j) and (w), 8.10.2.2.4(b), (d) through 8.10.2.2.3(d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), (m), (n), and
(g), and 8.10.2.2.6. (cc), 8.10.2.2.4(e), and 8.10.2.2.5(b) through (e)
(b) Where alterations have been made to the and (j).
car or counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup- (k) Where an alteration is made to any termi-
ports, or guide-rail fastenings, or where the nal stopping device (8.7.2.26), tests shall be
stresses have been increased by more than 5% performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(y) and
(8.7.2.24), tests shall be performed as specified 8.10.2.2.3(g), (h), 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4), (d), (e).
in 8.10.2.2.1(s), 8.10.2.2.2(bb) and (cc), (l) Where an alteration is made to a standby
8.10.2.2.3(t), (x), and (y). or emergency power system (see 8.7.2.28), tests
(c) Where alterations have been made to car shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(q)
or counterweight oil buffers (8.7.2.23), tests shall and 8.10.2.2.4(k).
be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(b) and (m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters’
(c). service operation (see 8.7.2.28), tests shall be
(d) Where an alteration results in the increase conducted as specified in 8.10.2.2.6.
in deadweight of the car that is sufficient to (n) Where an alteration increases or decreases
increase the sum of the deadweight and the the travel (see 8.7.2.17.1), tests shall be per-
rated load, as originally installed, by more than formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(x), (y),
5% (see 8.7.2.15.2), tests shall be performed as 8.10.2.2.3(d) through (h), (t), (w), (y),
specified in 8.10.2.2.1(p) and (q), 8.10.2.2.2(o), 8.10.2.2.4(b), (c), (e) through (h) and (j),
(p), (q), (s), (t), (u), (v)(3), (y), (bb), (cc), and 8.10.2.2.5(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), and (h).
(dd); and 8.10.2.2.3(k) and (x); and 8.10.2.2.5(c) (o) Where an alteration is made such that a
and (i). hoistway entrance is added (see 8.7.2.10.1), tests
(e) Where the alteration consists of the instal- shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(a),
lation of new car or counterweight safeties, or (c)(3), (h), (i), (j) (r), (t), 8.10.2.2.2(z)(2),
where alterations are made to existing safeties 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3)(w), 8.10.2.2.4(b) through (g), (j),
(see 8.7.2.18), tests shall be performed as speci- and 8.10.2.2.6.
fied in 8.10.2.2.2(aa) and (bb), 8.10.2.2.3(n), (y), (p) Where an alteration is made such that
(aa), and 8.10.2.2.5(j). there is a change in class of loading (see
(f) Where any alteration is made to a speed 8.7.2.16.2), tests shall be performed as specified
governor (see 8.7.2.19), tests shall be performed in 8.10.2.2.1(p), 8.10.2.2.2(o), (p), (v), (bb), (cc),
as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(aa), (bb)(1), (bb)(2), and 8.10.2.2.5(i)(1).
(bb)(4) and 8.10.2.2.3(aa). (q) Where an alteration is made which results
(g) Where an alteration involves an increase in a freight elevator being permitted to carry
in the rated load (see 8.7.2.16.4), tests shall passengers (see 8.7.2.16.3), tests shall be per-
be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(p), (q), formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(a), (g), (i), (j),
8.10.2.2.2(o) through (u), (v)(3), (y), (bb), (cc), (l), (p), (q), 8.10.2.2.2(o), (u), (y), (bb), (cc)(2), (dd)
and (dd), 8.10.2.2.3(k) and (x), and 8.10.2.2.5(c) (r) Where an alteration is made that results
and (i). in a new drive machine (see 8.7.2.25.1), tests

364
p. 365 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.365

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.2.3.2–8.10.3.2.2

shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(j), (h) Door Closing Force [3.13, 3.14, and
(n) through (s), (v), (w), (cc), (dd), and 8.10.2.2.1(h)] (Item 1.8)
8.10.2.2.1(q). (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates [3.13 and
(s) Where a controller is installed as part of 8.10.2.2.1(i)] (Item 1.9)
an alteration without any change to the type (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates [3.13,
of operation or control (see 8.7.2.27.4), tests 3.26.3, and 8.10.2.2.1(j)] (Item 1.10.1)
shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(c), (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors
(j), (q), (t), 8.10.2.2.2(k), (l), (m), (t), (u), (y), (z), [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(k)] (Item 1.11)
(cc), (dd) and 8.10.2.2.6. (l) Car Enclosure [3.14, 8.9, and 8.10.2.2.1(l)]
(t) Where an alteration is made that results (Item 1.12)
in a change in the type of motion or operation (m) Emergency Exit [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(m)]
control (8.7.2.27.5 and 8.7.2.27.6), tests shall be (Item 1.13)
performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(l) and (m). (n) Ventilation [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(n)] (Item
All electrical protective devices shall be tested 1.14)
for proper operation. (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols [3.4
(u) Where an alteration is made that results and 8.10.2.2.1(o)] (Item 1.15)
in a new replacement of a hoistway door, car (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate
door or car gate controller without any change [3.16 and 8.10.2.2.1(p)] (Item 1.16)
to the operation or control [see 8.7.2.27.4(b)], (q) Emergency and Auxiliary Power
tests shall be performed as specified in (1) Standby or emergency power [3.27 and
8.10.2.2.1(i), (j), 8.10.2.2.2(l)(1), (l)(2), (l)(3), and 8.10.2.2.1(q)]
(l)(5). (2) Auxiliary power lowering (3.26.10)
(r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway
8.10.3 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Doors [3.12 and 8.10.2.2.1(r)] (Item 1.18)
Hydraulic Elevators (s) Car Ride (3.15, 3.23, and 8.10.2.2.1(s)]
(Item 1.19)
8.10.3.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New (t) Door Monitoring Systems [3.26.1 and
installations shall be inspected and tested as 8.10.2.2.1(t)]
required by 8.10.3.2 before being placed in (u) Stopping Accuracy (3.26.1)
service.
Altered installations shall be inspected as
8.10.3.2.2 Machine Room
specified in 8.10.3.3.1. Altered installations shall
(a) Access to Machine Space [3.7 and
be tested as specified in 8.10.3.3.2 before being 8.10.2.2.2(a)] (Item 2.1)
placed back in service. (b) Headroom [3.7 and 8.10.2.2.2(b)] (Item 2.2)
8.10.3.2 Inspection and Test Requirements (c) Lighting and Receptacles [3.7, 3.8, and
for New Installations 8.10.2.2.2(c)] (Item 2.3)
(d) Enclosure of Machine Space [3.1, 3.7, and
8.10.3.2.1 Inside car 8.10.2.2.2(d)] (Item 2.4)
(a) Door Reopening Device [8.10.2.2.1(a)] (e) Housekeeping [3.7 and 8.10.2.2.2(e)]
(Item 1.1) (Item 2.5)
(b) Stop Switches [3.26.4 and 8.10.2.2.1(b)] (f) Ventilation and Heating [3.7 and
(Item 1.2) 8.10.2.2.2(f)] (Item 2.6)
(c) Operating Control Devices [3.26.1 through (g) Fire Extinguisher (8.6.1.6.5) (Item 2.7)
3.26.3, and 8.10.2.2.1(c)] (Item 1.3) (h) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (3.8) (Item 2.8)
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill [3.5, 3.11, 3.15, (i) Guarding of Equipment [3.10 and
and 8.10.2.2.1(d)] (Item 1.4) 8.10.2.2.2(i)] (Item 2.9)
(e) Car Lighting [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(e)] (j) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
(Item 1.5) Disconnect Switches [3.7 and 8.10.2.2.2(j)]
(f) Car Emergency Signal [3.27 and (Item 2.10)
8.10.2.2.1(f)] (Item 1.6) (k) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item
(g) Car Door or Gate [3.11 through 3.14, and 2.11)
8.10.2.2.1(g)] (Item 1.7) (1) General (2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.5, and 3.26.1;

365
p. 366 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.366

8.10.3.2.2–8.10.3.2.3 ASME A17.1–2000

and NFPA 70 Section 620-51 or CSA-C22.1, Sec- above the top of the tank, a test shall be made
tion 38-034] to determine conformance to 3.26.8.
(2) Closed position (3.26.3.1.4) (u) Recycling Operation (3.26.7). Where re-
(3) Auxiliary contacts [NFPA 70 Section 620- cycling operation is provided for multiple or
91(c) or CSA-C22.1, Section 38-036(3)] telescoping plungers, tests shall be made for
(l) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. conformance with 3.26.7.
(Item 2.12) (v) Static Control Elevator. The person or
(1) Wiring (2.26.4.1 and 3.26.1) firm installing a static control elevator shall
(2) Certification (2.26.4.2 and 3.26.1) demonstrate conformance with 3.25.2.2.5(b).
(3) Capacitors or devices (2.26.7 and 3.26.1) (w) Code Data Plate (8.9)
(4) Control and operating circuits (2.26.9 (x) Machine Room Operation Devices
and 3.26.1) [8.10.2.2.2(z)]
(5) Clearances (NFPA 70 Section 620-5 or (1) Machine Inspection Operation
CSA-C22.1, Section 38-044) (2.26.1.4.4)
(6) Phase protection (3.26.5) (2) Inspection Operation with Open Door
(7) Low oil protection (3.26.9) Circuits (2.26.1.5, 3.26.1, and 3.26.2)
(8) Grounding (2.26 and NFPA 70 Section (y) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal
620-82 or CSA-C22.1, Section 38-048) (3.17.1) (Item 2.21)
(9) Fuses (2.26.4.1)
(m) Hydraulic Machine (Power Unit) (Item 2.13) 8.10.3.2.3 Top of car
(3.24.1). The working pressure shall be checked (a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch [3.26.4 and
and the pressure on the data plate verified 8.10.2.2.3(a)] (Item 3.1)
(3.24.1.1). (b) Car Top Light and Outlet [3.14 and
(n) Relief Valves (Item 2.14). The relief valve 8.10.2.2.2(b)] (Item 3.2)
shall be tested to determine conformance with (c) Top-of-Car Inspection [8.10.2.2.3(c)] (Item
3.19.4.2. 3.3)
(o) Control Valve (Item 2.15) (1) operation (3.26.2)
(1) Electric requirements (3.19.7) (2) operation with open door circuits
(2) Certification (3.19.4.6) (2.26.1.5)
(3) Data plate (3.19.4.6.2) (d) Top-of-Car Clearance, Refuge Space, and
(4) Check valve (3.19.4.3); Runbys (Item 3.4)
(5) Manual lowering valve (3.19.4.4) (1) Top car clearance (3.4.4)
(6) Pressure gauge fitting (3.19.4.5) (2) Car top minimum runby [3.4.2.1(c)]
(p) Tanks (Item 2.16) (3) Top-of-car equipment (3.4.5)
(1) Capacity (3.24.2.1) (4) Vertical clearance of underslung car
(2) Minimum level indication (3.24.2.2) frames (3.4.8)
(3) Atmospheric storage and discharge (5) Refuge space (3.4.7)
tanks (3.24.3) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Device (3.25.1)
(q) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assem- (Item 3.5)
blies (3.19.3.3) (Item 2.17) (f) Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting De-
(r) Supply Line and Shutoff Valve (Item 2.18) vices (3.25.2) (Item 3.6)
(1) Component ratings (3.19.1.2) (g) Anti-Creep Leveling Device (Item 3.7)
(2) Component markings (3.19.1.4) (1) Anti-Creep Operation. A test of the anti-
(3) Visual inspection of field welding (3.19.6) creep leveling device shall be made to deter-
(4) Pressure piping (3.19.2) mine conformance to 3.26.3.1.
(5) Below-ground installations (3.19.5) (2) Leveling or truck zone operation
(6) Connections and fittings (3.19.3) (3.26.3.2)
(s) Hydraulic Cylinders (Item 2.19). For (h) Crosshead Data Plate [3.16 and
plunger stops [Item 3.4.3(a)], verify that a stop 8.10.2.2.3(k)] (Item 3.8)
ring has been provided as required by 3.18.4.1. (i) Top Emergency Exit [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.2(l)]
(t) Pressure Switch (Item 2.20). Where cylin- (Item 3.9)
ders are installed with the top of the cylinder (j) Identification [8.30.2.2.3(o)]

366
p. 367 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.367

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.3.2.3–8.10.3.2.5

(k) Hoistway Construction (3.1) (Item 3.11) (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices [3.12 and
(l) Hoistway Smoke Control [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.4(d)] (Item 4.4)
8.10.2.2.3(q)] (Item 3.12) (e) Access to Hoistway [3.12 and 8.10.2.2.4(e)]
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (3.8) (Item 4.5)
(n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Set- (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors [3.13
backs [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(s)] (Item 3.14) and 8.10.2.2.4(f)] (Item 4.6)
(o) Hoistway Clearances (3.5) (Item 3.15) (g) Sequence Operation [3.13 and
(p) Multiple Hoistways [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(u)] 8.10.2.2.4(g)] (Item 4.7)
(Item 3.16) (h) Hoistway Enclosure [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.4(h)]
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes [3.8 (Item 4.8)
and 8.10.2.2.3(v)] (Item 3.17) (i) Emergency and Access Hoistway Open-
(r) Door and Gate Equipment. Use procedure ings [3.11 and 8.10.2.2.4(i)] (Item 4.10)
in 8.10.2.2.3(w). (3.11, 3.12, and 3.13) (Item 3.18) (1) Blind hoistway emergency door
(s) Car Frame and Stiles (3.15) (Item 3.19) (2) Access openings for cleaning
(t) Guide Rails and Equipment (Item 3.20) (j) Standby or Emergency Power Selection
(3.23) Switch [3.26.10 and 8.10.2.2.4(l)] (Item 4.11)
(1) Rail Section (3.23)
(2) Bracket Spacing 8.10.3.2.5 Pit
(3) Surfaces and Lubrication (a) Pit Access, Lighting and Stop Switch, and
(4) Joints and Fish Plates Condition [3.2 and 8.10.2.2.5(a)(1) through (a)(8)
(5) Bracket Supports and (a)(10)] (Item 5.1)
(6) Fastenings (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2)
(7) Guides (1) Bottom car clearance (3.4.1)
(u) Governor, Safety, Ropes, and Counter- (2) Minimum bottom car runby (3.4.2)
weights (Item 3.21). Use procedures in (3) Maximum bottom car runby (3.4.3)
8.10.2.2.2(aa) and (bb), 8.10.2.2.3(m), (n), (z) (c) Hydraulic Jack (Item 5.3)
through (cc); Car and counterweight safeties
(1) Hydraulic jack connections
(3.17.1).
(a) Direct-acting elevators (3.18.1.1); and
(v) Governor Rope Releasing Carrier [3.17.1
(b) Roped hydraulic elevators (3.18.1.2)
and 8.10.2.2.3(aa)]
(2) Plunger
(w) Governor Rope [3.17.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(z)]
(a) Plunger connections (3.18.2.3)
(Item 3.22.1)
(b) Plunger guides (3.18.2.7)
(x) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate
(3) Cylinders
[3.17.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(bb)] (Item 3.23.1)
(a) Clearance bottom of cylinder (3.18.3.3)
(y) Suspension Rope (3.17.1, 3.18.1.2, 3.20,
(b) Collection of oil (3.18.3.7)
and 3.24.5) (Item 3.24.1)
(c) Corrosion protection: the person or
(z) Slack Rope Device (3.17.1.1, 3.18.1.2.7, and
firm installing monitored cathodic protection
3.22.1.2) (Item 3.25.1)
shall demonstrate conformance with
(aa) Traveling Sheave (3.18.1.2.8 and 3.22.1.2)
3.18.3.8.3(c)
(Item 3.26.1)
(d) Means for release of air or gas
(bb) Counterweight Ropes, Connections, and
(3.18.3.9)
Sheaves (3.20, 3.21, and 3.24.5)
(4) Welding visual inspection (3.18.5)
(cc) Car Speed [3.28.1(k)]. The speed of the
(d) Car Buffer (3.6.3, 3.6.4, and 3.22.1) (Item
car shall be verified with rated load and with
5.4)
no load, in both directions.
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (3.25.1)
(Item 5.5)
8.10.3.2.4 Outside Hoistway (f) Traveling Cables [3.8; and NFPA 70 Section
(a) Car Platform Guard [8.10.2.2.4(a)] (Item 620-11(c) or CSA-C22.1, Section 38-008] (Item
4.1) 5.6)
(b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2) (g) Car Frame and Platform (3.15) (Item 5.7)
(c) Vision Panels (3.11) (Item 4.3) (h) Guiding Members (3.15 and 3.23) (Item 5.8)

367
p. 368 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.368

8.10.3.2.5–8.10.3.3.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(i) Valve, Pressure Piping, and Fitting (Item provided, and 8.10.3.2.1(q), 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n),
5.9): (q), and (r), 8.10.3.2.3(h) and (cc).
(1) Components (3.19.1); (e) Where the alteration consists of the instal-
(2) Field welding visual inspection lation of new car or counterweight safeties, or
(3.19.6); and where alterations are made to existing safeties
(3) Pressure piping (3.19.2) (8.7.3.15), tests shall be performed as specified
(j) Car Safety (Item 5.10.1) in 8.10.3.2.3(u) and 8.10.2.3.2(e).
(k) Governor rope tension device (Item 5.11.1) (f) Where any alteration is made to a speed
(l) Counterweight: governor (8.7.3.16), tests shall be performed as
(1) Top clearance and bottom runby (3.4.6 specified by 8.10.2.3.2(f) and 8.10.3.2.3(u).
and 3.22.2) (g) Where an alteration involves an increase
(2) Guards (3.3) in the rated load (8.7.3.20), tests shall be per-
(3) Design (3.21) formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(bb) and
(m) Protection of spaces below hoistway (3.6). 8.10.3.2.3(u) if safeties are provided, and
8.10.2.2.5(c) if oil buffers are provided, and as
8.10.3.2.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Opera- specified in 8.10.3.2.1(p), (q)(1), 8.10.3.2.2(m),
tion (3.27). Verify conformance with 2.27.3 (n), (r), and 8.10.3.2.3(h) and (cc).
through 2.27.8 and 3.27. (h) Where an alteration consists of an increase
in the working pressure by more than 5%
8.10.3.3 Inspection and Test Requirements
(8.7.3.23.4), it shall be inspected as specified in
for Altered Installations
8.10.3.2.2(m), (n) through (t) and 8.10.3.2.5(c)
8.10.3.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for and (i).
compliance with the applicable requirements (i) Where the location of the driving machine
specified in 8.7. has been changed (8.7.3.23.5), tests shall be
Check code data plate for compliance with performed as specified 8.10.3.2.
8.7.1.7. (j) Where an alteration increases the rated
speed (8.7.3.22.2), tests shall be performed as
8.10.3.3.2 Tests shall be performed when specified in 8.10.3.2.1(a), (c), (g) through (k), (r),
the following alterations are made: (s), (t), 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (x), (y), 8.10.3.2.3(c)
(a) Where the alteration consists of the addi- through (h), (o), (u), (y), (cc), and 8.10.3.2.5(b),
tion of power operation to the door system (d), and (l).
(8.7.3.12), tests shall be performed as specified (k) Where an alteration is made to any termi-
in 8.10.3.2.1(a), (h), (i), (j), and (t), 8.10.2.2.3(g), nal stopping device (see 8.7.3.30), tests shall
8.10.3.2.3(r), 8.10.2.2.4(b), (d) through (g), and be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.3(e) and
8.10.2.2.6. (f) and 8.10.3.2.5(e).
(b) Where alterations have been made to the (l) Where an alteration is made to a standby
car or counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup- or emergency power system [see 8.7.3.31.8(b)],
ports, or guide-rail fastenings, or where the tests shall be performed as specified in
stresses have been increased by more than 5% 8.10.3.2.1(q) and 8.10.3.2.4(j).
(8.7.3.28), tests shall be performed as specified (m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters’
in 8.10.3.2.1(s), 8.10.2.2.2(bb), if safeties are pro- service operation [8.7.3.31.8(c)], tests shall be
vided, 8.10.3.2.3(o), (s), and (t). conducted as specified in 8.10.3.2.6.
(c) Where alterations have been made to oil (n) Where an alteration is made to the plunger
buffers (8.7.3.27), tests shall be performed as or cylinder (8.7.3.23), tests shall be performed
specified in 8.10.3.2.5(b), (d), and (l)(1). as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (o), (r), and (s),
(d) Where an alteration results in an increase 8.10.3.2.3(d) and (cc), and 8.10.3.2.5(b) and (c).
in the deadweight of the car that is sufficient (o) Where an existing control valve is replaced
to increase the sum of the deadweight and the with a valve of a different type, or where relief
rated load, as originally installed, by more than or check valves or the supply piping and fittings
5% (8.7.3.21), tests shall be performed as speci- are replaced (8.7.3.24), tests shall be performed
fied in 8.10.3.2.3(u) and 8.10.2.2.2(bb), if safeties as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (o), and (r),
are provided, and 8.10.2.2.5(c) if oil buffers are and 8.10.3.2.3(cc).

368
p. 369 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.369

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.3.3.2–8.10.4.1.1

(p) Where an alteration consists of a change determine conformance with 6.1.3.4.1 or


in operation control (8.7.3.31.7), tests shall be 6.2.3.4.1.
performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.1(a), (b), (c), (2) Extension (6.1.3.4.2 or 6.2.3.4.2)
(e) through (j), (q), (s), (t), 8.10.3.2.2(j), (l), (t), (3) Guards (6.1.3.4.3 or 6.2.3.4.3)
(u), (x), (y), 8.10.3.2.3(a), (c), (e), (f), (g), (cc), (4) Splice (6.1.3.4.4 or 6.2.3.4.4)
8.10.3.2.4(b) through (g), (j), (k), 8.10.3.2.5(a), (5) Height (6.1.3.4.5)
8.10.3.2.5(e), and 8.10.3.2.6. (6) Clearance (6.1.3.4.6 or 6.2.3.4.5)
(q) Where an alteration is made that results (d) Entrance and Egress (Items 1.4 and 3.4)
in a new hoistway door, car door or car gate (1) Head room (6.1.3.12 or 6.2.3.16)
controller without any change to the operation (2) Egress and Safety Zone (6.1.3.6.4,
or control [8.7.3.31.5(b)], test shall be performed 6.2.3.8.4, and 6.2.6.3.6)
as specified in 8.10.3.3(l)(1), (l)(2), (l)(3), and (3) Combplates [6.1.3.6.1(a) or 6.2.3.8.1(a)]
(l)(5). (e) Lighting (Items 1.5 and 3.5)
(r) Where an alteration is made which results (1) Illumination of steps (6.1.7.2 or 6.2.7.2)
in a change in the type of motion control (2) Demarcation (6.1.6.7 or 6.2.6.7)
(8.7.2.27.5), tests shall be performed as specified (f) Caution Signs (6.1.6.2, 6.1.6.9, or 6.2.6.8)
in 8.10.3.2.2(l), (m), (t), and (u). All electrical (Items 1.6 and 3.6)
protective devices shall be tested for proper (g) Combplates (6.1.3.6 and 6.2.3.8.1) (Items
operation. 1.7 and 3.7)
(s) Where an alteration is made and results (1) Design
in a replacement of a new controller without (2) Adjustment
any change to the type of operation control or (3) Replacement
motion (8.7.3.31.5), tests shall be performed as (h) Deck Barricade (Items 1.8 and 3.8)
specified in 8.10.2.2.2(l), (m)(1), (m)(2), (m)(4), (1) Antislide Devices (6.1.3.3.10)
(ee), and 8.10.2.2.1(t). All electrical protective (2) Deck Barricades (6.1.3.3.11 or 6.2.3.3.8)
devices shall be tested for proper operation. (i) Steps and Treadway (Items 1.9 and 3.9)
(1) Steps
(a) Material and type (6.1.3.5.1)
(b) Dimensions (6.1.3.5.2)
8.10.4 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of
(c) Clearance between steps (6.1.3.5.4)
Escalators and Moving Walks
(d) Slotting of treads (6.1.3.5.4)
8.10.4.1 Inspection and Test Requirements (e) Slotting of risers (6.1.3.5.3)
for New Installations. New installations shall (f) Design load (6.1.3.9.4)
be inspected and tested as required by 8.10.4.1 (g) Flat steps (6.1.3.6.5)
before being placed in service. (2) Treadways
(a) Belt-type (6.2.3.6)
8.10.4.1.1 External Inspection and Tests (b) Pallet-type (6.2.3.5)
(a) General Fire Protection Requirements (j) Operating and Safety Devices (Items 1.10
(1) The protection of floor and wall open- and 3.10)
ings shall be inspected to determine confor- (1) Starting switches (6.1.6.2 or 6.2.6.2)
mance with 6.1.1 for escalators or 6.2.1 for (2) Emergency stop buttons (6.1.6.3.1 or
moving walks (Items 1.1 and 3.1). 6.2.6.3.1)
(2) The protection of the trusses and ma- (3) Automatic start and stopping (6.1.6.1.1
chine space shall be inspected to determine or 6.2.6.1.1)
conformance with 6.1.2 or 6.2.2. (4) Tandem operation (6.1.6.6 or 6.2.6.6)
(b) Geometry (Items 1.2 and 3.2) [Item 1.10.1(c)] . When interlocked tandem oper-
(1) Angle of inclination (6.1.3.1 or 6.2.3.1) ation is required, verify that an escalator or
(2) Width and clearances (6.1.3.2 or 6.2.3.2) moving walk carrying passengers to an interme-
(3) Interior low deck (6.1.3.3.4 or 6.2.3.3.4) diate landing will stop when the escalator or
(c) Handrails (Items 1.3 and 3.3) moving walk carrying passengers away from
(1) Speed (6.1.3.4.1 or 6.2.3.4.1). Running that landing stops. Also, verify that the units
tests shall be performed, in each direction, to are interlocked to run in the same direction.

369
p. 370 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.370

8.10.4.1.1–8.10.4.1.2 ASME A17.1–2000

(5) All stop switches, except those in ma- chine and brakes shall be inspected and tested
chine space, and mainline disconnect switches including test of the brake torque (6.1.5.3 and
shall be tested for proper operation (6.1.6.3.1 6.2.7.3.2) (Items 2.4 and 4.4).
or 6.2.6.3.1). (1) Connection of machine and drive shaft
(k) Handrail Entry Device (6.1.6.3.12 or (6.1.5.1 and 6.1.5.3.2 or 6.2.5.1 and 6.2.5.3.2)
6.2.6.3.10) (Items 1.12 and 3.12.3) (2) Drive motor (6.1.5.2 or 6.2.5.2)
(l) Egress Restriction Device (6.1.6.3.7 or (3) Brake type (6.1.5.3 or 6.2.5.3)
6.2.6.3.6) (Items 1.13 and 3.13) (a) Verify that the brake torque complies
(m) Speed (Items 1.14 and 3.14). The rated with the value shown on the data plate or
speed shall be tested to determine conformance in the special instructions [see 6.1.5.3.1(d) for
with 6.1.4.1 for escalators and 6.2.4 for moving escalators and 6.2.5.3.1(d) for moving walks].
walks. (4) Brake data plate [6.1.5.3.1(d)]
(n) Balustrades (Items 1.15 and 3.15) (5) Main driveshaft brake (6.1.5.3.2)
(1) Construction (6.1.3.3.1 or 6.2.3.3.1) (e) Speed Governor. The mechanical speed
(2) Glass or plastic (6.1.3.3.3 or 6.2.3.3.3) governor, if required, shall be tested by manu-
(3) Change in width [6.1.3.3.1(c) or ally operating the trip mechanism. Check the
6.2.3.3.1(d)] tripping speed for compliance with 6.1.6.3.2 or
(o) Ceiling Intersection Guards (6.1.3.3.9 or 6.2.6.3.2. The means of adjustment shall be
6.2.3.3.7) (Items 1.16 and 3.16) sealed and a tag indicating the date of the
(p) Skirt Panels (Items 1.17 and 3.17) governor test, together with the name of the
(1) Clearance between skirt and steps person or firm that performed the test, shall
[6.1.3.3.5 or 6.2.3.3.5(a), and 6.2.3.3.6(a)] be attached to the governor in a permanent
(2) Height above step [6.1.3.3.6(a) or manner (6.1.6.3.2 and 6.2.6.3.2) (Items 2.5.3 and
6.2.3.3.5(b), and 6.2.3.3.6(b)] 4.5.3).
(3) Deflection [6.1.3.3.6(b) or 6.2.3.3.6(c)] (f) Broken Drive Chain Device. Operation of
(4) Smoothness [6.1.3.3.6(c) or 6.2.3.3.6(d)] the broken drive chain device, on the drive
(q) Outdoor Protection (6.1.8.1, 6.1.8.2, chain, shall be tested by manually operating
6.1.8.3, or 6.2.8.1, 6.2.8.2, and 6.2.8.3) (Items the actuating mechanism (6.1.6.3.4, 6.1.5.3.2,
1.18 and 3.18) 6.2.6.3.4, 6.2.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.10, and 6.2.6.3.8).
(r) Escalator and Moving Walk Well Guards (g) Reversal Stop Switch. The reversal stop
(Floor Opening Protection) (6.1.3.6.6) switch, (to prevent reversal when operating in
(s) Verification of Documentation for Type the ascending direction) shall be tested by man-
Tests, Certification, and Markings ually operating it to determine that it functions
(1) Escalator brake test (6.1.5.3.3) properly (6.1.6.3.8 or 6.2.6.3.7 and 6.2.6.3.8)
(2) Step fatigue test (6.1.3.5.7 or 6.2.3.5.4) (Items 2.7 and 4.7).
If the device cannot be manually operated,
8.10.4.1.2 Internal Inspection and Tests the person or firm installing the equipment
(a) Machine Space (Items 2.1 and 4.1) shall provide a written check-out procedure and
(1) Access (6.1.7.3 or 6.2.7.3) demonstrate the device complies with 6.1.6.3.8
(2) Lighting (6.1.7.1.1 or 6.2.7.1.1) or 6.2.6.3.7.
(3) Receptacle (6.1.7.1.2 or 6.2.7.1.2) [NFPA (h) Broken Step Chain or Treadway Device.
70 Section 620-21(b)] The broken or slack step chain or treadway
(4) Guards (6.1.7.3.4 or 6.2.7.3.4) device shall be inspected and tested by manual
(b) Stop Switch. The machine space stop operation (6.1.6.3.3 and 6.2.6.3.3) (Items 2.8
switches shall be tested for conformance to and 4.8).
6.1.6.3.5 or 6.2.6.3.5 (Items 2.2 and 4.2). (i) Step Upthrust Device. The operation of
(c) Controller and Wiring. Controller and wir- the step upthrust device shall be tested by
ing shall be inspected (Items 2.3.3 and 4.3.3). manually causing the device to operate
(1) Wiring (6.1.7.4 or 6.2.7.4) (6.1.6.3.9) (Items 1.9 and 2.9).
(2) Control (6.1.6.10 through 6.1.6.13 or (j) Missing Step or Pallet Device. The missing
6.2.6.9 through 6.2.6.11) step or pallet device shall be tested by removing
(d) Drive Machine and Brake. The drive ma- a step or pallet and verifying that the device

370
p. 371 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.371

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.4.1.2–8.10.4.2.2

will properly function (6.1.6.5 or 6.2.6.5) (Items (s) Operating and safety devices shall be
2.10 and 4.10). tested and inspected to determine conformance
(k) Step or Pallet Level Device. The step or with 6.1.6 for escalators and 6.2.6 for moving
pallet level device shall be tested by simulating walks.
an out of level step or pallet and verifying (t) Skirt Obstruction Devices (Item 1.11). The
that the device functions properly (6.1.6.3.11 or skirt switches shall be tested for conformance
6.2.6.3.9) (Items 2.11 and 4.11). with 6.1.6.1(h) and 6.1.6.3.6.
(l) Steps, Pallet, Step or Pallet Chain, and
Trusses. The steps, pallet, step or pallet chain, 8.10.4.2 Inspection and Test Requirements
trusses, tracks, and supports shall be visually for Altered Installations. Altered installations
inspected. Verify that the tracking system will shall be inspected as specified in 8.10.4.2.1.
prevent displacement of the step and pallets if Altered installations shall be tested as specified
the chain breaks (Items 2.12 and 4.12). in 8.10.4.2.2 before being placed back in service.
(1) Steps and pallets (6.1.3.5 and 6.2.3.5);
8.10.4.2.1 Alterations shall be inspected for
(2) Trusses and tracks
compliance with the applicable requirements
(a) Trusses (6.1.3.7);
specified in 8.7.
(b) Tracks (6.1.3.8)
(c) Welding (6.1.3.13)
NOTE (8.10.4.2.1): For code data plate, see 8.7.1.7.
(3) Supports
(a) Slider bed [6.2.3.9.1(a)]
(b) Roller bed [6.2.3.9.1(b)] 8.10.4.2.2 Tests shall be performed when
(m) Handrail Speed Monitor. The handrails op- the following alterations are made:
erating mechanism shall be visually inspected (a) Where alterations involve a change in the
for condition and the handrail speed monitor angle of inclination or geometry of balustrades,
device shall be tested (6.1.6.4 or 6.2.6.4) (Items they shall be inspected for conformance with
2.13 and 4.13). 8.7.6.1.5 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.5 for moving
(n) Disconnected Motor Safety Device. Opera- walks and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(c)(1),
tion of the device shall be checked and verified 8.10.4.1.1(m), and 8.10.4.1.1(n). (Items 1.2 and
that it is of the manual reset type (6.1.6.3.10 1.15, or 3.2 and 3.15).
or 6.2.6.3.8) (Item 2.6 or 4.6) (b) Where the handrails have been altered,
(o) Heaters. For outdoor escalators and mov- they shall be inspected for conformance with
ing walks that require heaters, test the heaters 8.7.6.1.6 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.6 for moving
for condition and operation (6.1.8.2 and 6.2.8.2) walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(c)(1)
(Items 1.18.2 and 3.18). and 8.10.4.1.1(m) (Items 1.3 and 2.13, or 3.3
(p) Code Data Plate (8.9) and 4.13).
(q) Comb-step or Comb-pallet Impact Device. (c) Where the step system or treadway system
The comb-step or comb-pallet impact devices has been altered, it shall be inspected for confor-
shall be tested in both the vertical and horizontal mance with 8.7.6.1.7 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.7
directions by placing a vertical and horizontal for moving walks, and tested as specified in
force on the comb-step or comb-pallet to cause 8.10.4.1.1(g), (i)(2), and (p), and 8.10.4.1.2(h)
operation of the device. The vertical and hori- through (l) and (r) (Items 1.9 and 2.12, or 3.9
zontal tests shall be independent of each other. and 4.12).
The horizontal force shall be applied at the front (d) Where alterations involve the trusses, gird-
edge center and both sides in the direction of ers, or supporting structures, they shall be in-
travel. The vertical force shall be applied at spected and tested for conformance with
the front edge center. Both the vertical and 8.7.6.1.9 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.9 for moving
horizontal forces required to operate the device walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.2(l)
shall be recorded (6.1.6.3.13 and 6.2.6.3.11) (Items 2.1 and 2.12 or 4.1 and 4.12).
(Items 1.7.2 and 3.7.2). (e) Where the step wheel tracks or track sys-
(r) Where a step lateral displacement device tem is altered, they shall be inspected and tested
is required it shall be tested for conformance for conformance with 8.7.6.1.10 for escalators
to 6.1.6.3.14. and 8.7.6.2.10 for moving walks, and tested as

371
p. 372 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.372

8.10.4.2.2–8.10.5.5 ASME A17.1–2000

specified in 8.10.4.1.2(l) (Items 1.9 and 2.12, or sufficient slack rope to cause the safety to
3.9 and 4.12). function.
(f) Where alterations involve changes in the
rated load and/or speed, they shall be inspected 8.10.5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall
and tested for conformance with 8.7.6.1, and be subject to the applicable acceptance inspec-
tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(i), (m), (s) and tions and tests specified in 8.10.1 and 8.10.2.
8.10.4.1.2(d), (l), and (n). The inspection and test requirements shall
(g) Where the driving machine motor or brake apply to the corresponding requirements in 4.3.
is altered, it shall be inspected and tested for Any additional requirements for this equipment
conformance with 8.7.6.1.12 for escalators and shall also be checked during these inspections
8.7.6.2.12 for moving walks and tested as speci- and tests.
fied in 8.10.4.1.1(m) and (s), 8.10.4.1.2(d) and The driving-machine brake required by
(n) (Item 2.4 or 4.4). 4.3.19.2 shall be tested with both empty car
(h) Where the operating, safety, or electrical and rated load in the car.
protective devices are altered or added, they 8.10.5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be
shall be inspected and tested for conformance subject to acceptance inspection and testing in
with 8.7.6.1.13 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.13 for conformance with 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3. Items to be
moving walks, and tested as specified in inspected shall be as specified in 8.10.1 through
8.10.4.1.1(j) through (k), (m), and 8.10.4.1.2(c), 8.10.3 unless not required in 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3.
(e) through (k), (m), (q), (r) (Items 1.9, 1.10, 1.11, Inspections of dumbwaiter shall take place from
1.12, 1.13, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10, outside the hoistway. Inspection from the car
or 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 4.2, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, top of dumbwaiters with automatic transfer de-
and 4.11). vices shall be permitted only when top-of-car
operating devices and car safeties are provided
8.10.5 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of and the dumbwaiter has a rated load sufficient
Other Equipment for the inspector and any tools and adequate
horizontal and vertical clearance.
8.10.5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk eleva-
tors shall be subject to the applicable acceptance 8.10.5.5 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters with
inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 through Automatic Transfer Devices. Material lifts shall
8.10.3. The inspection and test requirements be subject to acceptance inspection and testing
shall apply to the corresponding requirements in conformance with 7.4 through 7.10. Items to
in 5.5. Any additional requirements for this be inspected shall be as specified in 8.10.1
equipment shall also be checked during these through 8.10.3, unless not required in 7.4
inspections and tests. through 7.10. Inspections of material lifts shall
take place from outside the hoistway, and from
8.10.5.2 Private Residence Elevators and within
Lifts. Private residence elevators and lifts shall (a) the machine room where a machine room
be subject to acceptance inspections and tests is provided in conformance with 2.7;
specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspection (b) the pit where a pit is provided in confor-
and test requirements shall apply to the corres- mance with 2.2 or devices required in 7.4.6.1(c)
ponding requirements in 5.3 and 5.4. Any addi- or 7.4.6.2(a) are provided;
tional requirements for this equipment should (c) from the car top where top runby space
also be checked during these inspections and conforming with 2.4, 7.4.6.1(d), 7.4.6.2(b), or
tests. 7.4.6.2(c), top-of-car operating device conform-
Before an inclined elevator is put into service, ing with 2.26.1.4 and car safeties conforming
a test of the car safety shall be made with with 2.17 or 7.5.4 are provided. Alterations shall
rated load in the car. Governor operation of be inspected for compliance with the applicable
instantaneous-type safeties shall be tested at requirements specified in 8.7.7.3.
rated speed by tripping the governor by hand. Inspection from the car top of material lifts
Where speed governors are located on the car or with automatic transfer devices shall only be
chassis, testing shall be performed by obtaining permitted when top-of-car operating devices

372
p. 373 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.373

ASME A17.1–2000 8.10.5.5–8.11.1.1

and car safeties are provided and the material equipment shall also be checked during these
lift has a rated load sufficient for the inspector inspections and tests.
and any tools and adequate horizontal and verti-
8.10.5.11 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop eleva-
cal clearance.
tors shall be subject to the applicable acceptance
Inspection from the car top of a dumbwaiter
inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 through
with an automatic transfer device is only permit-
8.10.3.
ted when top-of-car operating devices and car
The inspection and test requirements shall
safeties conforming to 7.2.12.4 are provided.
apply to the corresponding requirements of 5.6.
8.10.5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Any additional requirements for this equipment
Special purpose personnel elevators shall be shall also be checked during these inspections
subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and tests.
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3.
8.10.5.12 Rack and Pinion Elevators. Rack and
The inspection and test requirements shall
pinion elevators shall be subject to the accept-
apply to the corresponding requirements in 5.7.
ance inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1
Any additional requirements for this equipment
through 8.10.3. The inspection and test require-
shall also be checked during these inspections
ments shall apply to the corresponding require-
and tests.
ments of 4.1. Any additional requirements for
8.10.5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators this equipment shall also be checked during
shall be subject to the applicable acceptance these inspections and tests.
inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 through
8.10.5.13 Limited-Use/Limited-Application El-
8.10.3. The inspection and test requirements
evators. Limited-use/limited-applications eleva-
shall apply to the corresponding requirements
tors shall be subject to the applicable acceptance
in 5.1. Any additional requirements for this
inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 through
equipment shall also be checked during these
8.10.3.
inspections and tests.
The inspection and test requirements shall
8.10.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard ele- apply to the corresponding requirements of 5.2.
vators shall be subject to the applicable accept- Any additional requirements for this equipment
ance inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 shall also be checked during these inspections
through 8.10.3. The inspection and test require- and tests.
ments shall apply to the corresponding require-
ments of 5.8. Any additional requirements for
this equipment shall also be checked during
these inspections and tests.
SECTION 8.11
8.10.5.9 Screw Column Elevators. Screw col- PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
umn elevators shall be subject to the applicable
acceptance inspections and tests specified in Requirement 8.11 covers periodic inspections
8.10.1 through 8.10.3. and tests of existing installations.
The inspection and test requirements shall
NOTE (8.11): Compliance with certain requirements is veri-
apply to the corresponding requirements of 4.2. fiable through review of design documents, engineering,
Any additional requirements for this equipment or type tests.
shall also be checked during these inspections
and tests. 8.11.1 General Requirements for Periodic
Inspections and Tests
8.10.5.10 Elevators Used for Construction. El-
evators used for construction shall be subject 8.11.1.1 Persons Authorized to Make Periodic
to the applicable acceptance inspections and Inspections and Tests. The inspector shall meet
tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. the qualification requirements of the ASME QEI-
The inspection and test requirements shall 1. Inspectors and inspection supervisors shall
apply to the corresponding test requirements be certified by an organization accredited by
of 5.10. Any additional requirements for this ASME in accordance with the requirements of

373
p. 374 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.374

8.11.1.1–8.11.2.1.1 ASME A17.1–2000

ASME QEI-1. This requirement does not apply lines have been disconnected from the mainline
to Canadian jurisdictions. disconnect switch; and
(1) an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, or ma-
8.11.1.1.1 Periodic Inspections. Periodic in-
terial lift whose suspension ropes have been
spections shall be made by an inspector em-
removed, whose car and counterweight rest at
ployed by the authority having jurisdiction or
the bottom of the hoistway, and whose hoistway
by a person authorized by the authority having
doors have been permanently barricaded or
jurisdiction.
sealed in the closed position on the hoistway
8.11.1.1.2 Periodic Tests side;
(a) Periodic tests shall be witnessed by an (2) a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or ma-
inspector employed by the authority having ju- terial lift whose car rests at the bottom of the
risdiction, or by persons authorized by the au- hoistway; when provided with suspension ropes
thority having jurisdiction. and counterweight, the suspension ropes have
(b) The owner or the owner’s authorized agent been removed and the counterweight rests at
shall have all of the tests required by 8.11.2, the bottom of the hoistway; whose pressure
8.11.3, 8.11.4, and 8.11.5 made by persons quali- piping has been disassembled and a section
fied to perform such service in the presence of removed from the premises and whose
the inspector specified in 8.11.1.1.2(a). hoistway doors are permanently barricaded or
sealed in the closed position on the hoistway
8.11.1.2 Applicability of Inspection and Test side; or
Requirements. Inspections and tests required (3) an escalator or moving walk whose en-
by 8.11.2 through 8.11.5 are to determine that trances have been permanently barricaded.
the existing equipment conforms with the fol-
lowing applicable Code requirements: 8.11.1.5 Making Safety Devices Ineffective.
(a) the Code at the time of installation; No person shall at any time make any required
(b) the Code effective as applicable to and for safety device or electrical protective device inef-
each alteration; fective, except where necessary during tests
(c) the ASME A17.3 Code, if adopted by the and inspections. Such devices shall be restored
authority having jurisdiction. to their normal operating condition in confor-
mity with the applicable requirements prior to
NOTES (8.11.1.2): returning the equipment to service (see 2.26.7).
(1) The appropriate ASME A17.2 Inspectors’ Manual (see
Preface, ASME Elevator Publications) is a guide for inspec- 8.11.1.6 Test Tags. A metal test tag with the
tions and tests. test date, the requirement number requiring
(2) References to “Items” and “Divisions” of the Inspec- the test, and the name of the person or firm
tors’ Manual, and to the requirements of this Code, are
performing the test shall be installed in the
indicated in parentheses as a convenient reference to the
applicable testing procedures and requirements. machine room for all Category 3 and 5 tests
for electric elevators and Category 1, 3, and 5
tests for hydraulic elevators.
8.11.1.3 Periodic Inspection and Test Fre-
quency. The frequency of periodic inspections 8.11.2 Periodic Inspection and Tests of
and tests shall be established by the authority Electric Elevators
having jurisdiction.
All references to Items are to Items in ASME
NOTE (8.11.1.3): Recommended intervals for periodic in- A17.2.1, Inspectors’ Manual for Electric Ele-
spections and tests can be found in Appendix N. vators.
8.11.2.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements.
8.11.1.4 Installation Placed Out of Service.
Inspections shall include the following.
Periodic inspections and tests shall not be re-
quired when an installation is placed “out of NOTE (8.11.2.1): For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
service”:
(a) as defined by the authority having jurisdic- 8.11.2.1.1 Inside Car
tion; or (a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1);
(b) when an installation whose power feed (b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2);

374
p. 375 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.375

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.2.1.1–8.11.2.1.3

(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3); (u) Absorption of Regenerated Power (Item
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.3); 2.21);
(e) Car Lighting (Item 1.5); (v) AC Drives from a DC Source (Item 2.22);
(f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6); (w) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.23);
(g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7); (x) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves (Item
(h) Door Closing Force (Item 1.8); 2.24);
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item 1.9); (y) Rope Fastenings (Item 2.25);
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item (z) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.26);
1.10); (aa) Slack Rope Devices (Item 2.27);
(k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (bb) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal
(Item 1.11); (Item 2.28);
(l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12); (cc) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item
(m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13); 2.29); and
(n) Ventilation (Item 1.14); (dd) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3).
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item
1.15); 8.11.2.1.3 Top-of-Car
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate (a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1);
(Item 1.16); (b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2);
(q) Standby or Emergency Power Operation (c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Working
(Item 1.17); Platforms (Item 3.3);
(r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway (d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space
Doors (Item 1.18); (Item 3.4);
(s) Car Ride (Item 1.19); (e) Top Counterweight Clearance (Item 3.5);
(t) Door Monitoring Systems (2.26.5); and (f) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves
(u) Stopping Accuracy (2.26.11). (Item 3.6);
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item
8.11.2.1.2 Machine Room 3.7);
(a) Access to Machine Space (Item 2.1); (h) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.8);
(b) Headroom (Item 2.2); (i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch
(c) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3); (Item 3.9);
(d) Enclosure of Machine Space (Item 2.4); (j) Car Leveling Devices (Item 3.10);
(e) Housekeeping (Item 2.5); (k) Crosshead Data Plate (Item 3.11);
(f) Ventilation (Item 2.6); (l) Top Emergency Exit (Item 3.12);
(g) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7); (m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer
(h) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2.8); (Item 3.13);
(i) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9); (n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.14);
(j) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and (o) Floor and Emergency Identification Num-
Disconnect Switches (Item 2.10); bering (Item 3.15);
(k) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item (p) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.16);
2.11); (q) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.17);
(l) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.18);
(Item 2.12); (s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Set-
(m) Static Control (Item 2.13); backs (Item 3.19);
(n) Overhead Beam and Fastenings (Item (t) Hoistway Clearances (Item 3.20);
2.14); (u) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.21);
(o) Drive Machine Brake (Item 2.15); (v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item
(p) Traction Drive Machines (Item 2.16); 3.22);
(q) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections (w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.23);
(Item 2.17); (x) Car Frame and Stiles (Item 3.24);
(r) Winding Drum Machine (Item 2.18); (y) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment
(s) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine (Item 2.19); (Item 3.25);
(t) Motor Generator (Item 2.20); (z) Governor Rope (Item 3.26): governor ropes

375
p. 376 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.376

8.11.2.1.3–8.11.2.1.5 ASME A17.1–2000

TABLE 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1) WIRE SUSPENSION TABLE 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(3)


AND COMPENSATION ROPES Nominal Size Maximum Reduced Diameter
Types of A B C in. in.
Wire Rope [Note (1)] [Note (1)] [Note (1)]
3 11
⁄8 ⁄32
6 × 19 class 24–30 8–12 12–20 7
⁄16 13
⁄32
8 × 19 class 32–40 10–16 16–24 1
⁄2 15
⁄32
9 17
⁄16 ⁄32
GENERAL NOTE: 6 × 19 class rope has 6 strands with 16 to 5
⁄8 37
⁄64
26 wires per strand. 8 × 19 class rope has 8 strands with 16 11
⁄16 41
⁄64
to 26 wires per strand. 3 45
⁄4 ⁄64
NOTE: 1 15
⁄16
(1) The upper limits may be used when inspections are made
monthly by a competent person.
GENERAL NOTE: 1 in. p 25.4 mm

shall be inspected and replaced as specified in


8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1) and (cc)(3) for traction elevator uted among the strands, when the number of
suspension and compensating ropes; broken wires per rope lay in the worst section
(aa) Governor Releasing Carrier (Item 3.27); of rope exceeds 12 to 18; or
(bb) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item (b) if wire breaks predominate in one or
3.28); two strands, when the number of broken wires
(cc) Wire Suspension and Compensating per rope lay in the worst section of rope exceeds
Ropes (Item 3.29): 6 to 12; or
(1) Wire suspension and compensating (c) if there is more than one valley break
ropes shall be replaced per rope lay.
(a) if the broken wires are equally distrib- (3) On any type of elevator, the suspension
uted among the strands, when the number of compensation and governor ropes shall be re-
broken wires per rope lay in the worst section placed when their actual diameter is reduced
of the rope exceeds the values shown in column below the value shown in Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(3);
A of Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or (dd) Compensation Ropes and Chains (Item
(b) if the distribution of broken wires is 3.30).
unequal, and broken wires predominate in one
or two strands, when the number of broken 8.11.2.1.4 Outside Hoistway
wires per rope lay in the worst section of the (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1);
rope exceeds the values shown in column B of (b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2);
Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or (c) Vision Panels (Item 4.3);
(c) if four or five wires, side by side, are (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (Item 4.4);
(e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5);
broken across the crown of any strand, when
the number of broken wires per rope lay in the (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item
worst section of rope exceeds values shown in 4.6);
column C of Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or (g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7);
(d) if in the judgment of the inspector, any (h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8);
(i) Elevator Parking Devices (Item 4.9);
unfavorable condition, such as fretting corrosion
(j) Emergency and Access Hoistway Open-
(red dust or rouge), excessive wear of individual
ings (Item 4.10);
wires in the strands, unequal tension, poor
(k) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (Item
sheave grooves, etc., exists, the criteria for bro-
4.11);
ken wires will be reduced by 50% of the values
(l) Standby Power Selection Switch (Item
indicated in Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1) for any of
the three conditions described above; or 4.12).
(e) if there is more than one valley break 8.11.2.1.5 Pit
per rope lay. (a) Pit Access, Lighting, and Stop Switch and
(2) On winding drum machines, the ropes Condition (Item 5.1);
shall be replaced (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2);
(a) if the broken wires are equally distrib- (c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.3);

376
p. 377 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.377

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.2.1.5–8.11.2.2.9

(d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4); by the safety and the hoisting ropes slip on
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item traction sheaves or become slack on winding
5.5); drum sheaves [Item 2.29.2(d)].
(f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.6); (3) Type A and wood guide-rail safeties
(g) Governor-Rope Tension Devices (Item 5.7); without governors which are operated as a
(h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, and result of the breaking or slackening of the
Sheaves (Item 5.8); hoisting ropes shall be tested by obtaining the
(i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.9); and necessary slack rope to cause it to function
(j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item [Item 2.29.2(d)].
5.10).
8.11.2.2.3 Governors. Governors shall be
8.11.2.1.6 Firefighters’ Emergency
operated manually to determine that all parts,
8.11.2.2 Periodic Test Requirements — including those which impart the governor pull-
Category One through tension to the governor rope, operate
freely [Item 2.28.2(a)].
NOTE (8.11.2.2): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.

8.11.2.2.4 Slack-Rope Devices on Winding


8.11.2.2.1 Oil Buffers. Car and counter-
Drum Machines. Slack-rope devices on winding
weight buffers shall be tested to determine
drum machines shall be operated manually and
conformance with the applicable plunger return
tested to determine conformance with the appli-
requirements (Item 5.3.2).
cable requirements (Item 2.18).
8.11.2.2.2 Safeties
(a) Examinations. All working parts of car and 8.11.2.2.5 Normal and Final Terminal Stop-
counterweight safeties shall be examined to ping Devices. Normal and final terminal stop-
determine that they are in satisfactory operating ping devices shall be inspected and tested to
condition and that they conform to the applica- determine conformance with the applicable re-
ble requirements and 8.7.2.14 through 8.7.2.28 quirements (2.25) (Items 3.8.2 and 3.7.2).
(see 2.17.10 and 2.17.11; Division 112). Check
the level of the oil in the oil buffer and the 8.11.2.2.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Opera-
operation of the buffer compression-switch on tion. Firefighters’ emergency operation shall be
Type C safeties. tested to determine conformance with the appli-
(b) Tests. Safeties shall be subjected to the cable requirements (Division 6).
following tests with no load in the car.
(1) Type A, B, or C governor-operated safe- 8.11.2.2.7 Standby or Emergency Power
ties shall be operated by tripping the governor Operation. Operation of elevators equipped with
by hand with the car operating at the slowest standby or emergency power shall be tested
operating speed in the down direction. to determine conformance with the applicable
In this test, the safety shall bring the requirements (Item 1.17.2). Tests shall be per-
car to rest promptly. formed with no load in the car.
In the case of Type B safeties, the stop-
ping distance is not required to conform to 8.11.2.2.8 Power Operation of Door Sys-
2.17.3. tem. The closing forces of power operated
In the case of Type C safeties, the oil hoistway door systems shall be tested to deter-
buffer may or may not compress its full stroke. mine conformance with the applicable require-
In the case of Type A, B, or C safeties ments (Item 1.8.2).
employing rollers or dogs for application of the
safety, the rollers or dogs are not required to 8.11.2.2.9 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain
operate their full travel [Item 2.29.2(c)]. Switch. Where a rope, tape, or chain is used
(2) Governor-operated wood guide-rail safe- to connect the motion of the car to the machine
ties shall be tested by tripping the governor by room normal limit, the switch that senses failure
hand with the car at rest and moving the car of this connection shall be tested for compliance
in the down direction until it is brought to rest with 2.26.2.6 (Item 3.9.2).

377
p. 378 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.378

8.11.2.3–8.11.2.3.7 ASME A17.1–2000

8.11.2.3 Periodic Test Requirements — (b) For reduced stroke buffers, this test shall
Category Five be made at the reduced striking speed permitted
[Item 5.3.2(b)(1)(b)].
NOTE (8.11.2.3): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3. (c) This test is not required where a Type C
safety is used (see 8.11.2.3.1).
8.11.2.3.1 Car and Counterweight Safeties. (d) In making these tests, the normal and
Types A, B, and C car safeties, except those emergency terminal stopping devices shall be
operating on wood guide rails, and their gover- made temporarily inoperative. The final terminal
nors, shall be tested with rated load in the car. stopping devices shall remain operative and be
Counterweight safety tests shall be made with temporarily relocated, if necessary, to permit
no load in the car. Tests shall be made by full compression of the buffer during the test.
tripping the governor by hand at the rated (e) After completion of the test, a metal tag,
speed. The following operational conditions indicating the date of the test, together with
shall be checked [Item 2.28.2(b)]: the name of the person or firm who performed
(a) Type B safeties shall stop the car with the the test, shall be attached to the buffer [Item
rated load within the required range of stopping 5.3.2(b)].
distances for which the governor is tripped [Item
2.29.2(e)]. 8.11.2.3.4 Braking System. For passenger
(b) For Type A safeties and Type A safety elevators and all freight elevators, the brake
parts of Type C safeties, there shall be sufficient shall be tested for compliance with applicable
travel of the safety rollers or dogs remaining requirements. Place the load as shown in Table
after the test to bring the car and its rated load 8.11.2.3.4 in the car and run it to the lowest
to rest on safety application at governor tripping landing by normal operating means. The driving
speed. machine shall safely lower, stop, and hold the
A metal tag shall be attached to the safety- car with this load. Freight elevators of class C-
releasing carrier in a permanent manner, giving 2 loading shall sustain and level the elevator car.
the date of the safety test, together with the 8.11.2.3.5 Emergency and Standby Power
name of the person or firm who performed Operation. Operation of elevators equipped with
the test. emergency or standby power shall be inspected
8.11.2.3.2 Governors and tested for conformance with the applicable
(a) The tripping speed of the governor and requirements (Item 1.17.2). Passenger elevators
the speed at which the governor overspeed and freight elevators permitted to carry passen-
switch, where provided, operates shall be tested gers (see 2.16.4) shall be tested with 125% of
to determine conformance with the applicable rated load [see 2.16.8(f)].
requirements and the adjustable means shall
be sealed [Item 2.28.2(b)]. 8.11.2.3.6 Emergency Terminal Stopping
(b) The governor rope pull-through and pull- and Speed Limiting Devices. Emergency termi-
out forces shall be tested to determine confor- nal speed limiting devices, where provided, shall
mance with the applicable requirements, and be tested for conformance with applicable re-
the adjustment means shall be sealed [Item quirements (2.25.4) [Item 5.3.2(b)].
2.28.2(b)]. For static control elevators, emergency termi-
nal stopping devices, when provided, shall be
8.11.2.3.3 Oil Buffers tested for conformance with applicable require-
(a) Car oil buffers shall be tested to determine ments (2.25.4) [Item 2.26.2(b)].
conformance with the applicable requirements
by running the car with its rated load onto the 8.11.2.3.7 Power Opening of Doors. Deter-
buffer at rated speed, except as specified in mine that power opening of car and hoistway
8.11.2.3.3(b) and (c) [Item 5.3.2(b)(1)]. Counter- doors only occurs when the car is at rest at
weight oil buffers shall be tested by running the landing, or in the landing zone, except, in
the counterweight onto its buffer at rated speed the case of static control, check that power shall
with no load in the car, except as specified in not be applied until the car is within 300 mm
8.11.2.3.3(b) and (c) [Item 5.3.2(b)(2)]. (12 in.) of the landing (Item 1.10.2).

378
p. 379 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.379

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.2.3.8–8.11.3.1.1

TABLE 8.11.2.3.4 BRAKE TEST LOADS


Not Permitted to Permitted to
Class of Service Carry Passengers Carry Passengers

Passenger Not applicable 125% rated load


Class A Rated load 125% rated load
Class B Rated load 125% rated load
Class C1 Rated load 125% rated load
Class C2 Up to 150% rated load Up to 150% rated load
Class C3 Rated load 125% rated load
One Piece Load Rated load or one piece 125% rated load or one
by 2.16.7 load, whichever is piece load, whichever is
greater greater

8.11.2.3.8 Leveling Zone and Leveling (2) the driving system shall stall and not
Speed. Check that the leveling zone does not allow the car or counterweight to be raised.
exceed the maximum allowable distance. Check
that the leveling speed does not exceed 0.75 8.11.3 Periodic Inspection and Tests of
m/s (150 ft/min). For static control elevators, Hydraulic Elevators
the person or firm installing or maintaining
All references to Items are to Items in ASME
the equipment shall provide a written checkout
A17.2.2, Inspectors’ Manual for Hydraulic Ele-
procedure and demonstrate that the leveling
vators.
speed with the doors open is limited to a maxi-
mum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) and that the 8.11.3.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements.
speed limiting (or speed monitor) means is Inspections shall include the following.
independent of the normal means of controlling
this speed [Item 1.10.2(b)]. NOTE: For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3.

8.11.2.3.9 Inner Landing Zone. For static


8.11.3.1.1 Inside the Car
control elevators, check that the zone in which
(a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1.1);
the car can move with the doors open is not
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2.1);
more than 75 mm (3 in.) above or below the
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3.1);
landing [Item 1.10.2(c)].
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.4.1);
8.11.2.3.10 Emergency Stopping Distance. (e) Car Lighting (Item 1.5.1);
Counterweight traction elevators shall be tested (f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6.1);
for traction drive limits to ensure that (g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7.1);
(a) During an emergency stop initiated by any (h) Door Closing Force (Item 1.8.1);
of the electrical protective device(s) listed in (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item
2.26.2 (except 2.26.2.13), (except buffer switches 1.9.1);
for oil buffers used with Type C car safeties) (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item
at the rated speed in the down direction, with 1.10.1);
passenger elevators and freight elevators per- (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors
mitted to carry passengers carrying 125% of (Item 1.11.1);
their rated load, or with freight elevators car- (l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12.1);
rying their rated load, cars shall stop and safely (m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13.1);
hold the load; and (n) Ventilation (Item 1.14.1);
(b) if either the car or the counterweight bot- (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item
toms on its buffers or becomes otherwise im- 1.15.1);
movable: (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate
(1) the ropes shall slip in the drive sheave (Item 1.16.1);
and not allow the car or counterweight to be (q) Standby or Emergency Power Operation
raised; or (Item 1.17.1);

379
p. 380 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.380

8.11.3.1.1–8.11.3.1.5 ASME A17.1–2000

(r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway (k) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.11.1);
Doors (Item 1.18.1); (l) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.12.1);
(s) Car Ride (Item 1.19.1); (m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.13.1);
(t) Door Monitoring System; and (n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Set-
(u) Stopping Accuracy. backs (Item 3.14.1);
(o) Hoistway Clearances (Item 3.15.1);
8.11.3.1.2 Machine Room
(p) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.16.1);
(a) Access to Machine Space (Item 2.1.1);
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item
(b) Headroom (Item 2.2.1);
3.17.1);
(c) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3.1);
(r) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.18.1);
(d) Enclosure of Machine Space (Item 2.4.1);
(s) Car Frame, Guides, and Stiles (Item 3.19.1);
(e) Housekeeping (Item 2.5.1);
(t) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment
(f) Ventilation and Heating (Item 2.6.1);
(Item 3.20.1);
(g) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7.1)
(u) Governor, Safety, Ropes, and Counter-
(h) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2.8.1);
weights (Item 3.21.1);
(i) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9.1);
(v) Governor Rope Releasing Carrier (Item
(j) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and
3.21.1);
Disconnect Switches (Item 2.10.1);
(w) Governor Rope (Item 3.22.1);
(k) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item
2.11.1); NOTE [8.11.3.1.3(w)]: Governor rope shall be inspected and
(l) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. replaced according to the criteria in 8.11.2.1.3(z).
(Item 2.12.1);
(x) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item
(m) Hydraulic Power Unit (Item 2.13.1);
3.23.1);
(n) Relief Valves (Item 2.14.1);
(y) Suspension Rope (Item 3.24.1);
(o) Control Valve (Item 2.15.1);
(p) Tanks (Item 2.16.1); NOTE [8.11.3.1.3(y)]: Suspension rope shall be inspected
(q) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assem- and replaced according to the criteria in 8.11.2.1.3(cc).
blies (Item 2.17.1);
(z) Slack Rope Device (Item 3.25.1);
(r) Supply Line and Shutoff Valve (Item
(aa) Traveling Sheave (Item 3.26.1); and
2.18.1);
(bb) Counterweight (Item 3.27).
(s) Hydraulic Cylinders and Hydraulic Fluid
Loss Record (8.6.5.7) (Item 2.19.1); 8.11.3.1.4 Outside The Hoistway
(t) Pressure Switch (Item 2.20.1); (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1.1);
(u) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3) (Item 2.22); (b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2.1);
(v) Governor, Overspeed Switch and Seal (c) Vision Panels (Item 4.3.1);
(Item 2.21); and (d) Hoistway Door Locking Device (Item 4.4.1);
(w) Recycling Operation [8.10.3.2.2(u)]. (e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5.1);
(f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item
8.11.3.1.3 Top of Car
4.6.1);
(a) Top-Of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1.1);
(g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7.1);
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2.1);
(h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8.1);
(c) Top-Of-Car Operating Device (Item 3.3.1);
(i) Elevator Parking Device (Item 4.9.1);
(d) Top-Of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space
(j) Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways (Item
(Item 3.4.1);
4.10.1); and
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Device (Item
(k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection
3.5.1);
Switch (Item 4.11.1).
(f) Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting De-
vices (Item 3.6.1); 8.11.3.1.5 Pit
(g) Anti-Creep Leveling Device (Item 3.7.1); (a) Pit Access, Lighting and Stop Switch, and
(h) Speed Test (Item 3.8.1); Condition (Item 5.1.1);
(i) Top Emergency Exit (Item 3.9.1); (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2.1);
(j) Floor and Emergency Identification Num- (c) Plunger and Cylinder (Item 5.3.1);
bering (Item 3.10.1); (d) Car Buffer (Item 5.4.1);

380
p. 381 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.381

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.3.1.5–8.11.3.4.2

(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item vice and Emergency Terminal Stopping Device
5.5.1); (3.25.2) (Item 3.6.2).
(f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.6.1);
8.11.3.2.4 Flexible Hose and Fitting Assem-
(g) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7.1);
blies. Flexible hose and fitting assemblies shall
(h) Guiding Members (Item 5.8.1);
be tested at the relief valve setting pressure for
(i) Supply Piping (Item 5.9.1);
a minimum of 30 s. Any signs of leakage,
(j) Car Safety (Item 5.10.1); and
slippage of hose fittings, damage to outer hose
(k) Governor Rope Tension Device (Item
covering sufficient to expose reinforcement, or
5.11.1).
bulging, or distortions of the hose body is cause
8.11.3.1.6 Firefighters’ Service. See Item for replacement. A metal tag indicating the date
6.1.1. of the test and the name of the person or firm
8.11.3.2 Periodic Test Requirements — who performed the test shall be attached to
Category One the hose assembly in a permanent manner (Item
2.17.2).
NOTE (8.11.3.2): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
8.11.3.2.5 Pressure Switch. The pressure
8.11.3.2.1 Relief Valve Setting and System switch and its related circuits shall be tested
Pressure Test. The relief valve setting shall be for conformance with applicable requirements
tested to determine that it will bypass the full (3.26.8) (Item 2.20.2).
output of the pump before the pressure exceeds 8.11.3.3 Periodic Test Requirements —
150% of the working pressure and that the Category Three
system will withstand this pressure. It shall be
sealed if the relief valve setting is altered or if NOTE (8.11.3.3): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
the seal is broken (Item 2.14.2).
8.11.3.3.1 Unexposed Portions of Pistons.
8.11.3.2.2 Cylinders. This test shall be per- Piston rods of roped hydraulic elevators shall
formed after the relief valve setting and system be exposed, thoroughly cleaned, and examined
pressure test in 8.11.3.2.1. Cylinders that are for wear or corrosion. The piston rods shall be
exposed shall be visually inspected. Cylinders replaced if at any place the diameter is less
that are not exposed shall be tested. After a than the root diameter of the threads.
minimum of 15 min a change in car position
which cannot be accounted for by visible oil 8.11.3.3.2 Pressure Vessels. Pressure ves-
leakage, valve leakage, or temperature change sels shall be checked to determine conformance
indicates a leak in the unexposed portion of with the applicable requirements, thoroughly
the cylinder or the piping (Item 2.19.2). cleaned, internally examined, and then sub-
jected to a hydrostatic test at 150% of the
8.11.3.2.3 Additional Tests. The following working pressure for 1 min (3.24.4) (Item 2.16.2).
tests shall also be performed:
(a) Normal and Final Terminal Stopping De- 8.11.3.4 Periodic Test Requirements —
vices (8.11.2.2.5) (Item 3.5.2); Category Five
(b) Governors (8.11.2.2.3); 8.11.3.4.1 Governors, safeties, and oil buff-
(c) Safeties (8.11.2.2.2); ers, where provided, shall be inspected and
(d) Oil Buffers (8.11.2.2.1); tested as specified in 8.11.2.3.1, 8.11.2.3.2, and
(e) Firefighter’s Emergency Operation 8.11.2.3.3 at intervals specified by the authority
(8.11.2.2.6) (Item 6.1.2); having jurisdiction. Where activation is allowed
(f) Standby or Emergency Power Operation or required both by overspeed and slack rope,
(8.11.2.2.7) [Item 1.17.2(a)] the safety shall have both means of activation
NOTE [8.10.8.2.3(f)]: Absorption of regenerated power tested.
(2.26.10) does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
8.11.3.4.2 Coated ropes shall be required
(g) Power Operations of Door System to have a magnetic flux test capable of detecting
(8.11.2.2.8) (Items 4.6 and 4.7); and broken wires, in addition to a visual exami-
(h) Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting De- nation.

381
p. 382 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.382

8.11.3.4.3–8.11.4.2.11 ASME A17.1–2000

8.11.3.4.3 Wire rope fastenings shall be 8.11.4.2.1 Machine Space. The machine
inspected in accordance with Item 3.23 of ASME space access, lighting, receptacles, operation,
A17.2.2. Fastenings on roped hydraulic elevators and conditions shall be examined (Items 2.1
utilizing pistons that are hidden by cylinder and 4.1).
head seals shall also be inspected, even if it is
8.11.4.2.2 Stop Switch. The machine space
temporarily necessary to support the car by
stop switches shall be tested (Items 2.2 and 4.2).
other means and disassemble the cylinder head.
8.11.4.2.3 Controller and Wiring. Controller
NOTE (8.11.3.4): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
and wiring shall be examined (Items 2.3 and 4.3).
8.11.4.2.4 Drive Machine and Brake. The
8.11.4 Periodic Inspection and Tests of drive machine and brakes shall be examined
Escalators and Moving Walks and tested, including test of the brake torque
All references to Items are to Items in ASME (Items 2.4 and 4.4).
A17.2.3, Inspectors’ Manual for Escalators and 8.11.4.2.5 Speed Governor. The mechanical
Moving Walks. speed governor, if required, shall be tested by
8.11.4.1 Periodic Inspection and Test Require- manually operating the trip mechanism (Items
ments. Inspections shall include the following: 2.5 and 4.5).

NOTE: For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3. 8.11.4.2.6 Broken Drive Chain Device. Oper-
(a) General Fire Protection (Items 1.1 and 3.1); ation of the broken drive chain device, on the
(b) Geometry (Items 1.2 and 3.2); drive chain, shall be tested by manually op-
(c) Handrails (Items 1.3 and 3.3); erating the actuating mechanism (Items 2.6
(d) Entrance and Egress (Items 1.4 and 3.4); and 4.6).
(e) Lighting (Items 1.5 and 3.5); 8.11.4.2.7 Reversal Stop Switch. The rever-
(f) Caution Signs (Items 1.6 and 3.6); sal stop switch (to prevent reversal when op-
(g) Combplate (Items 1.7 and 3.7); erating in the ascending direction) shall be
(h) Deck Barricade Guard (Items 1.8 and 3.8); tested by manually operating it to determine
(i) Steps and Treadway (Items 1.9 and 3.9); that it functions properly (Items 2.7 and 4.7).
(j) Operating Devices (Items 1.10 and 3.10); If the device cannot be manually operated,
(k) Skirt Obstruction Devices (Item 1.11); the person or firm maintaining the equipment
(l) Handrail Entry Device (Items 1.12 and shall provide a written check-out procedure and
3.12); demonstrate the device complies with the re-
(m) Egress Restriction Device (Items 1.13 and quirements of the Code.
3.13);
(n) Speed (Items 1.14 and 3.14); 8.11.4.2.8 Broken Step Chain or Treadway
(o) Balustrades (Items 1.15 and 3.15); Device. The broken or slack step chain or
(p) Ceiling Intersection Guards (Items 1.16 and treadway device shall be tested by manual oper-
3.16); ation (Items 2.8 and 4.8).
(q) Skirt Panels (Items 1.17 and 3.17); 8.11.4.2.9 Step Upthrust Device. The opera-
(r) Outdoor Protection (Items 1.18 and 3.18); tion of the step upthrust device shall be tested
(s) Machinery Space Access, Lighting, Recep- by manually displacing the step, causing the
tacle, and Condition (for remote machine rooms device to operate (Items 1.9 and 2.9).
only) (Items 2.1 and 4.1);
(t) Additional Stop Switch(es) (Items 2.2 8.11.4.2.10 Missing Step or Pallet Device.
and 4.2); The missing step or pallet device shall be tested
(u) Controller and Wiring (Items 2.3 and 4.3); by removing a step or pallet and verifying that
(v) Code Data Plate (2.23.2) (Item 2.14). the device will properly function (Items 2.10
and 4.10).
8.11.4.2 Periodic Inspection and Test
Requirements — Category 1 8.11.4.2.11 Step or Pallet Level Device. The
step, or pallet level device shall be tested by
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3. simulating an out of level step or pallet and

382
p. 383 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.383

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.4.2.11–8.11.4.2.20

verifying tht the device functions properly (Items


2.11 and 4.11). Step nose

8.11.4.2.12 Steps, Pallet, Step or Pallet


Chain, and Trusses. The steps, pallet, step or
pallet chain, and trusses shall be visually exam-
ined for structural defects, mechanical condi- 25 mm
tion, and buildup of combustible materials (1 in.)
(Items 2.12 and 4.12).
100 mm Step nose line
8.11.4.2.13 Handrail Safety Systems. The (4 in.)
handrail operating system shall be visually ex-
amined for condition. The handrail entry device, 250 mm
and the stopped handrail or handrail speed (10 in.)
monitoring device, shall be tested by discon-
necting of handrail motion sensor (Items 2.13 FIG. 8.11.4.2.19(d)
and 4.13).
8.11.4.2.14 Heaters. For outdoor escalators no less than 1 940 mm2 (3 in.2) and no more
and moving walks that require heaters, test the than 3 870 mm2 (6 in.2).
heaters for condition and operation (Items 1.18.2 (c) No vertical load exceeding 220 N (50 lbf)
and 3.18.2). shall be applied to the test step and adjacent
steps.
8.11.4.2.15 Permissible Stretch in Escalator (d) The coefficient of friction shall be mea-
Chains. Escalators shall have periodic examina- sured with the test specimen conforming to
tion of the clearance between successive steps the requirements of 6.1.3.3.7(b) sliding in the
to detect wear or stretch of the step chains. direction of the step motion under a 110 N (25
The clearance shall not exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.). lbf) normal force at the operating speed of the
escalator and shall be measured with devices
8.11.4.2.16 Disconnected Motor Safety De-
having sensitivity better than ± 2.2 N (0.5 lbf).
vice. Operation of the device shall be tested
The direction of step motion shall be the direc-
and verified (see 6.1.6.3.10 or 6.2.6.3.8) (Item
tion of normal operation. If the escalator is
2.6 or 4.6).
operated in both directions, the down direction
8.11.4.2.17 Response to Smoke Detectors shall be used for the test.
(6.1.6.8 or 6.2.6.7) (e) For both the coefficient of friction measure-
ment and the loaded gap measurements, the
8.11.4.2.18 Comb-Step or Comb-Pallet Im- center of the applied load shall be between 25
pact Device mm (1 in.) and 100 mm (4 in.) below the nose
line of the steps. The center of the applied load
8.11.4.2.19 Step/Skirt Performance Index
shall be not more than 250 mm (10 in.) from
(a) The escalator skirt shall not be cleaned,
the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.11.4.2.19(d).
lubricated, or otherwise modified in preparation
(f) Verify that the step/skirt performance index
for testing. The escalator instantaneous step/
conforms to the requirements in 6.1.3.3.7 and
skirt index measurements [6.1.3.3.7(a)] shall be
8.6.8.3 (Item 1.17.2).
recorded at intervals no larger than 150 mm (6
in.) from each side of two distinct steps along 8.11.4.2.20 Clearance Between Step and
the inclined portion of the escalator, where the Skirt (Loaded Gap). Escalators installed under
steps are fully extended. Test steps shall be ASME A17.1d–2000 shall be tested as follows:
separated by a minimum of 8 steps. (a) Loaded gap measurements shall be taken
(b) A load of 110 N (25 lbf) shall be laterally at intervals not exceeding 300 mm (12 in.) in
applied from the step to the adjacent skirt panel. transition region (6.1.3.6.5) and before the steps
The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N are fully extended. These measurements shall
(25 lbf) by more than ± 11 N (2.5 lbf). The load be made independently on each side of the
shall be distributed over a round or square area escalator.

383
p. 384 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.384

8.11.4.2.20–8.11.5.8 ASME A17.1–2000

(b) The applied load shall not deviate from ment shall also be checked during these inspec-
110 N (25 lbf) by more than ± 11 N (2.5 lbf) tions and tests.
(6.1.3.3.5). The load shall be distributed over a On winding drum machines, the slack-rope
round or square area no less than 1 940 mm2 devices required by 2.26.2.1 shall be permitted
(3 in.2) and no more than 3 870 mm2 (6 in.2). to be tested as specified in Item 2.18 of the
(c) For the loaded gap measurements, the ASME A17.2.1, Inspectors’ Manual for Electric
center of the applied load shall be between 25 Elevators. The driving-machine brake shall be
mm (1 in.) and 100 mm (4 in.) below the nose tested to determine conformance with 7.2.10
line of the steps. The center of the applied load (Item 2.18 of ASME A17.2.1).
shall be not more than 250 mm (10 in.) from
8.11.5.5 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With
the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.11.4.2.19(d).
Automatic Transfer Devices. Material lifts and
8.11.5 Periodic Inspection and Tests of Other dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices
Equipment shall be subject to the applicable periodic in-
spections and tests specified in 8.11.2 and
For recommended inspection and test fre- 8.11.3. The inspection and test requirements
quency (see 8.11.1.3). shall apply to the corresponding requirements
8.11.5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk eleva- in Part 7. Any additional requirements for this
tors shall be subject to the applicable, periodic equipment shall also be checked during these
inspections and tests specified in 8.11.2 and inspections and tests.
8.11.3. The inspection and test requirements The inspection and test requirement shall
shall apply to the corresponding requirements apply to the corresponding requirements in Part
in 5.5. Any additional requirements for this 7. Any additional requirements for this equip-
equipment shall also be checked during these ment shall also be checked during these inspec-
inspections and tests. tions and tests.
8.11.5.2 Private Residence Elevators and 8.11.5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators.
Lifts. Private residence elevators and lifts should Special purpose personnel elevators shall be
be subject to the periodic inspections and tests subject to the applicable inspections and tests
specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
The inspection and test requirements shall The inspection and test requirements shall
apply to the corresponding requirements in 5.3 apply to the corresponding requirements in 5.7.
and 5.4. Any additional requirements for this Any additional requirements for this equipment
equipment should also be checked during these shall also be checked during these inspections
inspections and tests. and tests.
8.11.5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall 8.11.5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators
be subject to the applicable, periodic inspections shall be subject to the applicable periodic in-
and tests specified in 8.11.2. spections and tests specified in 8.11.2 and
The inspection and test requirements shall 8.11.3.
apply to the corresponding requirements in 4.3. The inspection and test requirements shall
Any additional requirements for this equipment apply to the corresponding requirements in 5.1.
shall also be checked during these inspections Any additional requirements for this equipment
and tests. shall also be checked during these inspections
The driving-machine brake required by and tests.
4.3.19.2 shall be tested with both empty car
8.11.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard shall
and rated load in the car.
be subject to the applicable periodic inspections
8.11.5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be and tests specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
subject to the applicable periodic inspections The inspection and test requirements shall
and tests specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. apply to the corresponding requirements of 5.8.
The inspection and test requirements shall Any additional requirements for this equipment
apply to the corresponding requirements in Part shall also be checked during these inspections
7. Any additional requirements for this equip- and tests.

384
p. 385 02-16-01 12:10:20 Unit: U8 Textfile: A17Y2K$804 p.385

ASME A17.1–2000 8.11.5.9–8.11.5.13.4

8.11.5.9 Screw Column Elevators. Screw col- The inspection and test requirements shall
umn elevators shall be subject to the applicable apply to the corresponding requirements of 5.2.
periodic inspections and tests specified in 8.11.2 Any additional requirements for this equipment
and 8.11.3. shall also be checked during these inspections
The inspection and test requirements shall and tests.
apply to the corresponding requirements of 4.2. 8.11.5.13 Elevators Used for Construction
Any additional requirements for this equipment
shall also be checked during these inspections 8.11.5.13.1 Inspection Requirements. In-
and tests. spections shall include the items specified in
8.11.2.1 for electric elevators and 8.11.3.1 for
8.11.5.10 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop eleva- hydraulic elevators, except that the require-
tors shall be subject to the applicable periodic ments of 5.10 shall apply where they are differ-
inspections and tests specified in 8.11.2 and ent from those in Part 2 and Part 3.
8.11.3. 8.11.5.13.2 Periodic Test Requirements —
The inspection and test requirements shall Category One. For electric elevators, test as
apply to the corresponding requirements of 5.6. specified in 8.11.2.2.1 through 8.11.2.2.5.
Any additional requirements for this equipment For hydraulic elevators, test as specified in
shall also be checked during these inspections 8.11.3.2.1, 8.11.3.2.2, 8.11.3.2.3(a) through (d),
and tests. and 8.11.3.2.4.
Where permanent doors have been installed,
8.11.5.11 Rack and Pinion Elevators. Rack and
test as specified in 8.11.2.2.8.
pinion elevators shall be subject to the applica-
ble periodic inspections and tests specified in NOTE (8.11.4.13.2): For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
The inspection and test requirements shall 8.11.5.13.3 Periodic Inspection and Test
apply to the corresponding requirements of 4.1. Requirements — Category Three. For hydraulic
Any additional requirements for this equipment elevators, test as specified in 8.11.3.3.
shall also be checked during these inspections NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
and tests.
8.11.5.13.4 Periodic Test Requirements —
8.11.5.12 Limited-Use/Limited-Application El- Category Five. For electric elevators, test as
evators. Limited-use/limited-applications eleva- specified in 8.11.2.3.1 through 8.11.2.3.4, and
tors shall be subject to the applicable periodic 8.11.2.3.6.
inspections and tests specified in 8.11.2 and For hydraulic elevators, test as specified in
8.11.3. 8.11.3.4.

385
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 387 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$900 p.387

PART 9
REFERENCE CODES, STANDARDS, AND
SPECIFICATIONS

This Part covers the codes, standards, and


specifications incorporated in this Code by refer-
ence and the specific editions that are applicable
[see 9.1]. This Part also lists the names and
addresses of the organizations from which these
documents may be procured [see 9.2].
Only that portion of the code, standard, or
specification as specified by the requirements
in this Code is applicable.

387
p. 388 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.388

SECTION 9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 9.1
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

16 CFR Part 1201-86 Architectural Glazing Standards and Related Materials CPSC US

30 CFR 75.1106 Code Federal Regulations USPO US

ADAAG Americans With Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines ANSI US

AGMA 218.01 Rating the Pitting Resistance and Bending Strength of AGMA US
Spur and Helical Involute Gear Teeth

AISC Book No. S326, 1978 Specification for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of AISC US
Structural Steel for Buildings

American Plywood Design APA US, Canada


Specification A3.3.1 (April 1978)

ANSI A10.4 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Personnel Hoists ANSI US

ANSI A10.5 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Material Hoists ANSI US

ANSI A12.1-1973 Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, ANSI US
Railings and Toe Boards

ANSI A14.3-1984 Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders ANSI US, Canada

ANSI A58.1 (latest edition) Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design ANSI US
Loads in Buildings and Other Structures

ANSI A92 (latest edition) Mobile Scaffolds, Towers, and Platforms SIA US

ANSI Z35.1-1972 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs ANSI US

ANSI Z97.1-1984 Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for ANSI US


Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings

ANSI Z535.2 (latest edition) Environment & Facility Safety Signs ANSI US, Canada

ANSI/ACI 318-83 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI, ANSI US

ANSI/AWS D1.1 (latest edition Structural Welding Code-Steel AWS US, Canada

ANSI/AWS D1.3 (latest edition) Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel AWS US, Canada

ANSI/ICC A117.1 (latest edition) Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities ICC US
Accessible to, and Usable by, the Physically
Handicapped

ANSI/RMA IP-20-1977 Specifications for Drives Using Classical Multiple V- RMA US


belts (A, B, C, D, E Cross Sections)

ANSI/SAE SP-68 SAE US

ANSI/UL 94 (latest edition) Test of Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in UL US, Canada
Devices and Appliances

(continued)

388
p. 389 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.389

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 9.1

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

ANSI/UL 268 (latest edition) Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling UL US
Systems

ANSI/Vol. Prod. Std. PS-1-74 Construction and Industrial Plywood DOC US

ASME A17.2.1 (latest edition) Inspectors’ Manual for Electric Elevators ASME US

ASME A17.2.2 (latest edition) Inspectors’ Manual for Hydraulic Elevators ASME US

ASME A17.2.3 (latest edition) Inspectors’ Manual for Escalators and Moving Walks ASME US

ASME A17.3 (latest edition) Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators ASME US

ASME A17.4 (latest edition) Guide for Emergency Personnel ASME US

ASME A18.1 (latest edition) Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway ASME US
Chairlifts

ASME A90.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Manlifts ASME US

ASME A120.1 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for ASME US
Building Maintenance

ASME B1.1 (latest edition) Unified Inch Screw Threads ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.13M (latest edition) Metric Screw Threads ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.1-1983 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.3-1976 (R1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch) ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.4-1976 (R1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Metric Translation of B1.20.3) ASME US, Canada

ASME B20.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Conveyors and Related ASME US
Equipment

ASME B29.1-1975 Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains, ASME US, Canada
Attachments, and Sprockets

ASME B29.2M-1982 (R1987) Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and Sprockets ASME US, Canada

ASME B29.15-1973 (R1987) Heavy Duty Roller Type Conveyor Chains and ASME US, Canada
Sprocket Teeth

ASME B31.1 (latest edition) Power Piping ASME US, Canada

ASME QEI-1 (latest edition) Standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspectors ASME US

ASME Y14.38 (latest edition) Abbreviations and Acronyms ASME US

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel ASME US, Canada


Code Section VIII (latest edition)

ASME Guide SI-1 (latest edition) Orientation and Guide for Use of SI (Metric Units) ASME US

ASTM A 27-84a Specifications for Mild and Medium-Strength Carbon ASTM US, Canada
Steel Castings for General Applications

(continued)

389
p. 390 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.390

SECTION 9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

ASTM A 36-84a Specifications for Structural Steel ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A 53 (latest edition) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- ASTM US, Canada
Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless

ASTM A 106 (latest edition) Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Rule ASTM US, Canada
303.1a Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A 283-84a Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Threaded Standard Fasteners

ASTM A 307-84a Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Quality

ASTM A 502-83a Specifications for Steel Structural Rivets ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A 668-85 Specifications for Carbon Allow Steel Forgings for ASTM US, Canada
General Industrial Use

ASTM D 97-85 Standard Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D 198-84 Static Tests of Timbers in Structural Sizes ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D 245-81 (1986) Establishing Structural Grades and Related Allowable ASTM US, Canada
Properties for Visually Graded Lumber

ASTM D 648 Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of ASTM US, Canada
Plastics Under Flextural Load in the Edgewise
Position

ASTM D 2270-79 Calculating Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity ASTM US, Canada

ASTM E 8 (latest edition) Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of ASTM US, Canada
Metallic Materials

ASTM E 84 (latest edition) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning ASTM US, Canada
Characteristics of Building Materials

ASTM E 380 (latest edition) Metric Practice Guide ASTM US

ASTM E 648-86 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of ASTM US
Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source

B311-M1979 Safety Code for Manlifts CSA Canada

CABO One and Two Family Dwelling ICBO US


Code

CAN3-B354.1-M82 (same as CSA- Elevating Rolling Work Platforms CSA Canada


B354)

CAN4-S104-M80 (R1985) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies CSA Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 (same as CAN2- Glass, Safety, Tempered or Laminated CGSB Canada


12.1)

(continued)

390
p. 391 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.391

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 9.1

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 Mirrors, Silvered CGSB Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 (same as Glass, Wired, Safety CGSB Canada


CAN2-12.11)

CAN/CGSB-12.12-M90 (same as Glazing, Plastic Safety CGSB Canada


CAN2-12.12)

CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5 (latest Standard for Elevator and Escalator Electrical ASME US, Canada
edition) Equipment

CAN/CSA-B72-M87 (R1998) (same as Installation Code for Lighting Protection Systems CSA Canada
CSA-B72)

CAN/CSA G40.21-1972 Structural Quality Steels CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 Limit States Design of Steel Structures CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-T515-97 (same as CAN3- Requirements for Handset Telephones Intended for CSA Canada
T515-M85) Use by the Hard of Hearing

CAN/CSA-Z185-M87 (R1997) (same as Safety Code for Personnel Hoists CSA Canada
CSA-Z185)

CAN/CSA-Z256-M87 (R1995) (same as Safety Code for Material Hoists CSA Canada
CSA-Z256)

CAN/CSA-Z271-98 (same as CSA- Safety Code for Suspended Elevating Platforms CSA Canada
Z271)

CAN/CSA-Z321-96 (same as CSA- Signs and Symbols for the Workplace CSA US, Canada
Z321)

CAN/ULC-S102.2-M88 (same as CAN/ Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning ULC Canada
ULC-S102) Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Covering, and
Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies

CSA A23.3-M84 (same as CAN3- Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings CSA Canada
A23.3)

CSA B167-96 Safety Standard for Maintenance and Inspection of CSA Canada
Overhead Cranes, Gantry Cranes, Monorails, Hoists,
and Trolleys

CSA B355-00 Lifts for Persons With Physical Disabilities CSA Canada

CSA B613-00 Private Residence Lifts for Persons With Physical CSA Canada
Disabilities

CSA C22.1SB-98 (same as CSA- Canadian Electrical Code, Part I (18th edition), Safety CSA Canada
C22.1) Std. for Electrical Installations

CSA C22.2 No. 139-1982 (R1992) Electrically Operated Valves CSA US, Canada

CSA C22.2 No. 141-M1985 (R1992) Unit Equipment for Emergency Lighting CSA Canada

CSA O86.1-94 Engineering Design in Wood (Limit States Design) CSA Canada

(continued)

391
p. 392 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.392

SECTION 9.1 ASME A17.1–2000

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

CSA O151-M1978 (same as CAN/ Canadian Softwood Plywood CSA Canada


CSA-O151-M78)

CSA W47.1-1992 (R1998) Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of CSA Canada
Steel Structures

CSA W59-M1989 Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) CSA US, Canada
(Metric Version)

CSA Z150-98 Safety Code on Mobile Cranes CSA Canada

CSA Z248-1975 Code for Tower Cranes CSA Canada

EN 12016 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Product Family ISO US, Canada


Standard for Lifts, Escalator and Passenger
Conveyors Part 2-Immunity

Federal Test Method Standard 191 GSA US

FEMA 302 NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic FEMA


Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures,
1997 Edition, Part 1 — Provisions (FEMA 302)

IEEE 45 (latest edition) Recommended Practices for Electric Installations on IEEE US, Canada
Shipboard

SOLAS International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, US


Regulation 3, 1974 Amendment

Mil Spec 83420

Mineral Resources 30 CFR Code of Federal Regulations MSHA US GPO US


Parts 1-199

NBC (latest edition) National Building Code BOCA US

NBCC National Building Code of Canada NBCC Canada

NEMA 4 US

NFPA 13-1985 Installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA US

NFPA 70 (latest edition) National Electrical Code NFPA US

NFPA 72 (latest edition) National Fire Alarm Code NFPA US

NFPA 80-1986 Fire Doors and Windows NFPA US, Canada

NFPA 99 (latest edition) Standard for Health Care Facilities NFPA US

NFPA 101 (latest edition) Life Safety Code NFPA US

NFPA 105 (latest edition) Recommended Practice for the Installation of Smoke NFPA US, Canada
Control Door Assemblies

NFPA 252-1984 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies NFPA US

(continued)

392
p. 393 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$951 p.393

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 9.1

Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

NFPA 255 (latest edition) Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials NFPA US, Canada

NFPA 780 (latest edition) Lightning Protection Code NFPA US

SAE 100 SAE US, Canada

SAE J514-1992 Hydraulic Tube Fittings SAE US, Canada

SAE J517-1991 Hydraulic Hoses SAE US, Canada

SBC (latest edition) Standard Building Code SBCCI US

SBCCI SSTD 9-88 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Room Fire SBCCI US
Growth Contribution of Textile Wall/Covering

UBC (latest edition) Uniform Building Code ICBO US

U.B.C. Standard 8-2 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Room Fire ICBO US
Growth Contribution of Textile Wall Coverings

UL 10B (latest edition) Fire Test of Door Assemblies UL US

UL 104 (latest edition) Standard for Elevator Door Locking Devices and UL US
Contacts

UL 268 (3rd edition) UL Standard for Safety Smoke Detectors for Fire UL US
Protective Signaling Systems, Third Edition

UL 723 (latest edition) Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, UL US, Canada
Test for

UL 924 Standard for Safety Emergency Lighting and Power UL US


Equipment

UL 1037 Antitheft Alarms and Devices UL US

UL 1784-1995 Standard for Safety for Air Leakage Tests for Door UL US
Assemblies

393
p. 394 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$952 p.394

SECTION 9.2 ASME A17.1–2000

SECTION 9.2
PROCUREMENT INFORMATION
Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number

ACI American Concrete Institute CPSC Consumer Products Safety Commission


P.O. Box 9094 Office of the Secretary
Farmington Hills, Michigan 48333 Washington, D.C. 20207
Telephone: (810) 848-3700
CSA Canadian Standards Association
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard
1500 King Street, Suite 201 Etobicoke, Ontario M9W1R3 Canada
Alexandria, Virginia 22314 Telephone: (416) 747-4000
Telephone: (703) 684-0211
DOC U.S. Department of Commerce
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction Commodity Standards Division
1 East Wacker Drive, Suite 3100 Available from Superintendent of
Chicago, Illinois 60601 Documents
Telephone: (312) 670-2400 Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
11 West 42nd Street FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
New York, New York 10036 Publication Distribution Facility
Telephone: (212) 642-4900 P.O. Box 2012
Jessup, MD 20794
APA American Plywood Association Telephone: (800) 480-2520
P.O. Box 11700
Tacoma, Washington 98411 GSA General Services Administration
Telephone: (206) 565-6600 Business Service Center
Region 3
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Seventh and D Streets SW
Engineers Washington, D.C. 20407
Three Park Avenue
New York, New York 10016 ICBO International Conference of Building
Telephone: (212) 591-8500 Officials
http://www.asme.org 5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, California 90601
ASME Order Department
Telephone: (213) 699-0541
22 Law Drive
Box 2300
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Fairfield, New Jersey 07007-2300
Engineers, Inc.
Telephone: (201) 882-1167
445 Hoes Lane
(800) 843-2763
P.O. Box 1331
Piscataway, New Jersey 08855-1331
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
Telephone: (800) 678-4333
100 Barr Harbor Drive
W. Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
2959
1 Batterymarch Park
Telephone: (610) 832-9500
P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, Massachusetts 02269-9101
AWS American Welding Society, Inc.
Telephone: (617) 770-3000
550 N.W. LeJeune Road
Miami, Florida 33126
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association
Telephone: (305) 443-9353
1400 K Street, NW, Suite 900
Washington, D.C. 20005
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators
Telephone: (202) 682-4800
International, Inc.
4051 West Flossmoor Road
SAE SAE International
Country Club Hills, Illinois 60477
400 Commonwealth Drive
Telephone: (708) 799-2300
Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15096
Telephone: (724) 776-4841
(continued)

394
p. 395 02-16-01 12:40:42 Unit: U9 Textfile: A17Y2K$952 p.395

ASME A17.1–2000 SECTION 9.2

Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number

SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.


International, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road
900 Montclair Road Northbrook, Illinois 60062
Birmingham, Alabama 35213 Telephone: (847) 272-8800
Telephone: (205) 591-1853
US GPO U.S. Government Printing Office
SIA Scaffold Industry Association Superintendent of Documents
14039 Sherman Way Mail Stop: SSOP
Van Nuys, CA 91405 Washington, DC 20402-9328
Telephone: (818) 782-2012 http://www.msha.gov

395
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 397 02-16-01 12:44:22 Unit: UAPA Textfile: A17Y2K$APA p.397

APPENDIX A
CONTROL SYSTEM

397
p. 398

FIG. A1

MOTION CONTROL

Position
and Hydraulic
Speed Sensing Valve Control
Devices

OPERATION
CONTROL
Position
Car Operation Motor Controller
02-16-01 12:44:22

Dictation
Control
Dictation Moving
• Car Assignment Power Converter Machine Member
Dictation • Pattern Gen. Emergency
Door Open/ • Operating Device • AC Motor Power
Run/Stop Control • Brake Control • Motor
Stop
Operator Close Interface Control
• Stop Control • Motor Field • Hydro
• Fixture Interface Direction Status • DC Motor
• Direction Control Plunger
• Load Weighing Control

398
Auto/ • Auto/Manual • Load Weighing
Dispatch
Unit: UAPA

Car Manual
and
Group
Operating
Car Op. Starter
Devices
Control Electrical • Across the Line
Protective • Resistance
Group Operation Devices • Wye-Delta
Car Control
and
• Hall Call
Group
Assignment
Signal
• Operating Device
Fixtures
Textfile: A17Y2K$FCA

Interface
• Fixture Interface
Input Power/Standby Power

FIG. A1
ASME A17.1–2000
p.398
p. 399 02-16-01 12:44:48 Unit: UAPB Textfile: A17Y2K$APB p.399

APPENDIX B
DOOR LANDING AND UNLOCKING ZONES

Shall not be
openable

450 mm (18 in.)


landing May be openable
zone

Landing 75 mm (3 in.) Shall be


75 mm (3 in.) openable

450 mm (18 in.)


landing May be openable
zone

Shall not be
openable

FIG. B1 UNLOCKING ZONE


(2.12.5)

399
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 401 02-16-01 12:46:04 Unit: UAPC Textfile: A17Y2K$APC p.401

APPENDIX C
LOCATION OF TOP EMERGENCY EXIT

30
0m

Lowest obstruction,
m

beams, sheaves,
×5

60 deg guards, or rope hitch


00
mm

Car top
×1
,50

Suspended ceiling
0m
m
mi
n.

FIG. C1 PARALLELEPIPED VOLUME ORIENTATIONS


[2.14.1.5.1(b)(2)]

401
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 403 02-16-01 12:46:15 Unit: UAPD Textfile: A17Y2K$APD p.403

APPENDIX D
RATED LOAD AND CAPACITY PLATES FOR
PASSENGER ELEVATORS

Requirement 2.16.1 specifies the minimum


rated load for passenger elevators in terms
of kilograms (pounds). Requirement 2.16.3.2.1
requires that a capacity plate indicating the
rated load in kilograms (pounds) be located
inside the car.
When local ordinances require the elevator
capacity to be also indicated in terms of persons,
the number of persons should be calculated by
dividing the rated load, if expressed in kilo-
grams, by 72.5 or by 160 if expressed in pounds.
The result (quotient) should be reduced to the
next lowest whole number. As an example, if
the result is 14.97, the capacity in terms of
persons should be 14.

403
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 405 02-21-01 09:43:40 Unit: UAPE Textfile: A17Y2K$APE p.405

APPENDIX E
CSA B44 ELEVATOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS
WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES

These requirements apply in Canadian juris-


dictions. The requirements can be found in
CSA B44-00.

405
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 407 02-16-01 18:04:07 Unit: UAPF Textfile: A17Y2K$APF p.407

APPENDIX F
ASCENDING CAR OVERSPEED AND UNINTENDED
CAR MOVEMENT PROTECTION

407
p. 408

TABLE F1

TABLE F1 TRACTION ELEVATOR BRAKE TYPE, FUNCTION, AND PERFORMANCE


Normal Operation Emergency Operation Performance (Minimum Required)
Brake Type Location Function Function Normal Emergency

Driving machine brake Electric driving machine To hold car stationary Retard car during emergency Hold 125% rated load Retard empty car in up
(see 1.3 and 2.24.8.3) (see 1.3 and 2.24.8.1) at floor [Note (1)] stops [see 2.24.8.3(c), [Note (2)] [see direction [see 2.24.8.3(c)]
[see 2.24.8.3(a) and 2.26.8.3(c) and (d)] 2.24.8.3(a)]
02-16-01 18:04:07

(b), and 2.26.8]

Braking system (see Not specified Note (1) Retard car during emergency Note (1) Retard 125% rated load car
1.3 and 2.24.8.2) (see 2.26.8) stops, [see 2.24.8.2 and in down direction from
2.26.8.3(c) and (d)] rated speed (see 2.24.8.2)

408
Emergency brake (see Electric driving Not permitted [see Retard car during ascending Not applicable [see Retard empty car in the up
Unit: UAPF

1.3 and 2.19.3) machine, hoist ropes, 2.19.3.2(c)] car overspeed and 2.19.3.2(c)] direction [see 2.19.3.2(a)]
compensation ropes, unintended movement, up to 110% of governor
car, or counterweight independently of the tripping speed [see
(see 2.19.3.2) braking system [see 2.19.1.2(a)]
2.19.1.2(b) and 2.19.2.2(b)] Stop unintended motion:
125% rated load down or
empty car up [see
2.19.2.2(b) and Note (2)]

GENERAL NOTE: See 1.3, 2.19, and 2.24.8.


NOTES:
(1) It is permitted that the braking system, or the driving machine brake function in normal retardation of the elevator car.
Textfile: A17Y2K$FCF

(2) For freight elevators not authorized to carry passengers, 100% rated load (see 2.16.8).
ASME A17.1–2000
p.408
p. 409 02-16-01 18:04:07 Unit: UAPF Textfile: A17Y2K$FCF p.409

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. F1

Start

Detection
No Means Requires
Electrical Power
[2.19.1.2(a)(1)]

Yes

Loss of Electrical Yes Apply Emergency


Power Brake
[2.19.1.2(a)(1)(a)] [2.19.1.2(a)(1)(a)]

No
Mechanically
Operated Detection No
Switch Complies With 2.26.4.3
and 2.19.1.2(a)(2)

Yes Detection
Means Failure Yes Stop
[2.19.1.2(a)(1)(b) and [2.19.1.2(a)(3)]
2.19.1.2(a)(2)]

No

Overspeed No
[2.19.1.2(a)] End

Yes

Apply Emergency
Brake
[2.19.1.2(b)]

Overspeed Detection
Means Requires
Manual Reset
[2.19.1.2(a)(4)]

FIG. F1 ASCENDING CAR OVERSPEED PROTECTION (2.19.1)

409
p. 410 02-16-01 18:04:07 Unit: UAPF Textfile: A17Y2K$FCF p.410

FIG. F2 ASME A17.1–2000

Start

Detection
No Means Requires
Electrical Power
[2.19.2.2(a)(1)]

Yes

Loss of Electrical Yes Apply Emergency


Power Brake
[2.19.2.2(a)(1)(a)] [2.19.2.2(a)(1)(a)]

No
Mechanically
Operated Detection No
Switch Complies With 2.26.4.3
and 2.19.2.2(a)(2)

Yes Detection
Means Failure Yes Stop
[2.19.2.2(a)(1)(b) and [2.19.2.2(a)(3)]
2.19.2.2(a)(2)]

No

Unintended Car No
Movement End
[2.19.2.2(a)]

Yes

Apply Emergency
Brake
[2.19.2.2(b)]

Detection Means
Requires Manual
Reset
[2.19.2.2(a)(4)]

FIG. F2 UNINTENDED CAR MOVEMENT PROTECTION (2.19.2)

410
p. 411 02-16-01 12:52:07 Unit: UAPG Textfile: A17Y2K$APG p.411

APPENDIX G
TOP OF CAR CLEARANCE (3.4.4)

Overhead 3.4.5(a)
Overhead
obstruction
horizontal
plane
3.4.7 and Minimum 3.4.5(c)
Cartop
3.4.4(b) Refuge Space
Projection

Cartop
Car crosshead horizontal
plane

Runby
3.4.2.2 and
3.4.4(a)

FIG. G1 PROJECTION LOWER THAN REFUGE SPACE


(CAR SHOWN AT MAXIMUM UPWARD MOVEMENT)

411
p. 412 02-16-01 12:52:07 Unit: UAPG Textfile: A17Y2K$FCG p.412

FIG. G2 ASME A17.1–2000

Overhead 3.4.5(a)
Overhead
obstruction horizontal
plane
Cartop
3.4.5(c)
3.4.7 and Minimum Projection
3.4.4(b) Refuge Space

Cartop
Car crosshead horizontal
plane

Runby
3.4.2.2 and
3.4.4(a)

FIG. G2 PROJECTION HIGHER THAN REFUGE SPACE


(CAR SHOWN AT MAXIMUM UPWARD MOVEMENT)

412
p. 413 02-16-01 12:52:44 Unit: UAPH Textfile: A17Y2K$APH p.413

APPENDIX H
PRIVATE RESIDENCE ELEVATOR GUARDING
(5.3.1.6.2)

Stairway

270 deg
180 deg

FIG. H1

413
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 415 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$API p.415

APPENDIX I
ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK DIAGRAMS

100 mm (4 in.) min. (6.1.3.2.2)

240 mm (9.5 in.) max. (6.1.3.2.2)

150 mm (6 in.) max.


(6.1.3.3.4)

25 mm (1 in.) min.

25 mm (1 in.) min. 25 mm (1 in.) min.


(6.1.3.2.2) (6.1.3.2.2)

35 mm (1.25 in.) max.


20 deg min. (6.1.3.3.4)
30 deg max.
(6.1.3.3.4)

Interior High-Deck Interior Low-Deck


560 mm (22 in.) min.
Balustrade Balustrade
1020 mm (40 in.) max.
(6.1.3.5.2)

FIG. I1 RELATIONSHIP OF ESCALATOR PARTS

415
p. 416 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$FCI p.416

FIGS. I2, I3 ASME A17.1–2000

25 mm (1 in.) min.
(6.1.3.2.2)

10 mm (0.375 in.) max.


(6.1.3.4.6)

100 mm (4 in.) min.


(6.1.3.2.2)

FIG. I2 HANDRAIL

Note (3) Note (4) Note (3)


Note (5) Note (4)
Note (5)

Note (2)
Note (8)

Note (9)
Note (9)
Note (10)
Note (10)
Note (10)
Note (6)
Note (8) Note (1)

Note (11) Note (11)

NOTES:
(1) Skirt panel.
Interior Low-Deck Interior High-Deck (2) Interior panel.
Solid Balustrade Solid Balustrade (3) Handrail stand.
(4) High-deck interior.
(5) High-deck exterior.
(6) Low-deck interior.
Note (8) (7) Low-deck exterior.
Note (4) (8) Handrail.
Note (3) Note (3)
(9) Exterior panel.
(10) Newel.
(11) Newel base.

Note (8)

Note (7) Note (6) Note (7)

Note (1)
Note (11) Note (11)

Section Elevation
Interior Low-Deck Glass Balustrade

FIG. I3 ESCALATOR NOMENCLATURE

416
p. 417 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$FCI p.417

ASME A17.1–2000 FIGS. I4, I5

irt
Sk
25 mm (1 in.) min.

Step

FIG. I4 SKIRT PANEL — STEP NOSE


(6.1.3.3.6)

Thickness
Height 350 mm
25 mm (1 in.) min.
(14 in.) min.

Rounded edge

FIG. I5 CEILING OR SOFFIT GUARD


(6.1.3.3.7)

417
p. 418 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$FCI p.418

FIGS. I6, I7, I8 ASME A17.1–2000

100 mm (4 in.) min.

FIG. I6 ANTI-SLIDE DEVICE


(6.1.3.3.8)

Slot width Slot center to center


6.5 mm (0.25 in.) 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
max. (6.1.3.5.4) max. (6.1.3.5.5)

Cleat required on each


side of step adjacent Slot depth
to skirt 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
Minimum run min. (6.1.3.5.5)
400 mm
(15.75 in.)
(6.1.3.5.2)

Maximum rise
220 mm (8.5 in.)
(6.1.3.5.2)

FIG. I7 ESCALATOR STEP TREAD

Skirt panel
Measurement of clearance
between skirt panel and step
Step

Check the space in


these positions
Step treads and
vertical cleats
must be in mesh Vertical cleats
all the time
Skirt panel

Step

Step treads

Skirt panel
Step

FIG. I8 CLEATED RISER (6.1.3.5.3)

418
p. 419 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$FCI p.419

ASME A17.1–2000 FIG. I9

100 mm (4 in.) min. (6.2.3.2.3)

240 mm (9.5 in.) max.


(6.2.3.2.3)

25 mm (1 in.) min. 25 mm (1 in.) min.

Perpendicular
treadway
1000 mm (39 in.) max.
900 mm (35 in.) min.
(6.2.3.2.2)

150 mm (6 in.) max.


(6.2.3.3.4)
35 mm (1.25 in.) max.
(6.2.3.3.4)

20 deg min.
30 deg max.
(6.2.3.3.4)

Width of moving walk


(exposed width of
treadway)
560 mm (22 in.) min. 25 mm (1 in.)
(6.2.3.7) min.

10 mm (0.375 in.)
max.
Handrail

FIG. I9 MOVING WALK GEOMETRY

419
p. 420 02-16-01 12:53:50 Unit: UAPI Textfile: A17Y2K$FCI p.420

FIGS. I10, I11 ASME A17.1–2000

6.5 mm (0.25 in.) max. Maximum slot center to center


(6.2.3.5.1) 13 mm (0.5 in.) max.
Cleat adjacent to
skirt panel
Cleat adjacent to
skirt panel

Minimum slot depth


4.8 mm (0.188 in.) min.
(6.2.3.6.2)

FIG. I10 MOVING WALK TREADWAY SLOTS

0.50 (98)
Speed, m/s (ft/min.)

0.45 (96)

100 150
(4 in.) (6 in.)
Stopping Distance, mm (in.)

GENERAL NOTE: The above represents the stopping distance of an escalator


under a constant deceleration of 0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) and does not represent
the total stopping distance of the escalator when it is stopped under no load.

FIG. I11 STOPPING DISTANCES CORRESPONDING TO


A DECELERATION RATE OF 0.91 m/s2 [6.1.5.3.1(c)]

420
p. 421 02-21-01 09:44:26 Unit: UAPJ Textfile: A17Y2K$APJ p.421

APPENDIX J
CSA B44 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND
INTERVALS FOR ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS,
ESCALATORS, AND MOVING WALKS

These requirements apply in Canadian juris-


dications. The requirements can be found in
CSA B44-00.

421
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 423 02-16-01 12:54:01 Unit: UAPK Textfile: A17Y2K$APK p.423

APPENDIX K
BEVELING AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS
(7.4.7.4)

Header

Interlock
60 deg

Door

15 mm
(0.6 in.)

Car
100 mm
sill
(4 in.) max.

FIG. K1

423
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 425 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2K$APL p.425

APPENDIX L
INDEX OF ALTERATION REQUIREMENTS FOR
ELECTRIC ELEVATORS, HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS,
ESCALATORS, AND MOVING WALKS

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Access doors and openings 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.6.1.14, 8.7.6.2.14


Access, means 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.2 –
Access switch 8.7.2.11.4 8.7.3.11 –
Access to machine room and spaces 8.7.2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.2, 8.7.2.7.3 –
Addition of elevator to existing hoistway 8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2 –
Alteration requirements 8.7.1.1 8.7.1.1 8.7.1.1
Alternating current, change to direct 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –
Anti-creep leveling device – 8.7.3.31.3 –
Ascending car overspeed and unintended 8.7.2.20 – –
movement
Automatic stop valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Automatic transfer device 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2 –
Auxiliary power lowering operation – 8.7.3.31.9 –

Balustrades – – 8.7.6.1.5(c), 8.7.6.2.5(c)


Beam, machinery and sheave 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9 –
Brake 8.7.2.2.5.1 – –
Buffer 8.7.2.23 8.7.3.27 –
Building structure 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9 –
Bumper 8.7.2.23 8.7.3.27 –

Cable (rope) 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25 –


Capacity 8.7.2.16 – –
Car, decrease or increase in dead weight of 8.7.2.15.2 8.7.3.21 –
Car door or gate 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 –
Car enclosure 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 –
Car frame 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 –
Car leveling device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2 –
Car platform 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 –
Car safeties 8.7.2.18 8.7.3.15 –
Check valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Class of freight loading, change of 8.7.2.16.2 8.7.3.18 –
Clearance, after reroping 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Clearance, bottom and top 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4 –
Clearance, horizontal 8.7.2.5 8.7.3.5 –
Combplates – – 8.7.6.1.8, 8.7.6.2.8
Construction at bottom of hoistway 8.7.2.1.4 8.7.2.1.4 –
Construction at top of hoistway 8.7.2.1.3 8.7.2.1.3 –
Construction requirements (escalators and – – 8.7.6.1.5, 8.7.6.2.5
moving walks)

(continued)

425
p. 426 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2KL01T p.426

APPENDIX L ASME A17.1–2000

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Contact, mechanical lock and 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11 –


Control, change in type of motion 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6 –
Control, change in type of operation 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7 –
Control equipment 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31 –
Control of smoke and hot gas 8.7.2.1.5 8.7.2.1.5 –
Control valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Controller 8.7.2.27.4 8.7.3.31.5 –
Counterweight 8.7.2.22 8.7.3.26 –
Counterweight, location and guarding of 8.7.2.3 8.7.3.3
Counterweight, rod type 8.7.2.22.2 – –
Counterweight safeties 8.7.2.18 8.7.3.15 –
Cylinder – 8.7.3.23.3 –

Data plate, code 8.7.1.8 8.7.1.8 8.7.1.8


Dead weight of car, increase or decrease in 8.7.2.15.2 8.7.3.21 –
Decrease in travel 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 –
Design 8.7.1.5 8.7.1.5 8.7.1.5
Direct current, change to alternating 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –
Door, car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 –
Door, hoistway 8.7.2.10.1 8.7.3.10 –
Door, machine room 8.7.2.7.3 8.7.2.7.3 –
Door, power operation of 8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12 –
Doors, Reopening Device 8.7.2.13 8.7.2.13 –
Doors, restricted opening 8.7.2.11.5 8.7.2.11.5 –
Driving machine 8.7.2.25.1 8.7.3.23 –
Driving machine, change in location of 8.7.2.25.2 8.7.3.23.4 –
Duct in hoistway or machine room 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8 –
Dumbwaiter, addition of automatic transfer 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2 –
device
Dumbwaiters without automatic transfer devices 8.7.7 8.7.7 –

Egress, escalator – 8.7.6.1.15 –


Electric contact, mechanical lock and 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11
Electric wiring 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8 8.7.6.1.14, 8.7.6.2.14
Electrically operated control valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Emergency door 8.7.2.10.1 8.7.2.10.1 –
Emergency operation 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.8 –
Emergency signaling device 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.8 –
Enclosure, car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 –
Enclosure, hoistway 8.7.2.1 8.7.3.1 –
Enclosure, machine room and machinery spaces 8.7.2.7 8.7.2.7 6.1.7, 6.2.7
Entrance, escalator and moving walk – – 8.7.6.1.15
Entrance, hoistway 8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10 –
Entrance, horizontal slide type 8.7.2.10.2 8.7.2.10.2 –
Entrance, swing type 8.7.2.10.4 8.7.2.10.4 –
Entrance, vertical slide type 8.7.2.10.3 8.7.2.10.3 –
Entrance assembly, marking of 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5 –
Equipment, non elevator 8.7.2.8 8.7.2.8 –

Fastening, suspension rope 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25 –


Final terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.2.26 –
Firefighters’ service 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.6 –
Fitting, hydraulic – 8.7.3.24 –
Foundation 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.8 –
Frame, car 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 –
Freight elevator, change in class of loading 8.7.2.16.2 8.7.3.18 –
Freight elevator changed to passenger service 8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.17 –

(continued)

426
p. 427 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2KL01T p.427

ASME A17.1–2000 APPENDIX L

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Freight elevator permitted to carry passengers 8.7.2.16.3 8.7.3.19 –


Frequency, change in 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –

Gate, car 8.7.2.2.14 8.7.3.13 –


General requirements 8.7.1 8.7.1 8.7.6.1.1, 8.7.6.2.1
Geometry – – 8.7.6.1.5(b), 8.7.6.2.5(b)
Governor 8.7.2.2.19 8.7.3.16 –
Governor rope 8.7.2.2.19 8.7.3.16 –
Guide rail 8.7.2.2.24 8.7.3.28 –
Guide shoe, car 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 –
Guide shoe, counterweight 8.7.2.22 8.7.3.26 –

Hand elevators – 8.7.4.3 –


Handrails (escalators and moving walks) – – 8.7.6.1.6, 8.7.6.2.6
Headroom, machine room 8.7.2.7.4 8.7.2.7.4 –
Hoistway, addition of elevator to 8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2 –
Hoistway, construction at bottom of 8.7.2.1.4 8.7.2.1.4 –
Hoistway, construction at top of 8.7.2.1.3 8.7.2.1.3 –
Hoistway, protection of space below 8.7.2.6 8.7.3.6 –
Hoistway door, power operation of 8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12 –
Hoistway door interlocks 8.7.2.11.1 8.7.3.11 –
Hoistway door locking device 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11 –
Hoistway door unlocking device 8.7.2.11.4 8.7.3.11 –
Hoistway enclosure 8.7.2.1 8.7.3.1 –
Hoistway entrance 8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10 –
Horizontal slide type entrance 8.7.2.10.2 8.7.2.10.2 –

Illumination in car 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 –


Inclined elevators 8.7.5.1 8.7.5.1 –
Inclination, angle of – – 8.7.6.1.5(a), 8.7.6.2.5(a)
Increase in dead weight of car 8.7.2.15.2 8.7.3.21 –
Increase in rated load 8.7.2.16.4 8.7.3.20 –
Increase in rated speed 8.7.2.17.2 8.7.3.22.2 –
Increase in travel 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 –
Increase in working pressure – 8.7.3.23.4 –
Inspection 8.7.1.3 8.7.1.3 –
Interlock 8.7.2.11.1 8.7.3.11 –

Jack, hydraulic – 8.7.3.23 –

Labeling of entrance assembly 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5


Leveling device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2 –
Lighting in car 8.7.2.14.2(f) 8.7.3.13 –
Lighting of escalator and moving walk – – 8.7.6.1.14, 8.7.6.2.14
Lighting of machine room 8.7.2.7.6 8.7.2.7.6 –
Load, increase in 8.7.2.16.4 8.7.3.20 –
Loading, change in class of 8.7.2.16.2 8.7.3.18 –
Location of driving machine, change of 8.7.2.25.2 8.7.3.23.4 –
Location of hydraulic jack, change of – 8.7.3.23.5 –
Location of hydraulic machine (power unit), – 8.7.3.23.6 –
change of
Lock and contact 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11 –
Locking device, hoistway door 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11 –

Machine room 8.7.2.7 8.7.3.7 –


Machinery and equipment 8.7.2 8.7.3 8.7.6.1.12, 8.7.6.2.12
Machinery space 8.7.2.7 8.7.3.7 –

(continued)

427
p. 428 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2KL01T p.428

APPENDIX L ASME A17.1–2000

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Marking of entrance assembly 8.7.2.10.5 8.7.2.10.5 –


Material lift with automatic transfer device 8.7.7.3 8.7.7.3 –
Means of access to machine room 8.7.2.7.2 8.7.2.7.2 –
Mechanical lock and electric contact 8.7.2.11.2 8.7.3.11.1 –
Mechanically operated control valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Motion control, change of 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6 –
Moving walks – – 8.7.6.2

Normal terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30 –


Number of elevators per hoistway 8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2 –

Oil buffer 8.7.2.2.3 8.7.3.27 –


Operating device 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31 –
Operating device, top of car 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.31.1 –
Operation control, change in type of 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7 –
Overlay 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.5 –

Parking device 8.7.2.11.3 8.7.3.11 –


Passenger elevator changed to freight service 8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.17 –
Passengers, carrying of on freight elevators 8.7.2.16.3 8.7.3.19 –
Phase I and II operation 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.6 –
Phases, change in number of 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –
Pipe in hoistway or machine room 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8 –
Piping supply – 8.7.3.24 –
Piston – 8.7.3.23.2 –
Pit 8.7.2.2 8.7.3.2 –
Platform, car 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 –
Plunger – 8.7.3.23.2 –
Power operation of hoistway door 8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12 –
Power supply, change in 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –
Power unit (hydraulic machine) – 8.7.3.23.6 –
Pressure tank – 8.7.3.29 –
Pressure, working, increase of – 8.7.3.23.4 –
Pressurization of hoistway 8.7.2.1.5 8.7.3.1 –
Protection of floor openings – – 8.7.6.1.3, 8.7.6.2.3
Protection of space below hoistway 8.7.2.6 8.7.3.6
Protection of truss and machinery spaces against – – 8.7.6.1.4, 8.7.6.2.4
fire

Rack and pinion 8.7.4.1 – –


Rated load, increase in 8.7.2.16.4 8.7.3.20 8.7.6.1.11, 8.7.6.2.11
Rated speed, decrease in 8.7.2.17.3 8.7.3.22.3 –
Rated speed, increase in 8.7.2.17.2 8.7.3.22.2 –
Relief valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Relocation of escalator – – 8.7.6.1.2
Relocation of hydraulic machine – 8.7.3.23.6 –
Relocation of moving walk – – 8.7.6.2.2
Repair 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Replacement 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7
Reroping 8.7.2.21.1 8.7.3.25 –
Restricted opening of doors 8.7.2.11.5 8.7.2.11.5 –
Rise, increase or decrease in 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 –
Roller guide shoe, counterweight 8.7.2.22 8.7.2.22 –
Roof top elevators 8.7.5.6 8.7.5.6 –
Rope, change in material, grade, number, or 8.7.2.21.1 8.7.3.25.1 –
diameter
Rope, governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.3.16 –

(continued)

428
p. 429 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2KL01T p.429

ASME A17.1–2000 APPENDIX L

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Rope, replacement of 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –


Rope, splicing of 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Rope, suspension 8.7.2.21.1 8.7.3.25 –
Rope equalizer 8.7.2.21.3 8.7.3.25.2 –
Runby 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4 –
Runby, after reroping 8.7.2.4 8.7.3.4 –

Safeties 8.7.2.18 8.7.3.15 –


Safety devices – – 8.7.6.1.13, 8.7.6.2.13
Screw column elevators 8.7.4.2
Service, change in type of 8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.17 –
Sheave, driving machine 8.7.2.25.1 8.7.2.25.1 –
Sheave, governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.2.19 –
Sheave beam 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.8 –
Shipboard elevators 8.7.5.8 – –
Shortening of suspension rope 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Sidewalk elevators 8.7.5.5 8.7.5.5 –
Signaling device 8.7.2.28 8.7.3.31.6 –
Skylight in machine room 8.7.2.7.5 8.7.3.7 –
Sleeving – 8.7.3.23.3 –
Smoke, control of 8.7.2.1.5 8.7.2.1.5 –
Special purpose elevators 8.7.5.7 – –
Speed, increase in 8.7.2.17.2 8.7.3.22.2 –
Speed governor 8.7.2.19 8.7.3.16 –
Spring buffer 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.27 –
Step system – – 8.7.6.1.7
Stop switch, in-car 8.7.2.14.5 8.7.3.13, 8.7.2.14.5 –
Stop valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Stopping device, terminal 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30 –
Storage and discharge tank – 8.7.3.29 –
Supply piping – 8.7.3.24 –
Support 8.7.2.9 8.7.3.9 –
Suspension rope 8.7.2.21.1 8.7.3.25 –
Suspension rope, replacement of 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Suspension rope, splicing of 8.7.1.7 8.7.1.7 –
Suspension rope equalizer 8.7.2.21.2 8.7.3.25.2 –
Swing type entrance 8.7.2.10.4 8.7.2.10.4 –

Tank – 8.7.3.29 –
Temporary wiring 8.7.1.6 8.7.1.6 8.7.1.6
Terminal stopping device 8.7.2.26 8.7.3.30 –
Testing 8.7.1.3 8.7.1.3 8.7.1.3
Top of car operating device 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.31.1
Track system – – 8.7.6.1.10, 8.7.6.2.10
Transfer devices, automatic 8.7.7.2 8.7.7.2 –
Travel, increase or decrease in 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 –
Treadway system 8.7.6.2.7
Truck zoning device 8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2 –
Trusses and girders – – 8.7.6.1.9, 8.7.6.2.9
Type of operation, change in 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.5 –
Type of service, change in 8.7.2.16.1 – –

Unlocking device, hoistway door 8.7.2.11.4 8.7.3.11 –

Valve – 8.7.3.24 –
Ventilation of machine room 8.7.2.7.7 8.7.2.7.7 –
Vertical slide type entrance 8.7.2.10.3 8.7.2.10.3 –

(continued)

429
p. 430 02-16-01 12:54:07 Unit: UAPL Textfile: A17Y2KL01T p.430

APPENDIX L ASME A17.1–2000

Electric Hydraulic Escalators and


Item Elevators Elevators Moving Walks

Voltage, change in 8.7.2.27.3 8.7.3.31.4 –

Walls, hoistway enclosure 8.7.2.1.1 8.7.3.1 –


Welding 8.7.1.4, 8.8 8.7.1.4, 8.8 8.7.1.4, 8.8
Window in machine room 8.7.2.7.5 8.7.2.7.5 –
Wire rope 8.7.2.21 8.7.3.25 –
Wiring 8.7.2.8 8.7.3.8 –
Wiring, temporary 8.7.1.6 8.7.1.6 8.7.1.6
Working pressure, increase in – 8.7.3.23.4 –

430
p. 431 02-16-01 12:54:24 Unit: UAPM Textfile: A17Y2K$APM p.431

APPENDIX M
INERTIA APPLICATION FOR TYPE A SAFETY DEVICE
LOCATION OF TEST WEIGHT [8.10.2.2.2(bb)(2)]

Governor

Governor rope
Lever

Weight, W

Tension frame

FIG. M1

431
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 433 02-16-01 18:04:15 Unit: UAPN Textfile: A17Y2K$APN p.433

APPENDIX N
RECOMMENDED INSPECTION AND TEST
INTERVALS IN “MONTHS“

433
p. 434

TABLE N1

TABLE N1 RECOMMENDED INSPECTION AND TEST INTERVALS IN “MONTHS”


Periodic Tests

Reference Periodic Inspections Category One Category Three Category Five


Section Equipment Type Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval

8.11.2 Electric elevators 8.11.2.1 6 8.11.2.2 12 N/A N/A 8.11.2.3 60


8.11.3 Hydraulic elevators 8.11.3.1 6 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.4 Escalators and moving walks 8.11.4.1 6 8.11.4.2 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A
8.11.5.1 Sidewalk elevators 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.2 Private residence elevators 8.11.2.1, 12 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
02-16-01 18:04:15

8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4


8.11.5.3 Hand elevators 8.11.2.1 6 8.11.2.2 12 N/A N/A 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.4
8.11.5.4 Dumbwaiters 8.11.2.1, 12 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.5 Material lifts and dumbwaiters 8.11.2.1, 12 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
with automatic transfer devices 8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4

434
Unit: UAPN

8.11.5.6 Special purpose personnel 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60


elevators 8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.7 Inclined elevators 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.8 Shipboard elevators 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.9 Screw-column elevators 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.10 Rooftop elevators 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4
8.11.5.12 Limited-use/limited-application 8.11.2.1, 6 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
Textfile: A17Y2K$FCN

elevators 8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4


8.11.5.13 Elevators used for construction 8.11.2.1, 3 8.11.2.2, 12 8.11.3.3 36 8.11.2.3, 60
8.11.3.1 8.11.3.2 8.11.3.4

GENERAL NOTE: The intervals specified in this Table are recommended for periodic tests and inspections. Factors such as the environment, frequency and type of
usage, quality of maintenance, etc., related to the equipment should be taken into account by the authority having jurisdiction prior to establishing the inspection
and test intervals.
ASME A17.1–2000
p.434
p. 435 02-16-01 12:57:03 Unit: UAPO Textfile: A17Y2K$APO p.435

APPENDIX O
ELEVATOR CORRIDOR CALL STATION
PICTOGRAPH

A pictograph as shown in Fig. O1 should be


posted over each elevator corridor call station.
The pictograph is 125 mm (5 in.) wide and 200
mm (8 in.) high.

In Case Of Fire
Elevators Are Out Of Service

White

Black

Red
Use Exit
FIG. O1

435
This page intentionally left blank.
p. 437 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.437

INDEX
References given are to the Part, Section, Requirement, Table,
Figure, and Appendix designations.

Absorption of regenerated power, 2.26.10 Anti-slide device, escalator, 6.1.3.3.10


inspection and test of, 8.10.2.2.2(u) Application of driving machine brake, 2.26.8
Access panel in car, 2.14.2.2 Applied frame entrance, Section 1.3
Accelerating moving walk, Appendix I Approved
Acceptance Inspection and test (see also definition of, Section 1.3
Inspection and test) Apron, 2.15.9
definition of (inspection and test, Atmosphere storage and discharge tank, 3.24.3
acceptance), Section 1.3 Audible signaling device, 2.27.1
Access door Authorized personnel
escalator, 6.1.7.3 definition of, Section 1.3
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 Automatic fire door, 2.11.6.3
Access plate Automatic recall, 2.27.3.1
escalator, 6.1.7.3 Automatic transfer device, 7.7
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 addition of, 8.7.7.2
Access switch, hoistway, 2.12.7 definition of, Section 1.3
Access to hoistway (see Hoistway, access to) dumbwaiter with, 7.8
material lift with, 7.9, 7.10
Access to machine room (see Machine room,
obscured, 7.10
access to)
Automobile loading, 2.16.2.2
Access to pit (see Pit, access to)
Auxiliary power, 2.14.2.3.2(b)
Adjustable shackle rod, 2.20.9.2
Auxiliary power, lighting, 2.14.7.1
Air conditioning equipment (see Machine
Auxiliary rope fastening device, 2.20.10
room, air conditioning equipment)
definition of (rope fastening device,
Alteration
auxiliary), Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3
electric elevator, hoistway, 8.7.2
electric elevator, inspection, 8.10.2.3.2
hydraulic elevator, 8.7.3 Babbiting, 2.20.9.6
hydraulic elevator, inspection, 8.10.3.3.2 Baggage stop, escalator, 6.1.3.3.10
Alternate level, 2.27.3.2 Balustrade
Amusement device, 1.1.2 diagrams and nomenclature, Appendix I
Angle of inclination escalator, 6.1.3.3
escalator, 6.1.3.1 moving walk, 6.2.3.3
moving walk, 6.2.3.1 Barricade, escalator deck, 6.1.3.3.11
Annual inspection and test (see Periodic Beam, machinery and sheave
inspection and test) dumbwaiter, 7.1.9
Annunciator, car earthquake protection, 8.4.2
definition of, Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.9
Anti-creep leveling device, 3.26.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.8
private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.3 hand elevator, 4.3.5
dumbwaiter, 7.3.11.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.9
Anti-rotation device, 2.20.9.8 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2

437
p. 438 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.438

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

limited-use/limited-application elevator, Broken rope, tape, or chain switch, 2.26.2


5.2.1.9 Broken step-chain device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, Broken treadway device, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.3
7.9.1 Buffer
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.16.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.4 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.8
rooftop elevator, 5.1.6.9 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.8.1
screw-column elevator, 4.2.7 electric elevator, 2.22
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.18
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.9 hydraulic elevator, 3.22.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.7 inclined elevator, 5.1.17
Belt, replacement of, 8.6.3.5 inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.22.3
Belt drive limited-use/limited application elevator,
dumbwaiter, 7.2.10.4 electric, 5.2.1.22
electric elevator, 2.24.9 limited-use/limited application elevator,
escalator, 6.1.5.1 hydraulic, 5.2.2.3
moving walk, 6.2.3.14 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.14
Belt type treadway, moving walk, 6.2.3.6 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.11
Blind hoistway, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.21
Bolt, guide rail, 2.23.10 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.13
Bottom car clearance (see Clearance, bottom screw-column elevator, 4.2.5
car) shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Bottom runby (see Runby, bottom) sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.21
Bow iron sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.13
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.15.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.16
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.15.2 Buffer, inspection and test of
Bracket, guide rail (see Guide-rail bracket) acceptance, 8.10.2.2.5(c)
Brake annual, 8.11.2.2.1
dumbwaiter, 7.2.10 five year, 8.11.2.3.3
electric elevator, 2.24.8.3 type test, 8.3.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.20.7 Buffer support, 2.6
escalator, 6.1.5.3 Buffer support, impact on, 8.2.3
hand elevator, 4.3.19.2 Buffer switch, 2.26.2
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Building code
limited-use/limited application elevator, definition of, Section 1.3
5.2.1.24 list of, Part 9
material lift with automatic transfer device, Building structure (see Hoistway enclosure)
7.9.2 Bulkhead, safety, 3.18.3.4
moving walk, 6.2.5.3 definition of (safety bulkhead), Section 1.3
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.16.2(h) Bumper (see also Buffer), 2.22.2
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.23 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.15 where permitted, 2.22.1.1
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.7
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.23
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18.7 Cable (see Suspension means)
Brake, application of Capacitor
electric elevator, 2.26.8 electric elevator, 2.26.7
Brake, five-year inspection and test of, escalator, 6.1.6.12
8.11.2.3.4 moving walk, 6.2.6.11
Broken drive-chain device Capacity (see Rated load)
escalator, 6.1.6.3.4 Capacity plate (see also Data plate and Marking
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.4 plate)

438
p. 439 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.439

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.2 screw-column elevator, 4.2.8


electric elevator, 2.16.3 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.23 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.14.2
freight elevator, 2.16.5 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.12
hand elevator, 4.3.14.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.5
hydraulic elevator, 3.16 Car door or gate, closed position, 2.14.4.11
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Car door or gate, freight, 2.14.6
limited-use/limited application elevator, Car door or gate, general requirements, 2.14.4
5.2.1.16.2 Car door or gate, kinetic energy and force
material lift with automatic transfer device, limitations, 2.13.4
7.9.2 Car door or gate, location of, 2.14.4.5
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.20.1 Car door or gate, passenger, 2.14.5
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.8 Car door or gate, power closed
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.16 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.10 Car door or gate, power opening of, 2.13.2.1
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Car door or gate, restricted opening of, 2.12.5
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16 Car door or gate, sequence operation, 2.13.6
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.1 Car door or gate, strength of, 2.14.4.6
Car, elevator Car door or gate electric contact, 2.14.4.2
definition of, Section 1.3 approval of, 2.12.6.2
Car, material lift definition of, Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3 design requirements, 2.12.3.4
Car clearance, bottom (see Clearance, bottom labeling, 2.12.4.3
car) location of, 2.12.3.5
Car clearance, horizontal (see also Clearance, type test of, 8.3.3
horizontal), 2.5 Car door or gate power closer
deflection of car enclosure, 2.14.1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Car clearance, top (see Clearance, top car) Car door or gate reopening device, 2.13.5
Car counterweight, independent, 2.21.1.4 Car enclosure
Car door [see also Door (car or hoistway)] definition of, Section 1.3
material for, 2.14.4.3 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.1
vertically sliding, 2.14.4.7 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1
vertically sliding, freight, 2.14.6.2 electric elevator, 2.14
vertically sliding, passenger, 2.14.5.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10
Car door operation (see Hoistway door hand elevator, 4.3.9
operation) hydraulic elevator, 3.14
Car door or gate inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.2 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 electric, 5.2.1.14
electric elevator, 2.14 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.8 hydraulic, 5.2.2.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 material lift with automatic transfer device,
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 7.9.2
electric, 5.2.1.14 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator, rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.6
hydraulic, 5.2.2.4 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.14
material lift with automatic transfer device, rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6
7.9.2 screw-column elevator, 4.2.8
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.6 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.14.1
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.14 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.6
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10

439
p. 440 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.440

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

Car enclosure, freight, 2.14.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.15


Car enclosure, general requirements, 2.14.1 inclined elevator, 5.1.12.1
Car enclosure, passenger, 2.14.2 limited-use/limited application elevator,
Car enclosure material 5.2.1.15
freight elevator, 2.14.3.1 material lift with automatic transfer device,
passenger elevator, 2.14.2.1 7.9.2
Car enclosure top, 2.14.1.6 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.9.1
equipment prohibited on, 2.14.1.7 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.7
inclined elevator, 5.1.11.2 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.15
maintenance of, 8.6.4.9 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.7
Car floor (see Car platform) screw-column elevator, 4.2.9
Car frame shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
definition of, Section 1.3 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.15
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.2 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.7
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.11
earthquake protection, 8.4.5 Car platform, design data and formulas
electric elevator, 2.15 electric elevator, 8.2.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.11 hydraulic elevator, 8.2.9
hand elevator, 4.3.11 Car platform, laminated
hydraulic elevator, 3.15 definition of, Section 1.3
inclined elevator, 5.1.12.1 Car platform area
limited-use/limited-application elevator, dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.1
5.2.1.15 inside net, 2.16.1.1
material lift with automatic transfer device, reduction of, 2.16.1.2
7.9.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.9.1 Car platform frame
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.7 definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.5 Car platform guard, 2.15.9
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.6 Car safety (see Safeties)
screw-column elevator, 4.2.9 Car safety mechanism
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 maintenance of, 8.6.4.5
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.15 switch, 2.18.4
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.7 Car sill (see Platform sill)
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.11 Car top (see Car enclosure top)
Car frame, design data and formulas Carpeting on car enclosure walls, 2.14.2.1
electric elevator, 8.2.2 test of, 8.3.7
hydraulic elevator, 8.2.9 Carrying of one piece loads, 2.16.7
Car gate (see also Car door or gate) Cart lift (see Material lift with automatic
definition of, Section 1.3 transfer device)
type permitted, 2.14.4.4 Caution sign
vertically sliding, 2.14.4.7 escalator, 6.1.6.9
vertically sliding, freight, 2.14.6.2 moving walk, 6.2.6.9
vertically sliding, passenger, 2.14.5.3 Ceiling intersection guard
Car leveling device (see Leveling device) escalator, 6.1.3.3.9
Car lighting (see Lighting, car) moving walk, 6.2.3.3.7
Car platform Ceramic permanent magnet
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.2 escalator brake, 6.1.5.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.2 Chain (see also Suspension means)
electric elevator, 2.15 dumbwaiter, 7.2.6
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.11 escalator, 6.1.3.11
hand elevator, 4.3.11 moving walk, 6.2.3.12

440
p. 441 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.441

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Chain, compensating (see Compensating rope definition of, Section 1.3


and chain) dumbwaiter, 7.1.4
Chain, replacement of, 8.6.2 electric elevator, counterweighted, 2.4.6
Chain drive, electric elevator, 2.24.9 electric elevator, uncounterweighted, 2.4.7
Check valve, 3.19.3.3 hand elevator, 4.3.3
Circuit, control and operating hydraulic elevator, 3.4.4
electric elevator , 2.26.9 inclined elevator, 5.1.5.2
escalator, 6.1.6.10 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
moving walk, 6.2.6.9 electric, 5.2.1.4.3
Class A loading, 2.16.2.2 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
Class B loading, 2.16.2.2 hydraulic, 5.2.2.2
Class C loading, 2.16.2.2 material lift with automatic transfer device,
Clearance, bottom car 7.9.1
definition of, Section 1.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.3
dumbwaiter, 7.1.4 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1
electric elevator, 2.4.1 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.4.1 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2
inclined elevator, 5.1.5.1 screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator, shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
electric, 5.2.1.4.1 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4
limited-use/limited-application elevator, sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2
hydraulic, 5.2.2.2 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.4.2
material lift with automatic transfer device, Clearance, top counterweight
7.9.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 dumbwaiter, 7.1.4
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.4 electric elevator, 2.4.9
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2 hydraulic elevator, 3.4.6
screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.1 material lift with automatic transfer device,
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 7.9.1
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.4
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Clearance, horizontal sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.4
dumbwaiter, 7.1.5 Clearance between balustrade and treadway
earthquake protection, 8.4.1 balustrades with skirt panels, 6.2.3.3.6
electric elevator, 2.5 skirtless balustrades, 6.2.3.3.5
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.5 Closed position, car doors or gates, 2.14.4.11
hydraulic elevator, 3.5 Closing of hoistway door, 2.11.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Code, reference, Part 9
5.2.15 Code data plate
material lift with automatic transfer device, dumbwaiter, electric, 8.9
7.9.1 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 8.9
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.4 electric elevator, 8.9
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 escalator, 8.9
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.5 hand elevator, 8.9
screw-column elevator, 4.2.3 hydraulic elevator, 8.9
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 moving walk, 8.9
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.5 private residence elevator, 8.9
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.5 rack and pinion elevator, 8.9
Clearance, horizontal, deflection of car rooftop elevator, 8.9
enclosure, 2.14.1.3 screw-column elevator, 8.9
Clearance, machine room, 2.7.4 sidewalk elevator, electric, 8.9
Clearance, top car sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 8.9

441
p. 442 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.442

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

special purpose personnel elevator, 8.9 Controller


Comb-pallet impact device, moving walk, definition of, Section 1.3
6.2.6.3.11 electric elevator, 8.7.2.27.4
Comb-step impact device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.13 guarding of, 2.10
Combination horizontal slide and swing type hydraulic elevator, 8.7.3.31.5
entrance, 2.11.13.5 maintenance of, 8.6.1.6.3
Combplate Controller, motion
escalator, 6.1.3.6.1 definition of, Section 1.3
moving walk, 6.2.3.8.1 Controller, motor
Communication, 2.27.1 definition of, Section 1.3
Compensating rope and chain Controller, operation
attachment to counterweight, 2.21.4 definition of, Section 1.3
earthquake protection, 8.4.6.1 Conveyor, 1.1.2
switch, 2.26.2 Corrosion protection
switch, definition of, Section 1.3 hydraulic elevator cylinder, 3.18.3.8
tie down, 2.17.17 hydraulic elevator piping, 3.19.5
Component rated pressure Counterbalancing of cars, 2.21.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Counterweight
Construction elevator, 5.10 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.7
Control, motion dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.7
definition of, Section 1.3 earthquake protection, 8.4.7
Control, operation electric elevator, 2.21
definition of, Section 1.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.17
Control system hand elevator, 4.3.17
definition of, Section 1.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.21
Control and operating circuit inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
electric elevator, 2.26.9 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.6 5.2.1.21
Control equipment material lift with automatic transfer device,
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12 7.9.2
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.1
electric elevator, 2.26 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.10
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.20
hydraulic elevator, 3.26 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.12
inclined elevator, 5.1.20 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator, sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.20
5.2.1.26 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.12
material lift with automatic transfer device, special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.15
7.9.2 Counterweight, guarding of
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18 dumbwaiter, 7.1.3
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.15.1 electric elevator, 2.3.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.3.2
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17 hydraulic elevator, 3.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.17 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25 5.2.1.3
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1 material lift with automatic transfer device,
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19 7.9.1
Control of smoke and hot gases, 2.1.4 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.2
Control room (see Machine room) rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.3
Control valves, hydraulic shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.2
test requirements, 8.3.5 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.3

442
p. 443 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.443

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3 electric elevator, 2.16.3


Counterweight, location of elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.23
dumbwaiter, 7.1.3 hydraulic elevator, 3.16
electric elevator, 2.3.1 inclined elevator, 5.1.13.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.3.1 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
hydraulic elevator, 3.3 5.2.1.16.2
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 material lift with automatic transfer device,
limited-use/limited-application elevator, 7.9.2
5.2.1.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.20.2
material lift with automatic transfer device,
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.8
7.9.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.16
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.3
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.2 screw-column elevator, 4.2.10
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.1
Counterweight buffer (see Buffer) Data tag
Counterweight clearance, horizontal (see governor rope, 2.18.5.3
Clearance, horizontal) screw-column elevator safety nut, 4.2.12
Counterweight clearance, top (see Clearance, suspension rope, 2.20.2
top counterweight) Deck barricade
Counterweight guide rail (see Guide rail) escalator, 6.1.3.3.11
Counterweight hoistway moving walk, 6.2.3.3.8
electric elevator, 2.3.3 Definitions of terms used in code, Section 1.3
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.3.3 Design data and formulas, 8.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.13.2(c) Designated attendant
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Counterweight rope (see Rope and Suspension Disconnect switch (see Power supply line
means) disconnecting means)
Counterweight safety (see Safeties) Disconnected motor safety device
Counterweight safety required, 2.6 escalator, 6.1.6.3.10
Counterweight screen (see also Counterweight, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.8
guarding of) Dispatching device
clearance, 2.5.1.2
definition of, Section 1.3
Crane, 1.1.2
Displacement switch, 8.4.10
Crosshead (see Car frame)
definition of, Section 1.3
Crosshead data plate, 2.20.2
Customary unit Door (car or hoistway)
applicability, Preface definition of, Section 1.3
Cylinder, 3.18.3 Door, car (see Car door or gate)
annual inspection of, 8.11.3.2.2 Door, hoistway (see Hoistway door and
design data and formulas, 8.2.8.2 Hoistway entrance)
dumbwaiter, 7.3.5 Door, machine room, 2.7.3.4
maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, Door, pit, 2.2.4
8.6.5.6 Door closing force and kinetic energy, 2.13.4.1,
rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.10 2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.10 Door guide
Cylinder head, 3.18.3 car door or gate, 2.14.4.6
design data and formulas, 8.2.8.3 horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11.6
vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12.5
Data plate (see also Capacity plate, Marking Door operation (see Hoistway door operation)
plate, and Code data plate) Door or gate closer
crosshead, 2.20.2 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.2 Door or gate power operator

443
p. 444 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.444

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

definition of, Section 1.3 Driving machine, operation with doors


Door panel unlocked, 2.12.3.1
car door, 2.14.5.6 Driving-machine brake (see Brake)
interconnection of panels, 2.11.11.7 Drum (see Winding drum)
horizontal slide-type entrance, 2.11.11.5 Dumbwaiter, Part 7
swing-type entrance, 2.11.13.3 alteration to, 8.7.7.1
vertical slide-type entrance, 2.11.12.4 definition of, Section 1.3
Door restrictor (see Unlocking zone) hydraulic, 7.3
Door track, 2.14.4.6 hydraulic, maintenance of, 8.6.5, 8.6.9
Double deck elevator, 2.14.1.4 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.4, 8.11.5.4
Double swing entrance, 2.11.2.3 maintenance of, 8.6
Drawings (see Layout, Information on) undercounter, definition of, Section 1.3
Drip pan, escalator and moving walk, 8.6.8.14 Dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device, 7.8
Drive-chain device alteration to, 8.7.7.3
escalator, 6.1.6.3.4 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.5, 8.11.5.5
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.4 maintenance of, 8.6
Driving machine Duplex safeties, 2.17.2
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.10
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.5
earthquake protection, 8.4.9 Earthquake protection, 8.4
electric elevator, 2.24 Earthquake protection device, 8.4.10.1.1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.20 definition of, Section 1.3
escalator, 6.1.5 Electric contact, car door or gate (see Car door
escalator, factor of safety, 6.1.3.10 or gate electric contact)
hand elevator, 4.3.19 Electric elevator
hydraulic, 3.18 alteration to hoistway and related
inclined elevator, 5.1.19 construction, 8.7.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, alteration to machinery and equipment, 8.7.2
electric , 5.2.1.24 hoistway and related construction, Part 2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.2
hydraulic , 5.2.2.7 inspection and test, periodic, 8.11.2.2
material lift with automatic transfer device, inspection and test, routine, 8.11.2.1
7.9.2 machinery and equipment, Part 2
moving walk, 6.2.5 maintenance of, 8.6
private residence elevator, electric, 5.3.1.16 Electrical equipment (see also Wiring)
private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.2 dumbwaiter, 7.3.11.5
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.13 electric elevator, 2.26.4
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.23 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.3
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.10 escalator, 6.1.7.4
screw-column elevator, 4.2.15 hydraulic elevator, 3.8
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.23 5.2.1.26
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.10 moving walk, 6.2.7.4
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18 private residence elevators, 5.3.1.18.4
Driving machine, belt, 2.24.9 Electrical heater, 2.8.3
Driving machine, chain, 2.24.9 Electrical protective device
Driving machine, connection to escalator gear dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12
reducer, 6.1.6.3.10 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11
Driving machine, indirect earthquake protection, 8.4.10.1.2
electric elevator, 2.24.9 electric elevator, 2.26.2
Driving machine, operation with doors not elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.1
closed, 2.12.4.2 escalator, 6.1.6.3

444
p. 445 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.445

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

hydraulic elevator, 3.26.4 limited-use/limited-application elevator,


inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 hydraulic , 5.2.2.14
limited-use/limited-application elevator, material lift with automatic transfer device,
electric, 5.2.1.26 7.9.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, private residence elevator, 5.3.1.19
hydraulic, 5.2.2.13 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.16
material lift with automatic transfer device, rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.26
7.9.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.8
moving walk, 6.2.6.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.18
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.26
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.15.1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.21
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25 Emergency stop button
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17 escalator, 6.1.6.3.1
screw-column elevator, 4.2.17 moving walk, 6.2.6.3.1
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Emergency stop switch, in-car (see also Stop
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25 switch), 2.26.2
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1 connection to alarm, 2.27.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19 definition of, Section 1.3
Electrical protective device, making inoperative, Emergency terminal speed limiting device (see
8.6.1.6.1 also Terminal stopping device)
Elevator definition of (terminal speed limiting device,
definition of, Section 1.3 emergency), Section 1.3
Elevator car electric elevator, 2.25.4.1
definition of (car, elevator), Section 1.3 five year inspection and test of, 8.11.2.3.6
Elevator pad, 2.14.2.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.25.2
Elevator used for construction, 5.10 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.14.2
hydraulic, 5.10.2 with reduced stroke buffer, 2.22.4.1
inspection and test of, 8.10.5.10, 8.11.5.13 Emergency terminal stopping device (see also
Embedment medium, rope socket, 2.20.9.6 Terminal stopping device), 2.25.4.2
Emergency door Enclosure, Hoistway (see Hoistway enclosure)
electric elevator, 2.11.1 Enclosure, Machine room (see Machine room)
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.9.2 End loading inclined elevator, 5.1.22
hydraulic elevator, 3.11 Enforcing authority (see Authority having
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 jurisdiction)
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.5 Engineering and type test, 8.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 Entrance (see also Hoistway entrance)
Emergency exit, side (see Side emergency exit) definition of, Section 1.3
Emergency exit, top (see Top emergency exit) Entrance, applied frame
Emergency in-car operation, 2.27.3.3 definition of (Applied frame entrance),
Emergency lighting, car, 2.14.7.1 Section 1.3
Emergency operation (see Firefighters’ service) Entrance frame
Emergency operation, earthquake, 8.4.10 horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11.3
Emergency power (see also Standby power), swing type entrance, 2.11.13.2
2.27.2 vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12.2
Emergency recall operation, 2.27.3.1 Entrance locked out of service, 2.11.6
Emergency signaling device definition of, Section 1.3
electric elevator, 2.27.1 Equipment covered by A17.1 Code, 1.1.1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.7 Equipment not covered by A17.1 Code, 1.1.2
hydraulic elevator, 3.11 Equipment permitted in machine room, 2.7.2.1
inclined elevator, 5.1.21.1 Equipment prohibited
limited-use/limited-application elevator, in car, 2.14.1.9
electric , 5.2.1.27 in hoistway and machine room, 2.8.2

445
p. 446 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.446

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

in machine room, 2.7.2.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.25.3


on top of car, 2.14.1.7 screw-column elevator, 4.2.16.2
Escalator, 6.1 Finger guard
alteration to, 8.7.6.1 escalator, 6.1.3.4.3
definition of, Section 1.3 moving walk, 6.2.3.4.3
diagram, Appendix I Fire door, 2.11.6
inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.4 Fire endurance
inspection and test, periodic, 8.11.4.2 definition of, Section 1.3
inspection and test, routine, 8.11.4 Fire extinguisher, 8.6.1.6.5
maintenance of, 8.6.8 Fire resistance
outdoor, 6.1.8 definition of, Section 1.3
portable, 1.1.2 Fire resistance rating (see also Flame spread
relocation of, 8.7.6.1.2 rating)
Escalator deck hoistway enclosure, 2.1.1.1
definition of, Section 1.3 hoistway entrance, 2.1.1.1
Escalator molding hoistway entrance, test of, 8.3.4
definition of, Section 1.3 machine room, 2.7.1
Escalator newel Fire resistive
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Escalator newel base Fire test of hoistway entrance, 8.3.4
definition of, Section 1.3 Firefighters’ service
Escalator panel, exterior annual inspection of, 8.11.2.2.6
definition of, Section 1.3 automatic (nondesignated attendant)
Escalator panel, interior elevator, 2.27.3
definition of, Section 1.3 corridor call station sign, Appendix O
Escalator skirt dual operation elevator, 2.27.5
definition of, Section 1.3 earthquake protection, 8.4.10
Escalator, tandem operation hydraulic elevator, 3.27
definition of, Section 1.3 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
Exception to code, Section 1.2 inspection operation, 2.27.6
Existing installation maintenance of, 8.6.10.1
alteration to, 8.7 multideck elevator, 2.27.3.5
applicable requirements, 1.1.3 non-automatic elevator, 2.27.4
application of rules to, Preface operating procedures, 2.27.7
definition of (installation, existing), Section operating on standby power, 2.27.2
1.3 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.16
inspection of, 8.10, 8.11 screw-column elevator, 4.2.18
switch key, 2.27.8
Fishplate, 2.23.7
Factor of safety Fittings, hydraulic elevator, 3.19
definition of, Section 1.3 Five-year inspection and test (see Periodic
False car, 1.1.2 inspection and test)
Fascia, 2.11.10.1 Flame spread rating (see also Fire resistance
Fasteners, 2.24.4 rating)
Fatigue test, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.8 car enclosure, 2.14.2.1
Final limit (see Final terminal stopping device) car platform, 2.15.8
Final terminal stopping device (see also Flat step, 6.1.3.6.5
Terminal stopping device) definition of, Section 1.3
annual inspection and test of, 8.11.2.2.5 Flexible hose and fittings, hydraulic elevator,
definition of (terminal stopping device, final), 3.19.2.3
Section 1.3 annual inspection of, 8.11.3.2.4
electric elevator, 2.25.3 Floor, car (see Car platform)

446
p. 447 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.447

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Floor number, 2.29.2 escalator, 6.1.6.3.2


elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.22 hydraulic elevator, 3.17.1
Floor opening, protection of inclined elevator, 5.1.14.3
escalator, 6.1.1 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
moving walk, 6.2.1 5.2.1.18
Floor over hoistway, 2.1.3 material lift with automatic transfer device,
deflections, 2.9.5 7.9.2
stress, 2.9.4 moving walk, 6.2.6.3.2
Force, door closing, 2.13.4.1, 2.13.4.2.1, private residence elevator, 5.3.1.11
2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.9
Forklift truck loading, 2.16.2.2 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.18
Follower guide, plunger, 3.18.2.7 rooftop elevator, hydarulic, 5.6.2.9
Formulas and design data, 8.2 screw-column elevator, 4.2.11
Foundations (see Beam, machinery and shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
sheave) sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.18
Frame, car (see Car frame) sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.9
Frame, counterweight, 2.21.1.1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.13
design of, 2.21.2 Governor, factor of safety, 2.18.8
Freight elevator Governor, inspection and test of
definition of, Section 1.3 acceptance, 8.10.2.2
Freight elevator, carrying of passengers on, annual, 8.11.2.2.3
2.16.4 five year, 8.11.2.3.2
Freight loading, 2.16.2.2 Governor, location of, 2.18.1
Furnace hoist, 1.1.2 Governor, where required, 2.18.1
Governor overspeed switch, 2.18.4
Governor pull-through tension force
Gage, oil buffer, 2.22.4.6 definition of, Section 1.3
Gas spring return oil buffer, 2.22.4.5 Governor rope, 2.18.5
definition of, Section 1.3 connection to safety, 2.17.12
Gasketing material, hoistway entrances, 2.11.19 gripping jaws, 2.18.6
Gate, car (see Car gate; see also Car door or lubrication of, 8.6.4.2
gate) maximum permissible movement, 2.17.11
Gate, hoistway, hand elevator, 4.3.7 releasing carrier, 2.17.15
Gate, semiautomatic sheave, 2.18.7
definition of, Section 1.3 Governor seal, 2.18.3
Gear reducer, Governor tripping speed, 2.18.2
connection to escalator driving machine , design data, 8.2.5
6.1.6.3.10 Gravity return oil buffer, 2.22.4.5
Gears, inspection of, 2.24.10 Gravity stopping distance, 8.2.4
Glass Gripping jaw, governor rope, 2.18.6
car door, 2.14.5.8 Grooved pipe fittings, 3.19.2.2
hoistway door, 2.11.7.2 Guard, pit (see Counterweight, guarding of)
in elevator car, 2.14.1.8 Guard at ceiling intersection
Glass balustrade escalator, 6.1.3.3.9
escalator, 6.1.3.3.3 moving walk, 6.2.3.3.7
moving walk, 6.2.3.3.3 Guard between adjacent pits, 2.2.3
Glass, maintenance of, 8.6.10.3 Guarding of exposed equipment, 2.10
Governor Guide, door (see Door guide)
definition of (Speed governor), Section 1.3 Guide rail
dumbwaiter, 7.2.5 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.9
electric elevator, 2.18 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.9
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.14 earthquake protection, 8.4.8

447
p. 448 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.448

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

electric elevator, 2.23 shipboard elevator, rack and pinion, 5.8.3.2


elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.19 speed monitoring device, escalator, 6.1.6.6.4
hand elevator, 4.3.18 speed monitoring device, moving walk,
hydraulic elevator, 3.23 6.2.6.4
inclined elevator, 5.1.18 Handrail, location and clearance
limited-use/limited-application elevator, escalator, 6.1.3.12
electric , 5.2.1.23 moving walk, 6.2.3.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Handrail entry device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.12
hydraulic , 5.2.2.10 Handrail entry device, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.10
material lift with automatic transfer device, Hanger
7.9.2 car door or gate, 2.14.4.6
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.15 horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11.4
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.12 tracks and supports, 2.11.11.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.22 Headroom
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.14 elevator car, 2.14.2.4
screw-column elevator, 4.2.14 escalator, 6.1.3.12
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 moving walk, 6.2.3.15
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.22 Headroom in machine room, 2.7.4
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.14 Heater, 2.8.3
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.17 Hinge, swing type entrance, 2.11.13.4
Guide rail, door panel, 2.11.12.3 Hinged platform sill, 2.15.16
Guide rail, lubrication of, 2.17.16 History of code, Foreword
Guide rail, maintenance of, 8.6.4.3 Hitch plate
Guide-rail bracket car, 2.15.13
earthquake protection, 8.4.8.4 counterweight, 2.21.2.5
fastening to building structure, 2.23.9 securing to structure, 2.9.3.3
fastening to guide rail, 2.23.10 Hoist, 1.1.2
spacing, 2.23.4 Hoisting rope (see Rope and Suspension
stresses and deflections, 2.23.5 means)
Guide shoe Hoistway
car, 2.15.2 definition of, Section 1.3
car door or gate, 2.14.4.6 dumbwaiter, 7.1
counterweight, 2.21.1.3 electric elevator, Part 2
design of, 2.15.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1
earthquake protection, 8.4.5 hand elevator, 4.3.1
hydraulic elevator, 3.1
inclined elevator, 5.1.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator,
Hand and finger guard electric, 5.2.1
escalator, 6.1.3.4.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
moving walk, 6.2.3.4.3 hydraulic, 5.2.2.1
Hand dumbwaiter, Part 7 material lift with automatic transfer device,
Hand elevator, 4.3 7.9
alteration to, 8.7.4.3 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1
inspection and test of, 8.10.5.3, 8.11.5.3 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1
maintenance of, 8.6 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1
power attachment, 4.3.20 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.1
Handrail screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
escalator, 6.1.3.4 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
moving walk, 6.2.3.4 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.1
shipboard elevator, electric, 5.8.1.10 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.1
shipboard elevator, hydraulic, 5.8.2.3 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1

448
p. 449 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.449

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Hoistway, access to labeling, 2.12.4.3


dumbwaiter, 7.1.12 location of, 2.12.2.6
electric elevator, 2.12.7 type test of, 8.3.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.12 where permitted, 2.12.1
inclined elevator, 5.1.10 Hoistway door locking device
material lift with automatic transfer device, definition of, Section 1.3
7.9.1 dumbwaiter, 7.1.12
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7.7 electric elevator, 2.12
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.2
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.12 hand elevator, 4.3.8
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 hydraulic elevator, 3.12
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 inclined elevator, 5.1.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
Hoistway, construction at top and bottom of, 5.2.1.12
2.1.2 material lift with automatic transfer device,
Hoistway, counterweight (see Counterweight 7.9.1
hoistway) private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7.4
Hoistway, maintenance of, 8.6.4.7 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1
Hoistway, number of elevators permitted in, rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.12
2.1.1.4 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
Hoistway, partially enclosed, 2.1.1.3 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Hoistway, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.12
Hoistway, protection of space below (see special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.9
Protection of space below hoistway) Hoistway door locking device, type test of,
Hoistway access switch, 2.12.7 8.3.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Hoistway door operation
Hoistway door [see also Door (car or hoistway) dumbwaiter, 7.1.13
and Hoistway entrance] electric elevator, 2.13
closed position of, 2.12.3.2 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.2
closing of, 2.11.3 hand elevator, 4.3.6.2
counterweight, 2.11.8 hydraulic elevator, 3.13
counterweighting or counterbalancing, limited-use/limited-application elevator,
2.11.12.6 5.2.1.13
kinetic energy and force limitations, 2.13.4.1, material lift with automatic transfer device,
2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2, 2.13.4.2.3 7.9.1
labeling, 2.11.15 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.2(a)
location of, 2.11.4 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1
locking out of service, 2.11.6 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.13
opening from hoistway side, 2.11.6 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
power closing, 2.13.3 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
power opening, 2.13.2.2 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.13
reopening device, 2.13.5 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8.4
restricted opening of, 2.12.5 Hoistway door operation, annual test of,
sequence operation, 2.13.6 8.11.2.2.8
Hoistway door electric contact, 2.12.3 Hoistway door safety
approval of, 2.12.4.2 retainers, 2.11.11.8
definition of, Section 1.3 Hoistway door unlocking device, 2.12.6
labeling, 2.12.4.3 Hoistway door vision panel (see Vision panel,
type test of, 8.3.3 hoistway door)
Hoistway door lock and contact Hoistway enclosure
approval of, 2.12.4.2 definition of, Section 1.3
design requirements, 2.12.2.4 dumbwaiter, 7.1.1

449
p. 450 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.450

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

electric elevator, 2.1 Hoistway protection in case of fire, 2.1.4


elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.1.1 Hoistway unit system
hand elevator, 4.3.1 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.1 Hoistway unit system combination mechanical
inclined elevator, 5.1.1 lock and electric contact (see Hoistway
limited-use/limited-application elevator, door lock and contact and Hoistway door
5.2.1.1 locking device)
material lift with automatic transfer device, Hoistway unit system hoistway door interlock
7.9.1 (see Interlock and Hoistway door locking
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.1 device)
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 Hold handrail sign
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1 escalator, 6.1.6.9
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 moving walk, 6.2.6.9
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.1 Horizontal clearance (see Clearance, horizontal)
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.1 Horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.1.1 combination slide and swing, 2.11.13.5
Hoistway enclosure, supporting of guide rail, location of, 2.11.4
2.23.10 Hose, flexible, hydraulic elevator, 3.19.2.3
Hoistway entrance (see also Hoistway door) annual inspection of, 8.11.3.2.4
definition of (entrance) Hydraulic elevator, Part 3
dumbwaiter, 7.1.11 alteration to, 8.7.3
electric elevator, 2.11 definition of, Section 1.3
elevator used for construction, 15.10.1.9 elevator used for construction, 5.10.2
hand elevator, 4.3.6 inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.1 inspection and test, periodic, 8.11.3.2
inclined elevator, 5.1.8 inspection and test, routine, 8.11.3.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator, maintenance of, 8.6.5, 8.6.9
5.2.1.11 roped, Part 3
material lift with automatic transfer device, Hydraulic jack
7.9.1 definition of, Section 1.3
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.7 Hydraulic machine
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.1 Hydraulic material lift with automatic transfer
screw-column elevator, 4.2.1 device, 7.12
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.1
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.11
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.8 Illumination (see Lighting)
Hoistway entrance, fire test of, 8.3.4 Impact on buffer support, 8.2.3
factory inspection, 2.11.16 In-car stop switch, 2.26.2
labeling, 2.11.15 Inching device (see Leveling device)
Hoistway entrance, freight elevator, 2.11.2.2 Inclined elevator, 5.1
Hoistway entrance, gasketing of, 2.11.19 alteration to, 8.7.5.1
Hoistway entrance, installation instructions, definition of, Section 1.3
2.11.18 end loading, 5.1.22
Hoistway entrance, minimum size, 2.11.1.2 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.7, 8.11.5.7
Hoistway entrance, passenger elevator, 2.11.2.1 maintenance of, 8.6
Hoistway gate private residence, 5.4
definition of, Section 1.3 Inclined lift (see Stairway chairlift)
Hoistway gate, hand elevator, 4.3.7 Inclined reciprocating conveyor, 1.1.2
Hoistway landing sill (see Landing sill, Independent car counterweight, 2.21.1.4
hoistway) Indirect plunger elevator (see Roped-hydraulic
Hoistway pressurization, 2.1.4 elevator)

450
p. 451 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.451

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Industrial truck, 1.1.2 Installation placed out of service


Industrial truck loading, 2.16.2.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Inertia application test, location of test weight, inspection and test, 8.11.1.4
Appendix M Installation, existing
Information on layout (see Layout, information definition of, Section 1.3
on) Installation, new
Initial inspection and test (see Acceptance definition of, Section 1.3
inspection and test) Instantaneous safety (see Type A safety)
Inner loading zone Intercom, in car, 2.27.1
five year test of, 8.11.2.3.9 Interlock (see also Hoistway door locking
Inside net platform area, 2.16.1 device)
Inspection and test, 8.10, 8.11 approval of, 2.12.4.2
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, 8.10.5.4, 8.11.5.4 design of, 2.12.2.4
dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device, labeling, 2.12.4.3
8.10.5.5, 8.11.5.5 location of, 2.12.2.6
electric elevator, acceptance, 8.10.2 multipanel entrance, 2.11.11.7
electric elevator, periodic, 8.11.2.2 retiring cam, 2.12.2.5
electric elevator, routine, 8.11.2 type test of, 8.3.3
elevator used for construction, 8.10.5.10, where required, 2.12.1
8.11.5.13 Interlock unlocking zone (see Unlocking zone)
escalator and moving walk, acceptance, Interpretation of code requirements, Preface
8.10.4 Interruption of power, 2.27.3.4
escalator and moving walk, periodic, 8.11.4.2
escalator and moving walk, routine, 8.11.4
hand elevator, 8.10.5.3, 8.11.5.3 Jump of car or counterweight (see
hydraulic elevator, acceptance, 8.10.3 Compensating rope and chain)
hydraulic elevator, routine, 8.11.3
hydraulic elevator, periodic, 8.11.3.2
inclined elevator, 8.10.5.7, 8.11.5.7 Key, firefighters’ service, 2.27.8
installation placed out of service, 8.11.1.4 Key, hoistway access door, 2.7.3.4(d)
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Key, pit access door, 2.2.4(g)
8.10.5.13, 8.11.5.12 Kinetic energy of hoistway and car doors and
material lift with automatic transfer device, gates, 2.13.4.1, 2.13.4.2.1, 2.13.4.2.2,
8.10.5.5, 8.11.5.5 2.13.4.2.3
persons authorized to perform, 8.10.1.1(c),
8.11.1.1
private residence elevator, 8.10.5.2, 8.11.5.2 Labeled
rack and pinion elevators, 8.10.5.12, 8.11.5.11 definition of, Section 1.3
recommended procedures, 8.10.1.2, 8.11.1.2 Labeling
rooftop elevators, 8.10.5.11, 8.11.5.10 hoistway door and car door locking devices,
screw-column elevators, 8.10.5.9, 8.11.5.9 2.12.4.3
shipboard elevators, 8.10.5.8, 8.11.5.8 hoistway entrance, 2.11.14
sidewalk elevator, 8.10.5.1, 8.11.5.1 replacement devices, 8.6.3.7
special purpose personnel elevator, 8.10.5.6, Laminated car platform, 2.15.5
8.11.5.6 definition of (car platform, laminated),
Inspection operation Section 1.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Landing, elevator
electric elevator, 2.26.1.4 definition of, Section 1.3
Inspector qualifications, 8.10.1.1(c), 8.11.1.1 Landing, escalator
Installation access plate, 6.1.7.3
definition of, Section 1.3 floor space, 6.1.3.6.3

451
p. 452 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.452

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

outdoor, 6.1.8.3 material lift with automatic transfer device,


safety zone, 6.1.3.6.4 7.9.2
Landing, escalator or moving walk private residence elevator, 5.3.1.8.3
definition of, Section 1.3 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.6
Landing, moving walk rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.14
access plate, 6.2.7.3 screw-column elevator, 4.2.8
floor surface, 6.2.3.8.4 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.6
outdoor, 6.2.8.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.14.3
safety zone, 6.2.3.8.5 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.3
Landing sill, hoistway Lighting, escalator step demarcation, 6.1.6.7
clearance, 2.5.1.3 Lighting of landing, 2.11.10.2
guard, 2.11.10.1 escalator, 6.1.7.2
hinged, 2.11.10.3 Lighting of machine room, 2.7.5
horizontal slide type entrance, 2.11.11.1 escalator, 6.1.7.1
lighting, 2.11.10.2 moving walk, 6.2.7.1
swing type entrance, 2.11.13.1 Lighting of moving walk treadway, 6.2.7.2
vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12.1 Lighting of pit, 2.2.5
Landing zone Lighting of step tread, escalator, 6.1.7.2
definition of, Section 1.3 Limited-use/Limited-application elevator, 5.2
Layout, information on Limit switch (see Terminal stopping device)
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.13 Line jack, 1.1.2
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.12 Listed
electric elevator, 2.28 definition of, Section 1.3
electric elevator, earthquake protection, Listing
8.4.8.9 hoistway door and car door locking devices,
hand elevator, 4.3.21 2.12.4.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.28 replacement devices, 8.6.3.7
hydraulic elevator, earthquake protection, Load, rated (see Rated load)
8.4.11.7 Load rating
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.17 oil buffer, 2.22.4.10
screw-column elevator, 4.2.19 spring buffer, 2.22.3.2
sidewalk elevators, electric, 5.5.1.27 Loading
sidewalk elevators, hydraulic, 5.5.2.18 freight elevator, 2.16.2.2
Leveling passenger elevator, 2.16.1.1
definition of, Section 1.3 special loading means, 2.16.9
Leveling device Locked out of service, entrance, 2.11.6
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Leveling device, anti-creep, 3.26.3 Locking device, hoistway door (see Hoistway
Leveling zone door locking device)
definition of, Section 1.3 Lubrication, 8.6.1.6.2
operation in, 2.26.1.6 guide rail, 2.17.16
Lift bridge, 1.1.2
five year test of, 8.11.2.3.8
Lighting, car Machine and control rooms, remote, 2.7.8
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.1 Machine final, 2.25.3.5
electric elevator, 2.14.7 Machine room
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.10.3 dumbwaiter, 7.1.7
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 electric elevator, 2.7
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.7.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator , hand elevator, 4.3.4
5.2.1.14 hydraulic elevator, 3.7

452
p. 453 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.453

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

limited-use/limited-application elevator, Machinery space (see Machine room)


5.2.1.7 Mainline disconnect switch (see Power supply
material lift with automatic transfer device, line disconnecting means)
7.9.1 Maintenance, 8.6
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.2 Manlift, 1.1.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.7 Manual lowering valve, 3.19.4.4
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.4 Manual reset
screw-column elevator, 4.2.5 definition of, Section 1.3
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 escalator, 6.1.6.14
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.7 moving walk, 6.2.6.13
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.4 Marking plate (see also Capacity plate and Data
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.18.9 plate)
Machine room, access to, 2.7.3 governor, 2.18.9
escalator, 6.1.7.3 oil buffer, 2.22.4.11
moving walk, 6.2.7.3 rail lubricant, 2.17.16
Machine room, air conditioning equipment, safeties, 2.17.14
2.8.4 spring buffer, 2.22.3.3
Machine room, equipment in, 2.7.2.1 Material for car enclosure and linings
Machine room, location of, 2.7.6 freight car, 2.14.3.1
Machine room, maintenance of, 8.6.4.8 passenger car, 2.14.2.1
Machine room, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2 Material hoist, 1.1.2
Machine room, protection against fire Material lift with automatic transfer device,
escalator, 6.1.2 Part 7
moving walk, 6.2.2 alteration to, 8.7.7.3
Machine room, smoke detector in, 2.27.3.2 electric, 7.9
Machine room, underneath hoistway, 2.7.7 hydraulic, 7.12
Machine room floor (see Floor over hoistway) inspection and test of, 8.10.5.5, 8.11.5.5
Machine, driving (see also Driving machine) maintenance of, 8.6
definition of, Section 1.3 Mechanical lock and electric contact (see
Machinery and equipment Hoistway door lock and contact)
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2 Mechanical spring-return oil buffer
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3 definition of, Section 1.3
electric elevator, Part 2 Mechanized parking garage equipment, 1.1.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.19 Metric unit, Preface
hydraulic elevator, 3.23 Mine elevator, 1.1.2
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 Missing pallet device, moving walk, 6.2.6.5
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Missing step device, escalator, 6.1.6.6.5
electric , 5.2.1.23 Mobile scaffold, 1.1.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Modernization (see Alteration)
hydraulic , 5.2.2.3 Modular escalator (see Escalator)
material lift with automatic transfer device, Module, definition of, Section 1.3
7.9.2 Motion control (see Control, motion)
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.12 Motor (see also Driving machine)
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.22 escalator, 6.1.5
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.14 moving walk, 6.2.5
screw-column elevator, 4.2.14 Motor generator overspeed protection, 2.26.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Motor generator running switch, 2.26.2
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.22 Motor generator set, test of, 8.10.2.2.2(m)
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.14 Motor vehicle loading, 2.16.2.2
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.17 Moving walk, 6.2
Machinery beam (see Beam, machinery and alteration to, 8.7.6.2
sheave) definition of, Section 1.3

453
p. 454 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.454

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

diagram, Appendix I maintenance of, 8.6.4.4


inspection and test, acceptance, 8.10.4 reduced stroke, 2.22.4.1
inspection and test, periodic, 8.11.4.2 Oil buffer, inspection and test of
inspection and test, routine, 8.11.4 acceptance, 8.10.2.2.5(c)
maintenance of, 8.6.8 annual, 8.11.2.2.1
outdoor, 6.2.8 five year, 8.11.2.3.3
relocation of, 8.7.6.2.2 type test, 8.3.2
Multideck elevator, 2.14.1.4 Oil buffer stroke, 2.22.4.1
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of (buffer, oil stroke), Section 1.3
firefighters’ service, 2.27 inclined elevator, 5.1.17.4
Multiple hoistway material lift with automatic transfer device,
clearance between cars, 2.5.1.3 7.9.2
number of elevators permitted in, 2.1.1.4 Oil leakage
Multiple plunger, recycling operation, 3.26.7 maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5,
8.6.5.6
means for collection of, 3.18.3.7
National Electrical Code, Part 9 Oil level, oil buffer, 2.22.4.6
New technology, Preface Operating circuit, 2.26.9
Next available landing Operating device
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Nonmetallic sheave liner, 2.24.2 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12
Nonstop switch dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11
definition of, Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.26.1
Non-vision wing (see sight guard) elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21
Normal limit (see Normal terminal stopping escalator, 6.1.6
device) hydraulic elevator, 3.26
Normal terminal stopping device (see also inclined elevator, 5.1.20
Terminal stopping device) limited-use/limited-application elevator,
definition of (terminal stopping device, electric , 5.2.1.26
normal), Section 1.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
electric elevator, 2.25.2 hydraulic , 5.2.2.13
hydraulic elevator, 3.25.1 material lift with automatic transfer device,
Normal terminal stopping device, inspection 7.9.2
and test of moving walk, 6.2.6
acceptance, 8.10.2.2.2(z) private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18
annual, 8.11.2.2.5 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.15.1
Nudging, 2.13.5 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25
Numbering, emergency identification, 2.29.1 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17
Numbering of disconnect switches, 2.26.4 screw-column elevator, 4.2.17
Numbering of floors, 2.29.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.1
Observation elevator (see also Partially special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19
enclosed hoistway) Operating device symbols, 2.26.12
definition of, Section 1.3 Operating speed in the down direction
separate counterweight hoistway for, 2.3.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Occupied space below hoistway (see Protection Operation
of space below hoistway) definition of (see also Operating device),
Oil buffer (see also Buffer), 2.22.4 Section 1.3
approval of, 2.22.4.7 Operation, door (see Hoistway door operation)
compressed with car at landing, 2.22.4.8 Orchestra lift, 1.1.2
definition of (buffer, oil), Section 1.3 Overall length of guide rail, 2.23.8

454
p. 455 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.455

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Overhead beam (see Beam, machinery and rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.11


sheave) sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.11
Overhead obstruction in hoistway Piston
electric elevator, 2.4.10 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.4.5 Pit
material lift with automatic transfer device, definition of, Section 1.3
7.9.1 dumbwaiter, 7.1.2
Overhead structure electric elevator, 2.2
definition of, Section 1.3 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.2
Overload, passenger, 2.16.8 hand elevator, 4.3.2
Overspeed governor (see Governor) hydraulic elevator, 3.2
Overspeed protection, motor generator, 2.26.2 inclined elevator, 5.1.3
Overspeed switch, governor, 2.18.4 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
5.2.1.2
material lift with automatic transfer device,
Packing gland, cylinder, 3.18.3.5 7.9.1
Padded protective linings, 2.14.2.1 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.2
Painting, 8.6.1.6.4 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1
of governor, 2.18.3 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.2
Pallet, moving walk, 6.2.3.11 screw-column elevator, 4.2.1
definition of, Section 1.3 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Pallet level device, moving walk, 6.2.6.3.9 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.2
Pallet type treadway, moving walk, 6.2.3.5 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.2
Panel, door (see Door panel) Pit, access to, 2.2.4
Panel guide rail, 2.11.12.3 Pit, maintenance of, 8.6.4.7
Panel sill, 2.11.12.7 Pit, pipes and ducts in, 2.8.2
Parking garage equipment, 1.1.2 Pit door, 2.2.4
Partially enclosed hoistway, 2.1.1.3 Pit floor, strength
Partition for reducing platform area, 2.16.1.2 electric elevator, 2.1.2.3
Passenger elevator hydraulic elevator, 3.1.1
carrying of freight on, 2.16.1.3 Pit guard (see Counterweight, guarding of)
definition of, Section 1.3 Plans (see Layout, information on)
Passenger overload, 2.16.8 Platform, car (see Car platform)
Periodic inspection and test (see also Platform guard, 2.15.9
Inspection and test) Platform sill
definition of (inspection and test, periodic), clearance, 2.5.1.3
Section 1.3 hinged, 2.15.16
Personnel elevator, 5.7 Plunger (ram), 3.18.2
Personnel hoist, 1.1.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Phase I connection to car, 3.18.1
definition of, Section 1.3 design data and formulas, 8.2.8.1
operation, 2.27.3.1 dumbwaiter, 7.3.5
Phase II rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.10
definition of, Section 1.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.10
operation, 2.27.3.3 telescopic, recycling operation, 3.26.7
Phase reversal and failure protection Plunger follower guide, 3.18.2.7
electric elevator, 2.26.6 Plunger head, 3.18.3.6
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.5 design data and formulas, 8.2.8.3
residence elevator, 5.3.1.18.6 Plunger return, oil buffer, 2.22.4.5
Pipe design and formulas, 8.2.8.4 Plunger stop, 3.18.4
Piping, hydraulic elevator, 3.19 acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(s)
dumbwaiter, 7.3.5 Portable equipment, 1.1.2

455
p. 456 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.456

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

Position indicator shipboard elevator, 5.8.1.3


definition of, Section 1.3 sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.6
Power, interruption of, 2.27.3.4 sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.3
Power attachment to hand elevator, 4.3.20 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.6
Power closing of doors, 2.13.3 Protective linings, 2.14.2.1
annual test of, 8.11.2.2.8 Pull strap, 2.11.12.8
Power dumbwaiter, Part 7 Pump relief valve, 3.19.3.2
Power dumbwaiter with automatic transfer Pump, sump, 2.2.2
device, 7.8 Purpose of code, Section 1.2
Power opening of doors, 2.13.2
five year test of, 8.11.2.3.7
Power sidewalk elevator (see sidewalk
elevator) QEI, 8.10.1.1(c), 8.11.1.1
Power supply line disconnecting means Qualification of inspectors, 8.10.1.1(c), 8.11.1.1
electric elevator, 2.26.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.26
sprinkler activation, 2.8.2
Power transmission member, escalator, Rack and pinion elevator, 4.1
6.1.3.10 alteration to, 8.7.4.1
Powered platform, 1.1.2 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.12, 8.11.5.11
Pressure switch, hydraulic elevator, 3.26.8 maintenance of, 8.6
three year inspection of, 8.11.3.3.2 shipboard, 5.8.3
Pressure vessels, 3.24.4 Rail joint, 2.23.7
three year inspection of, 8.11.3.3.2 Rail lubricant, 2.17.16
Pressurization of hoistway, 2.1.4 Rail section, 2.23.3
Private residence Rated load
definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Private residence elevator, 5.3 dumbwaiter, 7.2.3.1
definition of, Section 1.3 dumbwaiter with automatic transfer device,
inspection and test of, 8.10.5.2, 8.11.5.2 7.8.4
maintenance of, 8.6 electric elevator, 2.16
Prohibited equipment (see Equipment, elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.12
prohibited) escalator, 6.1.3.9
Projection, recess, and setback in hoistway hand elevator, 4.3.14.1
enclosure, 2.1.6 hydraulic elevator, 3.16
Projection of equipment into hoistway, 2.11.5 inclined elevator, 5.1.13
Protection of space below hoistway material lift with automatic transfer device,
dumbwaiter, 7.1.6 7.9.2
electric elevator, 2.6 moving walk, 6.2.3.10
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.6 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.10.1
hand elevator, 4.3.1 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.8
hydraulic elevator, 3.6 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.16
inclined elevator, 5.1.1 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.8
limited-use/limited-application elevator, screw-column elevator, 4.2.10
5.2.1.6 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
material lift with automatic transfer device, sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.16
7.9.1 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.14 Rated load, formula for calculation of, 8.2.1
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 Rated load, freight elevator, 2.16.2
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.6 Rated load, limited-use/limited-application
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.3 elevator, 5.2.1.16
screw-column elevator, 4.2.4 Rated load, passenger elevator, 2.16.1.1

456
p. 457 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.457

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Rated load performance, definition of, Section Revision to code, Preface


1.3 Rise (see Travel)
Rated speed Riser, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Roller guide shoe
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.12.3 car, 2.15.2
escalator, 6.1.4 counterweight, 2.21.1.3
hydraulic elevator, test of, 8.10.3.2.3(cc) design of, 2.15.3
inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.22.2 earthquake protection, 8.4.5
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Rolling shutter device
5.2.1.16.4 escalator, 6.1.6.3.7
moving walk, 6.2.4 moving walk, 6.2.6.3.6
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.10.2 Rooftop elevator, 5.6
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.25.4 alteration to, 8.7.5.6
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 definition of, Section 1.3
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.25.4 hydraulic, 5.5.2
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.12.2 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.11, 8.11.5.10
winding drum elevator, 2.24.1 Rope (see also Suspension means)
Recall of elevator, 2.27.3.1 factor of safety, design data, 8.2.7
Recess in hoistway enclosure, 2.1.6 hitch plate, securing to beam, 2.9.3.3
Reciprocating conveyor, 1.1.2 hitch plate, securing to car frame, 2.15.13
Recycling for multiple or telescopic plungers, hitch plate, securing to counterweight,
3.26.7 2.21.2.5
definition of, Section 1.3 refastening and resocketing, 8.6.4.10
Reduced stroke oil buffer, 2.22.4.1 Rope, car-counterweight
Refastening of ropes of winding drum definition of, Section 1.3
machines, 8.6.4.10 Rope, compensating (see also Compensating
Reference code, standard, and specification, rope and chain)
Part 9 definition of, Section 1.3
Refuge space, top of car Rope, counterweight
electric elevator, 2.4.12 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.4.7 Rope, governor (see Governor rope)
material lift with automatic transfer device, Rope, suspension
7.9.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 Rope data tag, 2.20.2
screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.4 Rope equalizer, 2.20.5
Regenerated power, absorption of, 2.26.10 definition of, Section 1.3
Releasing carrier, governor rope, 2.17.15 Rope socket
Relief valve, pump, 3.19.3.2 tapered, 2.20.9.4
annual inspection of, 8.11.3.2.1 wedge, 2.20.9.5
Reopening device, 2.13.5 Rope sprocket drive
Repair, 8.6.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Replacement (see Alteration) Roped-hydraulic driving machine
Residence elevator, 5.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Resin, thermosetting, 2.20.9.6 Roped-hydraulic elevator, Part 3
Resocketing of ropes, of winding drum definition of, Section 1.3
machines, 8.6.4.10 Routine inspection and test (see also
Restricted area, definition of, Section 1.3 Inspection and test)
Restrictor, door (see Unlocking zone) definition of (inspection and test, routine),
Retiring cam, 2.12.3.3 Section 1.3
Reversal stop device Runby, bottom
escalator, 6.1.6.3.8 definition of, Section 1.3
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.7 dumbwaiter, 7.1.4

457
p. 458 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.458

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

electric elevator, maximum, 2.4.4, 2.4.5 Safeties, duplex, 2.17.2


electric elevator, minimum, counterweighted, Safeties, inspection and test of
2.4.2 acceptance, 8.10.2.2
electric elevator, minimum, annual, 8.11.2.2.2
uncounterweighted, 2.4.3 five year, 8.11.2.3.1
hand elevator, 4.3.3 location of inertia application test weight,
hydraulic elevator, 3.4 Appendix M
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Safeties, painting of, 8.6.1.6.4
5.2.1.4 Safeties, stopping distance for, 2.17.3
material lift with automatic transfer device, Safety bulkhead, 3.18.3.4
7.9.1 definition of, Section 1.3
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.1 Safety edge, 2.13.5
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.4 Safety mechanism switch, 2.18.4
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.2 Safety nut, screw-column elevator, 4.2.12
screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.2 engineering test, 8.3.10
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Safety valve, 8.4.11.2
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.4 Scope of code, Section 1.1
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.2 Screw column, 4.2.15
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.4.1 definition of, Section 1.3
Runby, top Screw column elevator, 4.2
definition of, Section 1.3 alteration to, 8.7.4.2
hydraulic elevator, 3.4 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.9, 8.11.5.9
screw-column elevator, 4.2.2.2 maintenance of, 8.6
Runway Seal, governor, 2.18.3
definition of, Section 1.3 Seismic requirements, 8.4
Seismic switch, 8.4.10.1.1
definition of, Section 1.3
Safe lift, 2.16.7 Selector, guarding of, 2.10
Safeties Sequence operation, 2.13.6
definition of, Section 1.3 Setback in hoistway enclosure, 2.1.6
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.4 Shackle rod, 2.20.9.2
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.4.1 Shaft (see Hoistway)
electric elevator, 2.17 Shafter, 1.1.2
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.13 Shall
hand elevator, 4.3.15 definition of, Section 1.3
hydraulic elevator, 3.17.1 Sheave (see also Driving machine)
inclined elevator, 5.1.14 car frame, 2.15.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, counterweight, 2.21.2.4
5.2.1.17 driving machine, 2.24
material lift with automatic transfer device, governor rope, 2.18.7
7.9.2 grooving and minimum diameter, 2.24.2
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.11 Sheave beam (see Beam, machinery and
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.9 sheave)
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.17 Shipboard elevator, 5.8
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.9 alteration to, 8.7.5.8
screw-column elevator, 4.2.11 definition of, Section 1.3
screw-column elevator safety nut, 4.2.12 hydraulic, 5.8.2
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 inspection and test of, 8.10.5.8, 8.11.5.8
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.17 rack and pinion, 5.8.3
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.9 Shipper rope operating device, 2.26.1.1
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.13 Should
Safeties, counterweight, 2.17.4 definition of, Section 1.3

458
p. 459 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.459

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Shutoff valve, sprinkler, 2.8.2 alteration to, 8.7.5.7


Shutoff valve, supply line, 3.19.3.1 definition of, Section 1.3
acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(q) inspection and test of, 8.10.5.6, 8.11.5.6
SI unit, Preface maintenance of, 8.6
Side emergency exit Specification, reference, Part 9
electric elevator, 2.14.1.10 Speed, rated (see Rated speed)
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 Speed governor (see Governor)
inclined elevator, 5.1.11.1 Splicing of suspension rope, 8.6.2.5
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.6 Spring buffer (see also Buffer), 2.22.3
screw-column elevator, 4.2.8 definition of (buffer, spring), Section 1.3
Sidewalk elevator, 5.5 where permitted, 2.22.1.1
alteration to, 8.7.5.5 Spring buffer stroke (see also Elevator),
definition of, Section 1.3 2.22.3.1
hydraulic, 5.5.2 definition of (buffer, spring stroke), Section
inspection and test of, 8.10.5.1, 8.11.5.1 1.3
maintenance of, 8.6 Spring return oil buffer, 2.22.4.5
Sight guard Sprinklers in hoistway and machine room,
definition of, Section 1.3 2.8.2
Sign Stage lift, 1.1.2
corridor call station, Appendix O Stanchion
dumbwaiter door, 7.2.3.4 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.15.2
dumbwaiter entrance, 7.1.11.3 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.15.2
emergency door, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2 Standard, reference, Part 9
escalator, 6.1.6.9 Standby lighting, car, 2.14.7.1
freight elevator, 2.16.5 Standby power, 2.27.2
hand elevator, 4.3.6.3 connection to alarm, 2.27.1
moving walk, 6.2.6.8 Standby power, inspection and test of
Signaling device (see Emergency signaling annual, 8.11.2.2.7
device) five year, 8.11.2.3.5
Sill, platform (see Platform sill) Starting switch
Single blind hoistway, 2.11.1.1, 2.11.1.2 escalator, 6.1.6.2.1
Skip hoist, 1.1.2 moving walk, 6.2.6.2.1
Skirt obstruction device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.6 Static switching
Skirt panel, escalator, 6.1.3.3.6 definition of, Section 1.3
clearance to step, 6.1.3.3.5 Step, escalator, 6.1.3.5
maintenance of, 8.6.8.4 clearance to skirt panel, 6.1.3.3.5
Skylight and window, 2.1.5 demarcation light, 6.1.6.7
Slack rope device factor of safety, 6.1.3.10
annual inspection of, 8.11.2.2.4 level, 6.1.6.3.11
Slack rope switch, 2.26.2 lighting, 6.1.7.2
annual test of, 8.11.2.2.9 missing, 6.1.6.5
definition of, Section 1.3 number of flat, 6.1.3.6.5
Sleeving, definition of, Section 1.3 Step lateral displacement device, escalator,
Sling (see Car frame) 6.1.6.3.14
Smoke, control of, 2.1.4 Step level device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.11
Smoke detector, 2.27.3.2 Step upthrust device, escalator, 6.1.6.3.9
activating sprinkler, 2.8.2 Step wheel track, escalator, 6.1.3.8
escalator, 6.1.6.8 Stop motion switch, 2.25.3.5
moving walk, 6.2.6.7 Stop ring, 3.18.4
Special emergency service (see Firefighters’ acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.5(c)
service) Stop switch, elevator (see also Emergency stop
Special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7 button)

459
p. 460 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.460

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

emergency, 2.26.2 Suspension rope (see Rope and Suspension


in-car, 2.26.2 means)
machinery space, 2.7.3.5 Suspension rope equalizer, 2.20.5
pit, 2.2.6 Swing type entrance, 2.11.13
top of car, 2.26.2 combination slide and swing, 2.11.13.1
Stop switch in machinery space double swing, 2.11.2.3
escalator, 6.1.6.3.5 location of, 2.11.4
moving walk, 6.2.6.3.5 Switch key, firefighters’ service, 2.27.8
Stopped handrail device Switch, pressure, hydraulic elevator, 3.26.8
escalator, 6.1.6.4 Symbol, operating device, 2.26.12
moving walk, 6.2.6.4
Stopping distance
car and counterweight safety, inclined Tandem operation
elevator, 8.2.11 definition of, Section 1.3
gravity, 8.2.4 escalator, 6.1.6.6.6
Stroke, oil buffer (see Oil buffer stroke) moving walk, 6.2.6.6
Stroke, spring buffer (see Spring buffer stroke) Tank, hydraulic elevator, 3.24
Sub post car frame, 2.15.4 dumbwaiter, 7.3.5
Sump and sump pump, 2.2.2 earthquake protection, 8.4.11.6
Supply line shutoff valve, 3.19.3.1 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(q) 5.2.2.11
Supply piping, 3.19 maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5,
definition of, Section 1.3 8.6.5.6
dumbwaiter, 7.3.5 rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.15
rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.11 shipboard elevator, 5.8.2.1
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.11 Tapered rope socket, 2.20.9.4
Support, moving walk treadway, 6.2.3.9 Telephone, in car, 2.27.1
Supports and foundations (see Beam, Telescopic plunger, recycling operation, 3.26.7
machinery and sheave) Temporary elevator, 5.10
Suspended ceiling, in elevator car, 2.14.1.5 Terminal landing
Suspension means definition of, Section 1.3
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.6 Terminal stopping device
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.6 dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.11
electric elevator, 2.20 dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.10
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.16 electric elevator, 2.25
hand elevator, 4.3.16 elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.1
hydraulic elevator, 3.20 hydraulic elevator, 3.25
inclined elevator, 5.1.16 inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, inclined elevator, end loading, 5.1.22.4
5.2.1.20 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
material lift with automatic transfer device, electric, 5.2.1.25
7.9.2 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
private residence elevator, 5.3.1.12 hydraulic, 5.2.2.12
private residence elevator, guarding of, private residence elevator, electric, 5.3.1.17
5.3.1.6 private residence elevator, hydraulic, 5.3.2.3
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.19 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.14
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.24
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.19 rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.16
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.14 screw-column elevator, 4.2.16
Suspension means, fastening, 2.20.9 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
Suspension means, splicing and replacing, sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.24
8.6.2.5 special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19

460
p. 461 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.461

ASME A17.1–2000 INDEX

Terminal stopping device, emergency Travel


definition of, Section 1.3 definition of, Section 1.3
Test, engineering and type, 8.3 Travel, extreme limit of, 2.23.8
Test and inspection (see Inspection and test), Traveling cable, 2.26.4
8.10, 8.11 definition of, Section 1.3
Thermosetting resin embedment medium, inclined elevator, 5.1.7.1
2.20.9.5 Tread, escalator step, 6.1.3.5.5
Three year inspection and test (see Periodic Treadway
inspection and test) definition of, Section 1.3
Threshold comb Treadway, moving walk
definition of, Section 1.3 belt type, 6.2.3.6
Threshold plate (see Combplate) pallet type, 6.2.3.5
definition of, Section 1.3 slope, 6.2.3.1
Tie down (see Compensating rope and chain) support, 6.2.3.9
Tie rod, 2.21.1.2 Tripping speed, governor, 2.18.2
design of, 2.21.2 Truck zone
Tiering machine, 1.1.2 definition of, Section 1.3
Tiller rope used for connection to safety, operation in, 2.26.1.6
2.17.12 Truck zoning device, definition of, Section 1.3
Top car clearance (see Clearance, top car) Truss, escalator, 6.1.3.7
Top emergency exit alteration of, 8.7.6.1.4
earthquake protection, 8.4.4.1 factor of safety, 6.1.3.10
electric elevator, 2.14.1.5 protection against fire, 6.1.2
elevator used for construction , 5.10.1.10.4 Type A safety (see also Safeties)
hydraulic elevator, 3.14 identification and classification, 2.17.5
inclined elevator, 5.1.11.1 limits of use, 2.17.8.1
limited-use/limited-application elevator, location of inertia application test weight,
5.2.1.14 Appendix M
material lift with automatic transfer device, Type B safety (see also Safeties)
7.9.2 identification and classification, 2.17.5
rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.6 stopping distance, design data, and
screw-column elevator, 4.2.8 formulas, 8.2.6
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 Type C safety (see also Safeties)
special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.10.4 buffer switch, 2.26.2
Top of car operating device identification and classification, 2.17.5
dumbwaiter, electric, 7.2.12 limits of use, 2.17.8.2
dumbwaiter, hydraulic, 7.3.11.1 Type test, 8.3
electric elevator, 2.26.1.4
hydraulic elevator, 3.26.2
limited-use/limited-application elevator, Underslung car frame, 2.15.4
5.2.1.26 vertical clearances for, 2.4.8
rooftop elevator, electric, 5.6.1.25.3 Unlocking device, hoistway door, 2.12.6
rooftop elevator, hydraulic, 5.6.2.17.1 Unlocking zone
shipboard elevator, 5.8.1 definition of, Section 1.3
sidewalk elevator, electric, 5.5.1.25.3 locking door out of service, 2.11.6
sidewalk elevator, hydraulic, 5.5.2.17.2, restricted opening of doors, 2.12.5
5.5.2.17.3
Traction, 2.24.2.3
Traction elevator (see Electric elevator) Valley break
Transfer device (see Automatic transfer device) definition of, Section 1.3
Transom, 2.11.7 Valve, supply piping, and fitting, 3.19
definition of, Section 1.3 dumbwaiter, 7.3.5

461
p. 462 02-16-01 17:03:51 Unit: UIX Textfile: A17Y2K$$IX p.462

INDEX ASME A17.1–2000

earthquake protection, 8.4.11.3 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.18


limited-use/limited-application elevator, rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.27
5.5.2.8 screw-column elevator, 4.2.20
maintenance of, 8.6.5.1, 8.6.5.2, 8.6.5.5, shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
8.6.5.6 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.28
rooftop elevator, 5.6.2.11 Wharf ramp, 1.1.2
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.2.11 Width
Ventilation escalator, 6.1.3.2
freight car, 2.14.3.3 escalator step, 6.1.3.5.2
hoistway, 2.1.4 moving walk, 6.2.3.7
machine room, 2.7.5 moving walk, definition of, Section 1.3
passenger car, 2.14.2.3 Winding drum machine (see also Driving
Vertical burn test, 8.3.7 machine)
Vertical clearance (see Clearance, vertical) final terminal stopping device, 2.25.3.5
Vertical lifting cover limitation of use, 2.24.1
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.11.4 material and grooving, 2.24.2.1
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.11.4 refastening of ropes, 8.6.4.10
Vertical reciprocating conveyor, 1.1.2 securing of rope to, 2.20.6
Vertical slide type entrance, 2.11.12 slack rope switch, 2.26.2
Vertically sliding door or gate, 2.14.4.7 spare rope turns on drum, 2.20.7
Vision panel, car, 2.14.2.5 Window
Vision panel, hoistway door definition of, Section 1.3
electric elevator, 2.11.7.1 Window and skylight, 2.1.5
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.9.3 Wire rope (see Rope and Suspension means)
inclined elevator, 5.1.8.1 Wiring (see also Electrical equipment)
Volatile memory, 8.4.10.1.3(h) dumbwaiter, 7.1.8
definition of, Section 1.3 electric elevator, 2.8.1
elevator used for construction, 5.10.1.21.3
escalator, 6.1.7.4
Waiver, Section 1.2 hydraulic elevator, 3.8
Weatherproof inclined elevator, 5.1.1
definition of, Section 1.3 limited-use/limited-application elevator,
Weatherproofing 5.2.1.8
inclined elevator, 5.1.7.2 material lift with automatic transfer device,
outdoor escalator, 6.1.8.1 7.9.1
outdoor moving walk, 6.2.8.1 moving walk, 6.2.7.4
rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.8 private residence elevator, 5.3.1.18.4
sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.8 rack and pinion elevator, 4.1.3
Wedge rope socket, 2.20.9.5 rooftop elevator, 5.6.1.8
Welding screw-column elevator, 4.2.6
alteration and repair, 8.6.2.2 shipboard elevator, 5.8.1
electric elevator, 8.8 sidewalk elevator, 5.5.1.8
hydraulic elevator plungers and cylinders, special purpose personnel elevator, 5.7.19
3.18.5 Working platform on top of car, 2.14.1.7
hydraulic elevator valve, piping and fitting, Working pressure, hydraulic elevator, 3.19.1.2
3.19.5 acceptance inspection of, 8.10.3.2.2(m)
inclined elevator, 5.1.1.2 definition of, Section 1.3
limited-use/limited-application elevator,
5.2.1.30
material lift with automatic transfer device, Yield strength
7.9.2 definition of, Section 1.3

462

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi